Skip to main content

Full text of "Iowa journal of history"

See other formats 


THE 


IOWA  JOURNAL 


OF 


HISTOEY  AND  POLITICS 


EDITOR 
BENJAMIN   F.    SHAMBATJGH 

PROFESSOR   OF   POLITICAL    SCIENCE 
IN    THE    UNIVERSITY    OF   IOWA 


VOLUME  IV 

1906 


PUBLISHED  QUARTERLY  BY 

THE  STATE  HISTOKICAL  SOCIETY  OF  IOWA 

IOWA  CITY,  IOWA 

1906 


\ 


COPYRIGHT  1905  BY 
THE  STATE  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY  OF  IOWA 


IL. 


THE  IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY 
AND  POLITICS 


CONTENTS 

NUMBER  1 — JANUARY  1906 

Presidential  Influence  on  the  Policy  of  Internal  Improvements 

E.  C.  NELSON         3 

Incidents   Connected   with   the   History  of  the   Thirty-second 

Iowa  Infantry  CHARLES  ALDRICH       70 

Organized  Charity  in  Iowa  CLARENCE  W.  WASSAM       86 

Some  Publications  126 

Upham—  Groseilliers  and  Radisson,  the  First  White  Men  in 

Minnesota  (p.  126) L.  G.  Weld 

Schafer-J.  History  of  the  Pacific  Northwest  (p.  129)    .    J.  C.  Parish 
Meigs — Life  of  Thomas  Hart  Benton  (p.  131)  .          A.  Johnson 

Wilder — Iowa  Geological  Survey  (p.  133)         .        T.  J.  Fitzpatrick 
Adams  and  Simmer — Labor  Problems  (p.  135)  .  I.  A.  Loos 

Richinan — Rhode  Island:    A  Study  in  Separatism    (p.   136) 

B.  F.  Shambaugh 
Annual  Report  of  the  American  Historical  Association  for  the 

Year  1904  (p.  IBS) H.  G.  Plum 

Gilfillan—  The  Ojibway  (p.  139)         ....        0.  G.  Libby 
Hibbard — The  History  of  Agriculture  in  Dane  County,  Wis- 
consin (p.  140; I.  A.  Loos 

Americana  and  Miscellaneous  142 

lowana  148 

Historical  Societies  152 

Notes  and  Comment  167 

Contributors  175 

NUMBER  2 — APRIL  1906 

Meskwakia  DUREN  J.  H.  WARD     179 

The  Meskwaki  People  of  To-day  DUREN  J.  H.  WARD     190 

The  Danish  Contingent  in  the  Population  of  Early  Iowa 

GEORGE  T.  FLOM     220 

State  and  Local  Historical  Societies 

REUBEN  GOLD  THWAITES     245 


vi  CONTENTS 

The  Growth  of  the  Scandinavian  Factor  in  the  Population  of 

Iowa  GEOKGE  T.  FLOM     267 

Some  Publications  286 

Greene— Provincial  America  (1690-1740)  (p.  286)    .     B.C.  Nelson 
Howard— Preliminaries  of  the  Revolution  (1762-1775)  (p.  289) 

J.  0.  Parish 
Van  Tyne—  The  American  Revolution  (1776-1783)  (p.  291) 

F.  E.  Horack 
McLaughlin—  The  Confederation  and  the  Constitution  (1783- 

1789)  (p.  293) J.  C.  Parish 

Thwaites— France  in  America  (1497-1763)  (p.  295)     .     L.  G.  Weld 

Americana  and  Miscellaneous  295 

lowana  301 

Historical  Societies  306 

Notes  and  Comment  329 

Contributors  340 

NUMBER  3— JULY   1906 

The  Robert  Lucas  Journal  JOHN  C.  PARISH     343 

Some  Publications  438 

Thwaites — Collections  of  the  State  Historical  Society  of  Wis- 
consin (p.  438) T.  J.  Fitzpatrick 

Wisconsin  in  Three  Centuries,  1634-1905  (p.  440)      Warren  Upham 

Proceedings  of  the  Massachusetts  Historical  Society  (p.  441) 

T.  J.  Fitzpatrick 

Rowland—  The  Mississippi  Territorial  Archives  (1798-1803) 

(p.  443) F.  E.  Horack 

Morcombe — History  of  Crescent  Lodge  No.  25,  Ancient  Free 
and  Accepted  Masons,  Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa.  From  Us 
Organization  in  1850  to  the  Close  of  the  Year  1905 
(p.  444) T.  J.  Fitzpatrick 

Todd — Early  Settlement  and  Growth  of  Western  Iowa,  or  Rem- 
iniscences (p.  446)  .  ....  T.  J.  Fitzpatrick 

Americana  and  Miscellaneous  447 

lowana  452 

Historical  Societies  456 

Notes  and  Comment  472 

Contributors  484 


CONTENTS  vii 

NUMBER  4 — OCTOBER   1906 

The  Origin  and  Organization  of  the  Republican  Party  in  Iowa 

Louis  PELZER  487 

The  Origin,  Principles,  and  History  of  The  American  Party 

IRA  CROSS  526 

Federal  and  State  Aid  to  Education  in  Iowa 

HUGH  S.  BUFFUM  554 

Some  Publications  599 

Cornell  College  1853-1903  (p.  599)          .          .         T.  J.  Fitzpatrick 

Americana  and  Miscellaneous  600 

lowana  605 

Historical  Societies  612 

Notes  and  Comment  623 

Contributors  630 

Index  633 


THE  IOWA   JOURNAL 
of  History  and  Politics 

JANUARY     Nineteen     Hundred    Six 
Volume  Four  Number    One 


PRESIDENTIAL  INFLUENCE  ON  THE  POLICY  OF 
INTERNAL  IMPROVEMENTS.1 

The  history  of  federal  legislation  on  the  subject  of  inter- 
nal improvements  affords  an  excellent  illustration  of  the  ten- 
dency toward  consolidation.  It  shows  one  of  the  chief 
causes  as  well  as  the  general  process  through  which  a  loose 
confederation  of  states  is  gradually  metamorphosed  into  a 
firm  Federal  State.  When  a  people  in  the  early  stages  of 
union  are  confronted  with  the  problem  of  the  necessity  of 
great  public  undertakings  requiring  system  and  unity  of 
purpose,  the  solution  seems  to  be  centralization.  The 
Staatenbund  becomes  a  Bundesstaat.  Practical  considera- 
tions override  theoretical  scruples.  In  the  case  of  the  United 
States,  as  it  expanded  westward  and  new  States  were  formed 
whose  economic  conditions  differed  essentially  from  the 
original  coast  States,  it  became  more  and  more  apparent 
that  the  stronger  arm  and  the  larger  purse  of  the  central  gov- 
ernment must  be  put  into  requisition  if  the  western  States 
were  not  to  be  unduly  retarded  in  their  growth. 

The  "original  thirteen"  managed  to  shift  for  themselves 
in  the  improvement  of  their  coast  and  inland  means  of  com- 
munication by  means  of  taxes  and  the  levying  of  tonnage 
duties  by  the  assent  of  Congress.2  This  was  sometimes  con- 
tinued long  after  the  general  government  had  begun  to  grant 
direct  aid,  as  in  the  case  of  Maryland  to  which  these  uas- 


1  This  paper  was  submitted  in  June,  1905,  as  a  dissertation  for  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Arts  in  the  Department  of  History  at  The  State  University  of  Iowa. 

2  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  II,  pp.  18,  484,  549. 


4         IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

sents"  were  continued  until  1850.1  And  it  is  significant  of 
the  intention  as  well  as  of  the  foresight  of  the  framers 
of  the  Constitution  of  the  United  States  that  the  original 
form  of  Article  I,  section  10,  paragraph  3  of  that  instru- 
ment reads:  "No  State  shall  be  restrained  from  levying 
duties  of  tonnage  for  the  purpose  of  clearing  harbors  and 
erecting  light  houses."2  But  with  the  admission  of  western 
States  the  question  began  to  assume  a  new  aspect.  Normal 
development  without  proper  means  of  communication  and 
trade  was,  of  course,  impossible;  and  the  new  Common- 
wealths with  a  sparse  population  and  with  their  resources 
undeveloped  naturally  staggered  under  the  attempt  to  pro- 
vide these  by  the  simple  method  of  taxing  their  citizens. 
The  debts  contracted  by  the  States  by  engaging  in  the  busi- 
ness of  internal  improvements  on  their  own  account,  although 
no  doubt  in  part  due  to  waste  engendered  by  lack  of  experi- 
ence and  dearth  of  engineering  talent,  are  nevertheless  good 
evidence  of  the  insurmountable  difficulties  in  the  way  of  un- 
aided State  enterprise.  By  the  year  1838  the  aggregate  of 
State  debts  was  a  hundred  million  dollars;3  and  in  1840,  to 
forestall  the  event  of  general  repudiation,  a  bill4  was  intro- 
duced into  Congress  providing  for  federal  assumption  of  all 
the  State  debts. 

In  addition  to  the  merely  negative  argument  of  the  help- 
lessness of  the  individual  States,  the  friends  of  federal  aid 
urged  the  consideration  that  the  expenditures  accruing  from 


1  Lalor's  Cyclopedia,  Vol.  II,  p.  569. 

8  Elliot's  Debates,  Vol.  V,  p.  548. 

8  Lalor's  Cyclopedia,  Vol.  II,  p.  572. 

4  Congressional  Globe,  1839-40,  Appendix  (Clay's  speech),  p.  125. 


PRESIDENTIAL   INFLUENCE  5 

the  subsidizing  of  State  or  corporation  enterprise  would 
presently  be  more  than  balanced  by  the  increased  wealth  of 
the  entire  country,  due  to  the  stimulus  it  would  give  to  both 
foreign  and  domestic  commerce. 

But  the  greatest  count  for  federal  aid  is  found  in  the  con- 
tention that  the  western  States  were  at  such  a  disadvantage 
when  compared  with  the  coast  States  as  to  render  a  refusal 
of  federal  aid  not  only  unwise,  but  unjust.  They  had  no 
ports  in  which  to  collect  tonnage  duties,  and  they  com- 
plained that  while  the  coa^t  States  levied  and  applied  ton- 
nage, they  largely  helped  to  pay  these  duties  since  the  final 
incidence  of  such  duties  is  on  the  consumer. 

Again,  the  tendency  toward  a  development  of  sectional- 
ism1 was  early  urged  in  support  of  a  federal  policy;  and,  in 
view  of  the  varied  experience  we  have  since  had,  we  are  now 
in  a  position  to  do  justice  to  this  argument. 

When  to  all  this  is  added  the  fact  that  Hamilton's  sane 
financial  policy  had  put  the  country  on  a  sound  basis,  and 
had  redounded  so  largely  to  our  material  prosperity  that  the 
probability  of  a  present  surplus  in  the  treasury  began  to  be 
a  serious  problem  as  early  as  Jefferson's  administration  (at 
least  in  the  mind  of  the  chief  executive),3  while  that  same 
policy  had  already  accustomed  the  people  to  the  exercise  of 
powers  by  the  central  authorities  more  than  once  challenged, 
we  have  before  us  some  of  the  principal  forces  that  moved 
the  nation  in  the  direction  of  a  federal  policy  of  aid  and 
patronage  in  the  promotion  of  internal  improvements.  On 

1  See  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents  (Vol.  I,  pp.  216,  218) 
for  Washington's  views  on  this  topic. 

2  See  Jefferson's  messages  in  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presi- 
dents, Vol.  I,  pp.  409,  456. 


6         IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

the  other  hand,  practical  arguments  were  supplied  by  our 
experience  in  the  war  of  1812  and  by  the  great  success  of  the 
Erie  Canal.  To  appreciate  the  strength  of  these  forces,  the 
difficulties  in  the  way  of  the  adoption  and  success  of  such  a 
policy  must  be  considered. 

In  the  first  place,  to  what  extent  and  in  what  manner  does 
the  Constitution  authorize  Congress  to  act  in  the  matter? 
To  this  question  the  final  (but  not  the  immediate)  answer 
has  been  that  the  power  of  Congress  is  complete.  But,  ig- 
noring the  question  of  jurisdiction,  was  the  policy  to  be 
recommended  where  any  other  method,  however  inferior, 
was  conceivable  ?  The  experience  of  mankind  would  seem 
to  answer  this  question  affirmatively;  but  the  Smithian  school 
of  laissez-faire  had  many  disciples  in  America  at  that  time 
Was  it  fair  to  apply  government  funds  to  purposes  in  one 
sense  local?  Would  not  some  States  be  favored  at  the  expense 
of  the  others?  Would  it  not  corrupt  elections?  Would  it  not 
lead  to  corruption  in  handling  government  funds?  Would 
not  the  necessity  of  following  up  construction  with  mainte- 
nance and  repair  lead  to  extravagance  in  the  use  of  the  pub- 
lic purse?  Would  it  not  subvert  the  doctrine  of  State  Eights? 
Would  it  not  lead  to  sectional  disaffection  and  disunion? 
These  and  other  questions  were  discussed  in  Congress  and  by 
the  Presidents  during  the  period  when  the  policy  was  on 
probation.  And  mingled  with  some  sound  sense  there  was 
a  great  deal  of  puerile  talk  and  much  splitting  of  hairs 
u'twixt  north  and  northwest  side",  especially  in  Congress. 

The  larger  and  wiser  view  gradually  prevailed,  but  the 
success  of  the  movement  was  only  partial.  A  more  sys- 
tematic and  more  thorough-going  policy  would  probably 


PRESIDENTIAL  INFLUENCE  7 

have  profited  the  country  greatly.  It  has  been  suggested 
that  the  ordinary  country  roads,  especially  in  the  great 
Northwest,  seem  to  be  the  best  drained  and  most  fertile  part 
of  the  soil,  and  that  in  many  cases  they  are  admirably 
adapted  to  raising  cabbage.  While  the  transformation  of ' 
section  lines  over  the  western  prairies  into  roads  as  a  gov- 
ernment enterprise  would,  if  suggested,  have  to  be  taken  as 
an  attempt  at  jocularity,  yet  the  systematic  prosecution  of 
the  improvement  of  the  larger  and  more  general  routes  of 
communication  and  trade  would  probably  have  developed 
into  a  better  system  than  the  present,  which  can  be  charac- 
terized only  as  utter  lack  of  system  and  skill,  and  which 
from  year  to  year  apparently  results  in  nothing  except  loss 
of  time  and  money  and  a  deepening  of  the  black  loam  along 
the  center  of  the  road. 

The  history  of  government  activity  in  the  promotion  of 
public  works  may  conveniently  be  divided  into  three  periods. 
Previous  to  1806  the  efforts  of  Congress  were  confined  ex- 
clusively to  such  coast-wise  works  as  public  piers  and  light- 
houses, or  their  purchase  from  former  owners  —  sometimes 
States,  sometimes  individuals,  —  the  sites  in  either  case  being 
ceded  to  the  United  States.1  A  new  phase  of  the  policy 
was  entered  upon  when  President  Jefferson  upon  the  29th  of 
April,  1806,  approved2  a  bill  appropriating  $30,000  to  lay 
out  and  make  the  Cumberland  Road.  Congress  here  applied 
funds  accruing  from  the  sale  of  public  lands  to  a  work,  the 
control  and  eventually  also  the  possession  of  which  passed 


1  See  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large  (Vol.  1,  p.  105)  for  the  first  appropriation  for 
this  purpose;  also  Annals  of  Congress,  1793-95,  p.  1257. 

8  See  below,  Appendix  A;  also  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  II,  p.  357. 


8         IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

to  the  States.  The  beginning  of  the  third  period  may  prop- 
erly be  placed  in  the  year  1823,  and  is  marked  by  the  act  of 
Congress1  ordering  the  survey  of  the  harbors  of  Gloucester 
and  Squam,  Mass.,  and  of  Presque  Isle  harbor  with  a  view 
to  estimating  the  cost  of  their  improvement.  This  act  of 
March  3,  1823,  appropriated  $6,000  and  $150  respectively 
for  this  purpose.  It  committed  Congress  to  the  policy  of 
harbor  and  river  improvement,  although  the  first  appro- 
priation for  actual  improvements  was  not  voted  till  May  24, 
1824,  when  $75,000  was  set  aside  for  the  improvement  of 
the  Ohio  and  Mississippi  rivers.2 

At  about  the  same  time  Congress  began  the  policy  of 
patronizing  canal  companies  by  subscribing3  (March  3,  1825) 
$300,000  to  the  stock  of  the  Chesapeake  and  Delaware 
Canal  Company.  But,  whereas  the  latter  policy  has  natur- 
ally long  since  been  abandoned,  the  former  has  been  con- 
tinued to  the  present  time  ;  and  with  increase  of  expenditure 
out  of  all  proportion  to  the  increase  of  wealth  and  popula- 
tion during  the  same  period,  the  annual  appropriations  have 
long  been  counted  by  the  million. 

It  may  be  remarked  at  this  point  that  the  erection  and 
maintenance  of  lighthouses  and  other  similar  aids  to  com- 
merce became  a  subject  of  regular  legislation  by  Congress  in 
1790,  the  first  bill  of  this  kind  being  approved4  March  26 
of  that  year.  The  power  of  Congress  has  never  been  seri- 
ously questioned,  and  the  only  executive  check  to  this  kind 


1  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  Ill,  p.  761. 

2  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  IV,  p.  32. 

8  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  IV,  p.  124. 
4  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  I,  p.  105. 


PRESIDENTIAL   INFLUENCE  9 

of  legislation  ever  given  is  that  of  President  Jackson's  veto J 
of  December  6,  1830,  the  chief  objection  being  extravagance 
in  appropriations. 

Although  President  Washington's  attention  was  largely 
engrossed  by  the  problems  of  the  organization  of  the  gov- 
ernment, he  nevertheless  found  time  to  recommend  to  Con- 
gress the  establishment  of  post  roads.2  This  phrase  has 
since  been  interpreted  to  mean  simply  the  selection  for  mail 
routes  of  roads,  etc. ,  already  existing.  But  the  absence  of 
roads  as  well  as  the  lack  of  precedent  render  it  more  than 
likely  that  the  President  had  reference  to  actual  construc- 
tion or  repair,  and  that  interpretation  was  given  it  in  prac- 
tice. 

It  is  to  be  observed  that  the  question  of  public  education 
was  considered  by  Washington,  and  later  by  Jefferson3  and 
Madison,4  as  one  of  the  most  important  features  of  internal 
improvement.  The  specific  form  which  this  idea  took  in  the 
minds  of  these  men  was  that  of  the  establishment  of  a  na- 
tional university  or  " seminary  of  learning."  Washington 
seems  to  have  entertained  such  a  notion  as  early  as  1775;5 
and  no  sooner  had  the  present  seat  of  government  been  de- 
termined upon  than  he  speaks  confidently  of  his  "  seminary", 
which,  he  thinks,  ' c  it  might  be  premature  to  commence  at 
once",  but  for  which  he  had  made  such  provisions6  as  would 

1  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  II,  p.  508. 

2  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  I,  pp.  66,  83,  107. 

8  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  I,  p.  410. 

4  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  I,  pp.  485,  568. 

5  Blodget's  Economica,  quoted  by  Goode  in  the  Eeport  of  American  Historical 
Association  for  1889,  p.  63  seq. 

9  Blodget's  Economica,  quoted  by  Goode  in  the  Eeport  of  American  Historical 
Association  for  1889,  p.  63  seq. 


10       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

infallibly  secure  it  in  time.  How  full  his  mind  was  of  this 
project  is  abundantly  evident  from  the  space  he  gives  it  in 
his  first  annual  address.1  The  houses  both  promised  to  be 
mindful  of  his  wishes,  and  the  question  was  debated,  but 
nothing  came  of  it.  It  was  known  that  Washington  had 
been  presented  with  fifty  shares  in  the  Potomac  Canal  Co. 
by  his  native  State  in  recognition  of  his  distinguished  ser- 
vices. He  had  already  bequeathed3  this  in  his  will  to  the 
founding  of  a  national  university  in  the  City  of  Washington. 

In  his  speech3  to  Congress,  December  7,  1796,  he  refers 
to  this  donation,  and  urges  Congress  to  take  steps  to  make 
it  effective.  On  December  12,  1796,  James  Madison  pre- 
sented a  memorial4  from  the  Commissioner  of  Washington, 
D.  C. ,  praying  that  they  be  empowered  to  receive  donations 
for  the  founding  of  the  institution  in  question.  The  matter 
was  referred  to  a  select  committee,  which  reported  favor- 
ably,5 and  it  was  supported  by  Craik.  The  great  expense 
of  future  maintenance  was,  however,  successfully  urged  in 
opposition.  And  so  the  question  was  " postponed." 

Washington's  plan6  was  to  transfer  the  college  of  DTver- 
nois  of  Geneva  to  the  United  States.  His  motives  are  set 
forth  in  a  letter  to  Thomas  Jefferson  dated,  Philadelphia, 
March  15,  1795.7  His  first  consideration  is  the  desira- 
bility of  reducing  the  number  of  young  men  who  seek  their 


1  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  I,  p.  66. 

*  Old  South  Leaflets,  Vol.  IV,  No.  76,  p.  1. 

8  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  I,  p.  202. 

4  Annals  of  Congress,  1796-97,  p.  1600. 

5  Annals  of  Congress,  1796-7,  p.  1697-8. 

"Washington's  Works,  Vol.  XI,  pp.  1,  3,  14,  20,  22,  23;  XII,  pp.  71,  322. 
7  Washington's  Works,  Vol.  XI,  p.  19. 


PRESIDENTIAL    INFLUENCE  H 

education  in  Europe  under  influences,  as  he  conceives  them, 
obnoxious  to  the  American  ideas  of  society  and  government. 
In  the  second  place  he  believes  that  the  gathering  of  men 
from  all  parts  of  the  Union  to  rub  elbows  and  exchange 
views  would  afford  a  strong  bond  of  sympathy  which  would 
tend  to  reduce  local  jealousies  and  strengthen  the  hold  of 
the  idea  of  union  upon  the  minds  of  the  people.  Thirdly, 
he  urges  that  the  student  of  the  political  sciences  would 
derive  exceptional  advantages  from  a  close  touch  with  the 
workings  of  the  general  government. 

The  "idea"  did  not  die  with  its  author.  In  tracing  its 
career,  we  have  already  found  it  in  the  minds  of  Jefferson 
and  Madison.  It  again  finds  expression  through  John 
Quincy  Adams,  who  enlarges  upon  it  in  his  first  message,1 
where  he  reminds  the  Solons  that  the  spot  selected  by  his 
great  predecessor  is  still  barren.  Later  the  "idea"  disap- 
peared beneath  the  political  horizon,  but  its  shadow  has 
lingered  on  almost  to  our  own  time.  In  1869  the  project 
was  discussed2  by  the  National  Educational  Association  at 
Trenton,  New  Jersey,  and  later  at  other  places.  In  his  fifth 
annual  message  President  Grant  recommended3  the  measure 
to  the  consideration  of  Congress.  Dr.  Hoyt,  of  Wisconsin, 
undertook  to  secure  Congressional  action;  and  two  bills  were 
actually  introduced.  It  was  at  that  time  severely  criticized 
by  Dr.  C  .W.  Eliot.  Apparently  the  only  response  the 
agitation  has  elicited  from  Congress  is  the  endowment  in 
1832  of  Columbia  University  to  the  extent  of  $25,000  in 
city  lots.4 

1  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  II,  p.  312. 

z  Report  of  American  Historical  Association,  1889,  p.  74. 

»  The  Nation,  Vol.  XVII,  p.  126. 

4  Report  of  American  Historical  Association,  1889,  p.  122. 


12       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

The  attitude  of  President  Jefferson  toward  federal  inter- 
ference in  internal  improvements  is  interesting.  So  far  as 
his  messages  to  Congress  and  his  published  correspondence 
go,  no  syllable  ever  escaped  him  conceding  the  power  of 
Congress  to  appropriate  for  these  purposes.  On  the  con- 
trary he  categorically  and  unequivocally  denies  its  constitu- 
tionality, except  that  he  grants  the  power  to  build  piers  to 
be  possible  of  construction  from  the  navy  clause.1  Yet  he 
approved  the  first  great  road  bill2  for  beginning  the  great 
national  highway,  and  he  signed  away  $25,000  for  the 
improvement  of  the  canal  of  Carondelet,  Louisiana,4  and 
$18,400  for  a  road  in  Georgia  and  Louisiana.5  That  is,  the 
first  canal  bill,  as  well  as  the  first  road  bill,  was  passed  in 
Jefferson's  administration.  The  fact  that  the  Cumberland 
Eoad  was  to  be  built  from  land  funds  does  not  alter  the 
case.  Public  funds  are  no  less  public  funds  because  they 
happen  to  be  derived  from  the  sale  of  lands  pursuant  to 
special  legislation.  And  to  deny  the  power  of  Congress  to 
do  that  for  which  he  himself  helped  to  establish  a  precedent 
is,  to  say  the  least,  a  case  of  great  inconsistency. 

Mr.  Jefferson  had  a  pre-Louisiana  record  to  live  up  to, 
and  there  can  be  little  doubt  that  the  constitutional  scruples 
of  his  post-Louisiana  period  are  largely  a  cloak  in  which  he 
tries  to  dress  himself  up  in  the  similitude  of  the  Jefferson 
of  1798.  There  is  Jefferson  the  theorist  with  the  presi- 
dential bee  buzzing  in  his  bonnet,  and  then  there  is  Jeffer- 

i  Jefferson's  Writings,  Vol.  VII,  p.  63;  Vol.  VIII,  p.  466;  Vol.  IX,  pp.  224,  322; 
Vol.  X,  pp.  80,  91,  89,  300.  (This  has  no  reference  to  roads  in  the  public  domain.) 
8  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  II,  p.  357. 
»  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  II,  p.  517. 
4  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  II,  p.  397. 


PRESIDENTIAL  INFLUENCE  13 

son  the  responsible  chief  of  an  incipient  nation  where  subtle 
theories  are  at  a  lower  premium  than  constructive  states- 
manship. The  two  are  sufficiently  distinct  for  all  practical 
purposes.  There  is  abundant  evidence  to  warrant  the  state- 
ment that  to  the  latter  the  word  " expediency"  has  quite  as 
much  weight  as  the  word  u constitutionality."  The  single 
case  of  the  Louisiana  affair  will  suffice.  Jefferson  drew  up 
a  constitutional  amendment  for  this  special  occasion,  but 
soon  found  that  whether  Louisiana  umay  be  taken  into  the 
Union  by  the  Constitution  as  it  now  stands,  will  be  a  ques- 
tion of  expediency."1  "The  less  that  is  said  about  any  con- 
stitutional difficulties,  the  better;  and  it  will  be  desirable  to 
do  what  is  necessary  in  silence."*  Indeed  his  correspond- 
ence at  this  time  is  full  of  "sub-silentio"  admonitions.3  Jef- 
ferson, then,  realized  that  it  was  expedient  and  hence  wise 
to  construct  roads  and  canals  at  national  expense  if  neces- 
sary. This  bias  in  favor  of  the  policy  in  spite  of  legal  dif- 
ficulties was  strengthened  by  his  apprehensions  of  a  surplus 
in  the  treasury,  which  as  a  good  statesman  he  was  anxious 
to  avert.  In  this  way,  from  opposing  improvements  as 
affording  a  "bottomless  abyss"4  for  public  moneys  and  as 
violating  the  Federal  Constitution,  he  came  to  sanction  it  in 
practice  as  the  dictation  of  wisdom. 

Jefferson's  first  official  utterance  on  the  subject  occurs  in 
his  second  inaugural  address.5  In  anticipation  of  a  surplus 
which  never  came,  he  proposes  ua  just  repartition  among  the 

1  Jefferson's  Works,  Vol.  VIII,  p.  241. 

2  Jefferson's  Works,  Vol.  VIII,  p.  245. 
»  Jefferson's  Works,  Vol.  VIII,  p.  245. 

4  Jefferson's  Works,  Vol.  VII,  p.  63;  also  p.  472. 

6  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  I,  p.  379. 


14       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

States,  and  a  corresponding  amendment  to  the  Constitu- 
tion," and  suggests  that  the  money  ube  applied,  in  time  of 
peace,  to  rivers,  canals,  roads,  arts,  manufactures,  education, 
and  other  great  objects  within  the  State."  This  is  followed 
by  a  formal  recommendation  to  Congress  in  his  sixth  annual 
message1  (Dec.  2,  1806),  where  he  considers  the  other  alter- 
native, namely,  that  of  removing  imposts  (the  surplus  still 
being  considered  inevitable).  Against  this  he  urges  the 
patriotism  of  the  class  chiefly  affected  —  the  well-to-do  uwho 
would  certainly  prefer  their  continuance,  and  application  to 
the  great  objects  of  public  education,  roads,  canals,  and  such 
other  objects  of  public  improvements  as  may  be  thought 
proper  to  add  to  the  constitutional  enumeration  of  federal 
powers."  In  this  way  u channels  of  communication  will  be 
opened  among  the  States;  lines  of  separation  will  disappear; 
interests  will  be  identified,  and  their  union  cemented  by  new 
and  indissoluble  ties."  The  message  of  1808  contains  the 
same  counsel,3  and  seems  to  contain  a  faint  suggestion  of  the 
possibility  of  yielding  a  little  on  the  constitutional  point. 
I  allude  to  the  expression  "under  such  powers  as  Congress 
may  already  possess." 

The  Senate  had  already  (March  2,  1807)  adopted  a  reso- 
lution3 calling  on  the  President  to  submit  a  plan  of  internal 
improvements.  The  President  and  Mr.  Gallatin  "put  their 
heads  together,"  with  the  result  that  a  report4  was  submit- 
ted to  the  Senate,  April  4,  1808.  In  view  of  existing  condi- 

1  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  I,  p.  409. 

2  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  I,  p.  456.     For  Jef- 
ferson's post-presidential  views  see  Jefferson's  Works,  Vol.  IX,  p.  168. 

»  Annals  of  Congress,  1806-7,  p.  97. 

4  American  State  Papers  :  Miscellaneous,  Vol.  I,  p.  724. 


PRESIDENTIAL  INFLUENCE  15 

tions  the  plan  submitted  seems  to  have  sprung  from  sanguine 
temperaments.  The  country  was  rapidly  drifting  into  a 
war  with  England,  the  embargo  was  fast  ruining  commerce, 
and  as  a  result  the  slight  surplus  was  melting  away.  Under 
these  conditions  the  report  received  such  treatment  as  might 
have  been  anticipated,  with  the  result  that  the  "War  of  1812 
found  the  country  without  means  of  transportation. 

Some  of  the  more  important  features  of  the  report  were  as 
follows: — Canals  across  Cape  Cod,  New  Jersey,  Delaware, 
and  from  Norfolk  to  Albemarle  Sound.  The  Susquehanna, 
the  Potomac,  the  James,  and  the  Santee  rivers  were  to  be 
opened  for  navigation  from  tide  water  to  the  highest  points 
practicable,  which  points  were  to  be  connected  by  means  of 
roads  with  the  Alleghany,  the  Monongahela,  the  Kanawha, 
and  the  Tennessee.  A  canal  was  to  join  Lake  Ontario  with 
the  Hudson;  another  was  to  be  cut  around  Niagara  Falls;  an- 
other, around  the  Falls  of  the  Ohio.  A  turnpike  road  was 
to  be  constructed  from  Maine  to  Georgia,  as  proposed  by 
Madison  in  1896.1 

To  accomplish  this  it  was  proposed  that  Congress  appro- 
priate $2,000,000  annually  for  ten  years,  it  being  calculated 
that  the  entire  cost  would  aggregate  $20,000,000.  The 
works  if  constructed  by  the  government  might  later  be  sold 
to  companies,  or  the  money  might  be  loaned  to  them  for 
purposes  of  construction.  A  great  national  university  was 
also  provided  for.  The  treasury  reported  receipts  during 
1807  of  about  $18,000,000.  The  estimated  expenditures 
were  $13,000,000;  while  from  January  1,  1801,  to  January 
1,  1809,  the  debt  had  been  reduced  about  $34,000,000. 

1  Benton's  Abridgment  of  Debates,  Vol.  I,  p.  637. 


16       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

These  figures  would  seeni  to  justify  the  boldest  plans. 
But  it  must  not  be  forgotten  that  an  embargo  was  ruining 
commerce,  and  that  the  system  of  retrenchment  had  reached 
its  utmost  limit,  had  in  fact  passed  all  bounds  of  sound, 
sober  sense,  and  become  ridiculous.  Congress  ordered 
twelve  hundred  copies  printed. l  These  were  scattered  broad- 
cast and  were  accepted  as  a  definite  policy  to  which  Congress 
had  committed  itself,  with  the  result  that  a  deluge  of  peti- 
tions and  memorials  poured  into  Congress  soliciting  federal 
aid.  Memorials  from  the  Chesapeake  and  Delaware  Canal 
Co.  in  1805  and  1807  had  been  referred  to  a  committee 
accompanied  by  a  report  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury.3 
The  Senate  passed  a  bill,  but  the  House  postponed  the  mat- 
ter indefinitely,3  and,  with  the  Carondelet  Canal  appropria- 
tion as  the  sole  exception,  nothing  was  done  in  this  line  till 
1825.4  (On  January  12,  1807,  Clay  suggested  a  grant  of 
lands  for  a  canal  around  the  Ohio  Eiver  Falls;  and  a  bill 
for  this  purpose  passed  the  Senate,  but  the  House  refused  to 
consider  it). 

It  thus  appears  that  the  great  importance  of  Jefferson's 
administration  pertaining  to  the  matter  under  consideration 
is  found  in  the  fact  that  it  committed  Congress  to  a  policy 
of  roadmaking.  The  appropriations  were  not  large,  only 
$48,400  being  applied  to  roads  and  canals.5  His  influ- 
ence on  his  two  successors  in  office,  Madison  and  Monroe,  is 


1  Annals  of  Congress,  April  12,  18C8,  p.  332. 

*  Annals  of  Congress,  1808-09,  p.  138.     Benton's  Abridgment  of  Debates,  Vol. 
Ill,  p.  418. 

8  Annals  of  Congress,  1808-09,  pp.  1329  and  1559. 
4  See  below,  Appendix  A. 
6  See  below,  Appendix  A. 


PRESIDENTIAL  INFLUENCE  17 

so  well  known  as  to  make  anything  beyond  an  allusion  super- 
fluous. A  reference  to  Appendix  A  (below)  shows  to  what 
extent  the  policy  of  roadrnaking  was  prosecuted  during  Mad- 
ison's ante-bellum  period,  and  the  amounts  devoted  to  the 
continuance  of  the  Cumberland  Eoad.  The  construction  of 
this  road  was  specially  provided  for  by  the  Enabling  Act1 
admitting  Ohio  into  the  Union,  by  which  it  was  agreed  that 
five  per  cent  of  the  lands  sold  in  Ohio  should  go  to  building 
roads — three  per  cent  in  Ohio,  and  two  per  cent  outside. 
This  came  to  be  the  great  national  highway  in  a  time  of 
no  railroads,  has  a  history  extending  down  to  1840,  extended 
a  distance  of  eight  hundred  miles  from  Cumberland,  Mary- 
land, to  Vandalia,  Illinois,  and  cost  in  the  aggregate  nearly 
$7,000,000.a 

Mr.  Madison's  interest  in  internal  improvements  dates  at 
least  as  far  back  as  the  period  of  the  adoption  of  the  Consti- 
tution. In  a  paper3  entitled  "An  objection  drawn  from  the 
extent  of  the  country,  answered,"  he  urges  the  adoption  of 
the  Constitution  on  the  ground  that  it  will  make  internal 
improvements  possible.  He  says: — 

"Let  it  be  remarked  in  the  third  place,  that  the  inter- 
course throughout  the  Union  will  be  daily  facilitated  by 
new  improvements.  Eoads  will  everywhere  be  shortened 
and  kept  in  better  order;  accommodations  for  travellers 
will  be  multiplied  and  meliorated;  an  interior  navigation  on 
our  western  side,  will  be  opened  throughout,  or  nearly 
throughout,  the  whole  extent  of  the  thirteen  States.  The 
communication  between  the  western  and  Atlantic  districts, 


1  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  II,  p.  175. 

8  See  Appendix  A  below  for  the  various  appropriations. 

3  The  Federalist,  Scott's  edition,  p.  78. 


18       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

and  between  the  different  parts  of  each,  will  be  rendered 

more  and  more  easy  by  the  numerous  canals which 

art  finds  it  so  little  difficult  to  connect  and  complete. " 

His  proposition  in  1796  of  a  road  from  Maine  to  Florida 
has  already  been  referred  to;1  it  went  as  far  as  reference  to 
a  committee,  but  no  farther. 

President  Madison's  position  on  the  constitutionality  of 
federal  influence,  which  he  apparently  did  not  question  in 
1796,  derives  special  importance  from  his  relation  to  the 
adoption  as  well  as  the  making  of  the  instrument  in  ques- 
tion. Not  only  was  he  one  of  the  foremost,  as  he  prob- 
ably was  quite  the  most  learned,  of  the  members  of  the 
Philadelphia  Convention;  but  he  kept  minutes  of  the  pro- 
ceedings, and  he  declares  that  the  question  of  the  power  of 
Congress  over  roads  and  canals  was  mentioned  and  that  it 
was  definitely  denied;2  and  that  even  Hamilton  in  his  report 
on  the  Bank  had  distinctly  admitted  that  the  powers  of 
Congress  "could  not  embrace  the  case  of  canals." 

So  far  as  I  am  able  to  determine  Madison  steadily  and 
consistently  adhered  to  his  opinion  throughout  his  two 
terms  of  office  and  later  in  his  retirement.  And  yet  he 
signed  away  at  least  $568,800  for  roads  alone.3  Most  of  this 
indeed  went  to  the  Cumberland  Eoad,  to  which  Congress 
stood  committed  both  as  to  law  and  as  to  precedent.  But 
by  no  means  all  went  to  this  improvement.  The  figures  show 
that  $6,800  went  toward  roads  in  Ohio;  $8,000  for  roads 
in  Illinois;  and  $14,000  were  expended  for  various  purposes 

1  Benton's  Abridgment  of  Debates,  Vol.  I,  p.  637. 

2  Letter  to  Edward  Livingston,  April  17,  1824.— See  Madison's  Works,  Vol. 
Ill,  p.  435. 

5  See  Appendix  A  below. 


PRESIDENTIAL  INFLUENCE  19 

connected  with  public  roads.  Nor  did  he  negative  any  bill 
of  this  nature  with  the  one  exception  of  the  famous  Bonus 
Bill.  And  the  only  apparent  difference  between  this  meas- 
ure and  those  approved  is  that  of  magnitude.  It  may  be 
urged  that  the  Bonus  Bill  was  general  in  its  nature,  and 
sought  to  establish  a  principle.  But  what  is  better  calcu- 
lated to  accomplish  the  latter  end  than  consecutive  unchal- 
lenged acts  of  the  same  nature,  though  for  specific  objects? 

Madison  was  aware  that  his  conduct  was  open  to  criticism. 
But  in  trying  to  explain  it  he  only  makes  matters  worse  in 
that  he  apparently  admits  being  influenced  by  Jefferson  in 
such  a  way  as  almost  to  bring  his  own  independence  of 
executive  action  into  question.  In  a  letter1  to  President 
Monroe  dated  December  27,  1827,  he  says:— 

"The  Cumberland  Road  having  been  a  measure  taken 
during  the  administration  of  Mr.  Jefferson,  and,  as  far  as  I 
recollect,  not  then  brought  to  my  particular  attention,  I  can- 
not assign  the  grounds  assumed  for  it  by  Congress,  or  which 
produced  his  sanction.  I  suspect  that  the  question  of  con- 
stitutionality was  but  slightly,  if  at  all,  examined  by  the 
former,  and  that  the  executive  assent  was  doubtingly  and 
hesitatingly  given.  Having  once  become  a  law  and  being  a 
measure  of  singular  utility  additional  appropriations  took 
place  of  course  under  the  same  administration,  and  with 
the  accumulated  impulse  thus  derived,  were  continued  un- 
der the  succeeding  one,  with  less  of  critical  investigation, 
perhaps,  than  was  due  to  the  case." 

The  last  suggestion  will  readily  be  accepted.     But  what 


1  Madison's  Works,  Vol.  Ill,  p.  55. 


20       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

" accumulated  impulse"  should  be  permitted  to  so  bias  exec- 
utive action  as  to  sanction  what  he  declares  to  be  illegal? 
And  if  the  ''accumulated  impulse"  consists  of  legal  prece- 
dent where  is  the  need  of  apology?  "As  to  the  case  of  post 
roads  and  military  roads,"  he  continues,  "instead  of  imply- 
ing a  general  power  to  make  roads,  the  constitutionality  of 

* 

them  must  be  tested  by  the  bona  fide  object  of  the  particu- 
lar roads,  the  troops  cannot  travel  nor  the  soldiers  march 
without  a  road.  If  the  necessary  roads  cannot  be  found 
they  must  be  provided." 

Now  roads  were  ordered  made  in  Madison's  administration 
the  specific  object  of  which  was  not  stated.1  And  though, 
by  way  of  making  every  allowance  in  Mr.  Madison's  favor, 
they  were  probably  in  the  main  intended  for  military  pur- 
poses, yet  there  can  be  no  doubt  that,  the  road  once  there, 
it  would  be  used  for  a  variety  of  purposes — a  fact  that 
must  have  been  apparent  to  all.  In  the  second  place,  if 
Congress  has  the  power  to  provide  roads  for  troops,  it  must 
needs  follow  that  they  are  sole  authority  on  the  question  of 
what  constitutes  such  a  road  as  is  "necessary."  It  may  de- 
cide that  the  removal  of  stumps  and  stones  is  all  that  is 
necessary,  or  it  may  find  it  "necessary"  to  provide  true 
European  roads. 

Madison's  most  important  act  as  modifying  the  policy  we 
are  considering  was  his  veto  of  the  Bonus  Bill.  This  bill 
has  its  roots  as  far  back  as  1810,  or  perhaps  rather  is  one 
of  the  results  of  Gallatin's  report  of  1808.  February  8, 
1810,  P.  B.  Porter,  of  New  York,  made  an  extended  speech2 

1  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  Ill,  pp.  318,  377. 

2  Annals  of  Congress,  1810,  p.  1385. 


PRESIDENTIAL  INFLUENCE  21 

before  the  Senate  in  favor  of  roads  and  canals  with  esti- 
mates of  costs,  and  presented  a  resolution  providing  for  the 
appointment  of  a  committee  "to  examine  into  the  expedi- 
ency of  appropriating  part  of  the  public  land  for  this  pur- 
pose." The  committee  appointed  reported  a  bill1  to  the 
effect  that  the  government  should  subscribe  for  one -half  of 
the  stock  of  any  corporation  which  had  been,  or  which 
should  be,  chartered  to  carry  on  the  works  provided  for  by 
Gallatin's  report  of  1808.  Thus  the  matter  ended  for  the 
time  being.  Meanwhile  the  President  gave  the  matter  an 
impetus  in  a  direction  of  which,  as  the  event  proved,  he  did 
not  fully  approve,  by  calling  the  attention3  of  Congress  "to 
the  expediency  of  exercising  their  existing  powers,  and, 
where  necessary,  of  resorting  to  the  prescribed  means  of 
enlarging  them,  in  order  to  effectuate  a  comprehensive  sys- 
tem of  roads  and  canals,  etc. " 

At  this  time  a  memorial3  from  a  New  York  Commission 
soliciting  aid  for  a  canal  project  in  that  State  was  supported 
by  Calhoun,  who  on  December  16,  1816,  moved4  "that  a 
committee  be  appointed  to  inquire  into  the  expediency  of 
setting  apart  the  bonus  and  net  annual  proceeds  of  the 
National  Bank,  as  a  permanent  fund  for  internal  improve- 
ments." The  resolution  was  referred  to  a  committee  with 
Calhoun  as  chairman,  who  reported  (December  23)  a  bill5 
substantially  as  called  for  by  the  resolution,  which  after 


1  Annals  of  Congress,  1810,  p.  1401. 

8  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  I,  p.  576,  message 
of  1816. 

8  American  State  Papers:  Miscellaneous,  Vol.  II,  p.  399. 

4  Annals  of  Congress,  1816-17,  pp.  296-97. 

5  Annals  of  Congress,  1816-17,  p.  361. 


22       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

much  debate  was  finally  passed1  with  amendments  on  March 
1,  1817.  It  is  extremely  interesting  to  note  that  Mr.  Cal- 
houn2  at  this  time,  in  the  defense  of  this  bill,  put  himself 
on  record  as  being  "no  advocate  of  refined  arguments  on 
the  Constitution.  That  instrument  was  not  intended  as  a 
thesis  for  the  logician  to  exercise  his  ingenuity  on."  And 
since  a  policy  of  internal  improvements  would  profit  the 
South,  he  found  that  Congress  was  indeed  clothed  with 
ample  powers. 

The  interest  betrayed  by  Congress  in  this  bill  was  com- 
mensurate with  its  importance.  The  yeas  and  nays  showed 
only  eight  absent  or  not  voting.  The  vote  stood  eighty-six 
to  eighty-four.3  The  bill  reached  President  Madison  on 
March  3d.  On  the  morrow  he  would  be  a  private  citizen. 
Strictly  speaking  he  had  no  time  for  consideration  or  consul- 
tation. Responsibility  could  have  been  shifted  to  his  suc- 
cessor without  exciting  a  reasonable  suspicion  of  a  desire  to 
shirk.  In  view  of  this  the  action  taken  does  him  honor,  to 
say  the  least.  The  fate  of  the  bill  at  the  hands  of  the  exec- 
utive was  probably  never  a  matter  of  doubt  to  himself.  As 
early  as  February  15  he  wrote4  to  Jefferson:  "Another  bill 
has  gone  to  the  Senate  which  I  have  not  seen;  and  of  a  very 
extraordinary  character,  if  it  has  been  rightly  stated  to  me. 
The  object  of  it  is  to  compass  by  law  an  authority  over  roads 
and  canals."  And  so  in  the  eleventh  hour  of  his  official 
career  Madison  vetoed  the  Bonus  Bill,  a  rather  effective  part- 


1  Annals  of  Congress,  1816-17,  pp.  934  and  1052. 

2  Annals  of  Congress,  1816-17,  p.  855. 
8  Annals  of  Congress,  1816-17,  p.  934. 
4  Madison's  Works,  Vol.  Ill,  p.  35. 


PRESIDENTIAL  INFLUENCE  23 

ing  salute  to  the  "system."  Congress  was  unconvinced, 
however,  and  the  House  resolved  (May  14,  1818)  that  Con- 
gress has  the  power  to  appropriate  money  for  the  construc- 
tion of  roads  and  canals  and  for  the  improvement  of  water- 


courses. 1 


The  objections2  to  the  bill  are  all  "constitutional."  The 
power  implied  does  not  come  within  the  implied  powers,  and 
of  course  no  such  powers  are  expressly  conferred  on  Con- 
gress. It  cannot  uby  any  just  interpretation"  be  derived 
from  the  elastic  clause.  He  considers  in  turn  all  the  speci- 
fied powers  advanced  by  the  friends  of  the  system,  and  finds 
them  all  inadequate.  His  discussion  of  the  general  welfare 
clause  is  perhaps  the  best  part  of  the  message,  and  closes 
with  the  following  syllogism:  "Such  a  view  of  the  constitu- 
tion, finally,  would  have  the  effect  of  excluding  the  judicial 
authority  of  the  United  States  from  its  participation  in  guard- 
ing the  boundary  between  the  legislative  powers  of  the  gen- 
eral and  the  State  governments,  inasmuch  as  questions  relat- 
ing to  the  general  welfare,  being  questions  of  policy  and 
expediency,  are  insusceptible  of  judicial  cognizance  and  deci- 


sion.' 


Another  paragraph  on  the  same  welfare  clause  is  impor- 
tant as  the  interpretation  given  it  by  Monroe  was  employed 
by  the  latter  in  defense  of  his  own  position  later;  while 
Madison  claimed  Monroe's  construction  to  be  unwarrant- 
able.3  The  paragraph  reads  thus:  "A  restriction  of  the 
power  Ho  provide  for  the  common  defense  and  general  wel- 


1  Lalor's  Cyclopedia,  Vol.  II,  p.  570. 

*  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  I,  p.  584. 

»  Madison's  Works,  Vol.  IV,  p.  86. 


24       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

fare7  to  cases  which  are  to  be  provided  for  by  the  expendi- 
ture of  money  would  still  leave  within  the  legislative  power 
of  Congress  all  the  great  and  most  important  measures  of 
government,  money  being  the  ordinary  and  necessary  means 
of  carrying  them  into  execution."  Monroe's  interpretation 
was  that  Madison  grants  the  power  to  appropriate  but  not  to 
apply.  It  would  seem  to  be  difficult  to  take  exception  to 
Monroe's  interpretation  and  at  the  same  time  maintain  the 
relevancy  of  the  paragraph  to  the  matter  in  hand.  If  ' '  all 
the  great  and  most  important  measures"  capable  of  prosecu- 
tion by  means  of  money  do  not  refer  to  improvements,  the 
clause  would  seem  to  be  out  of  place;  if  they  do  so  refer, 
Monroe's  position  must  needs  be  conceded  to  be  correct,  the 
expenditure  of  money,  of  course,  necessitating  appropria- 
tions. 

Another  salient  feature  of  the  message  is  the  paragraph 
denying  any  virtue  to  State  assent: — "If  a  general  power  to 

construct  roads  and  water  courses be  not  possessed 

by  Congress,  the  assent  of  the  States  in  the  mode  provided 
in  the  bill,  cannot  confer  that  power."  And,  finally,  he 
recognizes  the  great  importance  of  roads  and  canals,  and 
hopes  an  amendment  may  be  forthcoming. 

With  this  veto  Madison  passes  off  the  stage.  He  had  fre- 
quently encouraged  Congress  to  promote  internal  improve- 
ments. In  his  first  inaugural1  address  he  urges  the  promo- 
tion "by  authorized  means"  of  "improvements  friendly 
to external  as  well  as  internal  commerce."  The  sec- 
ond annual  message2  mentions  an  American  University.  In 


1  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  I,  p.  468. 

2  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  I,  p.  485. 


PRESIDENTIAL  INFLUENCE  25 

a  special  message1  of  December  23,.  18 11,  lie  lays  before 
Congress  an  act  of  the  New  York  legislature  relating  to  the 
Erie  Canal,  and  takes  occasion  to  recommend  a  general  sys- 
tem of  internal  improvements.  The  seventh  annual  mes- 
sage2 strongly  recommends  establishing  throughout  the  coun- 
try such  roads  and  canals  as  can  be  executed  under  national 
authority;  and  points  out  that  the  geographical  condition  of 
the  country  invites  human  activity  to  supplement  nature's 
handiwork.  It  is  nevertheless  untrue  that  he  "came  back 
to  the  question  every  year,"  as  Calhoun  would  have  us  be- 
lieve.3 

The  effect  of  the  Bonus  Bill  veto  on  Monroe's  general 
attitude  is  apparent  from  a  letter4  to  Madison,  November 
24,  1817:- 

uThe  question  respecting  roads  and  canals  is  full  of  dif- 
ficulty, growing  out  of  what  has  passed  on  it.  After  all  the 
consideration  I  have  given  it,  I  am  fixed  in  the  opinion  that 
the  right  is  not  in  Congress,  and  that  it  would  be  improper 
in  me  after  your  negative  to  allow  them  to  discuss  the  sub- 
ject and  bring  in  a  bill  for  me  to  sign,  in  the  expectation 
that  I  would  do  it." 

Madison  replied: — "The  course  you  mean  to  take  in  rela- 
tion to  roads  and  canals  appears  to  be  the  best  adapted  to 
the  posture  in  which  you  find  the  case."5  Thus  finding  his 
intended  course  encouraged  by  his  great  predecessor,  Mon- 
roe was  ready  to  take  a  decided  stand.  And  he  was  as  good 

1  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  I,  p.  497. 

2  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  I,  p.  567. 

3  Von  Hoist's  Constitutional  History  of  the  United  States,  Vol.  I,  p.  389. 

4  Monroe's  Works,  Vol.  VI,  p.  32. 
*  Madison's  Works,  Vol.  Ill,  p.  50. 


26       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

as  his  word,  since  he  did  not  "allow  them  ....  to  bring  in 
a  bill  in  the  hope  that  he  would  sign  it."  In  his  very  first 
message1  he  practically  served  notice  on  Congress  that  unless 
they  were  prepared  to  marshall  a  two-thirds  vote  in  support 
of  their  improvement  measures,  they  had  better  use  their 
time  to  a  better  purpose  or  else  produce  the  requisite  amend- 
ment. The  inaugural2  had  shown  him  to  be  a  friend  of 
uthe  improvement  of  the  country  by  roads  and  canals,  pro- 
ceeding always  with  constitutional  sanction;"  and  Congress 
probably  did  not  look  for  anything  quite  so  decided. 

The  committee  to  whom  the  subject  was  referred  reported,3 
that  the  acts  of  past  Congresses  and  Presidents  convinced 
them  that  roads  and  canals  had  been  constructed  at  govern- 
ment expense.4 

They  submitted  a  list  of  works  which,  in  their  opinion, 
Congress  had  power  to  construct.  These  embraced,  (1) 
post-roads  through  the  States,  the  latter  assenting;  (2)  mil- 
itary roads,  under  like  conditions;  (3)  canals  for  the  pur- 
pose of  interstate  commerce,  and  for  military  purposes. 
They  declared  that  whereas  a  free  construction  of  the  Con- 
stitution was  of  questionable  good  where  this  would  redound 
to  the  aggrandisement  of  the  Union  at  the  expense  of  the 
States,  yet  there  could  be  no  doubt  of  the  propriety  of  such 
construction  where  the  results  would  be  for  the  general 
good.  Furthermore  it  was  the  sense  of  the  committee  that 


1  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  II,  p.  18. 

2  Monroe's  Works,  Vol.  VI,  p.  11;  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the 
Presidents,  Vol.  II,  p.  8. 

8  Annals  of  Congress,  1817-18,  pp.  405,  451,  1114,  1138. 

4  A  reference  to  Appendix  A  below  will  show  the  statement  to  be  a  very  cau- 
tious and  conservative  one. 


PRESIDENTIAL   INFLUENCE  27 

Congress  could  appropriate,  but  not  apply.  The  report 
ended  with  the  resolution  "that  the  dividends  from  the 
stock  in  the  National  bank  be  set  aside  for  internal  improve- 
ments." The  house,  taking  its  cue  from  the  report,  resolved, 
ninety  to  seventy -five,  that  Congress  could  appropriate 
money  for  the  construction  of  post -roads,  military  and 
other  roads,  and  canals,  and  for  the  improvement  of  water- 
courses. 1 

The  temper  of  Congress  at  this  time  was  thoroughly 
tested,  and  the  line  limiting  their  power  as  they  at  this  mo- 
ment interpreted  it  was  clearly  and  rigidly  drawn.  A  reso- 
lution to  the  effect  that  Congress  has  power  to  construct  roads 
and  canals  necessary  to  commerce  between  the  States  failed, 
forty -six  to  one  hundred  and  twenty.3  Another  declaring  that 
Congress  could  construct  canals  for  military  purposes  failed, 
eighty-one  to  eighty -three.3  The  figures  are  interesting  as 
showing  the  more  decided  opposition  to  commercial  inter- 
ference as  compared  with  their  attitude  toward  military 
roads  and  canals. 

The  House  next  (March  30,  1818)  called4  on  the  Secre- 
tary of  the  Treasury  for  a  statement  of  the  public  works 
then  in  progress  and  plans  for  aiding  these.  On  January 
14,  1819,  Calhoun  laid  an  elaborate  report5  before  the 
House,  where  it  was  immediately  laid  on  the  table.6  On 


1  Annals  of  Congress,  1818,  p.  1385. 

2  Annals  of  Congress,  1818,  p.  1387. 

3  Annals  of  Congress,  1818,  p.  1388. 

4  Annals  of  Congress,  1818,  pp.  1G49,  1G79. 

5  For  the  text  of  this  report  see  American  State  Papers:  Miscellaneous,  Vol.  II, 
p.  533;  also  Annals  of  Congress,  January  14,  1819,  p.  2443. 

6  Annals  of  Congress,  1818-19,  pp.  544,  2443. 


28       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

January  2,  1822,  the  committee  on  roads  and  canals  reported 
a  bill  recommending,  (1)  a  great  line  of  canals  from  the 
harbor  of  Boston  to  the  South  along  the  Atlantic  coast;  (2) 
a  road  from  the  City  of  Washington  to  New  Orleans;  (3) 
a  canal  around  the  falls  in  the  Ohio  River  at  Louisville,  one 
between  the  Ohio  River  and  Lake  Erie,  between  the  Susque- 
hanna  and  the  Seneca  and  Genesee  rivers,  between  the  Ten- 
nessee and  the  Alabama,  the  Tonibigbee,  and  the  Savannah. 
They  referred  the  House  to  Calhoun's  report  of  1819,  which 
they  wished  to  have  annexed  to  their  own.  Moreover  the 
plans  for  the  time  being  contemplated  only  surveys.1  But 
this  as  well  as  other  similar  reports  came  to  nothing;  so  that 
with  the  exception  of  small  appropriations  for  the  survey 
and  repair  of  the  Cumberland  Road,  little  was  done  until 
1824;3  with  one  important  exception,  the  Cumberland 
Bill  of  May  4,  1822  (it  passed  the  House  April  29).  Mon- 
roe's veto  of  this  bill  is  perhaps  his  greatest  contribution 
toward  shaping  the  federal  policy  on  the  question  of  public 
works. 

On  December  12,  1821,  Mr.  Trimble  submitted  a  resolu- 
tion instructing  the  committee  on  roads  and  canals  to  inquire 
into  the  expediency  of  repairing  the  Cumberland  Road  and 
establishing  toll  gates  along  the  same,3  and  also  one  request- 
ing the  President  to  inform  the  House  concerning  the  state  of 
said  road.  Both  resolutions  were  adopted.4  After  a  num- 
ber of  similar  resolutions  had  been  acted  upon,  a  bill  to 


1  Annals  of  Congress,  1821-22,  p.  606. 
8  See  Appendix  A  below. 
8  Annals  of  Congress,  1821-22,  p.  560. 
4  Annals  of  Congress,  1821-22,  p.  677. 


PRESIDENTIAL   INFLUENCE  29 

repair  and  preserve  the  Cumberland  Road  passed  the  House 
April  29,  1822. l  On  May  4,  the  President  returned  the 
bill  with  his  objections.2  He  declared  that  ua  power  to 
establish  turnpikes  with  gates  and  tolls,  and  to  enforce  the 
tolls  by  penalties,  implies  a  power  to  adopt  and  execute  a 

complete  system  of  internal  improvements I  am  of 

the  opinion  that  Congress  do  not  possess  this  power,  and 
that  the  States  individually  cannot  grant  it." 

The  brief  veto  message  is  followed  by  the  u Views  of  the 
President  of  the  United  States  on  the  subject  of  internal 
improvements."  This  document  covers  fifty-one  pages  in 
Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  and 
according  to  Schouler  is  an  amplification  of  one  Monroe  was 
about  to  submit  to  Congress  in  1819,  but  which  he  was  per- 
suaded to  hold  back  at  the  request  of  Adams,  Calhoun,  and 
Crawford,  who  espoused  the  cause  of  the  friends  of  improve- 
ments. This  time  he  sent  in  his  opinion  without  consulting 
his  cabinet.3 

This  document,  which  is  a  rather  clear  exposition  of  the 
theory  of  States'  Rights  (though  Von  Hoist  finds  it  to  be 
"tedious"),  contains  the  following  "views":  — 

1.  Before  the  Revolution  all  power  not  vested  in  the 
Crown  was  exclusively  in  the  colonies. 

2.  Under  the  Confederation,  Congress  had  no  powers 
except  those  specifically  delegated. 

3.  In  making  the  Constitution  the  States  saw  fit  to  stop 


1  Annals  of  Congress,  1822,  p.  1734.     The  text  is  found  on  p.  1872. 
8  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  II,  p.  142;  Annals 
of  Congress,  1822,  pp.  1803,  1809;  Appendix  B. 

3  Schouler's  History  of  the  United  States,  Vol.  Ill,  p.  253. 


30       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

short  of  incorporating  themselves  into  a  community.  Up  to 
a  certain  point  they  made  the  national  government  a  con- 
solidated one,  but  reserved  to  themselves  a  sphere  of  sover- 
eign powers  outside  the  limits  of  the  national. 

4.  The  power  of  the  Crown  passed  to  the  separate  States 
and  their  citizens,  and  not  to  the  aggregate. 

5.  The  people  of  the  country  are  citizens  of  the  States 
rather  than  of  the  nation. 

6.  The  specific  powers  granted  Congress  are  chiefly  to 
enable  them  to  declare  and  wage  war. 

7.  The  construction  and  operation  of  toll  gates  would 
necessitate  an  interference  by  Congress  in  the  police  rights 
of  the  States,  as  in  pursuing  offenders,  who  ' '  would  fly  far 
off  before  the  sun  appeared." 

8.  He  doubts  the  power  of  Congress  to  condemn  land 
where  the  owner  refuses  to  part  with  it  peacefully. 

9.  A  review  of  the  different  grants  under  which  the  right 
is  claimed,  will  convince  the  candid  that  none  apply  to  in- 
ternal improvements  as  interpreted  by  the  framers  of  the 
bill. 

10.  The  power  to  appropriate  is  general  and  unquali- 
fied, and  can,  therefore,  be  applied  to  internal  improvements. 

11.  Great  advantages  would  accrue  from  a  system  of 
roads  and  canals,  and  such  a  system  can  better  be  carried 
out  by  the  general  government  than  by  the  individual  States. 

1 2 .  Hence  an  amendment  to  the  Constitution  is  desirable. 1 
Monroe's  administration  saw  the  first  appropriations  for 


1  The  constant  reference  to  the  amendment  by  the  three  Republican  Presidents 
was  not  altogether  unheeded.  December  20,  1825,  Van  Buren  submitted  to  the 
Senate  a  resolution  to  the  effect  that  Congress  had  no  power  to  make  roads  and 


PRESIDENTIAL  INFLUENCE  31 

rivers  and  harbors — $75,000  being  applied  to  the  improve- 
ment of  the  Ohio  and  Mississippi  rivers,  $40, 000  to  Presque 
Isle  Harbor  and  Plymouth  Beach,  while  $13,150  were  em- 
ployed in  the  surveys  and  examination  of  various  rivers  and 
harbors  with  a  view  to  their  improvement.1  Furthermore, 
Congress  now  for  the  first  time  committed  itself  to  the  policy 
of  patronizing  canal  projects,  $300,000  being  subscribed  to 
the  stock  of  the  Chesapeake  and  Delaware  Canal  Co.2  A 
number  of  roads  were  also  ordered  opened  or  continued,  but 
the  appropriations  were  meagre,  ranging  from  three  to  thirty 
thousand  dollars  for  each;3  $497,984.60  were  appropriated 
for  the  Cumberland  Eoad;  but  the  larger  part  of  this  sum 
($312,984.60)  was  simply  to  meet  demands  according  to 
former  contracts,  and  hence  only  a  minor  part  was  applied 
to  the  further  extension  and  repair  of  the  road.  Of  this 
smaller  portion,  $150,000  was  devoted  to  continuing  the 
road  from  Canton  to  Zanesville.4 

More  important  than  all  these,  perhaps,  was  the  general 
survey  bill  of  April  30, 1824.  This  bill  provided  for  surveys, 
plans,  and  estimates  of  the  routes  of  such  roads  and  canals 


canals,  and  that  a  committee  be  appointed  to  prepare  an  amendment  to  the  Con- 
stitution defining  the  powers  of  Congress  on  the  question. —  Annals  of  Congress, 
1825-26,  p.  19. 

On  December  13,  1825,  Mr.  Bailey  introduced  an  amendment  providing  that 
Congress  shall  have  power  to  execute  works  of  internal  improvements.—  Annals 
of  Congress,  1825-26,  p.  302. 

1  See  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  Ill,  pp.  761,  781;  Vol.  IV,  pp.  32,  38,  48. 
See  also  Appendix  A  below. 

2  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  IV,  p.  124  and  Appendix  A  below. 
8  Appendix  A  below. 

4  Appendix  A  below.  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  Ill,  pp.  426,  604,  728; 
Vol.  IV,  p.  128.  Annals  of  Congress,  1827-28,  Vol.  IV,  p.  2695. 

On  December  29,  1826,  specific  appropriations  were  substituted  for  general.— 
Annals  of  Congress,  1826-27,  Vol.  Ill,  pp.  571-74. 


32       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

as  the  President  should  deem  of  national  importance.  The 
bill  was  reported  January  2,  1823,  passed  April  30,  1824, 
and  approved  by  Monroe  the  same  day.  As  a  first  install- 
ment $30,000  was  appropriated,  but  a  large  number  of  ap- 
propriations were  made  later  to  carry  out  the  provisions  of 
this  act. 1  The  debate  on  this  bill  was  led  by  Clay,  who  had 
long  been  the  staunchest  champion  of  the  system.2 

At  this  time  the  question  of  internal  improvements  is 
mated  with  the  tariff  question  under  the  common  appellation 
of  the  '  'American  System, "  championed  by  Clay  and  Adams. 
It  was  this  "American  System"  which  helped  to  crystallize 
public  opinion  into  two  opposing  political  principles  and  to 
form  the  two  new  parties  which  first  locked  horns  in  the 
campaign  of  1824,  and  which  ended  the  Era  of  Good  Feel- 
ing. 

If  many  had  hitherto  been  undecided  as  to  the  policy  of 
internal  improvements,  the  stand  taken  and  the  tone  employed 
by  John  Quincy  Adams  had  the  effect  of  bringing  most  men 
to  a  decided  stand.  John  Quincy  Adams  was  no  more  for- 
tunate than  had  been  his  father  in  interpreting  the  signs  of 
the  times.  He  cast  his  horoscope  with  a  firm  hand  and  read 
it  without  fear  and  trembling,  but  he  sometimes  read  it  ill. 
Nor  did  the  untoward  and  ominous  circumstances  of  his  elec- 
tion teach  him  to  walk  warily.  His  inaugural  left  no  one  in 
doubt  as  to  his  conception  of  the  functions  of  the  central 
government  or  the  state  of  the  public  mind.3  He  seemed 


1  U.  8.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  IV,  pp.  629,  777,  703;  Vol.  V,  p.  69.     Richard- 
son's Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  II,  p.  388. 
8  For  Clay's  speech  see  Annals  of  Congress,  1823-24,  p.  1022. 
8  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  II,  p.  294. 


PRESIDENTIAL   INFLUENCE  33 

to  think  that  the  Era  of  Good  Feeling  had  forever  shattered 
party  and  factional  strife,  and  established  a  unanimity  on 
public  questions  that  was  destined  to  be  perennial,  if  indeed 
not  perpetual.  In  the  realm  of  internal  improvement  he 
found  the  objects  from  which  u  unborn  millions  of  our  pos- 
terity   will  derive  their  most  fervent  gratitude  to  the 

founders  of  the  Union. "  He  called  attention  to  the  roads 
and  aqueducts  of  Rome  as  among  the  chief  extant  monu- 
ments of  her  glory.  And,  although  "the  most  respectful 
deference  is  due  to  doubts  originating  in  patriotism,"  yet  the 
first  great  national  road  had  been  begun  twenty  years  ago, 
and  there  were  then  no  constitutional  scruples.  He  hoped 
that  "every  speculative  constitutional  scruple  will  be  solved 
by  a  practical  blessing." 

The  time,  indeed,  had  need  of  a  strong  leader.  Monroe's 
messages  had  no  doubt  settled  the  opinion  of  some;  but,  as 
the  event  proved,  many  remained  unconvinced.  Here  was 
a  splendid  opportunity  for  giving  a  wholesome  tone  and  a 
rational  bent  to  the  public  mind.  And  the  opportunity 
was  all  too  eagerly  embraced.  The  tone  was  too  imperious, 
the  attitude  too  decided  for  a  people  who  for  eight  years 
had  grown  accustomed  to  the  mild  and  conciliatory  Monroe. 
A  little  doubt  might  to  advantage  have  been  assumed  by 
Adams,  and  a  certain  amount  of  tact  and  forbearance  might 
have  helped  both  himself  and  the  system.  The  West 
was  eager  for  improvements ;  and  the  South  would  probably 
not  have  found  any  great  difficulty  in  falling  into  line,  had 
not  their  pet  doctrine  been  too  rudely  trampled  upon.  It 
was  not  till  a  policy  directly  hostile  to  their  interests  was 
adopted  that  the  South  in  good  earnest  discovered  the  awful 


34       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

sacredness  of  State  Sovereignty.1     Their  high  priest,  Cal 
houn,  as  well  as  Lowndes,  was  still  in  favor  of  a  national 
policy.2     It  seems  probable,  therefore,  that  Adams  missed 
his  opportunity,  although  the  reaction  affected  himself  more 
directly  and  much  sooner  than  the  system. 

Of  the  four  annual  messages  of  President  John  Quincy 
Adams,  the  first  and  the  third  are  devoted  in  part  to  the 
consideration  of  internal  improvements.  In  the  first3  he 
points  out  "with  no  feeling  of  pride"  that  while  Europe 
iiad  upward  of  one  hundred  thirty  astronomical  observa- 
tories, not  one  of  these  "light-houses  of  the  sky"  could  be 
found  in  America.  "To  refrain  from  exercising  the  powers 
of  the  government  for  the  benefit  of  the  people — would  be 
to  hide  in  the  earth  the  talent  committed  to  our  charge— 
would  be  treachery  to  the  most  sacred  of  trusts."  Con- 
sistent with  his  sturdy  independence,  he  transmitted  this 
message  in  the  face  of  objections  of  Barbour  and  Clay.4  "I 
concurred,"  says  Adams,  "entirely  in  their  opinion  that  no 
projects  absolutely  impracticable  ought  to  be  recommended; 
but  I  would  look  to  a  practicability  of  a  longer  range  than 
a  simple  session  of  Congress."  The  third  message5  contains 
a  restatement  of  the  recommendations  of  the  first.  There  is 
a  comment  on  the  surveys  being  made  in  conformity  with 
the  provisions  of  the  act  of  April  30,  1824,  which,  he 
thinks,  would  be  amply  justified  even  though  they  should 

1  See  for  instance  Calhoun's  speech  on  the  Bonus  Bill  already  alluded  to. — 
-Annals  of  Congress,  1816-17,  p.  855. 

2  Memoirs  of  J.  Q.  Adams,  Vol.  VIII,  p.  233. 

8  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  II,  pp.  311-314. 

4  Memoirs  of  J.  Q.  Adams,  Vol.  VII,  pp.  59,  61,  63. 

*  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  II,  p.  388. 


PRESIDENTIAL  INFLUENCE  35 

result  in  nothing  but  the  increase  of  topographical  knowl- 
edge acquired.  The  works  so  far  have  not  intrenched  "upon 
the  necessities  of  the  Treasury,  nor  added  a  dollar  to  the 
taxes  or  debts  of  the  community." 

One  of  the  definite  results  of  Adams'  uncompromising 
attitude  was  the  alienation  of  Virginia  and  South  Carolina, 
who  now  present  a  fairly  solid  front  against  the  system.1 
But  although  the  scope  of  works  contemplated  by  the  Pres- 
ident put  a  weapon  into  the  hands  of  his  enemies  in  that  he 
laid  himself  open  to  the  charge  of  recklessness,  yet  the 
appropriations  during  this  administration  immeasurably  ex- 
ceed those  of  any  of  the  preceding  administrations,  and 
reflect  the  wild  interest  of  the  great  West  in  the  question. 
Indeed  Adams'  administration  has  been  called  the  period  of 
internal  improvements,  although  in  truth  the  administration 
of  Jackson  better  deserves  this  epithet. 

The  number  of  surveys  in  progress  in  1825  gave  a  great 
impetus  to  the  study  of  civil  engineering,  especially  among 
United  States  cadets. 2  Land  is  now  for  the  first  time  granted 
for  the  promotion  both  of  roads  and  canals  and  of  river  im- 
provements. The  specific  works  so  subsidized  were:  (1) 
roads  from  Columbus  to  Sandusky;3  (2)  a  canal  in  Illinois;4 
(3)  one  in  Indiana;5  (4)  the  improvement  of  rivers  in  Ala- 
bama;6 $643,920.13  were  expended  on  the  Cumberland 
Road;  $100,000  were  subscribed  for  the  stock  of  the  Louis- 


1  American  Statesmen  Series,  Vol.  XV,  p.  201;  Niles  Register,  Vol.  XXX,  p.  38. 

2  Niles  Register,  Vol.  XXIX,  p.  121. 

»  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  IV,  p.  242. 
4  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  IV,  p.  234. 
6  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  IV,  p.  236. 
«  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  IV,  p.  290. 


36       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

ville  and  Portland  Canal  Co.;  $150,000  in  the  Dismal 
Swamp  Canal  Co. ;  and  10,000,  750,  200,  and  1350  shares 
in  the  Chesapeake  and  Ohio,  the  Chesapeake  and  Delaware, 
the  Dismal  Swamp,  and  the  Louisville  and  Portland  Canal 
companies  respectively. l 

The  business  of  river  and  harbor  improvements  is  now  for 
the  first  time  entered  upon  on  a  large  scale,  upward  of  one 
million  two  hundred  thousand  dollars  being  appropriated. 
The  entire  amount  applied  to  improvements  in  Adams'  ad- 
ministration according  to  Lalor,  who  cites  Wheeler,  was 
$2,310,475  as  compared  with  $707,621,  $250,800,  and 
$48,400  in  Monroe's,  Madison's,  and  Jefferson's  administra- 
tions respectively.3  In  view  of  this  apparently  rapid  in- 
crease, and  in  view  of  the  very  large  appropriations  during 
Jackson's  administration,  it  might  seem  as  though  Adams 
had  every  reason  to  feel  encouraged.  But  these  figures  are  no 
true  indication  of  the  state  of  things,  and  Adams'  later  lamen- 
tations are,  from  his  standpoint,  not  unreasonable.  Jack- 
son's attitude  filled  him  with  dismay.  uClay,  Calhoun,  and 
Webster  have  abandoned  it.  It  is  in  a  desperate  state,"  he 
wrote  in  1830;  and  throughout  his  diary  a  glimpse  here  and 


1  The  subscriptions  for  stock  in  canal  companies  were  largely  in  response  to 
memorials  from  State  legislatures  and  private  corporations,  as  from  Florida  to 
aid  in  opening  a  canal  between  St.  Augustine  and  St.  Johns.  —  Annals  of  Con- 
gress, 1823-24,  p.  1954.  A  memorial  from  the  Chesapeake  and  Delaware  Canal 
Co.—  Annals  of  Congress,  1825-26,  p.  2005.  Feb.  6,  1825,  the  committee  on  roads 
and  canals  reported  a  bill  authorizing  the  President  to  borrow  $10,000,000  to  sub- 
scribe for  stock  in  companies  for  internal  improvements  incorporated  by  the 
States.  They  presented  schemes  for  connecting  various  lakes  and  rivers  by 
canals,  and  reviewed  the  enterprises  of  European  countries,  which  they  repre- 
sent as  highly  successful.  Thus  thirty  canals  in  England  yield  thirty  per  cent 
per  annum  each,  while  the  stock  is  as  high  as  six  hundred  per  cent  premium. — 
Annals  of  Congress,  1824-25,  p.  75. 

8  For  a  complete  list  see  Appendix  A  below. 


PRESIDENTIAL   INFLUENCE  37 

there,  a  doleful  reflection  or  a  brief  jeremiad,  reveals  his 
perennial  interest  in  this  his  pet  subject,  and  the  vital  im- 
portance he  continues  to  attach  to  it. 1  In  fact  he  completely 
identified  himself  with  it  and  proudly  declared  himself  the 
author  of  a  "permanent  and  regular  system'72  of  improve- 
ments. Indeed,  it  seems  to  have  been  such  a  passion  with 
him  as  to  have  vitiated  in  a  measure  his  political  sense. 

In  1830  Adams  charged  Jackson  with  having  "truckled 
to  it  for  a  time"  to  make  sure  of  western  support.3  This  is 
possible.  The  method  is  not  entirely  unknown  to  modern 
politics,  and  Jackson  may  be  conceded  to  have  had,  with  all 
his  simple  uprightness,  a  tinge  of  the  politician,  especially  if 
scrutinized  through  the  eyes  of  John  Quincy  Adams.  It 
seems  likely,  however,  that  Jackson's  opinion  in  the  matter 
changed  somewhat  during  his  presidency,  as  did  that  of 
Monroe.  An  "irony  of  fate"  makes  Jackson,  the  most  un- 
compromising and  redoubtable  foe  of  the  system,  through 
a  species  of  political  finesse  assuming  the  concrete  form  of 
"riders,"  sign  away  more  money  in  its  furtherance  than  any 
other  President  previous  to  1860.  In  return  for  this  he  at 
least  had  the  satisfaction  of  finally  giving  it  a  quietus.  Even 
the  West  was  finally  won  over  to  the  opposition,  as  Adams 
thinks,  by  "the  bribe  of  public  lands."4 

Jackson  believed  in  executive  prerogative,  and  it  must  be 
admitted  that  the  provocation  was  great.  So  the  "rider" 


1  See  Memoirs  of  J.  Q.  Adams,  Vol.  V,  pp.  155-6;  Vol.  VIII,  pp.  190,  230,  233, 
273,  439,  453;  Vol.  IX,  pp.  162,  198;  Vol.  XI,  p.  485. 

8  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  V,  p.  258. 
»  Memoirs  of  J.  Q.  Adams,  Vol.  VIII,  p.  233. 
*  Memoirs  ofJ.  Q.  Adams,  Vol.  VIII,  p.  504. 


38       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

was,  wherever  possible,  balanced  by  the  presidential  veto. 
It  was  evidently  not  supposed  by  the  "fathers"  that  this 
weapon  would  be  resorted  to  except  in  the  most  extreme 
cases;  and  we  do  not  wonder  that  Adams  was  scandalized. 
"The  Presidential  veto,"  says  he,  "has  hitherto  been  exer- 
cised with  great  reserve.  Not  more  than  four  or  five  acts  of 
Congress  had  been  thus  arrested  by  six  Presidents,  and  in 
forty  years.  He  has  rejected  four  in  three  days.  The  over- 
seer ascendancy  is  complete."1 

One  other  instance  of  Jackson's  method  must  be  cited, 
because  it  is  important  as  a  political  act  in  connection  with 
the  system  of  improvements,  and  because  it  is  so  character- 
istic of  Jackson.  There  is,  moreover,  probably  only  one 
such  instance  on  record  in  American  history.  May  31 , 1830, 
the  President  signed2  a  bill  appropriating  $8,000  for  surveys 
and  works  of  improvements,  and  accompanied  his  signature 
by  a  statement  of  the  condition  on  which  he  signed  it, 
namely,  that  the  road  provided  for  must  not  extend  beyond 
the  borders  of  Michigan. 

The  first  annual  message3  of  President  Jackson  may  be 
considered  to  be  the  warning  note  preparatory  to  the  on- 
slaught. There  is  in  it  nothing  peremptory,  such  as  may 
fairly  be  said  to  characterize  parts  of  later  messages  treating 
of  this  subject.  Yet  the  tone  is  quite  unmistakable:  "Noth- 
ing is  clearer  in  my  view  than  that  we  are  chiefly  indebted 
for  the  success  of  the  Constitution  ....  to  the  watchful  and 
auxiliary  operation  of  the  State  authority."  He  is  not  un- 

1  Memoirs  ofJ.  Q.  Adams,  Vol.  VIII,  p.  230. 

2  Annals  of  Congress,  1829-30,  Vol.  VI,  p.  1149. 

8  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  II,  p.  451. 


PRESIDENTIAL  INFLUENCE  39 

mindful  of  the  benefit  conferred  on  "every  member  of  the 
Union  .  .  .  Let  us  then  endeavor  to  attain  this  benefit  in  a 
mode  which  will  be  satisfactory  to  all."  The  method  hith- 
erto in  vogue  had  been  thought  unconstitutional  by  some; 
by  others,  inexpedient.  His  method  would  be  that  of  dis- 
tributing the  funds  among  the  States  to  be  applied  by  them 
as  they  chose.  "An  amendment  may  be  necessary." 

The  third,  fourth,  and  sixth  messages1  are  also  made  to  do 
service  in  battering  down  the  props  of  the  system.  In  these 
and  the  veto  messages  the  main  charges  on  which  the  system 
is  indicted  are :  (1)  unconstitutionality;  (2)  hasty  appropri- 
ations involving  a  reckless  use  of  public  funds;  (3)  lack  of 
consecutive,  systematic  action,  one  Congress  undoing  the 
work  of  its  predecessor,  thus  leading  to  great  waste;  (4) 
corrupting  influence  on  legislation;  and  (5)  it  is  fatal  to  the 
purity  of  elections  and  of  public  men.2 

The  wisdom  of  adopting  an  amendment,  or  attempting  to 
adopt  one,  he  drives  home  with  the  following  choice  bit  of 
unadorned  logic.  If  the  States  desire  Congress  to  aid  them 
in  these  works,  they  will  concur  in  an  amendment  denning 
and  describing  the  limits  of  federal  powers.  If  they  refuse 
to  ratify  such  an  amendment,  this  is  equivalent  to  saying, 
"We  don't  need  your  assistance."  And  why  should  Con- 
gress desire  to  force  assistance  upon  unwilling  States?  Jack- 
son apparently  was  not  unwilling  to  reduce  the  Constitution 
to  the  level  of  a  statute  book  in  order  that  his  theory  might 
prevail.  It  might  have  been  objected  that  such  a  policy 

1  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  II,  pp.  483,  601,  638; 
Vol.  Ill,  p.  118. 

2  These  are  apparently  charges  against  our  form  of  government  rather  than 
against  the  policy  at  which  Jackson  aimed  them. 


40       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

would  necessitate  a  new  amendment  for  every  new  under- 
taking Congress,  through  social  changes,  might  find  it  neces- 
sary or  expedient  to  enter  upon.  But  "it  is  no  use  arguing 
with  Johnson;  if  his  pistol  misses  fire,  he  will  knock  you 
down  with  the  butt  end." 

The  simplicity  and  the  heartiness  of  the  counsel  is,  how- 
ever, commendable;  and  we  are  ready  to  sympathize  even 
with  a  dictatorial  tone  when  we  see  him  putting  his  iron  heel 
upon  the  neck  of  "log  rolling",  election  abuses,  and  bribes. 
The  following  quotation  is  more  or  less  characteristic  of  all 
paragraphs  devoted  to  the  subject.  Soldier  fashion,  it  is 
graphic  and  straight  from  the  shoulder:  — 

"It  promotes  mischievous  and  corrupting  influences  upon 
elections  by  holding  out  to  the  public  the  fallacious  hope 
that  the  success  of  a  certain  candidate  will  make  navigable 
their  neighboring  creek  or  river,  bring  commerce  to  their 
doors,  and  increase  the  value  of  their  property."1 

The  hardest  blow  given  the  system  by  President  Jackson 
is  his  veto  to  the  so-called  Maysville  Road  Bill.  This  bill 
was  introduced  into  the  House  by  Mr.  Letch er,3  April  26, 
1830,  and  provided  that  the  government  subscribe  §150,000 
for  stock  in  the  Maysville,  Washington,  Paris,  and  Lexington 
Turnpike  Co.,  chartered  by  the  Legislature  of  Kentucky, 
who  were  constructing  a  short  road  in  Kentucky  along  a 
route  surveyed  in  1827  for  an  extensive  road  from  Ohio  to 
Alabama.  After  being  subjected  to  a  raking  fire  from  the 
opposition  it  finally  passed  the  House  one  hundred  and  two 
to  ninety-six,  April  29.3  The  President  returned  it  with  a 

.  !  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  II,  p.  601. 
2  Annals  of  Congress,  1829-30,  Vol.  VI,  p.  820. 
8  Annals  of  Congress,  1829-30,  Vol.  VI,  p.  842. 


PRESIDENTIAL   INFLUENCE  41 

lengthy  veto  message,  May  27,  the  chief  objection  being 
that  the  work  is  local  "even  as  to  the  State  of  Kentucky," 
and  that  Congress  is  irresponsible. 

On  May  28,  1830,  the  veto  message  was  taken  up  for  dis- 
cussion.1 The  debate  was  brief,  and  turned  as  much  on  the 
character  of  the  administration  as  on  the  merits  of  the  bill 
vetoed.  It  developed  that  this  was  "the  first  time  in  the 
history  of  the  world  that  the  executive  of  a  nation  has  inter- 
posed his  authority  to  stop  ruinous  and  extravagant  appro- 
priations." Jackson  was  the  "ultimus  Romanorurn, "  who 
had  vetoed  the  bill  in  the  interest  of  the  system.  On  the 
other  hand  the  message  was  declared  to  be  the  work  of  the 
" Chief  Minister."  "The  hand  of  the  great  magician  [was] 
visible  in  every  line  of  the  message.  There  [was]  nothing 
candid,  nothing  open,  nothing  honest  in  it."  "The  West 
must  be  drained  of  every  dollar  unless  the  system  be  con- 
tinued," and  the  people  of  the  West  would  inevitably  be- 
come "hewers  of  wood  and  drawers  of  water."  The  vote 
showed  ninety-six  for  and  ninety  against. 

Not  counting  the  distribution  bill,  vetoed  on  December 
4,  1833,  Jackson  vetoed  in  all  six2  internal  improvement 
bills,  as  follows:  May  27,  1830,  subscription  in  the  Mays- 
ville  Koad  Co.  stock;  May  31,  1830,  subscription  in  the 
Washington  Turnpike  and  Road  Co.;  December  6,  1830, 
building  of  lighthouses,  etc. ;  December  6,  1830,  subscrip- 
tion in  the  Louisville  and  Portland  Canal  Co. ;  December  6, 
1832,  improvement  of  harbors  and  rivers;  and  December  1, 
1834,  improvement  of  the  Wabash  River.  The  distribution 

1  Annals  of  Congress,  1829-30,  Vol.  VI,  Part  II,  p.  1140. 

2  See  Appendix  B  below;  also  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Pres- 
idents, Vol.  II,  pp.  483,  493,  508,  638;  Vol.  Ill,  p.  118. 


42       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

bill  alluded  to  was  pushed  through  the  Senate  by  Mr.  Clay, 
April  16,  1832.  It  passed  the  House  March  3,  1833.  The 
bill  set  aside  twelve  and  one-half  per  cent  of  the  public  land 
fund  for  improvement  and  educational  purposes,  the  remain- 
ing eighty-seven  and  one-half  per  cent  to  be  used  by  States 
as  they  should  see  fit.1  It  was  held  by  the  President  that 
the  bill  violated  the  compact  theory. 

The  lighthouse  bill  veto  is  the  only  instance  of  its  kind 
in  the  history  of  the  country,  and  was  of  course  not 
justified  on  constitutional  grounds,  the  only  objection 
being  that  appropriations  for  this  purpose  were  "  extrava- 
gant and  disproportionate."  Direct  appropriations  for  any 
of  the  branches  of  improvements  are  not  obnoxious  to  him 
if  they  are  manifestly  for  the  general  good.  But  subscrip- 
tions for  the  stock  of  private  corporations,  by  uniting  the 
general  government  with  the  State  governments,  would,  he 
finds,  tend  to  consolidate  the  two  into  one;  while  the  med- 
dling of  the  general  government  with  the  elections  in  canal 
or  road  companies  would  be  subversive  of  i  i  the  liberties  of 
the  people."2 

The  message  of  December  6,  1832,  is  accompanied  by  a 
report  from  the  engineer  department,  which  purports  in  a 
general  way  to  distinguish  the  bills  which  the  executive 
simply  frowns  upon  and  approves  from  those  which  are 
anathema — a  distinction  which,  in  brief,  excludes  from  exec- 
utive clemency  all  attempts  to  better  the  navigation  of 

1  September  4,  1841,  a  similar  bill  became  law,  providing,  however,  that 
the  distribution  should  be  suspended  while  import  duties  should  be  above  the 
maximum  fixed  by  the  tariff  of  1833.  The  policy  died  with  the  tariff  act  of  1842 
(August  30).—  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  V,  p.  453. 

8  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  II,  p.  509. 


PRESIDENTIAL  INFLUENCE  43 

streams  not  already  navigable,  or  channels  of  commerce  and 
harbors  not  containing  ports  of  entry  according  to  statute.1 

The  committee  to  whom  the  pocket  vetoes  contained  in 
the  message2  of  December  6,  1830,  were  referred,  reported3 
February  10,  1831.  They  reviewed  the  history  of  internal 
improvements  from  the  first  Cumberland  Road  bill  to  the 
present  time.  They  found  that  works  might  be  of  national 
importance  even  though  wholly  within  a  single  State,  and 
as  for  works  embracing  two  or  more  States,  these  could  not 
be  subject  to  independent  action  of  several  States.  The 
United  States  can  as  properly  collect  tolls  as  the  States. 
In  short  they  attempt  to  meet  the  executive  at  every  point, 
and  throw  him  the  gauntlet  in  the  resolution  closing  the 
report,  which  asserts  uThat  it  is  expedient  for  the  general 
government  to  prosecute  internal  improvement  by  direct 
appropriation  of  money,  or  by  subscription  for  stock  in 
companies  incorporated  by  the  respective  States." 

The  Maysville  veto  is  generally  mentioned  as  the  one  great 
act  that  gave  the  system  its  death  thrust  in  its  original  form. 
Though  the  appropriations  for  improvements  under  Jack- 
son aggregated,  according  to  Lalor,  $10,582,882,  yet  the 
signs  are  quite  unmistakable  that  the  system  is  expiring. 
The  Cumberland  Road,  for  instance,  is  liberally  supported; 
but  in  1834  it  was  surrendered  to  the  States;4  and  after 
Jackson's  administration  it  received  but  one  more  appropri- 
ation.5 The  road  at  this  time  extended  to  Vandalia,  Illi- 


Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  II,  p.  639. 
Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  II,  p.  500. 
Annals  of  Congress,  1830-31,  Vol.  VII,  Appendix  XXXV. 
Z7.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  IV,  p.  680. 
Z7.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  V,  p.  228. 


44       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

nois.  A  motion  to  extend  it  beyond  Vandalia  by  appropri- 
ating $10,000  was  lost  March  3,  183 1.1  In  the  second 
place,  though  aid  is  continued  in  encouragement  of  canal  en- 
terprises, neither  in  Jackson's  administration  nor  at  any  time 
after  is  money  subscribed  for  stock  in  canal  companies.  And 
even  direct  aids  dwindle  rapidly  so  that  in  Van  Buren's  term 
we  find  only  two  instances  of  this  kind  —  one  granting  a 
certain  amount  of  land,  the  other  the  sum  of  $1,500  in  money. 
The  figures,  too,  correspond — over  ten  and  one-half  million 
dollars  under  Jackson;  a  little  more  than  two  million  dol- 
lars under  Van  Buren;  and  practically  one  million  dollars 
under  Tyler.3 

The  decline  of  the  system  would  doubtless  have  begun  at 
this  time  or  very  soon  after,  even  if  Jackson's  thunder  had 
been  harmless  —  though  the  collapse  would  not  have  been 
so  sudden  or  so  complete.  The  roads  had  been  hastily  and 
poorly  constructed,  and  rapidly  went  to  decay,  giving  the 
work  of  Congress  ill  repute.3  The  cost  of  keeping  them  in 
repair  proved  greater  than  was  anticipated;  lack  of  engi- 
neering skill  caused  much  waste,  especially  as  to  canals;  and 
the  investment  in  canal  stock  proved  unprofitable;  while 
railroads  were  presently  to  make  an  extended  system  of 
canals  superfluous.  For  the  same  reason  the  Cumberland 
Road  was  neglected;  and  besides,  the  country  became  ab- 
sorbed in  the  slavery  question  and  other  vital  issues.  And 
so  the  system  was  gradually  abandoned  except  as  to  light- 
houses and  river  and  harbor  improvements. 

1  Annals  of  Congress,  1830-31,  p.  845. 

*  Lalor's  Cyclopedia,  see  topic  internal  improvements;  also  Appendix  A  below. 

»  Dickens'  American  Notes,  1842. 


PRESIDENTIAL  INFLUENCE  45 

President  Van  Buren  can  scarcely  be  said  to  have  given 
the  subject  any  attention  aside  from  signing  a  number  of 
bills.  The  most  considerable  single  appropriation  was  that 
of  July  7,  1838,  setting  aside  nearly  one  and  one-half  mil- 
lion dollars  for  river  and  harbor  improvements.1  The  Cum- 
berland Road,  moreover,  received  $459, 000  in  1838.2  In  his 
messages  he  commends  the  surveys  of  New  York  harbor 
then  in  progress,3  and  lays  before  Congress  a  communication 
from  the  Governor  of  Maryland  concerning  the  cession  to 
Maryland  of  the  interest  of  the  United  States  in  the  Chesa- 
peake and  Ohio  Canal. 

The  only  notice  President  Tyler  gives  the  subject,  aside 
from  the  routine  of  approving  bills,  is  his  veto  of  the  river 
and  harbor  bills  on  June  11,  1844. 4  The  objection  stated 
by  him  is  that  improving  a  river  or  harbor  while  benefiting 
one  town  may  work  injury  to  another  by  diminishing  its 
business.  According  to  this  logic  all  harbors  and  rivers 
would  have  to  remain  forever  unimproved  by  the  general 
government,  or  else  some  magic  means  would  have  to  be 
found  whereby  such  improvements  would  profit  all  localities 
equally  at  the  same  instant.  On  the  same  day,  however,  he 
approved  a  bill  devoting  $655,000  to  river  and  harbor  im- 
provements.5 In  general,  Tyler  approved  a  relatively  large 
number  of  such  bills.6  In  Tyler's  administration  the  first 
appropriation  was  made  for  the  promotion  of  railroads  at 


1  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  V,  p.  268. 

2  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  V,  p.  228. 

3  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  Ill,  p.  393. 

4  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  IV,  p.  330. 

5  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  V,  p.  6G1. 

6  Appendix  A  below. 


46       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

federal  expense,  $3,000  being  used  to  survey  a  railroad 
route  across  Florida1  (June  15,  1844). 

President  Polk  vetoed  two  river  and  harbor  bills  on 
August  3,  1846,  and  December  15,  1847,  respectively.  The 
former  provided  for  an  appropriation  of  $1,378,450.2  The 
category  of  objections  had  by  this  time  been  too  well  ex- 
hausted to  admit  of  anything  original.  Polk's  position  is 
based  on  the  following  principles: — (1)  A  port  of  entry 
must  not  only  exist  on  the  statute  book,  it  must  be  actually 
used  as  such,  i.  e.,  the  place  must  have  foreign  commerce. 
(2)  The  term  u regulate"  implies  the  existence  of  the  thing 
to  be  regulated.  Congress  has  no  business  to  use  public 
funds  for  creating  a  commerce  where  none  exists.  (3)  Con- 
gress should  encourage  State  enterprise  by  granting  the 
right  to  levy  tonnage  duties.  The  policy  of  Congress,  he 
affirms,  had  been  to  create  a  surplus  by  means  of  a  tariff  and 
then  to  employ  this  surplus  in  internal  improvements.  In 
other  words  the  system  of  improvements  had  been  used  as 
the  sands  with  which  to  obliterate  and  absorb  the  blood 
drained  from  the  body  politic  by  a  vicious  commercial 
system.3 

This  is  the  beginning  of  the  railroad  age,  and  resolutions 
for  surveys  and  explorations  are  becoming  common  in  the 
halls  of  Congress.  Among  these  there  is  one  to  grant  land 


1  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  V,  p.  670. 

2  Appendix  B  below;  also  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large.  Vol.  IV,  pp.  460,  610. 

8  In  answer  to  Polk's  message,  the  House  by  an  overwhelming  majority  (one 
hundred  and  thirty-eight  to  fifty-four.— See  Congressional  Globe,  1847-48,  p.  62) 
resolved  "That  the  general  government  has  the  power  to  construct  such  harbors 
and  improve  such  rivers  '  as  are  necessary  and  proper '  for  the  protection  of  our 
navy  and  our  commerce,  and  also  for  the  Defense  of  our  country." 


PRESIDENTIAL  INFLUENCE  47 

to  Asa  Whitney,  of  New  York,  to  aid  him  in  building  a 
railroad  from  Lake  Michigan  to  the  Pacific.1 

The  position  taken  by  Taylor  marks  an  eddy  in  the  cur- 
rent which  has  been  sweeping  the  system  before  it  since 
Jackson's  time.  In  this  administration  Congress  definitely 
enters  upon  a  system  of  granting  land  to  States  in  aid  of 
railroad  projects,  the  first  such  grant  being  made  by  the  act 
of  October  20,  1850.  By  this  act  2,595,053  acres,  or  one- 
half  of  a  strip  of  land  six  miles  wide  on  both  sides  of  the 
respective  roads,  were  granted  to  Illinois,  Mississippi,  and 
Alabama  for  the  Illinois  Central  and  the  Mobile  and  Ohio 
railroads.  President  Taylor  strongly  favored  this  policy,  as 
well  as  improvements  in  general,  an  attitude  which  was  con- 
tinued under  President  Fillmore. 

Jackson  and  his  successors  —  Van  Buren,  Tyler,  and  Polk 
—  had  been  able  to  see  little  else  in  the  system  than  a  con- 
spiracy among  members  of  Congress  mutually  to  enrich 
themselves  and  their  constituencies  by  creating  conditions 
favorable  and  applicable  to  local  enterprises  only.  Presi- 
dent Fillmore  is  the  first  emphatically  to  point  out  that  what 
is  local  in  construction  may  be  very  general  in  point  of  util- 
ity. The  great  expansion  of  the  country  westward  since  J. 
Q.  Adams'  time  enabled  the  present  executive  to  apply  the 
principle  to  a  larger  field  and  a  greater  variety  of  conditions. 
The  lakes  and  western  rivers  had  been  claimed  by  an  ex- 
panding commerce,  shipping  by  water  having  assumed  com- 
paratively large  proportions. 

Under  these  conditions  a  larger  community  of  interest  no 
doubt  existed  between  distant  points,  and  it  was  fortunate 

1  See  Congressional  Globe  for  1847-48,  p.  873;  for  1848-49,  pp.  388,  633,  723,  835. 


48       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

that  Fillmore  had  sufficient  breadth  of  view  to  recognize  the 
expediency  of  adapting  the  country's  policy  to  the  changed 
conditions.  As  the  President  points  out  a  "canal  around 

the  Falls  of  St.  Mary  less  than  a  mile  in  length would 

remove  the  only  obstruction  to  navigation  of  more  than  one 
thousand  miles,  affecting  several  States  as  well  as  Canada." 
And  a  ship  lost  on  a  bar  in  a  southern  river  is  quite  likely 
to  be  from  New  England.1  The  conditions  complained  of 
by  Jackson  no  doubt  existed,  and  probably  still  exist.  It 
is  a  question  how  far  such  evils  are  susceptible  of  meliora- 
tion under  our  present  system  of  voting  the  budget  and  of 
making  appropriations.  England  and  Germany  seem  to  be 
more  successful  in  this  field,  and  their  budget  systems  are 
radically  different  from  ours.  But  the  proposition  of  elim- 
inating a  class  of  government  activity,  admittedly  capable 
of  untold  good,  for  the  sole  reason  that  it  seems  for  the 
present  difficult  to  rid  them  of  abuses  hardly  merits  serious 
consideration.  Surely  this  would  be  tantamount  to  a  declar- 
ation of  both  moral  and  political  bankruptcy.  It  is  a  case 
of  burning  the  house  to  get  rid  of  the  rats.  During  these 
four  years  six  different  acts  were  passed  for  the  benefit  of 
railroads,  one  of  which  granted  right  of  way  to  all  railroads 
in  the  Territories,2  while  750,000  acres  were  granted  in  aid  of 
a  ship  canal  around  the  Falls  of  St.  Mary.3 

The  encouragement  given  the  system  by  the  few  Whig 
Presidents  was  destined  to  receive  a  rude  shock  at  the  hands 
of  the  next  Democratic  executive.  We  must  credit  Frank- 


1  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  V,  p.  90. 

2  Appendix  C  below.     On  March  3,  1853,  $150,000  were  appropriated  to  survey 
a  railroad  route  from  the  Mississippi  River  to  the  Pacific. 

3  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  X,  p.  35. 


PRESIDENTIAL  INFLUENCE  49 

lin  Pierce  with  seeing  and  pointing  out  the  futility  of  Folk's 
attempt  to  discriminate  between  works  for  the  protection 
and  encouragement  of  foreign  commerce  and  those  for  in- 
ternal trade.1 

Pierce' s  attitude  seems  to  be  based  on  the  following  prin- 
ciples : — ( 1 )  Government  should  not  engage  in  any  enter- 
prise upon  which  a  private  proprietor  —  a  prudent  one  — 
would  not  launch  with  a  view  to  gain.2  (This  essay  does 
not  concern  itself  with  the  economic  aspect  of  the  question; 
otherwise  it  would  be  in  order  to  remark  that  economists 
draw  at  least  two  chief  distinctions  between  public  and  pri- 
vate enterprise:  In  the  first  place,  government  does  not  in- 
vest with  a  view  to  gain  in  the  sense  of  filling  the  purse; 
secondly,  it  looks  not  to  immediate  but  to  permanent  bene- 
fit and,  if  wise,  takes  a  "longer  range",  as  Adams  put  it.) 
(2)  There  is  a  difference  between  indicating  obstacles  and 
removing  these  obstacles  or  in  any  other  way  changing  the 
preexisting  condition  of  the  earth.  In  other  words,  it  is 
competent  for  Congress  to  place  buoys  and  erect  lighthouses 
in  a  harbor,  but  not  to  make  navigation  safe  by  removing 
obstructions.  (3)  All  local  works  by  Congress  ought  to 
pass  into  federal  jurisdiction,  and  the  Constitution  provides 
for  no  such  contingency  except  in  case  of  such  as  are  alluded 
to  in  section  8,  Article  I.  (4)  As  to  westward  railroads  he 
finds  the  question  largely  unembarrassed  by  the  presence  of 
States.  But  even  in  the  Territories  he  would  limit  govern- 
ment interference3  to  aiding  construction,  ruling  out  adminis- 


1  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  V,  p.  263. 

2  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  V,  p.  258. 

3  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  V,  p.  290. 


50       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

tration.  Later  lie  becomes  more  hostile  to  government  en- 
couragement of  railroad  projects.  Congress  had  by  Decem- 
ber, 1854,  withdrawn  some  30,000,000  acres  of  land  from 
the  public  sale  with  a  view  to  subsidizing  railroads.  The 
President  ordered  this  land  reentered  on  the  market,  and 
urged  Congress  to  leave  railroading  to  private  enterprise,1 
on  the  ground  that  the  results  are  not  commensurate  with 
the  expenditures. 

As  to  the  number  of  vetoes,  Pierce  successfully  emulated 
Jackson.  The  difference  is  in  the  objects  attacked.  Jack- 
son had  leveled  his  ordnance  chiefly  at  the  road  and  canal 
business,  three  out  of  the  six  vetoes  being  those  of  road  and 
canal  bills.  Of  Pierce's  six  vetoes,  five  negatived  river  and 
harbor  bills,  while  the  sixth  was  general.2 

In  spite  of  Pierce's  apparent  hostility  to  river  and  harbor 
improvement,  he  nevertheless  approved  five  bills  for  this 
purpose,  the  appropriations  ranging  from  $100,000  to  $330,- 
000.  The  administration  is  remarkable  for  the  great  num- 
ber of  military  roads  under  construction,  most  of  them  being 
in  the  far  West.3  No  less  than  fourteen  railroad  acts  were 
passed,  one-half  of  six  sections  on  both  sides  of  the  road 
benefitted  being  granted.  The  land  was  still  granted  to  the 
States  and  not  directly  to  the  companies.  Minnesota,  Iowa, 
Florida,  Alabama,  Louisiana,  Wisconsin,  Michigan,  and  Mis- 
sissippi, all  received  grants.  Another  $150,000  was  added 


1  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  V,  pp.  218,  258, 
290. 

8  See  Appendix  B  below;  also  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Pres- 
idents, Vol.  V,  pp.  386,  387,  388,  556.  March  3,  1857,  $25,000  were  appropriated 
to  survey  a  canal  route  across  the  Isthmus  of  Darien. 

3  Appendix  A  below. 


PRESIDENTIAL  INFLUENCE  51 

to  the  appropriation  of  March  3,  1853,  providing  for  the 
survey  of  the  Union  Pacific  route.1 

"The  miserable  talk  of  the  constitutionality  of  pulling 
out  a  snag  or  removing  a  stone"  continued  under  the  u inter- 
regnum" executive.  President  Buchanan  was  well  disposed 
toward  a  military  railroad  to  the  Pacific.  Congress  ought, 
however,  not  to  undertake  the  work  itself,  but  simply  give 
aid. 2  But  as  regards  general  improvements,  he  thinks  Con- 
gress had  been  prodigal  and  pledges  his  cooperation  in 
exercising  a  wholesome  restraint.8  He  vetoed,  by  way  of 
redeeming  this  promise,  two  different  bills,  one  for  improv- 
ing St.  Clair  Flats,  Michigan,  the  other  to  improve  the 
mouth  of  the  Mississippi. 

From  the  outbreak  of  the  Civil  War  to  the  present  time, 
improvements  aside  from  the  lighthouse  establishment  have 
for  the  most  part  assumed  the  form  of  work  on  rivers  and 
harbors.  The  only  roads  built  have  been  strictly  military, 
largely  short  ones  in  connection  with  some  post  or  cemetery. 
Instead  of  building  roads  the  government  now  distributes 
information  on  road  making,  thereby  furthering  an  enlight- 
ened activity  along  this  line.  A  number  of  canal  bills  have 
been  passed,  the  appropriations  ranging  from  $500  to  $500,- 
000  for  each  act.4  The  later  Presidents  have  given  the  mat- 
ter no  great  attention,  though  Grant,  Arthur,  and  Cleveland 
each  vetoed  a  river  and  harbor  bill. 

To  recapitulate: — Jefferson,    Madison,  and  Monroe  cau- 

1  Appendix  C  below. 

2  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  V,  p.  457. 
8  Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  V,  p.  461. 

4  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  XVI,  p.  399;  Vol.  XVII,  p.  372;  Vol.  XVIII, 
p.  462,  etc. 


52       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

tiously  assisted  the  movement  in  so  far  as  it  seemed  to  them 
to  be  sanctioned  by  the  Federal  Constitution.  Jefferson's 
attitude  is  especially  important  as  establishing  precedent, 
and  also  as  illustrating  the  tendency  of  the  latter  to  approve 
of  acts  requiring  a  liberal  construction  of  the  Constitution, 
which  he  would  not  have  scrupled  to  use  as  political  weap- 
ons against  an  antagonist.  Jefferson's  acts  were  usually 
characterized  by  a  prudence  and  sagacity  which  gave  the  lie 
direct  to  many  of  his  public  and  private  utterances  —  espe- 
cially to  the  latter.  Out  of  office  he  must  be  classed  among 
the  less  scrupulous  politicians;  in  office  he  ranks  (confess- 
edly, of  course)  high  as  a  statesman. 

J.  Q.  Adams  displayed  a  keener  interest  in  the  subject 
than  any  other  President.  But  it  is  to  be  feared  that  he  in- 
jured the  cause  he  so  warmly  espoused,  by  too  unreserved 
an  attitude,  a  somewhat  over-enthusiastic  effusiveness. 

Jackson  was  the  first  distinctively  to  oppose  the  system 
on  the  ground  of  inexpediency.  His  attitude  was  character- 
ized by  the  well-known  Jacksonian  democratic  despotism. 
His  opposition  must,  however,  be  conceded  to  have  been  in 
a  measure  discriminating;  he  did  not  categorically  deny  the 
desirability  of  government  aid.  But  he  insisted  that  this 
aid  must  take  the  form  of  a  distribution  of  funds  among  the 
States.  He  undoubtedly  did  yeoman  service  by  lopping  oft 
such  excresences  as  graft  and  favoritism,  as  well  as  "log 
rolling,"  and  such  other  manifestations  of  a  questionable 
kind  as  tend  to  associate  themselves  with  any  public  under- 
taking—  especially,  as  it  seems,  where  the  budget  system  is 
deficient  in  definiteness  of  responsibility. 

Van  Buren,  Tyler,   and  Polk  were  definitely  hostile,  as 


PRESIDENTIAL  INFLUENCE  53 

were  also  Pierce  and  Buchanan.     Taylor  and  Fillmore,  as 
Whigs,  were  naturally  favorably  inclined. 

The  period  here  covered  was  one  of  storin  and  stress;  one 
in  which  public  opinion  and  government  policy  formed  and 
crystallized  through  parliamentary  debate  and  practical  ex- 
perience. By  1860  the  policy  had  become  firmly  estab- 
lished in  the  abstract.  But  the  concrete  application  of  the 
principle  found  itself  amenable  to  the  formula:  new  occa- 
sions teach  new  duties. 

E.  C.  NELSON 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 

IOWA  CITY 


APPENDIX    A 

: — The  references  are  to  the  17.  S.  Statutes  at  Large.  In  a 
few  instances  the  appropriation  for  an  improvement  item  is  com- 
bined with  other  items  in  a  manner  that  leaves  the  precise  amount 
for  each  uncertain. 

WASHINGTON'S   ADMINISTRATION 


DATE 

PURPOSE 

AMOUNT 

REFER 
ENCE 
1 

Lighthouse  Establishment  1 

3-26-1790 
8-10-1790 

To  meet  demands  against  U.  S.  ,  in- 
cluding that  for  a  lighthouse  on 
Cape  Henry2 
L.  H.  on  Portland  Head,  Me. 

$     147,169.54 
1,500. 

1:105 
1:184 

8-12-1790 

Sundries 

1,000. 

1:185 

12-23-1791 
3-28-1792 

Maintenance  and  Repair 
L.  H.  on  Cape  Fear 

16,000. 
4,000. 

1:228 
1:246 

1  The  first  lighthouse  bill  was  approved  August  7,  1789.     It  provides  for  de- 
fraying cost  of  lighthouses,  etc.,  from  the  U.  S.  Treasury,  providing  these  with 
their  sites  be  ceded  to  U.  S.— U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  I,  p.  53. 

2  Only  a  small  part  of  this  is  for  the  lighthouse. 


54     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

WASHINGTON'S  ADMINISTRATION  (Continued) 


DATE 

PURPOSE 

AMOUNT 

%% 

H    * 
K   « 

Lighthouse  Establishment 

2-28-1793 

Maintenance  and  Repair 

$       20,000. 

1:327 

3-28-1793 

To  meet  deficiency  for  1791 

22,955.66 

1:340 

3-14-1794 

Maintenance  and  Repair 

2,4000. 

1:344 

4_  5-1794 

Sundry  Buoys 

2,500. 

1:353 

5-19-1795 

Sundries 

5,300. 

1:369 

1-  2-1795 

Sundries 

24,000. 

1:407 

2-21-1795 

L.  H.  in  Georgetown  harbor  and 

Cape  Fear  River 

6,000. 

:418 

2-  5-1796 

Sundries 

24,000. 

.447 

4_  8-1796 

L.  H.  on  Baker's  Island,  Mass. 

6,000. 

:452 

5-17-1796 

L.  H.  on  Cape  Cod 

8,000. 

:464 

3_  3-1797 

Sundries 

6,270.81 

:501 

3_  3-1797 

Buoys  in  Boston  Harbors 

1,600. 

:516 

JOHN  ADAMS'   ADMINISTRATION 


Lighthouse  Establishment 

3_U_1798 

Sundries 

13,250. 

1:540 

3-19-1798 

Sundries 

38,255.12 

1:544 

4-27-1798 

Sundries 

3,050. 

1:553 

7-16-1798 

L.  H.   on  Gay-head  and  Martha 

Vinyard's  Island 

5,750. 

1:607 

3-  2-1799 

Sundries 

44,281.80 

1:720 

3_  2-1799 

Beacon  on  Boon  Island,  Me. 

400. 

1:730 

4_29-1800 

Sundries 

2,300. 

2:57 

5_  7-1800 

Sundries 

62,492.03 

2:65 

1_30-1801 

L.  H.  on  Cape  Page 

2,000. 

2:88 

3-  3-1801 

Sundries 

42,122.71 

2:120 

3-  3-1801 

Sundries 

20,150. 

2:125 

JEFFERSON'S  ADMINISTRATION 

Lighthouse  Establishment 

4-  6-1802 

Sundries 

21,270. 

2:150 

4_  6-1802 

Pier  in  Delaware  Bay 

30,000. 

2:152 

5-  1-1802 

Sundries 

44,841.44 

2:188 

PRESIDENTIAL  INFLUENCE 

JEFFERSON'S  ADMINISTRATION  (Continued) 


55 


DATE 

PURPOSE 

AMOUNT 

§§ 

a  * 

8  « 

Lighthouse  Establishment 

3-  2-1803 

Sundries 

$       56,320.82 

2:214 

3-  3-1803 

Sundries 

7,000. 

2:228 

3_  4-1804 

Sundries 

59,954.33 

2:268 

3-16-1804 

Sundries 

12,000. 

2:270 

3_26-1804 

Sundries 

27,000. 

2:294 

3-  1-1805 

Sundries 

124,209.36 

2:320 

4-22-1806 

L.  H.  in  Long  Island  Sound 

6,000. 

2:349 

3_  8-1806 

L.  H.  on  Wood  Island,  Mass. 

5,000. 

2:355 

4-21-1806 

Sundries 

82,870.07 

2:388 

5-18-1806 

Sundries 

7,000. 

2:406 

2-10-1807 

Sundries 

36,500. 

2:414 

3_  3-1807 

Sundries 

127,535.12 

2:435 

2-10-1808 

L.  H.  on  Point  Judith 

5,000. 

2:462 

3-17-1808 

Sundries 

115,000. 

2:476 

2-17-1809 

Sundries 

94,806.69 

Canals 

2-10-1809 

To  improve  the  Canal  of  Caron- 

delet,  La. 

25,000. 

2:516 

Eoads 

3-29-1806 

To  lay  out  and  make  the  Cumber- 

land Road 

30,000. 

2:357 

4-21-1806 

Road  from  frontier  of  Ga.  to  New 

Orleans 

18,400. 

2:397 

MADISON'S  ADMINISTRATION 


Lighthouse  Establishment 

2-26-1810 

Sundries 

68,331.04 

2:561 

2-20-1811 

Sundries 

72,962.39 

2:646 

3-  2-1811 

Sundries 

12,600. 

2:612 

3-  2-1812 

Sundries 

10,950. 

2:659 

3-  2-1812 

Purchase  patent  right  of  Winslow 
Lewis 

60,000. 

2:691 

2-26-1812 

Sundries 

93,100.67 

2:690 

3-  3-1813 

Sundries 

106,449.15 

2:828 

3-24-1814 

Sundries 

78,187.43 

3:110 

56       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


MADISON'S   ADMINISTRATION   (Continued) 


DATE 

PURPOSE 

AMOUNT 

REFEI: 

ENCE 

Lighthouse  Establishment 

2-16-1815 

Sundries 

$       24,299.11 

3:210 

4-16-1816 

Sundries 

97,464. 

3:282 

4-27-1816 

Sundries 

65,500. 

3:316 

3-  3-1817 

Sundries 

107,139.33 

3:358 

3-  3-1817 

Sundries 

5,000. 

3:360 

Roads 

2-14-1810 

Cumberland  Road  to  Brownsville 

60,000. 

2:555 

3-  3-1811 

Cumberland  Road  to  Brownsville 

50,000. 

2:661 

12-12-1811 

Roads  in  Ohio 

6,000. 

2:668 

1-  8-1812 

Roads  in  Ohio 

800. 

2:670 

5-  6-1812 

Cumberland  Road  to  Brownsville 

30,000. 

2:730 

3-31-1813 

C.  R.  to  Ohio 

140,000. 

2:829 

2-14-1815 

Cumberland  Road  to  Ohio 

100,000. 

3:206 

4_16-1816 

Cumberland  Road  to  Ohio 

300,000. 

3:282 

4-27-1816 

Sundry  Repairs 

10,0*00. 

3:315 

4-27-1816 

Roads  in  Illinois 

8,000. 

3:318 

3-  3-1817 

Roads    from     Reynoldsberg     to 

Chickasaw  Old  Town 

4,000. 

3:377 

MONROE'S   ADMINISTRATION 


Lighthouse  Establishment 

4-  9-1818 

Sundries 

60,236. 

3:422 

3_  3-1819 

Sundries 

74,362.27 

3:500 

3-  3-1819 

Sundries 

103,393. 

3:534 

4-11-1820 

Sundries 

120,863. 

3:560 

5-15-1820 

Sundries 

96,300. 

3:598 

3-  3-1821 

Sundries 

102,321.28 

3:632 

3-  3-1821 

Sundries 

23,950. 

3:643 

4_30-1822 

Sundries 

52,304.68 

3:672 

5_  7-1822 

Sundries 

96,050. 

3:698 

3-  3-1823 

Sundries 

103,141.65 

3:762 

3-  3-1833 

Sundries 

100,400. 

3:780 

5-26-1824 

Sundries 

120,050. 

4:   61 

2-25-1825 

Sundries 

119,725.85 

4:90 

3-  3-1825 

Sundries 

70,522. 

4:133 

PRESIDENTIAL  INFLUENCE 


57 


MONROE'S    ADMINISTRATION    (Continued) 


DATE 

PUKPOSE 

AMOUNT 

REFEll 
ENCE 

Roads 

3-27-1818 

Sundry  repairs 

8       10,000. 

3:412 

4-14-1818 

Cumberland  Road  —  to   meet  de- 

mand according  to  contract 

312,984.60 

3:426 

3-  3-1819 

C.  R.  ,  to  meet  existing  claims  and 

complete  road 

535,000. 

3:500 

4-11-1820 

C.  R.,  to  complete  contract  for 

road    from   Washington,  Pa., 

to  Wheeling 

141,000. 

3:560 

5-15-1820 

C.  R.,  survey  between  Wheeling 

10,000. 

3:604 

and  Mississippi  River 

3:727 

2-28-1823 

Roads  in  Ohio 

25,000. 

3:728 

2-28-1823 

C.  R.  ,  repair  to  Wheeling 

3-  3-1823 

Post-road  from  Nashville  to  New 

7,920. 

3:779 

Orleans 

15,000. 

4:5 

1-31-1824 

Sundry  roads 

23,000. 

4:5 

2-28-1824 

Roads  in  Florida 

30,000. 

4:22 

4-30-1824 

Survey    routes    of    national    im- 

portance 

20,000. 

4:71 

5-26-1824 

Road    from   Detroit    to    N.    W. 

part  of  Ohio 

8,000. 

4:94 

3-  3-1825 

Roads  in  Florida 

30,000. 

4:100 

3-  3-1825 

Road   from  Missouri  to  Mexico 

150,000. 

4:128 

3-  3-1825 

C.  R.,  Ohio  to  Zanesville 

12,000. 

4:132 

3-  3-1825 

Roads  in  Florida 

10,000. 

4:135 

3_  3-1825 

Roads  in  Arkansas 

3,000. 

4:135 

3-  3-1825 

Road  from  Detroit  to  Chicago 
Elvers  and  Harbors 

3-  3-1823 

Survey  of  rivers  in  Illinois,  Mis- 

2,000. 

3:761 

souri,  and  Arkansas 

150. 

3:781 

3-  3-1823 

Survey  harbor  of  Presque  Isle 

3-  3-1823 

Examine    obstructions    on    coast 

6,000. 

3:781 

of  Massachusetts 

5_24-1824 

Improve    Ohio    and    Mississippi 

75,000. 

4:32 

rivers 

5-26-1824 

Improve  Presque  Isle  Harbor  and 

40,000. 

4:38 

Plymouth  Beach 

58       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


J.  Q.  ADAMS'  ADMINISTRATION 


DATE 

PURPOSE 

AMOUNT 

H    W 

II 

Lighthouse  Establishment 

5-26-1824 

Survey  Charleston  and  St.  Mary 

harbors 

$              5,000. 

4:48 

Canals 

3-  3-1825 

Subscribe  for  stock  in  Chesapeake 

and  Delaware  Canal  Co. 

300,000. 

4:124 

4-14-1826 

Sundries 

143,346.66 

4:147 

5-18-1826 

Sundries 

223,160. 

4:170 

3-  2-1827 

Sundries 

165,150. 

4:213 

3-  2-1827 

Sundries 

43,604.40 

4:229 

2-12-1828 

Sundries 

131,244. 

4:252 

5-19-1828 

Sundries 

10,000. 

4:275 

5-23-1828 

Sundries 

130,320. 

4:282 

5-23-1828 

Beacon  in  Warren  River 

4,000. 

4:289 

3-  2-1829 

Beacon  in  Warren  River 

34,633. 

4:343 

3-  2-1829 

Beacon  in  Warren  River 

108,627. 

4:345 

Roads 

3-14-1826 

C.  R.,  pay  contractors  and  super- 

intendents 

3,410.13 

4:148 

3-25-1826 

C.  R.,  continuation  of 

110,749. 

4:151 

4_20-1826 

C.   R.  ,   repair  between  Jackson 

and  Columbus 

15,000. 

4:154 

5-20-1826 

Repair  road  in  Alabama 

6,000. 

4:190 

3_  2-1827 

C.  R.,  from  Canton  to  

170,510. 

4:215 

3-  2-1827 

Roads  in  Florida 

22,000. 

4:227 

3-  2-1827 

C.  R.  ,  repair  to  Wheeling 

30,000. 

4:228 

3-  2-1827 

Roads  in  Michigan 

32,000. 

4:231 

3-  3-1827 

Roads    from    Columbus   to   San- 

Alternate  sec. 

dusky 

both  sides 

4:242 

3_  3-1827 

Sundries 

21,065. 

4:244 

5-19-1828 

C.  R.  continued 

175,000. 

4:275 

5-19-1828 

Roads  in  Michigan 

44,202.69 

4:275 

5-24-1828 

Military  road  in  Maine 

15,000. 

4:303 

3_  2-1829 

Roads  in  Maine  and  Florida 

48,000. 

4:349 

3-  2-1829 

Roads  in  Michigan  and  Florida 

66,000. 

4:351 

PRESIDENTIAL   INFLUENCE 


59 


J.  Q.  ADAMS'   ADMINISTRATION  (Continued) 


DATE 

PURPOSE 

AMOUNT 

*  s 

H 

Roads 

3-  2-1829 

C.   R.,  continue  westward  from 

Zanesville 

$       100,000. 

4:351 

3-  2-1829 

C.     R.,     from    Indianapolis    to 

boundary  of  Missouri 

50,000. 

4:351 

3-  3-1829 

C.  R.,  repair  east  of  Wheeling 

100,000. 

4:363 

Canals 

3-  3-1826 

Survey  route  across  Florida 

20,000. 

4:139 

5-13-1826 

Subscribe  for  stock  in  Louisville 

&  Portland  Canal  Co. 

100,000. 

4:162 

5-18-1826 

Subscribe  in  Dismal  Swamp  Ca- 

nal Co. 

150,000. 

4:169 

3-  2-1827 

Aid    in  opening  a  canal  in  Illi- 

\ of  5  sections 

nois 

—  both  sides 

4:234 

3-  2-1827 

Aid  in  opening  a  canal  in  Indi- 

\ of  5  sections 

ana 

—  both  sides 

4:236 

5-24-1828 

Subscribe  in  Chesapeake  and  Ohio 

Canal  Co. 

10,000  shares 

4:293 

5_24-1828 

Aid  in  extending  a  Canal  in  Ohio 

\  sec.both  sid's 

4:305 

3-  2-1829 

Subscribe  in  the  Chesapeake  and 

Delaware  Canal  Co. 

750  shares 

4:350 

3-  2-1829 

Subscribe  in  the  Dismal  Swamp 

Canal  Co. 

200  shares 

4:350 

3-  2-1829 

Subscribe  in  the  Louisville  and 

Portland  Canal  Co. 

1350  shares 

4:353 

Rivers  and  Harbors 

5-18-1826 

Improve  Savannah  River 

50,000. 

4:173 

5-20-1826 

Survey  and  improve  sundry  rivers 

85,920. 

4:175 

3-  2-1827 

Improve  Presque  Isle  Harbor 

2,000. 

4:215 

3-  2-1827 

Sundries 

28,176.45 

4:228 

3_  3-1827 

Improve  Ohio  River 

30,000. 

4:241 

5_19_1828 

Improve  sun'y  rivers  and  harbors 

76,982.29 

4:275 

5-23-1828 

Sundries 

286,313. 

4:288 

5-23-1828 

Build  breakwater  in  Del.  Bay 

250,000. 

4:290 

5-23-1828 

Aid  Alabama  improve  her  rivers 

400,000  acres 

4:290 

3-  2-1829 

Sundries 

166,007. 

4:345 

GO       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

J.  Q.  ADAMS'  ADMINISTRATION    (Continued) 


3-  3-1829 
3_  3-3829 

Sundries                                                  $     129,493. 
Sundries                                                        104,003.25 

4:362 
4:363 

JACKSON'S   ADMINISTRATION 

Lighthouse  Establishment 

i 

3_18-1830 

Sundries 

219,003.13:4:381 

3-  2-1831 

Sundries 

193,156.       j  4:458 

3-  3-1831 

Sundries 

257,122. 

4:488 

5-  5-1832 

Sundries 

295,778. 

4:512 

3-  2-1833 

Sundries 

231,850. 

4:625 

6-28-1834 

Monument  in  Penobscot  Bay 

4,600. 

4:704 

6-30-1834 

Sundries 

197,872. 

4:719 

3_  3-1835 

Sundries 

81,660. 

4:758 

3-  3-1835 

Sundries 

310,797.59 

4:767 

5-  9-1836 

Sundries 

18,725. 

5:23 

7-  2-1836 

Sundries 

564.47 

5:69 

3-  3-1837 

L.  H.  -at  Oswego  and  New  York 

301,770. 

5:169 

&  173 

3-  3-1837 

Sundries 

921,594. 

5:181 

Eoads 

5-31-1830 

C.   R.,  continued  in  Ohio,  Indi- 

ana and  Illinois 

215,000. 

4:427 

5-31-1830 

Sundries 

56,000. 

4:427 

3-  2-1831 

Roads  in  Michigan 

66,014.75 

4:462 

3-  2-1832 

Complete  Mars  Hill  military  road 

5,000. 

4:467 

3-  2-]  832 

C.  R.,  continued  westward  from 

Zanesville 

244,915.85 

4:469 

7_  3-1832 

C.  R.,  continued 

425,868. 

4:552 

7-  3-1832 

Sundries 

119,500. 

4:552 

7-  4-1832 

Roads  in  Michigan 

3,500. 

4:560 

7-  4-1832 

Survey  roads  in  Michigan 

15,000. 

4:561 

7-14-1832 

Military  Roads  in  Wisconsin 

5,000. 

4:602 

2-20-1833 

Post-roads  in  Ala.  and  Ga. 

22,000. 

4:618 

3-  2-1833 

Bridge  over  Potomac  river 

200,000. 

4:646 

PRESIDENTIAL   INFLUENCE 


61 


JACKSON'S  ADMINISTRATION    (Continued) 


DATE 

PURPOSE 

AMOUNT 

REFER 
ENCE 

Roads 

3-  2-1833 

C.  R.,  in  Ohio,  Indiana,  and  Illi- 

nois, and  repair 

$     459,440. 

4:648 

3_  2-1833 

Sundries 

90,113.30 

4:648 

3-  2-1833 

Roads  in  Michigan 

90,185.30 

4:649 

3-  2-1833 

Roads  in  Arkansas 

300,000. 

4:650 

6-24-1834 

0.    R.,    in    Ohio,    Indiana,    and 

Illinois,    and    surrender    it   to 

the  States 

750,000. 

4:680 

6-28-1834 

Surveys  according  to  act  of  Apr. 

30,  1824 

29,000. 

4:703 

6-30-1834 

Roads  in  Arkansas 

17,000. 

4:712 

0-30-1834 

Repair  Mars  Hill  military  road 

6,000. 

4:716 

6-30-1834 

Roads  in  Arkansas  and  Tenn. 

15,000. 

4:718 

6-30-1834 

Roads  in  Michigan 

58,000. 

4:718 

6-30-1834 

Survey  roads  in  Florida 

13,000. 

4:723 

6-30-1834 

Roads  in  Arkansas 

10,000. 

4:724 

2-24-1834 

Roads  in  Arkansas 

35,000. 

4:753 

3_  3-1835 

C.  R.,  in  Ohio  and  Indiana  and 

repairs 

646,186.58 

4:772 

3_  3-1835 

C.  R.,  pay  Isaiah  Frost 

325. 

4:777 

3_  3-1835 

Roads  in  Michigan 

198,000. 

4:777 

7-  2-1836 

Survey  according  to  act  of  April 

30,  1824 

30,000. 

5:69 

7-  2-1836 

C.  R.  ,  in  Ohio,  Indiana,  and  Illinois 

600,000. 

5:71 

3_  3-1837 

C.  R.,  in  Ohio,  Indiana,  and  Illi- 

nois, and  repairs 

397,183.63 

5:195 

3-  3-1837 

Surveys 

50,313. 

5:195 

Canals 

5-29-1830 

Aid  build  canal  from  the  Wabash 

to  Lake  Erie 

29528.  78  acr's 

4:416 

5-31-1830 

Canal  between  the  Atlantic  and 

Gulf  of  Mexico 

$       10,400. 

4:427 

7_  4-1832 

Survey  canals  in  Florida 

3,000. 

4:560 

3_  2-1833 

Buy  the  rights  of  the  Washing- 

ton Canal  Co. 

150,000. 

4:651 

(32       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


JACKSON'S   ADMNISITRATION    (Continued) 


DATE 

PURPOSE 

AMOUNT 

REFER 
ENCE 

Canals 

3-  3-1837 

Survey  Dismal  Swamp  canal 

$       10,000. 

5:190 

3-  3-1837 

Advance  to  Alexandria  Canal  Co. 

300,000. 

5:191 

Rivers  and  Harbors 

4-23-1830 

Sundries 

205,123.48 

4:394 

3_  2-1831 

Sundries 

436,596.84 

4:459 

3-  2-1831 

Improve  the  Ohio  and  Mississippi 

rivers 

200,000. 

4:462 

7_  3-1832 

Sundries 

663,560.75 

4:551 

3-  2-1833 

Sundries 

40,500. 

4:645 

3_  2-1833 

Improve  the  Potomac  River 

150,000. 

4:646 

3-  2-1833 

Sundries 

480,800. 

4:648 

6-28-1834 

Sundries 

703,283. 

4:702 

6-30-1834 

Improve  Hudson  River 

70,000. 

4:724 

2-24-1835 

Improve  Raisin  River 

30,000. 

4:752 

2-24-1835 

Sundries 

21,000. 

4:752 

3_  3-1835 

Sundries 

483,657.03 

4:753 

7_  2-1836 

Sundries 

677,319.95 

5:67 

7_  4-1836 

Sundries 

93,100.41 

5:128 

3_  3-1837 

Sundries 

1,371,722. 

5:187 

VAN   BUREN'S   ADMINISTRATION 


Lighthouse  Establishment 

7-  7-1838 

Sundries 

299,045.36 

5:289 

3_  3-1839 

Buoys  in  Green  Bay,  Wis. 

500. 

5:330 

3-  3-1839 

Sundries 

394,331. 

5:345 

5_  8-1840 

Sundries 

431,987.26 

5:377 

3-  3-1841 

Sundries 

448,072. 

5:428 

Roads 

5-25-1838 

C.  R.  ,  in  Ohio,  Indiana,  and  Illinois 

459,000. 

5:228 

7-  7-1838 

Roads  in  Florida 

37,300. 

5:261 

7-  7-1838 

Roads  in  Wisconsin 

40,000. 

5:303 

3-  3-1839 

Roads  in  Wisconsin 

20,000. 

5:328 

3-  3-1839 

Roads  in  Florida 

12,500. 

5:331 

3-  3-1839 

Roads  in  Iowa 

27,500. 

5:352 

3-  3-1841 

Certain  military  roads 

5,000. 

5:434 

PRESIDENTIAL  INFLUENCE 
VAN  BUREN'S  ADMINISTRATION  (Continued) 


63 


DATE 

PURPOSE 

AMOUNT 

El 

H   5 

«  J 

Canals 

6-18-1838 

Canals  in  Wisconsin 

J  of   the  sec. 

both  sides 

5:245 

Elvers  and  Harbors 

4-20-1838 

Improve   the   Mississippi,   Ohio, 

and  Arkansas  rivers 

$      70,000. 

5:228 

7_  7-1838 

Sundries 

1,367,317.16 

5:268 

3_  3-1839 

Improve  the  Neenah  and  the  Wis- 

consin rivers 

2,000. 

5:328 

3-  3-1839 

Pier  in  Lake  Winnebago 

500. 

5:330 

3_  3-1839 

Improve  the  Suwanee  and  Yellow 

rivers 

15,500. 

5:331 

3_  3-1839 

Survey  of  Red  Cedar  River,  Iowa 

1,500. 

5:352 

HARRISON  AND  TYLER 


Lighthouse  Establishment 

5_  8-1842 

Sundries 

472,822.41 

5:486 

12-12-1842 

Sundries 

196,994.17 

5:596 

3_  3-1843 

Sundries 

431,085.05 

5:642 

Roads 

9-11-1845 

Repair  bridge  over  Potomac 

15,800. 

5:462 

6-15-1845 

Build  bridges  in  Iowa 

15,000. 

5:670 

3_  3-1845 

Roads  in  Wisconsin 

10,000. 

5:748 

3-  3-1845 

Roads  in  Iowa 

18,000. 

5:778 

Canals 

3_  3-1845 

Aid   Indiana   complete   Wabash 

\  5  mi.  each  side 

and  Erie  Canal 

not  disposed  of 

5:731 

Ewers  and  Harbors 

8-23-1842 

Improve    Missouri,     Mississippi, 

Ohio,  and  Arkansas  rivers 

$     100,000. 

5:510 

3_  3-1843 

Improve  certain  harbors 

80,000. 

5:619 

3-  3-1843 

Survey  harbor  of  Memphis 

30,000. 

5:626 

6-11-1844 

Sundries 

655,000. 

5:661 

6-15-1844 

Improve  Grant  River,  Wis. 

1  section  land 

5:663 

6-15-1844 

Imp've  harbor  of  Southport,  Wis. 

$       12,500. 

5:668 

6-15-1844 

Improve  Root  River,  Wis. 

12,500. 

5:668 

64       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


HARRISON  AND  TYLETl  (Continued) 


DATE 

PUKPOSE 

AMOUKT 

BEFEEJ 

ENCE 

Rivers  and  Harbors 

6-15-1844 

Improve  harbor  of  Dubuque,  la. 

$          7,500. 

5:670 

C-15-1844 

Sundries 

12,605. 

5  670 

3_  3-1845 

Imp've  harbor  of  Southport,  Wis. 

15,000. 

5:748 

3_  3-1845 

Improve  harbor  of  Dubuque,  la. 

7,000. 

5:778 

FOLK'S    ADMINISTRATION 


Lighthouse  Establishment 

5_  8-1846 

Maintain  a  lighthouse  on  Dela- 

ware breakwater 

1,600. 

9:7 

8-10-1846 

Sundries 

463,032.04 

9:94 

3_  3-1847 

Sundries  , 

402,355.84 

9:165 

3_  3-1847 

Sundries 

458,830. 

9:175 

Sundries 

28,952.15 

9:215 

8-12-1848 

Sundries 

641,083.17 

9:297 

8-14-1848 

Sundries 

198,100. 

9:321 

3_  3-1849 

Sundries 

687,357.66 

9:366 

&  380 

Roads 

8-11-1848 

Purchase  bridge  over  Potomac 

30,000. 

9:292 

Canals 

8_  8-1846 

Aid  Wisconsin  connect  Fox  and 

J-  of  3  sections 

Wisconsin  rivers 

—  both  sides 

9:83 

Rivers  and  Harbors 

8-  8-1846 

Aid  impr've  Des  Moines  River,  la. 

\  of  5  sections 

on  both  sides 

9:77 

8_  8-184-6 

Aid  improve  Fox  and  Wisconsin 

\  of  3  sections 

rivers,  Wis. 

on  both  sides 

9:83 

3_  2-1847 

Improve  Cape  Fear  and  Red  riv'rs 

$         7,751.92 

9:152 

3_  3-1847 

Imp've  Twin  Island  in  Ohio  River 

6,479. 

9:164 

3_  3-1849 

Improve  Potomac  River 

15,000. 

9:365 

TAYLOR   AND   FILLMORE 


Lighthouse  Establishment 

9-28-1850 

Sundries 

412,870. 

9:500 

9_30-1850 

Sundries 

674,577.35 

9:553 

3_  3-1851 

Sundries 

529,265.74 

9:608 

3-  3-1853 

Sundries 

240,235. 

9:627 

PRESIDENTIAL   INFLUENCE 


65 


TAYLOR  AND  FILLMORE 


DATE 

PURPOSE 

AMOUNT 

B§ 

u   fc 

8  » 

Lighthouse  Establishment 

8-31-1852 

Sundries 

50,427.81 

10:105 

8-31-1852 

Sundries 

766,065. 

10:121 

3_  2-1853 

Sundries 

6,200. 

10:180 

3-  3-1853 

Sundries 

309,660. 

10:240 

Roads 

1_  7-1853 

Roads  in  Minnesota 

40,000. 

10:150 

1_  7-1853 

Roads  in  Oregon 

40,000. 

10:151 

3_  2-1853 

Military  roads 

5,397.05 

10:180 

3-  3-1853 

Certain  bridges 

11,721. 

10:189 

Canals 

8-26-1852 

Aid  for  canal  around  Falls  of 

St.   Mary 

750,000  acres 

10:35 

Ewers  and  Harbors 

3_30-1852 

Improvement  of  Red  and  Har- 

lem rivers 

2,095,590. 

10:56 

3-  2-1853 

Improvement  of  Red  and  Har- 

lem rivers 

5,665.48 

10:180 

PIERCE  'S    ADMINISTRATION 

Lighthouse  Establishment 

8-  3-1854 

Sundries 

1,514,078. 

10:335 

8_  4-1854 

Sundries 

42,489.21 

10:546 

3_  3-1855 

Sundries 

187,489.21 

10:642 

8-18-1856 

Sundries 

1,217,600.15 

11:95 

3-  3-1857 

Sundries 

456,134.80 

11:206 

3_  3-1857 

Sundries 

92,238.20 

11:240 

Roads 

7-17-1854 

Military  roads  in  New  Mexico 

32,000. 

10:303 

7-17-1854 

Military  roads  in  Oregon 

20,000. 

10:303 

7-17-1854 

Military  roads  in  Utah 

25,000. 

10:304 

7_17_1854 

Military  roads  in  Minnesota 

50,000. 

10:306 

8_  4-1854 

Roads  and  bridges 

39,000. 

10:546 

8-  4-1854 

Bridges 

15,000. 

10:576 

2-  6-1855 

Military  roads  in  Nebraska  and 

Michigan 

85,000. 

10:603 

66       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


PIERCE'S   ADMINISTRATION  (Continued) 


DATE 

PURPOSE 

AMOUNT 

Sg 
fe  * 
8J! 

Eoads 

2-17-1855 

Military  roads  in  Oregon 

30,000. 

10:608 

2-17-1855 

Turnpike  road  in  Nebraska 

50,000. 

10:608 

2-17-1855 

Military  roads  in  Minnesota 

15,000. 

10:610 

3-  3-1855 

Sundry  roads 

123,589.92 

10:635 

3-  3-1855 

Military  roads  in  Kansas 

100,000. 

10:641 

5_  3-1855 

Bridge  over  the  Potomac 

10,000. 

10:642 

7-22-1856 

Roads  in  Minnesota  and  Nebr. 

50,000. 

11:27 

8-18-1856 

Bridge  over  the  Potomac 

86,000. 

11:81 

2-17-1857 

Roads  in  the  Rocky  Mountains 

550,000. 

11:162 

3-  2-1857 

Military  roads  in  Oregon 

70,000. 

11:168 

3-  3-1857 

Bridge  over  Potomac 

6,000. 

11:206 

3-  3-1857 

Military  roads  in  Wash'n  Ter. 

35,000. 

11:252 

Rivers  and  Harbors 

7-22-1854 

Improve  Cape  Fear  River 

140,000. 

10:307 

3-  3-1855 

Improve  Savannah  River 

161,000. 

10:640 

7-  8-1856 

Clear  the  mouth  of  the  Missis- 

sippi River 

330,000. 

11:24 

8-16-1856 

Improve  Patapsco  River 

100,000. 

11:44 

8-16-1856 

Improve  Des  Moines  Rapids  in 

Mississippi  River 

200,000. 

11:51 

BUCHANAN'S  ADMINISTRATION 


Lighthouse  Establishment 

1858 
1859 

Sundries 
Sundries 

255,517. 
908,960. 

11:319 
11:423 

1860 

Sundries 

763,957. 

-425 
12:61- 

1861 

Sundries 

253,552. 

104 
12:214 

Eoads 

6-12-1858 
6-14-1858 

Roads  in  Ark.   and  New  Mex. 
Bridges  along  road  from  Fort 
Smith,  Ark.  ,  to  Albuquerque, 
N.  M. 

150,000. 
50,000. 

11:332 
11:336 

PRESIDENTIAL  INFLUENCE 


67 


BUCHANAN'S   ADMINISTRATION    (Continued) 


DATE 

PURPOSE 

AMOUNT 

S  w 
b  « 

a  * 
§  « 

Roads 

6-14-1858 

Military    road  from  Astoria  to 

Salem 

30,000. 

11:337 

3-  3-1859 

Rep'r  of  bridge  ov'r  tlie  Potomac 

5,000. 

11:429 

3-  3-1859 

Roads  in  Oregon 

100,000. 

11:431 

5-25-1860 

Roads  in  Oregon 

110,000. 

12:19 

6-25-1860 

Bridge  over  the  Potomac 

9,247. 

12:104 

3_  2-1861 

Military  Road  in  New  Mexico 

50,000. 

12:208 

APPENDIX   B 

PRESIDENTIAL    VETOES    OF    INTERNAL    IMPROVEMENT    BILLS 


PRESIDENT 

DATE 

OBJECT    OF    BILL 

Madison 

Mch.    3,  1817 

To  construct  certain  roads  and  canals  — 

(  the  famous  Bonus  Bill  ) 

Monroe 

May     4,  1822 

To  repair  Cumberland  Road  and  estab- 

lish tolls 

Jackson 

May  27,  1830 

To  subscribe  for  stock  in  the  Maysville 

Road  Co. 

Jackson 

May  31,  1830 

To  subscribe  for  stock  in  the  Washing- 

ton Turnpike  and  Road  Co. 

Jackson 

Dec.     6,  1830 

To  build  lighthouses,  etc. 

Jackson 

Dec.     6,  1830 

To  subscribe  for  stock  in  the  Louisville 

and  Portland  Canal  Co. 

Jackson 

Dec.     6,  1832 

To  improve  certain  rivers  and  harbors 

Jackson 

Dec.     4,  1833 

To  distribute  surplus  among  the  States 

Jackson 

Dec.     1,  1834 

To  improve  the  Wabash  River 

Tyler 

June  11,  1844 

To  improve  certain  harbors  and  rivers 

Polk 

Aug.    3,  1846 

To  improve  certain  rivers  and  harbors 

Polk 

Dec.  15,  1847 

To  improve  certain  rivers  and  harbors 

Pierce 

Aug.    4,  1854 

To  repair  and  preserve   certain   public 

works 

Pierce 

May  19,  1856 

To  improve  the  mouth  of  the  Mississippi 

River 

Pierce 

May  19,  1856 

To  deepen  channel  over  St.  Clair  Flats, 

Mich. 

68       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 
APPENDIX  B    (Continued) 


PRESIDENT       1                  DATE                                                              OBJECT  OF  BILL 

Pierce 

May  22,  1856 

To    deepen    channel    over   flats    of    St. 

Mary's  River,  Mich. 

Pierce 

Aug.  11,  1856 

To  improve  Des  Moines  Rapids  in  the 

Mississippi  River 

Pierce 

Aug.  14,  1856 

To  improve  the  Patapsco  River 

Buchanan 

Feb.     1,  1860 

To    improve  St.   Clair  Flats,  Michigan 

Buchanan 

Feb.     6,  1860 

To    improve   the  mouth  of  the  Missis- 

sippi River 

APPENDIX   C 

THE    CHIEF    INSTANCES    OF    LEGISLATION    FOB    THE    PROMOTION    OF 
RAILROAD     ENTERPRISE 


DATE 

OBJECT 

AMOUNT 
APPROPRIATED 

STAT. 
AT 
LARGE 

May  15,  1844 

To  survey  a  railroad  route  across 

Florida 

8         3,000. 

5:670 

9-20-1850 

To  aid  Illinois,  Mississippi,  and 

Alabama  build  Illinois  Cent.  , 

and  Mobile  and  Ohio  Rail'ds 

2,595,053  ac's 

Lalor 

12-20-1850 

To  aid  Illinois,  Mississippi,  and 

Alabama  build  Illinois  Cent., 

^  of  6  sections 

and  Mobile  and  Ohio  Rail'ds 

each  side 

9:466 

6-10-1852 

To  aid  Missouri  build  railroads 

from  Hannibal  to  St.  Joseph, 

and  from  St.  Joseph  to  west 

i  of  6  sections 

boundary 

each  side 

10:8 

8-  4-1852 

Right  of  way  granted  all  rail- 

roads in  the  Territories 

10:28 

2-  9-1853 

To  aid  Arkansas  and  Missouri 

build  railroads 

J  of  6  sections 

10:155 

3_  3-1853 

To  survey  R.  R.  route  from  the 

Mississippi  to  the  Pacific 

$       50,000. 

10:219 

5-31-1854 

To  meet  deficiencies  for  Act  of 

March  3,  1853 

40,000. 

10:294 

6-29-1854 

To  aid   Minnesota  construct  a 

railroad 

\  of  6  sections 

10:302 

PRESIDENTIAL  INFLUENCE 


69 


APPENDIX  C  (Continued) 


DATE 

OBJECT 

AMOUNT 
APPROPRIATED 

STAT. 
AT 
LARGE 

8-  5-1854 

To  meet  deficiencies  for  Act  of 

March  3,  1853 

8     150,000. 

10:579 

3-  3-1855 

To  extend  Act  of  Aug.  4,  1852, 

to  all  Territories 

10:683 

5-15-1856 

To  aid  Iowa  construct  railroads 

\  of  6  sections 

11:9 

5-17-1856 

To  aid  Florida  and  Alabama 

J  of  6  sections 

11:15 

6_  3-1856 

To  aid  Alabama 

\  of  6  sections 

11:17 

6-  3-1856 

To  aid  Louisiana 

\  of  6  sections 

11:18 

6-  3-1856 

To  aid  Wisconsin 

\  of  6  sections 

11:20 

6_  3-1856 

To  aid  Michigan 

\  of  6  sections 

11:21 

8-11-1856 

To  aid  Mississippi 

J  of  6  sections 

11:30 

3_  3-1857 

To  aid  Minnesota  and  Alabama 

J  of  6  sections 

11:195 

NOTE:— Union  Pacific  E.  R.  Co.,  incorporated  July  1,  1862.  The  land  granted 
it  is  the  first  instance  of  direct  grant  to  the  Company.  Northern  Pacific  R.  R. 
Co.  incorporated  July  2,  1864.— (Stat.  at  Large,  12:489;  13:365.) 


INCIDENTS   CONNECTED  WITH    THE  HISTORY 
OF  THE  THIRTY- SECOND  IOWA  INFANTRY 

The  Thirty -second  Iowa  Infantry,  of  which  the  writer 
was  the  first  Adjutant,  was  mustered  into  the  United  States 
service  on  the  6th  day  of  October,  1862,  at  Camp  Franklin, 
in  the  upper  part  of  the  city  of  Dubuque.  Our  Colonel  was 
John  Scott,  of  Story  County,  who  was  elected  State  Sena- 
tor in  1859  but  resigned  to  enter  the  U.  S.  military  service. 
He  was  elected  Lieutenant  Governor  in  1867.  We  stayed 
there  about  five  weeks,  receiving  clothing  for  the  men,  and 
our  almost  worthless  guns,  which  were  an  old-style  of  Prus- 
sian or  Belgian  musket.  Those  old  guns  were  fearfully,  if 
not  wonderfully,  made — about  as  dangerous  at  the  breech  as 
before  the  muzzle.  They  were  continually  getting  out  of 
order,  and  our  gun -smith  always  had  repair  jobs  ahead. 

While  we  were  in  Camp  Franklin  we  gave  all  possible 
attention  to  squad  and  company  drills,  under  the  tutelage 
of  Major  Brodbeck — a  jolly,  beer-loving  Dubuquer  who 
long  ago  passed  on  to  his  reward.  The  old  Major  under- 
stood his  business,  for  he  had  served  long,  and  no  doubt 
well,  in  the  German  army.  Like  Gen.  Fitz  Henry  Warren, 
however,  he  could  use  uthe  energetic  idiom"  upon  occasion, 
though  he  was  a  kind-hearted  man  when  you  knew  him  well. 

One  afternoon  the  regiment  was  marched  out  from  the 
camp  near  the  Mississippi  River  to  the  high  bluffs  a  half 
mile  away,  where  we  had  our  first  sham  battle.  The  men 
unaccustomed  to  such  violent  exercise,  and  to  climbing  hills, 


THE  THIRTY-SECOND  IOWA  INFANTRY  71 

returned  to  camp  ranch  heated  by  this  unusual  exertion. 
On  the  way  back  I  passed  one  poor  fellow — John  J.  Hart- 
man — from  my  town,  who  was  sitting  on  the  damp  ground 
with  his  gun  resting  across  his  lap.  I  told  him  of  his  great 
danger  of  contracting  a  cold  and  ordered  him  to  rise  and  go 
on  to  camp.  Within  the  next  hour  or  two  he  was  seized 
with  a  congestive  chill,  from  which  he  died  before  morning. 
This  was  the  first  death  in  the  regiment  and  it  cast  a  cloud 
of  gloom  over  the  entire  command.  He  was  a  neighbor  of 
mine  at  Webster  City,  and  I  greatly  admired  the  rosy- 
cheeked,  stalwart  youth,  because  of  his  heroic  action  some 
months  before  in  saving  a  man  from  drowning  in  the  Boone 
River.  It  was  an  emergency  requiring  instant  action, 
strength,  and  courage.  His  death  occurred  November  12y 
1862. 

But  orders  came  one  day  from  Adjutant  General  N.  B. 
Baker,  directing  Col.  Scott  to  take  river  transportation  to 
St.  Louis  and  report  with  his  regiment  to  Major  General 
Samuel  R.  Curtis,  who  was  in  command  of  the  department 
of  the  Missouri.  Our  camp  became  a  very  busy  place. 
People  canie  in  from  the  counties — Hardin,  Franklin,  Han- 
cock, Winnebago,  Cerro  Gordo,  Marshall,  Wright,  Hamil- 
ton, Webster,  Boone,  and  Story — in  which  the  regiment  had 
been  raised,  to  bid  heartfelt  goodbyes  to  husbands,  sons, 
and  lovers,  who  had  offered  their  precious  lives  to  their 
country  and  were  to  depart  on  a  journey  from  which  less 
than  one-half  ever  returned.  A  bright  and  beautiful  girl 
from  Wright  County  rode  about  the  camp  with  my  wife 
and  myself.  We  passed  the  officers  of  Company  G,  who 
were  resplendent  in  the -blue  and  brass  of  their  new  uni- 


72       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

forms.  Lieut.  Bannon  was  especially  fine  looking.  Queried 
the  beautiful  Wright  County  girl:  "Do  you  think  he  is 
engaged?"  Of  course  I  could  not  tell,  though  I  hoped  not. 
But  that  handsome  officer  has  been  dead  many  and  many  a 
year,  and  the  Wright  County  maiden  is  now  a  gray -haired 
grandmother  of  Des  Moines. 

We  were  very  busy  getting  ready  to  go,  but  the  details 
of  our  movements  have  pretty  much  faded  from  my  memory. 
Everybody  was  pleased  when  we  found  ourselves  afloat  on 
the  great  river.  I  remember  that  when  we  reached  Daven- 
port, where  we  landed  for  a  short  time,  Edward  Eussell, 
who  was  then  editing  The  Davenport  Gazette,  came  on 
board  bringing  a  large  number  of  his  papers,  which  he  dis- 
tributed among  the  men.  Mr.  Russell  was  one  of  the  very 
bright  and  conscientious  Iowa  editors  of  his  time.  He  was 
to  all  intents  and  purposes  a  radical,  and  when  some  years 
later  the  question  arose  of  putting  universal  suffrage  into 
the  Constitution  of  this  State,  he  stoutly  contended  for 
"striking  out  the  word  white."  He  made  what  we  called 
at  that  time  ua  square,  stand-up  fight"  in  the  Republican 
State  Convention  for  this,  change  in  our  fundamental  law. 
There  was  a  large  element  in  that  convention  heartily  op- 
posed to  giving  suffrage  to  colored  men,  and  the  committee 
on  resolutions  reported  the  regular  party  platform,  entirely 
ignoring  the  question.  But  Mr.  Russell  then  introduced 
the  proposition  as  an  independent  motion,  and  after  a  pro- 
tracted contest  it  was  adopted  upon  a  call  of  the  counties, 
and  the  Republican  party  of  Iowa  from  that  time  was  com- 
mitted to  impartial  suffrage  for  white  and  colored  men. 

Leaving  Davenport  we  steamed  on  down  the  river  and 


THE  THIRTY-SECOND  IOWA  INFANTRY  73 

finally  reached  the  city  of  St.  Louis.  We  went  into  camp 
at  Benton  Barracks.  That  afternoon  Col.  Scott  reported  in 
person  to  Maj.  Gen.  Curtis,  with  myself  and  three  or  four 
of  his  other  officers.  The  General  received  us  with  great 
kindness  and  was  much  interested  in  ours  as  an  Iowa  regi- 
ment. I  had  met  him  in  a  congressional  district  convention 
some  time  previously,  and  I  could  very  plainly  see  a  differ- 
ence in  his  demeanor  from  being  ua  good  mixer"  as  a  can- 
didate for  Congress  and  Major  General  in  command  of  one 
of  the  principal  departments  of  the  western  army.  On  the 
following  day  the  Colonel  and  several  of  our  officers  visited 
the  headquarters  at  Benton  Barracks,  where  General  B.  L. 
E.  Bonneville  was  in  command.  Gen.  Bonneville  had  been 
greatly  distinguished  as  a  traveler  and  explorer  at  the  head 
of  a  detachment  of  the  army,  which  went  across  the  country 
to  the  Pacific  coast.  His  adventures  on  that  trip  were  re- 
written from  his  Journals  by  no  less  an  author  than  Wash- 
ington Irving.  The  book — never  out  of  print — has  long 
been  one  of  the  classics  in  the  history  of  western  explora- 
tion. At  that  time  General  Bonneville  was  a  very  old  man, 
though  he  was  still  alert  and  vigorous.  I  have  always  re- 
gretted that  I  did  not  form  one  of  the  party  which  called 
upon  him.  All  who  saw  him  were  very  much  pleased  with 
that  ancient  relic  of  our  military  life.  He  died  in  1878. 

A  couple  of  days  later  Col.  Scott  received  orders  to  divide 
his  regiment,  take  six  companies  to  New  Madrid,  and  leave 
the  other  four  at  Cape  Girardeau.  This  last  contingent  was 
under  the  command  of  Col.  Gustavus  A.  Eberhart,  who  is 
now  a  resident  of  the  city  of  Des  Moines — a  most  genial, 
excellent  gentleman,  as  he  was  a  skilled  engineer  and  a 


74       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

brave  and  energetic  soldier  during  the  Civil  "War.  W.  L. 
Carpenter,  now  also  of  Des  Moines,  of  which  city  he  was 
once  elected  mayor,  was  a  sergeant  in  Company  Gr,  which 
was  a  part  of  the  Cape  Girardeau  contingent. 

Lieut.  Col.  Edward  H.  Mix  was  sent  to  New  Madrid  with 
the  six  companies.  I  accompanied  him,  as  that  was  to  be  the 
headquarters  of  the  regiment.  We  had  a  very  pleasant  time 
for  a  month  or  six  weeks  after  reaching  this  latter  post, 
though  towards  the  end  of  our  stay  a  great  many  of  the  men 
were  sick  with  measles.  They  had  suffered  much  from  this 
disease  in  Dubuque.  I  found  Col.  Mix  to  be  a  very  pleasant 
associate,  indeed.  He  was  something  of  a  scholar,  could 
recite  whole  pages  from  Shakespeare,  and  sang  many  Span- 
ish songs.  He  had  spent  some  time  on  the  Isthmus  of 
Panama  and  in  South  America,  and  spoke  the  Spanish  lan- 
guage like  a  native. 

New  Madrid  had  been  some  time  in  the  possession  of  the 
Confederates  before  they  were  driven  out,  and  we  occupied 
their  old  camp.  This  was  surrounded  by  a  ditch,  in  front 
of  which  was  an  abatis  consisting  of  small  pine  trees,  which 
had  been  sharpened  and  driven  into  the  ground  with  the 
tops  projecting,  and  these  had  also  been  sharpened.  From 
long  neglect  the  ditch  had  in  some  places  filled  up  and  the 
abatis  was  considerably  decayed.  Just  outside  and  above 
our  camp  was  a  little  star  fort,  which  covered  perhaps  an 
acre  of  ground.  Upon  this  fort  there  were  mounted  six 
eighteen  and  twenty -four  pounders.  The  fort,  however, 
had  not  been  drained  and  the  water  stood  in  it  to  the  depth 
of  nearly  a  foot.  There  was  a  magazine  in  the  surrounding 
embankment  which  was  so  far  elevated  that  it  remained  dry. 


THE  THIRTY-SECOND  IOWA  INFANTRY  75 

Col.  Mix  and  I  set  to  work  to  put  the  carnp  in  the  best 
possible  posture  of  defense.  We  drained  the  fort,  deepened 
and  cleaned  out  the  ditch  surrounding  the  camp,  and  repaired 
the  abatis.  Only  one  road  from  the  outside  country  led 
into  the  camp,  and  across  this  we  placed  a  ponderous  gate, 
which  could  be  closed  and  fastened  at  night.  The  purpose 
of  this  was  to  check  any  sudden  raid  upon  us  from  the  out- 
side. Just  at  this  time  Gen.  Curtis  sent  down  to  us  some 
eighty  German  artillerists  who  had  refused  to  perform  mili- 
tary duty,  claiming  that  they  were  entitled  to  be  mustered 
out.  For  the  present  they  were  to  be  treated  as  prisoners. 
We  were  directed  to  keep  them  in  our  camp  and  take  care 
of  them  until  further  orders.  They  were  willing  to  police 
their  own  camp,  and  if  we  were  attacked  by  a  rebel  force 
they  promised  to  stand  by  us  and  fight. 

About  this  time  there  was  a  great  scare  along  the  Missis- 
sippi River,  and  especially  in  southeastern  Missouri  and 
adjacent  portions  of  Tennessee  and  Kentucky.  From  the 
west  it  was  stated  that  Jeff  Thompson  was  advancing  upon 
our  post  with  a  force  of  two  thousand  men.  We  had  only 
six  hundred  of  those  poor  Prussian  muskets  and  the  cannon 
in  the  fort,  for  which  last  there  was  little  or  no  ammunition. 
The  recusant  Dutchman  took  hold  at  once  and  set  to  work 
to  complete  the  drainage  of  the  fort,  and  also  looked  up  our 
resources  of  powder,  shot,  and  shell  for  the  big  guns. 
They  reported  that  the  ammunition  on  hand  was  almost 
useless.  The  information  of  the  advance  of  Jeff  Thompson 
was  so  circumstantial  that  it  seemed  to  behoove  Col.  Mix  to 
do  something  at  once  in  the  way  of  preparing  for  him.  He 
and  I  discussed  the  matter,  calling  in  some  of  the  captains 


76       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

of  the  companies.  The  scare  had  been  so  general  that  no 
boats  were  running  on  the  river,  and  we  were  without  tele- 
graphic communication  with  the  outside  world.  In  addition 
to  the  menace  of  Jeif  Thompson,  the  country  was  reported 
to  be  full  of  roving  bands  of  guerrillas  who  were  liable  to 
annoy  us  at  any  time. 

A  large  board  raft  destined  for  Memphis  had  landed  some 
days  before,  as  a  measure  of  safety,  at  our  camp,  where  it 
was  securely  tied  up.  The  raftsman  had  a  large  skiff  capa- 
ble of  easily  carrying  eight  men.  I  suggested  to  Col.  Mix 
that  if  he  would  impress  this  boat  and  give  me  a  detail  of 
six  men,  I  would  row  up  to  Island  No.  10,  which  was  about 
ten  miles  away,  and  see  what  could  be  done  in  obtaining 
ammunition  for  our  big  guns.  At  first  he  thought  that  this 
was  wholly  impracticable,  but  I  told  him  there  was  almost 
everywhere  an  eddy  on  one  side  or  the  other  of  the  river. 
I  knew  that  opposite  us  there  was  an  eddy  some  three  or 
four  miles  in  length,  up  which  the  boat  could  easily  be 
rowed.  He  started  at  once  for  the  raft  and  in  a  few  minutes 
returned  and  told  me  that  I  could  have  the  skiff.  I  made 
my  detail  of  six  men  and  started  about  noon  on  my  trip. 
John  Eckstein,  who  was  afterwards  treasurer  of  Hamilton 
County  for  some  ten  years,  James  B.  Williams,  son  of  Maj. 
William  Williams,  of  Ft.  Dodge,  who  commanded  the 
Spirit  Lake  Expedition  of  1857,  and  Elias  D.  Kellogg,  of 
Algona,  were  of  my  party.  The  names  of  the  others  I  am 
unable  at  this  time  to  recall.  They  were  all  good  men 
whom  I  had  known  before  the  war.  We  rowed  straight 
across  the  river.  The  bank  was  some  fifteen  to  twenty  feet 
high,  back  of  which  the  ground  was  level  and  partially  cov. 


THE  THIRTY -SECOND  IOWA  INFANTRY  77 

ered  with  brush  and  timber.  I  sent  out  three  men  as  skir- 
mishers, directing  them  if  they  ran  across  any  rebels  to  fire 
upon  them,  and  then  make  a  rush  for  the  boat.  I  promised 
not  to  desert  them  whatever  might  ensue.  We  reached  the 
upper  end  of  the  eddy  in  a  short  time  when  I  brought  in 
the  men  and  we  crossed  to  the  other  side,  where  I  found  a 
similar  eddy  and  rowed  up  stream  as  before. 

We  reached  Island  No.  10  some  time  before  dark.  Upon 
reporting  to  the  commandant,  he  informed  me  that  he  could 
supply  us  with  a  ton  and  a  half  of  powder  and  shot  and  shell 
that  would  match  our  guns.  This  material  was  brought 
from  the  magazine  and  deposited  on  the  bank.  Informa- 
tion had  been  received  in  some  way  that  a  steamboat  would 
probably  come  down  that  evening,  the  first  in  a  week  or  ten 
days.  I  ordered  the  men  to  take  the  skiff  and  go  back  to 
camp,  while  I  would  wait  and  come  with  the  ammunition.  A 
steamer  came  about  nine  o'clock  that  evening  and  our  mate- 
rial was  very  quickly  put  on  board.  On  reaching  New 
Madrid  the  ammunition  was  unloaded  upon  the  raft  before 
mentioned,  and  I  retired  for  the  night  to  my  tent  very 
much  tired  after  my  experiences  during  the  day.  I  antici- 
pated that  before  noon  our  ammunition  would  be  placed  in 
the  magazine  in  charge  of  the  Dutch  artillerists,  who  would 
speedily  get  the  guns  ready  for  action.  We  were  all  quite 
in  hopes  that  Jef?  Thompson  would  come  on  and  attack  us, 
for  we  believed  that  with  the  fort  and  our  entrenchments 
we  could  make  a  successful  defense  against  his  horde  of 
"butternuts." 

The  next  morning,  however,  Col.  Scott  had  arrived  from 
Cape  Girardeau  in  a  little  ferry  boat  called  the  "Daven- 


78       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

port."  I  believe  it  belonged  to  some  party  in  the  city  for 
which  it  was  named,  and  that  it  had  been  purchased  or  im- 
pressed for  service  along  the  river.  It  had  been  turned 
over  to  Col.  Scott  who  was  to  use  it  in  plying  between  the 
two  camps  into  which  the  regiment  had  been  divided.  He 
came,  however,  with  an  order  which  was  a  surprise  and  a 
mortification  to  his  command.  This  order  had  been  issued 
by  Gen.  Thomas  A.  Davies,  who  was  in  command  at  Colum- 
bus, Kentucky.  The  command  of  Davies  was  in  General 
Grant's  department,  while  we  were  in  the  department  of  the 
Missouri,  commanded  by  General  Curtis.  Our  immediate 
commander  was  General  E.  A.  Carr.  Davies  assumed,  how- 
ever, that  he  had  a  right  to  command  Col.  Scott,  and  ordered 
him  to  take  his  six  companies  and  go  with  them  to  Ft.  Pil- 
low and  report  to  Col.  Wolfe  of  the  Fifty-second  Indiana 
Infantry,  who  was  there  in  command.  The  following  is  a 
copy  of  this  curious  order: — 

HEADQUAETEES  DISTEICT  or  COLUMBUS, 

COLUMBUS,  Ky.,  December  27,  1862. 
COL.   SCOTT, 

New  Madrid,  Mo.,  Commanding  32  Iowa: 

You  will  immediately  proceed  to  New  Madrid,  burn  the  gun  car- 
riages and  wooden  platforms,  spike  the  guns  and  destroy  the  ammu- 
nition totally;  take  the  same  boat  and  proceed  to  Fort  Pillow,  under 
convoy  of  Gun  Boat,  and  report  to  Colonel  Wolfe,  Commanding 
that  place. 

(Signed)     THOMAS  A.   DAVIES, 

Brigadier  General. 

Col.  Scott  was  of  course  most  reluctant  to  receive  and 
respect  such  an  order  from  a  General  to  whose  command  he 
did  not  belong,  but  Generals  Tuttle  and  Fisk  were  at 


THE  THIRTY-SECOND  IOWA  INFANTRY  79 

Columbus,  and  in  view  of  the  great  scare  in  which  General 
Da  vies  participated,  they  advised  Col.  Scott  to  obey  the 
order;  but  our  six  companies,  with  Col.  Mix  and  myself, 
were  heartily  opposed  to  taking  this  step.  We  felt  that  it 
was  doubtful  whether  the  scare  had  anything  behind  it;  and 
then,  Gen.  Davies  had  no  right  to  command  Col.  Scott. 
Our  officers  and  men  were  unanimous  in  urging  him  to  dis- 
obey the  order.  But  he  was  inflexible  on  this  point  and 
gave  orders  that  the  command  should  be  put  in  readiness  to 
move  whenever  a  couple  of  steamers  came  down  to  take  us 
to  Ft.  Pillow.  The  steamers  came  that  night,  or  next  morn- 
ing, accompanied  by  a  "tin-clad"  gunboat.  These  "tin- 
clads"  were  simply  gunboats  which  were  protected  by  plates 
of  boiler  iron,  and  were  only  of  avail  as  against  small  arms. 
A  six-pound  shot  would  have  torn  their  upper  works  to 
pieces,  but  as  there  were  no  six-pounders  arrayed  against 
us  they  answered  our  purpose.  We  took  the  steamers  dur- 
ing the  following  day  and  accompanied  by  the  "tin-clad" 
sailed  away  for  Ft.  Pillow.  "My  powder"  had  been  car- 
ried into  the  magazine  next  the  river,  and  our  orders  from 
Gen.  Davies  stipulated  that  we  were  to  spike  the  guns, 
burn  the  carriages,  and  blow  up  the  magazine.  This  last 
work  was  taken  in  charge  by  the  officers  of  the  gunboat, 
who  prepared  long  fuses,  reaching  perhaps  one  hundred  or 
more  feet  to  the  powder  in  the  magazine.  It  was  some 
minutes  before  the  sputtering  fire  reached  the  three  thousand 
pounds  of  powder.  In  the  meantime  we  had  proceeded 
perhaps  a  mile  when  the  magazine  blew  up.  A  great  col- 
umn of  d  rt  rose,  apparently  two  hundred  or  three  hundred 
feet  in  the  air.  For  an  instant  it  was  shaped  like  a  bundle 


80       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

of   wheat,   and  we  could  plainly  see  the  shells  exploding 
through  the  clouds  of  dust. 

The  trip  down  the  river  was  uneventful,  though  the 
weather  was  growing  much  colder  and  the  north  wind  was 
very  fierce.  We  landed  at  Ft.  Pillow  about  the  middle  of 
the  afternoon  and  the  men  at  once  went  on  shore.  The 
cold  was  constantly  increasing  and  the  men  were  without 
tents.  I  remember  that  I  assisted  an  orderly  in  putting  up 
my  tent.  It  was  a  hard  struggle  with  the  wind  to  keep  the 
tent  erect  until  the  pegs  could  be  driven  into  the  ground  to 
hold  it  in  its  place.  Our  supper  was  cooked  by  our  colored 
" Aunty"  in  the  open  air.  A  cup  of  coffee,  some; boiled 
cod  fish,  and  bread  composed  the  meal.  The  poor  men  suf- 
fered fearfully  during  the  night.  Many  of  them  were  just 
recovering  from  the  measles  when  we  left  our  comfortable 
camp  at  New  Madrid,  and  were  compelled  to  sleep  in  the 
open  air  on  the  ground.  It  is  little  wonder  that  many  of 
these  convalescents  took  severe  colds  and  died  during  the 
next  two  or  three  weeks.  In  the  morning  the  ground  was 
covered  with  snow,  but  the  wind  had  gone  down  and  it  was 
much  easier  getting  about.  As  soon  as  practicable  lumber 
was  secured  and  a  hospital  shanty  erected  in  which  the  sick 
men  were  provided  for  as  comfortably  as  possible.  Our 
medical  attendance,  headed  by  Dr.  S.  B.  Olney,  of  Ft. 
Dodge,  was  everything  that  could  be  desired,  and  he  gave 
unremitting  attention  to  the  sick  men.  Our  Chaplain,  L.  S. 
Coffin,  also  of  Ft.  Dodge,  who  was  later  one  of  the  Board 
of  Iowa  Eailroad  Commissioners,  ministered  faithfully  to 
the  sick  and  was  constantly  on  duty  with  them.  He  is  still 
living  (nearly  85  years  of  age)  on  his  farm  three  miles  from 
Ft.  Dodge. 


THE  THIRTY-SECOND  IOWA  INFANTRY  81 

Col.  E.  H.  Wolfe  was  in  command  of  the  Fifty-second 
Indiana  Infantry  at  Ft.  Pillow,  and  as  his  commission  was 
older  than  that  of  Col.  Scott,  he  remained  in  chief  command 
of  the  post.  By  his  permission,  Col.  Scott  was  allowed  to 
take  the  little  " Davenport"  ferryboat  and  return  to  Cape- 
Girardeau,  where  he  reported  by  telegraph  to  Gen.  Carr,  his. 
immediate  commander  at  St.  Louis.  Gen.  Carr  resented  our 
leaving  New  Madrid  very  bitterly,  and  ordered  Col.  Scott  to 
consider  himself  under  close  arrest  until  charges  could  be 
preferred  against  him  for  abandoning  his  post  in  an  unjustifi- 
able manner,  and  also  for  having  failed  to  put  it  in  a  posture 
of  defense.  This  last  charge  was  an  egregious  blunder,  for 
everything  possible  had  been  done  to  increase  the  defenses; 
of  the  post  up  to  the  time  that  the  order  came  for  its  evacu- 
ation. We  saw  no  more  of  the  staunch  little  steamer 
u  Davenport."  It  had  ceased  to  be  an  appendage  of  the 
Thirty -second  Infantry. 

Considerable  correspondence  ensued  between  Gen.  Carr 
and  Gen.  Curtis,  in  which  the  former  manifested  a  very  vin- 
dictive spirit  toward  Col.  Scott,  taking  no  account  of  the 
statement  of  Gen.  Davies  as  to  the  danger  in  which  he  con- 
sidered the  posts  along  the  river  from  Confederate  attacks. 
Col.  Scott  was  confident  that  the  order  for  his  arrest  would 
be  countermanded  as  soon  as  Gen.  Davies  could  explain 
matters  to  Gen.  Carr.  This  did  not  follow,  however,  and  a 
military  commission  was  organized  to  investigate  the  subject 
and  determine  the  responsibility  of  the  officer  or  officers  con- 
nected with  the  affair  and  whether  or  not  he  or  they  should 
be  dismissed  from  the  service  of  the  United  States.  Brig. 
Gen.  William  K.  Strong  was  president  of  the  commission 


82     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

and  Col.  Albert  G.  Brackett  was  the  recorder.  Col.  Brackett 
was  retired  from  service  in  1891.  He  had  risen  from  the 
ranks  in  the  cavalry  service  until  he  was  commissioned 
Colonel.  He  deserved  to  have  been  made  a  Brigadier  Gen- 
eral. He  was  a  brave  and  efficient  officer  and  became  the 
author  of  two  valuable  volumes  of  war  books.  One  was 
Gen.  Lane's  Brigade  in  Central  Mexico;  the  other  a  His- 
tory of  the  United  States  Cavalry.  After  his  retirement  he 
settled  in  Des  Moines,  Iowa,  where  he  remained  for  a  year 
or  two  when  he  removed  to  Washington,  residing  there  until 
his  death  in  1896.  About  the  time  of  his  retirement  from 
service,  he  also  wrote  a  magazine  article  in  which  he  fully  jus- 
tified the  action  of  both  Da  vies  and  Scott,  although  he  told 
me  that  it  was  a  most  singular  case  and  one  that  puzzled  him 
exceedingly.  In  concurring  in  the  verdict  that  neither  Da- 
vies  nor  Scott  should  be  dismissed  from  the  service,  or  even 
censured,  he  seemed  to  base  his  action  upon  what  he  consid- 
ered their  honest  estimate  of  the  circumstances  by  which 
they  were  surrounded.  I  have  searched  for  Col.  Brackett's 
article  recently,  but  have  not  been  able  to  find  it.  I  was 
anxious  to  read  it  again  and  obtain  certain  facts  which  I  can- 
not recall  at  this  writing.  I  have  been  unable  to  find  men- 
tion of  it  even  in  Poolers  Index,  so  I  suppose  it  was  printed 
in  some  periodical  not  indexed  in  that  publication.  Col. 
Scott  was  discharged  from  arrest  at  the  close  of  the  trial  and 
at  once  returned  to  his  command,  where  he  was  most  cordi- 
ally welcomed  by  officers  and  men.  In  the  meantime,  our 
regiment  had  built  houses  on  a  little  eminence  just  above  the 
landing  and  had  made  them  quite  comfortable.  There  were 
many  abandoned  log  houses  in  the  country  adjoining.  We 


THE  THIRTY-SECOND  IOWA  INFANTRY  83 

tore  down  some  of  these  and  drew  the  materials  into  camp 
where  they  were  again  erected.  Some  of  the  men  split 
"shakes,"  in  pioneer  Iowa  style,  with  which  they  covered 
the  roofs  in  lieu  of  shingles.  Capt.  John  R.  Jones,  of  But- 
ler County,  even  made  his  house  more  comfortable  with 
green  blinds— which  he  found  somewhere. 

A  word  about  the  scare.  It  had  no  foundation  in  fact. 
Jeff  Thompson  was  not  preparing  for  and  had  not  even  con- 
templated an  advance  upon  New  Madrid.  The  reports 
which  reached  us  were  simply  false.  We  could  get  no  well 
defined  account  of  guerrillas  who  were  said  to  be  prowling 
about  the  country.  If  there  were  any  of  these  unauthorized 
and  irresponsible  troops  they  stayed  some  distance  inland' 
where  they  could  not  be  reached. 

I  have  an  interesting  little  memento  of  UM.  Jeff  Thomp- 
son, Brigadier  General  of  the  Missouri  State  Guard."  Our 
scouts  one  day  brought  into  camp  a  certain  Louis  Lebecker, 
who  was  found  suspiciously  prowling  about  the  country.  He 
had  a  pass1  which  sufficiently  explained  itself,  and  of  which 

this  is  a  copy: — 

JACKSON,  Miss.,  OCT.  28th,  1862. 

Mr.  Louis  Lebecker,  formerly  of  St.  Louis,  late  of  the  Confederate 
States  Army,  is  the  bearer  of  a  communication  from  me  to  the  Mis- 
sourians  assembling  in  South  East  Missouri.  All  passes  and  facilities 
which  may  be  extended  to  him  by  the  patriotic  people  of  Arkansas, 
will  confer  a  favor  on  M.  JEFF  THOMPSON, 

Brig  Genl  M.  S.  G. 
Mr.  Lebecker  is  a  gentleman  and  can  readily  identify  himself. 

Aside  from  the  mortification  which  this  needless  evacua- 


1  The  original  is  preserved  in  the  Aldrich  collection  of  autograph  letters,  man- 
uscripts, and  portraits  in  the  State  Historical  Building,  at  Des  Moines,  Iowa. 


84       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

tion  caused  our  men,  there  was  the  destruction  of  govern- 
ment property.  It  was  very  annoying  to  us  all  to  see  the 
fires  lighted  under  the  guns  which  soon  destroyed  the  carri- 
ages. Gen.  Davies  said  in  one  of  his  letters  that  he  ordered 
the  guns  to  be  spiked  with  "soft  iron,"  but  those  words 
were  not  included  in  the  order  which  he  gave  to  Col.  Scott. 
Our  men  had  not  been  in  service  long  enough  to  have 
acquired  much  discipline,  and  when  they  had  carried  their 
impedimenta  to  the  boats  a  fire  broke  out  in  the  barracks 
which  were  very  soon  all  ablaze.  They  were  completely 
destroyed.  They  were,  however,  for  the  most  part  mere 
shanties  and  the  loss  was  trifling.  Where  they  once  stood 
there  was  left  but  a  blackened  waste;  and  when  the  post  was 
again  occupied  the  barracks  had  to  be  rebuilt.  The  fort  was 
•so  much  of  a  ruin  that  I  do  not  believe  it  was  ever  repaired. 
This  separation  of  the  regiment  was  most  vexatious  in 
many  respects,  especially  in  the  matter  of  compiling  returns 
and  reports.  There  was  another  matter  which  caused  con- 
siderable vexation.  The  Fifty- second  Indiana  Infantry  was 
really  a  pro-slavery  regiment,  always  ready  to  drive  the  Ne- 
groes, who  came  to  the  post,  back  into  slavery.  In  fact,  an 
ex- Confederate  captain  by  the  name  of  Jones,  who  lived  with 
his  father-in-law  near  Durham ville,  some  fifteen  or  twenty 
miles  inland,  was  allowed  to  come  into  the  post  and  drive 
out  two  colored  men — William  and  Coleman — who  were  in 
the  employ  of  our  wagon- master,  and  take  them  to  his  home. 
He  drew  a  big  pistol  and  told  them  to  " march" — and  they 
marched.  The  Thirty-second  Infantry  protested  so  vigor- 
ously against  this  high-handed  outrage  that  a  small  detach- 
ment of  men  was  allowed  to  go  out  and  bring  in  the  Negroes.. 


THE  THIRTY-SECOND  IOWA  INFANTRY  85 

Among  the  officers  who  went  with  that  little  party  were 
Capt.  Cadwallader,  of  Company  K,  and  Lieut.  T.  C.  McCall, 
who  survived  his  military  service  many  years,  serving  after 
he  reached  home  a  term  in  the  Iowa  State  Senate.  He  died 
about  a  dozen  years  ago. 

In  one  respect  this  may  have  been  a  good  thing  for  the 
regiment,  for  in  its  divided  state  it  was  not  sent  into  battle, 
but  remained  guarding  bridges  and  doing  very  irksome  gar- 
rison service.  Both  officers  and  men  craved  to  be  united  as 
when  we  sailed  out  of  Dubuque  to  go  to  the  front.  This 
privilege  was  denied  them  until  about  the  time  of  the  Red 
River  expedition,  when  the  two  sections  of  the  regiment 
came  together  and  took  part  in  that  memorable  march.  It 
participated  in  the  capture  of  Ft.  De  Russy  and  in  the  battle 
of  Pleasant  Hill,  Louisiana.  In  this  last  disastrous  affair 
about  one-half  of  the  officers  and  men  were  killed  or  wounded. 
The  brigade  of  which  it  formed  a  part  was  commanded  by 
brave  old  Col.  William  T.  Shaw,  of  the  Fourteenth  Iowa 
Infantry,  now  residing  at  Anamosa,  Iowa.  Descending  the 
river,  it  took  part  in  the  battle  of  Yellow  Bayou, l  where  Col. 
Shaw,  in  disobedience  of  positive  orders,  fought  a  splendid 
battle  and  by  his  coolness  and  good  judgment  saved  the 

brigade  from  capture. 

CHAELES  ALDEICH 
DES  MOINES,  IOWA 

1  See  Maj.  W.  G.  Donnan's  account  of   The  Last  Battle  of  the  Eed  Biver  Expe- 
dition in  the  Annals  of  Iowa,  3d  Series,  Vol.  VI,  pp.  241-247. 


ORGANIZED  CHARITY  IN  IOWA1 

What  is  the  status  of  organized  charity  in  the  different 
cities  and  towns  of  Iowa?  is  a  question  frequently  asked  by 
charity  workers  of  this  and  other  States.  In  order  to  find  a 
satisfactory  answer  to  this  inquiry  an  investigation  was  begun 
by  the  writer  a  little  more  than  two  years  ago.  To  present 
the  results  of  that  investigation  is  the  purpose  of  this  paper. 

Iowa  being  a  wealthy  agricultural  State  with  few  large 
cities,  it  is  generally  assumed  that  there  is  here  no  problem 
of  poverty.  But  the  writer  found,  in  a  special  investigation 
carried  on  in  connection  with  the  State  census  for  1905,  that 
the  different  counties  of  Iowa  expended  $960,275.18  for 
poor  relief  during  the  year  1904.  And,  moreover,  this 
amount  does  not  include  the  $149,291.36  expended  by  the 
counties  for  the  Soldiers  Relief  Fund,  which  is  (if  not  a 
pauper  fund)  certainly  a  relief  fund.  It  is  true  that  the 
receipts  from  the  sale  of  stock  and  produce  from  the  poor 
farms  of  the  State  amount  to  $99,340.32,  and  the  receipts 
from  relatives  and  friends  of  the  inmates  of  the  county  homes 
aggregate  $15,786.59.  And  yet  it  is  a  iact  that  a  net  sum 
of  $994,439. 63 2  has  been  spent  in  Iowa  in  a  single  year  for 
poor  relief.  Add  to  this  sum  the  large  amount  which  is 

1  This  paper  was  originally  prepared  upon  the  suggestion  of  Professor  Isaac  A. 
Loos  and  submitted  as  a  dissertation  in  partial  fulfillment  of  the  requirements  for 
the  degree  of  Master  of  Arts  in  the  department  of  Political  Economy  and  Sociol- 
ogy of  the  Iowa  School  of  Political  and  Social  Science  at  the  State  University  of 
Iowa.  The  writer  is  especially  indebted  to  Professor  Loos  for  valuable  sugges- 
tions, and  to  The  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa  for  assistance  in  collecting 
material. 

*  This  sum  includes  the  amount  spent  for  the  Soldiers  Relief  Fund. 


ORGANIZED  CHARITY  IN  IOWA  87 

expended  by  private  individuals,  lodges,  churches,  the  Silent 
Ministry,  and  many  other  charitable  organizations,  and  the 
evidence  is  clear  that  there  is  at  least  some  poverty  in  the 
proverbially  prosperous  and  wealthy  State  of  Iowa. 

Mr.  S.  K.  Stevenson,  Superintendent  of  the  city  schools 
at  Iowa  City,  undertook  a  somewhat  similar  investigation 
prior  to  the  meeting  of  the  Iowa  State  Conference  of  Chari- 
ties and  Corrections  at  Iowa  City  in  October,  1902;  and  the 
results  of  his  investigation  were  given  at  that  meeting.  *  Let- 
ters were  sent  by  him  to  cities  and  towns  of  the  State  with 
a  population  of  two  thousand  or  over.  Fifty -eight  replies 
were  received.  Sixteen  cities  were  found  to  have  permanent 
charity  organizations.  They  were:  Des  Moines,  Davenport, 
Marshalltown,  Council  Bluffs,  Muscatine,  Keokuk,  Le  Mars, 
Cedar  Eapids,  Oskaloosa,  Mt.  Pleasant,  Cedar  Falls,  Iowa 
Falls,  Red  Oak,  Harlan,  Boone,  and  Monticello.2 

With  the  blank  used  by  Mr.  Stevenson  as  a  guide,  sug- 
gestions were  solicited  from  several  of  the  leading  charity 
workers  of  the  State  and  a  new  blank  was  prepared  contain- 
ing the  following  questions : — 1 .  Is  there  a  permanent  char- 
ity organization  in  your  city?  Name?  (a)  Do  all  churches, 
private  societies,  and  public  bodies  work  together  in  this 
organized  charity?  2.  How  is  public  charity  dispensed? 
3.  How  is  private  charity  dispensed?  4.  Do  you  employ  a 
permanent  secretary  in  your  town,  county,  or  city,  whose 
duty  it  is  to  coordinate  the  various  charities?  (If  so  state 
his  salary.)  5.  What  record  of  cases  is  kept?  6.  Is  there 

1  Mr.  Stevenson's  work  was  done  under  the  direction  of  Professor  Isaac  A.  Loos 
of  The  State  University  of  Iowa. 

2  The    charity  organization  of    Monticello,  that  is,  the  Ladies  Benevolent 
Union,  has  recently  disbanded. 


88       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

a  card  of  information  used  in  the  organized  charity  work? 
(If  so  will  you  kindly  send  a  sample  card)  7.  How  much 
money  is  spent  annually  for  charity?  (a)  By  county  or 
township  officers?  (b)  By  churches,  lodges,  or  similar  or- 
ganizations? (c)  By  private  individuals?  8.  Does  your  city 
(or  town)  apply  the  work  test  in  wood  yard,  stone  pile,  or 
otherwise  as  a  condition  of  relief?  9.  Have  you  any  em- 
ployment agency,  public  or  private?  10.  In  your  opinion 
what  per  cent  of  the  money  is  spent  for  the  administration 
of  the  charity?  11.  General  remarks  on  the  dispensation  of 
charity  in  your  city  (or  town).  To  this  were  to  be  added 
the  name  of  city  (or  town),  its  population,  the  name  of  the 
person  filling  out  blank,  and  the  date.1 

Having  determined  what  the  blank  should  contain  the  next 
step  was  to  decide  where  and  to  whom  it  should  be  sent.  To 
get  a  thorough  knowledge  of  the  situation  it  was  thought  best 
to  send  blanks  to  all  towns  of  five  hundred  inhabitants  or 
over.  The  preparation  of  a  list  of  names  of  persons  to  whom 
to  send  the  blank  was  a  more  difficult  task,  since  it  was  our 
desire  to  interest  representative  people  of  the  different  towns 
who  were  sufficiently  well  acquainted  with  local  conditions 
to  know  the  facts  and  sufficiently  interested  in  charity  work 
to  secure  the  desired  data.  The  membership  roll  of  the 
Iowa  State  Conference  of  Charities  and  Corrections  was  at 
hand.  Then,  by  correspondence  with  several  of  the  leading 
charity  workers  of  the  State,  several  other  names  were  sug- 
gested. To  these  the  names  of  ministers  of  different  churches 
who  were  interested  in  charity  work  in  the  different  towns 


1  The  blanks  which  were  filled  out  and  returned  have  been  deposited  in  the 
library  of  The  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa. 


ORGANIZED  CHARITY  IN  IOWA  89 

were  added.  And  finally,  the  list  was  completed  by  the 
names  of  superintendents  or  principals  of  city  schools. 

Three  hundred  and  eighty-eight  letters,  containing  a  blank 
and  a  stamped  envelope  for  reply,  were  sent  to  as  many  dif- 
ferent towns  of  the  State,  one  being  sent  to  every  town  hav- 
ing a  population  of  five  hundred  or  over.  In  response  to 
these  three  hundred  and  eighty-eight  letters,  answers  were 
received  from  about  one  hundred  of  the  larger  towns  and 
from  a  number  of  the  smaller  ones.  Other  letters  were  sent 
to  the  larger  towns  addressed  to  people  who  were  interested 
in  charity  work.  As  many  as  five  letters  were  written  to 
different  people  in  some  of  the  towns  before  a  satisfactory 
reply  was  received.  After  continued  correspondence  for 
over  two  years,  and  using  some  of  the  facts  collected  by  Mr. 
Stevenson,  material  is  at  hand  from  every  town  in  the  State 
with  a  population  of  fifteen  hundred  or  over,  and  also  replies 
from  one  hundred  and  fourteen  towns  of  the  State  having  a 
population  of  less  than  fifteen  hundred,  thus  making  a  total 
of  two  hundred  and  twenty -three  replies  from  as  many  dif- 
ferent cities  and  towns. 

The  table  given  below  with  notes  contains  in  condensed 
form  the  data  secured  for  thirty-nine  towns  reported  as  hav- 
ing organized  charity.  It  should  be  observed,  however, 
that  a  great  deal  of  charity  work,  which  in  some  respects 
would  be  considered  as  organized  charity,  is  being  done  all 
over  the  State  by  such  organizations  as  the  King's  Daugh- 
ters, Woman's  Christian  Temperance  Union,  Silent  Ministry, 
Woman's  Relief  Corps,  and  similar  organizations.  This  is 
particularly  true  in  the  smaller  towns  where  there  is  little 
call  for  charity. 


90      IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


ORGANIZED    CHARITIES    IN    IOWA 


g 

CITY  OR   TOWN 

POPULATION  U 
1905 

NAME    OF   ORGANIZATION 

PAID 
SECRETARY 

RECORD  OF 

CASES 

CARD  OF 

INFORMATION]] 

WORK  TEST 

1 

Ames 

3292 

Dorcas  Society 

no 

none 

no 

no 

2 

Anita 

975 

Girls  Charity  Club 

no 

none 

no 

no 

3 

Boone 

9500 

Boone  Benevolent  So- 

ciety 

no 

yes 

no 

no 

4 

Burlington 

25318 

Charity   Organization 

Society 

yes 

yes 

yes 

no 

5 

Cedar  Falls 

5329 

Associated  Charities 

no 

yes 

no 

no 

6 

Cedar,  Rapids 

28759 

Sunshine  Mission 

no 

yes 

no 

no 

7 

Charles  City 

4546 

Church  Relief 

no 

yes 

no 

yes 

8 

Clarinda 

4020 

Woman's  Alliance 

no 

yes 

no 

no 

9 

Clinton 

22756 

Associate    Benevolent 

Society 

yes 

yes 

no 

no 

10 

Colfax 

2553 

Woman's  Relief  Corps 

no 

yes 

no 

no 

11 

Council  Bluffs 

25231 

Associated  Charities 

yes 

yes 

yes 

no 

12 

Creston 

8382 

Union  Benevolent  As- 

sociation 

no 

yes 

no 

no 

13 

Davenport 

39797 

Ladies  Industrial  Re- 

lief Society 

yes 

yes 

yes 

no 

14 

Decorah 

3918 

Union  Aid  Society 

no 

none 

no 

no 

15 

Des  Moines 

75626 

Associated  Charities 

yes 

yes 

yes 

no 

16 

Dubuque 

41941 

Dubuque  Charity  Or- 

ganization 

no 

yes 

no 

yes 

17 

Eagle  Grove 

3122 

Equality  Club 

no 

yes 

no 

no 

18 

Eldora 

2278 

Eldora  Ladies  Aid  So- 

ciety 

no 

yes 

no 

no 

19 

Forest  City 

1665 

Woman's  Relief  Circle 

no 

none 

no 

no 

20 

Fort  Dodge 

14369 

Associated  Charities 

no 

yes 

yes 

no 

21 

Grand  Junction 

1058 

The  Ladies  Belief  So- 

ciety 

no 

none 

no 

no 

22 

Grinnell 

4634 

Charity    Organization 

Society 

yes 

yes 

no 

no 

23 

Harlan 

2645 

Ministerial  Union 

no 

none 

no 

no 

24 

Iowa  Falls 

3049 

Associated  Charities 

no 

yes 

no 

no 

25 

Keokuk 

14604 

Associated  Charities 

yes 

yes 

yes 

no 

ORGANIZED  CHARITY  IN  IOWA 


91 


6 

x 

CITY    OE    TOWN 

POPULATION 

1905 

NAME    OF    ORGANIZATION 

Plto 

SECRETARY 

RECORD  OF 
CASES 

CARD  OF  j 
INFOR3IATIONJI 

WORK  TEST 

26 

Le  Mars 

5041 

Associated  Charity  So- 

ciety 

no 

yes 

no 

no 

27 

Marshalltown 

12054 

Organized  Charity  As- 

sociation 

yes 

yes 

no 

yes 

28 

Missouri  Valley 

3330 

Ladies  Benevolent  So- 

ciety 

no 

none 

no 

no 

29 

Monticello 

2156 

Ladies  Benevolent  Un- 

ion 

no 

yes 

no 

no 

30 

Mt.  Pleasant 

3576 

Federated  Charities 

no 

yes 

no 

no 

31 

Nevada 

2262 

Nevada  Charity  Asso- 

ciation 

no 

yes 

no 

no 

32 

Oskaloosa 

10203 

Associated  Charities 

no 

yes 

no 

no 

33 

Ottumwa 

20181 

Open  Door  Mission 

no 

yes 

no 

no 

34 

Sac  City 

2120 

Church  Associated 

Charity  Organiza'n 

no 

none 

no 

no 

35 

Sheldon 

2564 

Dorcas  Society 

no 

yes 

no 

no 

36 

Sioux  City 

40952 

Associated  Charities 

no 

yes 

yes 

no 

37 

Tipton 

2125 

United  Aid  Society 

no 

yes 

no 

no 

38 

Webster  City 

4797 

Associated  Charities 

no 

none 

no 

no 

39 

Wilton  Junction 

1139 

Union  Aid  Society 

no 

none 

no 

no 

NOTES    ON    THE.  TABLE 

1.  Officers  of  the  Dorcas  Society  assist  the  Overseer  of  the  Poor, 
who  receives  $50.00  per  year. 

2.  Small  town  in  which  there  is  very  little  need  of  charity  work. 

3.  Small  society  doing  very  little  work.     What  relief  is  given  is 
distributed  by  ward  committees. 

4.  For  fourteen  years  this  Society  has  been  the  center  and  source 
of  information  of  the  charity  interests  of  the  city. 

5.  The  Woman's  Relief  Corps  works  in  connection  with  the  As- 
sociated Charities  and  has  an  employment  agency. 

6.  The  work  is  carried  on  by  a  committee  appointed  by  the  Mis- 
sion.    A  careful  record  of  all  cases  is  kept.     Perhaps  the  Sunshine 
Mission  should  not  be  considered  as  organized  charity,  as  its  work  is 
primarily  religious,  not  charitable. 

7.  Here  the  object  is  to  encourage  the  poor  to  help  themselves. 


92       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

The  work  test  is  invariably  applied  for  those  who  are  able.  A  com- 
mittee is  appointed  from  each  church  which  serves  for  a  period  of 
one  year.  The  organization  assists  in  enforcing  the  compulsory 
school  law. 

8.  Committees  are  appointed  for  each  ward  and  they  make  a  thor- 
ough investigation  of  each  separate  case.     They  are  granted  an  allow- 
ance for  the  worthy  poor. 

9.  The  English  Protestant  churches  work  together.     Charity  is 
dispensed  by  the  President  who  hires  a  lady  assistant  as  her  agent. 

10.  The  Woman's  Relief  Corps  emphasizes  charity  work  not  only 
among  its  own  members  but  among  all.     A  large  and  responsible 
committee  is  appointed,  which  investigates  all  cases  of  poverty.    Col- 
lections taken  at  union  Thanksgiving  meetings  are  turned  over  to  the 
Woman's  Relief  Corps  committee. 

11.  The  Superintendent  of  Associated  Charities  gives  all  her  time 
to  the  work.     A  visiting  nurse  is  also  employed  by  the  organization. 
The  Overseer  of  the  Poor  acts  on  the  advice  of  the  Associated  Char- 
ities. 

12.  All  the  Protestant  churches  except  the  Episcopal  and  Luth- 
eran work  together  in  this  organization. 

13.  The  Associated  Charities  has  disbanded  and  the  Ladies  In- 
dustrial Relief  Society  has  taken  up  the  work.     Their  fundamental 
idea  is  to  encourage  industry  and  not  to  pauperize  by  charity. 

14.  The  Society  is  composed  of  a  committee  of  ladies  who  secure 
very  little  cooperation  among  the  several  charitable  organizations  of 
the  city. 

15.  Des  Moines  has  a  large  and  influential  organization,  but  there 
is  need  of  closer  cooperation  between  the  city  authorities  and  the 
Associated  Charities. 

16.  The  Charity  Organization  society  secures  very  little  coopera- 
tion.    The  Catholic  churches  have  two  very  efficient  charity  socie- 
ties, namely,  the  Saint  Vincent  de  Paul  Society  and  the  Saint  Elizabeth 
Circle.     The  Humane  Society  does  a  great  deal  of  charity  work. 

17.  A  committee  of  the  Club  solicits  aid  from  the  citizens  and 
distributes  it  to  the  worthy  poor. 

18.  Representatives  from  different  churches  work  together    in 
this  Society. 

19.  Small  town  and  very  little  call  for  charity. 

20.  The  Secretary  gives  a  great  deal  of  his  time  to  the  work,  but 
receives  no  salary.     A  committee  is  appointed  for  each  ward  of  the 


ORGANIZED  CHARITY  IN  IOWA  93 

city  and  an  additional  committee  is  appointed  whose  duty  it  is  to 
look  after  the  transient  poor. 

21.  Small  town  and  very  little  need  of  a  charity  organization.    A 
committee  appointed  by  the  Ladies  Relief  Society  has  charge  of  what 
charity  work  is  done. 

22.  The   Overseer  of   the  Poor  works   in  connection  with  the 
Charity  Organization  Society.     The  Agent  of  the  Charity  Organiza- 
tion is  not  employed  for  all  of  her  time,  but  is  paid  for  the  time 
actually  devoted  to  the  work  of  the  Society. 

23.  The  ministers  of  the  Protestant  churches  constitute  the  Un- 
ion; and  they  work  with  the  Overseer  of  the  Poor. 

24.  The  Secretary  serves  gratuitously.     Charitable  organizations 
of  the  city  secure  membership  in  the  Associated  Charities  by  the 
payment  of   an  annual  membership  fee.     Charity  is  dispensed  by 
means  of  ward  committees. 

25.  County  officials  and  Associated  Charities  work  together  to 
the  extent  that  no  aid  is  given  to  anyone  except  upon  the  recommen- 
dation of  the  Secretary  of  the  Associated  Charities,  who  is  the  Over- 
seer of  the  Poor  for  the  city. 

26.  The  Society  aims  primarily  to  give  immediate  relief.     After 
the  third  application  for  help  the  case  is  turned  over  to  the  county. 
The  city  is  divided  into  four  districts,  each  of  which  is  in  charge  of 
a  committee  of  three.     The  committee  makes  a  thorough  investiga- 
tion before  relief  is  given. 

27.  The  Association  was  organized  in  1893  and  has  been  gradu- 
ally growing  in  influence  and  effectiveness  since  its  organization. 

28.  Charity  work  of  the  town  is  carried  on  chiefly  by  a  commit- 
tee from  this  Society. 

29.  The  organization  has  recently  disbanded. 

30.  Association  not  very  active.     Secretary  serves  gratuitously. 
Very  little  work  done. 

31.  Very  little  work  done  by  the  organization,   which  spends 
about  $20  annually. 

32.  Work  is  carried  on  by  the  Secretary  and  ward  committees. 
About  $400  distributed   last  year.     The  Secretary  serves  without 
salary. 

33.  This  organization  is  primarily  religious  rather  than  chari- 
table.    A  city  missionary  is  employed  who  aids  in  charity  work. 

34.  Collections  are  taken  each  month  in  the  churches.     The  Min- 
isterial Union  has  charge  of  the  distribution. 


94       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

35.  The  charity  work  of  the  city  is  left  largely  to  a  committee 
appointed  from  the  Dorcas  Society. 

36.  Reorganized  in  1904.     City  council  refused  to  continue  the 
support  of  a  Secretary  in  1905;  hence,  at  present  the  work  is  in  a 
dormant  state. 

37.  Churches  have  a  nominal  representation  but  the  work  is  pri- 
marily carried  on  by  ten  or  twelve  interested  individuals.     About 
$25  in  money  and  a  large  amount  of  clothing  were  distributed  last 
year. 

38.  The  Associated  Charities  was  organized  in  November,  1904. 
It  is  really  an  organization  of  the  different  churches.     A  committee 
of  three  from  each  church  constitutes  the  executive  committee. 

39.  The  Union  Aid  Society  is  an  organization  of  the  different 
churches  of  the  city. 

The  table  and  notes  above  show  that  of  the  thirty-nine 
organizations  reporting,  only  eight  have  paid  secretaries  or 
agents  —  Burlington,  Clinton,  Council  Bluffs,  Davenport, 
Des  Moines,  Grinnell,  Keokuk,  and  Marshalltown.  This 
statement  needs,  perhaps,  further  explanation,  since  Des 
Moines  and  Keokuk  are  the  only  towns  that  have  a  regular 
paid  Secretary.  Burlington,  Council  Bluffs,  Davenport, 
and  Marshalltown  have  a  regularly  paid  Agent.  Grinnell 
has  an  Agent  who  spends  only  part  time  in  the  work,  receiv- 
ing pay  for  the  actual  time  spent.  Clinton  has  an  Agent 
employed  for  the  winter  months  only. 

In  the  matter  of  keeping  a  record  of  cases  a  considerably 
better  condition  is  found  to  exist.  Twenty-nine  of  the  thir- 
ty-nine towns  reporting  keep  a  record  of  charity  cases  and 
the  amount  given  in  each  case.  Several  of  the  organizations 
require  a  very  complete  record  to  be  kept,  while  others  have 
only  general  records. 

The  following  blank,  which  is  self-explanatory,  is  a  good 
illustration  of  the  extent  to  which  the  record  of  the  cases  in 


ORGANIZED  CHARITY  IN  IOWA  95 

some  of  the  larger  charity  organizations  of  the  State  is  car- 
ried : — 

CONFIDENTIAL    REPORT    TO    THE    EXECUTIVE    COMMITTEE    OF 
ASSOCIATED    CHARITIES,    FORT    DODGE,    IOWA 

From to  whom  was  referred 

NAME    OF   SOCIETY 

Name Address Date 

1.  Have  you  given  material  aid? ....  In  cash?  ....$....  Food? .... 

Clothes? Fuel? .' Rent? 

At  total  money  expense  to  relieving  society  for  month  end- 
ing      $ 

2.  Is  the  aid  to  be  temporary  (less  than  a  month) , 

Or  is  it  likely  to  be  continuous  (i.  e.   for  a  number  of 
months)? 

3.  Has  work  been  secured? Kind  of  work? 

Temporary  or  permanent? 

4.  How  much  are  the  family  earnings  per  week  at  present? 

5.  What  property  or  debts  have  they? 

6.  Are  the  habits  and  character  of  the  family  good? 

7.  Is  the  family  likely  to  become  self-supporting? 

8.  Sanitary  conditions? . .  . .  i , 

Is  the  house  clean? ....  Is  the  plumbing  in  good  order? .... 

Does  water  stand  in  the  yard,  street  or  cellar? 

Other  unhealthful  features? 

9.  Have  the  family  any  relatives? What  Church? 

10.  Do  the  children  attend  school? ....  Or  what  Sunday  School? .... 

11.  How  often  do  you  visit  the  family? 

]  2.     Any  changes  in  the  condition  of  the  family  as  the  result  of  your 

visiting? 

13.     General  Remarks: 

Date  of  Report 

Signed 

Received  at  Central  Office 

Decision  of  Executive  Committee 

The  following  blank  is  used  by  the  associated  charities 
of  Burlington,  and  shows  very  clearly  the  extent  to  which 
the  better  organized  charities  carry  their  investigation:  — 


96  IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

INVESTIGATION    REPORT 

1.  Street  and  No.  of  house 

2.  Number  in  family,  names  and  ages 

3.  How  long  in  the  city 

4.  Who  are  earning  anything 

5.  Amount  earned  per  month 

6.  Any  others  able  to  work 

7.  Trades  or  vocations 

8.  What  else  can  they  do 

9.  Why  are  any  out  of  work 

10.  Amount  of  rent 

11.  In  debt 

12.  Habits  as  to  intemperance 

13  StntP   nf    llAflltll       /Whether  Cripple,  Epileptic. \ 

16.         State   OI    neaiin,    (      Deaf,  Dumb  or  Blmd       j V 

14.  Assistance  most  needed 

15.  Sources  of  relief 

16.  Nationality 

17.  Any  relatives 

18.  References ' 

19.  Church  attendance 

20.  Church  membership 

21.  Chief  cause  of  destitution. 

22.  Character  of  relief  given 

23.  Number  of  visits  made  this  family  by  visitor 

24.  Ability  to  read  and  write 

Further  remarks.  . 


Some  of  the  organizations  keep  a  very  much  less  exten- 
sive record,  which  is,  nevertheless,  very  definite  and  useful. 
The  Ladies  Industrial  Relief  Society  of  Davenport  is  a  good 
illustration  of  this  class  of  organization.  A  record  of  the 
following  questions  is  kept : — 1 .  Name  of  applicant.  2.  Name 
of  wife  or  husband.  3.  Occupation.  4.  Residence.  5.  Date 
of  coming  to  city.  6.  Children  in  family  with  their  age  and 
occupation  if  not  in  school.  7.  Nativity.  8.  Church.  9. 
Resources.  10.  Relief  asked;  through  whom.  11.  Causes 
of  distress.  12.  Visited.  13.  Decisions. 


ORGANIZED  CHARITY  IN  IOWA  97 

Cards  of  information  made  out  by  the  persons  of  the  city 
who  report  cases  for  the  associated  charities  to  investigate 
are  used  in  Burlington,  Council  Bluffs,  Davenport,  Des 
Moines,  Keokuk,  Sioux  City,  and  Fort  Dodge. 

Application  of  the  work  test  was  found  to  be  applied  only 
in  Charles  City,  Dubuque,  and  Marshalltown.  This  is  per- 
haps due  to  the  fact  that  the  large  majority  of  cases  apply- 
ing for  aid  are  in  destitute  circumstances  and  some  aid  is 
necessary  at  once.  It  should  be  remembered  in  this  connec- 
tion, however,  that  in  all  the  different  societies  a  thorough 
investigation  is  made,  and  all  members  of  the  family  who 
are  able  are  compelled  to  work. 

A  regular  employment  agency  was  found  to  be  in  opera- 
tion in  Des  Moines,  Davenport,  Keokuk,  and  Oskaloosa. 
This  does  not  mean  that  the  other  cities  having  organized 
charities  do  not  emphasize  the  importance  of  finding  work 
for  dependent  people.  In  fact  one  of  the  most  important 
functions  of  any  society  of  organized  charity  is  to  find  work 
for  people  who  are  destitute.  In  a  great  many  cases  (in  fact 
nearly  all)  the  charity  organization  itself  is  an  employment 
agency.  In  all  of  the  larger  cities  of  the  State  the  Y.  M.  C. 
A.  works  in  connection  with  the  associated  charities  in 
securing  work  for  the  unemployed. 

Charity  workers  of  the  State  have  followed  the  develop- 
ment of  organized  charities  in  Keokuk  with  a  great  deal  of 
interest,  it  being  the  only  city  in  Iowa  at  the  present  time 
where  the  Secretary  of  Associated  Charities  is  an  officer  of 
the  county.  He  is  Overseer  of  the  Poor  for  the  city  of 
Keokuk;  and  the  county  grants  aid  only  upon  the  recom- 
mendation of  the  Secretary  of  Associated  Charities. 


98       IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

ASSOCIATED    CHARITIES    OF    KEOKUK1 

Before  the  spring  of  1897  frequent  public  appeals  were 
made  by  the  relief  societies  and  churches  of  Keokuk  to  the 
citizens  for  help  for  the  poor  and  unfortunate.  The  men 
and  women  of  the  community  are  big-hearted  and  generous 
and  no  such  appeal  ever  fell  on  deaf  ears.  In  reponse  to 
these  solicitations  all  sorts  of  supplies  were  donated  by 
merchants  and  by  committees  appointed  for  the  task.  In- 
stead of  any  permanent  alleviation  of  distress  or  decrease  in 
poverty  both  seemed  to  grow  under  this  method.  Keokuk 
is  situated  on  the  great  Mississippi  highway  in  such  a  way  as 
to  become  the  dumping  ground  of  all  sorts  of  undesirable 
humanity,  so  that  at  certain  seasons  the  situation  was  truly 
alarming. 

In  the  latter  part  of  March,  1897,  the  minutes  of  a  meet- 
ing of  the  Benevolent  Union  (the  leading  relief  society) 
showed  that  it  was  the  sense  of  the  Union  that  it  could  no 
longer  single-handed  cope  with  the  growing  problems  of 
charity.  As  a  result  of  this  decision  a  meeting  of  men  and 
women,  representative  of  good  citizenship,  was  upon  the  invi- 
tation of  Mrs.  S.  Carter,  the  President  of  the  Union,  called 
at  her  home  on  May  13,  1897.  At  this  meeting  the  appli- 
cation of  the  principles  of  organized  charity  was  suggested 
as  a  solution  of  some  of  the  difficulties  at  hand.  To  con- 
cisely present  the  matter,  a  paper  was  read  on  How  to  Adapt 
Charity  Organization  Methods  to  Small  Communities.  Af- 
ter a  general  discussion  of  the  plans  and  principles  set  forth, 
it  was  decided  to  continue  the  study  of  methods  and  a  com- 

1  Through  the  kindness  of  Mrs.  W.  J.  Roberts,  Secretary  of  the  Board  of  Di- 
rectors of  the  Associated  Charities  of  Keokuk,  this  short  history  of  organized 
charity  since  1897  was  furnished  to  the  writer. 


ORGANIZED  CHARITY  IN  IOWA  99 

raittee1  was  appointed  to  meet  and  further  plans  for  system- 
atic charity  organization  in  Keokuk.  Several  informal  meet- 
ings and  conferences  were  held  until  a  satisfactory  constitu- 
tion and  by-laws  were  prepared.  These  articles  were  sub- 
mitted to  a  mass  meeting  held  in  the  county  court  house  on 
July  12,  1897,  and  adopted  without  change.  A  Board  of 
Directors  was  appointed.2 

A, meeting  for  the  organization  of  the  Board  of  Directors 
was  held  July  16,  1897.  Mayor  N.  B.  Collins  was  elected 
President;  Judge  Logan,  1st  Vice  President;  Mrs.  S.  Carter, 
2d  Vice  President;  Col.  H.  B.  Blood,  3d  Vice  President;  Mrs. 
W.  J.  Roberts,  Secretary,  and  Mr.  Frank  Weber,  Treasurer. 
All  churches  and  benevolent  organizations  have  been  repre- 
sented on  the  Board  and  all  lines  of  religion  and  politics 
have  been  ignored.  Those  supporting  the  organization  in- 
clude a  large  portion  of  our  best  citizens. 

The  first  report  on  dollar  membership  shows  a  total  of 
three  hundred  fourteen.  The  organization  has,  of  course, 
had  discouragements.  Some  of  the  wisest  men,  and  those 
who  have  ever  since  most  staunchly  supported  it,  were  at  the 
outset  doubtful  of  the  feasibility  of  its  methods  and  princi- 
ples. Generally  speaking,  however,  its  progress  has  been 
steady  and  sure.  It  has  ever  striven  to  cover  the  five  cardi- 
nal points,  namely,  to  act  only  on  positive  knowledge  gained 


1  The  Committee  selected  consisted  of  Judge  Logan  (Chairman),  Mr.  C.  P. 
Birge,  Mr.  E.  S.  Baker,  Mr.  Geo.  Rand,  Mr.  John  H.  Cole,  Mayor  N.  B.  Collins, 
Mrs.  S.  Carter  (President  of  Benevolent  Union),  Mrs.  W.  J.  Roberts,  Mrs.  J.  L. 
Root,  Mrs.  A.  M.  Steel,  and  Mrs.  J.  W.  Stark. 

*  Judge  Logan,  Mayor  N.  B.  Collins,  Mr.  L.  A.  Hamill,  Col.  H.  B.  Blood,  Dr. 
J.  W.  Stark,  Mrs.  S.  Carter,  Mr.  E.  S.  Baker,  Mr.  Frank  Weber,  Miss  Lou  Mc- 
Gavie,  Mrs.  W.  J.  Roberts,  Mrs.  Adams  Ballinger,  Mrs.  Geo.  Rand,  Mr.  McNam- 
ara,  Mr.  N.  Lowitz,  and  Mr.  C.  H.  Wolfe. 


100    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

by  thorough  investigation;  to  relieve  worthy  need  promptly, 
fittingly,  and  tenderly;  to  prevent  unwise  alms  to  the  un- 
worthy; to  strive  to  raise  to  independence  those  willing  to 
help  themselves;  and  to  take  pains  to  prevent  children  grow- 
ing up  as  beggars  and  paupers.  It  was  a  difficult  struggle 
to  convert  the  community  to  the  plan  of  a  trained  paid  Sec- 
retary; but  it  was  done  and  done  harmoniously  and  slowly, 
step  by  step. 

The  first  annual  report  showed  that  there  had  been  ex- 
pended by  the  Superintendent  of  the  Poor  $1500  less 
than  in  the  previous  year,  that  the  aid  had  gone  more  nearly 
where  it  belonged  owing  to  investigation  and  registration  of 
cases,  and  that  the-  tramp  nuisance  had  been  practically  abol- 
ished by  the  ticket  system.  The  savings  system  was  estab- 
lished in  the  public  schools;  and  from  time  to  time  the  So- 
ciety, through  committees  appointed,  threw  its  influence  for 
the  enforcement  of  the  Compulsory  Education  Law.  This 
year  the  appointment  of  a  Truant  Officer  shows  that  this  in- 
fluence, with  that  of  the  school  officials  and  others,  has  not 
been  in  vain.  There  have  always  been  standing  committees1 
on  the  Board. 

A  petition  was  presented  by  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the 
Associated  Charities  to  the  County  Supervisors  at  Ft.  Madi- 
son, January  2,  1899,  asking  that  the  office  of  Overseer  of 
the  Poor  be  placed  under  the  direction  of  the  Associated 
Charities  to  the  extent  that  no  relief  be  given  except  upon 
the  investigation  and  recommendation  of  the  society.  The 
Supervisors  complied  with  the  petition  and  appropriated 

1  Committees  for  Case  Conference,  Eriendly  Visitor,  Conference  Committee  on 
Indigent  Children,  and  Finance  Committee. 


ORGANIZED  CHARITY  IN  IOWA  10 1 

$200  as  a  test  with  the  promise  that  more  would  be  forth- 
coming if  this  was  satisfactorily  expended. 

As  the  society  through  its  Secretary  acquired  knowledge 
of  and  acquaintance  with  the  condition  of  the  poor,  the  con- 
viction grew  that  the  yearly  expenditure  of  public  funds  for 
material  aid  was  too  great,  not  alone  because  it  was  a  bur- 
den to  the  tax  payers  but  also  because  it  gave  them  and  the 
city  at  large  the  handicap  of  increased  pauperism  with  its 
inevitable  attendant  of  shiftlessness,  crime,  and  misery.  The 
Associated  Charities  is  thoroughly  in  sympathy  with  mate- 
rial relief,  and  there  is  much  need  to  be  met  by  clothing, 
food,  and  fuel.  But  these  are  not  lasting  remedies  for  pov- 
erty or  pauperism;  for  the  charity  that  only  provides  the 
temporary  dole  of  relief  is  not  charity  but  cruelty  pure  and 
simple.  In  this  way  the  care  of  the  poor  went  on  and  the 
cooperation  of  the  society  and  County  Commissioners  pro- 
gressed until  in  the  summer  of  1901  the  work  of  the  dispo- 
sition of  county  relief  of  the  Keokuk  needy  was  placed  en- 
tirely in  the  hands  of  the  Associated  Charities,  which  enabled 
the  Society  to  solve  so  well  many  vexing  problems  of  the 
worthy  unfortunates. 

The  following  are  the  statistics  at  hand  furnished  by  the 
General  Secretary: — For  the  year  1900-01,  under  the  old 
administration,  the  amount  spent  was  $3943.00.  For  the 
year  1901-02,  under  the  administration  of  the  Associated 
Charities,  the  amount  spent  was  $1944.35.  For  the  year 
1902-03,  under  the  administration  of  the  Associated  Chari- 
ties, the  amount  spent  was  $1727.85.  These  figures  tell 
their  own  story  of  discriminate  and  indiscriminate  charity. 

The  last  important  work  accomplished  by  the  organized 


102    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

charity  movement,  although  by  no  means  the  least,  has  been 
the  employment  of  a  visiting  nurse.  The  work  was  taken 
up  a  year  ago  as  an  experiment,  the  Board  of  Directors  vot- 
ing to  employ  some  one  in  that  capacity  for  a  period  of  three 
months  who  showed  the  qualities  of  mind  and  heart  that 
would  equip  her  for  friendly  visiting.  Her  duties  were, 
among  others,  to  visit  the  sick  and  aged  and  minister  to 
their  needs.  By  a  fortunate  combination  of  circumstances  a 
capable  woman  with  the  training  of  a  nurse  was  secured. 
She  was  supplied  in  a  modest  way  with  clean  linen  and  such 
articles  and  materials  as  were  necessary  in  her  work.  At 
the  end  of  the  three  months  the  experiment  was  such  a  suc- 
cess that  the  work  was  continued  indefinitely.  The  last 
report  of  the  General  Secretary  on  the  work  of  the  nurse  is 
as  follows: — 

Visits  have  been  made  into  homes  of  the  sick,  aged,  and  infirm, 
but  it  is  impossible  to  reduce  the  good  accomplished  to  figures.  It  is 
seen  in  cleaner  homes  and  happier  lives.  Suggestions  are  slowly  ab- 
sorbed, yet  in  the  past  twelve  months  improvement  is  apparent  along 
many  lines.  Homes  have  greatly  improved  both  from  a  sanitary  and 
aesthetic  standpoint.  Flowers,  books,  and  magazines  have  found 
their  way  where  they  will  do  the  most  good.  Daily  visits  with  clean 
linen  have  been  made  to  the  sick  and  infirm.  Complete  outfits  for 
maternity  cases  have  been  secured,  also  delicacies  for  the  sick,  through 
the  Associated  Charities  and  their  friends. 

THE    CHAEITY    ORGANIZATION    SOCIETY    OF    BURLINGTON1 

The  Charity  Organization  Society  of  Burlington  was  or- 
ganized in  November,  1891,  and  has  been  in  continuous  and 
active  existence  for  the  past  fourteen  years.  The  first  offi- 

1  Through  the  kindness  of  Mr.  W.  W.  Baldwin  this  short  history  of  organized 
charity  in  Burlington  is  contributed. 


ORGANIZED  CHARITY  IN  IOWA  1Q3 

cers  of  the  Society  were  the  following:  President,  W.  W. 
Baldwin;  Vice  President,  Dr.  H.  P.  Ewers;  Treasurer,  John 
T.  Remey,  and  Secretary,  Miss  Marion  Starr.  Dr.  Ewers 
and  Miss  Starr  have  since  died.  Mr.  Baldwin  has  been 
President  and  Mr.  Remey  has  been  Treasurer  continuously 
since  the  organization  of  the  Society.  Miss  Carrie  B.  Nairn 
is  now  the  Secretary  and  Agent. 

The  Society  was  founded  through  the  active  personal  ef- 
forts of  Miss  Marion  Starr,  who,  together  with  her  sister, 
Mrs.  Hadley,  proffered  the  use  of  rooms  on  the  main  busi- 
ness street  (convenient  of  access)  for  an  office  and  the  home 
of  the  Society.  This  office  they  have  always  occupied  free 
of  rent.  The  rooms  are  pleasantly  furnished,  heated  by 
steam,  contain  a  small  library,  and  are  open  every  day  in 
the  year  at  stated  hours.  The  records  of  the  Society  are 
kept  in  the  office. 

The  expenses  are  for  a  janitor  for  the  rooms,  stationery, 
postage,  and  the  expenses  of  the  annual  meeting.  But  the 
main  expense  is  the  salary  of  the  Agent,  who  is  paid  $40  per 
month.  The  average  annual  expenses  of  the  Society  since 
its  organization  have  been  approximately  $500,  or  about 
$7,000  in  the  aggregate.  This  has  all  been  contributed  by 
citizens  of  Burlington  interested  in  the  work,  and  has  been 
procured  by  personal  solicitation,  which  is  made  in  the  month 
of  December  in  each  year. 

A  daily  journal  is  kept  by  the  Agent,  showing  a  full  his- 
tory of  every  case,  that  is,  of  every  person  or  every  family 
known  to  be  an  applicant  for  charitable  relief  in  this  city. 
A  condensed  memorandum  of  this  information  is  kept  upon 
cards  forming  the  card  catalog,  which  is  always  available  to 


104    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

the  public  and  accessible  to  anyone  who  wishes  to  make  in- 
quiry. 

There  is,  in  the  office,  a  record  to  date  of  every  person  (or 
family)  who  has  received  aid  from  the  county  or  from  the 
Relief  Society  or  from  any  church  or  society,  or  in  any  way 
belonging  to  the  pauper  class.  This  information  is  avail- 
able to  anyone  by  telephone  or  otherwise,  and  special  writ- 
ten reports  are  made  promptly  upon  request,  giving  full  in- 
formation regarding  any  case. 

The  Agent,  Miss  Nairn,  is  a  woman  of  ability  and  long 
experience,  who  devotes  her  time  to  the  work  of  the  Society. 
She  is  constantly  employed  making  investigations  and  devis- 
ing means  for  best  helping  the  poor  and  unfortunate  in  the 
community.  She  confers  daily  with  the  Overseer  of  the 
Poor,  receives  daily  reports  from  the  County  Physician  of 
illness  in  pauper  families,  and  is  consulted  upon  all  ques- 
tions of  public  relief.  JSTo  case  is  placed  upon  the  county 
list  against  the  advice  of  the  Society. 

The  Agent  works  in  close  cooperation  especially  with  the 
Relief  Society,  the  King's  Daughters,  and  the  various  churches. 
Both  the  Relief  Society  and  the  King's  Daughters  grant 
their  relief  in  accordance  with  Miss  Nairn's  suggestions. 
Many  times  the  County  Supervisors  and  Overseers  of  the 
Poor  have  publicly  recognized  the  value  of  the  Society  and 
have  frequently  offered  financial  assistance,  which  has  uni- 
formly been  declined,  except  in  one  instance. 

This  work  is  not  heralded  in  the  newspapers,  but  is  of 
value  in  dealing  with  the  pauper  question.  For  years  the 
Society  maintained,  at  its  own  expense,  a  wood  and  stone 
yard  as  a  work  test  to  assist  the  authorities  in  handling  the 


ORGANIZED  CHARITY  IN  IOWA  105 

tramp  evil.  This  is  no  longer  necessary  as  the  county  main- 
tains such  a  test,  largely  through  the  influence  of  the  So- 
ciety. There  is  little  publication  of  the  Society's  work. 
We  have  always  gone  upon  the  theory  that  would-be  pau- 
pers are  less  apt  to  take  care  of  themselves  and  their  families 
if  they  feel  that  they  can  go  to  a  u Charity  Society"  readily 
and  be  helped,  and,  therefore,  the  less  said  about  relief  work 
and  public  charity  the  better.  The  aim  is  to  maintain  an 
efficient,  industrious,  watchful,  working  organization,  with 
intelligent  agents  who  use  their  good  sense  while  they  sym- 
pathize, but  have  as  little  notoriety  about  it  as  possible. 

The  Agents  of  the  Society  attend  conventions.  Several 
times  the  Society  has  been  represented  at  national  conven- 
tions of  charities  and  correction;  and  it  has  had  eminent 
speakers  from  abroad  deliver  addresses  in  Burlington  upon 
the  subject  of  charity. 

The  work  of  the  Society  is  highly  appreciated  in  this  city, 
and  perhaps  as  much  is  being  done  in  this  direction  as  can 
be  done  wisely  in  a  community  of  this  size,  with  few  pau- 
pers and  plenty  of  work  for  all  who  are  willing  to  work. 

The  keynote  of  organized  charity  in  Burlington  is  not  to 
do  as  little  as  you  can  for  the  poor,  but  to  do  all  you  can  to 
find  out  why  they  are  poor  and  make  every  endeavor  to  put 
them  in  a  position  where  they  can  take  care  of  themselves. 
If  they  cannot  do  that,  then  have  them  assisted  by  friends 
or  relatives  if  possible,  without  publicity;  and  only  allow 
them  to  go  upon  the  county  list  and  be  recognized  as  perma- 
nent paupers  as  a  last  resort,  especially  if  there  are  children 
in  the  family. 


106    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

THE    ASSOCIATED    CHARITIES    OF    DES    MOINES1 

The  citizens  of  Des  Moines  were  first  aroused  to  the  need 
of  giving  better  and  more  scientific  care  to  those  in  distress 
by  the  Ministerial  Association,  which,  on  November  20, 1887, 
decided  that  a  more  humane  and  scientific  method  should  be 
developed.  The  objects  as  stated  at  this  meeting  were  to 
reduce  vagrancy,  prevent  duplication,  secure  proper  and  ade- 
quate relief  ^elevate  the  home  life,  and  prevent  children  from 
becoming  paupers.  The  methods  to  be  used  were  coopera- 
tion with  all  existing  agencies,  registration  of  all  families 
and  individuals  needing  assistance,  and  investigation  in  order 
that  aid  might  be  secured  from  other  societies  or  from  the 
funds  of  the  organization.  The  association  decided  to  in- 
clude "volunteer  visitors"  as  one  of  the  features  of  the  work. 
The  organization  was  to  be  of  an  auxiliary  nature,  assisting 
the  Ladies  Aid  Society  in  visiting  confirmed  paupers  and 
families  tending  toward  pauperism  with  the  idea  of  prevent- 
ing the  latter  from  becoming  permanent  paupers.  The  So- 
ciety was  to  aid  the  Orphans  Home  and  Free  Dispensary, 
and  to  encourage  personal  giving  among  the  wealthy.  They 
planned  the  establishment  of  an  Employment  Bureau  in 
order  that  those  seeking  aid  might  be  assisted  in  a  way  most 
beneficial  to  themselves.  For  the  tramp  and  the  man  out 
of  employment  they  planned  a  uWay  Farers'  Lodge"  or 
" Friendly  Inn." 

The  organizers  of  this  movement  decided  that  all  the 
churches  and  charitable  societies  of  the  city,  as  well  as  the 
Mayor,  Chairman  of  Board  of  Health,  Chairman  of  the  Hos- 


1  From  data  furnished  by  David  A.  Glascoff,  Secretary  of  Associated  Chari- 
ties, Des  Moines. 


ORGANIZED  CHARITY  IN  IOWA  107 

pital  Committee,  and  the  Superintendent  of  the  Police, 
should  constitute  the  controlling  body.  They  called  a  meet- 
ing November  21,  1887,  in  the  Y.  M.  C.  A.  parlors.  At- 
torney General  Baker  presided  and  Rev.  Geo.  C.  Henry 
acted  as  secretary  of  the  meeting.  Among  those  most  active 
in  this  meeting  were  Dr.  H.  O.  Breeden,  Dr.  Van  Antwerp, 
Rabbi  Fendenthal,  Dr.  Fisher,  Dr.  Moore,  Judge  Cavanagh, 
Messrs.  Merrill,  Ottis,  McVey,  Berryhill,  and  Becky  Young. 
The  following  officers  were  elected:  President,  J.  H.  Mer- 
rill; 1st  Vice  President,  T.  S.  Wright;  2nd  Vice  President, 
W.  H.  Flemming;  Secretary,  James  G.  Berryhill;  and 
Treasurer,  E.  F.  Witter. 

Rev.  H.  O.  Breeden  drafted  the  first  constitution  of  the 
society,  which  was  named  the  Charity  Organization  Society  of 
Des  Moines.  Their  first  meeting  was  held  on  November  28, 
1887,  when  they  decided  that  the  council  of  control  should 
be  composed  of  representatives  from  each  denomination  in 
the  city  and  from  all  the  charitable  institutions.  General 
offices  were  provided,  and  on  December  13,  1887,  John  D. 
Bradish  accepted  the  position  of  General  Secretary.  His 
report,  covering  the  period  from  December  13,  1887,  to 
March  1,  1888,  shows  that  there  were  two  hundred  and 
seventy-two  families  consisting  of  1143  individuals  applying 
for  aid.  Of  this  number  two  hundred  and  thirty-six  were 
white  and  thirty -six  colored.  They  were  divided  as  to  lo- 
calities as  follows:  108  families  on  the  west  side,  147  on  the 
east  side,  and  17  on  the  south  side.  Of  the  total  number,  209 
were  given  aid  in  one  form  or  another,  while  63  were  refused. 
They  were  divided  as  to  social  conditions  into  professional 
beggars,  imposters,  thriftless  people,  and  intemperate. 


108    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

The  following  extract  from  the"  Tow  a  State  Register  of 
January  5,  1888,  published  over  the  signature  of  W.  Christy, 
Overseer  of  the  Poor,  shows  the  feeling  of  the  community 
toward  the  Charity  Organization  Society  at  that  time;  and 
it  also  shows  the  closeness  of  the  cooperation  between  the 
county  Overseer  of  the  Poor  and  this  Society: — 

The  late  movement  of  citizens  for  the  purpose  of  concentrating 
and  systematizing  relief  work  in  the  city  is  one  to  be  commended,  if 
carried  out  according  to  their  proposed  plan.  The  successful  work 
of  this  plan  in  other  cities  gives  us  every  assurance  that  such  an  or- 
ganization here  properly  supported  will  accomplish  much  good,  and 
when  permanently  established  on  the  basis  of  true  charity  and  sound 
business  methods  will  be  asked  to  take  charge  of  the  relief  system 
of  the  entire  city. 

On  January  7,  1888,  the  Overseer  of  the  Poor  opened  his 
office  in  quarters  occupied  by  the  Charity  Organization  So- 
ciety and  was  in  close  cooperation  with  the  Society,  accept- 
ing their  recommendations  for  relief  and  having  them  inves- 
tigate all  cases  coming  under  his  notice.  The  need  was  very 
strongly  felt  at  this  time  for  a  lodging  house  in  order  that 
the  tramp  and  the  man  out  of  work  might  receive  proper 
care.  Public  men  were  interested  in  this  movement  and 
aided  it  somewhat;  but  very  little  was  accomplished. 

In  1891  the  Charity  Organization  Society  moved  into 
quarters  in  the  city  hall,  which  were  furnished  gratuitously 
by  the  city  council.  It  was  then  found  advisable  to  divide 
the  city  into  districts,  for  each  of  which  a  visitor  was  ap- 
pointed. The  general  office  was  kept  open  only  during  cold 
weather;  and  a  careful  record  was  kept  of  the  amount  of 
provisions  given  to  the  poor,  but  little  or  no  attention  was 
paid  to  preserving  a  careful  history  of  the  families. 


ORGANIZED  CHARITY  IN  IOWA  109 

When  Miss  Charlotte  Goff  took  up  the  work  as  General 
Secretary  in  May,  1895,  she  felt  the  need  of  an  office  open 
during  the  entire  year.  This  she  succeeded  in  securing. 
And  here  we  note  a  change  in  the  methods  of  the  Charity 
Organization  Society.  Formerly  it  was  simply  a  relief -giv- 
ing society;  while  now  almost  no  relief  was  given,  but  great 
stress  was  laid  on  investigation  and  securing  from  other 
sources  adequate  relief.  Up  to  this  time  little  thought  had 
been  given  to  the  harm  done  by  duplicating  the  work  of 
others;  but  now  every  effort  was  made  to  prevent  this  over- 
lapping. 

The  city  was  again  divided  into  districts,  one  person  being 
responsible  for  each  district.  Cooperation  with  the  Overseer 
of  the  Poor  became  very  nearly  perfect,  a  large  amount  of 
assistance  for  the  poor  being  obtained  from  that  office  on 
the  recommendation  of  the  General  Secretary.  Through 
the  cooperation  of  the  County  Supervisors,  the  Charity  Or- 
ganization Society  secured  the  contract  street  work,  which 
was  used  in  giving  employment  to  those  able  bodied  men 
asking  charity.  This  work  opened  up  the  employment  fea- 
ture of  the  work — a  department  continued  in  one  or  another 
form  until  the  present  time. 

Miss  Goff,  appreciating  the  need  of  training  women  in 
domestic  service,  opened  up  a  sewing  room  where  instruction 
under  the  careful  guidance  of  a  skilled  woman  could  be  re- 
ceived. Girls  classes  were  established  in  southeast  Des 
Moines,  and  much  visiting  of  the  poor  was  done  in  all  parts 
of  the  city  by  volunteers. 

The  " Provident  Fund,"  which  was  a  feature  of  this  work 
in  the  spring  of  1895,  had  for  its  object  the  instillment  of 


110    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

thrift  in  homes  of  the  needy  by  collecting  weekly  such  small 
amounts  as  the  people  could  spare.  This  continued  as  part 
of  the  work  until  the  schools  took  it  up  and  established  sav- 
ing stations  in  each  school  building. 

For  many  years  the  Society  depended  for  the  greater  por- 
tion of  its  support  on  an  annual  4 'charity  ball."  This  was 
abandoned  in  1903,  and  the  support  of  the  Society  was 
secured  from  churches,  fraternal  and  benevolent  societies, 
business  firms,  and  private  individuals  who  were  urged  to 
support  the  work  because  of  its  value  to  the  community. 

Miss  Charlotta  Groff,  having  been  offered  a  position  with 
the  Associated  Charities  of  Washington,  D.  C.,  resigned  her 
work  as  General  Secretary,  and  on  November  20,  1901,  Mr. 
John  Beardsley  took  up  the  work.  The  efficiency  of  Mr. 
Beardsley's  work  and  the  condition  of  the  Associated  Chari- 
ties are  well  reflected  in  a  resolution  unanimously  adopted 
by  the  directory  board  of  the  Commercial  Exchange  on  Oc- 
tober 15,  1902. 

Resolved,  By  the  directory  board  of  the  Commercial  Exchange  of 
Des  Moines,  that  we  heartily  endorse  the  methods  and  work  of  this 
association,  which  effects  a  material  saving  to  the  taxpayer  by  re- 
ducing rather  than  increasing  the  number  of  families  dependent  upon 
the  public  and  upon  charity  for  support;  that  we  pledge  ourselves 
and  urge  all  our  members  of  the  exchange  to  give  no  relief  to  appli- 
cants except  upon  the  investigation  and  recommendation  of  the  As- 
sociated Charities;  and  to  refer  to  this  association,  for  investigation 
and  report,  all  persons  who  may  apply  to  us  for  relief. l 

The  General  Secretary's  report  shows  that  for  the  year 
ending  April  20,  1903,  the  Associated  Charities  had  dealt 

1  Quoted  from  the  Twelfth  Annual  Report  of  the  Associated  Charities  of  Des 
Moines,  Iowa. 


ORGANIZED  CHARITY  IN  IOWA 

with  186  families  aggregating  655  individuals,  of  whom  294 
were  adults  and  361  were  children.  The  floods  of  1902  and 
1903  gave  the  Associated  Charities  an  opportunity  for  addi- 
tional work.  Over  300  families  were  aided  during  the  flood 
of  1902,  and  over  1500  families  were  aided  during  the  flood 
of  1903.  The  extra  work  caused  by  the  flood  necessitated 
the  hiring  of  two  assistants  to  the  General  Secretary  for  sev- 
eral months  during  the  summer  of  1903. 

A  very  important  step,  and  one  which  promises  much  for 
organized  charity  in  Des  Moines,  was  the  organization  of  the 
city  conference1  on  November  12,  1903.  It  is  an  attempt 
to  bring  all  the  charitable  and  philanthropic  organizations 
of  the  city  into  friendly  conference. 

The  Treasurer's  report  shows  that  $1573. 11  was  raised  by 
subscription  for  the  year  ending  April  24,  1903;  that  $952.- 
41  of  this  sum  was  spent  for  salaries;  $188.76  for  relief  and 
contingent  expenses;  and  $174.00  for  rent.  The  amount 
raised  by  subscription  was  donated  by  five  hundred  and 
forty  different  individuals  and  organizations. 

Mr.  David  A.  Glascoff,  of  the  Associated  Charities  of 
Washington,  D.  C.,  took  up  the  work  as  General  Secretary 
January  1,  1905,  and  has  been  following  along  the  lines 
laid  down  by  his  predecessors.  Friendly  visiting  has  been 
emphasized,  a  lady  assistant  giving  her  entire  time  to  this 
phase  of  the  work.  The  provident  fund,  which  had  been 
allowed  to  lapse,  has  been  revived.  A  great  many  cases 
applying  for  aid  from  the  county  are  now  investigated  by 
the  Associated  Charities. 


1  The  first  officers  of  the  conference  were:  Hon.  G.  S.  Robinson,  President; 
Mrs.  D.  B.  Lyons,  Vice  President;  Mr.  John  Beardsley,  Secretary;  and  Mr.  B. 
C.  Ward,  Treasurer. 


112    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

The  Report  of  the  Associated  Charities  for  eight  months 
ending  September  1,  1905,  shows  eight  hundred  eighty-nine 
applications  for  services  to  distressed  families,  four  hundred 
thirty  of  which  were  reported  by  the  needy  themselves,  and- 
f our  hundred  fifty-nine  by  cooperating  organizations  and  indi 
viduals.  Seventy-one  families  were  given  material  relief 
from  the  funds  of  the  Associated  Charities;  two  hundred  and 
twelve  have  received  aid  from  other  sources;  and  seventy  - 
nine  families  were  furnished  with  employment.  The  essen- 
tial facts  in  four  thousand  four  hundred  and  eleven  cases 
are  now  on  file  in  the  office  of  the  Associated  Charities  and 
immediately  available  to  anyone  interested. 

The  problems  confronting  the  Associated  Charities  of  Des 
Moines  are  numerous.  There  are  no.  laws  regulating  the 
erection  of  tenements  or  condemning  those  now  unfit  for 
human  habitation.  There  are  no  laws  relative  to  over- 
crowding and  sanitation.  There  is  need  for  a  better  enforce- 
ment of  the  compulsory  education  law  and  a  more  rigid 
following  up  of  the  child  labor  laws.  Without  a  better  en- 
forcement of  these  laws  the  outlook  for  the  children  of  the 
poor  is  very  dark;  and  the  citizens  of  Des  Moines  will  con- 
tinue to  pay  taxes  for  the  support  of  those  whom  they  have 
pauperized. 

The  Associated  Charities  needs  at  least  one  trained  nurse 
who  will  give  her  entire  time  to  u district  nursing."  This 
has  been  supplied  in  part  by  the  Methodist  Hospital,  but 
not  to  the  extent  that  they  feel  it  should  be.  A  visiting 
nurse  needs  properly  prepared  food  for  those  under  her 
care;  and  thus  there  is  need  of  a  "Diet  Kitchen."  Steps 
are  being  taken  to  secure  such  a  kitchen  as  a  department  of 
the  Associated  Charities. 


ORGANIZED  CHARITY  IN  IOWA  113 

THE    ORGANIZED    CHAEITY     ASSOCIATION    OF    MAKSHALLTOWN  * 

The  Organized  Charity  Association  of  Marshalltown  was- 
formed  in  April,  1893,  with  Rev.  F.  E.  Judd  as  the  leader 
and  organizer.     A  constitution  and  by-laws  were  adopted. 
The  society  was  founded  not  upon  mere  sentiment,  but  upon 
strictly  business  principles.     The  first  officers  of  the  society 
were:   President,  Rev.  F.  E.  Judd;  Vice  President,  Mrs.  Jos. 
Holmes;  Secretary,  Mr.  C.  W.  Price;  Treasurer,  Mrs.  J. 
L.  Williams.     The  need  which  called  such  an  organization 
into  existence  is  found  in  the  first  circular  printed  by  the 
Association  under  the  title  of  Some  Facts: — 

There  are  many  homes  in  this  city,  including  those  of  self-sup- 
porting working  men,  destitute  of  a  single  newspaper,  and  there  are 
hundreds  of  families  which  have  no  reading  matter  that  makes  for 
better  living.  Two-thirds  of  the  fathers  and  mothers  in  these  homes 
read  vile  and  trashy  novels.  One-half  of  the  mothers  in  these  desti- 
tute homes  are  very  ignorant,  some  of  them  incapable  of  making 
even  the  simplest  garments  for  the  children,  all  of  them  incompetent 
to  use  prudently  the  small  wages  earned  by  their  husbands. 

A  large  per  cent  of  the  poorer  classes,  including  self-supporting 
workingmen,  never  go  to  church.  They  say:  We  haven't  clothes 
good  enough.  *  *  Some  of  our  oldest  work- 

ers testify  to  the  bad  moral  influence  in  many  of  these  homes.  The 
families  of  little  children  are  growing  up  in  the  midst  of  this  pollu- 
tion to  curse  our  community  in  future  years. 

During  the  year  of  1893,  $2412.17  was  spent  to  aid  150  families  in 
this  city.  The  Poor  Master  testifies  that  seventy-five  per  cent  of 
these  families  could  have  furnished  one  or  more  persons  to  do  manual 
labor  in  recompense  for  this  assistance.  Much  of  the  money  given 


1  The  information  concerning  organized  charity  in  Marshalltown  was  furnished 
to  the  writer  through  the  kindness  of  Mrs.  Whitehead  and  Mrs.  Alice  G.  Fletcher> 
President  of  the  Organized  Charity  Association  of  Marshalltown. 


114    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

to  the  poor  is  bad  money  because  it  pauperizes  and  destroys  man- 
hood, even  little  children  become  beggars. 

The  problem  which  should  concern  every  serious-minded  citizen, 
and  the  problem  which  the  Organized  Charity  Association  is  endeav- 
oring to  solve,  is  how  to  furnish  work  to  every  able  bodied  person 
who  applies  for  aid,  and,  if  necessary,  teach  them  how  to  do  the 
work. 

In  October,  1893,  an  Agent  or  Manager1  was  employed  at 
a  salary  of  twenty -five  dollars  a  month.  It  is  the  duty  of 
the  Manager  to  investigate  all  cases  of  need  reported  by  the 
-district  visitors  and  provide  relief.  This  officer  also  has 
charge  of  a  store  room  in  which  is  stored  different  kinds  of 
goods,  donated  by  the  generous  public.  The  educational 
part  of  the  work  is  made  prominent,  and  the  Manager  dis- 
tributes reading  matter  not  only  to  the  homes  of  the  needy, 
but  also  to  the  homes  of  working  men  where  no  reading 
matter  is  found.  It  is  the  rule  to  give  nothing  gratuitously, 
but  to  require  a  small  recompense  either  in  work  or  money, 
except  with  those  who  are  unable  to  work.  The  motto  of 
the  society,  "To  help  others  to  help  themselves,"  is  con- 
stantly emphasized.  Meetings  are  held  monthly,  at  which 
time  the  Manager  makes  a  complete  report  of  the  work  of 
the  month.  Mass  meetings  have  often  been  held  where  all 
the  philanthropic  organizations  of  the  city  took  part,  thereby 
creating  a  general  interest. 

In  1896  a  Sunday  school  was  organized  in  a  little  build- 
ing owned  by  the  associated  charities  in  a  locality  where  it 
was  very  much  needed.  The  school  was  a  non- sectarian 
school  until  1901  when  it  was  given  into  the  hands  of  one 
of  the  Congregational  churches. 

1  Mrs.  P.  M.  Sutton  was  the  first  Manager. 


ORGANIZED  CHARITY  IN  IOWA  H5 

When  the  society  was  organized  the  finances  were  kept 
up  by  a  membership  fee  of  one  dollar  a  year.  Later  the 
plan  of  circulating  a  book  was  tried  and  is  in  use  at  the 
present  time,  together  with  a  subscription  list.  The  mem- 
bership fee  having  been  abolished,  various  entertainments 
have  been  given  to  raise  money.  A  May  party  netted 
$151;  a  dancing  party,  $144.50;  a  charity  concert,  $160.75; 
and  a  lecture  by  Jane  Addams,  $60. 80.  At  Thanksgiving 
time  the  store  room  is  replenished  very  materially  by  the 
school  children  carrying  gifts  to  the  school  room.  Dona- 
tions in  money  often  come  to  the  Manager  to  be  used  for 
special  purposes. 

During  the  time  of  the  activity  of  the  society  it  may  be 
interesting  to  know  that  several  families  have  received  aid 
and  encouragement  in  time  of  trial,  which  has  enabled  them 
to  rise  out  of  poverty  and  become  self-supporting.  Some 
are  now  living  on  farms  and  look  back  to  the  Organized 
Charity  Association  as  the  friend  who  gave  them  aid,  with- 
out which  they  would  have  been  unable  to  secure  their  pres- 
ent economic  condition. 

Some  are  widows  who  while  their  children  were  small 
could  hardly  have  kept  them  together  without  the  help  and 
friendship  which  the  society  supplied.  These  children  are 
now  at  work,  and  many  of  them  prominent  citizens  of  the 
town.  The  chief  difficulty  with  the  organization  in  the  past 
has  been  a  financial  one.  But  at  the  present  time  there  is  a 
movement  on  foot  which  promises  to  remedy  this  difficulty 
by  securing  the  cooperation  of  all  the  philanthropic  organiz- 
ations of  the  city. 


116    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

THE    ASSOCIATED    CHAEITIES    OF    SIOUX    CITY1 

In  January,  1903,  Eev.  J.  D.  O.  Powers,  in  his  annual 
address  as  President  of  the  Humane  Society,  called  atten- 
tion to  the  need  of  an  organization  of  the  charities  of  Sioux 
City  for  better  cooperation  in  their  work.  A  committee 
was  appointed  to  consider  the  proposal.  The  committee 
held  a  number  of  meetings  and  took  some  preliminary  steps 
for  the  creation  of  the  society. 

Early  in  November  a  new  impulse  was  given  to  the  move- 
ment by  the  attendance  of  a  number  of  persons  from  Sioux 
City  at  the  meetings  of  the  State  Conference  of  Charities 
and  Correction  at  Des  Moines.  On  their  return  a  meeting, 
called  by  the  Humane  Society,  brought  together  representa- 
tives of  every  organization  doing  charity  work  in  the  city. 

The  meeting  was  held  Friday  afternoon,  November  27, 
at  the  rooms  of  the  Y.  M.  C.  A.  There  was  a  large  attend- 
ance and  great  unanimity  was  shown.  The  meeting  voted 
unanimously  in  favor  of  the  organization  of  an  associated 
charities.  A  committee  was  appointed  to  draft  a  constitu- 
tion and  to  nominate  a  board  of  directors. 

Organization  was  completed  on  December  14  by  the  adop- 
tion of  a  constitution  and  the  election  of  a  Board  of  Direc- 
tors. The  constitution  is  patterned  after  that  of  the  Asso- 
ciated Charities  of  St.  Paul.  It  states  that  "the  general 
purpose  and  plan  of  operation  shall  be  to  promote  the  coop- 
eration of  the  several  public  and  private  charitable  agencies 
of  Sioux  City;  to  establish  a  central  registration  office  with 
he  record  of  the  charitable  work  of  all  said  agencies  for 
their  use  and  benefit;  to  cooperate  with  said  charitable 

1  Erom  information  secured  through  the  kindness  of  Professor  F.  E.  Haynes. 


ORGANIZED  CHARITY  IN  IOWA  117 

agencies  in  such  investigations  as  they  may  desire,  or  as  may 
be  necessary  to  make  accurate  and  complete  records,  and  to 
promote   the   general  welfare  of  the   poor   by   means   of 
friendly  visitors ;  to  promote  plans  for  the  encouragement  of 
small  savings  and  any  other  agencies  for  the  development  of 
a  spirit  of  independence  and  self-help;  to  inform  the  public 
in  regard  to  the  general  work  of  the  charitable  organizations 
of   Sioux  City;  to  exchange  information  with  other  like 
organizations  throughout  the  country,  all  without  interfer- 
ence with  the  management  of  any  existing  charitable  organ- 
izations and  without  administering  relief  from  its  own  treas- 
ury.    Considerable   discussion  was  provoked  by  the   last 
clause  of  the  article  just  quoted.     It  was  finally  adopted 
after  it  had  been  made  clear  that  to  grant  relief  directly 
from  its  own  treasury  was  contrary  to  the  fundamental  prin- 
ciples of  its  work.     Such  relief  properly  comes  from  the 
funds  of  other  charitable  societies  established  to  minister  to 
special  needs.     Only  in  emergencies  should  the  funds  come 
from  the  organizing  society  itself. 

The  officers  elected  were:  T.  Arthur  Thompson,  Presi- 
dent; Rev.  Ralph  P.  Smith  and  Dr.  Agnes  Eichelberger, 
Vice  Presidents;  Mrs.  H.  I.  Brown,  Secretary;  and  D.  E. 
Hardy,  Treasurer.  The  remaining  members  of  the  Board  of 
Directors  were  Mrs.  T.  S.  Ingersoll,  Mrs.  J.  M.  Cohen,  Mr. 
A.  L.  Galinsky,  Mrs.  J.  Schulien,  Mr.  A.  Van  Wagenen, 
Mrs.  S.  P.  Marsh,  Rabbi  Eugene  Mannheimer,  Dr.  P.  B. 
McLaughlin,  Rev.  J.  L.  Kerby,  Rev.  J.  F.  Watts,  Rev. 
Dr.  F.  Newhall  White,  Mr.  W.  P.  Manley,  Professor  F.  E. 
Haynes,  Rev.  O.  W.  Ferm,  Rev.  S.  L;  Chandler,  Rev.  J.  D. 
O.  Powers,  Mr.  E.  E.  Stephenson,  Professor  J.  G.  Hobson, 


118     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

and  Mr.  N.  Tiedeman.  The  Board  of  Directors  consists, 
therefore,  of  twenty-five  members,  eight  being  elected  each 
year.  An  Executive  Committee  of  five  members,  in  addi- 
tion to  the  officers,  will  act  during  the  intervals  between  the 
monthly  meetings  of  the  directors.  The  Executive  Commit- 
tee consists  of  Mr.  "W.  P.  Manley,  Kev.  F.  Newhall  White, 
Eev.  J.  L.  Kerby,  Mr.  E.  E.  Stephenson,  and  Professor  F. 
E.  Haynes. 

Early  in  February,  1904,  the  actual  work  of  the  society 
began  with  the  arrival  of  the  new  General  Secretary,  Miss 
Charlotta  Goff.  Miss  Goff  was  for  a  number  of  years  Sec- 
retary of  the  Associated  Charities  of  Des  Moines,  and  has 
lately  been  Assistant  Secretary  of  the  Associated  Charities 
of  Washington,  D.  C.  The  city  council  allowed  the  Gen- 
eral Secretary  seventy-five  dollars  per  month  as  salary. 
This  system  continued  until  the  spring  of  1905,  when  Miss 
Goff,  the  General  Secretary,  resigned,  and  the  city  council 
refused  to  continue  the  support  of  a  Secretary.  The  asso- 
ciation at  present  is  in  a  dormant  state  owing  to  the  financial 
problem  and  the  absence  of  a  General  Secretary. 

THE    ASSOCIATED    CHAEITIES    OF    COUNCIL    BLUFFS 

The  Associated  Charities  of  Council  Bluffs  was  incorpo- 
rated in  January,  1901,  and  differs  very  much  from  any 
other  organization  in  the  State  in  that  it  emphasizes  prima- 
rily the  care  of  small  children.  While  as  an  association  it 
gives  outside  assistance  and  aid  to  some  extent,  both  in  find- 
ing work  for  those  needing  it  and  in  cooperating  with  other 
associations,  its  special  efforts  are  in  caring  for  needy  little 
children  and  thus  helping  the  parents  to  an  honest  living  by 


ORGANIZED  CHARITY  IN  IOWA  119 

their  own  work.  In  order  to  carry  out  this  plan  the  Asso- 
ciated Charities  has  organized  and  supported  u The  Creche." 
This  institution  is  described  in  a  circular  issued  in  1902  as 
follows : — 

Having  purchased  a  permanent  home  (though  it  means  much  self- 
sacrifice  and  struggle  until  it  is  paid  for),  a  noble  work  for  the  un- 
fortunate infants  of  Council  Bluffs  has  been  begun.  Here  are  over 
thirty  children  of  various  ages,  from  the  infant  of  a  few  days  to  the 
boys  and  girls  of  twelve  years,  under  Christian  love  and  care.  For 
a  small  sum  parents  may  have  for  their  children  shelter,  food,  cloth- 
ing and  care  of  a  trained  nurse  under  the  supervision  of  the  Superin- 
tendent and  of  the  best  physicians  of  the  city.  The  children  of  suit- 
able age  are  sent  regularly  to  school  and  are  trained  carefully  in 
morals  and  in  behaviour. 

Some  of  these  are  children  of  hard  working  parents  who  cannot 
maintain  a  home,  yet  are  glad  to  pay  what  they  can  afford  towards 
the  care  of  their  children  and  at  the  same  time  support  themselves. 
Some  are  waifs  knowing  no  love  but  that  freely  given  them  in  the 
nursery.  The  Superintendent  gives  generously  of  her  strength  and 
experience  and  is  mother  to  the  numerous  family  which  fills  the  cribs 
upstairs  and  crowds  the  tables  below.  Most  of  the  clothing  for  the 
children  is  furnished  by  the  Association  partly  through  contributions, 
very  important  help  in  this  line  being  given  by  circles  of  ladies  who 
meet  to  sew  for  the  Creche,  making  many  little  garments  and  mend- 
ing the  well  worn  piles  of  clothes  fresh  from  the  laundry.  The  ad- 
vantage of  the  Creche  is  that  whenever  the  parent  wishes,  the  child 
may  be  taken  home  again.  Parental  ties  are  not  broken  and  paren- 
tal responsibility  has  not  been  lessened  but  rather  increased.  Visit- 
ing days  at  the  Creche  are  Tuesday  and  Friday  of  each  week,  and 
visitors  are  heartily  welcome.  A  visiting  nurse  has  been  employed- 
by  the  Associated  Charities  to  assist  the  Superintendent  at  the  Creche 
and  also  to  help  needy  families  in  the  city. 

The  association  aims  to  secure  the  cooperation  of  all  the 


120    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

different  charitable  organizations  as  well  as  the  officials  of 
the  city.  The  Mayor,  the  Chief  of  Police,  the  Overseer  of 
the  Poor,  and  all  pastors  of  churches  are  ex-officio  members 
of  the  Associated  Charities. 

THE    ASSOCIATED    CHARITIES    OF    DAVENPORT 

The  Associated  Charities  of  Davenport  having  turned 
over  its  work  to  another  organization  has  not  been  as  suc- 
cessful as  some  of  the  above  associations. 

The  society  was  organized  on  December  4,  1886,  and 
opened  its  office  on  January  1,  1887,  in  the  basement  of  the 
old  high  school  building.  Several  prominent  citizens  were 
among  its  first  promoters. 1  The  first  officers  were :  Mr.  Ed- 
ward Kussell,  President;  Mr.  N.  Kuhnen  and  Mr.  S.  P.  Bry- 
ant, Vice  Presidents;  Mr.  Jens  Lorenzen,  Treasurer;  and  Dr. 
C.  H.  Preston,  Secretary. 

The  motto  of  the  association  was,  uNot  Alms  but  a 
Friend."  Its  object  was  to  secure  the  harmonious  coopera- 
tion of  the  different  charities  of  the  city  to  the  ends  that 
begging  and  imposture  might  be  diminished,  that  children 
might  be  prevented  from  growing  up  as  paupers,  that  ade- 
quate relief  might  be  promptly  secured  in  worthy  cases,  and 
that  industry,  thrift,  and  self-dependence  might  be  encour- 
aged through  friendly  intercourse,  advice,  and  sympathy. 

From  the  beginning,  the  society  maintained  a  corps  of 
"friendly  visitors."  For  several  years  Capt.  Bryson  allowed 
the  society  to  send  tramps  to  his  woodyard  for  work,  thus 


1  N.  Kuhnen,  Dr.  Jennie  McCowen,  Rev.  M.  L.  Williston,  the  late  Mrs.  E.  H. 
McCollough,  Miss  Phoebe  W.  Sudlow,  Dr.  C.  H.  Preston,  Jens  Lorenzen,  E.  P. 
Lynch,  S.  P.  Bryant,  J.  E.  Lindsay,  F.  H.  Griggs,  J.  E.  Freeman,  Kev.  D.  C.  Gar- 
rett,  J.  H.  and  Charles  E.  Harrison,  Rev.  J.  G.  Ellis,  Major  G.  P.  McClelland, 
and  Edward  Russell. 


ORGANIZED  CHARITY  IN  IOWA  121 

furnishing  a  labor  test  and  giving  to  those  willing  to  work 
a  nieal  and  lodging. 

Up  to  January  1,  1891,  703  applications  had  been  re- 
ceived, representing  1,350  persons.  Industrial  relief  was 
made  a  special  feature  of  the  society's  activity,  and  much 
work  has  been  procured  of  both  a  permanent  and  temporary 
character.  The  society  has  also  secured  the  adoption  of 
needy  children  in  good  homes. 

In  July,  1897,  a  "Loan  Department"  was  created  to  bene- 
fit the  worthy  poor.  The  " Penny  Savings  Agency"  to  en- 
courage small  savings  among  the  poor  was  organized  in 
April,  1888,  and  proved  very  helpful.  The  expense  of  car- 
rying on  the  work  of  the  society  in  1890  was  $557. 

The  Ladies  Industrial  Relief  Society,  an  organization 
which  had  been  in  existence  several  years,  was  reorganized 
and  incorporated  on  February  28,  1891.  By  the  year  1900 
the  Associated  Charities  had.  turned  over  its  work  to  this 
organization  which  is  managed  by  a  Board  of  Trustees  con- 
sisting of  ten  persons  elected  for  a  term  of  three  years. 
The  object  of  the  organization  is  stated  in  Article  I  of  the 
Articles  of  Incorporation  which  reads  as  follows: — 

The  business  and  objects  of  the  corporation  shall  be  to  relieve  the 
necessities  of  the  deserving  poor,  and  to  train  their  children  in  meth- 
ods of  self-support.  To  these  ends  the  corporation  shall  labor  to 
maintain  a  relief  department  in  cooperation  with  other  benevolent 
agencies  of  the  city;  establish  and  maintain  a  home  where  girls  shall 
be  taught  sewing,  cooking,  and  other  household  industries  and  econ- 
omies; where  women  shall  be  given  an  opportunity  to  help  them- 
.selves  by  their  own  labor,  and  where  may  be  established  a  creche  and 
a  kindergarten  for  the  care  and  training  of  young  children — all  of 


122    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

which  must  be  conditional  on  the  support  given  to  the  corporation 
by  friends  of  these  several  enterprises. 

In  the  administration  of  benefactions  in  this  Society  no  distinction 
shall  be  made  as  to  nationality,  color,  or  religious  belief.  All  its 
affairs  shall  be  conducted  on  the  broad  principles  of  humanity,  char- 
ity, and  good-will  to  all,  and  its  government  kept  free  from  sectarian 
control. 

In  Article  V  of  the  by-laws  a  "Bureau  of  Relief"  is  pro- 
vided for  in  the  following  manner: — 

A  Bureau  of  Relief,  composed  of  a  Relief  Committee  of  three,  and 
a  Board  of  Ward  Managers,  consisting  of  one  Ward  Manager  and 
one  or  more  assistants,  for  each  ward  of  the  city,  shall  be  chosen 
annually  by  the  Society. 

The  Agent  of  out-door  relief  employed  by  the  Society  shall  also 
be  ex-officio  a  member  of  this  Bureau. 

The  Relief  Committee  shall  have  in  charge  all  relief  supplies  of 
food,  fuel,  clothing,  etc. — obtained  by  gift  or  purchase — and  hold 
the  same  subject  to  the  call  of  the  Ward  Managers  and  the  Agent; 
and  shall  keep  account  of  all  receipts  and  disbursements,  specifying 
from  whom  received  and  to  whom  given  out;  and  make  monthly  and 
annual  report  to  the  Society. 

The  Bureau  of  Relief  shall  cooperate  with  the  county  officials  and 
with  other  benevolent  agencies  in  the  relief  work  of  the  city.  The 
Chairman  of  the  Relief  Committee  is  authorized  to  draw  from  the 
treasury  five  dollars  monthly  for  emergency  relief. 

In  Article  VI  the  duties  of  the  Ward  Managers  and 
Agent  are  given  as  follows: — 

SECTION  1.  To  the  Ward  Managers  is  entrusted  the  distribution 
of  relief  supplies. 

That  no  suffering  be  caused  by  delay,  ail  persons  reported  as  need- 
ing assistance  may  be  helped  at  once,  but  no  one  whose  circum- 
etances  are  not  well  known  shall  continue  to  receive  aid  from  the 


ORGANIZED  CHARITY  IN  IOWA  123 

Society  until  investigation  has  been  made  by  the  Agent  and  such 
person  or  family  visited  by  the  Ward  Manager. 

The  Ward  Manager  shall  be  expected  to  sustain  to  those  under 
her  care  the  relation  of  a  < 'friendly  visitor,"  a  sympathetic  and 
trusted  counselor,  one  more  helpful  than  a  mere  giver  of  alms. 

Each  Ward  Manager  is  authorized  to  draw  from  the  treasury  five 
dollars  monthly,  and  for  the  months  of  December,  January,  and 
February,  an  additional  five  dollars;  and  all  cash  expenses  incurred 
by  the  Ward  Manager  must  be  paid  from  this  fund,  unless  specially 
authorized  by  the  Society. 

SEC.  2.  To  better  accomplish  the  aims  of  the  Bureau  of  Relief, 
the  Agent  shall  work  in  harmony  with  the  Relief  Committee  and 
Ward  Managers: 

(1)  To  promote  the  harmonious  action  of  the  different  charities 
of  Davenport,   that  indiscriminate  and   duplicate   giving   may    be 
avoided,  reducing  vagrancy  and  preventing  pauperism; 

(2)  To  secure  reliable  information  regarding  every  needy  person 
in  the  city  —  so  far  as  it  can  be  done  —  and  register  the  same  for 
the  benefit  of  cooperating  charitable  agencies  and  individuals; 

(3)  To  make  investigation  as  thorough  as  possible,  and  to  see  that 
all  deserving  cases  of  destitution  are  promptly  relieved:  By  obtain- 
ing employment  if  possible;  if  not,   by  securing  aid   from  public 
authorities,  charitable  societies,  and  individuals; 

(4)  To  diffuse  knowledge  on  subjects  connected  with  the  relief  of 
the  poor,  especially  regarding  the  charity  organizations  of  the  city. 

SEC.  3.  The  Agent  shall  leave  in  charge  of  the  Bureau  of  Relief 
all  needy  persons  not  otherwise  provided  for,  and  report  monthly  the 
disposition  of  every  application  for  aid. 

She  shall  observe  the  office  hours  provided  for,  and  during  the 
same  welcome  and  assist  in  all  legitimate  ways  all  persons  calling  in 
the  interest  of  any  benevolent  work. 

From  the  above  it  is  seen  that  the  Bureau  of  Relief,  ad- 
ministered by  the  Relief  Committee,  Board  of  Ward  Man- 


124    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

agers,  and  the  Agent  is  in  reality  the  associated  charities 
of  Davenport  at  the  present  time. 

In  addition  to  the  relief  work  done  by  the  organization,  a 
laundry  which  has  been  successfully  conducted  has  given 
employment  to  forty-six  persons  during  the  year  1903-04, 
paying  $1,435.05  in  wages  to  these  people.  Besides  the 
relief  given  in  this  way  the  laundry  affords  a  practical  train- 
ing to  unskilled  women.  A  nursery  has  also  been  very 
successfully  conducted  in  connection  with  the  organization, 
caring  for  forty -five  different  children  during  the  year  end- 
ing May  1,  1904. 

The  Agent's  annual  report  for  1904  shows  293  appli- 
cants for  aid;  216  applicants  for  work;  the  number  of 
pieces  of  second-hand  clothing  received,  2,894;  and  the 
number  of  new  pieces  of  clothing  received,  45.  There  were 
259  baskets  of  provisions  given  out  during  the  months  of 
January,  February,  and  March.  The  Relief  Committee  has 
expended  about  $100  in  money  during  the  year  ending  May 
1,  1904. 

SOME    OTHER    EFFORTS 

The  work  of  the  Charity  Organization  So/ciety  of  Dubuque 
is  very  unsatisfactory  at  the  present  time  owing  to  the  fact 
that  the  different  charitable  organizations  of  the  city  have 
been  working  along  separate  lines.  The  Humane  Society 
is  at  present,  perhaps,  doing  the  most  charity  work  outside 
of  the  two  Catholic  societies,  which  have  been  noted  above.1 
There  is,  however,  a  movement  on  foot  at  the  present  time 
looking  toward  a  closer  organization  of  the  different  societies 
which  are  doing  charity  work. 

1  See  page  92. 


ORGANIZED  CHARITY  IN  IOWA  125 

There  is  also  an  attempt  being  made  at  Waterloo  at  the 
present  time  to  coordinate  the  different  churches  and  other 
charitable  organizations  of  the  city  in  order  to  secure  inves- 
tigation and  more  discrimination  in  the  administration  of 
charity. 

The  people  of  Cedar  Falls  have  a  rather  unique  method 
of  taking  care  of  their  poor.  In  the  fall  they  organize  and 
then  appoint  an  Overseer  for  each  ward,  who  together  with 
the  other  officers  of  the  Associated  Charities  constitute  the 
Executive  Committee.  In  this  way  the  work  is  carried  on 
during  the  winter  months.  In  the  spring  the  organization 
is  disbanded. 

Nor  would  an  article  on  organized  charity  in  Iowa  be 
complete  without  mention  of  the  work  at  Fort  Dodge,  Grin- 
nell,  Oskaloosa,  Clinton,  Iowa  Falls,  and  Mount  Pleasant. 


Thus,  it  is  seen  that  only  a  few  of  the  larger  cities  of  the 
State  have  made  any  attempt  to  organize  the  different  char- 
ities of  the  city  in  order  to  avoid  the  overlapping  of  work. 
Without  a  systematic  organization  of  the  different  societies 
and  without  cooperation  in  their  work  it  is  impossible  to  do 
justice  not  only  to  those  .who  contribute  to  the  cause  of 
charity,  but  (more  important)  to  that  large  number  of  per- 
sons who  are  every  year  being  made  permanent  paupers  by 

indiscriminate  giving. 

CLARENCE  W.  WASSAM 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


SOME  PUBLICATIONS 

GrGseittiers  and  JRadisson,  The  First  White  Men  in  Minnesota. 
By  WARREX  UPHAM.  Reprinted  from  Historical  Collections  of 
the  Minnesota  Historical  Society,  Vol.  x,  Pt.  n.  1905.  Pp. 
iv,  146. 

The  publication  by  the  Prince  Society  of  Boston,  in  1885,  of  a 
manuscript  narrative  of  the  "voyages"  of  Radisson  which  had  rested 
quietly  for  about  one  hundred  and  seventy-five  years  in  the  Bodleian 
Library  at  Oxford,  brought  the  names  and  the  exploits  of  this 
French  Canadian  adventurer  and  of  his  brother-in-law,  Medard 
Chouart,  Sieur  de  Groseilliers,  prominently  before  students  of  Amer- 
ican geographical  history. 

Radisson' s  narrative  describes  four  " voyages"  in  the  following 
order: — (i)  As  a  captive  of  the  Iroquois  Indians  to  the  Mohawk 
River  in  New  York.  From  this  captivity  he  escaped  to  Fort  Orange 
(Albany),  finally  reaching  Rochelle  and  returning  thence  to  his  home 
at  Three  Rivers  on  the  St.  Lawrence,  (ii)  To  Onondaga  in  central 
New  York,  which  he  calls  "the  Second  Voyage  made  in  the  Upper 
Country  of  the  Iroquoits."  (iii)  To  the  great  lakes  Huron  and 
Michigan  and  westward,  (iv)  To  lake  Superior  and  beyond.  In 
the  last  two  expeditions  he  was  associated  with  Groseilliers. 

The  author  holds  that  it  is  quite  impossible  to  reconcile  the  order 
of  these  journeys,  as  given  above,  with  apparently  well-established 
chronology.  He  has  therefore  taken  the  position  that,  in  the  'prepa- 
ration of  his  narrative,  Radisson  followed  a  logical  rather  than  a 
chronological  order  and  has  assumed  that  the  relief  expedition  to 
Onondaga,  the  date  of  which  cannot  be  questioned,  was  undertaken 
after  the  return  from  the  first  westward  journey,  thus  interchanging 
the  order  of  "voyages"  (ii)  and  (iii).  This  arrangement  is  based 
upon  the  supposed  identity  of  two  westward  journeys  mentioned  in 
the  Jesuit  Relations  and  the  Journal  of  the  Jesuits  with  those  under 


SOME   PUBLICATIONS  127 

consideration.  Other  investigators  accept  the  sequence  of  the  four 
' <  voyages  "  as  given  in  the  narrative  and  assume  the  identity  of  the 
first  westward  journey  (i.  e.,  Radisson's  third  "voyage")  with  the 
second  of  those  recorded  by  the  Jesuits.  Of  equal  importance  and 
interest,  however,  and  at  the  same  time  even  more  difficult  to  de- 
termine, are  the  itineraries  followed  by  the  explorers  on  these  nota- 
ble expeditions.  The  original  narrative  is  in  English,  with  which 
language  Radisson  was  none  too  familiar,  and  is  exasperatingly  defi- 
cient in  dates  and  directions  and  in  recognizable  descriptions  of 
localities.  Various  routes  have  been  assigned  and  others  may  still 
be  proposed  as  almost  if  not  quite  equally  probable. 

As  regards  the  first  westward  journey,  the  date  of  which  is  as- 
signed as  1654-56,  the  itinerary  proposed  is  as  follows: — Voyaging 
in  birch  bark  canoes  Groseilliers  and  Radisson,  with  a  company  of 
Huron  and  Ottawa  Indians,  passed  from  the  St.  Lawrence  into  the 
Ottawa  River  and  thence  by  way  of  Lake  Nipissing  and  French  River 
into  the  Georgian  Bay.  Then,  after  parting  with  a  portion  of  the 
Indian  escort,  they  voyaged  southward  around  Georgian  Bay  and 
across  Lake  Huron  to  Bois  Blanc  Island  and  the  Straits  of  Mackinac. 
The  winter  of  1654-55  was  spent  in  these  northern  regions  visiting 
various  Indian  settlements  from  the  Straits  to  Green  Bay.  It  is 
from  this  last  point  that  they  are  assumed  to  have  "  thwarted  a  land 
of  almost  fifty  leagues  before  the  snow  was  melted,"  as  narrated  by 
Radisson.  Though  the  direction  of  this  overland  journey  is  in  no 
wise  indicated  in  the  narrative  it  is  quite  natural  to  infer  that  the 
adventurers  took  a  course  somewhat  parallel  to  the  old  portage  route 
from  Green  Bay  to  the  Wisconsin  River  and  followed  that  stream  to 
its  junction  with  the  Mississippi  near  Prairie  du  Chien.  Here  they 
"stayed  three  weeks  making  boats"  and  feasting  "att  a  high  rate." 
Then  they  ascended  the  river  eight  days  to  a  point  supposed  by  the 
author  to  be  Winona,  Minnesota,  coming  to  "a  nation  called  Pon- 
tonatinich  &  Matonenock,"  where  they  "got  some  Indian  meale  & 
corne  from  those  2  nations,"  which  lasted  until  they  "came  to  the 
first  landing  Isle."  This  is  understood  to  be  Prairie  Island  in  the 


128    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Mississippi  River,  a  short  distance  above  the  head  of  Lake  Pepin. 
The  argument  presented  in  favor  of  this  itinerary  is  plausible  enough, 
though,  in  the  nature  of  the  case,  it  cannot  be  regarded  as  altogether 
conclusive. 

The  Ottawa  and  Huron  Indians  with  whom  Groseilliers  and  Rad- 
isson  were  associated  were  merely  refugees  in  this  part  of  the  coun- 
try— remnants  of  those  numerous  and  partially  " sedentary"  tribes 
who  had  inhabited  the  regions  about  the  Georgian  Bay  and  the 
Ottawa  River  until  broken  up  and  scattered,  only  a  few  years  previ- 
ously, by  the  far-ranging  Iroquois. 

What  is  of  special  interest  to  lowans  is  that,  if  their  route  was 
really  as  above  indicated,  there  is  little  doubt  that  Groseilliers  and 
Radisson  were  the  first  white  men  to  set  foot  upon  the  soil  of  Iowa; 
for  they  would  most  naturally,  while  thus  coasting  our  northeastern 
boundary,  have  made  camp  at  the  foot  of  at  least  some  one  of  the 
magnificent  bluffs  shadowing  the  west  bank  of  the  Mississippi  in 
this  part  of  its  course.  This  was,  according  to  the  chronology  here 
adopted,  eighteen  years  before  Joliet  and  Marquette  followed  the 
course  of  the  same  great  river  from  the  mouth  of  the  Wisconsin 
down  stream,  thus  traversing  the  remaining  and  greater  portion  of 
our  eastern  boundary. 

During  the  summer  immediately  following  the  arrival  at  Prairie 
Island  Radisson  "  went  a  hunting"  for  about  four  months,  while  his 
brother-in-law  "  stayed  where  he  was  welcome  &  putt  up  a  great 
deal  of  Indian  corne,"  his  purpose  being  to  supplement  the  usually 
scant  supply  of  the  « '  wildmen  that  weare  to  go  down  to  the  ff rench  " 
with  them  the  following  spring.  During  this  hunting  expedition, 
according  to  the  author,  Radisson  came  in  contact  with  the  Illinois 
and  other  tribes  of  Indians  from  whom  he  learned  at  second  hand 
many  things  about  the  interior  of  the  continent,  which  he  described 
in  his  narrative  as  though  actually  observed.  It  is  further  assumed 
that,  in  order  to  account  for  the  time  required  for  these  far-reach- 
ing journeys  the  duration  of  the  first  western  expedition  was  given 
by  Radisson  as  three  years;  whereas  the  author  contends,  in  deference 


SOME  PUBLICATIONS  129 

to  the  Jesuit  records  which  he  considers  as  relative  to  this  voyage, 
that  it  was  actually  only  two  years.  Something  like  chronological 
consistency  may  thus  be  secured.  Our  confidence  in  conclusions  thus 
drawn  must,  however,  be  somewhat  qualified. 

The  second  westward  expedition  is  also  carefully  worked  out  and 
assigned  to  the  year  1659-60,  which  is,  according  to  other  investi- 
gators, the  epoch  of  the  first  expedition.  The  itinerary  is,  so  far  as- 
the  West  is  concerned,  confined  to  the  southern  shores  of  Lake 
Superior,  northern  Wisconsin,  and  eastern  Minnesota.  The  discovery 
of  the  Mississippi  by  Groseilliers  and  Radisson  in  the  course  of  this 
journey  has  been  generally  conceded  since  the  publication  of  Radis- 
son's  manuscript.  There  is  no  evidence  however  that  it  was  recog- 
nized by  them  as  the  same  stream  which  DeSoto  had  made  known 
a  century  earlier. 

The  remainder  of  the  text  is  comparatively  uninteresting,  being 
the  result  of  painstaking  study  rather  than  of  original  investigation. 
It  comprises  descriptive  and  historical  notes  on  various  northern  In- 
dian tribes,  a  general  sketch  of  the  discovery  and  exploration  of  the 
Mississippi  River  up  to  the  beginning  of  the  eighteenth  century,  a 
.short  history  of  Prairie  Island  and  an  account  of  the  connection  of 
Groseilliers  and  Radisson  with  the  Hudson  Bay  Company,  with  the 
founding  of  which  they  were  directly  concerned.  The  work  con- 
cludes with  a  very  satisfactory  bibliography  of  Groseilliers  and 
Radisson  in  which  are  cited  one  hundred  and  seven  titles. 

LAENAS  G.  WELD 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


A  History  of  the  Pacific  Northwest.      By  JOSEPH  SCHAFER.     New 

York  :  The  Macmillan  Company.     1905.     Pp.321. 

This  work,  appearing  in  May,  1905,  just  previous  to  the  opening 

of  the  Lewis  and  Clark  Exposition  at  Portland,  Oregon,  and  coming 

from  the  head  of  the  department  of  history  in  the  University  of 

Oregon,    is  both  timely  in   its  publication  and  appropriate  in  its 


130    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

authorship.  As  Professor  Schafer  explains  in  the  preface,  the  book 
is  "an  attempt  to  relate,  in  simple,  readable  style,  the  impressive 
story  of  civilization  building  in  the  region  once  called  Oregon,  but 
now  known  as  the  Pacific  Northwest." 

Roughly  speaking,  the  history  of  this  region  may  be  divided  into 
two  periods  —  the  period  of  exploration  and  settlement  down  to  the 
organization  of  the  Territory  of  Oregon  in  1848,  and  the  period  of 
later  development  from  that  time  down  to  the  present.  To  the  first 
period  the  author  devotes  fourteen  chapters.  They  form  the  most 
valuable  as  well  as  the  most  interesting  part  of  his  contribution. 
The  heart  and  vitality  of  the  story  are  in  these  chapters.  The  later 
period  he  sums  up  in  the  remaining  five  chapters  of  the  book,  which 
are  a  review  of  progress  since  1848. 

In  the  three  opening  chapters  the  early  explorations  of  the  Pacific 
Coast  are  sketched,  leading  up  to  the  discovery  of  the  Columbia 
River  in  1792  by  Captain  Robert  Gray.  The  next  three  chapters 
deal  with  the  early  attempts  to  reach  the  Pacific  by  an  overland 
route  from  the  East;  and  due  credit  is  given  to  Thomas  Jefferson  for 
his  untiring  efforts  culminating  in  the  successful  outcome  of  the  ex- 
pedition of  Lewis  and  Clark. 

Then  follows  a  clear  and  graphic  narrative  of  the  settlement  of  the 
Pacific  Northwest,  the  planting  of  missions  and  trading-posts,  the 
growth  of  towns  and  the  beginnings  of  agriculture  and  industry. 
The  life  of  the  early  settlers  is  portrayed  with  a  vigor  and  freshness 
that  cannot  but  impress  the  reader,  and  the  value  of  the  study  is 
shown  in  the  fact  that  the  region  was,  from  1818  on,  open  to  the 
joint  occupancy  of  England  and  the  United  States,  and  the  full  es- 
tablishment of  the  rights  of  the  latter  in  Oregon  was  largely  depend- 
ent upon  the  movements  of  her  pioneers. 

While  the  book  was  written  and  intended  simply  as  a  popular 
vrork,  it  nevertheless  shows  the  unmistakable  evidences  of  careful 
and  scientific  preparation.  Original  sources,  peculiarly  rich  and  fas- 
cinating in  this  field,  are  constantly  used.  A  more  frequent  use  of 
maps,  however,  would  have  added  to  the  value  of  the  work. 


SOME  PUBLICATIONS  131 

The  subject  is  one  of  large  importance,  and  we  may  reasonably  ex- 
pect from  Professor  Schafer,  in  his  forthcoming  History  of  the  Pa- 
cific Slope  and  Alaska,  a  scholarly  and  scientific  work  which  will  be 
a  distinct  and  valuable  contribution  to  American  History. 

JOHN  C.  PARISH 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


Life  of  Thomas  Hart  Benton.  By  WILLIAM  M.  MEIGS.  Philadel- 
phia and  London:  J.  B.  Lippincott  Company.  1904.  Pp.  535. 

Nearly  fifty  years  have  elapsed  since  Benton  closed  his  long  career 
in  Congress — ample  time,  we  would  say,  to  permit  a  biographer  to 
attain  the  proper  historical  perspective.  Mr.  Meigs  is  the  first  to 
essay  the  task  of  writing  a  life  of  Benton,  unless  the  brief  sketch  by 
Mr.  Roosevelt  be  classed  as  biography.  It  is  a  matter  for  wonder 
that  such  a  picturesque  and  imperative  figure  as  Benton's  should  not 
have  summoned  a  biographer  long  ago.  But  the  explanation  is  not 
far  to  seek.  Benton's  own  ponderous  Thirty  Years1  View  in  Con- 
gress, despite  his  avowed  purpose  to  do  " justice  to  the  men  with 
whom  I  acted  and  to  the  cause  in  which  we  were  engaged,"  is  largely 
a  revelation  of  his  own  attitudes  toward  the  political  issues  of  his 
generation.  Few  American  statesmen  have  left  so  'complete  a  record 
of  their  public  careers.  With  such  a  legacy,  the  biographer's  task 
would  seem  to  be  almost  a  work  of  supererogation. 

At  the  outset  it  should  be  stated  that  the  author  of  the  present 
volume  has  searched  diligently  for  new  material;  but  despite  his  best 
efforts,  he  has  not  secured  any  large  mass  of  letters,  only  "some 
scattering  ones  here  and  there  which  have  served  to  throw  more  or 
less  light  on  his  public  and  private  life."  To  supplement  this  frag- 
mentary correspondence  there  are  bits  of  contemporary  opinion  and 
some  fugitive  reminiscences.  And  finally  the  author  has  had  the 
records  of  Congress  constantly  at  his  elbow.  Even  while  admiring 
the  industry  which  has  scraped  together  these  odd  bits  of  testimony, 
one  is  forced  to  recognize  that  Benton  remains  very  much  the  same 


132    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

as  he  appears  in  his  own  memoirs.     Little  or  no  new  light  falls  upon 
the  hero  as  he  stalks  through  the  pages  of  this  book. 

On  the  whole,  this  life  of  Benton  is  written  in  admirable  temper. 
To  a  rather  unusual  degree  the  author  has  emancipated  himself  from 
ante-bellum  prejudices.  His  passing  tribute  to  Calhoun  (in  chapter 
XX )  is  good  evidence  of  his  desire  to  deal  fairly  by  southern  lead- 
ers. At  the  same  time,  Mr.  Meigs  falls  into  the  old  error  of  believ- 
ing that  the  South  brought  on  the  Mexican  War  « « for  the  express 
purpose  of  securing  their  future"  (p.  369).  It  is  certainly  open  to 
question  whether  Clay  was  "dragooned  by  Southern  members"  into 
the  conviction  that  he  must  combine  other  bills  with  the  California 
Bill  of  1850,  if  he  would  see  it  pass  (p.  387).  No  attempt  is  made 
to  explain  why,  at  the  time  of  the  Kansas-Nebraska  Act,  Benton  re- 
garded the  Missouri  Compromise  as  *  *  something  almost  sacred  and 
in  morals  far  removed  from  any  real  right  of  abrogation"  (p.  425) 
when  he  had  secured  the  annexation  of  the  Platt  country  to  Missouri 
in  open  violation  of  that  Compromise  (p.  407).  It  would  be  inter- 
esting to  know  what  made  the  compact  less  sacred  in  1836  than  in 
1854. 

The  spell  of  the  Thirty  Years'  View  is  sometimes  too  strong  for 
the  self-restraint  of  the  biographer,  since  he  too  is  prone  to  mistake 
courage  and  independence  for  statesmanship,  and  mere  love  of  con- 
spicuousness  for  love  of  truth.  We  cannot  believe  that  Benton's 
fight  for  the  expunging  resolution  evinces  a  very  high  order  of 
statesmanship;  and  more  than  once  we  suspect  Benton  of  mulish 
stubbornness,  when  it  would  have  meant  no  surrender  of  convictions 
to  have  yielded  a  point. 

The  most  serious  defect  in  the  biography  is  its  lack  of  back- 
ground. To  be  sure,  the  stalwart  figure  of  Benton  stands  out  clear 
enough  against  the  background  of  federal  politics;  but  at  times  the 
reader  almost  forgets  that  Benton  had  constituents.  For  the  most 
part  Mr.  Meigs  is  content  with  a  passing  allusion  to  local  politics, 
leaving  his  readers  very  much  in  the  dark  as  to  the  real  political 
forces  at  work  in  the  State  of  Missouri.  Questions  obtrude  them- 


SOME  PUBLICATIONS  133 

selves  between  the  lines,  to  which  the  text  offers  no  answer.  Who 
were  Benton's  constituents?  How  did  he  secure  his  strong  hold  upon 
them?  What  were  the  sectional  controversies  within  the  State  which 
led  up  to  the  Jackson  Napton  Resolutions  and  eventually  cost  Benton 
his  seat  in  Congress? 

We  cannot  rid  ourselves  of  the  feeling  that  Mr.  Meigs  has  missed  an 
opportunity  to  contribute  a  notable  chapter  to  the  history  of  the  Mid- 
dle West. .  What  is  needed  is  an  interpretation  of  Benton's  career  in 
terms  of  his  western  environment.  If  the  geographical  and  demo- 
graphical  conditions  of  his  constituency  were  taken  into  account,  his 
course  in  Congress,  at  critical  junctures,  might  appear  less  a  matter 
of  personal  volition  than  Mr.  Meigs  thinks,  and  much  more  a  result- 
ant of  social  and  political  forces  in  the  Commonwealth  of  Missouri. 

But  it  is  perhaps  questionable  taste  to  find  fault  with  an  author  for 
not  essaying  another  task  than  that  to  which  he  set  his  hand.  We 
can  only  regret  that  Mr.  Meigs  has  not  brought  his  very  evident  tal- 
ents to  bear  upon  this  larger  problem.  As  it  is,  he  has  undoubtedly 
made  that  study  easier  for  some  future  student  by  his  dignified  and 

impartial  history  of  Benton  in  Congress. 

ALLEN  JOHNSON 
BOWDOIN  COLLEGE 
BRUNSWICK 


Iowa  Geological  Survey.  (Volume  XV.  Annual  Report,  1904). 
By  FEANK  A.  WILDER,  State  Geologist;  T.  E.  SAVAGE,  Assistant 
State  Geologist.  Des  Moines  :  Published  for  the  Iowa  Geolog- 
ical Survey.  1905.  Pp.  viii,  560. 

This  volume  is  the  thirteenth  annual  report  since  the  organization 
of  the  Survey  and  the  first  report  from  Professor  Wilder,  the  present 
State  Geologist.  Like  its  predecessors,  this  volume  gives  stress  to 
the  economic  side  of  the  geologic  survey  work.  The  topographic 
and  drainage  features  of  the  areas  under  consideration  are  fully  de- 
scribed; while  the  resources,  present  or  prospective,  are  presented  in 
a  manner  calculated  to  enhance  the  value  or  quicken  the  pace  of  the 
growing  industries  of  the  State.  The  necessary  technical  informa- 


134    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

tion  is  given  wherever  needed  to  portray  conditions  or  to  carry  on 
the  argument.  The  Assistant  State  Geologist  notes  with  pleasure  the 
practical  use  made  of  the  Survey  by  the  citizens  in  securing  advice 
or  information  relative  to  the  location  of  economic  deposits  and  the 
probable  returns  in  their  exploitation.  The  special  papers  included 
in  the  volume,  with  some  indication  of  their  contents,  are  worthy 
of  mention. 

Professor  S.  W.  Beyer  gives  the  Mineral  Production  in  Iowa  for 
1904.  From  this  paper  it  appears  that  the  selling  value  of  Iowa's 
output  of  minerals  for  1904  was  nearly  fifteen  million  dollars.  The 
bulk  of  this  value  is  for  coal  furnished  by  the  twenty-three  Iowa 
coal  producing  counties,  which  value  exceeds  ten  million  dollars. 
The  clay  products  footed  up  in  value  three  and  a  half  millions  of 
dollars,  the  expansion  in  this  industry  being  in  the  manufacture  of 
drain  tile,  the  growth  being  as  much  as  thirty  per  cent.  The  out- 
puts of  stone  and  gypsum  were  in  value  about  a  half  million  dollars 
each,  both  showing  decline  as  compared  with  the  preceding  year. 
Iowa's  early  industry,  lead  mining,  gave  only  an  output  of  97,000 
pounds,  valued  at  $2,619.  A  new  industry  has  appeared  in  Iowa, 
namely,  the  manufacture  of  sand-lime  brick.  During  1904  nearly 
two  million  brick  of  this  variety  were  made  and  sold  for  $13,907. 
Another  new  industry  in  Iowa  is  the  cement  block  industry.  Sta- 
tistics available  show  the  output  for  1904  marketed  for  $87,631.  No 
zinc  ore  was  marketed,  and  the  iron  mine  near  Waukon  in  Allamakee 
County  awaits  development  because  of  a  lack  of  transportation  facil- 
ities. 

The  next  paper  is  on  Cement  and  Cement  Materials  of  Iowa,  by 
Edwin  C.  Eckel  and  H.  F.  Bain.  This  paper  gives  the  production 
and  uses  of  cement  in  the  United  States  and  embodies  a  thesis  on 
the  materials  and  the  manufacture  of  Portland  Cement  followed  by  a 
treatise  on  the  cement  material  in  Iowa.  The  summary  states  "that 
there  are  many  points  in  Iowa  at  which  materials  suitable  for  cement 
manufacture  are  available."  The  successful  exploitation  of  this  in- 
dustry will  depend  upon  the  availability  of  the  fuel  supply,  the 
market,  and  the  transportation  facilities. 


SOME  PUBLICATIONS  135 

Other  papers  are:  Geology  of  Benton  County,  by  T.  E.  Savage; 
The  Geology  of  Emmet,  Palo  Alto,  and  Pocahontas  Counties,  by 
T.  H.  Macbride,  which  paper  includes  Forestry  Notes  for  Emmet 
County,  by  R.  I.  Cratty;  Geology  of  Jasper  County,  by  Ira  A.  Wil- 
liams; Geology  of  Clinton  County,  by  J.  A.  Udden;  and  the  Geology 
of  Fayette  County,  by  T.  E.  Savage.  These  counties  named  are 
treated  in  monographic  form;  and  the  earlier  geological  work,  the 
surface  features,  drainage,  geological  formations,  and  economic  pro- 
ducts are  fully  given.  Thus  far  about  seventy-three  counties  in  Iowa 
have  been  worked  over  in  detail  and  the  results  published. 

T.  J.  FITZPATRICK 
THE  STATE  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


Labor  Problems.  By  THOMAS  SEWALL  ADAMS  and  HELEN  L.  SUM- 
MER. New  York:  The  Macmillan  Company.  1905.  Pp.  xv,  579. 
This  volume  is  an  important  contribution  to  the  study  of  modern 
labor  problems.  It  is  divided  into  two  parts — a  first  book  dealing 
with  the  evils  in  the  labor  situation  and  a  second  book  dealing  with 
the  remedies.  The  evils  in  the  modern  labor  situation  which  receive 
special  attention  in  the  treatise  under  review  are  those  evils  incident 
to  the  large  employment  of  woman  and  child  labor  in  consequence  of 
the  development  of  machine  production  in  our  time,  those  evils 
which  result  from  the  heterogeneous  commingling  of  race  elements 
incident  to  the  extraordinary  immigration  from  all  lands  to  the  United 
States,  the  sweating  system,  the  consequence  of  the  survival  of  old 
forms  of  unregulated  domestic  industry,  and  the  periodic  unemploy- 
ment or  nonemployment  of  large  numbers  of  our  laborers.  In  con- 
nection with  the  discussion  of  immigration  the  problem  of  Chinese 
and  Japanese  immigration  receives  special  attention,  as  well  as  cer- 
tain problems  connected  with  the  Padrone  system  and  Canadian  im- 
migration. With  respect  to  the  sweating  system  the  writers  strike 
a  hopeful  note  by  directing  attention  to  the  work  of  trade  unions, 
and  notably  of  the  Consumers'  League.  It  is  clear,  however,  that 


136    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

only  a  beginning  of  emancipation  from  the  sweating  system  has  been 
made,  even  if  this  much  can  be  claimed.  The  evils  of  unemployment 
are  well  recognized.  Incidentally  with  the  exhibit  of  the  evils  of 
existing  labor  conditions  to  which  the  first  five  chapters  are  devoted 
there  is  constant  attention  to  schemes  of  alleviation  by  which  the 
worst  abuses  of  the  existing  system  are  mitigated. 

The  second  part  of  the  volume  is  devoted  to  a  study  of  remedies 
considered  in  a  broad  way.  This  part  includes  chapters  on  strikes 
and  boycotts,  labor  organizations,  and  employers'  associations,  the 
agencies  of  industrial  peace,  profit  sharing,  cooperation,  industrial 
education,  and  labor  laws.  The  volume  concludes  with  a  chapter  on 
the  material  progress  of  the  wage  earning  classes.  Some  statistical 
tables  on  woman  and  child  labor  laws  in  the  United  States,  profit 
sharing  in  the  United  States,  and  on  earnings  and  unemployment, 
appear  as  an  appendix  to  the  volume.  The  last  dozen  years  of  the 
industrial  history  of  the  United  States  and  the  extraordinary  activity 
of  the  conflict  between  labor  and  capital  in  our  own  country  give  a 
book  like  the  one  before  us  a  large  claim  upon  the  attention  of  the 
student.  ISAAC  A.  Loos 

THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


Rhode  Island:  A  Study  in  Separatism.     By  IRVING  B.  RICHMAN. 

Boston  and  New  York :    Houghton,  Mifflin  and  Company.     1905. 

Pp.  x,  395.     Price  $1.10. 

"Animated  with  the  hope  that  as  one  possessed  of  no  relationship, 
ancestral  or  contemporary,  to  New  England,  his  work  may  be  found 
reasonably  impartial,"  Mr.  Irving  B.  Richman,  of  Muscatine,  Iowa, 
contributes  to  the  American  Commonwealth  series  a  volume  of  real 
history.  His  contribution  contains  facts  and  dates,  has  system  and 
proportion,  and  possesses  an  unusually  large  measure  of  literary 
merit.  This  is  high  commendation;  but  the  book  richly  deserves  it. 
In  his  earlier  work  on  Rhode  Island:  Its  Making  and  Its  Meaning 
(published  by  G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons,  New  York  and  London,  in  1902) 


SOME  PUBLICATIONS  137 

the  author  dwelt  largely  upon  the  formative  period  of  Rhode  Island 
history,  which  he  found  to  be  characterized  by  "a  separatism  that 
wsa  intense."  That  this  principle  should  persist  through  later  periods 
of  development  is  quite  natural.  And  so,  "it  is  largely  the  object  of 
the  present  book  to  point  out  the  influence  of  separatism  in  determin- 
ing the  course  of  events  in  Rhode  Island  during  the  eighteenth  and 
nineteenth  centuries." 

Mr.  Richman's  present  book  ( like  his  earlier  work )  is  a  real  con- 
tribution to  history  because  the  author  not  only  discovers  facts  and 
describes  accurately  the  course  of  events,  but  because  he  also  inter- 
prets the  facts  and  gives  meaning  to  events.  It  is,  indeed,  refresh- 
ing to  turn  from  the  conventional  type  of  historical  presentation, 
found  in  so  much  of  the  monographic  literature  of  our  day,  to  a  work 
that  not  only  describes  the  life  of  the  people,  but  at  the  same  time 
sets  forth  clearly  their  Weltanschauung. 

The  best  outline  and  summary  are  given  by  the  author  himself  in 
the  final  paragraph: — "  The  history  of  Rhode  Island  has  been  sketched 
in  three  parts:  the  part  Agriculture  and  Separatism  embracing  the 
period  1636  to  1689;  the  part  Commerce  and  Cooperation  embracing 
the  period  1690  to  1763;  and  the  part  Unification  and  Manufactures 
embracing  the  period  1764  to  the  present  day.  The  last  two  parts 
are  important  as  indicating  the  course  of  industrial  development  and 
as  revealing  separatism  in  its  deep  power  of  survival.  But  it  is  the 
first  part  that  is  most  important.  It  comprehends  the  time  when 
Rhode  Island  alone  among  commonwealths  exemplified  the  two  lead- 
ing ideas  of  Christianity  and  the  Reformation  —  the  two  leading 
ideas  of  modern  life  and  progress:  the  idea  of  Soul  Liberty  or  Free- 
dom of  Conscience  in  religion;  and  the  idea  of  the  Rights  of  Man  in 
politics." 

Mr.  Richman's  treatment  is  satisfying  because  he  finally  aims  to 
give  us  an  answer  to  the  question,  What  is  the  meaning  of  the  his- 
tory of  the  Commonwealth  of  Rhode  Island? 

BENJ.   F.  SHAMBAUGH 
THB  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


138     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Annual  Report  of  the  American  Historical  Association  for  the  Year 
1904.  Washington,  D.  C. :  Government  Printing  Office.  1905. 
Pp.  708. 

The  report  of  the  twentieth  session  of  the  American  Historical 
Association  is  contained  in  one  volume.  The  session  was  held  in 
Chicago,  December  28-30,  1904,  and  was  very  successful  despite  the 
very  bad  weather  which  kept  many  at  home  owing  to  the  delayed 
train  schedules. 

The  following  reports,  addresses,  and  papers  appear:  The  Report 
of  the  Twentieth  Annual  Meeting,  by  Charles  S.  Haskins,  the  Corre- 
sponding Secretary;  The  Treatment  of  History,  by  Goldwin  Smith; 
On  Roman  History,  by  Ettore  Pais;  On  the  Necessity  in  America  of 
the  Study  of  the  Early  History  of  Modern  European  Nations,  by 
Frederick  Keutgen;  The  Chief  Currents  of  Russian  Historical 
Thought,  by  Paul  Milyoukou;  The  Work  of  American  Historical 
Societies,  by  Henry  E.  Bourne;  Public  Records  in  our  Dependencies, 
by  Worthington  Chauncey  Ford;  The  Explanation  of  the  Louisiana 
Frontier,  1803-1806,  by  Isaac  J.  Cox;  The  Campaign  of  1824  in 
New  York,  by  C.  H.  Rammelkamp;  Report  of  the  Conference  on  the 
Teaching  of  History  in  Elementary  Schools,  by  J.  A.  James;  Report 
of  the  Conference  on  the  Teaching  of  Church  History,  by  Francis  A. 
Christie;  First  Report  of  the  Conference  of  State  and  Local  Histor- 
ical Societies,  by  Frederic  W.  Moore;  State  Departments  of  Ar- 
chives and  History,  by  Thomas  McAdory  Owen;  Report  of  the  Pro- 
ceedings of  the  First  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Pacific  Coast  Branch, 
by  Max  Farrand;  Biographical  Notes  on  Early  California,  by  Rob- 
ert Ernest  Cowen;  The  Nooika  Sound  Controversy,  by  W.  R.  Man- 
ning; Report  of  the  Public  Archives  Commission;  Report  of  the  Col- 
lection of  Materials  in  English  and  European  History,  and  Subsidi- 
ary Fields  in  Libraries  of  the  United  States,  by  Wilbur  H.  Siebert. 

The  volume  is  interesting  to  many  who  have  been  especially  active 
in  the  development  of  State  and  local  historical  societies  as  factors  in 
the  study  of  the  history  of  the  United  States.  Especial  attention 
was  given  at  the  meeting  to  reports  from  this  phase  of  the  work  and 


SOME   PUBLICATIONS  139 

to  reports  from  the  Public  Archives  Commission,  as  well  as  to  other 
papers  and  reports  upon  subjects  of  local  interest. 

There  was  also  considerable  attention  given  to  the  subject  and 
treatment  of  European  history.  The  President,  Mr.  Goldwin  Smith, 
congratulated  the  Association  upon  the  fairness  and  candor  with 
which  Americans  were  treating  English  history  as  well  as  upon  the 
spirit  of  conscientiousness  which  pervades  the  work.  It  has  been 
somewhat  difficult  for  Americans  to  give  as  much  emphasis  to  Euro- 
pean history  as  should  be  given,  but  at  present  there  seems  to  be  a 
feeling  that  more  time  and  attention  can  be  given  to  it  both  in  gen- 
eral teaching  and  in  research. 

HAREY  GRANT  PLUM 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 

IOWA  CITY 


The  Ojibway.  By  JOSEPH  A.  GILFILLAN.  Washington,  D.  C. : 
The  Neale  Publishing  Co.  1904. 

The  most  notable  characteristic  of  this  work  is  its  absolute  fidelity 
to  the  realities  of  Ojibway  life.  One  can  hardly  decide  which  to 
admire  most,  the  painstaking  work  in  every  detail,  or  the  thorough 
acquaintance  with  the  minutiae  of  the  daily  routine  in  the  lives  of 
the  Indians  he  describes.  This  careful  attention  to  even  the  appar- 
ently unimportant  items  in  the  life  of  the  Ojibways  produces  the 
effect  of  an  actual  record  kept  from  day  to  day  by  a  dweller  among 
them.  To  one  not  versed  in  Indian  ways  many  of  these  details  pass 
unnoticed,  but  to  one  who  has  seen  this  life  at  close  range  Mr.  Gil- 
fillan's  work  has  the  keenest  interest  throughout.  In  the  description 
of  the  hunter,  the  medicine  man,  the  warrior  seeking  Sioux  scalps, 
and  of  the  lover  wooing  the  maiden  of  his  choice  in  her  father's 
lodge,  every  essential  feature  necessary  for  the  accuracy  and  clear- 
ness of  the  picture  is  brought  out  in  the  proper  place. 

For  this  kind  of  description  both  the  ethnologist  and  the  historian 
should  be  grateful.  It  is  rare  enough  that  any  one  can  produce  a 
book  of  such  real  scientific  value,  and  which  at  the  same  time  is  of 


140     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

interest  to  the  general  reader.  Perhaps  it  is  the  very  unconscious- 
ness of  his  merit  that  renders  the  author  so  accurate  and  so  readable. 
There  is  not  a  dull  page  in  the  whole  book,  nor  one  in  which  can  not 
be  found  some  point  of  interest  to  the  real  student.  It  is  very  sel- 
dom indeed  that  one  so  eminently  qualified  to  write  on  his  subject 
finds  his  way  into  print.  This  is  a  field  that  has  been  exploited  so 
long  by  the  paid  scribbler  and  the  sensation-monger  that  such  a 
work  as  we  are  describing  comes  as  a  distinct  surprise.  The  oppor- 
tunity for  good  work  of  this  kind  was  never  better  than  now,  while 
the  time  is  limited  when  such  material  can  be  found  for  study.  The 
Indian  tribes  are  fast  falling  prey  to  the  vices  and  the  diseases  of 
the  whites,  while  the  education  provided  for  the  children  still  further 
hastens  the  obliteration  of  the  old  tribal  customs  and  modes  of  life. 
But  this  book  has  still  another  merit  quite  as  important  as  any 
already  mentioned.  In  every  chapter  we  notice  that  generous  sym- 
pathy and  keen  insight  which  enables  the  author  to  get  close  to  the 
real  life  of  the  family  or  the  individual  he  is  describing  and  to  give 
his  readers  a  clearer  vision  of  the  actual  problems  of  Indian  life 
than  would  be  possible  in  any  other  way. 

O.  G.  LIBBY 

THE  STATE  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY  or  NORTH  DAKOTA 
GRAND  FORKS 


The  History  of  Agriculture  in  Dane  County,  Wisconsin.  By  BEN- 
JAMIN HORACE  HIBBAKD.  Madison:  The  University  of  Wis- 
consin. 1904.  Pp.  146. 

Dr.  Hibbard,  the  author  of  this  monograph  which  is  published  as 
No.  101  of  the  Bulletin  of  the  University  of  Wisconsin,  is  associate 
professor  of  economics  in  the  Iowa  State  College  of  Agriculture  and 
Mechanic  Arts.  The  monograph  was  submitted  in  partial  fulfill- 
ment for  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy  at  the  University  of 
Wisconsin.  It  is  divided  into  two  parts.  The  first  part  deals  with 
early  conditions,  while  the  second  part  treats  of  diversified  farming. 
In  the  discussion  of  early  conditions  Dr.  Hibbard  gives  us  a  de- 


SOME   PUBLICATIONS 

scription  of  the  area,  location,  boundaries,  drainage,  and  topography 
of  Dane  County,  with  some  notice  of  its  geological  formations,  the  va- 
rious soils  and  their  value,  its  vegetation,  woods,  and  prairies.  In  his 
discussion  of  the  movement  of  settlers  to  Wisconsin  he  gives  us  a 
clear  picture  of  the  early  comers,  the  hunters,  trappers,  and  miners 
who  made  their  way  to  Wisconsin  in  the  latter  part  of  the  twenties 
and  the  early  thirties.  The  early  settlers  were  all  of  American  stocks, 
chiefly  from  New  England,  New  York,  and  Ohio;  and  these  were 
followed  closely  by  extensive  immigration  of  Germans  and  Nor- 
wegians. 

The  purchase  of  land  from  the  government  by  early  settlers  was 
carried  on  under  circumstances  which  are  so  well  depicted  in  the 
Records  of  the  Claim  Association  of  Johnson  County,  recently  pub- 
lished under  the  editorship  of  Professor  Shambaugh  by  The  State 
Historical  Society  of  Iowa.  The  Dane  County  settlers  were  probably 
not  as  well  organized  as  the  Johnson  County  settlers,  but  they  worked 
to  the  same  end  to  secure  their  claims  at  the  minimum  government 
price  and  to  protect  the  rights  of  squatters.  A  chapter  on  the  selec- 
tion of  land  affords  curious  illustrations  of  the  failure  of  the  pioneer 
settlers  to  select  in  every  case  the  best  land.  Preference  was  given 
to  wooded  land  as  against  the  open  prairie,  and  bottom  lands  were 
usually  passed  by  in  favor  of  the  hillier  and  more  rolling  land. 

The  difficulties  of  early  farming  in  Dane  County  were  twofold, 
distance  from  markets  and  the  scantiness  of  capital.  In  the  earliest 
period  of  farming  in  Dane  County  wheat  was  the  staple  crop.  For 
ten  or  twelve  years  the  average  soil  yielded  wheat  generously,  but 
the  soil  was  soon  worn  out  for  this  purpose  and  it  required  consider- 
able time  for  the  farmers  to  believe  that  the  constituent  elements  of 
the  soil  which  made  for  a  good  wheat  crop  had  really  been  used  up 
with  the  approach  of  the  early  fifties.  They  failed  to  resort  to  ferti- 
lizers; and  it  was  only  after  the  market  for  Indian  corn  developed 
that  they  set  themselves  with  new  courage  and  a  new  crop  to  the 
cultivation  of  their  farms.  Attempts  were  made  by  the  early  settlers 
to  interest  Congress  in  the  development  of  transportion  facilities 
such  as  plank  roads,  canals,  and  the  like. 


142     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

In  the  second  part  of  the  monograph  before  us  Dr.  Hibbard  ex- 
plains the  existing  diversified  farming  which  began  to  develop  dur- 
ing the  sixties,  when  sheep  raising,  tobacco  culture,  and  the  cultiva- 
tion of  flax  and  hemp,  as  well  as  of  corn  and  wheat,  were  numbered 
among  the  regular  pursuits  of  farming  in  Dane  County.  As  popu- 
lation multiplied  the  dairying  industry  assumed  large  proportions. 
The  study  closes  with  a  discussion  of  the  size  of  farms  and  estates, 
land  values,  and  the  density  of  population  in  Dane  County. 

ISAAC  A.   Loos 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWJL 
IOWA  CITY 


AMERICANA    AND    MISCELLANEOUS 

Volume  XXVIII  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  United  States  National 
Museum  was  distributed  in  November,  1905. 

Government  in  the  Philippines,  by  Wm.  H.  Taft,  is  the  title  of  a 
short  article  in  The  University  Chronicle  (California)  for  Septem- 
ber, 1905. 

Vol.  I,  No.  1,  of  The  Genealogical  Magazine  appeared  in  April, 
1905.  The  magazine  is  edited  by  Stephen  P.  Sharpies  and  Eben 
Putnam,- and  published  monthly  by  the  latter  at  26  Broad  Street, 
Boston,  Mass. 

The  September,  1905,  number  of  The  Annals  of  the  American 
Academy  of  Political  and  Social  Science  contains  over  four  hun- 
dred pages  treating  of  the  various  phases  of  "Insurance." 

The  University  of  Missouri  Studies,  Vol.  I,  S  ocial  Science  Series, 
is  a  monograph  on  The  Clothing  Industry  in  New  York,  by  J.  E. 
Pope.  The  work  contains  339  pages  and  was  issued  in  September, 
1905. 

The  September,  1905,  quarterly  publication  of  the  American  Sta- 
tistical Association  contains  the  following  articles :  The  Birth-rate 
in  New  Hampshire,  by  Allyn  A.  Young;  Growth  of  the  New  York 


SOME   PUBLICATIONS  143 

State    Census,    by  J.    H.    Middleton;  and  Results  of  the  Practical 
Abolition  of  Capital  Punishment  in  Belgium,  by  Maynard  Shipley. 

The  Bulletin  of  the  American  Geographical  Society  for  Novem- 
ber, 1905,  includes  the  following  articles:  American  Samoa,  by  F. 
T.  Chambers;  Youth,  Maturity,  and  Old  Age  of  Topographic 
Forms,  by  D.  W.  Johnson;  The  Fifteenth  German  Geograj)hical 
Congress  in  Danzig,  by  Dr.  August  Walkenhaur;  and  The  Railway 
in  Newfoundland,  by  Charles  M.  Skinner. 

Bulletin  28  of  the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology  is  an  octavo 
volume  of  682  pages  and  49  plates.  The  work  consists  of  a  selec- 
tion of  twenty-four  papers  on  Mexican  and  Central  American  an- 
tiquities, calendar  systems,  and  history,  arranged  and  translated  by 
Charles  P.  Bowditch.  The  volume  bears  the  imprint,  1904,  and 
was  distributed  in  November,  1905. 

Explorations  in  the  Dead  Sea  Valley,  by  E.  W.  Masterman;  Ed- 
ucation and  Morals  Among  the  Navajos  and  Pueblos,  by  William 
E.  Curtis;  Ancient  Alphabets  and  Sacred  Books,  by  Stephen  D. 
Peet;  and  Phallic  Symbols  in  America,  by  H.  L.  Stoddard,  are  note- 
worthy contributions  in  The  American  Antiquarian  and  Oriental 
Journal  for  September— October,  1905. 

The  Bulletin  of  the  Bureau  of  Labor,  July,  1905,  has  two  impor- 
tant contributions,  namely,  Wages  and  Hours  of  Labor  in  Manu- 
facturing Industries,  1890-1904,  and  Itetail  Prices  of  Food,  1890- 
1904.  The  September  issue  is  mostly  devoted  to  a  consideration  of 
Government  Industrial  Arbitration,  by  Leonard  W.  Hatch. 

Two  important  contributions  which  appear  in  the  October,  1905, 
number  of  the  Bulletin  of  the  American  Geographical  Society  are 
The  Geography  of  American  Cities,  by  Walter  S.  Tower,  and 
Peary  Arctic  Club  Expedition  (summer  of  1905),  by  R.  E.  Peary. 

A  government  publication  of  recent  issue,  useful  to  libraries,  is 
the  Comprehensive  Index  to  the  Publications  of  the  United  States 
Government,  1881-1893,  by  John  G.  Ames.  The  work  is  in  two 


144    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

quarto  volumes,  issued  in  1905  by  the  Government  Printing  Office, 
and  distributed  by  the  Document  Division,  Department  of  the  In- 
terior. 

The  Department  of  Anthropology  of  the  University  of  California 
is  a  thirty-eight  page  pamphlet  issued  in  August,  1905.  This  pam- 
phlet gives  the  history  of  the  inception  and  establishment  of  the  de- 
partment together  with  a  statement  of  its  present  condition  and  a 
recital  of  what  has  been  accomplished  during  the  first  four  years  of 
its  existence. 

The  Report  of  the  Eleventh  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Mohonk  Lake 
Conference  on  International  Arbitration  (1905)  was  distributed  in 
September,  1905.  This  publication  of  one  hundred  and  seventy-five 
pages  gives  the  addresses  and  proceedings  of  the  conference  held 
May  31  to  June  2,  1905,  as  reported  by  Lillian  D.  Powers. 

Three  noteworthy  articles  appear  in  the  November,  1905,  issue  of 
the  Columbia  Law  Review,  namely,  Exemption  of  Private  Property 
at  Sea  from  Capture,  by  Samuel  B.  Oandall;  Federal  Supervision 
of  Insurance,  by  Carman  F.  Randolph;  and  The  Lawless  Court  of 
Essex,  by  Courtney  Kenny. 

The  Strategic  Importance  of  the  Pacific  Ocean,  by  J.  P.  Wisser; 
A  Personal  Inspection  of  the  Wreck  of  the  Vandalia,  at  Samoa, 
March  16,  1889,  by  Harry  Webster;  An  Eighteenth  Century  Episode 
in  Viennese  Court  Life,  by  S.  I.  de  Zuylen  de  Nyevelt;  The  Strategy 
and  Tactics  of  the  Russo-Japanese  War,  by  John  P.  Wisser;  and 
A  Few  Remarks  upon  the  New  Militia  Law  in  the  United  States, 
by  George— Nestler  Tricoche,  are  articles  worthy  of  special  mention 
in  the  November,  1905,  number  of  The  United  Service. 

The  Annals  of  the  American  Academy  of  Political  and  Social 
Science  for  November,  1905,  includes  the  following  contributions: 
National  Regulation  of  Railroads,  by  M.  A.  Knapp;  Limitations 
Upon  National  Regulation  of  Railroads,  by  O.  E.  Butterfield;  Fed- 
eral Control  of  Interstate  Commerce,  by  H.  E.  Montgomery;  Consti- 


SOME  PUBLICATIONS  145 

tutional  Difficulties  of  Trust  Regulation,  by  Warren  Bigelow;  The 
Relation  of  Auditing  to  Public  Control,  by  F.  A.  Cleveland;  Federal 
Supervision  and  Regulation  of  Insurance,  by  S.  Huebner;  The  Dis- 
tribution of  Surplus  in  Life  Insurance:  A  Problem  in  Supervision, 
by  L.  A.  Anderson;  and  British  and  American  Irade  Unionism,  by 
W.  E.  Walling. 

Articles  in  The  American  Journal  of  Sociology  for  November, 
1905,  are  A  Laboratory  Experiment  in  Journalism,  by  G.  E. 
Vincent;  The  Necessary  Sequel  of  Child-Labor  Laws,  by  Josephine 
C.  Goldmark;  The  Japanese  as  Peers  of  Western  Peoples,  by  Ed- 
mund Buckley;  The  Municipal  League  of  Philadelphia,  by  C.  K. 
Woodruff;  A  Contribution  to  the  Sociology  of  Religion,  by  Georg 
Simmel;  and  The  Literary  Interests  of  Chicago,  by  H.  E.  Fleming. 

In  the  Journal  of  the  U.  S.  Cavalry  Association  for  October, 
1905,  appears  an  article  on  The  Yellowstone  Expedition  of  1873,  by 
Charles  Braden. 

The  United  Service  for  October,  1905,  contains,  among  other 
articles  of  interest,  the  Old  France  and  Young  America :  Campaign 
of  Vice- Admiral  D' Estaing  in  1778,  translated  from  the  French  of  G. 
Lacour-Gayet,  by  T.  G.  Stewart;  British  Naval  Policy  and  German 
Aspirations,  by  Archibald  S.  Hurd;  Some  Military  Reminiscences 
of  the  Rebellion,  by  T.  J.  Jordan;  and  an  installment  on  The  Strategy 
and  Tactics  of  the  Russo-Japanese  War. 

In  The  Typographical  Journal  for  October,  1905,  there  appears 
as  a  supplement  the  Reports  of  Officers  and  Proceedings  of  the  Fifty- 
first  Session  of  the  International  Typographical  Union  held  in 
Toronto,  Canada,  August  14-19,  1905. 

The  Evolution  of  Modern  Liberty  is  the  title  of  a  volume  by 
George  L.  Scherger,  recently  issued  by  Longmans,  Green  &  Co. 

Professor  Alcee  Fortier's  address  on  The  Physician  in  the  History 
and  Literature  of  Louisiana,  delivered  at  the  Commencement  of  the 
Medical  Department  of  Tulane  University,  1905,  has  been  reprinted 
from  the  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 


146     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

The  formal  articles  in  The  American  Historical  Review  for  Oc- 
tober, 1905,  are:  Early  Records  of  the  King's  Council,  by  James  F. 
Baldwin;  The  Literary  Activity  of  the  Emperor  Maximilian  I,  by 
Paul  van  Dyke;  The  Manor  of  East  Greenwich  in  the  County  of 
Kent,  by  Edward  P.  Cheyney;  Burke  on  Party,  by  Gold  win  Smith; 
The  Confederation  and  the  Shays  Rebellion,  by  Joseph  P.  Warren; 
and  The  Negotiations  at  Ghent  in  181J+,  by  A.  T.  Mahan.  This 
number  begins  volume  XI. 

Articles  of  interest  in  The  Quarterly  Journal  of  Economics  for 
November,  1905,  are  the  following:  The  English  Railway  and 
Canal  Commission  of  1888,  by  S.  J.  McLean;  Types  of  American 
Labor  Unions:  The  ^Longshoremen  of  the  Great  Lakes,  by  John  R. 
Commons;  The  Effect  of  Labor -Saving  Devices  upon  Wages,  by 
Alvin  S.  Johnson;  and  Employers'*  Associations  for  Dealing  icith 
Labor  in  the  United  States,  by  W.  F.  Willoughby.  Minor  articles 
are:  Changes  in  the  Tax  Laws  of  New  York  State  in  1905;  and 
The  Origin  of  the  Phrase  il  Balance  of  Trade." 

Interesting  articles  on  anthropological  subjects  in  the  American 
Anthropologist  for  July-September,  1905,  are:  The  Eolithic  Prob- 
lem— Evidences  of  a  Rude  Industry  Antedating  the  Paleolithic,  by 
George  G.  MacCurdy;  Notes  of  the  San  Carlos  Apache,  by  Aries 
Hrdlicka;  A  Pawnee  Personal  Medicine  Shrine,  by  George  A.  Dorsey; 
Dress  and  Ornaments  of  the  New  England  Indians,  by  Charles  C. 
Willoughby;  The  Splayed  or  so-called  "Casco  Foot"  in  the  Fili- 
pino, by  Albert  E.  Jenks;  In  Memoriam:  Washington  Matthews, 
with  bibliography  of  his  writings;  and  Some  More  about  Virginia 
Names,  by  W.  W.  Tooker. 

The  November-December  number  of  The  American  Antiquarian 
and  Oriental  Journal  closes  the  twenty-seventh  volume  of  the  journal 
which  is  edited  by  Rev.  Stephen  D.  Peet.  The  articles  in  this  clos- 
ing number  are:  Ancient  Inscriptions  at  Sidon,  by  Ghosn  el  Howie; 
The  University  of  St.  Joseph  of  Beyrouth,  by  Joseph  Offord;  Baby- 
lonian Culture  in  Canaan,  by  A.  H.  Sayce;  " Standing  Rock,"  In- 


SOME  PUBLICATIONS  147 

dian  Territory,  by  H.  F.  Buckner;  Mythology  of  the,  Plains  Indians, 
by  C.  S.  Wake;  Belief  in  the  Resurrection  and  Future  State,  by 
Stephen  D.  Peet;  and  Indian  Sketches,  Legend  of  the  Saline  River, 
by  John  T.  Irving. 

Volume  I,  Pt.  i,  of  the  Memoirs  of  the  American  Anthropological 
and  Ethnological  Societies,  contains  a  treatise  on  Materials  for  the 
Physical  Anthropology  of  the  Eastern  Jews,  by  Maurice  Fishberg. 
The  work  covers  146  pages  and  was  issued  in  June,  1905,  as  a  reprint 
from  the  Annals  of  the  New  York  Academy  of  Sciences,  Vol.  XVI, 
No.  6,  Pt.  2. 

The  North  Central  History  Teacher's  Association  has  published  in 
a,  thirty-five  page  pamphlet  the  Proceedings  of  its  seventh  annual 
meeting  which  was  held  in  Chicago  on  March  31  and  April  1,  1905. 
"What  can  the  College  expect  from  the  High  School  Course  in  His- 
tory?", "Cooperation",  "Should  Civics  and  United  States  History 
be  taught  together  or  separately  in  the  High  School?"  were  the 
chief  topics  of  discussion. 

The  contributions  appearing  in  the  September,  1905,  American 
Journal  of  Sociology  are:  The  Negro  Race  and  European  Civiliza- 
tion, by  Paul  S.  Reinsch;  Social  Solidarity  in  France,  by  Charles 
R.  Henderson;  Italian  Immigration  into  the  United  States,  190 1-^ 
by  G.  E.  Di  Palma  Castiglione;  The  Civic  Problem  from  a  Sociolog- 
ical Standpoint,  by  I.  W.  Howerth;  Introduction  to  Sociology  (XVI) 
by  G.  De  Greef ;  Ethics  and  its  History,  by  A.  H.  Lloyd;  and  The 
Theory  of  Colonization,  by  James  Collier. 

The  South  Atlantic  Quarterly  for  October,  1905,  has  for  contribu- 
tions, The  Ancestry  of  General  Robert  E.  Lee,  by  W.  H.  Mann; 
The  Souths  Interest  in  the  Library  of  Congress,  by  J.  D.  Rodeffer; 
Some  Neio  North  Carolina  Industries,  by  Thomas  A.  Smoot;  The 
South  and  the  Manufacture  of  Cotton,  by  C.  L.  Raper;  The  Execu- 
tive Prerogative  in  the  United  States,  by  David  Y.  Thomas;  The 
Franklin  jBi-centenary,  by  Edwin  W.  Bowen;  Ethical  Theory  as  a 
Basis  for  Educational  Theory  and  Practice,  by  Bruce  R.  Payne; 
and  Some  Facts  About  John  Paul  Jones,  by  Junius  Davis. 


148    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

IOWANA 

The  Proceedings  of  the  Synod  of  Iowa,  which  held  its  meetings  at 
Cedar  Rapids,  October  17-20,  1905,  appear  in  The  Iowa  Presby- 
terian for  November,  1905. 

The  December,  1905,  number  of  Autumn  Leaves  closes  the  eight- 
eenth volume  of  that  monthly,  which  is  edited  and  published  at 
Lamoni,  Iowa. 

The  Civil  and  the  Common  Law  in  the  Louisiana  Purchase,  by 
Emlin  McClain,  is  the  title  of  a  thirty-one  page  pamphlet  issued  in 
October,  1905,  as  a  reprint  from  the  Proceedings  of  the  Missouri 
Bar  Association,  1905. 

An  eighty-three  page  pamphlet  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Seventh 
Iowa  State  Conference  of  Charities  and  Correction  (1904)  was  dis- 
tributed in  October,  1905. 

Under  the  heading  Americans  Oldest  Editor  a  sketch  of  Hon.  A. 
B.  F.  Hildreth  appears  in  The  Register  and  Leader  of  November 
19,  1905. 

The  Tree  Book,  by  Julia  E.  Rogers,  a  former  lowan,  is  a  finely 
written  and  well  illustrated  manual  of  over  six  hundred  pages.  The 
work  was  issued  by  Doubleday,  Page  and  Company,  in  1905.  The 
dedication  is  to  Professor  T.  H.  Macbride. 

The  Reporter  (Winterset,  Iowa)  for  September  28,  1905,  is  a 
twenty-four  page  historical  and  souvenir  number,  printed  on  enam- 
eled paper.  This  number  is  well  illustrated  and  contains  much  con- 
temporary and  past  history  of  Madison  County. 

The  Davenport  Democrat  and  Leader  for  October  22,  1905,  is  a 
sixty-four  page  illustrated  number  containing  much  historical  matter 
concerning  the  early  settlement  and  growth  of  Davenport. 

The  Execution  of  William  McCauley  is  an  account  of  the  only 
hanging  that  ever  occurred  in  Van  Buren  County.  The  facts  in  the 
case  were  compiled  by  Mr.  E.  R.  Harlan  and  published  in  the  I£eo- 
sauqua  Republican  for  April  13,  1905.  Mr.  Harlan's  valuable  paper 


SOME   PUBLICATIONS  149 

has  been  reprinted  in  an  eleven  page  pamphlet.      Van  Buren  County 
Court  House  is  a  brief  historical  sketch  by  the  same  author. 

Compulsory  Education  and  its  Relations  to  the  Defective  Classes, 
by  Henry  W.  Rothert,  Superintendent  of  the  Iowa  School  for  the 
Deaf,  is  the  title  of  a  fourteen  page  pamphlet  issued  during  the  year 
1904. 

The  Thirty-fourth  Annual  Report  of  the  Assessed  Valuation  of 
Railroad  Property  in  the  /State  of  loioa  (1905),  compiled  by  A.  H. 
Davidson,  was  distributed  in  November,  1905. 

Census  Bulletin,  Number  1,  1905,  issued  by  the  Executive  Coun- 
cil of  the  State  of  Iowa  and  distributed  in  November,  1905,  is  a 
twenty-three  page  pamphlet  giving  in  tabulated  form  the  results  of 
the  State  census  made  during  the  year  1905. 

The  Grinnell  Review  is  a  monthly  periodical  published  in  the  inter- 
ests of  Iowa  College,  Grinnell,  Iowa.  It  made  its  initial  appearance 
in  October,  1905,  as  a  quarto,  of  approximately  sixteen  pages. 

The  Annals  of  Iowa  for  October,  1905,  contains  the  following 
contributions:  Judge  Joseph  Williams,  by  E.  H.  Stiles;  The  Simon 
Cameron  Indian  Commission  of  1838,  by  Ida  M.  Street;  and  Con- 
stantine  Samuel  Rafinesque — A  Sketch,  by  T.  J.  Fitzpatrick.  Por- 
traits are  given  of  Judge  Joseph  Williams,  C.  S.  Rafinesque,  and  of 
the  Indian  chief  Appanoose. 

The  Report  of  the  Sixth  Annual  Assessment  of  Telegraph  and 
Telephone  Property  in  the  State  of  Iowa,  as  fixed  by  the  Executive 
Council,  July  27,  1905,  was  issued  in  November,  1905.  This  publi- 
cation of  one  hundred  and  eighty-four  pages  gives  the  mileage  and 
the  assessments  of  the  various  telegraph  and  telephone  companies 
doing  business  in  Iowa. 

The  Eleventh  Biennial  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics 
for  the  State  of  Iowa,  1903-1904,  by  Edward  D.  Brigham,  was  dis- 
tributed in  November,  1905.  This  report  is  a  volume  of  four  hun- 
dred and  sixty  pages  in  which  the  following  topics  are  treated: 


150    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Suggested  Legislation;  Factory  Inspection;  Graded  Wages  and  /Sal- 
aries, with  Hours  "Worked  per  Day  and  Week,  and  Variation  in 
Hate  for  1904;  New  Industries  for  Iowa;  Trade  Unions  in  Iowa; 
Immigration;  Wage  Earners  of  Iowa;  Railroad  Employes  of  Iowa; 
Wage  Scales  and  Trade  Agreements  Between  Employers  and  Em- 
ployes in  Iowa;  loica  Manufactures;  and  Labor  Laws  of  Iowa. 

The  July,  1905,  Bulletin  of  Iowa  Institutions  contains  the  follow- 
ing articles:  The  Story  the  Germs  Told,  by  Burton  R.  Rogers;  A 
Morphological  Continuity  of  Germ- Cells  as  the  Basis  of  Heredity 
and  Variation,  by  J.  Beard;  Insanity  Not  a  Question  of  Conduct, 
by  James  W.  Wherry;  Libraries  in  the  State  Institutions,  by  John- 
son Brigham;  Concerning  Temperance  Instruction,  by  Geo.  M.  Kline; 
Treatment  of  Tuberculosis  in  the  State  Hospitals,  by  W.  P.  Crum- 
backer;  Children's  Home  Societies,  by  Clare  Lunbeck;  Tuberculosis 
in  Postmortem  Findings,  by  Max  E.  Witte;  and  The  Defective 
Wards  of  the  State,  by  Ophelia  L.  Amigh. 

Proceedings  of  the  Iowa  Academy  of  Sciences  for  190 Jf  (Vol.  XII, 
1905)  is  a  volume  of  xviii,  244  pages.  The  contributions  are:  Pres- 
idential Address:  Botany  in  its  Relation  to  Good  Citizenship,  by  B. 
Shimek;  Apparatus  for  Plating  Out  Petri  Dishes  in  the  Field,  by 
L.  S.  Ross;  A  Method  for  the  Determination  of  Hydriodic  and  Hy- 
drobromic  Acids,  by  W.  S.  Hendrixson;  Notes  on  American  Cladon- 
ias,  by  Bruce  Fink;  Some  Notes  on  Certain  Iowa  Algos,  by  Bruce 
JFink;  Cohesion  of  Water  and  of  Alcohol,  by  Edwin  Morrison;  The 
Slime  Moulds  of  New  Mexico,  by  T.  H.  Macbride;  An  Ecological 
<Study  of  the  Sabine  and  Neches  Valleys,  Texas,  by  James  E.  Gow; 
<J.  J.  Thomson's  Theory  of  Matter,  by  L.  Begeman;  Variation  in 
Ray  Flowers  of  Anthemis  cotula  and  Other  Composites,  by  H.  S. 
Fawcett;  Notes  on  a  Thermophilic  Bacillus,  by  R.  E.  Buchanan; 
Municipal  Hygiene — Part  I,  by  C.  O.  Bates;  Notes  on' the  Flora, 
Especially  the  Forest  Flora,  of  the  Sitter  Hoot  Mountains,  by  L.  H. 
Pammel;  Methods  for  the  Estimation  of  Carbon  Dioxide  in  Minerals 
and  Hocks,  by  Nicholas  Knight;  An  Annotated  List  of  Iowa  Dis- 
corny cetes,  by  F.  J.  Seaver;  The  Biology  of  the  Bacillus  violaceus 


SOME  PUBLICATIONS  151 

laurentius  or  Pseudomonas  janthina,  by  Grace  R.  Rueda;  Plants  New 
to  the  Flora  of  Decatur  County,  Iowa,  by  J.  P.  Anderson;  The  Switch- 
board and  -Arrangement  of  Storage  Battery  at  Simpson  College,  by 
John  L.  Tilton;  A  Problem  in  Municipal  Waterworks  for  a  Small 
City,  by  John  L.  Tilton;  Some  Railroad  "Water  Supplies,  by  L.  H- 
Pammel  and  Estelle  D.  Fogel;  Flowering  Plants  of  Henry  County y. 
by  J.  M.  Lindly;  Bisection  of  Mountain  BlocJcs  in  the  Great  Basin 
Region,  by  Charles  R.  Keyes;  Geological  Structure  of  the  Jornada 
del  Muerto,  and  Adjoining  Bolson  Plains,  by  Charles  R.  Keyes; 
Northward  Extension  of  the  Lake  Valley  Limestone,  by  Charles  R. 
Keyes;  Growth  and  Pigment  Production  of  Pseudomonas  janthina, 
by  Harry  F.  Watt;  The  Synthesis  of  Ethyl  Alcohol  from  Acetylene, 
by  J.  C.  Frazee;  and  The  Flowering  Plants  of  Hardin  County,  by 
Morton  E.  Peck.  There  is  also  in  this  volume  an  appreciative  notice 
of  the  late  Emma  Pammel  Hansen  by  H.  E.  Summers. 


HISTOKICAL  SOCIETIES 

The  Maryland  Historical  Society  has  in  contemplation  the  publi- 
cation of  a  quarterly  magazine. 

The  Santa  Clara  County  Historical  Society  (California)  has  re- 
cently been  organized.  Professor  C.  A.  Duniway,  of  Leland  Stan- 
ford University,  is  President  of  the  new  Society. 

The  Fifty-third  annual  meeting  of  the  State  Historical  Society  of 
Wisconsin  was  held  in  the  Society's  library  building  at  Madison, 
November  9,  1905. 

The  Twenty-first  Annual  Meeting  of  the  American  Historical 
Association  was  held  at  Baltimore  and  Washington  on  December 
26-29,  1905.  A  part  of  the  program  was  devoted  to  a  conference  on 
the  problems  of  State  and  local  historical  societies. 

The  October,  1905,  number  of  The  Medford  Historical  Register 
closes  the  eighth  volume  of  the  quarterly  published  by  the  Medford 
Historical  Society,  Medford,  Mass. 

In  a  seven  page  pamphlet  Professor  Edmond  S.  Meany,  Secretary 
of  the  Washington  University  State  Historical  Society  appeals  to  the 
school  teachers  of  the  State  to  help  the  Society  "save  local  history." 

A  Swedish-American  Historical  Society  has  been  formed  in  Chi- 
cago representing  Swedes  from  all  parts  of  the  United  States.  The 
objects  of  the  Society  will  be  to  collect  a  library  and  a  museum  illus- 
trative of  the  history  and  the  cultural  progress  of  Swedes  in  America, 
to  further  the  study  of  the  Swedish  language  and  Swedish -American 
history,  and  to  publish  works  with  a  view  to  encourage  the  study  of 
the  history  and  literature  of  Sweden  in  American  universities. 
The  Executive  Board  of  the  Society  consists  of  the  following  officers: 
Dr.  E.  A.  Enander,  President;  Dr.  Gustav  Andreen,  Vice  President; 
Andrew  Schon,  Secretary;  and  A.  G.  S.  Josephson,  Treasurer. 


HISTORICAL   SOCIETIES  153 

The  Proceedings  of  the  Bunker  Hill  Monument  Association,  1905, 
were  distributed  in  September,  1905.  The  Proceedings  make  a 
pamphlet  of  sixty-seven  pages. 

The  Society  of  Friends  at  Lynn,  Mass.,  by  Sallie  H.  Hacker,  is 
the  leading  article  in  the  October,  1905,  number  of  The  Essex  Insti- 
tute Historical  Collections. 

The  October,  1905,  number  of  The  New  England  Historical  and 
Genealogical  Register  closes  the  fifty-ninth  volume  of  that  valuable 
Quarterly. 

Origin  of  Pacific  University,  by  James  R.  Robertson,  The  Polit- 
ical Beginning  of  Washington  Territory,  by  Thomas  W.  Prosch, 
and  Dr.  John  Scouler's  Journal  of  a  Voyage  to  2V.  W.  America,  II. , 
are  the  historical  articles  in  the  June,  1905,  Quarterly  of  the  Oregon 
Historical  Society. 

Three  interesting  papers  may  be  found  in  the  September,  1905, 
issue  of  the  Publications  of  the  Southern  History  Association,  namely: 
Lafayette's  Campaign  in  Virginia,  April -October,  1781,  by  M.  J. 
Wright;  The  Making  of  the  Confederate  Constitution,  by  A.  L. 
Hull,  and  French  Refugees  to  New  Orleans  in  1809,  by  L.  M.  Perez. 

The  October,  1905,  number  of  the  Ohio  Archaeological  and  His- 
torical Quarterly  has  the  following  papers:  Water  Highways  and 
Carrying  Places,  by  E.  L.  Taylor;  The  Underground  Railroad,  by 
S.  S.  Knabenshue;  Powder  Magazine  at  Fort  Hamilton,  by  W.  C. 
Miller;  Navigation  on  the  Muskingum,  by  I.  T.  McConnelsville; 
Darnell's  Leap  for  Life;  Song  Writers  of  Ohio,  by  C.  B.  Galbreath; 
Farewell  Song  of  the  Wyandot  Indians,  by  James  Ranking;  and 
Early  Cincinnati,  by  Joseph  Wilby.  This  number  completes  Vol- 
ume XIV. 

The  Proceedings  of  the  American  Antiquarian  Society  at  the  semi- 
annual meeting  held  in  Boston,  April  26,  1905,  have  been  issued  as 
Vol.  XVII,  Pt.  I,  of  the  new  series.  The  accompanying  papers  are: 
Emergent  Treasury- Supply  in  Massachusetts  in  Early  Days,  by 
A.  M.  Davis;  A  Scheme  for  the  Conquest  of  Canada  in  1746,  by 


154    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Victor  H.  Paltsits;  Jeremy  Taylor  and  Religious  Liberty  in  the 
English  Church,  by  Daniel  Merriman;  and  An  Ancient  Instance  of 
Municipal  Ownership,  by  Samuel  Utley. 

Articles  of  interest  in  The  Virginia  Magazine  of  History  and 
Biography  for  October,  1905,  are:  The  Early  Westward  Movement 
of  Virginia,  1722-1734,  by  Charles  E.  Kemper;  Virginia  and  the 
Cherokees,  <&c.,  the  Treaties  of  1768  and  1770;  The  Treaty  of  Lan- 
caster, 1744;  Ihe  Treaty  of  Logg's  Town,  1752;  I  he  Vestry  Book 
of  King  William  Parish,  Va.,  1707-1750;  and  Virginia  Gleanings 
in  England. 

The  Year  Book,  No.  10  of  the  Oneida  Historical  Society,  at 
Utica,  N.  Y.,  1905,  is  an  octavo  publication  of  xxiv,  168  pages. 
The  leading  contributions  are:  I  he  Genius  of  Anglo-Saxon  Law 
and  Institutions  Contrasted  with  the  Latin  Civilization  of  Imperial- 
ism, by  W.  T.  Gibson;  The  Mohawk  Valley,  A  Channel  of  Civiliza- 
tion, by  A.  L.  Byron-Curtiss;  Colonization  and  Civil  Government  in 
the  Tropics,  by  S.  L.  Parrish;  Recollections  of  the  Oneida  Bar,  by 
H.  J.  Cookinham;  and  McIZinley  and  the  Spanish  War,  by  S.  L. 
Woodford.  A  number  of  Life  Sketches  and  Biographical  Sketches 
are  given.  The  volume  is  embellished  with  a  plate  of  the  Munson— 
Williams  Memorial,  the  home  of  the  Society,  and  the  portraits  of  the 
contributors. 

STATE    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY    OF    SOUTH    DAKOTA 

By  an  act  of  the  Legislature  the  Secretary  of  the  State  Historical 
Society  has  been  made  State  Librarian. 

The  Society  has  received  several  valuable  additions  to  its  news- 
paper department.  Mr.  George  W.  Hopp  has  contributed  files  of 
the  Brooking s  County  Press  covering  a  period  of  eight  years;  and 
Mr.  W.  C.  Brown  has  donated  a  complete  file  of  the  lurner  County 
Herald. 

As  Superintendent  of  Census  and  Vital  Statistics  the  Secretary  of 
the  Society,  Mr.  Fred  J.  Goodfellow,  has  completed  his  report  which 
is  now  in  the  hands  of  the  public  printer.  Monthly  and  quarterly 
bulletins  have  already  been  issued  through  the  press. 


HISTORICAL   SOCIETIES  155 

THE    POWESHIEK    COUNTY    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY 

In  response  to  a  call  issued  by  Professor  L.  F.  Parker,  the  pio- 
neers of  Poweshiek  County  met  at  Montezuma,  Iowa,  on  October  27, 
1905,  for  the  purpose  of  organizing  a  county  historical  society.  A 
temporary  organization  was  effected.  They  met  again  on  December 
7,  1905,  and  adopted  Articles  of  Incorporation.  Several  papers  on 
local  history  were  read  at  this  time.  The  next  meeting  will  be 
held  on  the  second  Thursday  of  February,  1906,  at  Brooklyn. 

The  officers  of  the  Poweshiek  County  Historical  Society  are:  Pro- 
fessor L.  F.  Parker,  President;  R.  A.  Mortland  and  E.  E.  Blanch- 
ard,  Secretaries;  Jesse  Macy,  Treasurer;  and  L.  F.  Parker,  His- 
torian. The  Society  is  exceptionally  fortunate  in  having  among  its 
members  such  men  as  Professor  Parker  and  Professor  Macy. 

MISSISSIPPI     HISTORICAL     SOCIETY 

The  next  meeting  of  the  Mississippi  Historical  Society  will  be 
held  in  Jackson,  Mississippi,  January  4  and  5,  1906.  Judging  by 
present  indications,  the  papers  to  be  presented  at  this  meeting  will 
contain  some  substantial  contributions  to  the  history  of  reconstruc- 
tion in  the  State.  Papers  will  also  be  read  on  military,  economic, 
political,  literary,  and  biographical  subjects. 

Volume  I  of  the  Territorial  Archives  of  Mississippi  will  be  ready 
for  distribution  on  the  first  of  January,  1906.  This  book  has  been 
edited  by  Hon.  Dunbar  Rowland,  Director  of  Archives  and  History. 
It  will  form  the  first  installment  of  source  materials  to  be  published 
for  historical  purposes  in  Mississippi  and  will  cover  a  period  from 
1793  to  1803,  or  the  administration  of  Winthrop  Sargent  and  W. 
C.  C.  Claiborne.  The  Publications  of  the  Mississippi  Historical 
Society  are  devoted  entirely  to  the  finished  products  of  research  and 
to  the  presentation  of  sources  of  an  unofficial  character. 

STATE    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY    OP    NORTH    DAKOTA 

The  State  Historical  Society  of  North  Dakota  is  soon  to  publish 
its  initial  volume  of  Collections.  This  is  a  State  publication  and  will 
be  classed  with  the  Public  Documents  of  the  State.  For  the  past 


156    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

two  years  the  Secretary,  Dr.  O.  G.  Libby,  has  been  making  an  his- 
torical survey  of  the  State  with  the  view  of  ascertaining  the  material 
available  for  publication.  Thus  far  he  has  met  with  the  heartiest 
cooperation  in  all  parts  of  the  State,  and  it  seems  certain  that  the 
first  volume  will  be  thoroughly  representative  of  the  varied  life  and 
industry  of  all  the  important  sections  and  of  the  natural  divisions  of 
the  State. 

Among  the  contributions  to  the  first  volume  will  be  articles  on  the 
chief  Indian  tribes  with  plates  illustrating  their  habits  and  modes  of 
life.  The  Secretary  has  been  especially  fortunate  in  securing  a  large 
number  of  pictures  painted  by  the  Indians  showing  some  phases  of 
their  history  which  will  be  of  great  interest  to  all.  Several  contri- 
butions will  deal  with  the  local  history  of  the  State;  and  the  early 
pioneer  life  will  be  represented  in  a  series  of  sketches  by  those  well 
qualified  to  write  on  these  topics. 

OEEGON    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY 

The  annual  meeting  of  the  members  of  the  Society  for  1905  took 
place  on  December  16.  The  main  features  of  the  program  were  the 
Annual  Address  of  President  Wm.  D.  Fenton,  and  the  Report  of  the 
Secretary,  F.  G.  Young. 

Two  historical  projects  are  mooted  in  Oregon  which  are  in  a  way 
sequels  to  the  Lewis  and  Clark  Centennial  Exposition.  A  movement 
is  started  in  Astoria  to  realize  a  monument  on  the  site  of  Fort  Clat- 
sop,  the  winter  quarters  of  the  exploring  party  (1805-6)  and  the  cul- 
minating point  of  the  exploration.  The  course  pursued  in  securing 
the  Floyd  monument  at  Sioux  City,  Iowa,  will  be  followed  in  a  gen- 
eral way,  associating  the  Secretary  of  War  with  the  Oregon  Histor- 
ical Society — if  Congress  can  be  prevailed  upon  to  mark  this  his- 
toric spot. 

The  action  of  the  Legislature  of  Oregon,  when  it  made  the  largest 
contribution  toward  the  creation  of  the  Lewis  and  Clark  Centennial 
Exposition  that  it  received,  contemplated  the  erection  of  a  Memorial 
Building  that  should  become  the  permanent  home  of  the  Historical 
Society.  There  was  a  special  strain  on  the  finances  of  the  Lewis  and 


HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES  157 

Clark  Exposition  Corporation  when  Congress  failed  to  give  it  a  cash 
appropriation,  and  the  erection  of  the  Memorial  Building  was  accord- 
ingly put  off  until  the  close  of  the  exposition  period.  Though  the 
Corporation  has  a  surplus,  the  Historical  Society  is  relying  on  a  sub- 
scription of  the  necessary  funds  should  the  stockholders  fail  to  vote 
the  surplus  directly  to  the  benefit  of  the  historical  building. 

STATE    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY    OF    WISCONSIN 

The  Fifty-third  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Society  was  held  at  Mad- 
ison on  Thursday,  November  9,  1905.  In  the  afternoon  a  business 
meeting  was  held;  while  in  the  evening  a  formal  program  was  pre- 
sented to  the  public. 

The  report  of  the  Treasurer  showed  a  balance  of  $52,105.07  in  the 
private  funds  of  the  Society;  while  the  Superintendent  reported 
upon  the  expenditure  of  $20,000  during  the  year  from  the  State 
appropriation.  During  the  year  12,634  titles  were  added  to  the 
library,  which  now  contains  a  total  of  272,664  titles. 

In  the  evening  the  program  was  opened  by  an  address  from  the 
President,  Mr.  William  Ward  Wright,  of  Milwaukee.  Mr.  Arthur 
C.  Neville  followed  with  a  paper  on  Historic  Sites  About  Green 
Bay.  Duluth,  the  Fur-trader,  was  the  title  of  a  paper  by  Mr.  Henry 
C.  Campbell.  Mr.  Henry  E.  Legler  discussed  the  Printed  Narra- 
tives of  Wisconsin  Travellers  Prior  to  1800.  The  program  closed 
with  a  paper  by  Mr.  John  Bell  Sanborn  on  The  Impeachment  of 
Levi  Hubbell. 

MISSOURI    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY 

The  Missouri  Historical  Society's  collection  of  portraits  of  men 
prominent  in  the  history  of  the  State  has  lately  been  augmented  by 
the  gifts  of  portraits  of  Frank  P.  Blair,  General  Alexander  W.  Don- 
iphan,  leader  of  Doniphan's  Expedition  in  the  Mexican  War,  of 
Thomas  H.  Benton  at  an  early  period,  Governor  M.  M.  Marmaduke, 
Governor  John  S.  Marmaduke,  Melvin  L.  Gray,  Arthur  Lee,  Dr. 
Emil  Pretorius,  Colonel  D.  D.  Mitchell  and  Meriwether  Lewis. 

The  Missouri  Historical  Society  has  recently  come  into  the  posses- 
sion, through  the  kind  interest  of  Miss  Eva  Gray,  niece  of  the  late 


158    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Melvin  L.  Gray,  of  a  valuable  collection  of  letters  and  papers  relat- 
ing to  the  fur  trade  of  the  Upper  Missouri  and  to  the  Santa  Fe  trade 
of  the  Southwest.  These  are  known  as  the  "Sublette  Papers."  Mr. 
Gray  was  the  executor  of  the  Sublette  estate  and  guardian  of  the 
little  daughter  of  William  L.  Sublette.  For  many  years  these  papers 
were  held  in  his  possession,  although  he  had  expressed  his  intention 
of  ultimately  presenting  them  to  the  Missouri  Historical  Society  of 
which  he  was  a  life  member.  Miss  Gray  has  carried  out  his  design. 

The  manuscripts  cover  a  period  beginning  with  the  enterprise  of 
Jedediah  S.  Smith  in  trading  in  Mexico  in  1827  up  to  the  sixties,  and 
comprise  about  six  hundred  documents  in  all.  One  of  the  interesting 
papers  is  a  statement  of  the  " Articles  of  Agreement  between  Wil- 
liam L.  Sublette,  Thomas  Fitzpatrick,  Milton  L.  Sublette,  John  Bap- 
tiste  Gervais,  James  Bridger,  and  Henry  Fraeb,  trading  under  the 
name  and  style  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  Fur  Company,"  dated  1832. 
This  document  was  witnessed  by  Robert  Campbell  and  Louis  Vas- 
quez,  both  of  whom  are  prominent  in  the  annals  of  the  fur  trade. 
Mr.  Campbell  later  became  a  partner  of  Sublette  on  the  Upper  Mis- 
souri. 

The  Mexican  War  period  is  illustrated  by  many  letters  and  state- 
ments. Thomas  Fitzpatrick  and  Solomon  P.  Sublette  were  Indian 
agents  in  the  west  and  their  correspondence  is  to  be  found  in  the 
Sublette  Collection.  Among  the  papers  is  a  letter  written  by  John 
A.  Sutter,  the  Swiss  colonist  in  California,  upon  whose  land  gold 
was  discovered,  which  discovery  brought  about  the  rush  of  1849. 

WASHINGTON    UNIVERSITY    STATE    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY 

The  Washington  University  State  Historical  Society  was  incorpor- 
ated January  1,  1902.  It  is  supported  and  conducted  by  the  volun- 
tary contributions  of  time  and  money  by  its  members.  Plans  are 
now  maturing  to  secure  a  more  permanent  income  and  to  hire  a  Sec- 
retary who  will  devote  all  his  time  to  the  collection  of  relics  and 
papers  and  to  research  among  the  surviving  pioneers. 

In  August,  1903,  the  Society  planted  at  Nootka  Sound,  on  the 
west  coast  of  Vancouver  Island,  a  granite  shaft  to  mark  the  place  of 


HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES  159 

meeting  of  Vancouver  and  Quadra  in  1792  to  settle  matters  set  forth 
in  the  treaty  between  Spain  and  England  of  October  28,  1790. 

On  October  21,  1904,  the  Society  celebrated  the  anniversary  of  the 
first  great  case  of  arbitration  between  America  and  Great  Britain  by 
erecting  on  San  Juan  Island  in  this  State  two  marble  monuments,  one 
at  "American  Camp"  on  the  south  end  of  the  Island  and  the  other 
at  '  'British  Camp"  on  the  north  end  of  the  Island. 

On  June  20,  1905,  the  Society  erected  over  the  grave  of  Chief 
Joseph  the  Nez  Perce,  a  suitable  marble  monument.  This  was  at 
Nespelim  on  the  Colville  Indian  Reservation  in  this  State. 

November  13,  1905,  was  the  fifty-fourth  birthday  of  the  city  of 
Seattle.  On  that  day  the  Washington  University  Historical  Society 
unveiled  six  bronze  memorial  tablets  marking  such  places  as  the  site 
of  the  first  log  cabin  home,  the  first  school,  the  first  log  cabin  post 
office,  the  first  steam  saw  mill  on  Puget  Sound,  and  the  location  of 
the  two  blockhouse  forts  and  the  stockade  built  to  defend  the  whites 
in  the  Indian  war  of  1855.  In  the  afternoon  an  excursion  repaired 
to  Alki  Point,  across  the  Bay  from  the  present  city  and  there  unveiled 
a  large  granite  shaft  to  mark  the  spot  where  the  colony  of  twelve 
adults  and  twelve  children  landed  on  November  13,  1851.  From  that 
colony  has  grown  the  city  of  Seattle. 

All  these  exercises  were  impressive  and  awakened  much  interest  in 
our  work  for  history.  Some  of  the  survivors,  sons  of  others,  and  in 
one  case  a  grandson  were  present  to  aid  in  the  work.  Besides  plac- 
ing these  monuments  the  Society  has  collected  a  few  manuscripts,  a 
large  quantity  of  newspapers,  some  relics,  and  a  large  store  of  infor- 
mation about  the  Indians  and  first  white  settlers.  The  work  is  all 
done  in  close  affiliation  with  the  University  of  Washington,  the  State's 
principal  institution  of  higher  education. 

OKLAHOMA    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY 

The  Oklahoma  Historical  Society  is  a  creature  of  the  editorial 
fraternity,  created  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  association  at  King- 
fisher on  May  27,  1893.  Subsequently  at  the  legislative  session  in 
January,  1895,  it  became  trustee  of  the  Territory  and  has  since  been 


160    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

sustained  principally  by  appropriations.  The  law  places  the  Society 
under  editorial  control,  providing  that  a  majority  of  the  Board  of 
Directors  shall  be  editors. 

While  the  scope  of  the  collection  comprehends  the  data,  curios, 
and  historic  matters  usual  to  historical  societies,  a  peculiar  feature  of 
the  mission  of  this  Society  is  the  collection  and  preservation  of  all 
publications  of  Oklahoma  and  the  Indian  Territory.  There  are  now 
on  the  shelves  of  the  Society  eighteen  hundred  bound  volumes  of 
these  publications,  with  about  three  hundred  additional  volumes 
ready  for  the  binder.  The  Society  is  provided  with  a  card  system  by 
which  every  publication  is  listed.  Newspaper  and  general  accession 
books  are  also  kept. 

The  collection  has  made  a  desirable  growth  during  the  past  year, 
many  of  the  accessions  being  unique  and  valuable  either  for  a  history 
or  as  relics.  The  visitors'  records  kept  in  the  Oklahoma  buildings  at 
Chicago  in  1893  and  at  the  St.  Louis  Exposition  of  1904;  the  silk 
banner  of  Oklahoma  carried  in  the  presidential  parade  at  St.  Louis  on 
November  24,  1904;  the  original  silk  flag  carried  by  David  R.  Payne 
in  his  forays  into  Oklahoma  years  before  the  opening  of  the  Terri 
tory  to  settlement;  Marcy's  explorations  of  the  country  now  compris- 
ing Oklahoma  made  in  1852,  when  the  late  General  George  B.  Mc- 
Clellan  was  civil  engineer,  with  maps  and  illustrations;  authoritative 
history  of  the  Greer  County  case  wherein  that  county  was  wrested 
from  Texas  and  made  a  part  of  Oklahoma  as  far  back  as  1834;  re- 
ports of  the  Dawes  Commission  which  contain  about  all  there  is  to 
learn  of  the  Indians  who  formed  the  original  basis  of  Oklahoma's 
population;  books  of  poems,  prose,  and  politics  by  Oklahoma  and 
Indian  Territory  authors;  musical  compositions  and  other  features  of 
the  literary  history  of  the  Territories;  photographic  scenes  and  faces 
of  those  who  have  been  most  conspicuous  in  the  Territory's  history; 
Smithsonian,  ethnological,  and  other  government  reports,  especially 
those  bearing  upon  Indian  life,  are  features  of  the  Society's  collec- 
tions. 

The  Society  is  negotiating  for  possession  of  the  original  regis- 


HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES  161 

tration  papers  of  the  Kiowa,  Cadda,  and  Comanche  opening  of  1901  — 
in  all  180,000  names  of  those  who  registered  for  claims  in  that  sec- 
tion, names  from  every  part  of  the  Union.  Over  three  hundred 
publications  from  various  parts  of  the  country  containing  accounts  of 
the  National  Editorial  Excursion  through  the  Territories  in  June, 
1905,  have  been  secured  and  bound  in  souvenir  volumes.  The  Okla- 
homa Historical  Society  began  when  the  country  was  in  its  infancy, 
and  now  has  a  collection  inestimable  in  its  extent  and  accuracy. 

The  Society  is  controlled  by  a  board  of  eleven  directors  which  in- 
cludes an  executive  committee,  President,  Treasurer,  Secretary,  and 
Custodian  —  the  latter  being  the  only  salaried  position.  The  appro- 
priation for  the  biennial  period  of  1905—06  was  $4,000.  The  present 
officers  are:  President,  Lincoln  McKinlay,  of  Newkirk;  Secretary, 
Lon  Wharton,  of  Perry;  Treasurer,  J.  W.  McNeal,  of  Guthrie;  Cus- 
todian, W.  P.  Campbell;  Assistant  Custodian,  Miss  Lela  B.  Mauldin, 
Oklahoma  City. 

Annual  meetings  of  the  Society  are  held  in  June.  The  member- 
ship fee  is  $1.00  a  year;  life  membership  may  be  secured  upon  the 
payment  of  $5.00.  All  editors  who  contribute  their  publications  are 
members;  and  there  are  524  of  such  members  at  present.  A  book  con- 
taining a  history  of  the  Society,  its  work,  collections,  and  donors,  is 
in  press. 

ARKANSAS    HISTORICAL    ASSOCIATION 

The  Arkansas  Historical  Association  was  organized  in  June,  1903, 
as  a  local  organization  among  the  students  of  the  University  of  Ar- 
kansas. On  December  18,  1903,  it  was  reorganized  on  a  broader 
basis;  and  in  April,  1905,  it  was  incorporated.  The  Association  has 
issued  a  number  of  circulars,  and  now  has  about  one  hundred  mem- 
bers. 

At  the  request  of  the  Association  the  General  Assembly,  by  an 
act  of  April  27,  1905,  created  the  Arkansas  History  Commission, 
and  made  it  their  duty  "to  direct  and  supervise  the  printing  of  the 
first  volume  of  the  publications  of  said  [Arkansas  Historical]  Asso- 
sociation;  and  furthermore,  to  make  a  full  investigation  with  a  view 


162    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

to  locating  and  ascertaining  the  present  state  of  preservation  of  all 
extant  sources  of  information  concerning  the  history  of  Arkansas 
from  the  earliest  times,  including  public  records,  newspaper  files, 
battlefields  in  the  State,  and  all  documents  pertaining  to  the  part 
Arkansas  and  her  troops  played  in  all  wars  in  which  our  people  have 
been  engaged."  The  results  of  this  investigation  are  to  be  embodied 
in  a  detailed  report  to  the  Governor,  who  in  turn  is  directed  to 
transmit  it,  with  his  recommendations,  to  the  next  General  Assem- 
bly. This  act  is  a  public  recognition  by  the  State  of  its  duty  to  its 
history  and  public  records. 

In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  act  the  President  of  the 
Arkansas  Historical  Association  appointed  the  Commission  named 
above.  They  met  in  Little  Rock,  July  6,  1905,  organized,  adopted 
a  plan  of  work,  and  entered  upon  the  discharge  of  their  duties. 
Their  object,  as  the  law  provides,  is  to  take  an  inventory  of  the 
source  material  of  Arkansas  history,  to  ascertain  its  condition,  to 
tabulate  and  publish  these  facts  in  the  first  volume  of  the  publica- 
tions of  the  Arkansas  Historical  Association.  This  report  will  state 
what  materials  of  historical  value  still  exist  and  where  they  may  be 
found.  With  this  report  in  his  hands  the  student  of  any  phase  of 
Arkansas  history  will  know  where  to  go  for  the  information.  It  is 
furthermore  the  duty  of  the  Commission  to  study  what  other  States 
are  doing  for  their  history  and  to  recommend  what  steps  Arkansas 
should  take  to  collect  and  preserve  her  history.  The  following  out- 
line of  the  work  of  the  Commission  has  been  prepared: — 

Part  I.  An  account  of  the  Manuscripts,  Papers,  and  Documents 
Concerning  Arkansas  in  Official  Repositories  Beyond  the  State. 
Part  II.  An  Account  of  the  Manuscripts,  Papers,  and  Documents  in 
Official  Repositories  Within  the  State.  Part  III.  An  Account  of 
the  Manuscripts,  Papers,  and  Documents  in  Private  Hands.  Part 
IV.  War  Records  of  Arkansas.  Part  V.  Aboriginal  and  Indian 
Remains.  Part  VI.  Points  and  Places  of  Historical  Interest  in 
Arkansas. 


HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES  163 

KANSAS    STATE    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY 

The  Thirtieth  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Kansas  State  Historical  So- 
ciety was  held  at  Topeka  on  December  5,  1905.  Papers  and  ad- 
dresses were  given  as  follows:  The  Wyandotte  Indians,  by  Ray  E. 
Merwin;  The  Kansas  Oil  Producers  against  the  Standard  Oil  Com- 
pany, by  Wm.  E.  Connelley;  Building  of  the  Sedan  Court-house,  by 
H.  B.  Kelley;  Reminiscences  of  Dodge,  by  R.  M.  Wright;  The  Ad- 
ministration of  John  P.  St.  John,  by  I.  O.  Pickering;  The  Admin- 
istration of  George  W.  Glicfc,  by  James  Humphrey;  The  Mastery  of 
the  Desert,  by  F.  W.  Blackmar. 

The  Legislature  of  1905  created,  in  connection  with  the  Kansas 
State  Historical  Society,  a  department  of  archives.  In  Kansas,  as 
elsewhere,  public  records  and  documents  of  the  State,  counties,  and 
municipalities,  after  the  active  use  of  the  same  has  ceased,  have  in 
many  cases  had  no  care  whatever,  and  scores  of  important  books  and 
papers  have  been  destroyed  as  of  no  value.  Much  can  never  be  re- 
covered, but  there  is  yet  time  in  which  to  gather  up  a  great  deal  of 
documentary  history. 

The  removal  from  an  old  court-house  to  a  new  one  often  leads  to 
the  discarding  of  some  part  of  the  papers  which  have  been  stored  on 
the  shelves  and  which  are  deemed  of  no  further  value  in  the  current 
work  of  the  office.  Such  papers  often  contain  lists  of  names,  with 
dates,  and  perhaps  other  matter  identifying  individuals,  their  occu- 
pations, etc.,  of  great  use  in  a  genealogical  way.  Some  months  ago, 
after  such  a  change  in  a  Kansas  county  court-house,  a  lot  of  mil- 
dewed papers  of  this  character  was  found  in  a  dump,  among  them 
druggists'  permits,  road-tax  rolls,  petitions  for  the  opening  of  roads, 
blank  books  in  which  were  listed  the  soldiers  of  the  late  war,  their 
widows,  and  orphans,  together  with  many  letters  of  historic  nature 
dealing  with  a  great  variety  of  county  affairs.  They  were  cumber- 
some, not  indexed,  could  not  be  referred  to,  but  all  worthy  of  preser- 
vation. In  the  archives  department  these  will  be  arranged  by  coun- 
ties, years,  subjects,  etc.,  indexed,  and  made  available  for  any  use 
required.  The  laws  of  Kansas  are  not  effective  in  collecting  com- 


164    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

plete  statistics  of  birth,  deaths,  and  marriages,  so  that  the  preserva- 
tion of  any  documents  which  will  in  a  measure  supplement  those  of 
the  incomplete  records  kept  by  the  county  boards  of  health  and 
county  assessors  is  important. 

The  following  is  the  law  which  was  published  June  8,  1905  (page 
597,  Laws  of  1905): 

AN  ACT  to  provide  for  the  care  and  preservation  of  public  records. 
JBe  it  enacted  by  the  Legislature  of  the  State  of  Kansas : 

SECTION  1.  That  any  State,  county  or  other  official  is  hereby 
authorized  and  empowered  to  turn  over  to  the  Kansas  State  His- 
torical Society,  for  permanent  preservation  therein,  any  books, 
records,  documents,  original  papers,  or  manuscripts,  newspaper  tiles 
and  printed  books  not  required  by  law  to  be  kept  in  such  office  as  a 
part  of  the  public  records,  three  years  after  the  current  use  of  the 
same,  or  sooner  in  the  discretion  of  the  head  of  the  department. 
When  so  surrendered,  copies  therefrom  shall  be  made  and  certified 
by  the  Secretary  of  the  Historical  Society  upon  the  application  of 
any  party  interested,  which  certification  shall  have  all  the  force  and 
effect  as  if  made  by  the  officer  originally  in  custody  of  them. 

SEC.  2.  That  the  State  Historical  Society  is  hereby  required  to 
make  a  reference  catalogue  to  the  manuscripts,  books,  and  papers  so 
surrendered. — Approved,  March  4,  1905. 

ALASKA   DISTRICT    HISTORICAL    LIBRARY    AND    MUSEUM 

The  Alaska  District  Historical  Library  and  Museum  takes  its  origin 
in  the  following  provisions  of  "An  Act  making  further  provision  for 
a  civil  government  for  Alaska,"  which  was  approved  June  6,  1900: 

"SEC.  32.  For  each  certificate  issued  to  a  member  of  the  bar, 
authorizing  him  to  practice  law  in  the  district,  a  fee  of  ten  dollars 
shall  be  paid  to  the  clerk  of  the  court,  which  shall  be  by  him 
promptly  remitted  to  the  secretary  of  the  district,  and  at  the  same 
time  the  clerk  shall  advise  the  governor  of  such  remittance.  For 
each  commission  issued  to  a  notary  public  a  fee  of  ten  dollars  shall 
be  paid  to  the  secretary  of  the  district.  The  fees  received  by  the 
secretary  under  this  section  and  under  chapter  seventy-four  of  title 


HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES  165 

two  shall  be  by  him  retained  and  kept  in  a  fund  to  be  known  as  the 
district  historical  library  fund.  The  fund  thus  collected  shall  be 
disbursed  on  the  order  of  the  governor  for  the  purpose  of  establish- 
ing and  maintaining  the  district  historical  library  and  museum. 
The  same  shall  embrace  copies  of  all  laws  relating  to  the  district,  and 
all  papers  and  periodicals  published  within  the  district,  and  such 
other  matter  of  historical  interest  as  the  governor  may  consider  val- 
uable and  appropriate  for  such  collection.  The  collection  shall  also 
embrace  such  curios  relating  to  the  aborigines  and  the  settlers  as  may 
be  by  the  governor  deemed  of  historical  importance.  The  collection 
thus  made  shall  be  described  by  the  governor  in  the  annual  report  of 
the  governor  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  and  shall  be  by  him 
kept  in  a  secure  place  and  turned  over  to  his  successor  in  office.  The 
secretary  of  the  district  and  the  governor  shall  each  annually  account 
to  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  for  all  receipts  and  disbursements  in 
connection  with  such  historical  library  and  museum. 

"SEC.  33.  The  historical  library  and  museum  provided  for  in  sec- 
tion thirty-two  of  this  title  is  hereby  made  a  designated  depository  of 
publications  of  the  Government,  and  shall  be  supplied  with  one  copy 
of  each  of  said  publications  in  the  same  manner  as  such  publications 
are  supplied  to  other  depositories." 

The  Report  of  the  Governor  of  the  District  of  Alaska  to  the  Secre- 
tary of  the  Interior  for  1904  shows  that  a  substantial  library  of  books 
and  manuscripts  has  been  established  at  Sitka.  Furthermore,  Gov- 
ernor Brady  reports  that  a  museum  of  Alaskan  objects  has  been  begun. 

THE    STATE    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY    OF    IOWA 

The  Twenty-fifth  Biennial  Report  of  the  Board  of  Curators  (1905) 
has  been  issued  by  the  State  Printer. 

Mr.  John  C.  Parish  is  engaged  upon  a  biography  of  Governor 
Robert  Lucas. 

The  Society  has  recently  published  the  Proceedings  of  the  third, 
fourth,  fifth,  and  sixth  Iowa  State  Conferences  of  Charities  and  Cor- 
rection. The  book  contains  279  pages. 


166    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

The  Society  will  soon  publish  Trie  Executive  Register  and  Journal 
of  Iowa  tor  1846-58. 

A  list  or  catalog  of  the  duplicates  in  the  library  of  the  Society  has 
been  published.  These  duplicates  are  offered  for  sale  or  exchange. 

In  their  report  to  the  Governor,  the  Curators  have  recommended 
that  the  permanent  annual  support  of  the  Society  be  increased  to 
$15,000. 

On  Wednesday  evening,  November  29,  1905,  the  Board  of  Cura- 
tors met  to  hear  the  report  of  Dr.  Duren  J.  H.  Ward  on  the  investi- 
gation which  he  has  recently  conducted  among  the  Musquakie  In- 
dians. 

At  the  December  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Curators  the  following 
were  appointed  to  represent  the  Society  at  the  Baltimore  and  Wash- 
ington conference  of  State  and  local  historical  societies  which  has 
been  arranged  in  connection  with  the  meeting  of  the  American  His- 
torical Association:  Benj.  F.  Shambaugh,  F.  E.  Horack,  and  T.  J. 
Fitzpatrick. 


NOTES  AND  COMMENT 

At  Panora  the  Iowa  Equal  Suffrage  Association  held  its  Thirty- 
fourth  Annual  Meeting,  November  9-11,  1905. 

A  comprehensive  index  of  the  first  ten  volumes  of  the  American 
Historical  Review  is  being  prepared  and  will  be  put  on  sale  about 
the  first  of  January,  1906. 

The  Iowa  State  Teachers'  Association  held  its  annual  session  at  Des 
Moines,  December  26-29,  1905. 

On  October  26,  1905,  the  Iowa  Octogenarian  Association  held  a 
banquet  at  Des  Moines  in  commemoration  of  the  fifty-ninth  anniver- 
sary of  the  first  State  election. 

Mr.  Geo.  W.  Gearhart  has  been  appointed  Scholar  in  Economics 
at  The  State  University  of  Iowa.  Mr.  Gearhart  is  a  graduate  of 
Parsons  College,  Iowa. 

On  June  14—15,  1905,  Medford,  Massachusetts,  celebrated  the 
Two  Hundred  and  Seventy-fifth  Anniversary  of  its  founding  with 
civic,  literary,  and  religious  ceremonies. 

At  Des  Moines  on  December  11  and  12,  1905,  the  Iowa  Park  and 
Forestry  Association  held  its  Fifth  Annual  Meeting  in  the  Horticul- 
tural Rooms  of  the  State  House. 

The  Bureau  of  Historical  Research  established  in  connection  with 
the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington  has  recently  changed  its  name 
from  "Bureau  of  Historical  Research"  to  " Department  of  Historical 
Research." 

Mr.  Don  S.  Rathbun,  late  Fellow  in  Economics  at  The  State  Uni- 
versity of  Iowa,  has  accepted  a  position  under  the  Surgeon  General 
of  the  War  Department  at  Washington,  D.  C.  Mr.  Rathbun  is  a 
graduate  of  Cornell  College,  Iowa. 


168    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

The  Washington  Post  Co.  (Washington,  D.  C.)  has  announced  a 
two  volume  supplement  to  the  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presi- 
dents which  will  contain  the  official  messages  and  popular  speeches  of 
President  Roosevelt. 

Mr.  E.  C.  Nelson,  who  has  recently  been  appointed  Fellow  in  His- 
tory at  The  State  University  of  Iowa,  served  for  a  time  as  Princi- 
pal of  Luther  College,  Racine,  Wisconsin.  He  is  a  graduate  of  both 
the  Iowa  State  Normal  School  and  The  State  University  of  Iowa. 

The  Burrows  Brothers  Company  (Cleveland,  Ohio)  have  opened  a 
subscription  for  The  Heckewelder  Narrative  —  an  account  of  the  Mis- 
sion of  the  United  Brethren  (Moravians)  among  the  Delaware  and 
Mohegan  Indians  from  1740  to  1808. 

In  September,  1905,  Mr.  Clarence  W.  Wassam  was  appointed  In- 
structor in  Economics  and  Sociology  at  The  State  University  of  Iowa 
Mr.  Wassam  has  been  active  in  the  Iowa  State  Conference  of  Chari- 
ties and  Correction,  of  which  he  is  at  present  the  Secretary. 

The  eighth  annual  convention  of  the  League  of  Iowa  Municipali- 
ties was  held  at  Burlington,  September  13—14,  1905.  The  officers 
elected  for  the  ensuing  year  are:  President,  Mayor  J.  S.  Caster,  of 
Burlington;  Vice-President,  Mayor  R.  S.  McNutt,  of  Muscatine; 
and  Secretary-Treasurer,  F.  G.  Pierce,  of  Marshalltown.  The  next 
annual  meeting  will  be  held  at  Des  Moines.  The  proceedings  are 
published  in  the  Midland  Municipalities  for  September,  1905. 

In  a  little  pamphlet  of  48  pages,  entitled  The  Case  for  an  United 
States  Historical  Commission,  Mr.  Lothrop  Withington  gives  an 
account  of  his  efforts  to  secure  the  establishment  by  Congress  of  a 
Commission  which  "  shall  collect  from  public  archives  and  private 
manuscript  collections  abroad  and  in  the  United  States  abstracts  or 
copies  of  important  documents  illustrating  American  history  and  the 
early  history  of  the  United  States."  A  bill  to  establish  such  a  United 
States  Historical  Commission  was  introduced  during  the  2d  session 
of  the  Fifty-eighth  Congress  by  Senator  Lodge. 


NOTES  AND  COMMENT  169 

In  October,  1905,  Mr.  Arthur  C.  McLane  was  appointed  Scholar 
in  Anthropology  at  The  State  University  of  Iowa.  During  the 
academic  year  1904-05  Mr.  McLane  studied  anthropology  at  Har- 
vard University.  He  graduated  from  The  State  University  of  Iowa 
in  1904. 

Mr.  John  C.  Parish  has  been  appointed  Scholar  in  Political  Sci- 
ence at  The  State* University  of  Iowa.  In  1905  Mr.  Parish  won  the 
prize  offered  by  the  Iowa  Society  of  the  Colonial  Dames  of  America 
for  the  best  essay  on  some  subject  in  Iowa  history.  Mr.  Parish  is  a 
graduate  of  both  the  Iowa  State  Normal  School  and  The  State  Uni- 
versity of  Iowa. 

SIXTEENTH    ANNUAL    MEETING     OF    THE    IOWA    LIBRARY    ASSOCIATION 

The  Iowa  Library  Association  held  its  16th  annual  meeting  at 
Fort  Dodge,  Iowa,  October  25-27,  1905,  occupying  the  rooms  of  the 
Free  Public  Library  for  its  meetings.  The  attendance  was  large,  num- 
bering fully  one  hundred  persons,  of  whom  about  twenty-five  were 
library  trustees — the  greatest  number  of  trustees  ever  present  at  an 
annual  gathering  of  the  Association.  The  State  Library  Commis- 
sion was  represented  in  the  person  of  its  President,  Johnson  Brig- 
ham,  State  Librarian;  Dr.  George  E.  MacLean,  President  of  the 
State  University  and  ex-officio  a  member  of  the  Commission;  John 
F.  Riggs,  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  and  ex-officio  a 
member  of  the  Commission;  and  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Commis- 
sion, Miss  Alice  S.  Tyler,  who  made  a  full  report  of  the  work  of  the 
Commission  during  the  past  year.  There  was  also  present  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Iowa  Federation  of  Women's  Clubs,  Mrs.  J.  J.  Seerley,  of 
Burlington,  Iowa,  bearing  the  greetings  of  the  Federation,  since  the 
two  organizations  are  in  close  harmony  for  the  promotion  of  library 
work  along  the  best  lines. 

The  following  are  some  of  the  subjects  discussed:  "  How  shall  the 
library  income  be  divided  —  administration  vs.  books";  "Book 
problems  from  the  trustee's  standpoint";  "The  public  library  and 
allied  agencies";  "Why  the  school  needs  the  library";  "Local 


170    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

historical  societies";  and  "Art  galleries  and  museums."  In  addition 
to  these  set  themes  and  others,  there  was  much  discussion  upon 
library  administration,  including  the  selection  of  books. 

The  sixteenth  annual  session  is  regarded  as  one  of  the  most  suc- 
cessful and  profitable  ever  held.  J.  W.  R. 

THE    MESSRS.    WILLIAM    HENRY    STARR 

In  the  footnote  to  page  393  of  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND 
POLITICS  for  July,  1905,  an  error  occurs  in  regard  to  the  identity  of 
two  Burlington  attorneys.  Dr.  William  Salter's  letter  on  page  640 
of  the  October,  1905,  number  of  THE  JOURNAL,  throws  light  on  the 
matter;  and  a  few  additional  details  may  serve  to  further  distinguish 
the  two  men. 

There  were  in  Burlington  at  this  time  two  attorneys,  both  named 
William  Henry  Starr.  To  avoid  confusion  one  called  himself  Wil- 
liam H.  Starr,  and  the  other,  W.  Henry  Starr;  and  under  these 
names  their  law  notices  appear  during  1839  and  1840  in  the  Hawk- 
Eye  and  Iowa  Patriot. 

William  H.  Starr  a  graduate  of  Yale  College  in  1834,  had  black 
hair  and  black  eyes  and  was  sometimes  called  the  New  "  York  Starr."1 

The  one  appearing  as  W.  Henry  Starr  was  a  native  of  Middlebury, 
Vermont,  and  so  was  called  the  "Vermont  Starr."  Nature  also  assisted 
in  the  distinction  by  giving  him  light  hair  and  blue  eyes.  He  was  a 
law  partner  of  D.  Rorer  in  1839,  and  with  him  acted  as  counsel  for 
Ralph  in  the  famous  case  of  Ralph  vs.  Montgomery.'* 

He  was  associated  with  James  W.  Grimes  in  the  McGregor  Bri- 
bery Case,"  and  in  January,  1841,  formed  a  partnership  with  that 
gentleman  which  lasted  many  years. 

The  first  announcement  of  this  partnership  occurs  in  the  Hawk- 
Eye  and  Iowa  Patriot  for  February  4,  1841,  with  the  following  ap- 
pended notice: — 


1  The  Iowa  Patriot,  August  1,  1839. 

•  1  Morris  1. 

8  The  Iowa  Journal  of  History  and  Politics  for  July,  1905,  p.  393. 


NOTES  AND  COMMENT  171 

"Mr.  Starr  hereby  notifies  the  public  that  he  has  heretofore  been 
known  as  W.  Henry  Starr,  and  to  avoid  further  confusion  with  the 
prosecuting  attorney  of  the  first  judicial  district,  whose  name  is  the 
same  with  himself  he  will,  in  future,  be  known  as  Henry  W.  Starr." 

,T.  0.  P. 

ORIGIN    OF    THE    COGNOMEN    "HAWKEYE"1 

Among  the  many  bits  of  valuable  historical  information  imbedded 
in  the  file  of  the  Burlington  Hawk-Eye  which  has  recently  been  de- 
posited in  the  Public  Library  at  Burlington,  Iowa,  are  the  facts 
relative  to  the  origin  of  the  cognomen  "Hawkeye"  as  applied  to 
lowans. 

In  looking  through  this  valuable  collection  of  newspapers  one  notes 
that  the  early  precursors  of  the  present  Burlington  Hawk-Eye  appear 
under  the  names  successively  of  The  Fort  Madison  Patriot,  The 
Burlington  Patriot,  The  Iowa  Patriot,  and  Hawk-Eye  and  Iowa 
Patriot.  It  is  further  observed  that  the  editor,  publisher,  and  pro- 
prietor of  these  pioneer  predecessors  of  the  Burlington  Hawk-Eye  was 
Mr.  James  G.  Edwards. 

In  the  first  number  of  the  Fort  Madison  Patriot  there  appear  these 
significant  lines  from  the  pen  of  Mr.  Edwards : — 

"If  a  division  of  the  Territory  is  effected,  we  propose  that  the 
lowans  take  the  cognomen  of  Hawk-eyes.  Our  etymology  can  then 
be  more  definitely  traced  than  can  that  of  the  Wolverines,  Suckers, 
Gophers,  etc. ,  and  we  shall  rescue  from  oblivion  a  memento,  at  least, 
of  the  name  of  the  old  chief.  Who  seconds  the  motion  ?" — The  Fort 
Madison  Patriot,  Vol.  I,  No.  1,  March  24,  1838. 

The  "old  chief"  referred  to  was,  of  course,  Black  Hawk.  But 
how  did  it  happen  that  the  name  of  Black  Hawk  was  uppermost  in 
Mr.  Edwards'  mind  at  that  particular  time  ?  The  explanation  is 
found  in  the  following  item  which  appears  in  another  column  of  the 
same  number  of  The  Fort  Madison  Patriot: — 


This  sketch  first  appeared  in  the  Mail  and  Times  of  Nov.  18,  1905. 


172    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

"We  were  honored  by  a  visit  from  Black  Hawk  and  his  two  sons, 
Nashe-as-kuk  and  Wah-sam-a-sau,  a  few  days  since.  The  two  former 
had  seen  printing  offices  during  their  late  tour  through  the  Atlantic 
cities;  but  the  latter,  who  is  the  younger  of  the  two,  expressed  con- 
siderable surprise  throughout  our  pantomimic  explanations  of  the 
art,  trade,  or  mystery  of  printing.  Black  Hawk's  winter  quarters 
are  about  five  miles  from  this  place.  Each  family  lives  in  what  is 
called  a  Wy-ke-op.  All  who  have  visited  the  old  chief  this  season 
unite  in  praising  his  hospitality." 

Thus  it  is  clear  that  to  Mr.  James  G.  Edwards,  father  and  founder 
of  the  Burlington  HawJc-Eye  belongs  the  credit  of  having  first  sug- 
gested and  applied  the  cognomen  "Hawkeye"  to  lowans.  When 
the  name  had  come  to  be  generally  accepted  by  the  people  of  the 
then  Territory  of  Iowa,  Mr.  Edwards  changed  the  title  of  his  news- 
paper from  The  Iowa  Patriot  to  Hawk-Eye  and  Iowa  Patriot;  and  he 
defended  this  appropriation  of  the  cognomen  to  his  own  advantage 
in  these  words: — 

"The  present  number  of  our  paper  comes  out  under  an  additional 
and  we  hope  an  acceptable  name.  The  responsibility  of  its  christen- 
ing rests  solely  upon  ourself.  We  have  but  *  followed  in  the  foot- 
steps of  our  illustrious  predecessor,'  and  are  certain  that  the  respon- 
sibility we  have  thus  assumed  will  not  be  attended  with  any  worse 
consequences  than  followed  the  removal  of  the  deposites.  We  like 
the  head,  and  think,  as  'Brother  Jonathan'  says  of  his  enormous 
sheet,  it  is  a  'decided  hit.'  Every  state  and  territory  has  its  pe- 
culiar cognomen.  Universal  consent  has  confirmed  the  one  by  which 
Iowa  is  distinguished.  It  may  not  be  generally  known  by  what 
means  this  name  was  given  her.  To  enlighten  all  who  are  ignorant 
on  this  subject,  and  to  show  that  we  have  an  undoubted  right  to 
make  use  of  it  to  our  own  advantage,  we  copy  the  following  editorial 
paragraph  from  the  Fort  Madison  Patriot  of  March  24,  1838,  a 
paper  conducted  by  our  humble  self.  Speaking  of  the  then  contem- 
plated division  of  the  Territory  of  Wisconsin,  it  says: — 

"'If  a  division  of  the  Territory  is  effected,  we  propose  that  the 


NOTES  AND  COMMENT  178 

lowans  take  the  cognomen  of  Hawk-eyes.  Our  etymology  can  then 
be  more  definitely  traced  than  can  that  of  the  Wolverines,  Suckers, 
Gophers,  etc. ,  and  we  shall  rescue  from  oblivion  a  memento,  at  least, 
of  the  name  of  the  old  chief.'" — Hawk-Eye  and  Iowa  Patriot,  Vol.  I, 

No.  14,  Sept.  5,  1839. 

B.  F.  S. 

SECRETARY  CLARKE'S  LETTER  RELATIVE  TO  THE  DEFICIENCY  IN  THE 
EXPENSES  OF  THE  TERRITORY  OF  IOWA1 

SECRETARY'S  OFFICE, 

BURLINGTON,  March  24,  1840. 
HON.  I.  W.  JONES, 

Chairman  of  Committee  on  Ways  &  Means : 

Sir:  A  resolution  was  adopted  by  the  Legislative  Assembly  of 
Iowa  Territory,  at  its  last  session,  requesting  the  Delegate  of  the 
Territory  to  apply  to  the  Congress  of  the  United  States  for  an  ap- 
propriation of  fourteen  thousand  dollars  to  meet  the  deficiency  in 
the  expenses  of  said  Territory.  As  I  am  the  disbursing  agent  of 
the  general  government  in  the  Territory,  I  deem  it  proper  to  lay  be- 
fore the  committee  of  which  you  are  chairman  such  information  as 
will  enlighten  you  on  the  subject,  and  as  will,  I  hope,  at  once  dem- 
onstrate the  absolute  necessity  of  the  appropriation  asked  for,  and 
the  injustice  which  would  be  done  by  withholding  it. 

I  enclose  you  a  copy  of  the  appropriation  bill  as  passed  by  the 
Legislature,  by  which  it  will  be  seen  that  the  expenses  of  the  last 
Legislative  Assembly  amounted  to  about  $34,000,  while  the  amount 
appropriated  by  Congress  at  its  last  session,  was  only  $20,750.  .This 
amount  has  been  drawn  from  the  Treasury  by  me,  and  paid  out;  but 
there  is  still  a  balance  of  fourteen  thousand  dollars  due  to  different 
individuals  by  the  Territory,  which  she  is  at  present  unable  to  pay, 
and  for  which  purpose  an  appropriation  by  Congress  is  now  asked. 
The  money  is  due  to  mechanics,  merchants,  printers,  &c,  some  of 
whom  have  actually  expended  large  sums  of  money  for  the  use  of  the 
Territory,  while  others  have  given  it  their  time  and  labor.  It  is  no 


1  Found  in  box  "A— 200  "  in  the  Office  of  the  Secretary  of  State,  Des  Moines. 


174     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

exageration  to  say,  that  a  failure  on  the  part  of  the  government  to 
make  provision  for  the  payment  of  these  demands  would  seriously 
embarrass  many  of  our  citizens,  and  in  some  instances  would  be 
attended  with  absolute  ruin.  The  printers,  for  instance,  whose 
claims  amount  to  some  thousands  of  dollars,  and  who  have  actually 
expended  thousands  for  the  Territory,  are  yet  unpaid.  They  rely, 
however,  as  heretofore,  on  the  justice  of  Congress;  and  I  sincerely 
hope,  when  your  committee  learns  the  necessity  of  the  case,  that  you 
will  not  allow  their  hopes  to  be  disappointed. 

The  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  calls  upon  the  Governors  of  the 
Territories  for  estimates  for  the  expenses  for  the  succeeding  year,  and 
an  estimate  is  submitted,  usually  in  round  numbers.  But  it  is  as 
impossible  to  calculate  the  expenses  of  government  in  this  Territory, 
for  a  particular  year,  as  it  is  to  calculate  to  the  precise  dollar  the 
expenses  of  Congress;  and  there  would  be  quite  as  much  justice  in 
withholding  pay  from  the  creditors  of  the  general  government,  when 
the  expenses  exceed  the  estimates,  as  to  do  so  to  citizens  of  Iowa, 
merely  because  the  Territory  has  exceeded  the  appropriation.  The 
appropriations  of  Congress,  for  several  years  past,  show  that  it  has 
never  been  expected  of  the  Territories  that  they  would  confine  their 
expenditures  within  the  limits  of  the  appropriation;  for,  as  is  asked 
for  in  the  present  case,  additional  sums  have  been  appropriated  at 
almost  every  session  within  the  last  ten  years  to  defray  expenses  in- 
curred by  previous  legislatures.  It  has  been  so  in  regard  to  Wiscon- 
sin every  year  since  her  organization,  and  it  was  also  so  in  the  case 
of  Iowa  last  year.  Why  a  similar  course  should  not  be  pursued  the 
present  year,  I  am  at  a  loss  to  conceive.  The  expenses  of  the  Ter- 
ritory have  been  about  the  same  as  usual,  and  will  not  much,  if  any, 
exceed  those  of  Wisconsin  and  Florida. 

The  citizens  of  Iowa,  during  the  last  year,  have  paid  into  the  na- 
tional Treasury  about  a  million  of  dollars  for  public  lands;  and  an 
equally  large  amount  will  no  doubt  be  contributed  by  them  during 
the  present  year.  Is  it  too  much,  then,  for  the  Territory  to  ask  of 
Congress,  her  guardian,  an  appropriation  of  money  sufficient  to  dis- 


CONTRIBUTORS  175 

charge  honest,  just  and  necessary  claims  against  her,  held  by  numer- 
ous and  needy  individuals  ? 

Very  respectfully, 

JAMES  CLARKE 

Secy  of  Terrytory 


CONTKIBUTOKS 

EDMUND  CHRISTIAN  NELSON,  Fellow  in  History  at  The  State 
University  of  Iowa.  Born  in  Haugesund,  Norway.  Gradu- 
ated from  the  Iowa  State  Normal  School  in  1897.  Received 
from  The  State  University  of  Iowa  the  degree  of  Ph.B.  in  1904 
and  the  degree  of  M.  A.  in  1905.  At  one  time  Principal  of 
Luther  College,  Racine,  Wisconsin.  For  three  years  Principal 
of  Scandinavia  Academy,  Scandinavia,  Wisconsin. 

CHARLES  ALDRICH,  Curator  of  the  Historical  Department  of 
Iowa,  and  Editor  of  the  Annals  of  Iowa.  Member  of  the  State 
Historical  Society  of  Iowa.  Born  at  Ellington,  New  York, 
October  2,  1828.  Founded  The  Hamilton  Freeman  (Webster 
City,  Iowa)  in  1857.  Served  in  the  Civil  War  as  Adjutant  of 
the  Thirty-second  Iowa  Infantry.  At  one  time  Chief  Clerk  of 
the  Iowa  House  of  Representatives.  Member  of  the  Nineteenth 
General  Assembly  of  Iowa  (1882).  Founded  the  Historical 
Department  of  Iowa  in  1892. 

CLARENCE  WYCLIFFE  WASSAM,  Instructor  in  Economics  and 
Sociology  at  The  State  University  of  Iowa.  Secretary  of  the 
Iowa  State  Conference  of  Charities  and  Correction.  Member 
of  The  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa.  Born  in  Black  Hawk 
County,  Iowa,  in  1877.  Graduated  from  the  Iowa  State  Normal 
School  in  1900  with  the  degree  of  M.  Di.  Received  from  The 
State  University  of  Iowa  the  degree  of  Ph.  B.  in  1903  and  the 
degree  of  M.  A.  in  1904.  At  one  time  Fellow  in  Economics 
and  Sociology  at  The  State  University  of  Iowa. 


THE  IOWA   JOURNAL 

of  History  and  Politics 

APRIL      Nineteen     Hundred     Six 
Volume  Four  Number    Two 


DO^AJMBIA 
TWP 


A  MAP  OF  THE  LANDS  PURCHASED 
AND  OWNED  BY  THE 

MESKWAKI    INDIANS 

OF  TAMA  COUNTY,  IOWA 

DRAWN  BY  LEROY  P.  ELLIOTT 

For  an  Investigation  conducted  by 

DURBN  J.  H.  WARD 

Under  the  auspices  of  the  State  Histor- 

torical  Society  of  Iowa,  1905 

2998.68  acres — enclosed  by  red  lines 


MESKWAKIA 

The  following  pages  contain  a  condensed  account  of  the 
lands  bought  and  owned  by  the  Meskwaki  Indians 1  in  Tama 
County,  Iowa,  between  the  years  1857  and  1905.  By  au- 
thority based  on  the  real  tribal  name,  it  is  proposed  here  to 
refer  to  these  lands  as  Meskwakia. 

MESKWAKIA    NOT    A    RESERVATION 

Meskwakia  is  not  a  Reservation,  since  an  "  Indian  Reser- 
vation" has  been  defined  by  a  district  court  of  the  United 
States  as  ua  part  of  the  public  domain  set  apart  by  proper 
authority  for  the  use  of  a  tribe  or  tribes  of  Indians."  The 
lands  of  Meskwakia  have  all  been  purchased  by  the  Indians 
themselves,  and  are  for  the  most  part  held  in  trust  by  the 
Governor  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Iowa.  Indeed  the  court 
has  declared  that  " There  is  no  'Indian  Country'  within  the 
borders  of  the  State  of  Iowa."3  Usage,  however,  is  stronger 
than  fact  or  court  decision,  and  the  White  man  persists  in 
designating  this  region  of  Indian  settlement  as  a  "  Reserva- 
tion." 

GOING    TO    KANSAS 

By  the  treaties  of  1837  and  1842Hhe  Meskwakis  sold 
their  Iowa  lands  to  the  United  States  Government  and  agreed 
to  move  to  a  u Reservation"  to  be  selected  somewhere  on 
the  Missouri  River.  The  work  of  official  selection  was  slow. 


1  The  Meskwaki  Indians  are  more  familiarly  known  as  "  Musquakies,"  or 

Foxes,"  or  "  Sacs  and  Foxes." 

8  Witatawa  vs.  Rebok  and  Tode. 

8  See  Kappler's  Indian  Affairs,  Laws  and  Treaties,  Vol.  II,  pp.  495,  546. 


180    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

The  Indians  scattered  in  hunting  expeditions.  When  the 
place  was  finally  chosen,  the  transfer  was  not  easy.  Many 
of  the  Indians  could  not  be  found.  Those  who  went  were 
angered  at  the  treatment  which  they  received  from  the  troops 
who  were  their  military  escort.  Arriving  at  the  appointed 
place  in  Kansas,  they  found  it  unhealthful  and  ill  adapted 
for  hunting  and  agriculture.  In  the  dreary  years  and  the 
great  hardships  of  the  transfer,  their  little  ones  and  their 
aged  and  infirm  died.  It  was  a  sad  settling  and  their  Indian 
hearts  longed  for  Iowa  where,  indeed,  some  of  their  friends 
had  remained. 

BACK    TO    IOWA 

Soon  the  hunting  trails  were  Iowa- ward ;  and  squaws  and 
children  in  families  gradually  followed.  Pa  ta  go  to,  Ma  mi 
nwa  ni  ka,  and  others  conceived  the  idea  that  if  they  could 
buy  some  land  in  Iowa,  they  could  then  legally  return  and 
live  in  their  old  home.  In  the  fall  of  1856  Ma  mi  nwa  ni  ka, 
the  Chief,  raised  $735.00  and  brought  it  to  Iowa  with 
Ha  pa  ya  sha,  and  others.  Ha  pa  ya  sha,  who  is  still  living, 
says  there  were  in  the  winter  of  1856-57  three  wikiups  on 
the  Iowa  River  where  their  people  now  reside,  five  wikiups 
at  Marengo,  and  four  wikiups  on  the  Cedar  River.  Alto- 
gether these  sheltered  eighty  people,  whose  names  are  all 
preserved  for  a  more  detailed  history.  The  money  was  first 
brought  to  Tama,  and  then  to  Marengo.  After  much  coun- 
sel and  looking  about,  a  lot  of  eighty  acres  owned  by  Philip, 
David,  and  Isaac  Butler,  was  selected  and  a  price  agreed  upon. 

THE    FIRST    PUECHASE 

They  were  faced  by  the  problem  of  how  to  secure  a  title. 
Indians  were  not  citizens,  not  legal  persons.  Hence  they 


MESKWAKIA  181 

could  not  hold  property  by  deeds.  The  friendly  whites  had 
given  counsel.  Petitions  had  been  circulated.  A  law  per- 
mitting Indian  residence  had  been  passed  in  1856.  The 
money  was  taken  to  Iowa  City,  then  the  State  Capital.  This 
was  in  February,  1857.  The  Governor,  James  W.  Grimes, 
had  to  assume  trustee  powers.  The  Fifth  General  Assembly 
had  created  a  necessity  by  the  Act  u permitting  certain  In- 
dians to  reside  within  the  State" : — 

SECTION  1.  Be  it  enacted  by  the  General  Assembly  of  the  State  of 
Iowa,  That  the  consent  of  the  State  is  hereby  given  that  the  Indians 
now  residing  in  Tama  county  known  as  a  portion  of  the  Sacs  and 
Foxes,  be  permitted  to  remain  and  reside  in  said  State,  and  that  the 
Governor  be  requested  to  inform  the  Secretary  of  war  thereof,  and 
urge  on  said  department,  the  propriety  of  paying  said  Indians  their 
proportion  of  the  annuities  due  or  to  become  due  to  said  Tribe  of 
Sac  and  Fox  Indians. 

SEC.  2.  That  the  Sheriff  of  said  county,  shall  as  soon  as  a  copy 
of  this  law  is  filed  in  the  office  of  the  County  Court  proceed  to  take 
the  census  of  said  Indians  now  residing  there  giving  their  names,  and 
sex,  which  said  list  shall  be  filed  and  recorded  in  said  office,  the  per- 
sons whose  names  are  included  in  said  list  shall  have  the  privileges 
granted  under  this  act,  but  none  others  shall  be  considered  as  em- 
braced within  the  provisions  of  said  act. 

SEC.  3.  This  act  shall  take  effect  from  and  after  its  publication  in 
the  Iowa  Capital  Reporter  and  Iowa  City  Republican  published  at 
Iowa  City. — APPROVED  July  15th,  1856. x 

Of  special  historical  importance  is  the  deed  given  for  the 
first  land  purchased  at  Meskwakia.  The  copy,  as  found  in 
the  possession  of  Chief  Pu  she  to  ni  kwa,  reads  as  follows: — 

This  Deed  of  Bargain  and  Sale  made  and  executed  the  thirteenth 
day  of  July  A.  D.  1857  by  and  between  Philip  Butler  David  Butler, 

1  Laws  of  Iowa,  Extra  Session,  1856,  p.  77. 


182     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

and  Isaac  Butler  Guardian  for  William  Butler  and  Ozias  Butler 
Minors,  all  of  Tama  County  and  State  of  Iowa,  parties  of  the  first 
part  and  James  W.  Grimes  Governor  of  the  State  of  Iowa  and  his 
successors  in  office  in  trust  for  the  following  named  persons  Indians 
and  their  heirs  forever  viz.  Math  a  Nuh,  Wau  ka  no,  Chalk  kal  a 
Mah,  Mat  au  a  quah  Pat  a  ca  to  of  the  Second  part  Witnesseth  that 
the  said  parties  of  the  first  part  for  and  in  consideration  of  the  sum 
of  One  Thousand  Dollars  to  them  paid  by  the  said  party  of  the  Sec- 
ond part  the  receipt  of  which  is  hereby  acknowledged  has  granted 
and  sold  and  do  by  these  presents  Grant  Bargain  Sell  Convey  and 
Confirm  unto  the  said  Party  of  the  Second  part  and  to  his  Successors 
in  office  in  trust  for  the  said  Indians  their  heirs  forever  the  certain 
tract  or  parcel  of  Real  Estate  Situated  in  the  County  of  Tama  and 
State  of  Iowa,  to  wit  The  West  half  of  the  South  East  fourth  of 
Section  number  thirty  (30)  Township  number  Eighty-three  (83) 
North  of  Range  fifteen  (15)  West  of  the  5th  P.  M.  containing 
Eighty  Acres  according  to  Government  Survey,  and  the  said  Isaac 
Butler  sells  the  interest  of  his  wards  the  said  William  Butler  and 
Ozias  Butler  Infants  aforesaid,  in  and  to  the  said  tract  or  Parcel  of 
Land  by  virtue  and  authority  of  an  order  of  County  Court  of  Tama, 
County,  aforesaid  made  granted  and  decreed  and  adjudged  to  him  as. 
guardian  of  the  property  of  Said  Infants  upon  an  application  to  said 
Court  made  by  said  Isaac  Butler  as  Guardian  aforesaid,  Notice  of  the 
copy  of  the  petition  of  such  sale  having  first  been  legally  served  on 
all  the  parties  interested,  and  the  said  Isaac  Butler  having  given  a 
Bond  as  required  by  law  conditioned  for  the  faithful  performance  of 
his  duty  and  the  just  and  true  application  of,  and  accounting  for  all 
monies  by  him  received,  which  said  order  was  made  by  the  County 
Court  at  the  May  term  thereof,  held  on  the  first  Monday  in  May> 
1857  and  duly  recorded  in  the  Book  of  Records  of  Said  Court. 

To  have  and  to  hold  the  premises  above  described  with  all  the  ap- 
purtenances thereunto  belonging  unto  him  the  said  party  of  the  Sec- 
ond part  and  to  his  sucessors  in  office  forever.  The  said  Philip 
Butler  David  Butler  and  Isaac  Butler  as  guardian  for  said  minors, 


MESKWAKIA  183 

hereby  covenanting  for  themselves,  their  heirs,  executors  and  admin- 
istrator, that  the  above  described  premises  are  free  from  all  incum- 
brances  that  they  have  full  right  power  and  authority  to  sell  the 
same  and  they  will  warrant  and  defend  the  title  unto  the  said  party 
of  the  second  part  their  Successors,  Heirs  and  Assigns  against  the 
claims  of  all  persons  whomsoever  lawfully  claiming  the  same. 

In  witness  whereof  the  said  parties  of  the  first  part  have  thereunto 
set  their  hands  and  seals  the  day  and  year  first  above  written. 

Philip  Butler,         L.  S. 

David  Butler,         L.  S. 

Isaac  Butler,  L.  S. 

In  presence  of  Guardian  of  William  and 

Allen  Dingee.  Ozias  Butler,  minors. 

[  Here  follows  the  affidavit  of  Allen  Dingee,  a  Justice  of  the  Peace, 
July  13,  1857.] 

Thus  the  chief  difficulty  was  solved.  A  land  footing  in 
Iowa  was  secured  by  the  Meskwakis.  This  was  agreeable 
to  their  White  neighbors.  A  nucleus  was  formed.  The 
news  went  back  to  Kansas.  Group  after  group  of  Indians 
followed. 

YEAES    OF    NEW    HARDSHIP 

The  National  government,  however,  refused  to  pay  Me- 
skwaki  annuities  in  Iowa.  Great  hardship  was  the  conse- 
quence. With  Meskwaki  persistence  they  clung  to  the  little 
home  they  had  started.  Often  were  they  reduced  to  begging. 
Rarely  were  they  understood  or  their  situation  appreciated. 
Dire  necessity  and  poverty  drove  them  to  many  revolting 
straits.  Despair  of  their  conditions  and  disgust  at  their 
treatment  by  the  government  widened  the  gap  between  them 
and  the  White  man  in  general.  In  sullen  reserve  they  bided 
their  hard  lot.  Of  necessity  their  tendency  was  downward. 


184     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

They  lost  much  of  their  former  sprightliness,  their  active 
life,  their  pride  of  dress,  and  many  of  them  became  uncouth 
in  habits.  Observing  this  lamentable  condition  (and  not  its 
cause),  the  never-too-friendly  White  made  the  name  uMus- 
quakie"  a  synonym  for  an  unspeakably  dirty,  dog-eating, 
savage  Indian. 

ERA    OF    EXPANSION 

In  the  years  following  the  return  from  Kansas  money  was 
very  scarce.  Their  first  winter  was  the  coldest  and  hardest 
in  Iowa  history.  To  eke  out  the  poorest  existence  was  all 
that  was  possible.  They  had  no  specially  interested  friends. 
There  was  no  supervision  by  United  States  Agents  or  other- 
wise. In  a  sphere  limited  on  every  hand,  they  were  left  en- 
tirely to  their  own  devices.  A  little  gardening  on  rented 
lots,  a  little  hunting  along  the  rivers  on  White  men's  prop- 
erty, a  little  making  of  bead-work  and  buck-skin  articles, 
and  sometimes  a  good  deal  of  begging  were  their  only  re- 
sources. On  their  little  eighty-acre  plot  they  were  terribly 
crowded.  The  thought  of  further  land  purchases  was  out  of 
the  question.  There  was  no  regular  income,  and  even  the 
necessities  of  life  were  exceedingly  precarious.  For  nearly 
a  dozen  years  this  condition  continued  and  increased.  The 
National  government  held  strictly  to  the  letter  of  the  trea- 
ties. The  Indians  regarded  life  as  impossible  under  the 
manner  of  its  carrying  out. 

Finally,  when  through  interested  citizens  the  Secretary  of 
the  Interior  (James  Harlan,  who  was  himself  from  Iowa) 
was  prevailed  upon  to  reconsider  the  former  refusal  of  pay- 
ing the  honestly  due  annuities  (i.  e.  interest  on  Meskwaki 
funds  held  by  the  government)  the  hold-up  came  to  an  end. 


MESKWAKIA  185 

This  was  in  1867.1  Leander  Clark  was  appointed  Special 
Agent.  The  paying  of  the  annuity  was  resumed.  Mr. 
Clark  gave  special  attention  to  their  condition  and  prospects. 
The  same  year  he  began,  according  to  their  desire,  to  pur- 
chase more  land.  This  meant  a  new  era  in  their  tribal  ex- 
istence. Within  two  years  they  were  the  owners  of  some 
four  hundred  acres.  The  tendency  was  established.  A  new 
interest  in  things  agricultural  followed.  Much  progress 
along  the  line  of  long  extended  policy  has  resulted. 

The  following  table  will  show  the  outcome  of  the  policy 
started  by  Pa  ta  go  to  and  his  associates  fifty  years  ago. 
Twenty-six  purchases  have  been  made.  These  vary  in  quan- 
tity from  two  acres  to  six  hundred  and  twelve.  The  amounts 
paid  out  in  the  several  purchases  range  from  one  dollar  to 
twenty  thousand  and  sixty-seven.  The  total  number  of  acres 
now  owned  collectively  is  two  thousand  nine  hundred  and 
ninety-eight  and  sixty-eight  hundredths  (2,998.68).  The 
total  amount  of  money  paid  out  during  these  nearly  fifty 
years  in  these  many  purchases  has  been  eighty-five  thou- 
sand six  hundred  and  thirty -five  dollars  and  sixty -nine  cents 
($85,635.69).  The  average  price  paid  by  these  Indians  to 
re-purchase  from  the  Whites  a  meagre  home  in  Iowa  is 
twenty-eight  dollars  and  fifty-five  and  three-fourths  cents 
per  acre  ($28.55|). 

NOTE. — In  the  compilation  of  the  following  table,  which  gives  the  essential 
facts  of  these  many  land  deals,  the  writer  has  been  assisted  by  Mr.  Leroy  P. 
Elliott,  of  Iowa  City,  who  generously  gave  his  services  for  some  six  weeks  in 
helping  to  secure  this  and  other  data  and  in  preparing  the  accompanying  scaled 
map. 

DUREN  J.  H.  WARD 


1  See  Kappler's  Indian  Affairs,  Laws  and  Treaties,  Vol.  II,  p.  95. 


TABLE  OF  MESKWAKI 


ACRES 

AMOUNT 
PAID 

LOCATION 

TOWNSHIP 
NAME 

DESCRIPTION 

DATE  OF 
DEED 

DEED 

RECORD'D 

d 

H 

GO 

RANGE 

gj 

H 

80 

$1,000.00 

30 

83 

15 

Tama 

(Book47,  164) 

July    13 

1857 

July    13 

1857 

40 

130  trees  speci- 

30 

83 

15 

Tama 

NE  X  S  W  X 

Oct.    31 

Jan.    26 

fied  in  deed 

(Book  20,  342) 

1865 

1867 

80 

$2,000.00 

30 

83 

15 

Tama 

SEXNE/^»  N^N 

May   31 

June  ]  1 

E  X  S  E  #  ,    and  N  y2 

1867 

1867 

S  E  X  S  E  X,  also  19a 

in  N  E  X   SEX    (the 

la  is  in  S  W  cor.,    18 

rds  N  by  20  rds  E.) 

(Book  20,  565) 

120 

$3,500.00 

29 

83 

15 

Tama 

s  w  x  NW  x>swx 

May   14 

May  15 

S  W  X,  and  N  V  X  S 

1868 

1869 

W  X  (Book  24,  623) 

80 

$1,600.00 

30 

83 

15 

Tama 

N  W  X  S  W  X,  and  S 
W  X  S  W  X  (Book  29, 
165) 

June     2 
1869 

June     8 
1869 

40 

$     800.00 

30 

83 

15 

Tama 

S  E  X  S  W  X    (Book 

Nov.  11 

Nov.  16 

47,  212) 

1876 

1876 

144 

$2,600.00 

29 

83 

15 

Tama 

E  yz  S  W  X     1  except 

SE  XNWXJ  R.    R. 

Nov.  13 

Nov.  16 

32 

83 

15 

Tama 

W  24a  N  W  y  N  W  V 

1876 

1876 

(Book  47,  24) 

89 

2,500.00 

31 

83 

15 

Tama 

In  W  X    N  E  X    and 

Nov.  14 

Nov.  14 

partly  in  E  yz  'N  E  X- 

1876 

1876 

(Book  47,  213). 

120 

3,000.00 

32 

83 

15 

Tama 

E  56a  N^  N  W  X  (ex- 
4.93a  off  N  side  for  R. 
R.),  E  30aof  W60a  S 

Dec.     4 

1882 

May   18 

1883 

yz  N  WX,  (except  2.  73 

S  of  N  bank  of  la.  Riv- 

er), W10aS>£  NE  X. 

E  20a  S  >£NWX,and 

10.96a  between  y2  Sec. 

line  and  River  and  E 

as  far  as  E  line  of  W 

lOa  in  S  W  X  N  E  X 

and  then  S  to  River. 

(Book  67,  78). 

40 

500.00 

20 

83 

15 

Toledo 

S  W  X  S  W  X 

Feb.    19 

May   18 

(Book  71,  168) 

1883 

1883 

-24 

600.00 

30 

83 

15 

Tama 

24a  in  N  E  X  N  E  X 

Feb.    22 

May    18 

(Irregular). 
(Book  71,  169). 

1883 

1883 

181.70 

3,101.94 

30 

83 

15 

Tama 

All  of  N  W  X  and  W 

Mar.  21 

May   18 

yz  of  N  E  X  which  lies 

1883 

]883 

S  of  C.  &  N.  W.  R.  R. 

(Except  HXa  by  Tama 

Water  Power  Co.  ) 

(Book  71,  167). 

160 

4,000.00 

25 

83 

16 

Indian 
Village 

SEX 
(Book  67,  79) 

April   4 

1883 

May   18 

1883 

LAND  PURCHASES 


GRANTOR — FROM  WHOM  PURCHASED 


GRANTEE — PARTY  NAMED 


IN  TRUST — FOR  WHOM 


Philip,  David,  Isaac  Butler 
(guardian  of  William  and  Ozias 
Butler). 

James  Burge. 

Hannah  King  and  husband. 


William,  Wesley,  Joseph  L.  and 
Jacob  Croskey  and  their  wives. 


Philip  Butler. 


Andrew  Jackson  and  wife. 


Louis  Carmichael. 


David  Toland. 


Wesley  Croskey  and  wife. 


J.  A.  Burger  and  wife. 
James  Burge  and  wife. 

Philip  Butler  and  wife. 


John  D.  Wright  and  wife. 


James  W.  Grimes, 
Governor  of  Iowa  and 
his  successors. 

W.  M.  Stone,  Gov- 
ernor of  Iowa. 
Leander  Clark,  Spec. 
U.  S.  Agt.  for  Sac  and 
Fox  Indians  of  the 
Mississippi. 


Leander  Clark,   Spec. 
U.  S.  Indian  Agt.  for 
Sac  and  Fox  Indians 
of  the  Mississippi. 
Leander  Clark,  Spec. 
U.  S.  Indian  Agt.  for 
Sac   and   Fox  of   the 
Mississippi. 
Governor  of  Iowa. 


Governor  of  Iowa. 


Governor  of  Iowa. 


Buren     R.     Sherman, 
Governor  of  Iowa. 


MathaNuh,   Wau  ka- 
no,    Chalk  kal  a  Mah, 
Mat  au  a  quah,     and 
Pat  a  ca  to. 
Musquakie  Indians. 

Sac  and  Fox  Indians. 


Buren    R.     Sherman, 
Governor  of  Iowa. 
Buren     R.     Sherman, 
Governor  of  Iowa. 

Buren    R.     Sherman, 
Governor  of  Iowa. 


Buren    R.     Sherman. 
Governor  of  Iowa. 


Sac  and  Fox  Indians. 


Sac  and  Fox  Indians. 


Sac  and  Fox  Indians. 


Sac  and  Fox  Indians 
in  Iowa. 

Sac  and  Fox  Indians. 


Fox  or  Musquakie  In- 
dians. 


Fox  or  Musquakie  In- 
dians. 

Musquakie  or  Fox  In- 
dians.    . 

Fox  or  Musquakie  In- 
dians. 


Musquakie  Indians. 


TABLE  OF  MESKWAKI 


ACRES 

AMOUNT 
PAID 

LOCATION 

TOWNSHIP 
NAME 

DESCRIPTION 

DATE  OP 
DEED 

DEED 

RECORD'D 

§ 

02 

RANGE 

H 

13.34 

166.67 

29 

83 

15 

Tama 

yz  N  w  x  N  w  X- 

May   23 

June     9 

•   Undiv'ed 

(Book  71,  217). 

1883 

1883 

26.66 

333.33 

29 

83 

15 

Tama 

%  N  W  X  N  W  X- 
(Guardian's  Book,  23, 

May    23 

1883 

June     9 
1883 

489). 

10.85 

434.00 

31 

83 

15 

Tama 

All  of  N  W  X  N  of  C. 

Jan.      9 

Jan.    10 

M.  &  St.  P.  R.  R. 
(Book  85,  190). 

1888 

1888 

187 

10,285.00 

31 

83 

15 

Tama 

SEX  (except  11  X  rds. 

June  15 

July    15 

wide  off  W  side),  and 
39Xa  S  of  River  in  E 

1892 

1892 

l/2  NE  X- 

(Book  100,  111). 

280 

9,800.00 

[4 
\l 

82 
82 

15 
15 

Columbia 

Sec.  4—  W  y2    S  W  X 
Sec.  4—  N  E  X  s  ^1A 
Sec.  5—  S  l/2  S  E  X  and 

July   21 
1892 

Aug.  22 
1892 

\  8 

82 

15 

Sec.  8—  N  y2  N  E  X- 

I 

(Book  100,  154). 

240 

7,680.00 

8 

82 

15 

Columbia 

Sec.  8—  E^SEXNEX 
Sec.  8—  Ej^NEX  SEX 

July   21 
1892 

Aug.  22 
1892 

Sec.  9—  N  W  X  and 

9 

82 

15 

Sec.  9—  N  W  X  S  WX 

(Book  100,  153). 

197.63 

5,928.75 

24 

83 

16 

Indian 

SEX  (except  6a  of  C. 

Oct.    12 

Jan.    16 

Village 

&  N.  W.  R.  R.  and  4a  S 
of  River  in  Sec.  24.) 

1892 

1893 

19 

83 

15 

Toledo 

S  6a  of  W  12a  of  S  W 

XNWX>SXSE/^ 

S  W  X>  and  4^a  in  S 

Wcor.  SEX- 

30 

83 

15 

Tama 

All  that  part  of  N  W 

X  N  E  X  and  °f  NK 

N  W  X  N  of  C.  &  N. 

W.  R.  R.  (except  5a  of 

N  E  cor.) 

(Book  101,  256). 

124 

3,503.00 

19 

83 

15 

Toledo 

28a  S4W  X  N4W  X*  N 
EX  S  W  X>  and  N  X 

Oct.    12 
1892 

Jan.    16 
1893 

s  E  x  s  w  x- 

(Book  100,  380). 

612.75 

20,067.00 

13 

83 

16 

Indian 

N  E  X  S  W  #  ,  S  5X"a 

Oct.    21 

Jan.    16 

Village 

W*4  S  E  X  S  E  X  i  W 
3a  of  N  14Xa  of  W  % 

1892 

1893 

S  E  X  S  E  X»  S  W  X 

SEX    and  S>£  SWX- 

24 

83 

16 

Indian 
Village 

N  E  i  and  N  W  i,  and 
S  WiNof  C.  &N.  W. 
R.  R. 

(Book  101,  254-5). 

10 

200.00 

30 

83 

15 

Tama 

"(Book  111,  615). 

July      9 
1896 

July   24 
1896 

2 

1.00 

31 

83 

15 

Tama 

2a  N  of  C.  M.  &  St.  P. 
R.  R.  in  N  W  i  N  E  i, 
com.  at  l/2  sec.  line. 

Feb.    12 

1897 

Feb.    13 

1897 

Quit  claim. 

(Book  118,  130). 

15.75 

35.00 

31 

83 

15 

Tama 

All  of  N  \  N  E  i  N  of 
Iowa   River.     (Except 
C.  M.  and,  St.  P.  R,  R. 

June  10 
1897 

June  10 
1897 

way).     Quitclaim. 

(Book  118,  264). 

80 

2,000.00 

25 

83 

16 

Indian 

N  E  i  N  E  i,  and  S  E  \ 

Nov.     6 

Nov.     6 

Village 

(Book  126,  533). 

1899 

1899 

LAND  PURCHASES 


GRANTOR — FROM  WHOM  PURCHASED 


GRANTEE — PARTY  NAMED 


IN  TRUST — FOR  WHOM 


Mary  A.  Gallager. 

Mary  A.  Gallager,  Guardian. 

Andrew  Jackson  and  wife. 
John  Fife  and  wife. 

H.  J.  Stiger  and  wife. 
H.  J.  Stiger  and  wife. 
Daniel  S.  Hinegardner  and  wife. 


John  N.  Adams  and  wife. 


Sarah  C.  Connell,  widow,  and 
William  M.  Connell  and  wife, 
et  al. 


H.  A.  Shanklin  and  wife. 
John  A.  Harden  and  wife. 

J.  L.  Wilson. 

Charles  H.  Mills  and  wife. 


Buren     R.     Sherman, 
Governor  of  Iowa. 
Buren     R.     Sherman, 
Governor  of  Iowa. 

Governor  of  Iowa. 


Horace    Boies,-    Gov- 
ernor of  Iowa. 


Horace    Boies,     Gov- 
ernor of  Iowa. 


Horace    Boies,     Gov- 
ernor of  Iowa. 


Horace    Boies,     Gov- 
ernor of  Iowa. 


Horace    Boies,     Gov- 
ernor of  Iowa. 


Horace    Boies,     Gov- 
ernor of  Iowa. 


Francis    M.   Drake, 
Governor  of  Iowa. 
Horace   M.   Rebok, 
U.    S.    Indian  Agent. 


Horace  M.  Rebok,  U, 
S.  Indian  Agent. 


Leslie  M.  Shaw,  Gov 
ernor  of  Iowa. 


Musquakie    or    Fox 

Tribe. 

Musquakie    or    Fox 

Tribe. 

Sac  and  Fox  Indians 


Sac  and  Fox  Band  of 
Indians. 


Sac  and  Fox  Indians. 


Sac  and  Fox  Indians. 


Sac  and  Fox  Band  of 
Indians. 


Sac  and  Fox  Band  of 
Indians. 


Sac  and  Fox  Band  of 
Indians. 


Sac  and  Fox  Indians. 
Sac  and  Fox  Indians. 

Sac  and  Fox  Indians. 
Sac  and  Fox  Indians. 


THE  MESKWAKI  PEOPLE  OF  TO-DAY 

THEIR    NUMBER 

On  the  Meskwaki  lands  there  is  at  the  end  of  the  year 
1905  a  population  of  about  three  hundred  and  sixty  people. 
The  number  on  the  Agent's  Annuity  Pay  Roll  in  August, 
1905,  was  three  hundred  and  forty-two.  In  addition  to 
these  there  are  a  number  of  other  individuals  from  other 
tribes  who  are  married  to  men  and  women  of  this  tribe,  and 
who  reside  here  permanently.  These  again  have  relatives 
and  friends  who  spend  a  considerable  part  of  their  time  at 
Meskwakia.  'They  have  increased  about  one  hundred  dur- 
ing the  last  thirty-eight  years,  besides  having  suffered  the 
sad  loss  of  forty -three  by  smallpox  in  the  winter  of  1901-02. 

THEIR    TRIBAL    NAME 

The  table  which  follows  contains  the  names  of  those  In- 
dians recognized  by  the  United  States  government  as  consti- 
tuting that  branch  of  the  tribe  living  in  Iowa,  and  formerly 
known  as  the  Sac  and  Fox  of  the  Mississippi.  Their  true 
name  is  Meskwaki.  This  they  have  always  desired  to  be 
called;  but  through  misunderstanding  and  through  his  cus- 
tom and  literature  the  White  man  has  not  rectified  the  error. 
He  continually  calls  the  tribe  "Sacs  and  Foxes,"  or  uMus- 
quakies,"  assuming  that  "Musquakie"  is  the  Indian  name 
for  "Fox."  He  has  continued  to  believe  that  the  tribe  now 
living  at  Tama  is  still  in  confederation  with  the  Sacs  or 
Saukies,  with  whom  he  fought  in  the  Black  Hawk  War  and 


THE  MESKWAKI  PEOPLE  OF  TO-DAY  191 

other  wars  early  in  the  nineteenth  century.  These  names 
the  Meskwakis  deny.  They  are  not  "Foxes."  They  have 
a  Fox  clan;  but  the  term  Meskwaki  is  the  application  to 
people  of  their  expression  for  the  quality  red  (Me-skwa-k). 

THEIR    LANGUAGE 

The  Meskwaki  language  has  preserved  its  primitive  mono- 
syllabic character,  but  in  its  real  essence  it  has  advanced 
beyond  the  agglutinative  and  even  into  the  early  stages  of 
a  primitive  form  of  inflection. 

Each  name  of  a  person  is  a  phrase  consisting  of  from  two 
to  ten  syllables,  having  the  meaning  of  an  object,  an  act,  or 
a  sentiment.  Many  of  these  are  beautiful  in  their  melodious 
combinations.  The  Meskwakis  have  long  known  the  art  of 
writing,  and  they  have  in  their  possession  various  records 
made  by  their  own  historians  or  secretaries. 

Their  language  contains  at  least  forty-three  consonants  and 
fifteen  or  more  vowels  and  diphthongs.  Nearly  every  syl- 
lable begins  with  a  consonant  and  ends  with  a  vowel.  These 
are  combined  in  phrases,  and  at  the  end  of  each  phrase  a 
brief  pause  occurs.  The  language  is  elaborate  in  its  agglu- 
tinations, and  the  instances  of  permanent  words  and  inflec- 
tions are  numerous.  Altogether  it  constitutes  the  most 
indubitable  record  of  an  extended  mental  development  dur- 
ing the  long  and  interesting  history  of  the  people  who  use  it. 
Of  this  we  are  very  certain,  since  language  is  the  external 
symbol  of  internal  thoughts  and  feelings. 

THE    SO-CALLED    MESKWAKI    ALPHABET 

Their  so-called  alphabet,  which  was  given  to  me  by 
Ma  shi  mi  sha  kwa  and  others,  is  (verbatim)  as  follows: — 


192     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

All  this 

words  used  every  day 

All  this  words  used  nearly  all  the  time 

1 

ba 

be 

bi 

bo 

1 

bwa 

bwe 

bwi 

bwo 

2 

na 

ne 

ni 

no 

2 

nwa 

nwe 

nwi 

nwo 

3 

da 

de 

di 

do 

3 

dwa 

dwe 

dwi 

dwo 

4 

ta 

te 

ti 

to 

4 

twa 

twe 

twi 

two 

5 

ka 

ke 

ki 

ko 

5 

kwa 

kwe 

kwi 

kwo 

6 

wa 

we 

wi 

wo 

6 

wa 

we 

wi 

wo 

7 

ya 

ye 

yi 

yo 

7 

ya 

ye 

yi 

y° 

8 

Sa 

Se 

Si 

So 

8 

Swa 

Swe 

Swi 

Swo 

9 

Ma 

Me 

Mi 

Mo- 

9 

Mwa 

Mwe 

Mwi 

Mwo 

10 

ga 

ge 

gi 

go 

10 

gwa 

gwe 

gwi 

gwo 

11 

ctta 

ctte 

ctti      ctto 

11 

cttwa 

cttwe 

cttwi 

cttwo 

12 

A 

e 

i 

0 

12 

A 

e 

i 

0 

All  this  words  don't  used  very  often 

I 

bya 

bye 

byi 

byo 

7 

ya 

ye 

yi 

y° 

2 

nya 

nye 

nyi 

nyo 

8 

Sya 

Sye 

Syi 

Syo 

3 

dya 

dye 

dyi 

dyo 

9 

Mya 

Mye 

Mye 

Myo 

4 

tya 

tye 

twi 

tyo 

10 

ga 

ge 

gi 

go 

5 

Kya 

Kye 

Kyi 

Kyo 

11 

cttya 

cttye 

cttyi 

cttyo 

6 

wa 

we 

wi 

wo 

12 

A 

e 

i 

o 

This  words  used  once  in  while 

sta 

ste 

sti 

sto 

ska 

ske 

ski 

sko 

skwa 

skwe 

skwi 

skwo 

THE  EEAL  MESKWAKI  ALPHABET 

The  real  alphabet  of  their  spoken  language  is  much  more 
extended.  After  many  weeks  of  inquiry  and  noting  down 
every  sound  heard,  I  have  recorded  the  following  list  of 
consonants  and  vowels: — 


THE  MESKWAKI  PEOPLE  OF  TO-DAY  193 

THE    CONSONANTS 


b 

t 

k 

n 

ck 

s 

sck 

w       k 

p 

a 

g 

m 

ckk 

sk 

st 

y       kw 

bw 

tw 

kw 

nw 

ckw 

skk 

SW 

pw 

dw 

gw 

raw 

chy 

skw 

sy 

fcy 

ty 

ky 

ny 

sky 

sk 

py 


THE    VOWELS 

a 

e 

1                      0 

u 

ai 

a 

e 

i             o 

u 

au 

a 

u 

oi 

Any  consonant  in  tke  consonant  series  may  appear  in  com- 
bination witk  any  vowel  of  tke  vowel  series.  Tke  conso- 
nants f,  j,  q,  r,  1,  v,  x,  and  z  are  absent.  It  was  found  tkat 
tke  use  of  q  (as  seen  in  Indian  words  spelled  by  Wkites) 
destroys  many  etymological  relations.  Moreover,  tke  Me- 
skwakis  do  not  kave  it  in  tkeir  own  alpkabet. 

KEY    TO    THE    VOWEL    SOUNDS 

a  —  as  in  far,  psalm,  father:  wa-ba-no  •  ni,  mirror. 

a  —  as  in  what,  not:  na-ku-sa-wa,  ke  can  walk. 

a  —  as  in  sham,  hat:  ma-na-wa,  tkere  is  muck  of  it. 

e  —  as  in  resume  or  they:  na-ke-i,  now  tken. 
e  —  as  in  net,  hen:  pe-nri,  oil. 

1  —  as  in  thief,  machine:  (also  for  Englisk  ee,  ea,  y,  and  oe)  : 

ni-na,  I;  or  nl-cki,  my  kind. 
i  —  as  in  pin,  hit:  a-i-ski-mi-ckl,  ke  speaks  to  me. 

o  —  as  in  tone,  rose,  no:  a-nao-wi,  koney. 

o  —  as  in  echo,  fellow:  no-ta-go-si-wa,  it  is  keard. 


194    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

u — as  in  yule,  tool,  clue:  nti-wi-wa,  they  go  out. 
u — as  in  pull,  look:  pya-tu-sa-wa,  he  is  coming  here, 
u — as  in  ~but,  pun:  mii-kwa,  bear. 

ai — as  thine,  aisle,  (English  i):  ai-he-kwi-wa,  he  is  tired. 

an — as  in  house,  how:  hau,  hello! 

oi — as  in  soil,  Ijoy:  moi-na-hwa-wa,  he  went  at  him. 

THEIE    INDIVIDUAL    NAMES 

In  completing  this  list  of  names,  the  object  has  been  to 
spell  each  name  phonetically  according  to  the  most  approved 
Meskwaki  usage;  then  follows  the  name  of  the  same  indi- 
vidual as  spelled  on  the  Agent's  books.  To  these,  in  some 
cases,  are  added  the  English  names,  where  the  individuals 
have  taken  such  names.  In  accomplishing  this  rather  diffi- 
cult task,  invaluable  aid  has  been  most  kindly  rendered 
by  Agent  William  G.  Malin,  by  the  Misses  Campbell 
and  Taylor  of  the  United  Presbyterian  Mission,  by  Cha 
ka  ta  ko  si,  Secretary  of  the  tribe,  by  Ha  she  ta  na  kwa 
twa,  former  Secretary  of  the  tribe,  by  Me  skwa  pu  swa,  In- 
terpreter for  the  tribe,  by  Pye  pa  ha,  by  JSTl  ka  na  kwa  ha  ka, 
by  Ma  shl  mi  sha  kwa,  and  by  the  heads  of  the  numerous  fam- 
ilies. The  whole  list  has  been  carefully  supervised  by  Prof. 
Geo.  T.  Flom,  of  The  State  University  of  Iowa. 

In  the  table  the  names  are  for  the  most  part  separated  into 
family  groups.  Owing  to  the  complexity  of  their  social  or- 
ganization and  to  certain  defects,  this  is  not  quite  possible. 
The  table  also  contains  other  particulars  regarding  sex,  rela- 
tion or  place  of  the  individual  in  the  family  group,  year  of 
birth,  near  relatives  (referred  to  by  number),  and  many  items 
concerning  the  personalities  of  th^  people. 


THE  MESKWAKI  PEOPLE  OF  TO-DAY 


195 


TABLE    OF    NAMES    OP    INDIVIDUALS 

ABBREVIATIONS  IN  THE  TABLE. — In  addition  to  the  Meskwaki  alphabet  of  con- 
sonants and  vowel  sounds,  given  above,  an  understanding  of  the  following  list  of 
abbreviations  will  be  necessary  to  the  reading  of  the  table: — In  Sex  column  M 
stands  for  male;  F  for  female.  In  Relation  column  H  stands  for  husband;  W 
for  wife;  F  for  father;  M  for  mother;  Np.  for  nephew;  N  for  niece;  U  for  uncle; 
and  A  for  aunt.  In  Relatives  column  B  stands  for  brother;  Sis.  for  sister;  and 
H  for  husband,  etc. 


C  Meskwaki  Spelling 

YEAR 

NO. 

NAMES  <  Agents'1  Spelling 

SEX 

RELATION 

OF 

RELATIVES 

(  English  Name 

BIRTH 

No  ka  ge 

No-ka-ka 

James  Scott 


M 


1854 


2     Ha  she  ta  na  kwa  twa1     M 

Ash-e-ton-e-quot 


10 


George  Morgan 


F  1857       Bof72. 

YZ  B  of  74. 
M.  is  71. 


3 

Ka  si  no  ska  ka 

M 

S 

1894 

Ka-see-no-ska-ka 

4 
5 

Wa  pa  nu  ke2 

Wa-pellu-ka 

Pe  she  ki  si  kwe 

M 
F 

H 
W 

1827 
1833 

Pe-shek-e-see-qua 

6 

Wa  wa  sa  ha 

F 

1873 

"Wa-wa-sah-ak-ha 

7 

Ta  ta  pa  go 

M 

H 

1865 

Ta-ta-pau-go 

John  Leaves 
Na  na  wa  chi 

Na-na-wa-che 

No  ka  wa  ta3 

No-ca-wa-ta 

Harry  Leaves 

Ma  ta  shi  kwa 

Ma-ta-she-qua 


F      W 

M     S 

F      D 


1862     D  of  4 
1886 

1893 


1  Father  a  Pottawotomi.     Mother  a  Meskwaki.     Secretaiy  of  Tribe  about  18 
years. 

2  Member  of  Council.     Orator. 

8  Married,  1905,  Lucy  Painter,  a  Winnebago. 


196    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


(  Meskwaki  Spelling 
NO.           NAMES  <  Agents'  Spelling             SEX     RELAT 
(  English  Name 

YEAR 
"ION              OF              RELATIVES 
BIRTH 

11     Nasapipyata1                M     H            1839 

Na-sa-pe-phia 
John  Allen 
12     Nokl                                 F      W           1842 

No-kee 

13     Chakishi                          F      Gr.  D     1890     W  of  57 

Cha-ke-sha 
Edna  Allen 

14     Pe  pye  ini  skwi                 F      M 

Phia-mes-que 

15     Pwa  wl  ne  ne  ke  ne  me-     M     S 
lii  ka 

P  wa-we-n  a-na-ka-ma-e-qua 

1870      W  of  134 

1893 

16     Pye  twa  we  ya  kl  kwa       F 

Pe-e-ta-n  a-y  a-ke-qua 

1886 

17     Wawasa                          F      Gr.  M     1833     Mofl68 

Wa-wa-sa 

18     Ka  mi  ya  no  se  kwa         F      Gr.  D     1888     W  of  63 

Ka-me-ya-no-sa-qua 

19     Me  she  ne                          M 

Ma-sho-na 

1886     Gr.Sofl7 

20     Pi  ta  to  kwe2                     M     H 

Pe-ta-to-qua 

21     No  te  no  kwe                    F      W 

No-ten-a-qua 

1845 
1862     Sis.ofl68 

22     Ma  slii  si  po  ta                 M 

Ma-she-se-po-te 

'   1885 

23     Kl  wa  ta                             F      M 

Ke-wa-ta 

24     Manesenokiwakwewa     F      D 

M  ah-n  a-sa-no-ke-m  a-qua-wa 

25     Ha  kwa  ml  ta                   F      D 

Ali-qua-nie 

1874     w  of  191 
1894 
1896 

1  Born  at  Iowa  City.     Returned  from  Kansas,  1862.    C.,  &  N.  W.  K.  K.  reached 
Tama  the  year  after  he  came.     Member  of  Council. 
2  Never  went  to  Kansas. 

THE  MESKWAKI  PEOPLE  OF  TO-DAY 


197 


NO. 

(  Meskwaki  Spelling 
NAMES  J  Agent's  Spelling             SEX     RELAT 
(  English  Name 

YEAR 
ION              OF              RELATIVES 
BIRTH 

26 

27 
28 
29 

Mu  kwa  pa  na  sha1           M     FI 

Muc-qua-pon-na-sha 
Young  Bear 

No  ki  pi  wa  kwa              F      W 

No-ke-pe-wac 

Po  na  wa  pi  kwa               F      D 

Po-ma-wa-pe-qua 

Ma  ta  wi  kwa2                  M     S 

1  &A7        Eldest    S    of 

299 

1870 
1891 

1888 

30 

Ma-tau-e-qua 

Ho  ki  raa  kwa  wa             F      D 

1895 

31 
32 

O-ke-m  ah-wa-qua 

Na  na  ha  kya  pi                M     S 

Na-na-ke-ah-pe 

Na  na  chi  ho  wa               M     S 

1897 
1899 

Na-na-che-ha 

33 

Cha  ko  so                          M     S 

1903 

Cha-co-sa 

34 

Ma  kwi  ke  cha  wi             F      D 

1905 

Ma-que-ta-cha-we 

35 

Ki  ya  kwa  ka3                  M 

Ke-yah-qua-huk 
John  Young-Bear 

1886     S  of  26 

36 

Ka  ke  no  se4                      M 

Ca-ca-no-sa 
Earl  D.  Morgan 

1889     fGr-?of1fa; 

tagoto;  B  of 
37;  F  was 
Nishiwiska 
ha  (John  C. 
Morgan) 

37 

Ma  shl  nii  sha  kwa5          M 

1880     B  of  36 

Wah-po-na-pe 
Amos  Appletree  and 
Amos  A.  Morgan 

1  Variant  form  Mu  kwi  pa  na  sha. 

2  Variant  form  Ma  tail  i  kwe. 

3  Plays  cornet  well. 

4  Plays  cornet  well.     Visited  Oklahoma. 

5  In  Haskell  one  year.     -In  Toledo  six  years. 


In  Chilocco  1905-6.     Artist. 


198     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


f  Meskwaki  Spelling 

YEAR 

NO. 

NAMES  -j  Agent's  Spelling 

SEX 

RELATION 

OF 

RELATIVES 

{English  Name 

BIRTH 

38  Ml  no  kwe 

Me-no-qua 

(Mrs.  Johnson) 

39  Ka  kl  ki 

Ca-ke-ke 


F      Gr.  M     1842     M  of  161 
F      Gr.  D     1888 


40  CM  kl  ka1 

Cha-ke-ka 

41  Ki  wa  na 

Ke-wa-na 

42  Pa  shko  na 

Pah-sko-nah 


F     M  1884 

F     D  1899 

F     D  1901 


2d  W  of  48 


43 

Kya  na  wa 

Ke-ah-na 

M    H 

1877 

Alfred  Keana 

44 

Cha  cha  ko  sa  kwa 

F     W 

1880 

Cha-cha-co-sah 

45 

Pa  ml  na 

M    S 

1899 

Pah-me-na 

46 

Wi  ta  ka 

M    S 

1902 

47 

We-pa-ka  * 

Ma  ma  so  sa  na  ma 

M    S 

1905 

Na-na-so-ta-na-na 

48 

"Wa  pe  ski  ka  ka2 

Wa-pes-ke-ka-ka 
White  Breast 

M 

1875        S  of  322;  H  of 

40;  F  of  177; 
first   W   was 
Sis.  of  176 

49 

Na  na  kwi3 

M 

1840 

Na-na-que 

50 

Kwa  skwa  mi 

M 

1884     S  of  49 

Qua-squa-me 
Albert  Brown 

1  Fine  bead-worker. 

a  Jeweler. 

*  Said  to  be  Sauki.     Wife  a  Winnebago,  gone  to  Wisconsin. 


THE  MESKWAKI  PEOPLE  OF  TO-DAY 


199 


(  Meskwaki  Spelling 

YEAR 

NO.           NAMES-!  Agent's  Spelling            SEX    RELAT 

ION              OF               RELATIVES 

(  English  Name 

BIRTH 

51     Ma  ka  ta  ina  ski  kwa  1      M     H 

1873     S  of  49 

Ma-ke-ta-ina-she-qua 

Ed.  Brown 

52     Papyena                           F      W 

1878 

Pa-phia-na 

53     Ka  ta  ta  si  wa                    M     S 

1900 

•Kah-ta-tah-see-wa 

54     Wl  ta  ko  kwa                   F 

1853 

We-ta-co-qua 

Mrs.  Hawkins 

55     Wa  ni  ti  wa  na                 M     H 

1862       Gr.SofMfi- 

ta  wi  kwa 

Wa-ne-te-wa-na 

William  Wanetee 

56     Pa  mi  ka  wi  kwa              F      W 

1863 

Pa-mo-ka-we-qua 

Anna  Wanetee 

57     Ha  shi  ka  ina  ka               M     S 

1888     H  of  13 

Ah-she-ka-ma-ka 

Henry  Wanetee 

58     Ki  wa  ta  rno  kwa              F      D 

1890 

Ke-wa-ta-mo-qua 

Martha  Wanetee 

59     Chi  kwa  na  mo  a              MS 

1893 

Che-qua-ma-moah 

60     Ha  ski  pa  ka  ka  kwa       F      D 

1898 

Ha-ske-pa-ka-kah-qua 

61     Shakl                               M     S 

1901 

She-kee 

62     Ni  ka  nwa  ta  mo  kwa      F      D 

1903 

Ne-ca-no-ta-mo-qua 

63     Ha  ta  na  to  ka3                M 

1886     H  of  18 

Ah-ta-na-to-qua 

David  Wanetee 

1  Jeweler. 

*  Papoose,  1905. 

« 

200    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


|  Meskwaki  Spelling                \ 

YEAR 

NO. 

NAMES  «!  Agent's  Spelling            SEX  |  RELATIONS 

r              OF               RELATIVES 

1  English  Name                       I 

BIETH 

64 

Pa  pa  ki  wa                       M     H 

1858 

Pa-pa-ke 

John  Papake 

65 

Wa  ta  to                            F      W 

1866 

Wa-ta-to 

66 

Kl  shka  na  kwi                 F      D 

1893 

Ke-sha-na-qua 

Celeste  Papake 

67 

Ne  ne  ina  kl  wa                M     S 

1891 

Na-na-ma-ke-wah 

Charlie  Papake 

68 

Ki  wa  shl  ka                     M     S 

1896 

Ke-wa-she-qua 

69 

Wa  pi  skwa  to                  M     S 

1901 

Wa-pe-squa-to 

70 

Wa  pwa  ta  ka                   MS 

1903 

Wa-pwa-ta-ka 

71 

Ha  kwa  wl  ta                    F 

1833       Mof2&72 

Ah-qe-wit 

72 

Ma  ma  sa                            M 

1871     Once  H  of 

73,  S  of  71, 

Ma-nia-sali 

B  of  2,    y2 

James  Mamasa 

B  of  74 

73 

Ma  skwa  pa  no  kwa         F 

1882     D  of  161 

Ma-squa-pau-no-qua 

74 

Ka  ka  kwi  mo                   M     H 

1868       ^Bof2&72 

Ka-ka-que-mo 

75 

Ha  no  sa  ha  kwa               F      W 

1867 

Ah-no-sa-hac 

76 

Pa  si  ki  wa                        F      D 

1881 

Pa-se-ke-wah 

77 

Wa  wa  pa  so  kwa             F      D 

1894 

Wa-pa-sa-qua 

78 

Wa  so  ha  ka                     F      D 

1900 

Wa-sa-ha-ka 

79 

Kl  wa  wo  sa  ha  kwa         F      D 

1903 

Ke-wa-wo-sa-qua 

THE  MESKWAKI  PEOPLE  OF  TO-DAY 


(  Meskwaki  Spelling 

YEAR 

NO. 

NAMES  2  Agent's  Spelling 

SEX 

RELATION 

OF 

RELATIVES 

(  English  Name 

BIRTH 

80  Ha  ma  kwa  M     H  1842 

Ah-ma-qua 

Dr.  Hormick  or  Beaver 

81  Na  ya  no  F      W  1842 

Ne-yah-no 


82 

Pa  ke  to1 

M 

F 

1847     |°0ffV497 

Pau-ket-to 

83 

Na  ko  twa  ta  ka 

M 

S 

1888 

Na-ka-twa-tuk 

84 

Ka  red  ya 

M 

S 

1892 

Ka-me-yah 

85 

Wa  pa  shi  raa  kwa 

M 

S 

1895 

Wa-pa-she-ma-qua 

86 

Ka  ka  wi  ka 

M 

S 

1899 

Kah-ka-we-ka 

87 

Pye  pa  ha2 

M 

H 

1866     s  of  128~9> 

Phia-pa-ha 
Jim  Peters 

yz  B  of  82, 
218,Bof  197 

88 

Ka  no  ma 

F 

W 

1859 

Ka-no-mah 

89 

Wa  sa  na 

F 

D 

1891 

Wah-sah-na 

90 

Pye  twa  ta 

F 

D 

1893 

Phia-twa-ta 

91 

Na  ha  no 

M 

S 

1902 

Na-ha-na 

92 

Ki  wa  twa  ta  ka 

M 

Neph. 

1897 

Ke-wa-twa-ta-ka 

93 

No  te  no  ke 

M 

1885     S  of  87 

No-te-no-ka 

Sam  Peters 

94     Sha  wa  na  kwa  ha  ka3 

Sha-wa-na-qua-huk 
Jim  Morgan 


M 


Bof  2I3>  2I4' 


[Family  Continued] 


1  Lived  here  51  years.     Died  August  28,  1905. 

8  Interpreter.     Visited  Washington  twice.     Saw  McKinley's    inauguration. 
Saw  Secretary  of  Interior,  Indian  Commissioner,  etc. 
8  Born  at  Colfax.     Lost  an  eye.     Died  October  27,  1905. 


202     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


(  Neskwaki  Spelling 

YEAR 

NO. 

NAMES  <  Agent's  Spelling 

SEX 

RELATION 

OP 

RELATIVES 

(  English  Name 

BIRTH 

95 


Ha  pi  wl 

Ap-pe-we 


F     W 


185: 


96  Nl  pa  kwa 

Ne-pau-qua 
Buck  Green 

97  Ma  hwa  kwa  wa 

Mah-wa-qua 

98  Ma  ya  chi 

Mah-yah-che 

99  Ole  Lasley 

01  e  Lasley 

100     Wa  wa  sa  mo  kwa 

Wa-wa-sa-mo-qua 


M    H 


1854 


F  W  1849 

M  Gr.  S  1896 

F  Gr.  D  1899 

F  Gr.  D  1900 


101 
102 

Wa  wa  ko 

Wa-wa-co 

Ha  kwa  ha  ta 

F 
F 

M 

M 

1875       Dof05;Wof 
Jim    Eagle, 
the  Sioux 

1897 

103 

Ah-qua-ha-ta 

Clia  ki  ma  ko 

M 

S 

1899 

Cha-ke-ina-co 

. 

104 

Ma  ka  si  sa 

M 

S 

1902 

Ma-ka-see-sa 

105 

JSTa  wa  ta  na 

M 

S 

1904 

Na-wa-ta-na 

106 

107 
108 
109 
110 


Ka  mo  to  ki  ma  wa 

Ka-mo-to-o-ke-ma 
Jack  Bullard 

Kl  wa  kwa  ho  mo  kwa 

Lucy  Lasley 
Harvey  Lasley 

Ki  ka  sa  kwa 

Ka-ka-sa-qua 

Na  wa  ta  ni  ta  kwa 

Na-wa-ta-ne-ta 


M  H  1879 

F  W  1880     D  of  96 

M  S  1895 

F  D  1903 

M  S  1905 


THE  MESKWAKI  PEOPLE  OF  TO-DAY 


203 


iMeskwaki  Spelling 

YEAR 

NO. 

AgenVs  Spelling 

SEX 

RELATION 

OF 

RELATIVES 

English  Name 

BIRTH 

111  Ponwata1 

Po-nwa-ta 

112  MaTdsopyata 

Ma-ke-so-pe-at 

113  Na  kwa  ski  wa 

Na-qua-che-wa 


F     M  1848 

M     S  1889 

M     Gr.  S      1895 


114 

M  pa  wo  sa  kwe 

F 

1884 

Ne-pau-sa-qua 

115 

Wa  ka  ki  she  kwa 

M 

H 

1870 

Wa-ka-ke-shek 

116 

Sha  po  wa  wa2 

F 

W 

1870 

Sha-po-wah 

Frances  Woodward 

117 

Ma  chi  kwa  wa3 

F 

Gr.M 

1846 

Wa-so-sah 

. 

118 

Ha  ki  ni  ka  ni  sa  ta 

M 

Gr.  S 

1891 

Ah-ke-ne-ka-ne-sa-ta 

119 

Pa  na  si 

M 

1884      Gr.  S  of  117 

Pa-nau-see 

120 

Ka  pa  yu  ma  wa4 

M 

H 

1866 

Ka-pa-you-mac 

121 

Sha  wa  no  kwa 

F 

W 

1868 

Sah-wa-ne-qua 

122 

Na  ko  to  sha 

F 

D 

1891 

Na-co-to-sha 

123 

Ml  sha  ka 

M 

S 

1897 

Me-sha-ka 

124 

Na  ho  ta  mo  kwa 

F 

D 

1899 

Ma-ho-ta-mo-qua 

125 

Ha  m  ka  wa 

M 

S 

1901 

Ah-ne-ka-wa 

126 

Ki  wa  sa5 

F 

D 

1903 

Ke-wa-sa 

1  Has  an  income  from  Oklahoma. 

2  One  year  at  Haskell. 
»  Sauki. 

4  Member  of  Council     Name  often  abbreviated  to  Ka-pe-yu. 

5  Died  August  3,  1905. 


204    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


NO. 

{Meskwaki  Spelling 
Agent's  Spelling            SEX     i 
English  Name 

YEAR 
DELATION              OF 
BTRTH 

RELATIVES 

127 

Kl  pa  hi  wa  kwa               F 

Ke-pah-e-wa-qua 
Emma  Showan 

1867 

yz  s  of  121 

128 

Kwl  ya  nia                         M 

Que-e-mah 

H            1833 

Fof  87 

129 

Ma  wl  so                           F 

W           1843 

M  of  82  &  87 

Mau-we-sou 

130 

Wa  pa  na  to  ka                 M 

Wa-pau-na-to-ka 
Jo  Peters 

1884 

S   of  87 

131 

Ma  nwa  ta  ka                    M 

Mon-y-tuk 
Frank  EarL 

1880 

S  of  194 
H  of  170 

132 

Sa  ki  to                             M 

Gr.  F      1843 

Sai-ke-to 

133 

Pi  ta  wa  na  kwa  twa        M 

Gr.  S      1893 

Pe-ta-wa-na-qua-twa 

134 
135 

Ta  ta  pa  sha                      M 

Ta-ta-pa-she 

Na  no  wi                            F 

F            1871 
D            1893 

S  of  Nai  ha- 
shi,  Gr.  Sof 
Ma  mi  nwa- 
ni  ka,  B  of 
167,  H  of  14 

Na-na-we 

136 

Pa  yo  ki                            F 

Pah-yo-ke 

D            1894 

137 

Wl  pa  ko  ki  ma  kwa  wa1     F 

We-pali-ko-ke-ma-ka-wa 

1898 

138 

Sa  na  ka  pi1                       F 

Sa-na-ca-pe 

1900 

139 

Wl  shi  ka  kya  ska  ka      M 

We-she-kea-skuk.     - 

1884 

S  of  258 

1  Mother  died  May  31,  1905. 


THE  MESKWAKI  PEOPLE  OF  TO-DAY 


205 


iMeskwaki  Spelling 

YEAR 

NO. 

AgenVs  Spelling             SEX     i 

DELATION             OF 

RELATIVES 

English  Name 

BIRTH 

140 

Pa  shl  wa                           M 

F            1861 

Pah-she-  wah 

Wild  Cat 

141 

Ha  pi  ta  ka                        M 

S             1888 

Ah-pe-tuk 

142 

Ta  pi  nwa  ha                    M 

S             1892 

Ta-pe-no-wa 

143 

Ta  no  kwa                         F 

D            1894 

Tah-no-qua 

144 

Wa  se  ta  nwa1                   M 

1886 

Wa-sah-to-no-wah 

145 

Ma  na  to  wa  se                  F 

1859 

Sis.  of  215 

Ma-na-ta-wa-see 

146 

Ma  ka  ta  wa  kwa  twa       M 

1843 

Former  H  of 

147 

Ma-ka-ta-wa-qua-twa 

Black  Cloud 

147 

Pye  ta  na  ha                      F 

M           1858 

W  of  82 
M  of  241 

Phia-tau-na 

148 

Pi  sko  n!  wa                      M 

S             1893 

F  is  146 

Pe.sko-ne-wah 

149 

Ka  ka  ta                            F 

D            1895 

F  is  146 

Ka-ka-ta 

150 

Wl  shi  ko  wa  ta                F 

D            1899 

F  is  146 

We-she-co-\va-ta 

151 

Ma  ta  kw!  pa  ka  ta           M 

1886 

Mah-yah-que-pa-ka-ta 

152 

Kl  wa  to  sa  ta                   M 

1882 

S  of  146 

Ko-wah-to-sah-ta 

153 

Sa  ki  ta  no  kwa                F 

M           1875 

Sis.  of  181 

Sau-ke-ten-o-qua 

154 

Ki  ino  no                           M 

S             1896 

Gr.  Gr.  S  of 

Ke-mo-na 

Pa  ta  go  to 

155 

Pa  ta  go  to                        M 

Pa-ta-ko-ah 

S             1902 

Gr.  Gr.  S  of 
Pa  ta  go  t  o 

1  Died  August  6,  1905. 


206     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


C  Meskwaki  Spelling 

YEAR 

NO. 

NAMES  -I  Agent's  Spelling 

SEX 

RELATION 

OF 

RELATIVES 

[  English  Name 

BIRTH 

156  Ha  pa  ta  ho  na  M     F  1870 

Ah-pah-to-o-na 
John  Scott 

157  Ha  kwa  shi  no  kwa          F      D  1893 

Ah-que-she-no-qua 

158  Ta  ta  pi  ta  nwa  M     S  1895 

Tah-tah-pe-ta-no-wah 

159  Ta  pa  no  kwa  F      D  1896 

Tah-no-qua 

160  Ma  chi  no  ka  F      D  1903 

Ma-clie-no-qua 


161 


162 


Pa  wi  shi  ka1 

Pow-e-shiek 

Jim  Poweshiek 


Na  ho  wa 

Nah-ho-wah 

Mary  Poweshiek 

163  Ma  ma  ki  chl  wa3 

Ma-m  a-che-ka- w  a 

Horace  Poweshiek 

164  Ma  shi  ma  ta  kwa 

Mah-she-mah-ta-qua 
June  Poweshiek 

165  Pa  wa  na  mo  kwa 

Pa-wah-na-mo-qua 
Ida  Poweshiek 

166  Wa  pa  slika 

Wa-pa-ska 

Willie  Poweshiek 


M      F  1858      S  of  38  and 

Ma  shi  na. 
Gr.S  of  Chf 
Pawishika, 
Fof  73 

F        1858 


M  S  1890 

M  S  1893 

F  D  1897 

M  S  1898 


167 


Ma  skwa  si 

Ma-squa-see 


F 


Sis.  of  134 
w  of  251 


1  U.  S.  Policeman. 

2  In  Toledo  school  six  years.     Now  in  Chilocco. 


THE  MESKWAKI  PEOPLE  OF  TO-DAY 


207 


SMeskwaki  Spelling 

YEAR 

NO. 

Agent's  Spelling            SEX     RELA' 
English  Name 

riON             OF             RELATIVES 
BIRTH 

168 

Cha  ka  ta  ko  si1               M     H 

1867     B  of  21 

Cha-ka-ta-co-see 

169 

Kwa  chi  wi                        F      W 

1872 

Qua-che-wa 

170 

Pi  wa  ni  wa                       F      D 

1888     W  of  131 

Pe-wah-no-wah 

171 

Ma  shi  wa  na  ka  sha  ka     M     S 

1894 

Ma-she-wa-na-ka-ska-ka 

172 

Kya  sa  ta  ka                     M     H 

1866 

Ke-u-sau-ta-ka 

Charlie  Keosatuk 

173 

Kwa  ta  chi                        F      W 

1871 

Qua-ta-che 

174 

Ki  wa  ta                            F      M 

1877     W  of  277 

Ke-wau-tah 

175 

Ko  na  pa                           F      D 

1899 

Ko-nah-pe 

176 

Kwl  kwa  ha                      FA 

1  ft  A  7        Sis.  of48's 
•loOf        first  wife 

Que-qua-ha 

177 

Na  ka  na  mo  kwa             F      N 

1QQ£        D  of  48;M  was- 
3y°        Sis.  of  176 

Na-ca-na-mo-qua 

178 

Kapaho2                          M     H 

1  Q  O  7        F  of  237;  F-in- 
1O  Ai        lawofiSiand 

Ka-pa-who 

236 

John  Mclntosh 

179 

Wi  ha  ha                           F      W 

1833 

We-hau 

1  Secretary  of  Tribe  since  1898.     Author  of  the  first  Meskwaki  book. 

2Pottawotomi,  b.  in  Wisconsin.  Went  to  Kansas  in  1836,  on  government 
wagon  from  Dodge  County,  Wisconsin.  Said  to  have  been  nine  years  old  on 
pay  roll  at  end  of  first  year.  F  died  by  sugar-boiling  accident  in  Milwaukee 
about  time  of  Ka  pa  ho's  birth.  K.  was  first  ^Interpreter  in  Tama  Agency. 
Formerly  practiced  medicine. 


208     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


(  Meskwaki  Spelling 

TEAK 

NO. 

NAMES  <  Agent's  Spelling 

SEX 

RELATION 

OF 

RELATIVES 

(  English  Name 

BIRTH 

180     Ka  ski  sa  ka  wo  ta1 

Ka-skea-sa-ka-o-ta 
Fred  Lincoln 


M 


186  Ha  ski  pa  ke  si5  M     H 

Ash-  we-puc-ke-see 
Sam  Lincoln 

187  Pemlta  F      W 

Pem-e-tah 

188  Tawakohaka  M     S 

Ta-wa-ka-ka 

Harry  Lincoln 

189  Ma  no  se  M     S 

Ma-no-sa 

Charlie  Lincoln 


1885     Sof  186-7 


181 

Wa  sa  chi  wa  nwa2 

M 

F 

1873     ?-£9lawof 

Wa-sa-che-won 

George  Ward 

182 

Ma  skwa  sa  ta8 

M 

S 

1892 

Ma-she-cha-ta 

James  Ward 

183 

Ma  ta  chi 

F 

D 

1895 

Ma-ta-che 

' 

184 

Wa  pa  pi  na  ye  kwa 

F 

D 

1897 

Wa-pah-pe-nah-yeh-qua 

185 

Ma  na  pye  ska  mil  kwa4 

F 

D 

1900 

Mah  -nah-phi  a-ska-n  o-qua 

1858 


1856     BorninKan- 


M  was 

Wi  ha  ko 


1890 


1898 


190 


Ma  nl  na 

Mau-ne-na 


F 


1884      D  of  186-7 


1  In  Toledo  school  six  years.     Plays  cornet,  piccolo,  etc. 

2  F  was  Te  pa  kye  wa.     W  was  Ka  pe  sku  mwa,  died  in  1903,  D  of  178-9. 
8  Plays  snare  drum. 

*  Died  in  1904. 

5  Winnebago  b.  in  Minnesota;  came  to  Tama  when  seven  years  old.  Speaks 
Winnebago,  English  and  Meskwaki.  Was  the  first  Indian  policeman.  Intro- 
duced first  cultivator,  riding  plow  and  planter.  Built  the  second  house. 


THE  ME3KWAKI  PEOPLE  OF   TO-DAY 


209 


I  Meskwaki  Spelling 

YEAR 

NO. 

NAMES  <  Agent's  Spelling 

SEX 

RELATION 

OF 

RELATIVES 

(  English  Name 

BIRTH 

191 


Ka  wa  si 

Ke-wau-see 


M 


1863 


Jim  Thompson 


192     Na  ha  kwa  na  ta 

Na-ha-qua-na-pe 


M 


1886     S  of  191 


193     Na  ta  wa  na  chl  ka 

Na-tau-wa-na-che-ka 
Bill  Scott 


M 


1884     S  of  1 


194 

Kwi  ne  pwa1 

M 

H 

1849 

Fof  131 

Quin-e-pah 

195 

Ml  sa  ka  kwa 

F 

W 

1856 

Me-sau-ka-qua 

196 

Ha  sa  mo  we 

F 

Gr.  D 

1900 

Ah-sah-me-we 

197 

Ta  pa  sa  ka  kwa 

F 

M 

1873 

N  of  87 
D  of  128-9 

Tau-pe-sau-ka-qua 

Maggie 

198 

Ha  na  mwa  ta  mwa 

F 

D 

1894 

Ali-nah-no-wa-ta-no-wa 

- 

199 

Kl  Ava  si  kwa 

F 

D 

1896 

Ke-wau-se-qua 

200 

Wi  pa  kwa 

M 

S 

1900 

We-pau-qua 

(Papoose) 

1905 

201 

Ma  nio  ki 

F 

Gr.M 

1838 

Mau-mo-kee 

202 

Ha  sho  na 

F 

Gr.  D 

1888 

Ah-sho-na 

203 

No  sha  ko 

F 

Gr.  D 

1891 

No-sha-co 

204 

Wa  my  a  sa  ta 

M 

Gr.S 

1896 

Wah-me-yah-sa-ta 

[Family 

Continued  J 

1  Sauki. 

210    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


NO. 

(  Meskwaki  Spelling 
NAMES  <  Agent's  Spelling            SEX    B 
(  English  Name 

YEAR 
ELATION              OF 
BIKTH 

RELATIVES 

205 

Nl  ka  na  ho  ta                  F 

Gr.  D     1888 

Wof217 

Ne-con-ha-ta 

206 

Wa  pa  shka  si  kwa          F 

Nah-pah-skea-se-qua 

Gr.  D     1887 

Wof307 

207 

Na  wa  kl  ki                      F 

M           1857 

Wof215 

Na-wau-ke-ke 

208 

Sha  ta  no  ta                       M 

S             1887 

Sha-to-no-te 

209 
210 

Na  nye  skwl  ta                 M 

Na-ne-es-que-ta 

Pi  ta  wi                              M 

S            1889 
S             1892 

Pe-tau-we 

211 

Wa  sa  ha  no  kwa             F 

D            1896 

212 

Wa-sah-ah-no-qua 

Wa  wa  sa  mo  kwa           F 

D            1904 

Wa-wa-sa-mo-qua 

213 

Sa  na  wa  kwa                    F 

1822 

Sis.  of  214,  291, 
287,  94 

Sah-na-wau-qua 

214 

Ka  tl  ya                             F 

Ka-te-yah 

1833 

Sis.  of  213,  291, 
287,  94 

215 

Ha  sa  ml  sa                       M 

A-sah-me-sou 

1861 

B  of  145 
H  of  207 

216 

Sha  ski  kwi                       F 

1865 

Sha-ske-qua 

217 

Sa  ka  na  kwa  twa             M 

1886 

H  of  205 

Sa-ka-na-qua-twa 

218 
219 

Wa  se  ska  ka1                   M 

Wa-sa-skuk 
Harry  Waseskuk 

Na  ta  ko  sa                       F 

H            1860 
W          1870 

S  of  128-9,B 
of  82,  i  B  of 
197,  i"B  of 
87 

Na-ta-ta-co-sah 

[Family  Continued  ] 

Formerly  Little  Harry. 


THE  MESKWAKI  PEOPLE  OF  TO-DAY 


211 


ritieskwaki  Spelling 

TEAR 

NO. 

NAMES  <  AgenVs  Spelling 

SEX 

RELATION 

OF 

RELATIVES 

(  English  Name 

BIRTH 

220  Na  na  ki 

Na-na-kee 

221  Ko  ta  to 

Co-ta-to 

222  Na  wa  ta 

Nau-wah-ta 

223  Na  na  wa  ke 

Na-nah-wah-co 

224  Na  na  ma  kl  sa 

Na-na-ma-ke-sah 

225  Ma  skwi  pi 

Mah-squa-pe 


M  S 

F  D 

F  D 

M  S 

M  S 

M  S 


1889 
1890 
1891 
1892 
1893 
1897 


226 


Pa  mo  sa  ha 

Pem-o-sa-ha 


F 


1883 


227 

Pa  mi  pa  ha  kwa 

M 

H 

1874 

Pein-e-pa-hac 

228 

Ni  pa  na  mo  kwa 

F 

W 

1872 

Ne-pau-na-mo-qua 

229 

Pi  na  sha 

M 

S 

1890 

Pe-nau-sha 

230 

Ka  no  ma  kwa 

M 

S 

1904 

Ka-no-ma-qua 

231  Ki  she  kwa 

Ke-sha-qua 

232  Na  ka  pa 

Na-ka-pah 

233  Ml  shi  mya  nwa 

Me-she-mya-nwa 


M  H 
F  W 
F  Gr.  D 


1835 
1844 

1898 


234 


Sa  na  chi 

Sa-na-che 


M 


1877 


235  Chi  ni  ha1 

Jennie  Davenport 


F 


1840     Wof  Sa  ki- 

-1-0<±U  ma  wa,  Cous. 
of  247,  M  of 
236,  242 


1  Born  in  Rock  Island.     D  of  Geo.  L.  Davenport. 


212    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


(  Meskwaki  Spelling 

YEAR 

NO. 

NAMES  <  Agent's  Spelling             SEX     RELA' 

riON              OF              RELATIVES 

(  English  Name 

BIRTH 

236 

Wa  se  ko  ne1                     M     H 

1873     S  of  235 

"Wau-sa  c-c  o-n  ah 

William  Davenport 

237 

Wa  pa  na  pi  pa  ho  kwa     F      W 

1875     r>  of  178-9 

Wah-pa-nah-pe-pa-o-qua 

238 

Ki  ska  na  ka  lia  ka           M     S 

1893 

K  i  sh-ka-na-ka-h  a-ke 

239 

Ma  na  kwa                        F      D 

1895 

Mah-nah-qua 

240 

Wa  pi  na  na  ma  ki  wa     M     S 

1902 

Wah-pe-na-na-nah-ke-wa 

241 

Wai  to  ne  si  wa                M     H 

1  Q7A       s  of  T47,  S-in- 
lo'U        law  of  235 

Wai-to-no-see 

John  Waitonesee 

242 

Ma  skwa  na  kwi               F      W 

1869     D  of  235 

Ma-squa-n  ali-que 

Nancy  Waitonesee 

243 

Ki  wa  sa  mo  kwa              F      D 

1893 

Ke-wa-sa-mo-qua 

244 

Ma  ml  chi                          F      D 

1894 

Ma-me-che 

245 

Ki  sha  sa                           F      D 

1895 

Ke-sha-sah 

246 

Mo  na  che  kwa                 F      D 

1899 

Mo-ma-che-qua 

247 

Wa  ki  ma  wl  ta2               M     H 

1847      Cous.of235> 

Wau-ke-mau-wit 

Harry  Davenport,  Sr. 

248 

Sa  ka  na  wa  kwa              F      W 

1874 

Sa-ka-n  o-  wa-qua 

249 

Ma  skwa  wa  ta                  M     S 

1888 

Mas-qu  a-wa-ta 

250 

Pa  mo  sa  hi  ta                   M     S 

1893 

Pa-mo-sali 

1  In  Hampton  one  year. 

2  Son  of  Baily  Davenport. 


THE  MESKWAKI  PEOPLE  OF  TO-DAY 


213 


(  Meskwaki  Spelling 

YEAR 

NO. 

NAMES  <  Agent's  Spelling 

SEX 

RELATION 

OF 

RELATIVES 

[  English  Name 

BIRTH 

251     Ml  sha  cM  na  ni 

Me-sha-che-na-ne 


M 


1884     H  of  167 


252  Wlkama  M     H 

We-co-mah 

Charlie  Davenport 

253  Wawaki  F      W 

Wa-wau-kee 

254  Hanota  M     S 

Ha-no-tah 

255  Pi  kwa  no  F     D 

Pe-qua-no 


1881     S  of  247 

1884 
1900 
1901 


256     Ma  ko  pa1 

Ma-co-pah 

Harry  Davenport,  Jr. 


M 


1877     Hof.... 


257     Ha  ya  no  pi 

Hi-an-o-pe 


1  Jeweler. 

2  Nicknamed  Chi  kwe  sa. 


1832     M  of  247 


258 

Ki  wa  ta  ka 

M 

H 

1873     F  of  139 

Ke-wau-tuk 

259 

Na  wi  to  kwa 

F 

W 

1873 

Nat-we-to-ka 

260 

No  na  wa  ka3 

M 

S 

1889 

No-nah-wa-ka 

261 

Ma  si  ko  na 

F 

D 

1891 

Ma-se-co-na 

262 

Nl  pa  to  ha 

M 

S 

1893 

Ne-pau-ton 

263 

Ta  skwa  ko  na 

M 

S 

1896 

Tah-squa-ka-na 

264 

Chi  ho  wa 

M 

S 

1898 

Che-o-wah 

265 

Mi  sha  chl  kwa 

F 

D 

1904 

Me-cha-ke-qua 

214    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


(  Meskwaki  Spelling 

YEAR 

NO. 

NAMES  ]  Agent's  Spelling 

SEX 

RELATION 

OF 

RELATIVES 

(  English  Name 

BIRTH 

266     JSTa  na  ha  pa  ma  kwa        F 

Na-na-ah-pa-ma-qua 


1884 


267 

Ha  chi  ta  wa  si 

F 

M 

1862 

Ah-she-ta-wau-see 

268 

Cha  ka  sho 

M 

S 

1890 

Cha-ka-sha 

269 

Ha  sa  wa  sa  mo 

F 

D 

1894 

Ah-sah-wa-sa-mo 

270     Ma  ka  ta  wa  na  mwa        M 

Ma-ka-ta-wa-na-moah 


1884 


271 

Ma  ki  kya  wa 

M 

H 

1876 

Ma-k  e-ke-y  a-wa 

James  Magee 

272 

Sha  pu  chl  wa 

F 

W 

1879 

Sha-pe-che 

273 

Ha  ni  shi  ka 

M 

S 

1899 

Ha-ne-che-ka 

274 

Shwa  wa  ho  na  ha 

M 

S 

1902 

Schwa-wa-ho-na-ha 

275 

No  ki  nil  shi 

F 

N 

1890 

No-ke-ne-sha 

276 

Sha  shwa  ho  na 

F 

D 

1905 

Sha-schwa-ho-na 

277 

Pa  kwa  ni  wa 

M 

F 

1877     H  of  147 

Pau-qua-no-wa 

278 

Mo  ni  te  ha  ta 

M 

S 

1894 

Mo-ne-te-ah-ta 

279 

Wa  wi  ya  ki  shi  mo  ha 

M 

S 

1903 

Wa-ya-ke-sha-mo-ha 

:280 

Ma  shi  mo  swa 

M 

S 

1905 

Na-she-mo-wa 

281 

Wa  wa  to  sa1 

M 

1843 

Wa-wa-to-sah 

Blind. 


THE  MESKWAKI  PEOPLE  OF  TO-DAY 


215 


NO. 

(  Meskwaki  Spelling 
KAMES  <  Agent's  Spelling            SEX     B 
(  English  Name 

YEAR 
ELATION              OF 
BIRTH 

RELATIVES 

282 

Ma  su                                F 

1835 

Mau-sou 

283 

Ma  na  ho  ki  ma  wa          M 

H            1876 

Ma-no-o-ke-ma 

284 

Paki                                  F 

W          1884 

Pau-kee 

285 

Shi  shi  no  kwa                  F 

Gr.  M     1842 

M  of  191 

^86 

She-ske-no-qua 

Ha  ya  chl  wa                    M 

Ah-ya-che-wa 

Gr.  S      1892 

287 
288 

Ta  pa  shl  ta                       M 

Tap-o-sheet 

Ha  sha  hi  kwa  wa            F 

H            1833 
W           1843 

B  of  213,  214, 
291,  94 

Ah-shau-e-qua 

289 

Sa  ki  to                             M 

1882 

Sac-ke-to 

290 

Me  skwa  pu  swa1              M 

Mes-que-poose 
Joseph  Tesson 

H            1841 

S  of  White  Elk 
(H  French, 
spoke  Eng., 
was  Interp'r 
at  Washing- 
ton and  later 
at  Ft.  L,ara- 
mie.) 

291 
292 

Ha  ski  pa  ka  ka  kwa        F 

Ash-que-puc-qua 

Wa  pa  ska  si  kwa             F 

Wah-pah-ska-see-qua 
Sophia  Whiteswan 

W          1847 
N           1895 

Sis.  of  213, 
214,  287,  94 

293     Ni  ka  na  kwa  ha  ka 

Ne-con-na-qua-ha-ta 
Joseph  Tesson,  Jr. 


M 


1880 


1  Born  in  Iowa.  Lived  in  Kansas.  Went  to  Pottawatomie  School  in  Kansas. 
Served  nine  months  in  United  States  army  in  Devil's  Lake  Expedition.  Private 
under  Captain  Daniel  Allison,  Company  L,  2d  Regiment,  Nebraska  Cavalry.  En- 
rolled March  10,  1863.  Discharged  December  24,  1863.  Went  to  New  Mexico 
six  months  after  the  war.  Back  to  Nebraska.  Thence  to  Iowa.  Remained  as 
Interpreter.  Tribal  Interpeter.  Built  first  house  in  Meskwakia. 


216    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


NO. 

{Meskwaki  Spelling 
AgenVs  Spelling            SEX     RELAI 
English  Name 

YEAR 
ION              OF              RELATIVES 
BIRTH 

294 

Pya  ta  na  ha                      F 

Phia-ta-ha 

1842 

295 

Ki  wa  wa  shi  ka                M 

1882 

Ke-wa-wa-ske-ka 

296 

Wa  pi  pa  ka                     F     M 

Wau-pe-pa-ka 

1886 

297 

Ma  ki  m  ta                       F     D 

1903 

Ma-ke-ne-ta 

298 

Ha  pa  ya  sha1                   M 

Pi-yas 
George  Piyas 

1827 

299 
300 

Pu  she  to  ni  kwa2             M     H 

Push-e-to-ne-qua 

Na  to  wa  si  kwa               F      W 

1  ft/10        Son    of   Kio- 
1O4^       kwaka. 
Adopted   son 
of   Chief  Pa- 
wi  shi  ka, 
died  1854. 
Married,  1861 

1847 

Na-to-wa-se-qua 

301 

Pa  me  ka  hi  ta                  MS 

1888 

Pa-me-ca-e-ta 

302 

Na  ta  ko                           F      Gr. 

D     1892     D  of  307 

Na-tau-co 

Jessie  Shawata 

303 

Ho  ma  kwa  pi  wa             M     Gr. 

O-ma-qua-pe-wa 

S      1894 

304 

Wa  pi  ka  ka                      M     Gr. 

Wa-pe-ka-ka 

S      1893 

305 

Ki  ski  na  no  swa              M 

1877     s  of  299-300 

Kis-ke-na-no-qua 
John  Buffalo 

1  Born  near  Moscow.     Well-known.     One  of  the  men  who  brought  first  pur- 
chase money  from  Kansas  in  1856. 

2  Chief.    Born  near  Homestead.     Went  to  Kansas  in  1847.     Returned  from 
Kansas  in  1858.    Elected  Chief  in  1882.     Been  to  Washington  twice. 


THE  MESKWAKI  PEOPLE  OF  TO-DAY 


217 


NO. 

IMeskwaki  Spelling 
Agent's  Spelling            SEX    RELAI 
English  Name 

YEAR 
riON              OF             RELATIVES 
BIRTH 

306 

Cha  ka  na  ma                    M 

Cha-ka-na-ma 
Jim  Bear 

1880        S°f  299"3°° 

307 

Sha  wa  ta1                         M 

Sha-wah-tah 
Frank  Shawata 

1874     w  is  206, 

1st  W  was 
D  of  299. 
F  of  302. 

308 
309 

Wi  ha  ka                          F     M 

We-hau 

Wa  wa  sa  mo  kwa            F      D 

Wau-wau-sa-mo-qua 

1842 

1888     Wof332 

310 

Ka  ml  ya                           F 

Ka-rne-yah 

1883 

311 

Na  na  skya  wa                  M 

Na-na-sk  ea-  wah 

1877 

312 
313 
314 

Ka  ka  skwo  wa                 F      M 

Ka-ka-squo-wa 

Pya  ta  no  kwa                  F      D 

Phia-ta-no-qua 

Si  ta  no  kwa                     F      N 

Ce-ta-no-qua 

1875 
1895 
1891 

315 
316 
317 
318 

Ha  ta  no  kwa                    F      M 

I-ta-no-qua 

Ka  ml  ya                           MS 

Ka-me-yah 

Kolo                               MS 

Co-lo 

Ho  ha  wl  nga                    F      N 

Ho-ha-win-gah 

1874 
1897 
1903 
1892 

319 
320 

Peter  Soldier                    M     Gr.  F      1842     £anas  G*r~ 

Peter  Soldier 

Shi  wa  mi                          F      Gr.  D     1900 

She-wah-me 

1  Member  of  Council. 

218     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


{Meskwaki  Spelling 

TEAR 

NO. 

Agent's  Spelling 

SEX 

RELATION 

OF 

RELATIVES 

English  Name 

BIRTH 

321     Ma  sa  chya  wa 

Mah-sa-che-ah 
George  Soldier 


M 


1881 


322 

Pa  mi  ka  wa1 

M 

H 

1852 

Pem-me-ka-wa 

323 

Ml  ka  to 

F 

W 

1852 

Me-ka-to 

324 

Ka  ki  pa  no  ta 

M 

S 

1891 

Ca-ke-pah-no-ta 

325 

Ha  shi  ta  ho  sa  kwa 

F 

D 

1893 

Ha-she-ta-o-sa-qua 

326 

Sa  sa  ki  no  kwa 

Sah-sac  ke-no  qua 

F 

M 

1  ft  (\*7        D  of  731 
1O°'         HSis.ofars 
Wid.  of  Mu- 
kwa  pu  she  to 

327 

Wa  sa  na  nwa 

M 

S 

1888 

Wah-pah-na-no-wa 

328 

Ka  to  sa 

F 

D 

1890 

Ket-to-sah 

329 

Ka  twa  wo  sa 

M 

S 

1893 

Ka-twa-wya 

• 

330 

Ma  na  pi 

F 

D 

1898 

Ma-nah-pe 

331 

Pa  ki  ka  ma  kwi 

M 

S 

1894 

Pa-ke-ka-ma-qua 

332 

Ka  ka  to 

M 

1886     ^0°/3^ 

Ka-ka-ta 

333 

Ha  na  wo  wa  ta2 

M 

H 

1837 

On-a-wat 

James  Onawat 

334 

Wi  sho  ki  kwa 

F 

W 

18S3 

We-sho-ke-qua 

335 

Po  kwi  ma  wa 

M 

Gr.  S 

1888 

Pa-que-no-wa 

336 

Ki  wa  no 

F 

Gr.  D 

1893 

Ke-wa-na 

Linda  Onawat 

1  Jeweler. 

1  Born  near  Colfax.     Sub-chief. 


THE  MESKWAKI  PEOPLE  OF  TO-DAY 


219 


(  Meskwaki  Spelling 

YEAR 

NO. 

NAMES  }  Agent's  Spelling 

SEX 

RELATION 

OF 

RELATIVES 

(  English  Name 

BIRTH 

337 

Ni  sho  ma  ni1 

M 

1853 

Ne-sho-mon-ne 

338 

Ha  na  ni  wl  ta 

M 

H 

1883 

A-mon-e-wit 
Isaac  Wanetee 

339 

Na  kwa  ski 

F 

W 

1886 

Na-ques-ke 
Julia  Wanetee 

340 

Sa  sa  pe  to 

Sa-sa-pe-to 
George  Wanetee 

M 

s 

1905 

341 

Shi  shl  kwa  na  sa 

M 

F 

1874 

She-she-qua-na-sa 

342 

Ki  wa  pi  ka  so 

Ke-wau-pe-ka-so 

M 

S 

1889 

1  Born  at  Old  Indian  Town.     Member  of  Council. 

There  are  usually  about  twenty  other  individuals  on  the 
Meskwaki  lands — visitors  from  other  tribes  or  married  to 
some  of  those  listed  above,  but  who  do  not  draw  annuities 
and  are  not  considered  actual  members  of  the  tribe  either 
by  the  United  States  Government  or  by  the  Council. 


THE  DANISH  CONTINGENT  IN  THE  POPULATION 
OF  EAELY  IOWA 

INDIVIDUAL  IMMIGRATION   FROM  DENMARK    TO  AMERICA  DOWN 
TO  1840.        THE  BEGINNINGS   OF  ORGANIZED  IMMIGRATION. 
THE  EARLIEST  CITY  COLONIES  AND  RURAL  SETTLE- 
MENTS.       THE    COURSE    OF    MIGRATION 
TO    IOWA 

Organized  emigration  from  Denmark  is  of  much  more 
recent  date  than  that  from  Norway  or  Sweden.  According 
to  the  United  States  census  of  1860  there  were  only  5,540 
Danes  in  the  United  States  in  that  year,  the  total  immigra- 
tion between  1851  and  1860  being  3,749.1  In  that  decade 
the  total  immigration  from  Norway  and  Sweden  was  20,931. 
During  the  preceding  ten  years  only  539  immigrants  had 
arrived  from  Denmark.  While  it  would  be  impossible  to 
ascertain  to  what  extent  individual  immigration  took  place 
before  1851,  these  figures  show  that  the  movement,  which 
had  struck  such  deep  root  in  Norway  in  the  early  forties  and 
in  Sweden  in  the  later  forties,  did  not  take  hold  of  Denmark 
before  the  fifties;  and  even  then  it  was  only  local,  affecting 
chiefly  the  smaller  islands  of  Moeii,  JEro,2  Langeland  and 
Lolland. 


1  See  Table  II  in  The  Iowa  Journal  of  History  and  Politics  for  January,  1905, 
p.  77. 

8  For  the  years  ending  September  30,  1845  and  1847,  the  number  of  immigrants 
from  the  Scandinavian  countries  is  as  follows: 

1845  1847 

Norway 813         833 

Sweden 115         482 

Denmark..         54          13 


THE  DANISH  CONTINGENT  IN  EARLY  IOWA     221 

The  first  Norwegian  settlement  was  formed  in  1825,  the 
first  settlement  of  Swedes  in  1841.  A  few  small  Danish 
colonies  date  back  to  1844  and  the  years  immediately  fol- 
lowing; but  as  a  rule  they  did  not  grow  much  until  after 
1864,  which  year  inaugurated  the  later  extensive  immigration 
from  the  province  of  Sleswig. 

While,  however,  extended  immigration  from  Denmark  to 
this  country  is  of  comparatively  recent  date,  it  is  a  matter  of 
record  that  there  were  Danes  in  this  country  twenty  years 
before  the  establishment  of  the  Swedish  colony  on  the  Dela- 
ware. The  date  of  this  earliest  visit  is  1619,  the  year  before 
the  coming  of  the  Mayflower  and  five  years  after  the  found- 
ing of  New  Amsterdam  by  the  Dutch.  In  a  former  article1 
in  this  series  reference  has  been  made  to  the  fact  that  in  the 
early  part  of  that  year  King  Christian  IV,  of  Denmark, 
fitted  out  two  ships  for  the  purpose  of  finding  a  Northwest 
passage  to  Asia.3  On  May  9,  1619,  sixty-six  men  under  the 
command  of  Jens  Munk,  a  Norwegian,3  sailed  from  Copen- 
hagen bound  for  the  western  hemisphere.  The  fortunes  of 
that  expedition  were  briefly  described  in  the  article  referred 
to,  from  which  I  will  here  quote  the  following: — During  the 
autumn  of  that  year  and  the  early  part  of  the  following  year 
he  (Jens  Munk)  explored  Hudson  Bay  and  took  possession 
of  the  surrounding  country  in  the  name  of  King  Christian, 
calling  it  Nova  Dania.  The  expedition  was,  however,  a 
failure  and  all  but  three  of  the  party  perished  from  disease 
and  exposure  to  cold  in  the  winter  of  1620.  The  three  sur- 


1  The  Iowa  Journal  of  History  and  Politics  for  July,  1905,  p.  347. 

2  The  names  of  the  two  ships  were,  Eenhjoruingen  and  Lampreren. 
8  Born  in  Barby,  Norway,  in  1579. 


222    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

vivors,  among  whom  was  the  commander,  Jens  Hunk,  re- 
turned to  Norway  in  1620. J 

While  the  commander  of  the  expedition,  Jens  Munk,  was 
a  Norwegian,  the  crew  was  made  up  largely,  perhaps  exclu- 
sively, of  Danes.  Kasmus  Jensen  Aarhus,  a  minister,  ac- 
companied the  expedition  as  its  chaplain,  being  thus  the  first 
Dane,  whose  name  has  come  down  to  us,  to  visit  the  New 
World,  as  we  do  not  know  the  names  of  any  of  the  other 
members  of  the  expedition.  The  expedition  possesses  little 
importance  since  it  plays  no  part  in  American  history;  nor 
did  it  have  any  influence  upon  immigration  from  Denmark. 
Its  interest  lies  in  the  fact  that  it  is  the  first  recorded  visit 
of  Danes  to  America  and  that  it  was  the  earliest  attempt  in 
modern  times  at  colonization  in  the  United  States  from  a 
Scandinavian  country. 

To  what  extent  Danes  were  present  among  the  early  colo- 
nists of  New  Netherlands,  it  would  be  difficult  to  say.  It  is 
supposed  that  there  were  Danes  and  Norwegians  in  New 
Amsterdam3  as  early  as  1624. 3  There  was  a  fairly  prosper- 
ous colony  of  Danes  and  Norwegians  in  New  York  about 
1700.  In  1704  these  colonists  built  a  large  stone  church  on 
the  corner  of  Broadway  and  Rector  streets,  the  property 
being  later  sold  to  Trinity  Church;  the  present  churchyard 
of  Trinity  Church  occupies  the  site4  of  the  old  stone  build- 

1  See  also  Anderson's  First  Chapter  of  Norwegian  Immigration,  p.  21. 

2  In  The  Iowa  Journal  of  History  and  Politics  for  July,  1905,  p.  348,  we  have 
noted  the  names  of  two  Norwegians  living  there  in  1633. 

8  P.  S.  Vig  in  De  Danske  i  America,  Blair,  Nebraska,  1900,  p.  4. 

4  Rev.  R.  Anderson  believes  he  can  trace  this  colony  back  as  far  as  1617, 
which,  however,  seems  to  me  doubtful.  Cf.  Anderson's  First  Chapter  in  Nor- 
wegian Immigration,  p.  21;  and  The  Iowa  Journal  of  History  and  Politics  for 
July,  1905,  p.  348. 


THE  DANISH  CONTINGENT  IN  EARLY  IOWA     223 

ing.  In  this  connection  it  should  also  be  borne  in  mind 
that  Danish  colonies  were  established  in  the  West  Indies  as 
early  as  1650,  and  that  after  that  date  Danes  frequently 
found  their  way  from  the  West  Indies  to  the  American  col- 
onies. The  name  of  one  such  has  come  down  to  us  to  claim 
a  place  in  Danish  American  annals,  namely,  Jockum  Melchior 
Magens,  born  of  Danish  parents  on  March  4,  1715,  at  St. 
Thomas.  He  was  a  citizen  of  New  York  between  1749  and 
about  1760,  returning  in  the  latter  year  to  the  West  Indies, 
where  he  died  in  August,  1783.1  Similarly  Lars  Nanne- 
stad,  born  in  1757,  and  one  time  postmaster  at  St.  Thomas, 
became  a  citizen  of  New  York,  where  he  died  in  1807.  In 
Trinity  Cemetery  on  Broadway  in  New  York  there  is  a  mon- 
ument with  a  Danish  inscription  bearing  his  name. 

The  discovery  by  which  Russia  laid  claim  to  Alaska  was 
made  by  a  Dane,  Vitus  Janassen  Bering,3  in  1728  and  again 
in  1741.  Bering  was  born  in  Horsens,  Aarhus  diocese, 
Denmark,  in  1681.  He  entered  the  Russian  service  in 
17 04, 3  distinguished  himself  as  a  sailor,  and  was  sent  out  on 
a  voyage  of  exploration  along  the  east  coast  of  Kamtchatka 
in  1728,  which  as  we  know  resulted  in  the  discovery  of 
Alaska. 4 


1  P.  S.  Vig  in  De  Danske  i  America,  p.  5. 

2  His  grand  uncle  was  the  Danish  historian,  Vitus  Bering,  born  1617  in  Viborg, 
and  one  time  Professor  in  Copenhagen  University.     Winkel-Horn's  Hiustreret 
Eonversations  Lexikon,  I,  1892,  p.  338. 

8  When  Bering  became  a  Russian  citizen  he  was  required  to  change  his  name 
to  Vitus  Ivanovich  Bering. 

4  There  were  also  other  Norse  and  Danish  navigators  in  the  expedition.  The 
sub-lieutenant  was  Martin  Spanberg,  a  Dane.  See  Vitus  Bering,  by  Peter  Lau- 
ridsen,  translated  by  Julius  E.  Olson,  Chicago,  111.,  for  a  biography  of  Bering. 
See  also  account  of  Bering's  Voyage  of  Exploration  in  Vikings  of  the  Pacific,  by 
A.  C.  Laut,  New  York.  Macmillan.  1905.  Pp.  161.  Bering  had  fought  in  the 
Black  Sea  War  in  1611. 


224    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

The  founding  of  Moravian  colonies  in  Georgia,  North 
Carolina,  and  Pennsylvania  in  the  18th  century  has  been 
referred  to  above,  as  has  also  the  fact  that  Scandinavians 
were  represented  in  considerable  numbers  among  the  found- 
ers of  Moravianism  in  America.1  In  1737  Moravian  teach- 
ings were  introduced  into  Denmark.  Persecuted  German 
Moravians  had  already  in  1735  established  a  colony  in  Sa- 
vannah, Georgia.  As  converts  to  Moravianism  in  Denmark 
could  not  there  legally  practice  their  belief,  they  emi- 
grated to  this  country  taking  part  in  the  founding  of  the 
colony  at  Bethlehem  in  1740  and  Bethabara,  North  Caro- 
lina, in  1747.  One  of  the  prominent  Moravian  ministers  in 
the  Bethlehem  colony  at  the  time,  Paul  Daniel  Berzelius,  a 
Dane,  we  have  had  occasion  to  refer  to  above 2  as  preaching 
among  the  Delaware  Swedes  in  the  Gloria  Dei  Church  in 
Philadelphia,  and  among  whom  he  made  many  converts. 
That  there  were  Danes  also  among  the  Swedes  in  New 
Sweden  seems  very  likely.  In  the  lis-ts  of  names  of  parish- 
ioners that  appear  in  the  church  records  of  the  colony  there 
are  several  that  are  more  distinctively  Danish  than  Swedish 
in  character.3 

Among  the  German  Lutherans  in  Pennsylvania  there  were 
Scandinavian  preachers  of  that  belief  as  early  as  the  forties 
in  the  18th  century.4  Peter  Brunholtz,  who  came  to  Phila- 

1  The  Iowa  Journal  of  History  and  Politics  for  October,  1905,  p.  588. 

*  The  Iowa  Journal  of  History  and  Politics  for  October,  1905,  pp.  349  and  588. 

3  It  may  be  borne  in  mind  that  Skane,  Blekinge,  and  Halland  were  not  politi- 
cally Swedish  until  1658,  when  they  were  ceded  to  Sweden  at  the  Peace  of  Ros- 
kilde.     I  am  not  able  to  say  now  to  what  extent  these  provinces  contributed  to 
the  population  of  New  Sweden. 

4  We  have  before  spoken  of  a  Swedish  preacher,  Lars  Nyberg,  who  was  pastor 
of  a  German  Lutheran  church  in  Lancaster,  Penn. — See  The  Iowa  Journal  of  His- 
tory and  Politics  for  October,  1905,  p.  588. 


THE  DANISH  CONTINGENT  IN  EARLY  IOWA     225 

delphia  in  1745,  and  who  served  as  Lutheran  minister  among 
the  Germans  in  Germantown  and  Philadelphia  until  his  death 
in  1758,  was  a  Dane,  having  been  born  in  Nybol,1  Sleswig. 
Danish  names  are  met  with  elsewhere.  Johan  Christian 
Leps,  sometime  pastor  in  the  present  Athens,  New  York, 
was  of  Danish  birth.  He  is  also  recorded  as  a  teacher  in  a 
German  school  in  Philadelphia  in  1773,  the  first  high  school 
that  was  founded  by  Germans  in  Pennsylvania.2  In  1782 
Leps  withdrew  from  the  ministry  and  settled  on  a  farm  near 
Macungie,  Pennsylvania. 3 

But  these  early  records  are  few  and  far  between.  Not 
until  the  second  quarter  of  the  19th  century  does  individual 
immigration  begin  on  a  larger  scale;  and  even  then  we  have 
but  scant  material  bearing  upon  Danish- American  immigra- 
tion history. 

Statistics  show  that  there  were  only  120  Danes  in  the 
country  in  1820;  in  1840  the  number  does  not  seem  to  have 
been  more  than  1252.  A  few  of  these  will  fittingly  find 
mention  here  because  of  their  prominence  or  because  of  their 
influence  upon  Danish-American  immigration.  The  name  of 
Charles  William  Borup  occupies  an  important  place  in  the 
early  annals  of  Minnesota.  He  was  born  in  Copenhagen, 
Denmark,  in  1806.  He  was  educated  for  the  medical  pro- 
fession in  his  native  country  but  emigrated  to  America  in 
1827  and  located  in  New  York.  In  the  following  year  he 
became  agent  for  the  American  Fur  Company  and  was  sta- 


1  At  that  time  absolutely  Danish  linguistically,  as  of  course  politically.    Since 
1864  it  has,  of  course,  been  German  territory. 

2  Founded  by  J.  C.  Kunze.     It  closed  its  doors  in  1776. 
8  Tacts  from  De  Danske  i  Amerika,  p.  5. 


226     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

tioned  near  Lake  Superior.  He  was  then  undoubtedly  the 
first  Dane  in  Wisconsin  and  Minnesota  and  as  far  as  we  know 
the  first  in  the  Northwest.  In  1848  Borup  settled  in  St. 
Paul,  and  in  1853  became  the  founder  of  the  first  bank  in 
Minnesota.1  He  is  reputed  to  have  been  the  best  financier 
in  the  Territory.  He  was  later  appointed  Danish  consul, 
and  was  also  instrumental  in  the  building  of  the  first  Scan- 
dinavian church  in  Minnesota. 

Another  western  pioneer  who  came  to  America  in  the  same 
year  was  Niels  Christian  Boye;  but  of  this  Iowa  pioneer 
we  shall  have  occasion  to  speak  below. 

The  name  of  Anton  R.  Rude,  Dr.  Theol.,  holds  a  prom- 
inent place  in  the  early  history  of  the  South  Carolina  Synod 
of  the  Lutheran  Church.  He  was  born  in  Denmark,  October 
5,  1813,  and  came  early  to  America.2  From  Vig's  account 
of  him  we  gather  the  facts  that  he  studied  in  Andover, 
Massachusetts,  and  in  the  Lutheran  Seminary  at  Gettys- 
burg, Pennsylvania,  was  in  1842  ordained  into  the  Lutheran 
ministry,  in  which  capacity  he  served  in  the  South  Carolina 
Synod  until  his  death,  March  21,  1883.  He  was  for  a  time 
editor  of  Lutheran  Visitor,  and  a  professor  in  the  Synod's 
seminary. 

We  may  further  mention  the  names  of  Dr.  Brandstrup, 
whom  we  find  located  in  Philadelphia  since  1831,  Peter 
Bennesen,3  who  came  to  New  York  in  1832,  and  Peder 
Andreas  Mosbol,  a  merchant  whom  we  find  located  there 
since  1836.  Henry  M.  Braem,  Danish  Consul  in  New 

1  In  connection  with  his  brother-in-law,  Chas.  H.  Oakes,  says  Nelson  in  Scan- 
dinavians, Vol.  I,  p.  378. 

8  "In  his  early  youth",  says  P.  S.  Vig;  but  the  exact  year  is  not  known. 
8 1  believe  that  the  name  was  later  Americanized  to  Bennieson. 


THE  DANISH  CONTINGENT  IN  EARLY  IOWA     227 

York,  and  Knight  of  Dannebrog,  was  born  in  New  York  in 
1836.  His  father  was  a  prosperous  merchant  there  before 
1836.1 

The  well-known  Lutheran  churchman,  Edmund  Belfour, 
Dr.  Theol.,  founder  of  Trinity  and  Wicker  Park  English 
Lutheran  churches  in  Chicago,  pastor  in  Pittsburg,  Penn- 
sylvania, is  by  birth  a  Dane,  being  born  in  Alster,  Island 
of  Sjaelland  (Zealand),  in  1833.  His  father  emigrated  to 
America  in  1839,  the  mother  and  seven  children  following 
in  1841.  In  1850  Edmund  Belfour  matriculated  in  the  Col- 
lege of  the  City  of  New  York,  from  which  he  was  graduated 
with  honors  in  ethics  and  oratory  in  1854;  entering  the  Theo- 
logical Seminary  of  the  Lutheran  Church  in  Gettysburg  that 
year,  he  was  ordained  a  minister  in  1857.  Dr.  Belfour  is  a 
prominent  contributor  to  the  Lutheran  Encyclopedia,  and  a 
leader  in  the  English  Lutheran  Church  of  America.2 

Among  these  early  Danes  belongs  also  Peter  Lassen,  one 
of  the  first  pioneers  in  California.  He  was  born  in  Copen- 
hagen, August  7,  1800,  learned  the  blacksmith's  trade  in 
his  native  country,  and  emigrated  to  America  in  1829.  Going 
to  California  in  1839,  he  there  became  a  miller  and  ranch- 
man. He  was  a  respected,  influential  citizen  and  occupies 
a  position  of  considerable  prominence  among  the  early 
pioneers  of  the  Golden  State.3  His  name  is  preserved  in 
Lassen  County. 

Lauritz  Brandt,  a  mechanician  and  inventor  who  lived 


1  According  to  Vig,  p.  81. 

*  Dr.  Belfour  is  at  present  pastor  of  a  Lutheran  congregation  in  Aleghany, 
Penn.,  as  Rev.  Learner  of  Iowa  City  informs  me. 

8  Lassen  was  assassinated  in  1859.  I  have  not  been  able  to  ascertain  under 
what  circumstances. 


228     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

in  New  York  between  1840  and  1881,  was  a  Dane.  He  was 
born  in  Svendberg,  Denmark,  in  1807,  where  lie  learned 
his  trade  from  his  father.  In  1829  he  left  his  native  coun- 
try, living  two  years  in  St.  Petersburg,  later  in  Prague, 
Vienna,  Munich,  and  Berlin.  Pie  came  to  New  York  in 
1840,  being  for  some  time  connected  with  the  type  foundry 
of  David  Bruce,  Jr.  Here  he  invented  a  machine  for  the 
manufacture  of  type;  after  that  he  lived  some  years  in 
Europe,  returning  to  New  York  in  1848.  At  the  age  of 
seventy- four  he  returned  to  Copenhagen. 

One  early  Danish  minister  to  America,  Peder  Pederson,  I 
will  mention  especially  because  of  his  able  service  and  his 
long  residence  in  this  country.  From  1802  to  1831  he  rep- 
resented Denmark  as  Consul  and  Acting  Ambassador,  with 
residence  in  Philadelphia.1  Pederson  was  especially  instru- 
mental in  bringing  about  the  commercial  treaty  of  1826  be- 
tween Denmark  and  the  United  States.  He  received  many 
titles  and  orders  from  his  government  in  recognition  of  val- 
uable service  to  his  country.  Pederson  died  in  Copenhagen 
in  1851.  His  successor  as  minister  was  the  no  less  well 
known  Steen  Anderson  Bille,  minister  from  1838  to  1854. 

These  names  bring  us  down  to  1 844,  at  which  time  immi- 
gration from  Denmark  may  be  said,  for  a  time  at  least,  to 
enter  upon  a  new  phase.3  Immigrants  begin  to  come  in 
more  or  less  organized  groups,  resulting  in  the  establish- 

1  Pederson  was  born  in  1774  in  Soro.  The  first  Danish  minister  to  the  United 
States  was  Peter  Blicher  Olsen,  who  was  Consul  General  from  1800  to  1802. 

*  In  the  years  1847  to  1852  there  was  almost  no  immigration  from  Denmark,  a 
fact  which  was  due  in  large  part  undoubtedly  to  the  war  of  1848-49  (in  Sleswig). 
In  the  years  closing  Sept.  30,  1845,  1847,  and  that  closing  Dec.  31,  1852,  immi- 
grants from  Denmark  numbered  respectively  54,  13,  and  3.  See  also  note  1,  p. 
220,  above. 


THE  DANISH  CONTINGENT  IN  EARLY  IOWA     229 

ment  of  city  colonies  and  small  rural  settlements  in  differ- 
ent parts  of  the  country.  At  first  these  groups  are  very 
small  and  represent,  as  we  have  said  above,  only  local 
movements  at  home.  Between  1848  and  1850  there  came, 
according  to  the  United  States  census,  only  539  immigrants 
from  Denmark.  Nevertheless  this  period  represents  the  be- 
ginning of  the  formation  of  settlements. 

As  we  should  expect,  the  first  city  colony  was  established 
in  New  York  City.  From  the  beginning  of  the  nineteenth 
century  we  meet  with  Danes  in  New  York.1  We  have 
already  seen  that  a  Dane,  Peter  Bennesen,  lived  there  as 
early  as  1832,  and  that  the  father  of  Consul  Braein  was  a 
prosperous  merchant  there  before  1836.  Our  records  are 
extremely  meagre,  but  it  does  not  seem  unlikely  that  a  con- 
siderable number  of  the  1063  Danes  who  came  to  this  coun- 
try between  1831  and  1840  had  located  in  New  York  City 
or  Philadelphia,  in  which  latter  city  was  still  the  residence 
of  the  Danish  Consulate.  The  presence  in  New  York  of  a 
Danish  mission  and  a  Danish  church  in  the  early  part  of  the 
eighteenth  century  may  have  led  to  the  choice  of  New  York 
as  a  home  on  the  part  of  many  Danes  who  came  in  the  nine- 
teenth century;  while  their  near  kinsmen,  the  Swedes  in 
Delaware  and  Philadelphia,  and  more  particularly  the  Danish 
Moravians,  would  have  been  a  strong  influence  to  attract 
them  to  Philadelphia.2 

On  June  27,  1844,  there  was  formed  a  Scandinavian 
society  in  New  York  called  Scandinavia,  the  first  of  its 

1  Other  than  the  mission  of  Rev.  Aarhus  (1700),  which  I  take  it  had  lost  its 
distinctive  nationality  before  1800. 

2  Among  the  earliest  Danes  in  Philadelphia  were  Dr.  Bonneville,  who  came 
before  1825,  and  Harman  Boye  who  came  in  1825.     See  below,  p.  233. 


230    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

kind  in  this  country.  The  founder  was  James  Peterson.1 
Among  the  founders  and  early  members  of  the  society  there 
were  many  Danes.  As  members  of  the  Danish  colony 
we  find  Harro  Paul  Harring,3  Hans  Jorgen  Hansen,  Peter 
Gildsig,3  N.  Erlandsen,  Martin  F.  Sorensen,  E.  T.  Chris- 
tiansen, Hans  P.  C.  Hansen,  Lauritz  Brandt,  and  Peder 
Mosbol.  Among  the  prominent  Danes  in  the  New  York 
colony  is  to  be  especially  mentioned  Paul  C.  Binding,  the 
first  appointee  to  a  Scandinavian  professorship  in  an  Amer- 
ican university,  the  University  of  JSTew  York,  where  he  was 
made  Professor  of  Scandinavian  Literature  in  1859.4  He  is 
also  the  author  of  a  very  well -written  work,  History  of 
Scandinavia  from  the  Early  Times  of  tlie  Northmen  and 
Vikings  to  the  Present  Day,  which  reached  the  tenth  edi- 
tion.5 

In  Baltimore  there  have  been  Danes  since  1846,  though 
in  small  numbers.  The  earliest  Danish  settler  in  Chicago 
was  probably  Christoffer  Johnson,  who  was  born  in  Copen- 
hagen, 1819,  came  to  Chicago,  1838,  and  died  there,  1896.6 
George  P.  Hansen,  a  Dane,  is  also  named  as  living  in  Chi- 
cago about  the  same  time.  Milwaukee  had  a  Danish  set- 
tler as  early  as  1844.  His  name  is  C.  H.  Molbseck  and 

1  Of  whose  Danish  nationality,  however,  I  am  not  absolutely  certain. 

2  Born  in  Husum  diocese,  Denmark,  1798;  died  in  1870  in  London. 

8  He  built  and  was  proprietor  of  the  Gilsey  House,  on  Broadway,  one  of  New 
York's  substantial  hotels  at  the  time.  The  present  proprietors  are,  I  believe, 
two  sons  of  Peter  Gilsey. 

4  See  account  of  this  in  an  article  entitled  Nordiske  Studier  i  amerikanske 
Universiteter,  by  George  T.  Flom,  that  appeared  in  Amerika,  September  9  and 
16,  1898. 

6  The  work  is  dedicated  to  James  Lenox,  founder  of  the  Lenox  Library  in 
New  York.  Prof.  Sinding  was  born  in  Alsted,  Denmark,  in  1813. 

6  A  brief  account  of  him  is  given  by  Vig,  p.  108. 


THE  DANISH  CONTINGENT  IN  EARLY  IOWA     231 

he  is  still  living  there,  having  finished  his  eightieth  year 
last  October.1  There  were,  however,  few  Danes  in  the  city 
before  1860,  C.  H.  J.  Holier,  editor  of  Fremad,  and  Lars 
Lamp3  (who  came  in  1859),  being  named  as  the  earliest. 
There  were  Danes  early  in  New  Orleans,  as  e.  g.,  Henry 
Frelson,  who  was  a  wealthy  merchant — but  the  records  are 
exceedingly  meagre.  Among  other  towns  may  be  men- 
tioned Watertown,  Wis.,  where  Lauritz  Jacob  Fribert 
located  as  editor  of  Dagen  in  1842;  Kenosha,  Wis.,  settled 
by  Danes  before  1850;  Neenah,  Wis.,  also  settled  before 
1850;  Waupaca,  Wis.;  Jamestown,  New  York;  Perth  Am- 
boy,  New  Jersey;  Moline,  Illinois;  Salt  Lake  City;8  and 
Indianapolis. 

In  the  last  named  city  a  small  colony  of  Danes  from 
Moen  was  formed  about  1860;  and  here  was  organized  the 
first  Danish  Lutheran  congregation  in  America  in  the  nine- 
teenth century,  April  17,  1868.4  My  friend,  the  Kev.  M. 
Fr.  Wiese,5  who  organized  this  church  and  was  its  first 
pastor,  writes  me  that  the  first  Dane  in  the  city  was  Peter 
Weis  from  Moen,  who  came  in  1860  or,  possibly  a  little 

1  His  address  is  320  Third  Ave.   Facts  obtained  from  P.  Jacobsen,  Racine,  Wis. 
8  He  later  became  a  pioneer  settler  at  Sleepy  Eye,  Brown  County,  Minnesota. 

3  "Where  there  was  a  Dane  as  early  as  1847 — Hans  Christian  Hansen,  born  in 
Copenhagen,  Denmark,  November  23,  1806,  died  in  Salina,  Silver  County,  Utah, 
1890.   «*  He  was  a  pioneer  musician  of  Utah,  as  well  as  one  of  the  first  settlers, 
and  a  good  citizen,"   writes  J.  F.  Smith,  Jr.,  of  Salt  Lake  City,  in  a  letter 
to  me  under  date  of  November  29,  1905. 

4  Facts  therefor  not  correct  in  Bille,  A   History  of  the  Danes  in  America, 
p.  16,  Wisconsin  Academy  of  Sciences,  Vol.  XI. 

BM.  Fr.  Wiese,  Pastor  of  the  West  Koshkonong  church  of  the  Norwegian 
Synod  at  Clarkson,  Wisconsin,  was  born  in  Falster,  Denmark,  May  11,  1842,  em- 
igrated to  America  in  1863,  locating  first  in  Racine,  later  coming  to  Madison, 
Wisconsin.  He  was  for  a  long  time  pastor  of  a  Norwegian  Lutheran  church  at 
Cambridge,  Story  County,  Iowa. 


232     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

earlier.  About  the  same  time  came  Rasmus  Svendsen  and 
wife;  and  he  became  a  grocery  merchant  there.  N.  P.  Olson 
was  also  among  the  first  settlers.  In  1868  there  were  about 
fifty  Danes,  writes  Rev.  Wiese,  mostly  from  Falster,  but 
some  from  Moen  and  Sjselland. 

The  earliest  rural  settlements  are:  (1)  that  of  Hartland, 
Waukesha  County,  Wisconsin,  founded  in  1845  by  Chr. 
Christiansen,  from  Lolland,  Denmark,  and  whose  descend- 
ants still  reside  there;  (2)  New  Denmark,  Brown  County, 
Wisconsin,  settled  first  by  Niels  Hansen  Godtfredsen  and 
wife  and  two  others  from  Langeland  in  1848 j1  (3)  Raymond 
Township,  Racine  County,  Wisconsin,  where  there  were 
Danes  in  the  early  forties;2  (4)  Go  wen,  Montcalm  County, 
Michigan,  a  very  large  settlement  of  Danes  from  Holbsek, 
Sjselland,  dating  from  1850.  The  first  settler  in  Go  wen 
was  August  Rasmussen,  from  Hall eby ore  (18oO),  who  was 
also  instrumental  in  bringing  others  of  his  countrymen 
to  the  settlement.  Rasmus  Jensen  from  Saeby  diocese,  Sjsel- 
land,  came  in  1852;  Anders  Jensen  and  Jens  Sorensen  both 
from  Hallebyore  were  among  the  earliest  settlers.  The 
first  Danes  in  Racine  were  Rev.  C.  L.  Clausen,  who  came 
in  1843,  C.  M.  Reese  (year  not  known),  and  P.  C.  Lutken, 
who  came  in  1857.3  From  these  settlements  as  well  as 
directly  from  Denmark  through  Clinton,  Burlington,  and 


1  Godtfredsen  was  born  in  Stoense  diocese  in  1814;  died  in  1894. 

8  As  Peder  Johan  Mourier,  born  in  Denmark  in  1812;  died  in  Racine,  Wiscon- 
sin, in  1853.  He  may  have  been  the  first  Dane  in  the  township. 

*  According  to  letter  from  Peter  Jacobsen,  of  Racine.  Of  this  interesting  and 
i  mportant  settlement  Mr.  Jacobsen  has  kindly  furnished  me  a  full  account  with 
complete  list  of  settlers  down  to  1873,  which,  however,  space  forbids  including, 
in  this  discussion. 


THE  DANISH  CONTINGENT  IN  EARLY  IOWA     233 

Davenport  as  the  gateways  of  immigration,  Iowa  received  its 
first  Danish  citizens.  We  shall  now  pass  on  to  the  first 
Danish  immigration  into  Iowa. 


THE    FIRST    DANES    IN    IOWA.       THE    EARLIEST  DANISH  SETTLE- 
MENTS   IN    THE    STATE.       THE    COURSE    OF    MIGRATION. 
THE  ELK  HORN  SETTLEMENT  IN  SHELBY  COUNTY. 
DANES  IN  POTTAWATTAMIE  COUNTY.       THE 
COMING  OF  THE  DANES  TO  DAVEN- 
PORT AND  DES  MOINES 

The  first  Dane,  and  indeed  the  first  Scandinavian  in  Iowa, 
was  Mels  Christian  Boye,  who  was  born  in  Lolland,  Den- 
mark, in  1786.  He  came  to  America  in  1827  to  settle  an  in- 
heritance, left  by  his  brother,  Harrnan  Boye,  who  had  come 
to  this  country  in  1825  and  had  been  engaged  in  the  Virginia 
State  survey.  Boye,  who  had  been  a  merchant  in  Den- 
mark, decided  to  remain  in  America,  located  in  Philadel- 
phia, and  conducted  a  store  there  until  1837,  when  he  re- 
moved west  as  far  as  Iowa,  settling  first  in  the  present 
County  of  Muscatine  and  later  in  Linn  County.  In  1842  he 
came  to  Iowa  City,  where  he  was  engaged  in  merchandiz- 
ing1 until  his  death  in  1849. 3  Boye  was  thus  not  only  the 
first  Dane  in  Iowa,  but  also  very  likely  the  first  Scandi- 


1  J.  B.  Newhall  in  A  Glimpse  of  Iowa  in  1846,  Burlington,  1846,  p.  91,  men- 
tions Boye  as  a  grocer  and  provision  merchant. 

8  He  died  of  cholera  in  St.  Louis  where  he  had  gone  for  the  purpose  of  buying 
goods  for  his  business.  I  may  cite  the  following  from  an  obituary  of  the  time, 
"Died  of  cholera  in  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  on  Saturday,  the  23d  of  June,  1849,  Neil  C. 
Boye,  merchant  of  this  city.  Mr.  Boye  visited  St.  Louis  for  the  purpose  of  re- 
newing his  stock  of  goods,  and  whilst  thus  employed,  fell  a  victim  to  the  fearful 
scourge  which  for  some  months  past  has  been  devastating  that  city.  Seldom 
have  we  witnessed  so  deep  and  general  an  expression  of  sorrow  for  the  dead  and 
sympathy  for  the  living  as  in  this  instance." 


234    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

navian  in  the  State,  having  come  to  Iowa  at  least  two  years 
before  Hans  Barlien.1  Boye  was  married  and  had  thirteen 
children  all  of  whom  emigrated  with  him  except  one — later 
the  famous  Danish  surgeon,  Claudius  Julius  Boye,  who 
died  in  Copenhagen  in  1879.  Miss  Julia  Boye  of  533 
North  Linn  Street,  Iowa  City,  is  a  daughter  of  N.  C.  Boye, 
and  the  only  surviving  member  living  in  Iowa  City.  A 
son,  Chas.  Boye,  printer,  died  in  June,  1904,  in  Iowa  City, 
Another  son,  Erasmus  Boye,  is  residing  at  Coffeyville, 
Kansas. 

The  first  Danish  pioneer  in  the  western  part  of  the  State 
was  in  all  probability  Christopher  Overgaard  Mynster,2  who 
was  born  in  Copenhagen,  June  24,  1796.  In  1846  he  emi- 
grated to  America  with  his  family,  locating  as  a  merchant 
in  Washington,  D.  C.,  where  he  lived  until  1850.  In  that 
year  he  came  to  Kanesville  (Pottawattamie  County),  the 
present  Council  Bluffs,  and  bought  a  large  number  of  claims 
of  Mormon  residents  who  were  about  to  leave  for  Utah.3 
In  the  following  year  he  returned  to  Washington  for  his 
family.  He  settled  permanently  in  Kanesville,  where  he 
died  from  the  Asiatic  cholera  in  1852.4  The  Mynster  fam- 
ily were  the  only  Danes  in  Kanesville  in  that  year.  Wm. 
A.  Mynster,  a  well-known  attorney  of  Council  Bluffs,5  was 
a  son  of  C.  O.  Mynster.  He  was  born  in  Copenhagen  in 


1  See  The  Iowa  Journal  of  History  and  Politics  for  July,  1905,  p.  368. 
8  Kev.  Vig  says  that  the  Danish  form  of  the  name  Monster,  was  changed  to 
avoid  being  called  "Monster." 

8  Biographical  History  of  Pottawattamie  County,  1891,  p.  319. 

4  As  Rev.  Vig  informs  me. 

5  Biographical  History  of  Pottawattamie  County,  p.  320;  and  also  Historical 
Atlas  of  Iowa,  1875,  p.  532. 


THE  DANISH  CONTINGENT  IN  EARLY  IOWA     235 

1843,  being  eight  years  old  when  the  family  settled  in 
Kanesville.  The  family  name  appears  in  "Mynster  Park" 
and  in  the  "Mynster  Addition"  to  the  city  of  Council 
Bluffs. 

We  have  already  referred  to  Kev.  Glaus  Laurits  Clausen 
as  the  first  Dane  in  Eacine,  Wisconsin.  He  organized  therer 
in  1843,  a  Norwegian  congregation,  and  served  until  1852 
as  pastor  for  various  Norwegian  congregations  in  southern 
Wisconsin.1  It  would  be  tempting  to  give  a  fuller  account 
of  this  Danish  pioneer,  this  great  churchman,  who  became 
one  of  the  leaders  in  religious  work  among  the  early  Nor- 
wegian settlers  in  Wisconsin  and  Iowa,  as  also,  though  to  a 
far  less  extent,  among  the  Danes  in  Iowa.  Since,  however, 
his  activity  was  associated  so  largely  with  the  Norwegian 
church,  and  as  we  have  already  had  occasion  to  speak  of 
him  above  in  connection  with  an  account  of  the  settling  of 
Mitchell  County,  Iowa,  by  the  Norwegians,2  only  a  brief 
note  will  be  added  in  this  place. 

Clausen  was  born  in  ^Ero,  in  the  diocese  of  Sogn,  Den- 
mark, on  November  3,  1820.  He  was  educated  for  the 
ministry  and  it  was  his  intention  to  enter  the  African  mis- 
sion. On  a  visit  to  Norway  in  1841,  however,  he  was  urged 
by  T.  O.  Bache,  a  merchant  in  Drarnmen,  to  go  rather 
to  America  as  there  was  great  need  of  missionaries  and 
teachers  among  the  Norwegian  settlers  in  southern  Wiscon- 
sin, from  whom  letters  had  come  asking  for  religious  instruc- 


1  Brief  biographies  of  Clausen  inay  be  found  in  Anderson's  First  Chapter  of 
Norwegian  Immigration,  Nelson's  History  of  Scandinavians,  and  Vig's  De  Danske 
i  America. 

*  See  The  Iowa  Journal  of  History  and  Politics  for  July,  1905,  p.  381. 


236     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

tors.1  Clausen  decided  to  do  this  and  emigrated  in  1843, 
accepting  a  call  in  the  old  Muskego  settlement2  in  Racine 
County,  Wisconsin.  I  do  not  believe  there  were  any  Danes 
in  the  settlement  at  the  time  of  the  organization  of  the  con- 
gregation although  the  town  of  Raymond  received  many 
Danish  settlers  very  soon  thereafter.  In  1846  Clausen  took 
charge  of  the  Norwegian  congregations  on  Rock  and  Jeffer- 
son Prairies,  Wisconsin.  In  1852  he  led  a  number  of  emi- 
grants across  the  State  into  Iowa  as  far  west  as  St.  Ansgar, 
Mitchell  County,  Iowa;3  where  a  settlement  was  effected, 
being  the  westernmost  white  settlement  in  Northern  Iowa  at 
that  time.  As  the  settlement  was  exclusively  Norwegian 
and  remained  so,  we  need  not  further  discuss  its  history  in 
this  connection.4 

Clausen  was  the  first  president  of  The  Norwegian  Evan- 
gelical Lutheran  Synod  in  America,  informally  organized, 
January  6,  185 1,5  at  Rock  Prairie,  Wisconsin.  In  1868  he 
withdrew  from  the  Norwegian  Synod;  and  when  the  Nor- 
wegian-Danish Conference  was  organized  in  1870  he  wrote 

1  An  account  of  these  facts  was  given  by  President  C.  K.  Preus  (of  Luther 
College)  in  an  address  before  Edda,  at  the  State  University  of  Iowa,  Dec.  15, 
1905,  on  Pioneer  Church  Work  Among  the  Norwegians  in  Amerika,  a  brief  ac- 
count of  which  appeared  in  Skandinaven  (Chicago),  for  Friday,  December  29th, 
1905,  over  the  signature  — X. 

8  This  settlement  had  been  founded  in  1839. — See  The  Iowa  Journal  of  History 
and  Politics  for  July,  1905,  p.  360. 

8  See  The  Iowa  Journal  of  History  and  Politics  for  July,  1905,  p.  381,  note  3, 
where  an  account  of  that  interesting  expedition  is  quoted. 

*  There  were  only  fifty-two  Danes  in  the  whole  of  Mitchell  County  as  late  as 
1870. 

5  This  is  the  year  that  I  have  always  understood  to  be  that  of  the  organization 
of  the  Synod,  and  writers  usually  give  it  so.  President  Preus  informs  me,  how- 
ever, that  the  formal  and  actual  organization  was  not  effected  before  October, 
1853.  An  account  of  the  organization  of  the  Synod  in  that  year  was  given  by 
Pres.  Preus  in  the  lecture  before  Edda  referred  to  above,  note  1. 


THE  DANISH  CONTINGENT  IN  EARLY  IOWA     237 

its  constitution  and  became  its  President,  resigning,  how- 
ever, in  1872  on  account  of  poor  health.  While  living  in 
Iowa  he  directed  missionary  work  among  the  early  Danes 
in  the  State  and  organized  various  congregations.  There- 
after he  lived  some  years  in  Virginia  and  Pennsylvania;  in 
1878  he  accepted  a  call  to  a  Norwegian  Lutheran  congrega- 
tion in  Austin,  Minnesota,  where  he  remained  till  1885.  He 
died  in  1892  in  Paulsbo,  Washington.  In  1856-57  Clausen 
served  in  the  legislature  of  Iowa  as  Representative  from 
Winneshiek,  Howard,  Mitchell,  Worth,  and  Winnebago 
counties.  In  the  Civil  War  he  was  appointed  field  chaplain 
of  the  Scandinavian  (15th)  regiment  of  Wisconsin1  by  the 
Governor  of  Wisconsin.  We  shall  now  discuss  briefly  the 
order  and  growth  of  the  earliest  settlements  of  Danes  in 
Iowa. 

While  the  Mynster  family  formed  the  original  nucleus  of 
the  extensive  Danish  population  of  Council  Bluffs  it  was 
many  years  before  anything  like  a  colony  can  be  said  to 
have  been  established  at  that  place.  The  State  census  of 
1856  gives  only  three  Danes  for  Pottawattarnie  County, 
these  residing  in  Kane  township;  while  in  1870  the  popula- 
tion was  only  328.  In  the  meantime  a  permanent  settle- 
ment was  effected  near  Luzerne  in  Benton  County.  In 
1854-55  a  party  of  sixteen  persons,  of  whom  Peter  Nikol- 
ajsen  and  the  brothers  Gustav  Adolf  Lundberg  and  Vilhelm 
Lundberg  were  the  leaders,  located  there.  The  last  two 
were  from  Soro,  Denmark.2  Peter  Nikolajsen  was  born  in 

1  An  account  of  the  steps  that  led  to  the  organization  of  the  famous  **  15th 
Wisconsin"  at  Madison,  Wisconsin,  on  September  15,  1861,  is  given  in  Amerika 
for  December  15,  1905. 

s  They  both  died  in  Iowa. 


238    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Copenhagen,  1812,  came  to  New  York,  October  29,  1851, 
and  to  Iowa  three  years  later.1  Mkolajsen  was  a  tailor  by 
trade;  later  he  became  a  lay  preacher  of  considerable  note 
among  the  Danes  and  was  withal  a  remarkable  man,  writes 
Kev.  P.  S.  Vig.3 

The  census  of  1856  shows  that  there  were  small  settle- 
ments in  Center  Township,  Clinton  County,8  in  Iowa  Town- 
ship, Jackson  County,  and  in  Burlington.  The  nucleus  of 
a  later  settlement  was  also  effected  at  Elk  Horn  in  Shelby 
County,  the  census  of  1856  showing  that  five  Danes  were 
then  located  in  Allen's  Grove  Township  in  that  county. 
This  settlement,  which  extends  into  the  neighboring  county 
(Audubon),  is  now  the  largest  Danish  settlement  in  the  State, 
the  total  number  of  Danes  of  foreign  birth  being  2672.  There 
are  not,  however,  as  many  Danes  residing  in  either  Shelby 
or  Audubon  County  alone  as  in  Pottawattamie  County,  the 
total  number  in  this  county  being  1808.4 

We  have  seen  that  there  were  only  three  Danes  in  Potta- 
wattamie County  in  1856.  In  that  year,  however,  Council 
Bluffs  and  vicinity  received  material  additions  to  its  Danish 
population,  the  new  immigrants  being  part  of  a  number  of 
Mormon  converts  brought  from  Copenhagen  that  year  un- 
der the  leadership  of  John  Ahmanson.  In  his  book,  Vor 
Tids  Muliammedf  Ahmanson  describes  the  coming  of  this 
party  of  162  Danes.  The  account  is  of  sufficient  interest,  I 

1  Nikolajsen  died  in  Cedar  Falls,  Iowa,  April  25,  1903. 

*  In  letter  of  November  30,  1905.  To  Rev.  Vig  I  am  indebted  for  the  facts  rela- 
tive to  the  Luzerne  settlement. 

8  The  colony  of  the  city  of  Clinton  is  of  somewhat  later  date. 

4  The  total  number  of  Danes  of  foreign  birth  and  foreign  parentage  in  the 
three  counties  in  1900  was  about  10,000. 

6  The  Mahomet  of  Our  Time,  published  in  Omaha,  1876. 


THE  DANISH  CONTINGENT  IN  EARLY  IOWA     239 

think,  to  be  quoted.  The  party,  he  says,1  "left  Copen- 
hagen, April  23,  1856.  On  the  30th  of  April  the  steamship 
reached  Liverpool,  the  4th  of  May  they  left  Liverpool  and 
on  the  14th  of  June  they  landed  in  New  York.  From  this 
place  to  Iowa  City  they  travelled  by  rail  under  the  direction 
of  the  Mormon  apostle,  John  Taylor.  West  of  Iowa  City 
there  were  no  railroads  at  that  time,  and  the  1300  miles 
that  were  left  to  Salt  Lake  City,  therefore,  had  to  be  cov- 
ered on  foot  or  by  wagon,  which  was  possible  only  for  those 
who  had  the  necessary  means.  Those  who  did  not  possess 
the  means  to  pay  for  such  conveyance,  and  that  was  the 
larger  number,  had  then  to  make  the  journey  on  foot. 
Moreover,  the  male  traveller  had  to  pull  a  handcart  which 

weighed  sixty  pounds Mr.  Ahmanson  became  the 

leader  of  the  Scandinavian  division  of  a  handcart  train  of 
500  persons2  from  Iowa  City  which  they  left  the  26th  of 
June,  1856,  to  Salt  Lake  City,  which  they  reached  the  9th 
of  December.  The  journey  led  across  the  prairie  from  Iowa 
City  to  the  Missouri  River,  the  party  being  there  ferried 
across  near  the  town  of  Florence,  north  of  Omaha,  which  at 
that  time  formed  the  boundary  between  the  White  man  and 
the  Red  Skin.  The  journey  from  Iowa  City  to  Missouri 
went  along  a  river  in  the  present  Elk  Horn  Settlement  in 
Shelby  County  by  what  is  still  known  as  'the  Mormon 
track'  of  that  expedition.  Some  of  the  party  had  become 
disheartened  by  the  hardships  of  such  a  journey  when  they 
had  arrived  at  Florence  and  they  refused  to  go  any  farther. 


1  From  Vig's  book,  quoting  the  work  referred  to. 

2  Other  proselytes  in  this  country  having  joined  the  party,  what  proportion  of 
these  additional  three  hundred  and  thirty-eight  were  Danes  I  do  not  know. 


240    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Many  of  these  repudiated  Mormonism  entirely;  while  others, 
remaining  Mormons,  settled  in  Council  Bluffs  and  other 
places  in  western  Iowa  and  eastern  Nebraska." 

If  the  above  account  is  correct,  and  there  is  every  reason 
to  believe  that  it  is,  the  colony  of  Council  Bluffs  is  the  old- 
est Danish  colony  in  western  Iowa,  an'd  one  of  the  earliest  in 
the  State. 

Jackson  Township,  in  Lee  County,  had  a  Danish  popula- 
tion of  eight  in  185 6;  but  I  have  no  reliable  facts  relative  to 
the  formation  of  this  settlement  which  numbered  forty-one 
in  1870.  The  Danish  colony  of  Davenport  dates  back  to 
the  later  fifties,  the  first  Danes  being  Peter  Anderson,  Chris- 
tian Thompson,  and  Jens  Mathiesen.  These  came  between 
1857  and  I860.1  The  next  Dane  to  arrive  was  John  Juhler,3 
who  came  from  Almsted,  Alsen,  Sleswig,  to  Davenport  in 
186 1.3  After  1865  immigrants,  mostly  from  Sleswig,  came 
in  considerable  numbers. 

We  now  come  to  the  so-called  Elk  Horn  settlement  to 
which  we  have  already  referred  above  as  being  credited 
with  a  Danish  population  of  five  in  the  State  census  of 
1856.  Several  Danes  at  present  residing  in  Shelby  County, 
of  whom  I  have  made  inquiry  relative  to  the  earliest  settle- 
ment in  the  county,  say,  however,  that  the  first  Danes  to 
settle  in  the  county  came  in  1865-68.  I  take  it  that  there 
were  Danes  in  1856,  as  the  United  States  census  records,  but 
I  am  inclined  to  think  they  remained  there  only  tempora- 
rily, going  soon  after  to  the  settlement  which  was  then  be- 

1  According  to  a  letter  from  Peter  Hansen  of  Davenport,  who  is,  however,  not 
able  to  give  the  precise  year. 

2  Born  in  1342. 

8  John  Juhler,  however,  soon  left  Davenport. 


THE  DANISH  CONTINGENT  IN  EARLY  IOWA     241 

ing  formed  in  Kane  Township  in  Pottawattamie  County. 
The  first  Danes  to  permanently  locate  in  the  county  were, 
it  seems,  Chris.  Christensen,  born  in  Doldrup,  Gullerup 
diocese,  Denmark,  1835,  and  Lars  Veien,  born  in  Frederiks- 
havn,  Denmark,  1829.  These  settled  at  Cuppy's  Grove  in 
Monroe  Township  in  1865.1 

In  the  year  1867  Peter  Jensen,  born  in  Borglum  diocese, 
Denmark,  came  and  settled  in  the  same  locality.2  Christen 
Bertram  Christensen,  from  Alborg,  Denmark,  came  in 
1868. 3  The  first  Dane  in  Harlan  was  Jens  Peter  Sorensen, 
a  brickmaker,  who  came  from  Jetsmark,  Denmark,  in  1869.3 
J.  P.  Sorensen  is  the  founder  of  the  Danish  Baptist  church 
of  Harlan,  and  C.  B.  Christensen  was  one  of  the  charter 
members  of  the  Cuppy's  Grove  Danish  Baptist  Church. 
The  organ  of  the  Danish  Baptist  church  in  America,  Vceg- 
teren,  is  published  in  Harlan.  The  first  Dane  to  settle  in 
Clay  Township  was  Christian  Jensen,  who  came  there  from 
Moline,  Illinois,  in  1868.  Soon  after  came  Ole  Jensen, 
who  is  still  living  in  the  township.  The  former  is  from 
Hindesholm,  near  Kerteminde,  in  the  island  of  Fyen;  the 
latter  is  from  the  island  of  Moen.  In  the  following  years 
many  immigrants  arrived  from  these  two  islands  as  well  as 
from  ^Ero.  Those  who  came  from  ^Ero  settled  near  the 
northern  end  of  Indian  Creek,  while  the  immigrants  from 
Fyen  and  Moen  located4  near  the  southern  extremity  of  the 


1  Mr.  Veien  died  in  1903.     Mr.  Christensen  still  lives  on  his  farm  at  Cuppy's 
Grove. 

*  These  facts  are  according  to  a  letter  from  Louis  Christensen,  Harlan,  Iowa. 
»  Letter  from  J.  C.  Lunn,  Harlan,  Iowa.     Both  Christensen  and  Sorensen  are 

still  living  in  the  places  where  they  first  settled. 

*  Elk  Horn  i  Iowa,  1875-1900,  by  P.  S.  Vig,  Blair,  Nebraska,  1901,  p.  5. 


242    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Creek.  In  addition  to  these  the  settlement  frequently 
received  accessions  from  earlier  Danish  settlements  in  Clin- 
ton County,  Davenport,  Racine  (Wis.),  Chicago,  and  In- 
dianapolis. Later  it  became  in  turn,  the  distributing  point 
for  many  colonies  in  Nebraska,  Minnesota,  and  elsewhere. 
The  settlement  includes  the  townships  of  Clay,  Monroe, 
Fairview,  Jackson,  and  Harlan;  and  extends  into  Sharon 
and  Oakland  townships  in  Audubon  County  and  down  into 
Brighton  Township,  Cass  County.  In  Atlantic  City  there 
is  a  considerable  Danish  colony,  as  also  in  Knox  Township, 1 
in  Pottawattamie  County,  just  south  of  the  Danish  settle- 
ment in  Fairview  Township,  Shelby  County. 

The  years  following  the  close  of  the  Dano- Prussian  war 
inaugurated  an  extensive  immigration  of  Danes  from  Sles- 
wig.  The  settlements  that  had  been  begun  in  Iowa  received 
large  accessions  during  this  time  and  new  colonies  were 
formed  elsewhere.  Des  Moines  received  its  first  Danish  pop- 
ulation in  these  years,  the  first  Dane  to  settle  there  being  H. 
P.  Holm,  who  came  in  1867.  In  that  same  year  came  also 
Michael  Lauritsen,  from  Davenport,  Christian  Sorensen,  and 
Lorens  Petersen.  These  first  four  Danes  to  settle  in  Des 
Moines  were  from  North  Sleswig,2  which  was  ceded  to 
Prussia  in  1864,  and  they  are,  therefore,  entered  in  the 
census  as  Germans. 

Rural  settlements  were  now  fast  springing  up  throughout 


1  The  extensive  Danish  population  of  Pottawattamie  County  is  found  almost 
entirely  in  the  western  part  of  the  county. 

2  According  to  a  letter  from  my  friend  Prof.  P.  P.  Hornsyld,  of  Grand  View  Col- 
lege, Des  Moines.     The  same  statement  will  also  hold  true  of  Davenport.     For 
these  reasons  it  is  extremely  difficult  to  ascertain  the  real  strength  of  the  Danish- 
speaking  population  of  the  State. 


THE  DANISH  CONTINGENT  IN  EARLY  IOWA     243 

the  State.  Thus  the  extensive  colony  of  Danes  in  Cedar 
Falls,  Black  Hawk  County,  dates  back  to  about  1860.  In 
that  year  (or  the  following)  Christian  Petersen,  from  Sles- 
wig,  located  there,  being  the  first  Dane  in  the  county.  In 
1866  three  young  Danes  canie  to  Cedar  Falls  from  Berlin, 
Wisconsin.  One  of  these  was  Jens  C.  Anderson,  who  had 
been  in  America  since  1857  and  had  served  in  the  Civil 
War.  He  now  resides  in  Blair,  Nebraska.1  About  the 
same  time  Pocahontas  County  received  its  first  Danish  pop- 
ulation, the  first  arrival  being  Marcus  Lind  from  Logum 
Kloster,  Sleswig,  who  had  been  in  America  since  I860.2 
About  the  same  time  came  Hans  Lind  from  Mogelbonder, 
Sleswig;3  he  settled  upon  a  farm  in  Pocahontas  County 
about  where  the  town  of  Rolfe  now  stands.  He  moved  to 
Rolfe  in  1881. 4 

The  settlement  in  Clear  Lake,  Cerro  Gordo  County,  dates 
back  to  1867,  in  which  year  Peter  Jonsen  came,  being  fol- 
lowed in  1868  by  his  two  brothers,  Louis  and  Laust  Jon- 
sen,  from  Jutland;  while  in  1869  Hans  Nelsen  and  Ole 
Martensen  came  from  Lolland.5 

This,  then,  brings  us  down  to  the  year  1867.  The  Danish 
settlements  of  Audubon  and  Cass  counties  are  subsequent  to 
this  year;  they  are  in  fact  an  eastern  and  southern  extension 
of  the  Elk  Horn  settlement,  which,  as  we  have  seen,  had 
its  origin  in  Shelby  County.  Elk  Horn  is  the  largest  and 


1  Information  in  letter  from  P.  S.  Vig. 
8  I  do  not  know  where  he  had  been  located. 
8  He  had  been  in  America  since  1860. 

4  He  is  in  the  jewelry  business,  which  had  been  his  trade  in  Denmark.    These 
facts  were  given  to  me  in  a  letter  by  Rev.  Vig. 

5  Facts  according  to  a  letter  from  John  Rasmussen,  Clear  Lake,  Iowa. 


244    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

most  progressive  Danish,  settlement  in  the  State.1  Here  is 
also  located  the  Elk  Horn  High  School  and  College,  a  pro- 
gressive Danish  preparatory  school  supported  by  the  church.2 
The  Danish  population  of  Marshall  and  Hamilton  counties 
dates  from  the  years  immediately  following  the  period  we 
have  discussed.  The  Danish  city  colonies  and  rural  settle- 
ments in  the  northern  and  the  northwestern  parts  of  the 
State  are  of  more  recent  formation.  In  late  years  Danish 
immigration  has  been  very  small,  and  no  new  settlements 
have  been  formed  in  Iowa  and  rarely  elsewhere  in  the  coun- 
try. The  chief  influence  of  the  Dane  has  been  in  the  south- 
western counties  of  the  State.  To  their  material  develop- 
ment he  has  contributed  a  large  share. 

GEORGE  T.  FLOM 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


1  A  brief  account  of  Elk  Horn  is  given  by  P.  S.  Vig  in  Elk  Horn  i  Iowa, 
1875-1900,  pp.  1-9.  On  pages  10-52  is  given  a  history  of  the  Danish  Lutheran 
Church  at  Elk  Horn,  which  was  organized  in  1876. 

8  An  account  of  the  early  days  of  its  history  appears  in  The  Transactions  of 
the  Wisconsin  Academy  of  Sciences,  Arts  and  Letters,  Vol.  XI,  pp.  20-24;  also  in 
The  Register  and  Leader  (Des  Moines)  for  May  29,  1904.  The  Principal  of  the 
school  is  Rev.  Th.  N.  Jersild,  to  whom  I  am  indebted  for  some  facts  relative  to 
the  Elk  Horn  settlement. 


STATE  AND  LOCAL  HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES 

At  a  meeting  of  the  American  Historical  Association  held 
in  Chicago  in  December,  1904,  Professor  Henry  E.  Bourne, 
of  Western  Reserve  University,  and  chairman  of  the  Asso- 
ciation's general  committee,  presented  a  report  upon  The 
Work  of  American  Historical  Societies. 1  This  was  based 
upon  an  inquiry  conducted  by  him  into  the  scope  and  work 
of  the  principal  societies,  and  was  an  interesting  and  suggest- 
ive preliminary  survey  of  the  field.  As  a  result  of  the  Bourne 
report,  the  Council  of  the  Association  appointed  Mr.  Benj. 
F.  Shambaugh,  Mr.  Franklin  L.  Riley,  and  the  undersigned, 
as  a  sub-committee  of  the  general  committee,  charged  with 
reporting  at  the  1905  meeting  upon  The  Best  Methods  of 
Organization  and  Work  on  the  Part  of  State  and  Local 
Historical  Societies. 

The  task  thus  assigned  was  found  to  be  far  from  a  holiday 
undertaking.  As  Professor  Bourne  pointed  out:  "They 
[the  societies]  are  as  diverse  in  aim  and  organization  as  the 
localities  where  they  work  or  the  periods  when  they  origin- 
ated." To  attempt  to  prescribe  a  set  of  rules  for  the  com- 
mon conduct  of  institutions  widely  divergent  in  origin,  per- 
sonelle,  purpose,  and  income  was  obviously  impracticable. 
The  committee,  therefore,  has  been  only  able  to  extend  and 
supplement  the  Bourne  inquiry,  to  present  in  detail  the  con- 


1  This  report  appeared  in  The  Iowa  Journal  of  History  and  Politics  for  April, 
1905,  also  in  the  Annual  Eeport  of  the  American  Historical  Association  for  1904, 
pp.  117-127. 


246    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

siderable  mass  of  data  obtained,  and  to  offer  a  few  practical 
suggestions  based  upon  this  data  and  the  individual  observa- 
tions and  experiences  of  its  members. 

STATISTICAL 

The  committee  were  convinced  that  they  could  not  act  in- 
telligently without  first  making  as  thorough  an  investigation 
as  possible  of  the  resources,  activities,  and  aims  of  the  histor- 
ical organizations  of  the  country.  A  blank  was  prepared 
for  this  purpose,  following  the  general  lines  of  the  Bourne 
inquiry,  but  much  more  detailed.  This,  with  an  accom- 
panying letter,  was  mailed  early  in  February,  1905,  to  the 
secretaries  of  societies  concerned — the  mailing  list  being 
compiled  from  the  Bibliography  of  Historical  Societies  pub- 
lished by  the  American  Historical  Association  in  1895,  the 
Carnegie  Institution's  Handbook  of  Learned  Societies,  and 
other  sources. 

By  agreement  between  the  members,  Mr.  Riley  under- 
took to  secure  and  compile  reports  from  the  societies  in  the 
Southern  States;  Mr.  Shambaugh  from  those  of  the  trans- 
Mississippi  States  (except  Arkansas,  Louisiana,  and  Texas); 
and  Mr.  Thwaites  from  those  of  the  Northern  States  east  of 
the  Mississippi.  The  committee  held  a  two  days'  session  at 
Iowa  City,  Iowa,  May  16-17,  1905,  discussed  the  replies, 
and  arrived  at  certain  conclusions  which  are  presented  below. 

The  majority  of  the  active  organizations  reported  prompt- 
ly; others  required  prodding;  even  to  the  present  date,  a 
few  have  failed  to  respond  to  continued  requests.  Reluc- 
tance to  reply  has  generally  been  traceable  to  two  widely 
divergent  reasons:  serene  self -content  on  the  part  of  con- 
servative and  comfortably  endowed  organizations  displaying 


STATE  AND  LOCAL  HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES      247 

small  interest  in  a  cooperative  movement  of  this  character; 
or  to  indifference  bred  of  hopeless  local  conditions.  In  the 
responses  of  a  few  of  the  older  societies  was  noticeable  a 
tone  implying  that  we  had  committed  an  impertinence  in 
thus  inquisitively  intruding  into  their  placid  lives.  The  net 
result  was  the  receipt  of  a  body  of  useful,  although  quite 
unequal,  data  from  nineteen  national  organizations  (exclusive 
of  the  American  Historical  Association)  having  more  or  less 
to  do  with  historical  work,  eight  sectional,  sixty -one  State, 
and  one  hundred  ten  local.  While  there  are  regrettable 
omissions,  it  may  confidently  be  asserted  that  practically 
every  important  historical  society  or  department  in  the 
United  States  is  included  in  the  several  lists  which  have  been 
prepared. 

Of  the  national  societies  engaged  in  the  collection  and 
publication  of  historical  material — for  obvious  reasons  the 
American  Historical  Association  is  not  included — easily  the 
most  important  in  library  and  resources,  is  the  American 
Antiquarian  Society.  Its  substantial  building  at  Worcester, 
Massachusetts,  contains  120,000  volumes  and  a  valuable 
collection  of  manuscripts,  portraits,  and  antiques.  The 
American  Geographical  Society,  at  New  York,  is  housed  in  a 
$200,000  building  and  possesses  a  library  of  40,000  vol- 
umes. Other  flourishing  bodies  are  the  American  Numis- 
matic and  Archaeological  Society  of  New  York,  the  Daugh- 
ters of  the  American  Ke volution  (with  a  large  building  in 
Washington,  now  in  process  of  construction),  and  the  Jew- 
ish Publication  Society  of  America. 

The  list  of  sectional  societies  embraces  many  that  are 
doing  important  work.  The  wealthiest  and  most  effective 


248     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

of  these  is  the  New  England  Historic  Genealogical  Society, 
of  Boston,  housed  in  a  building  worth  $65,000  and  having 
a  library  of  66,000  titles.  It  possesses,  also,  notable  col- 
lections of  manuscripts,  and  a  large  museum  of  portraits, 
curios,  and  antiques.  The  Confederate  Memorial  Literary 
Society,  of  Richmond,  owns  a  museum  and  grounds  valued 
at  $60, 000,  and  an  interesting  library  of  printed  and  manu- 
script material  relating  to  the  history  of  the  South  prior  to 
the  War  of  Secession.  The  Pacific  Coast  Branch  of  the 
American  Historical  Association,  while  as  yet  not  engaged 
in  collection  or  publication,  has  a  promising  future  as  the 
proposed  medium  of  cooperation  between  the  various  his- 
torical organizations  on  the  Western  coast. 

As  a  class,  the  State  societies  and  departments  were  the 
most  punctilious  in  their  replies.  Not  all  of  the  responses 
were  satisfactory  in  character;  but  while  there  are  serious 
gaps,  enough  information  was  elicited  to  enable  the  com- 
mittee to  present  a  fairly  complete  survey  of  the  situation. 

It  was  found  that  twelve  societies  or  departments  own 
their  own  halls — those  valued  at  $100,000  or  over  being: 
Wisconsin,  $610,000;  Iowa  Department,  $400,000;  Massa- 
chusetts, $225,000;  Pennsylvania,  $200,000;  and  New  Jer- 
sey, $100,000.  Thirteen  are  housed  in  their  respective 
State  capitols,  seven  are  quartered  in  State  universities,  and 
six  in  other  public  buildings.  The  largest  State  appropri- 
ations are  given  to  Wisconsin,  $32,000;  Minnesota,  $15,- 
000;  and  Iowa,  $15,000.1  The  Massachusetts,  Pennsyl- 
vania, and  Wisconsin  societies  are  of  course  the  wealthiest 


1  This  includes  both  the  State  Historical  Society  at  Iowa  City  and  the  Histor- 
ical Department  at  Des  Moines. 


STATE  AND  LOCAL  HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES      249 

in  endowments,  possessing  respectively  $221,000,  $169,- 
000,  and  $53,000  in  invested  funds.  The  largest  libraries 
are:  Wisconsin,  275,000  titles;  Pennsylvania,  245,000; 
Massachusetts,  155,000;  Kansas,  115,000;  and  New  Hamp- 
shire, 100,000. 

The  reports  from  local  societies  are  unequal,  so  that 
doubtless  many  fairly  active  small  societies  are  not  on  our 
lists;  we  have  reason  to  believe,  however,  that  nearly  all 
engaged  in  publication  or  having  libraries  or  museums  are 
represented.  Some  of  the  local  societies  are  institutions  of 
considerable  importance.  The  Essex  Institute,  of  Salem, 
Massachusetts,  with  its  income  of  $15,000,  library  of  400,. 
000  titles,  and  building  valued  at  $28,000,  easily  takes 
rank  with  the  State  societies.  So  also  do  the  New  York 
(City)  Historical  Society,  with  1,057  members,  endowment 
funds  aggregating  $236,000,  yearly  income  of  $12,800,  and 
a  building  costing  $400,000;  the  Chicago  Historical  Society, 
with  a  library  of  100,000  titles  housed  in  a  $185,000  build- 
ing, and  supported  by  endowment  funds  aggregating  $96,- 
000;  the  Long  Island  Historical  Society,  of  Brooklyn,  with 
70,000  titles  in  its  own  building;  the  Western  Reserve,  of 
Cleveland,  with  60,000  titles  in  a  $55,000  building;  the 
Worcester  (Mass.)  Society  of  Antiquities,  housing  55,000 
titles  within  a  building  valued  at  $25,000;  and  the  Buffalo 
Historical  Society,  which  dwells  in  a  $200,000  building,  has 
a  library  of  16,000  titles,  and  receives  a  municipal  grant  of 
$5,000  per  annum  (the  only  instance  of  this  sort  that  has 
come  under  our  notice). 

Many  of  those  owning  much  smaller  libraries  and  museums, 
quartered  in  less  costly  houses,  are  also  institutions  wielding 


250    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

a  wide  influence  in  historical  study.  It  is  interesting  to  note 
the  considerable  number  finding  lodgment  in  public  library 
buildings,  a  significant  connection  promising  well  for  both 
organizations.  In  several  of  the  Eastern  States,  notably  in 
Massachusetts,  where  nearly  every  town  possesses  an  histor- 
ical society  as  well  as  a  public  library,  the  former  frequently 
owns  or  rents  some  historic  building,  generally  a  colonial 
farmhouse  which,  often  with  excellent  taste,  has  been  con- 
verted into  a  public  museum.  This  is  an  example  well 
worth  following  by  other  local  societies.  In  the  South  and 
the  Middle  West  are  many  communities  with  historic  struc- 
tures that  might  be  preserved  for  a  like  purpose. 

ORGANIZATION 

Each  historical  society  is  in  large  measure  the  product  of 
local  conditions  and  opportunities.  But  back  of  these, 
moulding  conditions  and  taking  advantage  of  opportunities, 
are  needed  individuals  imbued  with  genuine  and  self-sacrific- 
ing enthusiasm  in  the  cause.  However,  enthusiasm  will  not 
alone  suffice;  for  the  promoters  of  such  enterprises  should 
by  their  erudition  and  technical  skill  command  the  attention 
and  respect  of  scholars,  while  by  display  of  practical  com- 
mon sense,  business  ability,  energy,  and  convincing  argu- 
ments, they  are  at  the  same  time  winning  the  confidence  of 
hard-headed  men  of  affairs.  Very  likely  this  is  an  unusual 
combination  of  qualities,  and  an  ideal  seldom  if  ever  real- 
ized, for  historical  societies  can  not  pay  large  salaries.  Cer- 
tain it  is,  however,  that  even  when  liberally  endowed,  no 
society  has  attained  its  full  measure  of  usefulness  without 
some  such  personality  dominating  its  affairs.  Institutions 
dependent  upon  State  aid  are  peculiarly  in  need  of  this  vig- 


STATE  AND  LOCAL  HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES      251 

orous  personal  management.  The  lack  of  it  has  been  the 
undoing  of  a  goodly  share  of  the  wrecked  or  moribund 
societies — wherein  everybody's  business  was  nobody's  con- 
cern— that  strew  the  pathway  of  our  recent  investigation. 

The  Massachusetts  and  Pennsylvania  societies  are  proto- 
types of  the  privately -endowed  organizations  of  the  East- 
ern States,  which  without  official  patronage  have  attained 
strength  and  a  high  degree  of  usefulness;  while  Wisconsin, 
Minnesota,  Iowa,  and  Kansas  similarly  stand  for  the  State  - 
supported  institutions  of  the  West. 

Of  recent  years,  there  has  appeared  in  several  com- 
monwealths the  u  State  Department  of  Archives  and  His- 
tory." This  is  an  official  bureau  of  the  Commonwealth, 
obtaining  the  essential  personal  touch  through  maintenance 
of  close  relations  with  the  State  historical  society,  whose 
duties,  under  such  conditions,  are  chiefly  literary  and  advis- 
ory. Alabama  and  Mississippi  are  the  typical  examples; 
but  in  Iowa  the  State  society,  at  the  seat  of  the  State  Uni- 
versity, retains  a  strong  individuality  in  all  lines  of  activity, 
despite  the  existence  of  a  liberally -supported  historical 
department  at  the  capital;  in  Kansas  the  society  has  charge 
of  the  department. 

As  to  which  method  is  best  for  new  Commonwealths — 
that  of  the  Alabama  type,  that  of  Wisconsin,  that  of  the 
Iowa  compromise,  or  that  of  the  Kansas  union — your  com- 
mittee will  not  venture  an  opinion.  Each  has  certain  merits, 
largely  dependent  on  conditions  of  environment. 

When  subsidized  as  the  trustee  of  the  State,  the  society 
has  the  advantage  of  official  connection  and  support  com- 
bined with  a  strong,  effective  personal  interest  among  its 


252     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

widely  distributed  membership;  but  there  is  always  a  lurk- 
ing danger  of  an  outbreak  of  political  jealousy  of  a  quasi- 
private  organization  being  awarded  even  the  officially-guard- 
ed expenditure  of  public  funds,  and  legislative  interference  is 
always  possible.  While  it  lacks  the  inspiration  of  personal 
backing,  the  department  stands  closer  to  the  machinery  of 
government,  and  although,  under  careful  laws,  removed 
from  liability  to  partisan  control,  is  not  likely  in  the  course 
of  its  work  to  arouse  official  jealousy.  Its  greatest  danger 
lies  in  the  possibility  that  the  performance  of  its  work  may 
in  time  become  perfunctory,  when  the  public-spirited  found- 
ers of  the  department  have  retired  from  service.1 

After  all,  the  principal  desideratum  is,  as  we  have  indi- 
cated, the  personality  back  of  the  work,  rather  than  the 
form  of  organization.  It  would  be  unwise,  even  if  possible, 
to  attempt  the  making  over  of  men  or  of  methods,  that  in 
their  respective  environments  either  promise  or  have  already 
attained  satisfactory  results.  What  is  needed,  rather,  is  the 
betterment  of  existing  methods,  and  especially  the  enlisting 
in  the  service  of  well-trained  and  vigorous  executive  officers. 

Inspired,  doubtless,  by  the  example  of  the  Wisconsin 
society,  which  is  in  close,  although  not  official,  connection 
with  the  University  of  Wisconsin,  there  has  recently  been 
a  strong  tendency  on  the  part  of  Western  and  Southern  his- 
torical agencies  to  associate  themselves  with  their  State  unL 
versities.  At  the  university  town,  of  all  communities  in 
the  State,  exists  a  body  of  scholars  who  can  most  profitably 
utilize  the  collections  of  the  historical  society.  The  schol- 


1  See  R.  G.  Thwaites,  State-supported  Historical  Societies  and  their  Functions, 
in  Annual  Report  of  American  Historical  Association  for  1897,  pp.  61-71. 


STATE  AND  LOCAL  HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES      253 

ars  need  the  inspiration  of  persistent,  intelligent  collection 
and  publication;  the  society  managers  need  the  academic 
atmosphere  and  academic  counsel  in  and  with  which  to 
broaden  and  solidify  their  work;  while  the  historical  library 
finds  iteraison  d'etre  in  the  largest  possible  clientele  of  users. 
Recognition  of  these  facts  has,  wherever  possible,  led  to  a 
closer  union  between  society  and  university;  but  in  several 
States,  as  in  Missouri  and  Washington,  where  union  with 
existing  agencies  seemed  impracticable  to  the  universities, 
the  latter  have  secured  the  organization  of  rival  State  socie- 
ties at  their  own  seats.  Such  an  arrangement,  while  doubt- 
less benefiting  the  universities,  is  apt  to  result  in  divided 
interest  and  appropriations.  In  several  Western  States,  dif- 
ficulties of  this  character  present  problems  that  doubtless 
will  be  many  years  in  the  solution. 

SCOPE    AND    PURPOSE 

Some  historical  organizations  are  founded  for  a  single, 
well-defined  purpose — such  as  the  Society  for  the  History  of 
the  Germans  in  Maryland,  the  City  History  Club  of  New 
York,  and  the  Germantown  Site  and  Relic  Society — these  of 
course  find  no  difficulty  in  determining  their  functions.  But 
some  of  the  more  general  societies,  especially  in  the  newer 
States,  appear  to  be  confused  in  this  respect,  and  queries  are 
frequently  raised  as  to  their  proper  scope. 

In  the  judgment  of  the  committee,  an  historical  society, 
be  it  sectional,  State,  or  local,  should  collect  all  manner  of 
archaeological,  anthropological,  historical,  and  genealogical 
material  bearing  upon  the  particular  territory  which  that  so- 
ciety seeks  to  represent.  The  problem  would  be  simplified, 
were  the  ideal  recognized  that,  wherever  practicable,  there 


254    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

should  in  each  State  be  some  one  place  where  all  manner  of 
historical  data  relative  to  the  Commonwealth  at  large  should 
be  placed  for  preservation  and  consultation;  and  in  each 
community  or  county  a  similar  treasure  house  for  its  purely 
local  records  and  relics. 

It  would  be  superfluous  in  the  present  report — which  is 
not  intended  as  an  elementary  treatise — to  set  forth  in  de- 
tail the  lines  of  work  along  which  a  local  historical  society 
may  profitably  employ  itself.  But  we  venture  to  make 
these  general  suggestions :  Such  an  institution  may  properly 
make  an  accurate  survey  of  the  archaeology  and  ethnology 
of  its  district;  not  only  itself  acquiring  a  collection  illustrat- 
ing the  same,  but  entering  into  fraternal  relations  with 
neighboring  collectors,  private  and  public,  and  perhaps  pub- 
lishing a  cooperative  check-list.  The  records  of  the  county 
government  (or  of  the  town,  the  village,  or  the  city),  of  the 
courts,  the  churches,  and  the  schools  should  at  least  be  listed 
if  they  cannot  actually  be  procured.  Diaries  of  original 
settlers,  mercantile  account-books,  anniversary  sermons,  pri- 
vate letters  describing  early  life  and  manners,  field-books  of 
surveyors,  etc.,  are  valuable  manuscripts  worthy  of  system- 
atic collection.  Local  newspaper  files  are  an  important 
source  of  information,  and  should  assiduously  be  collected 
and  preserved.  Pioneers  should  be  "interviewed"  by  per- 
sons themselves  conversant  with  the  details  of  local  history. 
All  manner  of  miscellaneous  local  printed  matter  should  be 
secured,  such  as  society,  church,  and  club  year-books,  pro- 
grammes of  local  entertainments,  catalogues  and  memorabilia 
of  educational  or  other  public  and  private  institutions  within 


STATE  AND  LOCAL  HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES      255 

the  prescribed  field  of  research — nothing  of  this  sort  comes 
amiss  to  the  historical  student.1 

Collections  are  naturally  classified  into  libraries,  museums, 
and  portrait  galleries.  Into  the  library  are  properly  depos- 
ited all  manner  of  manuscripts,  books,  pamphlets,  leaflets, 
broadsides,  newspaper  files,  etc.  They  should  be  scientific- 
ally catalogued,  so  far  as  funds  will  allow,  the  manuscripts 
being  if  possible  calendared,  or  in  any  event  indexed;  the 
least  that  can  be  expected  is,  that  manuscripts  be  properly 
listed  on  standard  catalogue  cards.  In  the  museum  and  gal- 
lery there  should  be  deposited  all  portraits  or  relics  bearing 
on  the  manners,  early  life,  or  personelle  of  the  community 
or  region.  Public  museums  are  frequently  presented  with 
embarrassing  gifts;  but  tact  and  diplomacy  can  usually  be 
depended  on  for  eventual  elimination.  Perhaps  in  no  de- 
partment of  a  society's  work  are  common  sense  and  the 
trained  judgment  of  the  professed  historical  worker  more 
frequently  needed  than  in  the  conduct  of  the  museum. 
This  is  one  of  the  most  valuable  features  of  collection,  when 
properly  selected  and  administered;  but  unfortunately  too 
many  of  our  American  societies  are  the  victims  of  undis- 
criminating  antiquarianism — collection  for  collection's  sake, 
without  method  or  definite  notion  as  to  the  actual  scholarly 
value  of  the  relic.  Nothing  is  more  deadly,  in  historical 
work,  than  unmeaning  museums  of  "popular  attractions." 

In  several  of  our  States,  the  archives  of  the  Common- 
wealth are,  when  ceasing  to  be  of  immediate  value  in  the  ad- 

1  Consult  the  following  Bulletins  of  Information  issued  by  the  Wisconsin  His- 
torical Society:  No.  12,  "Suggestions  to  Local  Historians  in  Wisconsin";  No.  25, 
"The  Gathering  of  Local  History  Material,  by  Public  Libraries";  No.  9,  "How 
Local  History  Material  is  Preserved." 


256    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

ministrative  offices — "dead  documents,"  they  have  somewhat 
inappropriately  been  termed — committed  to  the  care  of  the 
State  historical  society  or  department  of  history.  While 
eminently  desirable,  this  disposition  is,  for  various  reasons, 
not  immediately  possible  of  attainment  in  every  State.  The 
State  society  or  department  may,  however,  properly  interest 
itself  in  seeing  that  the  archives  are  conveniently  located  and 
carefully  preserved  by  public  officials;  and  where  practica- 
ble, offer  expert  advice  as  to  their  proper  administration. 

METHODS    OF    PRESENTATION 

The  gathering  of  material  is  of  basic  importance;  but 
much  greater  skill  is  required  adequately  to  disseminate  that 
material.  So  far  as  practicable,  this  should  be  published, 
in  order  to  secure  the  widest  possible  publicity  and  conse- 
quent usefulness. 

The  publications  of  historical  societies  may  contain  both 
the  original  material,  or  " sources,"  and  the  finished  product, 
in  the  form  of  monographs,  essays,  or  addresses.  State  so- 
cieties should  certainly  include  in  their  publications  every- 
thing of  value  to  students  to  be  found  in  the  archives  of  the 
Commonwealth;  local  organizations  may  with  equal  profit 
search  their  several  county  and  municipal  records  for  all 
data  of  historical  importance.  Bibliographies  and  check- 
lists of  publications  relative  to  State  and  local  history  are 
also  desirable. 

These  publications  should  be  well  and  attractively  printed, 
on  good  paper,  and  as  skillfully  edited  as  possible.  So  far 
as  the  canons  of  scholarship  will  allow,  they  should  be  capa- 
ble of  popular  understanding  and  appreciation.  The  mass 


STATE  AND  LOCAL  HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES      257 

of  publications  by  our  American  societies  is  large,  although 
by  no  means  as  extensive  as  it  properly  might  be.  Unfor- 
tunately, neither  the  dictates  of  typographical  taste  nor  of 
scholarship  have  always  been  followed,  so  that  we  have  upon 
our  library  shelves  devoted  to  State  and  local  annals  much 
that  is  inaccurate  as  to  matter,  mechanically  execrable,  and 
in  general  slipshod.  It  is  high  time  that  those  historical  so- 
cieties sinning  in  this  respect  bestir  themselves,  and  inaugu- 
rate a  more  scientific  treatment  of  their  otherwise  useful  ma- 
terial. We  have  come  to  the  stage  that  competent  editors 
are  needed  quite  as  much  as  indefatigable  collectors. 

State  or  local  bibliography  is  an  important  and  much 
needed  work,  that  may  well  be  undertaken  by  historical 
societies,  each  in  its  own  class.  The  example  of  The  State 
Historical  Society  of  Iowa  in  inaugurating  a  monographic 
industrial  history  of  that  State,  and  a  reprint  of  important 
State  papers,  is  worthy  of  emulation.  Many  local  societies 
are,  in  our  opinion,  spending  far  too  largely  of  their  sub- 
stance in  genealogical  research  and  publications.  With 
numerous  professed  genealogical  societies  in  the  field,  to 
say  nothing  of  the  often  useful  patriotic  hereditary  chap- 
ters— too  few  of  which,  however,  are  publishing  things  worth 
while — the  general  historical  organization  may  with  more 
appropriateness  devote  itself  chiefly  to  the  abundant  task  of 
putting  forth  documentary  material  and  monographs  bear- 
ing upon  its  field.  Any  enterprising  and  skillfully  con- 
ducted society,  once  entering  upon  publication,  will  find  the 
possibilities  in  this  direction  practically  endless. 

The  methods  of  distribution  of  publications  should  be 
carefully  considered.  It  is  important  that  material  deemed 


258     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

worthy  of  permanent  preservation  in  printed  form  should  be 
placed  where  it  will  be  of  the  greatest  possible  use  to  schol- 
ars. In  our  opinion,  the  Library  of  Congress  should,  as  the 
national  library,  be  an  early  recipient  of  all  such  publica- 
tions; next,  the  largest  and  most  frequented  reference  libra- 
ries throughout  the  United  States  should  be  selected  as 
natural  repositories,  whether  the  publishing  society  is  or  is 
not  in  regular  exchange  therewith;  exchange  arrangements 
should,  as  far  as  possible,  be  entered  into  with  kindred  soci- 
eties throughout  the  State  and  country;  naturally,  the  mem- 
bers of  the  society  and  the  public  libraries  of  the  State  and 
neighborhood  will  be  upon  the  permanent  mailing  list.  A 
society  that  does  not  thus  disseminate  its  publications  where 
they  can  do  the  most  good,  is  in  so  far  neglecting  its  duty 
to  American  historical  scholarship. 

The  museum  is  also  an  important,  although  necessarily 
limited,  means  of  presentation  of  material.  With  tasteful 
and  carefully  phrased  labels,  changing  exhibits  of  books  and 
manuscripts,  loan  collections,  lectures  to  teachers  and  pupils 
of  the  public  schools,  bibliographical  references,  etc. ,  much 
may  here  be  done  to  arouse  and  maintain  public  interest. 


INTERESTING    THE    PUBLIC 


Indeed,  this  matter  of  arousing  and  maintaining  public 
interest  is,  of  itself,  an  important  function  of  an  historical 
society;  but  obviously  this  should  be  an  intelligent,  discrim- 
inating interest.  Field  meetings,  popular  lectures,  work 
with  the  schools,  some  measure  of  coordination  with  the  pio- 
neer and  old  settlers'  societies  of  the  district,  pilgrimages  to 
places  of  historic  interest,  the  promotion  of  anniversary  cele- 


STATE  AND  LOCAL  HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES      259 

brations,  and  the  placing  of  tablets  upon  historic  sites,  all  of 
these  are  within  the  province  of  the  society. 

The  enlistment  of  college  and  university  interests  is  like- 
wise highly  desirable,  especially  in  the  matter  of  research 
and  preparing  material  for  publications;  although  in  becom- 
ing academic  the  society  should  be  careful  not  to  remove 
itself  too  far  from  the  understanding  and  sympathy  of  the 
common  people.  Popularity  and  exact  scholarship  are  not 
incompatible.  One  of  the  principal  aims  of  an  historical 
society  should  be  the  cultivation  among  the  masses  of  that 
civic  patriotism  which  is  inevitably  the  outgrowth  of  an  at- 
tractive presentation  of  local  history. 

Logically,  there  is  no  reason  why  the  work  of  collecting 
and  disseminating  historical  material  should  not  be  quite  as 
much  a  public  charge  as  that  of  the  public  library  or  of  the 
public  museum.  But  the  fact  that  historical  work  appears 
to  be  best  prosecuted  by  individual  enthusiasm,  seems  to 
render  essential  the  society  organization;  and  in  many  com- 
munities it  is,  as  already  intimated,  difficult  to  convince 
legislative  assemblies  that  a  semi-private  body  should  re- 
ceive public  aid.  This  objection  is  not  insuperable,  pro- 
vided there  are  not,  as  in  some  States,  likewise  constitutional 
barriers.  In  the  West,  arrangements  have  been  entered 
into  whereby  the  society,  in  accepting  public  aid,  becomes 
the  trustee  of  the  Commonwealth,  as  the  custodian  of  State 
property;  yet  in  no  sense  does  the  society  surrender  its 
scholastic  individuality.  In  Buffalo,  the  local  society  bears 
much  the  same  relationship  to  the  municipality,  in  return  for 
the  latter's  annual  stipend.  Even  under  the  most  favorable 
political  conditions,  however,  there  is  small  chance  for  the 


260    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

historical  society  obtaining  official  aid  unless  its  work  is  win- 
ning popular  appreciation. 

COOPERATION 

No  historical  society  in  the  United  States,  State  or  local, 
is  so  powerful  that  it  may  not  wax  stronger  by  cooperation 
with  its  fellows.  Small  organizations  need  the  advice, 
assistance,  and  inspiration  that  come  from  consorting  with 
larger  and  more  experienced  bodies;  the  latter  will  attain 
fresh  vigor  by  coming  into  close  touch  with  institutions 
nearer  to  the  people. 

In  Iowa  and  Wisconsin,  cooperation  is  assured  by  making 
the  local  societies  auxiliaries  of  the  State  organization.  The 
latter  publishes  the  annual  reports  of  its  auxiliaries,  and  such 
of  those  papers  produced  by  members  of  the  local  bodies  as 
have  the  stamp  of  excellence  and  are  of  more  than  local  sig- 
nificance. At  meetings  of  the  State  body,  the  auxiliaries 
are  officially  represented,  and  frequent  correspondence  is 
encouraged  between  the  parent  society  and  its  offspring; 
indeed,  the  local  leaders  become  active  members,  as  well, 
of  the  former. 

Massachusetts  has  inaugurated  a  Bay  State  Historical 
League,  thus  far  composed  of  twenty-one  local  societies  in 
Middlesex  and  Essex  counties.  The  organization  was  formed 
at  Boston,  April  3,  1903,  its  objects  being  defined  as  fol- 
lows:— (i)  "To  encourage  the  formation  of  historical  socie- 
ties; (2)  to  encourage  the  existing  historical  societies  in  the 
prosecution  of  historical  study  and  the  dissemination  of 
historical  knowledge,  in  the  institution  and '  maintenance  of 
historical  memorials  and  anniversaries,  the  collection,  preser- 


STATE  AND  LOCAL  HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES      261 

vation,  and  publication  of  historical  material,  and  to  bring 
such  societies  into  a  closer  relation  with  one  another;  and 
(3)  otherwise  to  promote  historical  interests." 

Annual  meetings  are  held  at  historic  points,  with  ad- 
dresses of  prominent  persons,  pilgrimages  to  places  of  inter- 
est, and  informal  conferences  regarding  common  interests. 
It  is  hoped  that  by  thus  combining  their  forces,  the  several 
societies  in  the  league  may  stimulate  popular  interest  in  the 
history  of  their  region,  while  leaving  each  society  free  to 
work  out  its  own  problems. 

The  Pennsylvania  Federation  of  Historical  Societies,  or- 
ganized at  Harrisburg,  January  5,  1905,  is  of  State-wide 
scope,  but  apparently  confined  to  the  local  bodies.  Its 
announced  purpose  is:  u(l)  To  organize  historical  activity 
in  every  part  of  the  state  and  to  foster  it,  and  to  foster  that 
already  organized.  (2)  To  act  as  a  federation  bibliogra- 
pher for  its  component  societies.  (3)  At  regular  intervals, 
or  periods,  to  bulletin  the  publications  of  its  component  so- 
cieties, and  to  conduct  an  exchange  of  said  bulletins."  The 
State  librarian,  the  Hon.  Thomas  L.  Montgomery,  is  taking 
an  active  interest  in  the  work,  and  thus  far  the  expenses  of 
the  federation  appear  to  have  been  made  a  matter  of  State 
charge. 

Upon  the  Pacific  Coast  are  several  active  State  historical 
societies,  notably  those  of  Oregon  and  Washington.  The 
Southwest  Society  of  the  Archaeological  Institute  of  Amer- 
ica, with  headquarters  at  Los  Angeles,  under  the  able  lead- 
ership of  Dr.  Charles  F.  Lummis  is  rapidly  coming  to  the 
front,  and  promises  soon  to  become  an  important  factor  in 
historical  research  in  this  interesting  region,  embracing 
Texas,  New  Mexico,  Arizona,  and  Southern  California. 


262     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

The  conference  of  historical  societies  of  the  Pacific  Coast, 
conducted  at  Portland  in  the  third  week  of  August  last — 
and  participated  in  by  Messrs.  Shambaugh  and  Thwaites  of 
the  American  Historical  Association  committee  on  historical 
societies — was  a  spirited  gathering.  But  the  disadvantage 
arising  from  the  great  distances  between  the  several  centres 
of  far  Western  historical  activity  was  strongly  expressed, 
and  the  need  of  some  central  agency  of  cooperation  empha- 
sized, this  being  the  key-note  of  the  discussion.  There  was 
a  general  feeling  of  satisfaction  when  it  was  unanimously 
determined  to  utilize  the  Pacific  Coast  Branch  of  the  Amer- 
ican Historical  Association  as  such  common  medium.  Herein 
lie  large  opportunities  for  the  Branch,  and  it  is  sincerely 
hoped  that  its  managers  may  succeed  in  realizing  the  aspi- 
rations awakened  in  the  several  State  societies  by  this  new 
relationship. 

The  four  several  attempts  at  cooperation  above  enumer- 
ated, are  typical  and  suggestive: — (1)  An  attempt  to  coor- 
dinate the  work  of  a  limited  district  within  a  State  immensely 
rich  in  historical  material  and  opportunities;  (2)  a  federation 
of  the  local  historical  societies  of  an  entire  Commonwealth, 
independent  of  the  State  society;  (3)  a  system  whereby  local 
societies  are  admitted  as  auxiliaries  of  the  State  organization; 
and,  (4)  a  suggestion  to  effect  cooperation  throughout  a  wide 
belt  of  historically -related  Commonwealths,  by  utilizing  a 
sectional  branch  of  the  American  Historical  Association. 

Still  another  form  of  cooperation  has,  on  motion  of  the 
Wisconsin  society,  recently  been  inaugurated  in  the  region 
of  the  upper  and  central  Mississippi  Valley.  That  institu- 
tion being  about  to  publish  a  bulletin  descriptive  of  its  own 


STATE  AND  LOCAL  HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES      263 

manuscript  collections,  proposed  to  other  libraries,  societies, 
and  private  collectors  in  its  neighborhood,  to  append  thereto 
similar  descriptions  of  such  of  their  manuscripts  as  bear 
upon  American  history.  Favorable  responses  were  received 
from  the  Historical  and  Philosophical  Society  of  Ohio  (Cin- 
cinnati), the  Old  Northwest  Genealogical  Society  (Colum- 
bus), Mr.  C.  M.  Burton  of  Detroit,  the  Chicago  Historical 
Society,  the  Chicago  Public  Library,  the  Newberry  Library 
of  Chicago,  Mr.  Edward  E.  Ayer  of  Chicago,  the  Minne- 
sota Historical  Society  (St.  Paul),  the  State  Historical  So- 
ciety of  Iowa  (Iowa  City),  the  Missouri  Historical  Society 
(St.  Louis),  the  Mercantile  Library  of  St.  Louis,  the  State 
Historical  Society  of  Missouri  (Columbia),  and  the  Kansas 
Historical  Society  (Topeka).  The  publication  of  these 
lists  of  manuscripts  under  one  cover  and  commonly  indexed, 
will  of  course  prove  helpful  to  students  of  American  history 
by  enabling  them  to  ascertain  the  strength  of  nearly  all  the 
several  collections  in  the  upper  Mississippi  basin,  at  the 
minimum  expenditure  of  time  and  effort. 

It  is  hoped  by  the  Wisconsin  society  that  this  bulletin 
may  prove  suggestive  to  other  sections,  as  an  example  of 
one  form  of  possible  cooperation.1  Similar  cooperative  bib- 
liographies might  well  be  compiled  of  portraits,  broadsides, 
and  other  illustrative  matter,  and  check-lists  be  prepared  of 
rare  historical  works,  documentary  collections,  etc.  The 


1  So  long  ago  as  1897,  the  Wisconsin  society  published:  I.  S.  Bradley,  "Avail- 
able Material  for  the  Study  of  Institutional  History  of  the  Old.Northwest,"  Wis- 
consin Historical  Society  Proceedings,  1896,  pp.  115-143.  This  consisted  of  a 
list  of  the  statutes,  session  laws,  legislative  documents  and  journals,  journals  of 
constitutional  conventions,  and  newspaper  files  of  the  Old  Northwest  Territory 
and  of  the  States  of  Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois,  Michigan,  and  Wisconsin,  published 
prior  to  1851,  to  be  found  in  public  libraries  within  those  States. 


264    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

example  set  by  the  libraries  of  Boston,  Washington,  and 
Chicago,  in  publishing  cooperative  lists  of  their  periodicals, 
may  well  serve  as  a  hint  for  the  historical  societies. 

The  Library  of  Congress,  acting  in  conjunction  with  the 
Carnegie  Institution's  Department  of  Historical  Research,  has 
now  fairly  entered  upon  its  great  task  of  securing  transcripts 
of  all  documents  in  European  archives  illustrative  of  Amer- 
ican history.  As  soon  as  this  material  is  available,  it  would 
be  quite  feasible  for  local  societies  in  any  State,  or  State 
societies  in  any  section,  to  join  forces  in  the  editing  and  pub- 
lication of  so  much  thereof  as  was  considered  common  to  the 
history  of  the  territory  embraced  in  such  federation.  A  un- 
ion for  the  purchase  or  transcription  of  such  other  materials 
as  did  not  come  within  the  scope  of  the  Washington  under- 
taking might  also  be  established.  Even  in  limited  sections, 
such  as  that  served  by  the  Bay  State  Historical  League,  a 
cooperative  bureau  would  doubtless  be  found  helpful,  espe- 
cially in  interesting  the  public. 

In  the  publication  of  documentary  material,  no  doubt 
there  has  occasionally,  in  neighboring  States,  been  more  or 
less  duplication.  There  have  been  instances  of  duplication 
between  State  and  local  societies  within  the  same  Common- 
wealth, arising  from  lack  of  agreement  as  to  their  respective 
fields.  Cooperation  would  tend  to  minimize  this  difficulty; 
yet  in  the  case  of  State-supported  societies  there  are  apt  to 
be  certain  official  barriers  to  perfect  cooperation — and  it  is 
open  to  question  whether  duplication  has  not  some  advan- 
tages, for  the  publications  of  one  State  are  not  as  a  rule 
freely  obtainable  by  students  in  another.  It  is,  however, 
important  that  there  should  be  some  common  understanding 


STATE  AND  LOCAL  HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES       265 

in  these  matters,  in  order  that  what  is  done  shall  be  done 
intelligently  and  purposely. 

Indeed,  it  is  in  just  such  inter -society  conference  as  this, 
that  the  most  useful  cooperation  may  be  effected.  Within 
States,  no  doubt  organized  federations  like  those  of  Penn- 
sylvania and  Massachusetts  will  best  subserve  the  interests 
of  all  concerned,  and  secure  both  continuity  of  united  effort 
and  proper  differentiation;  but  between  State  societies,  it  is 
possible  that  in  most  cases  a  hard-and-fast  organization 
might  prove  less  useful  than  temporary  conventions  to  meet 
immediate  and  varying  needs. 

Another  form  of  cooperative  agreement  is  essential  be- 
tween historical  societies  and  public  libraries  working  within 
the  same  field.  As  already  noted,  many  local  societies  are 
quartered  in  the  buildings  of  such  libraries,  the  former 
being  granted  either  a  separate  library  and  museum  room, 
or  special  alcoves  in  the  book-stack.  Differentiation  is  thus 
easily  arranged,  and  each  institution  can  be  and  often  is  of 
great  benefit  to  the  other.  But  there  are  numerous  instances 
where  society  and  public  library  are  engaged  in  needless 
and  costly  duplication.  In  such  cases,  some  sort  of  affilia- 
tion should  certainly  be  entered  into. 

The  relations  between  State  historical  societies  and  State 
libraries  are  likewise  often  quite  lacking  in  definition.  Dif- 
ferentiation is  simple  in  those  Western  States,  like  Wiscon- 
sin, where  the  State  society,  acting  as  the  trustee  of  the 
Commonwealth,  conducts  what  is  in  effect  the  miscellaneous 
State  library,  the  nominal  State  library  being  simply  the 
law  library  of  the  Supreme  Court.  But  this  condition 
obtains  in  but  few  Commonwealths;  in  others,  agreements 


266     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

have  yet  to  be  perfected,  by  which  these  two  agencies  of 
collection  shall  supplement  each  other  rather  than  duplicate. 

A  system  of  annual  reports  from  local  to  State  societies, 
would  be  desirable,  as  in  the  case  of  the  auxiliaries  in  Iowa 
and  Wisconsin.  On  the  other  hand,  similar  reports  from 
State  organizations  to  the  American  Historical  Association, 
although  not  provided  for  in  the  latter's  charter,  would 
surely  tend  to  arouse  more  general  interest  in  an  undertak- 
ing in  which  all  are  deeply  concerned.  At  present,  the 
work  of  the  societies  is  too  largely-  individual  and  to  that 
extent  narrow;  it  sorely  needs  unifying,  sectionally  and  na 
tionally.  Federated  relationship,  organized  or  unorganized 
would,  in  our  opinion,  strengthen  the  hands  of  all,  from  the 
national  body  to  that  of  the  smallest  historical  society  in 
the  land. 

Until  the  "round  table"  conference  at  Chicago,  in  1904, 
several  of  the  most  important  of  the  State  societies  were 
quite  unrepresented  at  the  sessions  of  the  American  Histor- 
ical Association.  Very  likely  this  has  been  the  fault  of  the 
Association  quite  as  much  as  theirs;  for  in  the  former's  pro- 
grammes scant  attention  has  hitherto  been  paid  to  the 
serious  problems  confronting  State  and  local  societies — sup- 
port, organization,  scope,  methods,  and  co-operation.  The 
Council  of  the  American  Historical  Association  has,  how- 
ever wisely  created  a  section  devoted  to  these  matters,  and 
its  successive  annual  conferences  will  doubtless  bear  rich 
fruitage. 

REUBEN  GOLD  THWAITES 
WISCONSIN  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY 
MADISON 


THE    GEOWTH    OF   THE    SCANDINAVIAN   FAC, 
TOR  IN  THE  POPULATION   OF  IOWA 

In  the  preceding  articles  of  this  series  the  earliest  immi- 
gration to  Iowa  from  the  three  Scandinavian  countries  has 
been  discussed.  In  that  survey  the  Norwegian  immigration 
has  been  traced  to  the  year  1853,  the  Swedish  to  1855,  and 
the  Danish  to  1867.  These  years  may  be  taken  as  dividing 
the  period  of  the  early  beginnings  of  the  immigration  of  the 
three  Scandinavian  nationalities  into  Iowa  from  the  period 
of  the  later  and  most  extensive  immigration,  which  continues 
down  to  about  the  year  1885.  We  have  located  the  earliest 
settlement  of  Norwegians  at  Sugar  Creek  in  Lee  County, 
Iowa,  in  1 840,  that  of  the  Swedes  in  New  Sweden,  Jefferson 
County,  Iowa,  in  1845,  and  the  first  actual  colony  of  Danes 
in  Council  Bluffs,  Pottawattamie  County,  Iowa,  in  1850  and 
the  years  following.1  It  thus  appears  that  the  earliest  Scan- 
dinavian settlers  located  in  Southern  Iowa,  the  part  of  the 
State  which  both  by  foreign  and  internal  immigration  had 
received  the  largest  share  of  the  incoming  population. 

From  the  foregoing  discussion  it  will  have  been  noticed 
also  that  the  coming  of  the  three  nationalities  into  Iowa  is 
in  each  case  a  distinct  event  in  the  immigration  history  of 
the  State.  The  settlements  of  these  three  nationalities  bear 
ito  relation  to  one  another;  and  only  in  a  very  limited  extent 
do  we  find  any  mixture  of  nationality.  Thus,  in  Clayton, 


1  A  Danish  family  had,  however,  located  in  Muscatine  as  early  as  1837. — See 
above  p.  233. 


268     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Allamakee,  Winneshiek,  Fayette,  Lee,  Mitchell,  and  Story 
counties  the  Norwegians  had  by  1856  formed  settlements 
aggregating  2,732  persons.  In  these  counties  there  were  in 
that  year  only  21  Danes  and  137  Swedes;  and  a  majority  of 
the  latter  resided  in  a  Swedish  settlement  in  Allamakee 
County.1  The  Swedes  have  a  total  population  of  73 12  in 
the  counties  of  Boone,  Des  Moines,  Jefferson,  Wapello,  and 
Webster;  while  in  these  counties  the  total  Norwegian  popu- 
lation is  only  23,  and  the  total  Danish  population  39.  The 
Danish  settlements  are  similarly  isolated  from  both  the  Nor- 
wegian and  the  Swedish.  To  some  slight  extent  the  first 
Danish  immigrants  settled  in  Norwegian  communities.  The 
causes  for  this  are  largely  linguistic.3  The  Norwegians  had 
formed  extensive  and  flourishing  colonies  long  before  the 
Danes  arrived;  and  when  the  latter  came  it  was  natural  that 
they  should  join  their  own  kinsmen,  the  Norwegians,  among 
whom  the  language  of  literature  and  the  church  was  so 
nearly  like  their  own. 

While,  however,  the  three  nationalities  located  first  in  the 
southern  part  of  the  State  their  history  belongs  more  par- 
ticularly to  the  northern  and  the  west-central  counties.  The 
Norwegians  organized  their  most  extensive  settlements  in 
the  northern  and  north-central  counties,  while  the  Danes  are 
more  particularly  associated  with  the  more  western  counties 
of  Shelby,  Audubon,  Cass,  and  Pottawattamie.  Of  the 

1  See  The  Iowa  Journal  of  History  and  Politics  for  January,  1905,  p.  614. 

2  Not  including  Allamakee  County  where  84  Swedes  resided. 

8  It  should  be  said,  however,  that  this  influence  was  largely  indirect — through 
the  church.  Without  elaborating  the  point  in  this  connection  I  merely  wish  to 
say  that  from  the  standpoint  of  the  living  speech  of  the  great  majority  of  the 
Scandinavian  immigrants  of  those  days  the  Norwegians  and  the  Swedes  stood 
closer  together  than  the  Norwegians  and  the  Danes  or  the  Swedes  and  the  Danes. 


THE  SCANDINAVIAN  FACTOR  IN  IOWA          269 

three  nationalities  it  is  the  Swede  who  has  contributed  most 
to  the  development  of  the  southern  part  of  the  State;  but 
they  too  have  located  in  considerable  numbers  in  the  central 
and  the  northwestern  parts — in  Boone,  Webster,  Buena 
Vista,  Cherokee,  Kossuth,  and  Woodbury  counties. 

The  geographical  location  of  the  three  nationalities  in 
Iowa  will,  then,  be  found  to  correspond  very  closely  with 
their  relative  position  in  the  country  at  large.  The  Nor- 
wegians locate  farthest  north;  and  their  extensive  settle- 
ments are  very  largely  in  the  northern  portions  of  the 
"Scandinavian  Northwest."1  The  Danes  have  developed 
their  most  prosperous  communities  in  a  more  southerly 
locality,  but  may  be  found  also  scattered  in  the  north.  The 
Swedes  occupy  an  intermediate  position;  but  in  isolated 
cases  they  have  located  almost  as  far  north  as  the  Nor- 
wegians, while  to  the  south  in  the  Danish  line  of  settlement 
they  have  formed  some  of  their  most  prosperous  settlements 
(as  in  Illinois,  southern  Iowa,  Nebraska,  and  Kansas).  The 
relative  location  of  the  three  nationalities  is  explainable 
largely  by  their  relation  to  earlier  settlements  in  the  East, 
and  in  accordance  with  the  tendency  of  the  westward  going 
settlers  to  go  directly  west.  This  consideration  will  explain 
the  location  of  nearly  all  of  the  early  Scandinavian  settle- 
ments in  Iowa.2  For  instance,  on  Map  II,  illustrating  the 
centers  of  dispersion  and  course  of  migration  of  the  Nor- 
wegians, it  has  been  shown  that  the  Norwegian  settlements 
in  northeastern  Iowa  are  mainly  descended  from  those  in 

1  See  The  Iowa  Journal  of  History  and  Politics  for  January,  1905,  pp.  87-89, 
and  Scandia,  Groningen,  Holland,  I,  109. 

2  The  settlement  of  New  Sweden  in  Jefferson  County  will  be  an  exception— 
but  see  The  Iowa  Journal  of  History  and  Politics  for  October,  1905,  pp.  601-603. 


270     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Dane,  Rock,  and  Racine  counties  in  southern  Wisconsin. l 
Further,  the  map  also  shows  that  the  early  settlements  in 
central  and  southeastern  Iowa  were  made  by  immigrants 
who  came  from  the  old  Fox  River  settlement  in  Illinois, 
founded  in  La  Salle  County  in  1834. 

Among  the  early  settlements  in  Iowa  in  direct  line  west 
from  La  Salle  County  are  those  of  Norway,  Benton  County, 
and  of  Story  County,  as  shown  in  the  map  referred  to.  In 
this  connection  a  few  words  may  properly  be  added  regard- 
ing some  of  the  first  settlements  between  1853  and  the  tak- 
ing of  the  first  State  census  in  1856. 

The  small  settlement  in  Florence  Township,  Benton 
County,  Iowa,  dates  back  to  the  year  1854.  The  first  Nor- 
wegian in  the  county  was  Sara  Darnell.2  The  founder  of 
the  settlement  was  Jonas  P.  Nordland,3  who  came  to  Amer- 
ica in  1853  and  located  first  at  Leland,  Illinois.  In  the 
spring  of  1854  he  removed  to  Benton  County,  Iowa.  In 
company  with  him  at  that  time  were  Lars  Strand  and 
Sigbjorn  Rosdal.4  Osmund  Tuttle  and  Elling  Ellingsen 
came  during  the  summer  and  settled  at  the  same  place. 
These  were  the  first  Norwegians  in  the  county.  Jonas  P. 
Nordland  lived  at  Norway,  Benton  County,  until  his  death 
which  occurred  on. August  23,  1902.5 

The  settlement  in  southern  Story  County,  centering  around 

1  See  The  Iowa  Journal  of  History  and  Politics  for  July,  1905. 

2  She  was  married  to  an  American.     She  had  probably  come  to  the  county  a 
year  or  two  earlier. 

3  Born  in  Strand,  Stavanger  County,  Norway,  January  17,  1819. 

4  These  two,  however,  returned  to  Illinois  soon  after. 

R  His  son,  L.  T.  Nordland,  postmaster  at  Norway,  Benton  County,  has  kindly 
sent  me  a  detailed  account  of  the  coming  of  his  father  and  the  first  Norwegians 
to  Benton  County,  which,  however,  I  am  not  able  to  include  in  this  sketch. 


THE  SCANDINAVIAN  FACTOR  IN  IOWA          271 

Cambridge  and  Slater  and  extending  down  into  Polk  County, 
was  founded  in  1854  by  immigrants  from  Lisbon,  Illinois. 
The  first  Norwegians  in  the  county  were  Osmund  Sheldal, 
Ole  Fatland,  Ole  Apland,  and  Osmund  Johnson,  who  were 
sent  out  from  Lisbon,  Illinois,  in  September,  1854,  to  select 
a  site  for  a  colony  somewhere  in  Iowa.  Upon  their  return 
a  large  number  decided  to  go  to  Iowa.  During  the  winter 
preparations  were  made ;  a  congregation  was  actually  formed 
which  was  given  the  name  Palestine  Congregation  (undoubt- 
edly significant  as  an  expression  of  their  expectations).  Ole 
Anderson  was  elected  its  minister,  Erik  Sheldal,  deacon, 
and  K.  A.  Bange,  master  of  its  parochial  schools.  On 
May  17,  1855,  one  hundred  and  six  persons  left  Lisbon, 
taking  with  them  twenty -five  yoke  of  oxen  and  teams  of 
horses  and  a  large  number  of  cattle.  The  party  arrived  in 
southwestern  Story  County,  Iowa,  on  the  7th  of  June.1 

To  the  same  period  belongs  the  formation  of  the  very 
large  Norwegian  settlement  of  Story  City  and  surrounding 
country.  Like  that  of  southern  Story  County,  this  is  also  a 
daughter  settlement  of  the  La  Salle  colony  in  Illinois.  The 
account  of  its  formation  is  in  brief  as  follows: — Highly 
favorable  reports  had  come  from  those  who  had  visited 
Story  county  in  quest  of  a  fitting  place  to  settle  in  the  fall 
of  the  preceding  year.  A  large  number  began  making 
plans  to  leave  for  Iowa;  but,  desiring  first  to  have  more 
reliable  facts  relative  to  Iowa,  the  intending  emigrants 
appointed  Jonas  Due,  Mons  Grove,  Paul  Thompson,  Lars 

1  For  a  fuller  account,  see  Decor uh-Posten  for  February  6,  1906,  under  the  cap- 
tion Lidt  Nybyggerhistorie,  by  H.  Rued  Holand.  The  same  writer  has  an  account 
of  Koshkonong  (in  Wisconsin)  in  the  January,  1906,  number  of  the  quarterly 
publication  of  Det  norske  Selskab  (  The  Norwegian  Society). 


272     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Sheldal,  John  N.  Tarpestad,  John  Erickson,  Jakob  Erikson 
Aske,  Torris  Mehus,  and  Ola  Oine  as  an  advance  committee 
to  visit  Story  County  and  report  the  results  of  their  investi- 
gation. These  left  Lisbon  in  June,  1855.  They  drove 
across  the  country  in  prairie  schooners,  following  the  over- 
land trail.  Because  of  church  differences  they  had  been 
instructed  to  select  a  site  not  immediately  adjacent  to  the 
settlement  that  had  already  been  formed  by  those  who  had 
moved  thither  in  the  spring  of  that  year.1  Arriving  at 
Newton,  Story  County,  they  made  a  halt;  but  because  of 
the  lack  of  woods  they  believed  that  locality  to  be  undesir- 
able, and  so  they  continued  their  journey  to  the  northwestern 
part  of  the  county.  Here  they  selected  a  site  for  a  settlement 
and  purchased  land  for  themselves  and  many  of  the  party 
who  had  remained  at  Lisbon.  Thereupon  they  returned  to 
Illinois.  In  the  fall  of  that  year  Thor  O.  Hedlund  and 
Lars  Grindem  moved  to  Story  County,  and  thus  became 
the  first  settlers.  In  the  summer  of  1856  there  was  an 
extensive  emigration  from  the  Fox  River  settlement  to 
Story  County.  A  writer  in  Skandinaven  for  Saturday,  July 
14,  1900,  says  of  the  expedition  that  "nearly  all  were  men 
with  families  and  when  they  moved  west  they  made  up  a 
train  of  twenty-four  immigrant  wagons, 2  of  which  the  twenty 
were  drawn  by  so  many  yoke  of  oxen,  while  the  last  four 
were  drawn  by  horses.  They  took  with  them  among  other 
things  a  flock  of  one  hundred  and  fifty  cattle.  The  journey 
took  three  weeks."  They  arrived  at  their  destination  on 


1  The  settlement  in  southern  Story  County  was  formed  by  members  of  the 
Norwegian  Synod;  that  in  northern  Story  County  by  people  of  Hauge's  Synod. 

2  The  State  census  of  1856  does  not,  then,  seem  to  be  correct. 


THE  SCANDINAVIAN  FACTOR  IN  IOWA          273 

the  15th  of  June,1  being  almost  exactly  a  year  after  the 
expedition  to  southern  Story  County.  Immigration  to  this 
locality  continued  down  to  the  eighties.  To-day  the  settle- 
ment extends  into  Hamilton  and  Hardin  counties  and  is  one 
of  the  largest  of  Scandinavian  communities  in  the  North- 
west. By  the  census  of  1900  there  were  3,890  persons  in 
the  settlement  who  were  born  in  Norway  and  8, 200  of  Nor- 
wegian parentage,  making  a  total  Norwegian  speaking  pop- 
ulation of  over  12,000.  There  is  also  a  considerable  Danish 
and  Swedish  population  in  these  counties  and  in  neighbor- 
ing settlements,  aggregating  a  total  of  6,675  according  to 
the  census  of  1900.  The  total  Scandinavian  speaking  pop- 
ulation in  this  part  of  Iowa2  in  1900  was  24,000. 

The  first  Norwegians  to  settle  in  Worth  County  were  Gud- 
brand  O.  Mellem  and  wife  who  came  in  the  summer  of  1853. 
They  came  from  St.  Ansgar,  Mitchell  County,  where  Rev. 
C.  L.  Clausen  had  just  founded  a  settlement.  With  them 
came  at  the  same  time  Ole  Fsergerboken,  Aslak  Larsen 
and  his  son  Lars,  but  these  soon  returned  to  St.  Ansgar.3 
The  actual  founding  of  the  settlement  of  Northwood  and 
vicinity  is  of  a  later  date. 4  The  county  in  Iowa  which  has 


1  The  same  writer,  Knut  Takla,  of  Story  City,  gives  a  very  interesting  account 
of  that  expeditioa  and  of  the  early  days  of  the  settlement. 

8  The  counties  of  Story,  Boone,  Hardin,  Hamilton,  Webster,  Humboldt,  and 
Wright. 

8  Mr.  Mellem  was  born  in  Hallingdal,  Norway,  in  1829;  he  emigrated  to  Amer- 
ica in  1849,  settling  first  in  Rock  County,  Wis.  See  also  The  Iowa  Journal  of 
History  and  Politics  for  July,  1905,  p.  382.  For  facts  regarding  Worth  County  I 
am  indebted  partly  to  Mr.  C.  O.  Gunderson,  President  of  Edda,  and  partly  to 
Hon.  G.  N.  Haugen,  of  Northwood,  according  to  letter  of  August  19,  1905. 

4  This  prosperous  community  of  Norwegians  has  given  Iowa  her  Representative 
in  Congress  from  the  fourth  district,  Mr.  G.  N.  Haugen,  now  serving  his  third 
term. 


274     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

to-day  proportionately  the  largest  Norwegian  population  is 
Winnebago.  The  first  settlement  was  formed  in  Norway 
Township  and  the  year  was  1856.  In  June  of  that  year  six 
Norwegian  families,  namely,  those  of  Lewis  Nelson,  Col- 
burn  Larson,  Hans  I.  Knudson,  Ole  Tornen,  Narve  Gron- 
hovd,  and  Hendrick  Larson  came  from  Rock  County,  Wis- 
consin.1  Other  early  settlers  were  John  Johnson,  John 
Iverson,  and  Christian  Anderson. 2  The  settlement  remained 
small,  however,  until  the  late  sixties,  since  which  time  it  has 
grown  rapidly. 3 

By  1856  nuclei  of  settlements  had  been  formed  by  the 
Swedes  in  several  other  counties,  as  Henry,4  Wapello,  and 
Webster;  while  in  smaller  numbers  Swedes  are  found  in 
Buchanan,  Dubuque,  Lee,  and  Monroe  counties,  and  Nor- 
wegians in  Butler,  Chickasaw,  and  Mills. 

No  actual  settlements  were  made  by  Swedes  in  1856.  It 
may  be  noted,  however,  that  Des  Moines,  where  to-day  they 
make  up  the  chief  element  in  the  foreign  born  population, 
received  its  first  Swedish  settlers  in  that  year.  These  were 
P.  J.  Anderson5  and  Frank  Hultman.  Both  of  these  men 
came  direct  from  Ostergotland,  Sweden.  As  far  as  I  have 


1  Facts  given  me  by  C.  L.  Nelson,  of  Forest  City,  the  son  of  Lewis  Nelson. 

8  Names  furnished  me  by  Rev.  J.  M.  Dahl,  of  Lake  Mills. 

s  I  am  indebted  to  Rev.  J.  M.  Dahl,  C.  L.  Nelson,  and  T.  K.  Kingland  for 
many  facts  relative  to  Lake  Mills  and  Forest  City  which  space  does  not  permit 
including  here. 

4  The  Swedish  settlement  at  Swedesburg,  Wayne  Township,  Henry  County, 
was  not  founded  until  1864,  as  I  am  informed  by  Rev.  A.  Norrbom,  of  Swedes- 
burg,  in  a  letter  of  August  29,  1905.  The  first  settlers  were  G.  A.  Fridolph, 
Math.  Anderson,  S.  P.  Swanson,  Mons  Anderson,  L.  M.  Rapp,  Oliver  Stephen- 
son,  and  John  Sandahl. 

6  Died  in  1891.  His  widow  is  still  living  at  llth  and  Mulberry  Streets,  Des 
Moines. 


THE  SCANDINAVIAN  FACTOR  IN  IOWA          275 

been  able  to  ascertain  they  were  morever  the  only  Swedes  in 
Des  Moines  until  1865,  in  which  year  Anton  Nordenson 
came  from  Stockholm. l  With  this  brief  survey  we  have 
brought  the  history  of  Scandinavian  settlements  down  to 
1856,  the  year  of  the  first  State  census. 

The  following  table  is  here  offered  to  illustrate  the  extent 
and  exact  distribution  of  the  three  Scandinavian  nationali- 
ties in  the  State  by  counties  according  to  the  State  census  of 
1856.  It  will  also  illustrate  the  distribution  of  the  three 
Scandinavian  nationalities  in  the  different  parts  of  the  State. 
The  counties  where  actual  settlements  had  been  made  are 
given  in  alphabetical  order.  To  this  is  appended  a  table 
illustrating  the  growth  of  the  Scandinavian  factor  by  decades 
since  1850. 

TABLE  I 

COUNTY                             NORWEGIANS  SWEDES  DANES         TOTAL 

Allamakee  506  84  6             595 

Benton  10  1  11 

Black  Hawk  39  12 

Boone  19  70  89 

Clayton  274  13  287 

Clinton  34  24  21                59 

Des  Moines  2  227  39             268 

Fayette  139  1  140 

Henry  10  38  1                49 

Jefferson  294  294 

Lee  68  19  10                97 

Mitchell  188  9  4              201 


1  Facts  obtained  from  A.  S.  Carlson,  of  Des  Moines,  in  a  letter  of  August  19, 
1G05.  Mr.  Carlson  has  kindly  given  me  a  full  account  of  early  Swedish  settlers 
in  Des  Moines  which  I  hope  to  publish  elsewhere  in  connection  with  other  facts 
on  the  Scandinavians  in  Des  Moines. 


276     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


COUNTY 

NORWEGIANS 

SWEDES 

DANES 

TOTAL 

Monroe 

18 

18 

Page1 

1 

1 

Polk 

10 

9 

19 

Pottawattamie 

1 

2 

3 

6 

Scott 

2 

17 

7 

26 

Shelby 

5 

5 

Story 

107 

107 

Wapello 

22 

1 

23 

W  ebster 

2 

70 

• 

72 

Winneshiek 

1,451 

11 

1 

1,462 

All  other  counties 

98 

130 

32 

260 

2,904  1,067 


TABLE  II 


130 


4,101 


Showing  the  extent  of  the  Norwegian,  Swedish,  and  Danish  factors 
in  the  State  from  1850  to  1905,  according  to  the  United  States 
census,  supplemented  by  the  Iowa  State  census  for  the  years  1856 
and  1905. 


YEAR 

NORWEGIANS 

SWEDES 

DANES 

TOTAL 

1850 

361 

231 

19 

611 

1856 

2,904 

1,067 

130 

4,101 

1860 

5,688 

1,465 

661 

7,814 

1870 

17,554 

10,796 

2,827 

31,181 

1880 

21,586 

17,559 

6,901 

46,046 

1890 

27,078 

30,276 

15,519 

72,873 

1900 

25,634 

29,875 

17,102 

72,611 

1905 

23,953 

28,396 

17,290 

69,639 

The  decade  of  greatest  increase  in  immigration  from  Nor- 
way is  from  1860  to  1870.  Table  I  illustrates  the  dis- 
tribution of  that  nationality  in  1856;  the  proportions  remain 


See  below  p.  278. 


THE  SCANDINAVIAN  FACTOR  IN  IOWA          277 

about  the  same  for  1860.  The  counties  in  Iowa  which 
gained  most  during  that  decade  of  extensive  immigration 
from  Norway  are  Allamakee,  Clayton,  Winneshiek,  Mitch- 
ell, and  Story.  In  1870  Winneshiek  alone  had  a  foreign* 
born  Norwegian  population  of  5,524. 1  Wright,  Emmet, 
and  Palo  Alto  counties  were  first  settled  by  Norwegians  in 
the  late  sixties2  and  early  seventies.  The  considerable  de- 
crease in  the  counties  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  State  during 
the  last  twenty  years  indicates  that  there  has  not  only  been  a 
cessation  of  immigration  to  these  parts,  but  also  that  in 
addition  to  natural  decrease  by  death  there  has  evidently 
taken  place  a  removal  from  the  older  counties  to  the  coun- 
ties farther  west.3  Furthermore,  between  1890  and  1905  a 
considerable  decrease  is  to  be  noted  in  most  of  the  counties 
that  belong  to  the  central  group  of  settlements.  Between 
1900  and  1905  there  are  fair  increases  only  in  Black  Hawk, 
Emmet,  Hardin,  Howard,  Lyon,  Polk,  Webster,  and  Wood- 
bury.  4 

The  largest  increase  from  the  Swedish  immigration  comes 
somewhat  later.  While  relatively  the  highest  percentage  of 
increase  took  place  between  1860  and  1870,  the  largest 


1  We  have  a  recent  contribution  to  Winneshiek  County  history  in  The  Pioneer 
Norwegians,  by  Hon.  Abr.  Jacobson.     This  book  deals  especially  with  the  Nor- 
wegian pioneer  history  of  Springfield  Township,  Winneshiek  County. 

2  Wright  County  was  settled  by  Norwegians  in  1869.     In  the  spring  of  that 
year  Hans  H.  Farosen,  C.  B.  Johnson,  and  Fredrik  Simerson  settled  in  Belmond 
Township.     The  settlement  later  extended  into  Norway  and  Lake  townships  in 
Wright  County  and  Amsterdam  Township  in  Hancock  County. 

8  The  great  decrease  in  Lee  County  between  1870  and  1880  is  due  to  similar 
causes.  The  removal  in  this  case  was  mostly  to  Marshall  County. 

4  Fort  Dodge,  Webster  County,  was  first  settled  by  Swedes  in  1869.  The 
founders  of  the  colony  were:  G.  Alstrand,  C.  J.  Peterson,  C.  F.  Holmdahl, 
from  Melby,  Nerike,  and  Vexio,  Sweden,  respectively.— Letter  from  Rev.  C.  S. 
Resenius. 


278    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

number  absolutely  came  between  1880  and  1890.  The 
counties  that  received  the  largest  accessions  during  these 
years  were:  Boone,  Buena  Vista,  Des  Moines, 1  Kossuth, 
Montgomery,  Page, 2  Polk, 3  Webster,  and  Woodbury,  al- 
though some  of  these  had  been  extensively  settled  before 
1880. 4  Among  the  settlements  that  show  a  noteworthy 
decrease  since  1890  may  be  mentioned  the  early  ones  in 
Boone,  Henry, 5  Jefferson, 6  Lee,  and  Wapello;  while  from 
L900  to  1905  there  is  an  increase  for  some  counties  in  the 
western  part  of  the  State — as  Adair,  Appanoose,  Black 
Hawk,  Cass,  Lyon,  and  Mills. 

The  heaviest  immigration  from  Denmark  took  place  in 
the  later  eighties  and  in  the  early  nineties.  Thus  the  settle- 
ments in  Audubon,  Shelby,  Pottawattamie,  and  Black  Hawk 
counties  increased  most  rapidly  during  these  years.7  The 
Danish  foreign  born  element  is  the  only  one  among  the 
Scandinavian  nationalities  that  shows  an  increase  in  the  1905 
census  over  that  of  1900.  The  total  for  the  three  nationali- 
ties by  the  1905  census  is  69,639.  The  Scandinavian-speak- 


1  The  City  of  Burlington. 

2  The  Swedish  Colony  of  Essex,  Page  County,  dates  back  to  1870.— Letter 
from  A.  Wendstrand  of  August  30,  1 905. 

8  The  city  of  Des  Moines. 

4  In  the  vicinity  of  Chariton,  Lucas  County,  a  considerable  Swedish  settlement 
was  also  formed  after  1869.     The  first  settlers  were  P.  J.  Lindquist,  J.  F.  Ekfelt, 
and  the  ^Erlandsen,  Hasselquist,  and  Slattengren  families,  writes  Rev.  J.  P.  Borg  of 
Chariton.     They  were  from  Vastergotland  and  Smaland,  Sweden. 

5  The  largest  Scandinavian  population  was  in  1890,  when  it  numbered  616.     It 
is  now  362. 

6  Jefferson  County  had  880  in  1870,  671  in  1880,  and  at  present  has  490. 

7  One  of  the  most  prosperous  of  Danish  communities  in  the  State  is  that  of 
Waterloo  and  vicinity  and  Cedar  Falls  in  Black  Hawk  County.     It  dates  back 
to  1869,  in  which  year  Lars  Thompson  and  wife  from  Tuse  near  Holbaek  and 
Anders  Peterson  and  wife  from  near  Holbsek  located  in  Waterloo. 


THE  SCANDINAVIAN  FACTOR  IN  IOWA          279 

ing  factor  in  Iowa  may  be  measured  approximately  by  the 
sum  total  of  the  foreign  born  and  foreign  parentage  Scandi- 
navian population,  the  total  of  which  was  148,967  by  the 
census  of  1900. l 

Tables  III-V  are  here  appended  to  illustrate  the  growth 
by  counties  since  1870,  the  distribution  of  the  Scandinavian 
population  in  1905,  and  the  increase  in  the  three  Scandi- 
navian nationalities  in  the  second  generation  according  to 
the  last  available  census. 

TABLE  III 

Showing  the  extent  of  the  Scandinavian  factor  by  counties  from 

1870  to  1905  in  counties  which  have  at  one  time  had  a  Scandinavian 

population  of  over  1,000. 

COUNTY  1870  1880  1890  1905 

Allamakee  2,187  1,727  1,477  992 

Audubon  4  207  1,127  1,526 

Black  Hawk  284  385  711  1,018 

Boone  1,246  1,820  2,601  2,283 

Buena  Vista  196  818  1,991  1,967 

Clayton  1,366  941  787  541 

Clinton  759  1,123  1,778  1,433 

Des  Moines  1,104  1,273  2,162  1,801 

Emmet  285  302  785  1,10] 

Hamilton  624  1,633  2,460  2,210 

Humboldt  315  515  1,336  1,374 

Kossuth  76  361  990  1,057 

Lee  1,267  508  622  490 

Marshall  338  728  1,213  917 

Mitchell  1,008  1,207  1,041  824 

Monona  261  491  1,212  1,165 


1  The  census  reports  for  natives  of  foreign  parentage  in  1905  are  not  available 
at  the  present  time. 


280    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


COUNTY 

1870 

1880 

1890 

1905 

Montgomery 

278 

1,278 

1,511 

1,520 

Page 

156 

1,004 

1,261 

1,079 

Polk 

803 

1,628 

2,884 

3,406 

Pottawattamie 

604 

1,100 

2,585 

2,395 

Shelby 

208 

971 

1,611 

1,514 

Story 

1,354 

2,049 

2,202 

2,309 

Webster 

1,362 

1,910 

3,027 

3,261 

Winnebago 

625 

1,862 

2,178 

2,291 

Winneshiek 

5,524 

5,009 

3,409 

2,669 

Woodbury 

372 

870 

5,060 

4,106 

Worth 

894 

2,002 

2,153 

1,819 

Wright 

60 

201 

775 

1,005 

All  other  counties 

7,821 

12,013 

21,924 

21,566 

Total 

31,181 

46,046 

72,873 

69,639 

TABLE 

IV 

Showing  the  Norwegian, 

Swedish, 

and  Danish  population  by  coun- 

ties  having  a  Scandinavian 

population  of  1,000 

in  1905. 

COUNTY                         NORWEGIANS 

SWEDES 

DANES 

TOTAL 

Allamakee 

853 

125 

14 

992 

Audubon 

15 

42 

1,469 

1,526 

Black  Hawk 

42 

68 

908 

1,018 

Boone 

115 

2,061 

107 

2,283 

Buena  Vista 

446 

977 

544 

1,967 

Clinton 

213 

411 

809 

1,433 

Des  Moines 

16 

1,625 

160 

1,801 

Emmet 

580 

102 

419 

1,101 

Hamilton 

1,369 

544 

297 

2,210 

Humboldt 

973 

42 

359 

1,374 

Kossuth 

271 

511 

275 

1,057 

Monona 

454 

226 

485 

1,165 

Montgomery 

20 

1,486 

14 

1,520 

THE  SCANDINAVIAN 

FACTOR  IN  IOWA 

COUNTY 

NORWEGIANS 

SWEDES 

DANES 

TOTAL 

Page 

13 

1,055 

11 

1,079 

Polk 

548 

2,496 

362 

3,406 

Pottawattamie 

106 

436 

1,853 

2,395 

Shelby 

109 

43 

1,362 

1,514 

Story 

1,900 

100 

309 

2,309 

Webster 

927 

2,134 

200 

3,261 

Winnebago 

1,925 

245 

121 

2,291 

Winneshiek 

2,584 

58 

27 

2,669 

Woodbury 

1,354 

1,990 

762 

4,106 

Worth 

1,613 

102 

104 

1,819 

Wright 

725 

121 

159 

1,005 

Other  counties 

6,680 

11,639 

5,560 

23,879 

Total 

23,953 

28,396 

17,290 

69,639 

281 


TABLE  Y 

Showing  the  total  Scandinavian  population  of  foreign  birth  and 
foreign  parentage  in  the  State  by  the  U.  S.  census  for  1900. 

(  foreign  born  25,634  ) 

Norwegians  <  ^59,127 

I  foreign  parentage  33,493  j 

(  foreign  born  29,875  ^) 

Swedes              ,      .  OH  Q    -   \  57,230 

(  foreign  parentage  27,365  J 

(  foreign  born  17,102  ) 

Danes               ,      .  _  [  32,610 

(  foreign  parentage  15,498  ) 

Total  1900  148,967 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Ahmanson,  John.      Vor  Tids  Muhammed.     Omaha,  Neb.     1876. 

Amerika,  Madison,  Wis.  Sept.  9,  16,  1898;  Dec.  15,  1905;  June- 
July,  1903;  and  numerous  articles  in  1902-1906. 

Anderson,  R.  B.  First  Chapter  of  Norwegian  Immigration.  Mad- 
ison, Wis.  1895. 


The  foreign  parentage  population  for  1905  is  not  available  at  this  time. 


282     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Anundsen,  B.     Decorah-Posten,  1867-1897.      Decorah,  Iowa.  1897. 

Augustana.     Rock  Island,  111.     Dec.,  1889. 

Babcock,  Kendric  C.      The  Scandinavians  in  the  Northwest  in  The 

Forum,  Sept.,  1892. 
Bergen,   Teunis  G.      The  Bergen  Family,   or    The  Descendants  of 

Hans  Hanson  Bergen.     New  York.      1866. 
Bille,  John  H.     A  History  of  the  Danes  in  America  in  Wisconsin 

Academy  of  Sciences,  Vol.  xi,  pp.  1-16. 
Biographical  History  of  Pottawattamie  County.     1891. 
Biographical  Record  of  Boone  County.     1902. 
Bremer,  Fredrika.     Hemman  i  nya  Vdrlden.     1852. 
Bygdejdvning.     Madison,  Wis.      1902. 
Catalogue  of  Luther  College.     1905. 
Decor  ah- Posten.     Decorah,  Iowa.     Sept.  9,  13,  and  23,  1904;  Feb 

6,  1905. 

Den  Danske  Pioneer.     Omaha,  Neb.     Various  articles. 
Den  Forenede  IKirkes  Aarsberetning.     1905. 
Det  norske  Selskabs  Aarbog.     Decorah,  Iowa.     1906. 
Dietrichsen,  J.  W.  C.     Reise  blandt  de  norske  Emigranter  i  defor- 

enede  nordamerikanske  Fristater.     Stavanger,  Norway.      1846. 
Elk  Horn  High  School  and  College.    Elk  Horn,  Iowa.     27th  annual 

Catalogue. 

Fairfield  Tribune,  The.     Fairfield,  Iowa.     June  14,  1905. 
Fischer-Hansen,  Carl.      Om  Amerika.     New  York.      1903. 
Fletcher,   Chas.   H.       The   Centennial  History  of  Jefferson   County. 

Fairfield,  Iowa.      1876. 

Flom,  George  T.     English  Elements  in  Norse  Dialects  in  Utica,  Wis- 
consin, in  Dialect  Notes.     1902. 

Flom,  George  T.      Nordiske  Studier  i  amerikanske   Universiteter  in 

Amerika,  for  Sept.  9  and  16,  1898. 
Flom,  George  T.      The  Scandinavian  in  the  American  Population  in 

Scandia.     Groningen,  Holland.     October-November,  1904. 
Friends,  The.     Philadelphia.      1894. 

German  American  Annals.     Philadelphia.      1903.     Pp.  371-384. 
Hemlandet.     Chicago.     1858.      Numerous  articles. 
Herlenius.     Erik  Jansismens  Historia.     JDnkoping.      1900. 


THE  SCANDINAVIAN  FACTOR  IN  IOWA          283 

Hinds,  Arthur.    American  Communistic  Societies.    New  York.    1902. 

Historical  Atlas  of  Iowa.     1875. 

History  of  Jefferson  County.     Chicago.      1879. 

History  of  Winneshiek  County. 

History  of  Clayton  County. 

Hoffsten,  E.  G.      The  Swedes  in  Philadelphia  To-day,  in   German 
American  Annals.      1903.     Pp.  371-384. 

Holand,    Hj.    Rued.       Lidt  Nybyggerhistorie,    in  Decorah  Posten. 
Feb.  6,  1906. 

Holand,  Hj.  Rued.     Koshkonong -,  in  Det  norske  Selskabs  Aarbog, 
Jan.,  1906. 

Horn,  F.  Winkel.     Illustreret  Conversations  Lexikon.     Copenhagen. 
1892-1900.     Vol.  i— ix. 

Iowa  City  Republican  for  November,  1886. 

Iowa  State  Census.     1856,  1905. 

Jacobson,    Abraham.      The  Norwegian  Pioneers.      Decorah,    Iowa. 
1905. 

Johns    Hopkins    University    Studies.     10th    Series,    I.     Baltimore. 
1892. 

Johnson,  Erik  &  C.  F.  Peterson.      Svenskarne  i  Illinois.     Chicago. 
1880. 

Keen,  Gregory  B.     Articles  on  the  Delaware  Swedes,  in  The  Penn- 
sylvania Magazine  of  History  and  Biography.     Vols.  i — xvi. 

Kidder,  Frederic.      The  Swedes  on  the  Delaware,  in   The  New  Eng- 
land Historical  Register.     Vol.  xxvin,  pp.  42-50. 

Langeland,  Knud.     Nordmdndene  i  Amerika.     Chicago.      1889. 

Lauridsen,  Peter.      Vitus  Bering.     Translated  by  Professor  J.  E. 
Olsen.     Chicago.     1889. 

Louis,  J.  J.      Shelby  County,  a  Sociological  Study. 

Lutheraneren.     Minneapolis,  Minn.     Vol.  vn,  No.  45. 

Magazine  of  American  History.     Vol.  xxv,  pp.  1—17. 

Mattson,  Hans.     Minnen  fran  Amerika.     1891. 

Mikkelson,  M.  A.      The  Bishop  Hill  Colony.     Baltimore.      1892. 

Minneapolis  Tidende.     Minneapolis.     April  7,  1905. 

Nelson,    O.    N.      A  History  of   Scandinavians    and  Biographies. 
Vols.  i — n.     Minneapolis.      1901. 


284    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

New  England  Historical  Register.     Vol.  xxvm,  pp.  42-50. 

New  York  Daily  Advertiser.     October  12,  1825. 

Newhall,  J.  P.     A  Glimpse  of  Iowa  in  1846.     Burlington.      1846. 

Nilson,  Svein.     Nordmdndene  i  Amerika,  in   Skandinavisk   Billed- 

Magazin.      1869. 
Norelius,  E.     De  Svenska  Luterska  Fb'rsamlingarnas  och  Svenskar- 

nes  Historia  i  Amerika.     Rock  Island,  111.      1890. 
Otteson,  Jacob,  Aal.     Kort  Uddrag  of  den  norske  Synodes  Historie. 

Decorah,  Iowa.      1893. 
Pennsylvania  Magazine  of  History  and  Biography.     Vols.  i — xvi. 

Numerous  articles. 

Peterson,  C.  F.      Sverige  i  Amerika.     Chicago.      1898. 
Peterson,  C.  F. ,  and  Erik  J  ohnson.     Svenskarne  i  Illinois.     Chicago. 
Prarieblomman.     Kalender  for  1905.     Edited  by  A.  Schon.     Rock 

Island,  111.      1904. 
Progressive  Men  of  Iowa.     Vol.  n. 
Referat  ofver  For  handling  arna  vid  Augustana    Synodens  Fyrtio- 

femte  Arsmote  i  Lindsborg,  Kansas.     Rock  Island,  111.     1904. 
Register  and  Leader,  The.     Des  Moines,  Iowa.     May  29,  1904. 
Reierson,  John.      Veiviser  for  Emigranter.     1843. 
Republikaneren.     Lake  Mills,  Iowa.     Feb.  9,  1900. 
Rynning,   Ole.      Sandfardig  Beretning  om  Amerika  til  Veiledning 

og  Hj alp  for  Bonde  og  Menigmand.      1837. 
Scandinavia.      Chicago.      1883. 
Skandinaven.     Chicago.    Oct.  25,  1898;  Jan.  23,  1899;  July  14,  1902; 

Sept.  4,  1902;  Oct.  16,  1902;  Dec.  29,  1905. 
Skandinavisk  Billed-Magazin.     Madison,  Wis.      1869. 
Skarstedt,  Ernst.      Vara  Pennfdktare.      San  Francisco,  Cal.      1897. 
Sprinckhorn,  Karl  K.  S.      The  History  of  New  Sweden. 
Sundbeck,  Dr.  Carl.    Svensk  Amerikanerna.    Rock  Island,  111.    1904. 
Sunden,  Svensk  Litteraturhistoria  i  Sammandrag.    Stockholm.    1897. 
Svenska  Amerikanaren.     Chicago.     Oct.  24,  1905. 
Svithiod.     Des  Moines,  Iowa.     Various  numbers  in  1900 — 1901. 
Takla,  Knut.      Stort  Norsk  Settlement,  in  Skandinaven.      Chicago. 

July  14,   1898. 


THE  SCANDINAVIAN  FACTOR  IN  IOWA          285 

Ulvestad,  Martin.     Norge  i  Amerika.     Minneapolis.     1901. 
Ungsdomvdnnen.     Rock  Island,  111.      1903. 
United  States  Census.      1850,  1860,  1870,  1880,  1890,  1900. 
Unonius,  Gustaf.     Minnenfran  en  sjutton  arig  Vistelse  i  nordvdstra 

Amerika.     Stockholm,  Sweden.      1862. 
Yig,  P.  S.     De  Danske  i  Amerika.     Blair,  Neb.      1901. 
Vig,  P.  S.     Elk  Horn  i  Iowa,  1875—1900.     Blair,  Neb.     1901. 
Wick,  B.  L.     Article  in  The  Friends.     Philadelphia.     1894. 
Wick,  B.  L.     Nbrdboerne,  in  Skandinaven.     Jan.  23,  1899. 
Wick,  B.  L.     Drabelige  Rydningsmand,  in  Skandinaven  f  or  Oct.  25, 

1898. 

Wisconsin  Academy  of  Sciences,  Arts  and  Letters,  Vol.  xi,  pp.  1-16. 
Wist,  Joh.  B.     Den  norske  Indvandring  til  1850  og  Skandinaverne 

i  Amerikas  Politik.     Madison,  Wis.      1889. 

GEORGE  T.  FLOM 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


SOME  PUBLICATIONS 

Provincial  America  (1690—1740).  By  EVARTS  BOUTELL  GREENE. 
Vol.  VI  of  The  American  Nation,  edited  by  ALBERT  BTJSHNELL 
HART.  New  York  and  London:  Harper  &  Brothers.  1905. 
Pp.  xxi,  356. 

This  volume  will  be  welcome  as  covering  a  period  of  American 
history  heretofore  less  assiduously  cultivated  than  any  other,  except- 
ing, of  course,  the  last  few  decades.  Lamartine's  saying  that  ''his- 
tory is  neither  more  nor  less  than  biography  on  a  large  scale"  finds 
neither  illustration  nor  support  in  this  volume.  The  treatment  is 
decidedly  that  of  measures  rather  than  of  men.  On  the  other  hand, 
the  chapters  on  Provincial  headers  and  Provincial  Culture  emphasize 
the  individual  human  element,  thus  making  the  view  point  sufficiently 
bilateral,  so  that  even  the  shade  of  Carlyle  could  not  find  just  cause 
for  complaint. 

The  chief  difficulty,  perhaps,  in  writing  the  history  of  this  period 
is  that  of  combining  adequacy  of  treatment  with  the  avoidance  of  a 
too  detailed  inquiry  into  the  affairs  of  each  political  unit.  The  colo- 
nies present  diversities  both  as  to  tendencies  and  as  to  actual  con- 
ditions; and,  while  these  must  not  be  ignored,  the  point  of  view  of 
the  individual  colony  has  the  defect  of  making  the  account  detached 
and  fragmentary.  This  difficulty  is  skillfully  met.  The  author 
views  his  field  from  a  distance  sufficiently  great  to  get  a  comprehen- 
sive perspective,  yet  not  so  great  as  to  lose  sight  of  important  fea- 
tures. 

The  text  everywhere  bears  evidence  of  an  independent  and  judi- 
cious use  of  sources;  there  is  little  or  no  threshing  of  old  straw.  The 
treatment  is  dynamic  rather  than  static;  that  is  to  say,  we  have  here 
neither  a  narrative  nor  mere  description.  At  any  given  time  condi- 
tions are  presented  as  shaping  themselves  before  the  reader,  and  the 
forces  at  work  producing  change,  making  history,  are  both  clearly 


SOME  PUBLICATIONS  287 

discerned  and  skillfully  correlated  with  the  results.  This  I  conceive 
to  be  real  history.  Much  of  what  passes  as  history  is  simply  intro- 
ductory to  history,  a  more  or  less  well  arranged  accumulation  of 
sources.  It  has  been  said  that  history  begins  where  a  series  of  events 
are  held  together  by  a  definite  idea,  the  evolution  of  which  may  be 
traced  from  its  semi-consciousness,  until,  breaking  all  resistance,  it 
has  founded  its  dominion,  reaching  finally  the  point  when  its  power, 
after  unfolding,  is  exhausted,  and  the  idea  itself  is  destroyed. 1  His- 
tory is  reconstructing  the  past.  But  the  past  was  alive  and  active. 
While  narrative  and  description  do  not  constitute  history,  neither 
does  a  study  of  social  and  political  causes,  if  treated  statically.  This 
is  recognized  by  the  author  of  this  volume.  We  are  not  simply  told 
what  existed  or  what  was  taking  place  or  why;  we  see  things  actually 
spring  into  being. 

Again,  instead  of  relying  for  adequacy  upon  much  detail,  which, 
with  all  respect  for  some  of  the  more  pretentious  American  writers, 
has  to  some  extent  been  done,  the  present  author  makes  the  discus- 
sion searching  and  critical  rather  than  detailed.  And  these  two 
methods  are,  again,  a  world  apart. 

The  modern  historian  is  expected  to  be  fair  and  broad  in  his  treat- 
ment of  the  parties  to  any  controversy.  This  is  naturally  becoming 
easier  as  he  is  being  removed  farther  from  the  period  studied  both  in 
time  and  in  direct  interest — other  than  that  of  the  scholar.  It  is  a 
matter  of  common  observation  that  many  have  sinned  in  this  respect 
—  both  of  English  and  American  writers.  The  course  between  Scylla 
and  Charybdis  is  difficult.  A  scientific  study  requires  balance  in  the 
space  given  to  each  side  of  the  case  as  well  as  freedom  from  bias. 
The  historian  must  in  no  sense  be  polemical.  The  times  and  condi- 
tions are  to  him  objects  of  dispassionate  scientific  inquiry.  In  this 
respect  the  present  volume  seems  to  fulfill  every  reasonable  require- 
ment. Sufficient  attention  is  given  to  English  economic  and  political 
conditions  to  make  the  colonial  problems  intelligible,  yet  the  author 


P.  0.  Schbtt  in  Nyt.  Tidsskrift  for  1882-'83. 


288     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

never  loses  sight  of  the  fact  that  he  is  writing  a  history  of  the  Colo- 
nies and  not  of  England. 

Passing  from  this  brief  and  very  inadequate  characterization  of  the 
volume  to  the  contents,  we  are  reminded  that  the  period  covered  has, 
as  the  editor  observes,  been  called  "The  Forgotten  Half -Century." 
Some  dusty  corners  are  inspected,  a  few  jungle  paths  are  explored 
and  cleared  up,  while  perhaps  some  well  worn  highways  are  partly 
neglected.  The  first  chapter  gives  a  comparative  view  of  the  colonies 
as  to  race,  religion,  economic  conditions,  and  government,  and  an 
interpretation  of  English  colonial  policy  up  to  1689.  The  study  is 
brief,  but  valuable  in  its  point  of  view,  and  has  the  freshness  of  inde- 
pendent, original  treatment.  Then  follow  some  chapters  on  colonial 
government  and  attempts  at  colonial  reorganization  following  upon 
the  glorious  revolution,  discussed  in  a  way  that  indicates  a  firm  grasp 
of  the  political  situation,  both  in  England  and  America.  The  result 
of  this  attempt  is  characterized  as  a  compromise.  The  conservatism 
of  the  Government  succeeding  the  Stuart  regime,  British  interests 
tending  toward  the  extension  of  imperial  authority,  the  exertions  of 
English  partisans  to  secure  the  enforcement  of  imperial  regulations, 
the  witchcraft  frenzy,  the  conditions  operating  to  bring  about  the 
segregation  of  local  colonial  interests  from  the  larger  interests  of  the 
Empire,  whereby  the  colonies  incurred  the  charge  of  disloyalty — such 
are  some  of  the  themes  of  these  chapters. 

The  content  of  chapter  vi  is  sufficiently  indicated  by  its  caption, 
Puritans  and  Anglicans.  The  theme  is  the  growth  of  more  liberal 
ideas  among  the  former,  the  expansion  of  the  latter,  and  church  dis- 
cipline. 

Chapters  vn  to  x  discuss  the  French  wars.  Geographical,  politi- 
cal, and  ethnic  conditions  are  all  done  justice. 

Then  follow  chapters  on  Provincial  Politics;  Provincial  Leaders; 
Immigration  and  Expansion;  Founding  of  Georgia;  Provincial 
Industry;  Provincial  Commerce;  Provincial  Culture;  and  a  Critical 
Essay  on  Authorities.  The  Walpole-Newcastle  regime,  the  relation 
of  the  colonies  to  the  home  government  as  indicated  largely  by  the 


SOME  PUBLICATIONS  289 

frequency  of  acts  disallowed,  the  navigation  acts,  intervention  in  legal 
processes,  interference  with  colonial  currency,  intercolonial  dif- 
ferences, fight  for  legislative  privilege  —  such  is  a  brief  catalogue  of 
matters  handled. 

In  the  chapter  on  immigration  the  early  status  of  the  negro  is  con- 
sidered; while  it  appears  that  among  the  ancestors  of  the  future 
American  were  found  "some  fifty  thousand  convicts,"  an  element 
first  introduced,  as  it  seems,  about  17 17.  The  author  thinks  that  the 
theory  of  salutary  neglect  as  characterizing  England's  attitude  at  this 
time  requires  some  modification. 

The  style  of  the  author  has  the  simplicity  that  properly  charac- 
terizes scientific  treatment.  The  book  will  be  read  with  pleasure  and 
profit  by  all  interested  in  American  history. 

E.   C.   NELSON 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


Preliminaries  of  the  Revolution  (1763  —  1775).  By  GEORGE  ELLIOT 
HOWARD.  New  York  and  London  :  Harper  &  Brothers.  1905. 
Pp.  xviii,  359. 

No  great  movement  in  the  world's  history  ever  began  with  the 
clash  of  arms.  Always  there  has  been  a  period  of  discussion  or  diplo- 
macy before  the  resort  was  made  to  force  as  the  ultimate  solution  of 
the  difficulty.  Sometimes  this  period  has  been  long  drawn  out  and 
uneventful  until  some  untoward  act  has  fanned  the  slow  flame  of  a 
people's  grievance  into  a  burst  of  patriotic  fire  and  instant  armed 
resistance.  Sometimes  the  factors  of  opposition  have  crystallized 
long  before  actual  conflict,  and  the  preliminary  period  merged  into  a 
struggle  years  before  the  final  outbreak  of  hostilities.  So  it  was  with 
our  own  War  of  Independence.  The  period  of  twelve  years  preceding 
1775  is  universally  regarded  as  an  integral  part  of  the  American 
Revolution. 

In  these  years  was  fought  out  and  decided,   on  the  streets  and 


290    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

wharves  of  Boston  and  in  town  meetings  and  assembly  halls,  the 
system  of  political  ethics  of  which,  to  a  large  extent,  the  armed  con- 
flict that  followed  was  simply  the  enforcing  agent.  The  accurate  and 
impartial  portrayal,  then,  of  these  preliminaries  of  the  Revolution 
assumes  a  peculiar  importance;  and  to  this  task  Mr.  Howard  has 
turned  his  attention.  His  undertaking  is  by  no  means  an  easy  one. 
The  field  has  been  threshed  over  by  historians  of  all  degrees  of  talent, 
so  that  the  problem  seems  now  not  so  much  to  give  new  information 
as  to  present  carefully  and  clearly  the  facts  of  the  case  with  a  sane 
regard  to  the  rights  and  difficulties  on  both  sides  of  the  great  strug- 
gle. In  this  effort  the  author  is  eminently  successful.  He  regards 
the  break  with  the  mother  country  as  caused  primarily  by  the  old 
colonial  system,  and  maintains  that  it  was  not  the  result  of  conscious 
oppression  but  of  an  inability  of  English  statesmen  to  understand 
American  conditions. 

The  two  opening  chapters  are  devoted  to  a  discussion  of  the  social 
and  political  conditions  in  America  and  in  England  at  the  close  of  the 
French  and  Indian  War.  Following  these  he  describes  the  system  of 
navigation  laws  and  colonial  legislation  of  the  fifteen  years  preceding 
1775.  Turning  then  to  the  various  steps  in  the  controversy  between 
the  colonies  and  England,  he  discusses  in  turn  the  protest  in  Massa- 
chusetts against  the  writs  of  assistance,  Patrick  Henry's  bold  speech 
in  the  Parson's  Case  in  Virginia,  and  the  Sugar  Act  of  1764,  of  which 
he  says:  "With  it  the  Revolutionary  struggle  may  be  regarded  as 
actually  beginning"  (p.  104).  He  further  states,  that  "it  [the  Sugar 
Act]  lies  at  the  bottom  of  the  revolutionary  contest"  (p.  119),  and 
points  out  its  importance  in  that  it  not  only  taxed  the  colonies  with- 
out their  consent  but  also  confirmed  the  Molasses  Act  and  was  ex- 
tremely detrimental  to  the  economic  welfare  of  the  people. 

He  gives  up  three  chapters  to  the  Stamp  Act,  and  follows  with  two 
chapters  on  the  Townshend  Revenue  Acts  and  their  results.  Then 
he  pauses  and  appropriately  devotes  a  chapter  to  that  much  neglected 
religious  controversy  over  the  attempt  to  establish  an  Anglican  Epis- 
copacy in  the  Colonies.  The  bitterness  of  feeling  resulting  therefrom 


SOME  PUBLICATIONS  291 

had  no  little  effect  in  hastening  the  conflict.  A  chapter  on  the  begin- 
nings of  the  West  excites  a  lively  interest  but  gives  the  impression 
of  a  swift  dash  into  an  interesting  field  from  which  lack  of  time  com- 
pels an  early  and  reluctant  retreat. 

Returning  again  to  the  struggles  of  the  people  east  of  the  Allegha- 
nies  he  sketches  the  rapidly  moving  events  from  1770  on  down 
through  the  Boston  Tea  Party  and  Continental  Congresses  to  the 
opening  of  hostilities.  Chapter  xvm  is  an  excellent  presentation 
of  the  case  of  the  Loyalists  in  the  Colonies  and  may  be  taken  as  typi- 
cal of  the  attitude  of  fairness  which  characterizes  the  book.  The 
thoroughness  with  which  the  author  has  gone  into  the  preparation  of 
the  work  has  given  him  an  opportunity  to  obtain  an  impartial  view 
of  the  situation. 

A  careful  consideration  of  sources,  a  persistent  inquiry  into  causes, 
and  a  thoughtful  reflection  upon  the  underlying  forces  of  this  period 
are  evident  throughout  the  entire  work.  The  closing  chapter  is  a 
critical  essay  on  authorities.  They  are  analyzed  with  discrimination; 
and  it  is  perhaps  worthy  of  comment  that  nearly  all  of  the  works 
referred  to  in  this  bibliography  are  found  also  in  the  footnotes. 
Although  the  editor  of  the  series  in  his  preface  to  the  volume  inad- 
vertently ascribes  the  Sugar  Act  to  the  year  1766,  the  author  seems 
accurate  in  his  data  and  thorough  in  its  presentation. 

JOHN  C.  PARISH 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OP  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


The  American  Revolution.       By    CLAUDE    HALSTEAD  VAN   TYNE. 

New  York  :  Harper  &  Brothers.  1905.  Pp.  xix,  369. 
The  American  Revolution  seems  like  a  threadbare  topic  for  orig- 
inal historical  research  at  the  present  day;  and  yet  any  comprehen- 
sive history  of  the  United  States  whether  it  be  in  one,  twenty-seven, 
or  fifty  volumes,  can  not,  of  course,  ignore  the  subject.  Unless  one 
can  present  a  new  interpretation  of  the  facts  of  the  Revolution,  his 
work  must  necessarily  resolve  itself  into  an  attempt  to  restate  in  bet- 


292     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

ter  form  the  materials  which  have  been  so  carefully  worked  out  by 
the  numerous  painstaking  students  of  American  history  since  the 
Revolution. 

Professor  Van  Tyne,  in  his  history  of  the  American  Revolution  in 
the  The  American  Nation  series,  has  not  only  been  able  to  restate 
the  well  known  facts  of  the  Revolution  in  a  very  pleasing  and  read- 
able form,  but  he  has  added  a  new  interpretation  of  the  facts  not 
emphasized  heretofore.  To  him  the  American  Revolution  was  not 
merely  a  contest  of  arms  between  England  and  her  American  colo- 
nies, but  it  was  in  fact  a  civil  war  between  opposing  political  factions 
in  the  British  Empire.  Dr.  Van  Tyne's  thorough  study  of  The 
Loyalist  in  the  American  Revolution  has  enabled  him  to  make  a  real 
contribution  to  American  history  in  showing  the  bitter  contest  of 
Whig  and  Tory  on  the  matters  at  issue,  not  only  in  England  but  in 
America. 

The  work  covers  the  brief  period  from  1776  to  1783  and  includes 
the  following  chapters: — Fundamental  and  Immediate  Causes  (1763— 
1775);  Outbreak  of  War  (1775);  Organization  of  an  Army  (1775- 
1776);  Spirit  of  Independence  (1775-1776);  The  Campaign  for  In- 
dependence (1775-1776);  New  York  Accepts  the  Revolution  (1776); 
Contest  for  New  York  City  (1776);  From  the  Hudson  to  the  Dele- 
ware  (1776);  Framing  New  /State  Governments  (1776-1780);  Cam- 
paigns of  Burgoyne  and  Howe  (1777);  State  Sovereignty  and  Con- 
federation (1775-1777);  French  Aid  and  French  Alliance  (1775- 
1778);  The  Turn  in  the  Tide  in  England  and  America  (1778);  Civil 
War  Between  Whigs  and  Tories  (1777-1780);  The  New  West  (1763- 
1780);  French  Aid  and  American  Reverses  (1778—1780);  European 
Complications  and  the  End  of  the  War  (1779-1781);  and  Critical 
Essay  on  Authorities. 

The  bibliography  of  the  subject  presented  in  chapter  xvui  shows 
careful  research,  and  the  text  is  full  of  evidences  that  the  author  is  a 
master  of  his  sources. 

F.  E.  HOEACK 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


SOME  PUBLICATIONS  293 

The  Confederation  and  the  Constitution  (1783-1789).  By  ANDREW 
CUNNINGHAM  MCLAUGHLIN.  New  York  and  London  :  Harper 
&  Brothers.  1905.  Pp.  xix,  348. 

The  period  of  American  history  immediately  following  the  Revo- 
lution is  marked  by  somewhat  of  a  change  in  the  actors.  The  war 
was  over;  and  the  great  work  of  Samuel  Adams,  John  Hancock,  and 
men  of  their  stamp  was  accomplished.  Men  of  calmer  judgment,  of 
greater  political  sagacity,  and  broader  statesmanship  were  now  needed 
to  gather  together  the  loosened  reins  of  government  and  organize  a 
nation  out  of  thirteen  separate  States.  Mr.  McLaughlin's  work  be- 
comes, then,  a  treatment  of  a  growth  of  ideas  and  political  achieve- 
ment rather  than  a  history  of  an  intense  march  of  events. 

His  method  of  presentation  is  quite  adequate  to  the  task  in  hand. 
Beginning  with  the  negotiations  for  peace  after  the  defeat  of  Corn- 
wallis  he  devotes  the  first  two  chapters  to  a  somewhat  detailed 
account  of  the  diplomacy  of  1782  and  1783.  The  third  chapter,  on 
the  Problem  of  Imperial  Organization,  the  author  regards  as  the 
most  important  chapter  in  his  book.  It  deals  with  the  difficulties 
which  beset  the  American  people  in  their  task  of  forming  a  united 
government.  He  emphasizes  the  fact  that  the  war  had  been  a  civil 
war  as  well  as  a  revolution;  that  a  dangerous  political  thinking  had 
sprung  up  during  the  course  of  the  conflict;  and  that  the  struggle 
had  been  one  to  support  local  governments  against  a  general  govern- 
ment. 

The  author  passes  then  to  a  discussion  of  the  trials  and  tribula- 
tions which  befell  the  States  under  the  impotent  Articles  of  Confed- 
eration. The  internal  dissensions  over  finance  and  commerce,  the 
growth  of  the  western  territories,  and  the  diplomatic  negotiations 
with  Spain  over  the  Mississippi  are  carefully  presented.  An  excel- 
lent treatment  of  the  paper  money  craze  and  a  very  important  chap- 
ter on  Proposals  to  Alter  the  Articles  of  Confederation  bring  the  dis- 
cussion down  to  the  Constitutional  Convention  of  1787.  This  the 
author  takes  up  in  detail  and  presents  a  very  clear  survey  of  the 
debates  and  compromises  of  that  body.  The  two  closing  chapters 


294    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

are  a  history  of  the  consideration  of  the  Federal  Constitution  in  the 
State  conventions  and  its  final  adoption  as  the  supreme  law  of  the 
land. 

Throughout  the  work  one  is  impressed  by  the  vividness  with 
which  the  subject  is  portrayed,  The  fine  style  in  which  the  volume 
is  written  makes  it  one  of  exceeding  interest.  The  desire  to  excel  in 
English  has  not,  however,  in  the  least  detracted  from  the  scientific 
treatment  of  the  work.  Probably  no  volume  in  the  series  has  been 
prepared  with  a  more  thorough  regard  to  source  material.  Mr.  Mc- 
Laughlin's  recent  connection  with  the  Department  of  Historical 
Research  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  has  given  him  peculiar  advan- 
tages in  the  way  of  original  material.  One  thing  in  particular  is 
worthy  of  notice  in  his  treatment  of  authorities.  The  critical  essay 
on  authorities  at  the  close  of  the  volume  gives  a  careful  classification 
and  discussion  of  both  secondary  and  primary  sources,  but  an  exami- 
nation of  the  footnotes  shows  that  in  almost  every  case  the  refer- 
ences are  to  the  original  sources. 

An  interesting  conflict  of  opinion  occurs  between  Mr.  McLaughlin 
and  Mr.  Howard,  author  of  the  eighth  volume  of  the  series  entitled 
Preliminaries  of  the  Revolution.  On  page  274  of  that  volume,  Mr. 
HoVard  says  in  regard  to  Samuel  Adams:  "He  was  decidedly  the 
*  penman  of  the  Revolution'."  Mr.  McLaughlin,  however,  on  page 
190  of  his  book,  speaking  of  the  Constitutional  Convention  of  1787, 
says:  "From  Delaware  came  John  Dickinson,  who  had  won  undy- 
ing reputation  as  the  « penman  of  the  Revolution'."  Since  Mr.  Mc- 
Laughlin in  his  preface  mentions  the  scholarly  care  with  which  the 
editor  of  the  series  has  examined  the  manuscript  and  proof,  we  are 
left  to  presume  that  the  point  of  discrepancy  was  not  overlooked,  but 
that  the  editor  thought  it  best  to  let  the  public  compare  and  judge 
for  itself  as  to  the  truth  of  the  matter. 

JOHN  C.  PARISH 

THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


SOME  PUBLICATIONS  295 

France  in  America.  By  REUBEN  GOLD  THWAITES.  Volume  vn  of 
The  American  Nation  series.  New  York  and  London  :  Harper 
&  Brothers.  1905.  Pp.  xxi,  320. 

As  soon  as  the  editor  of  the  American  Nation  series  and  his  advis- 
ors had  determined  upon  the  presentation  of  the  history  of  France 
in  North  America  as  « '  a  continuous  episode "  and  in  a  separate  vol- 
ume, the  question  of  authorship  could  have  given  them  but  little 
concern.  It  naturally  fell  to  Dr.  Thwaites. 

The  volume  now  offered  is  in  every  way  satisfactory  as  a  straight- 
forward narrative  of  salient  facts,  but  the  critical  reader  will  surely 
suspect  that  it  has  been  rather  hastily  thrown  together.  There  is  a 
lack  of  the  balance  and  poise  which  should  characterize  history  as 
distinguished  from  mere  narrative.  The  author's  minute  knowledge 
of  the  field  has  apparently  forced  him  to  restrain  himself  continually 
and  this  he  has  done  without  always  taking  time  for  careful  discrim- 
ination. The  occasional  errors  of  statement  are  of  no  consequence 
in  themselves  but  tend  to  confirm  the  impression  that  some  portions 
of  the  book,  at  least,  are  mere  "hack  work." 

However,  the  volume  as  a  whole  is  worthy  of  its  place  in  the  series 
to  which  it  belongs  even  if  it  is  not  the  masterly  piece  of  work  which 
it  might  have  been  had  the  author  put  himself  more  seriously  to  his 

task. 

LAENAS  GIFFORD  WELD 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


AMERICANA    AND    MISCELLANEOUS 

The  results  of  The  First  Trade  Census  of  Massachusetts  ordered 
to  be  taken  in  1904  appear  in  the  December,  1905,  Massachusetts 
Labor  Bulletin. 

The  Nabaloi  Dialect,  by  Otto  Scheerer,  and  The  Bataks  of  Pala- 
wan, by  Edward  Y.  Miller,  are  the  subjects  of  discussion  in  volume 
n,  parts  ii  and  in,  of  the  Ethnological  Survey  Publications  of  the 
Philippine  Islands. 


296    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Dr.  William  Jones'  article  on  The  Algonkin  Manitou  appears  in  an 
eight  page  reprint  from  the  Journal  of  American  Folk  Lore. 

List  of  the  Benjamin  Franklin  Papers  in  the  Library  of  Congress, 
compiled  under  the  direction  of  W.  C.  Ford,  is  a  quarto  volume  of 
322  pages  which  was  distributed  in  December,  1905. 

Memorials  of  the  Days  before  1776  Erected  by  the  Daughters  of  the 
American  Revolution  with  illustrations  appears  in  the  January,  1906, 
number  of  the  American  Monthly  Magazine. 

New  Hampshire's  Five  Provincial  Congresses  (July  21,  1774— Jan- 
uary 5,  1776),  by  Joseph  B.  Walker,  an  octavo  publication  of  seventy- 
five  pages  issued  in  1905,  contains  much  historical  information. 

Volume  xxxn  of  The  Philippine  Islands  was  distributed  by  The 
Arthur  H.  Clark  Company,  in  March,  1906.  The  volume  bears  the 
imprint  "MCMV".  The  period  treated  is  the  year  1640. 

The  Forty-fourth  volume  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  American  Phi- 
losophical Society  was  completed  with  the  August-December,  1905, 
number. 

Volume  iv  of  the  Journals  of  the  Continental  Congress  bears  the 
imprint  1906.  This  publication  of  four  hundred  and  sixteen  pages 
covers  the  period  from  January  1  to  June  4,  1776,  and  is  the  most 
important  volume  of  the  series  issued  thus  far. 

Dominant  Opinions  in  England  during  the  Nineteenth  Century  in 
Relation  to  Legislation  as  Illustrated  by  English  Legislation,  or  the 
Absence  of  it,  During  that  Period,  by  C.  C.  Langdell,  and  Congress 
and  the  Regulation  of  Corporations,  by  E.  P.  Prentice,  are  carefully 
studied  contributions  which  appear  in  the  January,  1906,  number  of 
the  Harvard  Law  Review. 

Some  of  the  articles  appearing  in  the  February,  1906,  number  of 
The  Quarterly  Journal  of  Economics  are:  The  Trunk  Line  Rate 
System:  A  Distance  Tariff,  by  William  Z.  Ripley;  Paradoxes  of 
Competition,  by  Henry  L.  Moore;  The  Anti-Dumping  Feature  of  the 
Canadian  Tariff,  by  Adam  Shortt;  and  The  Agricultural  Develop- 
ment of  the  West  During  the  Civil  War,  by  Emerson  D.  Fite. 


SOME  PUBLICATIONS  297 

Proceedings  of  the  twenty-third  annual  meeting  of  the  Lake  Mohonk 
Conference,  1905,  were  distributed  in  February,  1906. 

The  Army  and  Navy  Life  in  combination  with  The  United  Ser- 
vice makes  its  appearance  with  the  February,  1906,  issue. 

Martial  Law  and  the  Suspension  of  the  Writ  of  Habeas  Corpus  in 
the  United  States,  by  L.  A.  I.  Chapman,  appears  in  the  January,  1906, 
number  of  the  Journal  of  the  U.  S.  Cavalry  Association. 

The  Proceedings  of  The  American  Association  for  the  Advancement 
of  Science  for  1904  were  distributed  in  January,  1906.  The  volume 
comprises  620  pages  and  sixteen  plates. 

The  Annals  of  The  American  Academy  of  Political  and  Social 
Science  for  January,  1906,  is  devoted  to  the  "different  phases  of  Mu- 
nicipal Ownership  and  Municipal  Franchises. 

State  and  Official  Liability,  by  Edmund  M.  Parker,  and  The  Gene- 
sis of  the  Corporation,  by  Robert  L.  Raymond,  appear  in  the  March, 
1906,  number  of  the  Harvard  Law  Review. 

The  James  Sprunt  Historical  Monograph  (No.  6),  published  by  the 
University  of  North  Carolina,  contains  a  Diary  of  a  Geological  Tour 
by  Dr.  Elisha  Mitchell  in  1827  and  1828  with  introduction  and  notes 
by  Dr.  Kemp  P.  Battle. 

The  Historical  Opportunity  in  Colorado  (six  pages),  and  The  Ter- 
ritory of  Jefferson:  A  Spontaneous  Commonwealth  (four  pages)  are 
reprints  of  articles  by  Professor  Frederic  L.  Paxson  in  The  Univer- 
sity of  Colorado  Studies,  Vol.  in,  No.  1. 

The  American  Antiquarian  and  Oriental  Journal,  with  the  issue 
for  January  and  February,  1906,  takes  over  the  publication  entitled 
Biblia.  The  two  publications  will  henceforth  be  issued  by  Steven  D. 
Peet,  of  Chicago,  under  the  first  mentioned  name. 

Volume  xxi  of  Early  Western  Travels  contains  Oregon;  or  a  Short 
History  of  a  Long  Journey  from  the  Atlantic  Ocean  to  the  Region  of 
the  Pacific,  by  John  B.  Wyeth,  and  Narrative  of  a  Journey  Across 
the  Rocky  Mountains  to  the  Columbia  River,  by  John  K.  Townsend. 


298    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

The  Twenty-third  Annual  Report  of  the  executive  committee  of  the 
Indian  Rights  Association  for  the  year  ending  December  13,  1905, 
issued  as  an  octavo  volume  of  over  one  hundred  pages,  was  distributed 
in  January,  1906. 

Bulletin  No.  29,  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology,  contains  Haida 
Texts  and  Myths  as  recorded  by  John  R.  Swanton.  The  volume  is 
an  octavo  of  448  pages  and  was  distributed  in  1905. 

Labor  Conditions  in  Porto  Rico,  by  Walter  E.  Weyl;  and  A  Docu- 
mentary History  of  the  Early  Organizations  of  Printers,  by  Ethelbert 
Stewart,  are  scholarly  articles  appearing  in  the  November,  1905, 
Bulletin  of  the  Bureau  of  Labor. 

The  address  of  S.  W.  Gardiner,  formerly  of  Clinton,  Iowa,  now  of 
Laurel,  Miss.,  on  Governmental  Regulation  of  Freight  Rates,  delivered 
at  the  Interstate  Commerce  Law  Convention  held  at  Chicago,  October 
26-27,  1905,  has  been  printed  in  pamphlet  form. 

The  Creation  of  the  Relation  of  Carrier  and  Passenger,  by  Joseph 
H.  Beale,  and  The  Conveyance  of  Lands  by  One  Whose  Lands  are  in 
the  Adverse  Possession  of  Another,  by  George  P.  Costigan,  are  articles 
appearing  in  the  February,  1906,  number  of  the  Harvard  Law  Review. 

The  Bulletin  of  the  American  Geographical  Society  begins  the 
thirty-eighth  volume  with  the  January,  1906,  number.  The  two 
leading  articles  are:  The  Delta  of  the  Rio  Colorado,  by  D.  T.  Mac 
Dougal,  and  the  Topographic  Surveys  of  the  United  States  in  1905. 

Peking,  August,  1900,  by  Col.  G.  K.  Scott  Moncrieff  who  describes 
the  relief  of  the  besieged  legations  by  the  allied  armies,  and  European 
Theory  Raffled  in  the  Russo-Japanese  War,  translated  by  Captain  C. 
Stewart,  are  interesting  articles  in  the  December,  1905,  number  of 
The  United  Service. 

Popular  Control  of  Senatorial  Elections,  by  George  N.  Haynes; 
Shipping  Subsidies,  by  R.  Meeker;  Recent  Railroad  Commission 
Legislation,  by  F.  H.  Dixon;  Communistic  Societies  in  the  United 
States,  by  F.  A.  Bushee;  Berlins  Tax  Problem,  by  Robert  C.  Brooks; 


SOME  PUBLICATIONS  299 

and  Private  Property  in  Maritime  War,  by  G.  M.  Ferrante,  are  the 
leading  contributions  in  the  December,  1905,  number  of  the  Political 
Science  Quarterly.  This  number  closes  the  twentieth  volume. 

The  Twenty-third  Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  American 
Ethnology,  1901-1902,  imprint  1904,  was  delivered  to  libraries  in 
December,  1905.  This  quarto  volume  of  xlv,  634  pages  and  129 
plates  is  made  up  of  the  Report  of  the  Director  and  the  accompany- 
ing paper  on  The  Zuni  Indians,  Their  Mythology,  Esoteric  Societies, 
and  Ceremonies,  by  Matilda  C.  Stevenson. 

The  articles  published  in  the  January,  1906,  number  of  The  South 
Atlantic  Quarterly  are:  The  Independent  Voter  in  the  South,  by 
Edwin  Minis;  The  Denominational  College  in  Southern  Education, 
by  H.  N.  Snyder;  The  Railroads  and  the  People,  by  W.  H.  Glasson; 
William  Henry  Baldwin,  Jr.,  by  O.  G.  Villard;  John  Motley  More- 
head,  by  0.  A.  Smith;  The  Excessive  Devotion  to  Athletics,  by  W.  P. 
Few;  and  Some  Facts  About  John  Paul  Jones,  by  Junius  Davis. 

Railway  Coemployment,  by  Margaret  A.  Schaffner,  is  a  pamphlet 
of  twenty-seven  pages  which-  appeared  in  December,  1905,  as  Com- 
parative Legislative  Bulletin,  No.  1,  issued  by  the  Legislative  Refer- 
ence Department  of  the  Wisconsin  Free  Library  Commission.  The 
Commission  has  also  issued  Legislative  Reference  List  No.  1- — Rate 
Regulation,  State  and  National;  and  No.  2 — State  Aid  for  Roads. 

The  American  Historical  Magazine  made  its  initial  appearance  in 
January,  1906.  This  is  a  bi-monthly  magazine  of  approximately 
ninety  pages  and  is  issued  by  The  Publishing  Society  of  New  York, 
41  Lafayette  Place,  New  York  City.  The  contributions  in  number 
one  are:  The  Board  of  Proprietors  of  East  New  Jersey,  by  Cort- 
landt  Parker;  2  he  Morris  Family  of  Morrisania,  by  W.  W.  Spooner; 

The  Fur  Trade  in  the  Early  Development  of  the  Northwest,  by  Henry 
M.  Utley;  Early  New  England  Exploration  of  Our  North  Pacific 

Coast — the  Columbia  Ewer,  by  Horace  S.  Lyman;  The  Discoverers 
of  Lake  Superior,  by  Henry  C.  Campbell;  and  The  Charter  and 

Constitution  of  Connecticut,  by  Lynde  Harrison. 


300    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

The  Relation  of  the  Pacific  Coast  to  Education  in  the  Orient,  by 
Benjamin  I.  Wheeler;  The  Organization  of  Public  Instruction  in  the 
Philippines,  by  Bernard  Moses;  Results  of  the  War  between  Russia  and 
Japan,  by  Bernard  Moses;  and  Report  on  the  Bancroft  Library,  by 
R.  G.  Thwaites,  are  articles  of  interest  in  The  University  Chronicle 
for  December,  1905,  published  by  the  University  of  California. 

Evolution,  Racial  and  Habitudinal,  by  John  T.  Gulick,  is  a  quarto 
volume  of  two  hundred  and  sixty-nine  pages  issued  by  the  Carnegie 
Institution  in  August,  1905.  The  author  states  that  ''though  more 
familiar  words  have  been  chosen  for  the  title  of  this  volume,  the  sub- 
ject here  treated  would  have  been  clearly  expressed  if  the  title  had 
read  'Habitudinal  and  Racial  Segregation;  or,  the  origin  and  intensi- 
fication of  organic  types,  guided  by  innovation  and  tradition  acting 
under  segregate  association,  and  established  by  variation  and  hered- 
ity acting  under  segregate  intergeneration'." 

Audubon'' s  Western  Journal:  1849-1850,  being  the  manuscript 
record  of  a  trip  from  New  York  to  Texas,  and  an  overland  journey 
through  Mexico  and  Arizona  to  the  gold  fields  of  California,  by 
John  W.  Audubon,  is  printed  in  1906,  for  the  first  time,  by  The 
Arthur  H.  Clark  Company.  The  volume  comprises  two  hundred  and 
forty-nine  pages,  a  portrait  of  J.  W.  Audubon,  some  views,  and  a 
map  showing  the  route  of  the  expedition.  A  biographical  memoir 
is  given  by  Maria  R.  Audubon,  the  daughter  of  J.  W.  Audubon, 
while  the  introduction,  notes,  and  index  are  by  F.  H.  Hodder,  Pro- 
fessor of  American  History  in  the  University  of  Kansas. 

The  American  Anthropologist  for  October-December,  1905,  closes 
the  seventh  volume  of  this  quarterly,  devoted  to  the  study  of  Eth- 
nology and  related  subjects.  The  articles  are:  Systematic  Nomen- 
clature in  Ethnology,  by  A.  L.  Kroeber;  The  Indian  Population  of 
California,  by  C.  Hart  Merriam;  The  Mythology  of  the  Shasta- 
Achomawi,  by  Roland  B.  Dixon;  Mechanical  Aids  to  the  Study  and 
Recording  of  Language,  by  P.  E.  Goddard;  JReligious  Ceremonies 
and  Myths  of  the  Mission  Indians,  by  C.  G.  Dubois;  The  Earning 


SOME  PUBLICATIONS  301 

of  Specimens  in  American  Archaeology,  by  Charles  Peabody  and  W. 
K.  Moorehead;  A  Few  Ethnological  Specimens  Collected  by  Lewis 
and  Clark,  by  C.  C.  Willoughby;  Maya  Dates,  by  J.  T.  Goodman; 
Basket  Designs  of  the  Porno  Indians,  by  S.  A.  Barrett;  A  New 
Method  of  Preserving  Specimens  of  Shell  and  Other  Perishable  Ma- 
terials, by  P.  M.  Jones;  Sketch  of  the  Grammar  of  the  Luiseno  Lan- 
guage of  California,  by  P.  S.  Sparkman;  The  Social  Organization 
of  American  Tribes,  by  John  R.  Swanton;  Some  Features  of  the 
Language  and  Culture  of  the  Salish,  by  Charles  Hill-Tout;  and  The 
Obsidian  Blades  of  California,  by  H.  N.  Rust. 


IOWANA 

Iowa  Educational  Directory,  1905—1906,  a  ninety-six  page  booklet, 
was  distributed  in  December,  1905. 

The  Dubuque  Trade  Journal  begins  its  fiftieth  volume  with  the 
issue  for  January,  1906. 

Bulletin  number  32,  U.  S.  Bureau  of  the  Census,  is  devoted  to  the 
Census  of  Manufactures :  1905,  Iowa. 

The  issue  of  the  Congregational  Iowa  for  January,  1906,  com- 
mences the  twenty-second  year  of  this  monthly  publication. 

The  Iowa  Medical  Journal  for  January,  1906,  contains  a  directory 
of  Iowa  Physicians. 

The  Constitution  and  Proceedings  of  the  Iowa  State  Federation  of 
Labor  (1905)  appears  as  a  fifty-six  page  /Supplement  to  Official  Labor 
Directory  (1905). 

A  eulogy  by  Geo.  D.  Perkins  of  Sioux  City,  Iowa,  on  David 
Bremner  Henderson,  delivered  at  Dubuque,  Iowa,  March  1,  1906,  has 
been  printed  in  an  eight  page  pamphlet. 

Census  of  Iowa  for  the  Year  1905,  compiled  by  the  Executive 
Council,  was  issued  and  distributed  during  January,  1906.  The 
volume  comprises  cxxxi,  908  pages.  Besides  the  statistical  tables 
much  interesting  matter  of  a  general  nature  is  included. 


302     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

The  Spread  and  Prevention  of  Tuberculosis,  by  Dr.  George  Minges, 
of  Dubuque,  Iowa,  is  the  title  of  a  twelve  page  pamphlet  issued  in 
October,  1905. 

The  Monthly  Review  of  the  Iowa  Weather  and  Crop  Service  closes 
the  sixteenth  year  and  volume  with  the  December,  1905,  issue. 

The  American  Ivy  (part  second),  by  Wm.  J.  Haddock,  of  Iowa 
City,  was  published  in  1905  by  request.  Owing  to  the  recent  death 
of  Mr.  Haddock  this  will  be  listed  as  the  last  of  his  pamphlets. 

The  Transactions  of  the  Iowa  State  Medical  Society  (volume  xxm) 
for  the  fifty-third  annual  meeting,  1905,  has  been  issued  in  an  octavo 
volume  of  408  pages. 

Written  and  Unwritten  Constitutions  in  the  United  States,  by  Emlin 
McClain,  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  Iowa,  is  the  title  of  the  leading 

article  in  the  February,  1906,  number  of  the  Columbia  Law  Review. 

• 
Lands  of  Liberty,  an  address  by  B.  L.  Wick,  of  Cedar  Rapids, 

Iowa,  delivered  at  a  Scandinavian  gathering  at  Graettinger,  Iowa, 
May  17,  1904,  has  been  printed  in  pamphlet  form. 

A  Shelf  in  My  Bookcase,  by  Alexander  Smith,  was  issued  in  a 
24mo  volume  in  December,  1905.  The  foreword  is  written  by  Luther 
A.  Brewer  (the  publisher),  Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa. 

Samuel  Bacon  Barnitz  (missionary  and  western  secretary),  an 
appreciation  by  Rev.  W.  E.  Parson,  is  a  volume  of  two  hundred 
pages  recently  issued  by  the  German  Literary  Board  of  Burlington, 
Iowa. 

The  Men  of  the  Past,  Our  Predecessors  and  Associates  in  the  Min- 
istry Within  the  Present  Bounds  of  Iowa  Presbytery,  by  Rev.  John 
M.  McElroy,  of  Ottumwa,  Iowa,  has  been  issued  as  a  pamphlet  of 
nearly  thirty  pages. 

The  Report  of  the  committee  appointed  by  the  Thirtieth  General 
Assembly  to  investigate  the  system  of  management  and  affairs  of  the 
state  educational  institutions  of  Iowa  appears  as  an  exhaustive  com- 
pilation covering  308  pages. 


SOME  PUBLICATIONS  303 

The  January,  1906,  number  of  The  Iowa  Odd  Fellow  opens  the 
sixteenth  volume  of  this  monthly  which  is  published  at  Maxwell,  Iowa. 

The  Northwestern  Banker  for  January,  1906,  opens  the  eleventh 
year  of  this  monthly  which  is  published  at  Des  Moines,  Iowa. 

Amana  Meteorites  of  February  12,  1875,  by  G.  D.  Hinrichs,  is  a 
recent  publication  of  over  a  hundred  pages  illustrated  with  sixteen 
plates. 

A  series  of  articles  on  the  history  of  Linn  County,  Iowa,  by  J.  E. 
Morcombe,  have  been  appearing  in  weekly  installments  in  the  Cedar 
Rapids  Republican,  the  first  being  in  the  issue  for  November  4,  1905. 

In  a  pamphlet  of  twenty-three  pages  appear  the  proceedings  of  the 
Sixth  Annual  Conference  of  the  Iowa  Daughters  of  the  American 
Revolution  which  was  held  at  Dubuque,  October  19,  1905.  The 
Report  of  State  Historian,  by  Mrs.  Cate  Gilbert  Wells,  deserves 
special  mention. 

The  Proceedings  of  The  Iowa  Good  Roads  Association,  for  the 
meeting  of  June  15-16,  1905,  have  been  recently  issued  as  a  pam- 
phlet of  sixty  pages.  The  officers  of  the  Association  are:  H.  H. 
Harlow,  of  Onawa,  President,  and  Thomas  H.  MacDonald,  of  Ames, 
Secretary. 

Number  2  of  the  Iowa  Census  Bulletin,  issued  by  the  Executive 
Council,  gives  statistics  relating  to  the  Civil  War  veterans  residing 
in  Iowa.  The  publication  consists  of  fifty-five  pages  and  was  distri- 
buted in  December,  1905. 

Of  recent  issue  is  State  Publications,  Part  III,  Western  States 
and  Territories,  a  list  compiled  by  R.  R.  Bowker.  Twelve  pages  are 
given  to  Iowa.  The  Iowa  list  is  faulty  in  many  respects,  containing 
numerous  errors  and  omissions. 

The  John  Anderson  Publishing  Co.,  Chicago,  have  announced 
Bjornsorfs  Synnove  SolbakJcen  with  instruction,  notes,  and  vocabu- 
lary, by  Geo.  T.  Flom,  Professor  of  Scandinavian  Languages  and 
Literature  at  The  State  University  of  Iowa. 


304    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Red  and  White,  a  thirty-two  page  octavo  monthly  publication  by 
the  students  of  the  Iowa  City  High  School  made  its  initial  appearance 
in  December,  1905. 

The  Proposed  Federal  Rate  Legislation  is  the  title  of  a  thirty-eight 
page  pamphlet  recently  issued  by  W.  W.  Baldwin,  of  Burlington, 
Iowa.  The  subject  matter  was  delivered  in  an  address  before  the  Den- 
ver Philosophical  Society,  at  Denver,  Colorado,  on  November  23, 1905. 

The  Proceedings  of  the  Eleventh  Annual  Meeting  of  The  Iowa  State 
Bar  Association,  held  at  Des  Moines,  Iowa,  July  13  and  14,  1905, 
have  been  issued  in  book  form.  The  volume  contains  over  two  hun- 
dred pages. 

The  Augustana  Library  Publications  (number  five),  issued  in  1905, 
contains  the  following:  A  Preliminary  List  of  Fossil  Mastodon 
and  Mammoth  Remains  in  Illinois  and  Iowa,  by  Netta  C.  Anderson; 
and  On  the  Proboscidean  Fossils  of  the  Pleistocene  Deposits  in  Illi- 
nois and  Iowa,  by  J.  A.  Udden. 

Colonel  Thomas  Cox,  by  Harvey  Reid;  The  Dunkers  in  Iowa,  by 
John  E.  Mohler;  The  Acquisition  of  Iowa  Lands  from  the  Indians; 
Execution  of  the  Confederate  Spy,  Samuel  Davis,  by  Maj.  Gen.  G. 
M.  Dodge;  and  An  Early  West  Pointer,  Captain  Adam  A.  Larra- 
bee,  by  Charles  Aldrich,  are  the  contributions  appearing  in  the  Jan- 
uary, 1905,  issue  of  the  Annals  of  Iowa. 

The  January,  1906,  number  of  the  Merchants  Trade  Journal  (this 
is  the  new  name  for  the  Iowa  Trade  Journal)  begins  the  seventh  vol- 
ume of  a  monthly  magazine  devoted  to  the  interests  of  the  retailers, 
manufacturers,  and  jobbers.  The  journal  is  edited  and  published  at 
Des  Moines,  Iowa. 

The  Middletonian,  published  by  the  College  of  Medicine  of  The 
State  University  of  Iowa,  began  the  sixth  volume  with  the  Decem- 
ber, 1905,  issue.  The  leading  papers  of  the  number  are:  The  Early 
History  of  Medicine,  by  Anfin  Egdahl;  Sewage  Disposal  and  Other 
Sanitary  Matters,  by  Charles  Francis;  and  The  New  United  States 
Pharmacopoeia,  by  Wilber  J.  Teeters. 


SOME  PUBLICATIONS  305 

The  Proceedings  of  the  seventh,  eighth,  and  ninth  annual  meet- 
ings of  the  Pharmaceutical  Alumni  Association  of  the  State  Univer- 
sity of  Iowa  (1903-1905)  were  issued  in  pamphlet  form  in  1905. 
The  publication  comprises  one  hundred  and  forty-two  pages  and  was 
distributed  in  February,  1906. 

The  October,  1905,  number  of  the  Bulletin  of  Iowa  State  Institu- 
tions completes  the  seventh  volume  of  thig  quarterly  publication. 
The  principal  contributions  are:  Epidemic  Dysentery,  by  H.  L.  Ben- 
son; Education  of  the  Blind  in  the  United  States — Present  Status,  by 
T.  F.  McCune;  Our  Industrial  Schools,  by  John  Cownie;  A  Work- 
ing Library  Versus  a  Collection  of  Books,  by  Alice  S.  Tyler;  As  to 
Surgery  for  the  Relief  of  the  Insane  Conditions,  by  Max  E.  Witte; 
Sanitary  Education  of  the  Masses  a  Necessity  in  the  Prevention  of 
Tuberculosis,  by  J.  W.  Kime;  Rabies,  by  C.  E.  Ingbert;  and  Au- 
topsy Findings  at  Mt.  Pleasant  State  Hospital,  by  J.  A.  Mackin- 
tosh. A  full  account  of  the  proceedings  of  the  quarterly  meetings 
of  the  Board  of  Control  is  included. 

The  Report  of  the  Iowa  Commission  to  the  Louisiana  Purchase 
Exposition  (St.  Louis,  1905),  compiled  and  edited  by  the  Secretary, 
F.  R.  Conaway,  was  distributed  in  February,  1906.  The  report 
comprises  418  pages  and  many  illustrations.  Part  i  is  devoted  to 
biography  and  general  matters.  Part  n  contains  the  reports  of  the 
departments  of  construction,  education,  anthropology,  and  history, 
woman's  work,  press  and  exploitation,  live  stock,  agriculture,  apiary, 
dairy,  horticulture,  manufactures  and  machinery,  and  mines  and 
mining.  Each  department  has  a  well  written  report  and  all  contain 
something  of  permanent  value.  Part  in  contains  accounts  of  the 
ceremonies  on  the  Exposition  grounds  in  which  Iowa  was  interested. 
Of  the  nearly  twenty  ceremonial  days,  the  allotment  of  the  Iowa  site, 
corner  stake  driving,  dedication,  Iowa  day,  Thanksgiving,  etc.,  may 
be  mentioned  as  examples.  A  conspicuous  portion  of  each  ceremonial 
program  was  made  up  of  addresses  by  distinguished  citizens,  all  of 
which  appear  in  the  volume. 


HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES 

The  Iowa  Historical  Department  (Des  Moines)  has  published  a 
book  of  reminiscences,  written  by  Rev.  John  Todd,  a  pioneer  of 
southwestern  Iowa. 

The  Tear  Book  of  the  Holland  Society  of  New  York,  1905,  was 
distributed  during  the  month  of  December,  1905.  The  publication 
is  a  royal  octavo  of  342  pages. 

Bulletin  of  Information  (No.  26,  under  date  of  January  2,  1906) 
of  The  State  Historical  Society  of  Wisconsin  contains  a  list  of  the 
active  members  of  the  Society  and  of  its  local  auxiliaries. 

The  Annual  Report  of  the  Historical  and  Philosophical  Society  of 
Ohio  for  1905  shows  that  the  Society's  library  contains  18,481  vol- 
umes and  67,019  pamphlets,  or  a  total  of  85,500  titles. 

The  Seventh  Biennial  Report  of  the  Historical  Department  of 
Iowa,  by  Charles  Aldrich,  Curator,  was  distributed  in  November, 
1905.  This  report  contains  one  hundred  and  three  pages  and  a  num- 
ber of  plates. 

Professor  Herbert  E.  Bolton's  scholarly  paper  on  The  Spanish 
Abandonment  and  Re-  Occupation  of  East  Texas,  1773-1779,  has  been 
reprinted  from  Vol.  ix,  No.  2,  of  The  Quarterly  of  the  Texas  State 
Historical  Association.  The  reprint  numbers  70  pages. 

A  sketch  of  Governor  L.  W.  Powell  (with  portrait),  by  Jennie  C. 
Morton,  appears  in  the  January,  1906,  number  of  the  Register  of 
Kentucky  State  Historical  Society.  The  number  also  contains  a  por- 
trait of  John  J.  Audubon,  the  noted  ornithologist. 

Number  1  of  the  Annals  of  Jackson  County,  published  by  the 
Jackson  County  (Iowa)  Historical  Society  (1905),  is  a  sixty-nine  page 
publication  containing  articles  illustrative  of  the  pioneer  life  of  the 
early  settlers  of  the  county. 


HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES  307 

The  address  of  Seth  Low  at  the  centennial  celebration  of  the  Salem 
Light  Infantry,  September  10,  1905,  appears  in  the  January,  1906, 
number  of  The  Essex  Institute  Historical  Collections. 

The  report  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Wyoming  Commemorative 
Association  on  the  occasion  of  the  127th  anniversary  of  the  battle 
and  Massacre  of  Wyoming,  1905,  appeared  in  February,  1906,  as  a 
pamphlet  of  twenty-three  pages. 

The  United  States  Catholic  Historical  Society  distributed,  in 
December,  1905,  the  third  volume  of  the  monograph  series  of  their 
publications.  The  most  important  contribution  to  this  volume  is  a 
Historical  Sketch  of  St.  Josephs  Provincial  Seminary  (Troy,  N.  Y.). 

The  three  contributions  appearing  in  the  January,  1906,  issue  of 
the  Ohio  Archaeological  and  Historical  Quarterly  are:  Big  Bottom 
and  its  History,  by  Clement  L.  Martzolff;  An  Indian  Camp  Meeting, 
by  N.  B.  C,  Love;  and  Baum  Prehistoric  Village,  by  William  C. 
Mills.  This  number  is  the  beginning  of  volume  xv. 

The  Deutsch  Amerikanishe  Geschichtsblatter  enters  upon  its  sixth 
year  with  the  January,  1906,  issue.  This  quarterly  is  published  by 
the  German  American  Historical  Society  of  Illinois  from  their  office 
at  401  Schiller  Building,  109  Randolph  Street,  Chicago,  111. 

The  Spanish  Abandonment  and  He- Occupation  of  East  Texas, 
1773-1779,  by  Herbert  E.  Bolton;  and  England  and. Mexico,  1824- 
1825,  by  Frederic  L.  Paxson,  are  articles  of  interest  in  The  Quarterly 
of  the  Texas  State  Historical  Association,  for  October,  1905. 

The  American  Historical  Review  for  January,  1906,  contains  the 
following:  The  Speech  of  Pope  Urban  II  at  Clermont,  by  Dana 
C.  Munro;  Molinos  and  the  Italian  Mystics,  by  H.  C.  Lea;  Municipal 
Politics  in  Paris  in  1789,  by  Henry  E.  Bourne;  The  Travels  of 
Jonathan  Carver,  by  E.  G.  Bourne;  and  The  Colonization  of  the 
West,  1820-1830,  by  F.  J.  Turner. 

The  papers  appearing  in  The  Quarterly  of  the  Oregon  Historical 
Society,  for  September,  1905,  are:  The  Unity  of  History,  by  H.  W. 


308     JOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Scott,  an  address  delivered  at  the  Historical  Congress,  Lewis  and 
Clark  Centennial  Exposition,  Portland,  August  21,  1905;  Aspects  of 
Oregon  History  before  1840,  by  E.  G.  Bourne;  the  third  installment 
of  Dr.  John  Scouler's  Journal  of  a  Voyage  to  N.  W.  America;  and 
part  v  of  Second  Journey  to  the  Northwestern  Parts  of  the  Continent 
of  North  America. 

The  Publications  of  the  Southern  History  Association  for  Novem- 
ber, 1905,  completes  the  ninth  volume  of  the  bi-monthly  published 
by  the  Association  at  Washington,  D.  C.  The  leading  articles  in 
this  number  are:  Whiting  Diary,  March,  from  Fredericksburg  to  El 
Paso  del  Norte,  by  W.  H.  C.  Whiting;  Maryland  Politics  in  1796 — 
McHenry  Letters;  Revolutionary  Politics,  Duane  Letters;  and  Negro 
Colonization  from  Doolittle  Correspondence.  A  number  of  biograph- 
ical sketches  and  book  reviews  follow. 

The  January,  1906,  number  of  Virginia  Magazine  of  History  and 
Biography  contains  the  following  papers:  A  Treaty  between  Vir- 
ginia and  the  Catawbas  and  Cherokees,  1756;  The  Vestry  Book  of 
King  William  Parish,  Va.,  1707-1750;  The  Early  Westward  Move  - 
ment  of  Virginia,  17 22-17 3 Jf.;  Commission  to  Governor  Yeardley 
and  Council,  March  14, 1625-6;  Carriage  Owners,  Gloucester  County ', 
1784;  and  Hungars  Church,  Northampton  County,  Va.  The  num- 
ber also  contains  the  Proceedings  of  the  Virginia  Historical  Society 
at  its  annual  meeting  held  January  4,  1906. 

The  Pennsylvania  Magazine  of  History  and  Biography,  for 
October,  1905,  includes:  Washington's  Household  Account  Book, 
1798-1797 ;  The  Narrative  of  Marie  Le  Roy  and  Barbara  Leinin- 
ger,  for  three  Years  Captives  Among  the  Indians;  A  List  of  Free- 
holders for  the  City  and  County  of  Burlington  and  in  Each  Respect- 
ive Township  Taken  This  loth  Day  of  April,  1745,  contributed  by 
Carlos  E.  Godfrey;  Register  of  St.  Michael's  Parish,  Talbot  County, 
Maryland,  1672-1704,  contributed  by  M.  A.  Leach;  The  Quaker:  a 
Drama  in  One  Act,  by  August  von  Kotzebue;  Some  Selections  from 
the  il  Peters  Papers"  in  the  Library  of  the  Historical  Society  of 


HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES  309 

Pennsylvania,  by  J.  C.  Wylie;  Delaware  Bible  Records ,  contributed 
by  C.  H.  B.  Turner;  Orderly  Book  Fourth  Pennsylvania  Battalion, 
Col.  Anthony  Wayne,  1776;  and  How  the  Site  of  Carlisle,  Cumber- 
land County,  Penna.,  was  Purchased.  This  issue  completes  the 
twenty-ninth  volume.  The  January,  1906,  number  contains  an  article 
on  William  Penn  as  a  Law-  Giver,  by  Hampton  L.  Carson,  Attorney- 
General  of  Pennsylvania. 

LINN    COUNTY    HISTOEICAL    SOCIETY 

The  Proceedings  of  the  Historical  Society  of  Linn  County,  Iowa, 
edited  by  Albert  N.  Harbert,  (Vol.  i,  1904-5)  was  distributed  in 
January,  1906.  The  volume  is  published  by  the  Historical  Society 
of  Linn  County,  which  was  organized  March  31,  1904.  The  publi- 
cation is  an  octavo  of  one  hundred  and  seventy-six  pages  with  por- 
traits of  L.  F.  Linn,  after  whom  the  county  was  named,  and  of 
Jesse  A.  Runkle,  Joseph  S.  Anderson,  and  Fred  W.  Faulkes. 
Some  of  the  interesting  papers  are:  A  Contribution  to  the  History 
of  Cornell  College,  by  W.  H.  Norton;  Lewis  Fields  Linn,  by  Rev.  E. 
R.  Burkhalter;  Early  Steamboating  on  the  Cedar,  by  B.  L.  Wick; 
Reminiscences  of  the  First  Constitutional  Convention  of  Iowa,  by 
Col.  Samuel  W.  Durham,  the  only  surviving  member;  Nils  C. 
Boye,  the  First  Danish  Settler  in  Linn  County,  by  B.  L.  Wick;  and 
Early  History  of  Western  College,  by  Jesse  A.  Runkle.  The  Society 
is  to  be  congratulated  upon  this  its  first  publication. 

MISSOURI    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY    (ST.   LOUIS) 

On  January  19,  1906,  the  following  officers  were  reflected:  Dr. 
Cyrus  A.  Peterson,  President;  W.  K.  Bixby,  First  Vice  President; 
D.  I.  Bushnell,  Second  Vice  President;  Charles  P.  Pettus,  Secre- 
tary; Alfred  T.  Terry,  Treasurer;  and  Miss  Mary  Louise  Dalton, 
Librarian.  Judge  Walter  B.  Douglas,  James  A.  Reardon,  J.  M. 
Wulfing,  V.  Mott  Porter,  Malcolm  Macbeth,  and  the  five  officers  first 
named  constitute  the  Advisory  Board. 

The  Society  has  recently  added  to  its  manuscript  collection  a  copy 
of  a  Spanish  census  of  St.  Louis  and  St.  Genevieve  in  1787,  giving 


310    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

names  of  heads  of  families,  names  of  wives,  children,  and  servants, 
and  occupations  of  the  men.  Another  census  (1791)  is  not  quite  so 
complete  as  to  detail,  giving  only  the  names  and  occupations  of  heads 
of  families. 

The  membership  of  the  Missouri  Historical  Society  is  now  nearly 
seven  hundred,  and  there  is  a  balance  of  $7,000  cash  on  hand. 

M.  L.  D. 

NEBRASKA    STATE    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY 

The  Society  is  now  in  the  midst  of  a  campaign  to  secure  grounds 
for  a  building.  The  success  of  the  movement  is  as  yet  uncertain. 

Mr.  A.  E.  Sheldon  has  been  making  investigations  in  regard  to  the 
songs  and  folk  tales  of  the  Pawnee  Indians.  He  has  secured  and 
recorded  on  the  phonograph  much  good  material  as  a  result  of  his 
efforts. 

The  annual  meeting  in  January  was  fairly  well  attended.  Papers 
of  varying  value  and  interest  were  read.  These  will  be  published  in 
a  forthcoming  volume  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Society,  as  will  also 
the  results  of  some  investigations  by  members  of  the  office  staff. 

The  new  officers  for  the  year  1906  are:  President,  Geo.  L.  Miller, 
Omaha;  First  Vice  President,  Robt.  Harvey;  Second  Vice  President, 
Professor  Geo.  E.  Howard;  Treasurer,  S.  L.  Geisthardt;  and  Secre- 
tary, H.  W.  Caldwell. 

The  Society  has  now  in  press  two  new  volumes  on  the  Constitu- 
tutional  Conventions  of  Nebraska.  The  proceedings  of  the  Conven- 
tion of  1871  were  taken  in  shorthand  and  will  appear  in  complete 
form.  The  records  of  the  Convention  of  1866-7  seem  not  to  have 
been  preserved,  if  indeed  there  were  any  taken.  A  large  portion  of 
the  proceedings  of  the  Convention  of  1875  were  burned  a  few  years 
ago  as  rubbish  by  a  janitor.  The  matter  for  this  later  convention 
will  be  restored  as  far  as  possible  for  publication  in  the  forthcoming 
volumes. 

THE    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY    OF    SOUTHERN    CALIFORNIA 

The  Historical  Society  of  Southern  California  held  its  annual  meet- 
ing at  the  residence  of  its  President,  Walter  R.  Bacon,  December  12, 


HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES  31 1 

1905.  The  Secretary,  J.  M.  Guinn,  read  a  very  interesting  and  valu- 
able paper  entitled  The  Historic  Streets  of  Los  Angeles.  He  gave 
the  various  names  by  which  some  of  the  old  streets  have  been  known 
under  Spanish,  Mexican,  and  American  rule  since  the  city  was 
founded  one  hundred  and  twenty-four  years  ago.  He  also  detailed 
some  of  the  tragic  and  some  of  the  romantic  episodes  that  have  occur- 
red on  these  streets. 

Mr.  H.  D.  Barrows  presented  a  paper  on  Two  Pioneer  Doctors  of 
Los  Angeles.  He  donated  to  the  Society  an  Aviso  or  list  of  charges 
written  in  Spanish  that  physicians  were  allowed  to  charge  in  1850. 
For  a  night  visit  in  the  city,  the  doctor  could  tax  a  patient  $10,  for 
bleeding  $5,  for  cupping  $10,  for  a  visit  in  daytime  $5,  and  for  every 
league  travelled  $5  more. 

The  following  were  elected  to  the  Board  of  Directors  for  1906: 
Walter  R.  Bacon,  Hon.  Henry  E.  Carter,  J.  M.  Guinn,  Dr.  J.  D. 
Moody,  H.  D.  Barrows,  Edwin  Baxter,  and  Mrs.  M.  Barton  William- 
son. Walter  R.  Bacon  was  chosen  President;  Mrs.  M.  Barton  Wil- 
liamson, First  Vice  President;  Hon.  Henry  E.  Carter,  Second  Vice 
President;  Edwin  Baxter,  Treasurer;  and  J.  M.  Guinn,  Secretary  and 
Curator.  J.  M.  G. 

CHICAGO    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY 

The  Annual  Report  for  1905  contains,  besides  the  Charter,  Con- 
stitution, By-laws,  and  Membership  List,  much  detailed  informa- 
tion relative  to  the  condition  and  activities  of  the  Society. 

At  the  annual  meeting,  which  was  held  on  November  21,  1905, 
reports  were  presented  by  the  Secretary,  James  W.  Fertig  (for  the 
Executive  Committee),  by  the  Librarian,  Caroline  M.  Mcllvaine, 
and  by  the  Treasurer,  Orson  Smith.  The  meeting  was  characterized 
by  a  novel  feature  which  consisted  of  an  exhibition  of  some  of  the 
Society's  most  valuable  accessions  during  the  year. 

In  the  Secretary's  report  attention  is  called  to  the  fact  that  besides 
a  general  fund  the  Society  now  has  eight  special  funds,  namely: 
The  Henry  D.  Gilpin  Fund  consisting  of  $65,342.11;  The  Jonathan 


312     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Burr  Fund,  $2,000;  The  Philo  Carpenter  Fund,  $1,000;  The  T. 
Mauro  Garrett  Fund,  $1,000;  The  Huntington  Wolcott  Jackson  Fund, 
$1,000;  The  Lucretia  Pond  Fund,  $13,500;  The  Elizabeth  Hammond 
Stickney  Fund,  $5,000;  and  The  Elias  T.  Watkins  Fund,  $5,000. 

Four  special  meetings  were  held  during  the  year.  The  member- 
ship roll  shows  the  following  totals:  honorary  life  members,  4;  life 
members,  25;  annual  members,  180;  honorary  members,  11;  and 
corresponding  members,  82.  Donations  include  a  number  of  oil 
portraits  and  original  etchings.  Two  pamphlets,  Year  Jlook  of  the 
Society,  1904-05  and  Some  Indian  Landmarks  of  the  North  Shore 
were  published  and  distributed. 

The  report  of  the  Librarian  notes  that  2,739  volumes  were  cata- 
logued during  the  year;  that  the  total  number  of  cards  in  the  new 
catalogue  is  15,658;  that  the  portrait  index  contains  31,584  entries; 
and  that  the  index  of  views  contains  2,841  cards.  An  exhibition  of 
loan  collections  of  materials  was  held  in  December,  1904.  The 
ancient  Church  of  the  Holy  Family,  at  Cahokia,  Illinois,  has  been 
allowed  to  remain  standing  upon  the  recommendations  of  the  Society. 

Perhaps  the  most  important  manuscript  acquisition  was  a  collec- 
tion of  206  documents  and  letters  in  the  French  language  bearing 
dates  from  1635  to  1817.  The  Society  also  received  many  donations 
of  Chicago  imprints  and  history. 

The  officers  chosen  for  the  ensuing  year  are:  Franklin  H.  Head, 
President;  Thomas  Dent,  First  Vice  President;  Lambert  Tree, 
Second  Vice  President;  and  Otto  L.  Schmidt  and  Walter  C.  New- 
berry,  members  of  Executive  Committee. 

MISSISSIPPI    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY 

The  eighth  public  meeting  of  the  Mississippi  Historical  Society 
was  held  at  Jackson,  Mississippi,  on  Thursday  and  Friday,  January 
4  and  5,  1906.  For  this  occasion  the  following  program  was  ar- 
ranged:— (1)  Address  of  Welcome,  by  Supt.  E.  L.  Bailey,  Jackson, 
Miss. ;  (2)  Response  to  Address  of  Welcome,  by  Supt.  J.  N.  Powers, 
West  Point,  Miss. ;  (3)  A  Forgotten  Expedition  to  Pensacola  in  Jan- 
uary, 1861,  by  Hon.  Baxter  McFarland,  Aberdeen,  Miss. ;  (4)  Missis- 


HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES  313 

sippi  at  Gettysburg,  by  Col.  W.  A.  Love,  Crawford,  Miss. ;  (5)  Grier- 
sorfs  Raid,  by  Dean  S.  A.  Forbes,  Univ.  of  111.,  Urbana,  111.;  (6) 
Reconstruction  in  Monroe  County,  by  George  J.  Leftwich,  Esq., 
Aberdeen,  Miss.;  (7)  Operations  of  the  Enforcement  Act  of  1871  in 
Mississippi,  by  Hon.  J.  S.  McNeilly,  Vicksburg,  Miss.;  (8)  Recon- 
struction and  Its  Destruction  in  Hinds  County,  by  Hon.  W.  Calvin 
Wells,  Jackson,  Miss.;  (9)  Some  Notes  on  the  Reconstruction  Period, 
by  Capt.  W.  T.  Ratlin0,  Raymond,  Miss.;  (10)  Reconstruction  in 
Pontotoc  County,  by  Mr.  Luther  A.  Smith,  Toccopola,  Miss.;  (11)  A 
Trip  to  Jackson  in  1840,  by  Judge  J.  A.  Orr,  Columbus,  Miss.;  (12) 
A  Sketch  of  the  Old  Scotch  Settlement  at  Union  Church,  by  Rev.  C. 
W.  Graf  ton,  Union  Church,  Miss.;  (13)  The  Public  Services  of  E. 
C.  Walthall,  by  Alfred  W.  Garner,  Chicago,  Illinois;  (14)  Lands  of 
the  Liquidating  Levee  Board  through  Litigation  and  Legislation,  by 
J.  W.  Wade,  Greenwood,  Miss.;  (15)  History  of  the  Formation  of 
Monroe  County,  by  H.  S.  Halbert,  Montgomery,  Ala.;  (16)  Historic 
Localities  on  the  Noxubee  River,  by  Col.  W.  A.  Love,  Crawford, 
Miss. ;  (17)  Pearl  River  and  Biloxi  in  Early  Maps  with  Illustrations, 
by  Mr.  Wm.  Beer,  New  Orleans,  La.;  (18)  A  Contribution  to  the 
History  of  the  Mississippi  Colonization  Society,  by  Dr.  Franklin  L. 
Riley,  University,  Miss.;  (19)  The  Development  of  Manufacturing  in 
Mississippi,  by  Dr.  A.  M.  Muckenfuss,  University,  Miss.;  (20)  Mon- 
roe's Efforts  in  Behalf  of  the  Mississippi  Valley  during  his  Mission 
to  France,  by  Dr.  Beverly  W.  Bond,  University,  Miss.;  (21)  Life 
and  Literary  Services  of  Dr.  John  W.  Monette,  by  Dr.  Franklin  L. 
Riley,  University,  Miss.;  (22)  A  Brief  History  of  Political  Parties 
in  Mississippi,  by  Professor  G.  H.  Brunson,  Mississippi  College, 
Clinton,  Miss.;  (23)  The  Campaign  of  1844  in  Mississippi,  by  Pro- 
fessor J.  E.  Walmsley,  Millsaps  College,  Jackson,  Miss.;  and  (24) 
Politics  in  West  Florida  during  the  Revolution,  by  Dr.  Franklin  L. 
Riley,  University,  Miss. 

THE    MINNESOTA    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY 

The  annual  meeting  of  this  Society  was  held  on  January  8,  1906. 
An  address  was  given  by  Hon.   William  B.  Dean  of  St.  Paul,  en- 


314    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

titled  A  History  of  the  Capitol  Buildings  of  Minnesota,  with  Some 
Account  of  the  Struggles  for  Their  Location.  The  former  thirty 
elective  members  of  the  Executive  Council  were  reflected  at  this 
meeting  for  the  term  of  three  years. 

During  the  summer  and  autumn  of  last  year  the  Library  of  this 
Society  was  removed  from  the  Old  Capitol  to  the  beautiful  and  fire 
proof  New  Capitol.  On  January  1,  its  bound  volumes  numbered 
47,035,  and  its  unbound  volumes  and  pamphlets,  34,733,  a  total  of 
81,768  titles.  It  has  7,160  bound  newspaper  volumes,  and  receives 
regularly  485  Minnesota  newspapers.  The  genealogical  department 
has  1,664  books  and  850  pamphlets;  and  the  Minnesota  department, 
relating  particularly  to  this  State,  has  1,475  books  and  about  1,550 
pamphlets. 

The  portrait  collection  numbers  about  350  separate  framed  por- 
traits, mostly  of  Minnesota  pioneers  and  prominent  citizens;  about 
200  other  framed  pictures  and  documents;  40  group  pictures,  com- 
prising about  1,500  portraits;  and  more  than  1,000  photographic  por- 
traits. About  75  portraits  and  other  pictures  are  displayed  in  the 
Society's  rooms  in  the  New  Capitol;  but  a  greater  number,  nearly 
500,  are  in  the  State  Portrait  Gallery,  which  occupies  the  former 
Governor's  rooms  in  the  Old  Capitol. 

A  very  great  addition  to  the  museum  has  been  received  by  dona- 
tion from  Rev.  Edward  C.  Mitchell,  of  St.  Paul,  Chairman  of  the 
Museum  Committee,  who  has  recently  placed  on  exhibition  in  one  of 
the  Society's  rooms  in  the  New  Capitol  about  21,500  archaeological 
specimens.  These  have  been  gathered  by  Mr.  Mitchell  during  the 
past  forty  years  or  more,  mostly  from  the  United  States.  The 
Mitchell  Collection  fills  fourteen  large  plate  glass  cases,  two  of 
which  contain  the  stone  implements  and  weapons  of  the  Sioux  and 
Ojibways,  and  of  the  mound-builders,  found  in  Minnesota. 

At  the  meeting  of  the  Executive  Council  on  February  12,  the 
officers  for  the  ensuing  triennial  term  were  elected,  as  follows:  Pres- 
ident, N.  P.  Langford;  First  Vice  President,  Henry  W.  Childs; 
Second  Vice  President,  William  H.  Lightner;  Secretary  and  Libra- 
rian, Warren  Upham;  Treasurer,  H.  P.  Upham. 


HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES  315 

The  Council  at  this  meeting  voted  to  take  up  soon  the  continua- 
tion of  the  archaeological  work  for  Minnesota  which  had  been  carried 
on  by  the  late  Hon.  J.  V.  Brower  during  several  years  past,  under 
the  auspices  of  this  Society,  until  his  death,  June  1,  1905;  and  that 
Professor  N.  H.  Winchell,  the  former  State  Geologist  from  1870  to 
1904,  who  has  long  been  a  councilor  of  this  Society,  be  employed 
for  this  work.  It  is  expected  that  two  years  or  more  will  be  required 
for  Professor  Winchell's  classification  and  exhibition  of  the  Brower 
collection,  and  for  the  preparation  of  a  volume  on  the  archaeology 
and  the  Indians  of  Minnesota,  designed  to  be  published  by  this 
Society  in  the  series  of  its  Historical  Collections.  This  publication 
is  to  contain  many  maps  of  the  mounds  of  the  State,  estimated  to 
exceed  10,000,  and  including  hundreds  of  interesting  mound  groups. 
Nearly  all  of  these  mounds,  and  many  others  in  adjoining  States, 
were  surveyed  during  the  years  1880  to  1895  by  T.  H.  Lewis,  of  St. 
Paul,  under  the  employ  and  direction  of  the  late  Alfred  J.  Hill,  by 
whom  preliminary  plats  of  all  the  noteworthy  mound  groups  were 
drafted.  The  resumption  of  this  Minnesota  archaeological  work  is 
expected  to  begin  April  1,  1906,  with  the  use  of  the  former  auditor's 
rooms  in  the  Old  Capitol  for  examination  and  exhibition  of  the  very 
extensive  Brower  collections.  W.  TJ. 

DANISH-AMERICAN    SOCIETY 

The  Danish-American  Society  was  formally  organized  at  the 
Sherman  House,  in  Chicago,  on  February  22,  1906.  The  following 
were  elected  as  Directors:  Ivar  Kirkegaard,  Chas.  J.  Ryberg, 
Henry  L.  Hertz,  Halvor  Jokobsen,  Viggo  Lyngby,  of  Cedar  Falls, 
Iowa,  E.  V.  Eskesen,  Thorvald  Orlob,  Sophus  Neble,  and  Fritz 
Schuman.  Henry  L.  Hertz,  of  San  Francisco,  was  chosen  President 
of  the  Society;  E.  V.  Eskesen,  of  Perth  Amboy,  New  Jersey,  Treas- 
urer; and  Ivar  Kirkegaard,  of  Racine,  Wisconsin,  Secretary.  The 
Society  is  partly  historical  in  character.  Among  other  things  the 
Society  will  secure  lecturers  from  Denmark,  three  having  been 
engaged  for  the  current  year  as  follows:  one  to  lecture  on  Agricul- 
tural Economy,  one  on  Political  Science,  and  one  on  Literature.  The 
headquarters  of  the  Society  is  27  Elston  Avenue,  Chicago,  Illinois. 


316     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

THE    STATE    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY    OF    IOWA 

Mr.  Daniel  R.  Perkins  and  Mr.  J.  K.  Ingalls  have  recently  been 
elected  to  membership  in  the  Society. 

In  January  a  four  page  Circular  of  Information  Concerning  The 
State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa  was  issued  by  the  Society. 

The  Society  contemplates  arrangements  for  a  public  celebration 
commemorative  of  the  semi-centennial  anniversary  of  the  Constitu- 
tion of  Iowa. 

On  Friday  evening,  February  2,  1906,  at  Iowa  City,  an  address  on 
The  Object  and  Results  of  the  Meskwaki  Inquiry  was  given  by  Dr. 
Duren  J.  H.  Ward  under  the  auspices  of  the  Society. 

The  report  of  Mr.  T.  J.  Fitzpatrick,  collector  for  the  Society, 
under  date  of  December  31,  1905,  shows  that  for  the  period  of  fifteen 
months  ending  December  31,  1905,  the  collections  for  the  Society 
numbered  8,825  titles,  of  which  3,765  were  Americana,  and  5,060 
were  lowana.  Of  the  Americana  552  were  duplicates,  thus  leaving  a 
total  of  3,213  new  titles.  Of  the  lowana  1,905  were  duplicates,  leav- 
ing a  total  of  3,155  new  titles.  During  the  same  period  over  100 
manuscripts  were  collected. 

THE  ORGANIZATION  OF  COUNTY  HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES 
The  county  historical  societies  which  are  being  organized  in  Iowa 
promise  to  become  the  most  important  local  centers  of  historical 
interest  and  activity  in  the  State.  Indeed,  the  salvation  of  local  his- 
tory must  in  a  large  measure  depend  upon  such  local  organized 
efforts.  Extensive  as  are  the  collections  and  comprehensive  as  are 
the  publications  of  The  State  Historical  Society,  they  can  never 
adequately  cover  or  exploit  the  whole  field  of  local  history. 

To  collect  and  preserve  the  materials  of  local  history;  to  secure 
and  publish  the  recollections  and  reminiscences  of  those  who  have 
taken  part  in  or  who  have  been  witnesses  of  the  growth  of  local 
communities;  to  see  that  the  public  archives  of  the  counties,  towns, 
and  villages  are  properly  cared  for;  to  ascertain  and  mark  historic 
sites  and  places;  and  to  kindle  and  keep  alive  an  interest  in  State  and 
local  history, — these  are  the  aims  and  purposes  of  county  historical 
societies. 


HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES  317 

The  following  is  a  list  of  county  historical  societies  already  organ- 
ized in  this  State: — 

The  Lucas   County  Historical    Society,   organized   in  1901,  with 
headquarters  at  Chariton,  Iowa. 

The.  Decatur  County  Historical  Society,  organized  in  1901,  with 
headquarters  at  Lamoni,  Iowa. 

The  Madison  County  Historical  Society,  organized  in  1904,  with 
headquarters  at  Winterset,  Iowa. 

The  Linn  County  Historical  Society,  organized  in  1904,  with  head- 
quarters at  Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa. 

The  Jackson  County  Historical  Society,  organized  in  1904,  with 
headquarters  at  Maquoketa,  Iowa. 

The  Washington  County  Historical  Society,  organized  in  1905, 
with  headquarters  at  Washington,  Iowa. 

The  Poweshiek  County  Historical  Society,  organized  in  1905,  with 
headquarters  at  Grinnell,  Iowa. 

With  a  view  of  being  helpful  to  county  historical  societies,  The 
State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa  has  made  it  possible  for  them  to 
become  auxiliary  members  of  the  State  Society  with  the  right  to  be 
represented  at  the  annual  business  meeting  which  is  held  at  Iowa 
City.  Furthermore,  The  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa  has,  in 
response  to  inquiries,  issued  Bulletin  of  Information  No.  3,  contain- 
ing "Suggestions  to  Public  Libraries  and  Local  Historical  Societies 
Relative  to  Collecting  and  Preserving  Materials  of  Local  History," 
and  Bulletin  of  Information  No.  4>  containing  "Suggestions  to 
Local  Historians  in  Iowa." 

In  response  to  inquiries  concerning  the  form  of  organization,  the 
following  are  given  as  typical  constitutions  and  by-laws  of  county 
historical  societies: — 

Constitution  and  By-laws  of  the  Historical  Society  of  Linn  County 

CONSTITUTION 

ARTICLE    I NAME 

The  name  of  this  Society  shall  be  Historical  Society  of  Linn  County, 
Iowa.  And  the  Society  shall  be  located  at  Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa. 


318    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

ARTICLE    II  —  OBJECTS 

The  Society  is  organized  for  the  purpose  of  discovery,  collection 
and  preservation  of  books,  pamphlets,  maps,  genealogies,  portraits, 
paintings,  relics,  manuscripts,  letters,  journals,  surveys,  field-books, 
any  and  all  articles  and  materials  which  may  establish  or  illustrate 
the  history  of  Linn  County,  Iowa,  or  other  portions  of  the  State  or 
adjoining  States,  and  the  publication  of  such  historical  matter  as  the 
Society  may  authorize. 

ARTICLE    III MEMBERSHIP 

Any  person  may  become  a  member  of  this  Society  upon  election  by 
a  majority  vote  at  any  meeting  thereof  and  upon  the  payment  of  an 
entrance  fee  of  two  dollars,  which  shall  be  in  payment  of  dues  to  the 
first  day  of  the  following  January.  Membership  in  this  Society  may 
be  retained  after  the  first  year  upon  the  payment  of  two  dollars 
annually,  payable  January  1st. 

This  Society  shall  have  the  power  of  conferring  honorary  or  life 
membership  in  its  discretion,  by  a  vote  of  two-thirds  of  the  members 
present  at  any  meeting  called  for  that  purpose. 

ARTICLE    IV OFFICERS 

SECTION  1.  The  officers  of  this  Society  shall  be  a  President,  Vice 
President,  Secretary,  Treasurer,  Curator,  and  a  Board  of  Directors. 

The  Board  of  Directors  shall  consist  of  the  foregoing  officers  and 
four  additional  members  of  the  Society. 

SECTION  2.  The  officers  and  directors  shall  be  elected  by  ballot  at 
the  annual  meeting  of  the  Society. 

ARTICLE    V — BOARD    OF    DIRECTORS    AND    STANDING    COMMITTEES 

SECTION  1.  The  affairs  of  the  Society  shall  be  managed  by  the 
Board  of  Directors,  subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  Constitution  and 
By-laws. 

All  appropriations  of  the  funds  of  the  Society  shall  be  made  by  the 
Board  of  Directors. 

SECTION  2.  The  Society  may  provide  for  such  standing  committees 
as  may  be  deemed  necessary,  and  assign  them  such  duties  as  may  be 
expedient. 


HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES  319 

ARTICLE    VI MEETINGS    OF    THE    SOCIETY 

SECTION  1.  The  annual  meeting  of  this  Society  shall  be  held  the 
third  Tuesday  in  March  of  each  year. 

SECTION  2.  Special  meetings  may  be  held  at  the  call  of  the  Presi- 
dent and  Secretary. 

SECTION  3.  Five  members  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for  the  trans- 
action of  business. 

SECTION  4.  No  indebtedness  shall  be  incurred  by  the  Board  of 
Directors  in  excess  of  the  amount  of  funds  in  the  hands  of  the 
Treasurer,  not  already  appropriated,  unless  by  the  direction  of  a 
majority  of  the  Society  at  a  stated  meeting,  of  which  there  shall 
have  been  due  notice  to  all  members. 

ARTICLE    VII AMENDMENTS 

The  Constitution  may  be  amended  by  a  majority  vote  of  the  mem- 
bers present  at  any  stated  meeting,  provided  a  written  notice  of  such 
amendment  shall  have  been  given  at  least  thirty  (30)  days  previous 
to  such  meeting. 

BY-LAWS 

ARTICLE    I DUTIES    OF    OFFICERS 

The  duties  of  the  officers  shall  be  such  as  indicated  by  their  titles 
and  as  may  be  provided  by  the  Constitution  and  By-laws. 

ARTICLE    II SECRETARY 

SECTION  1.  The  Secretary  shall  keep  a  record  book  in  which  shall 
be  transcribed  the  Constitution  and  By-laws  of  the  Society,  and  the 
records  of  the  proceedings  of  all  meetings  of  the  Society,  and  all 
other  matter  of  which  a  record  shall  be  ordered  by  the  Society. 

CURATOR 

SECTION  2.  The  Curator  shall  list,  file  and  preserve  the  original  of 
all  letters,  papers,  addresses  and  other  material  proper  to  be  pre- 
served, and  shall  have  the  care  and  charge  of  all  books,  papers, 
records,  writings  and  relics,  or  other  collections  of  this  Society;  he 
shall  make  a  catalogue  of  all  such  documents,  papers,  relics  and  col- 
lections as  shall  come  into  his  hands;  he  shall  be  held  responsible  to 
the  Society  for  the  care  and  safe  custody  of  all  its  said  properties, 


320    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

and  under  no  circumstances  shall  any  person,  whether  officer  or 
member,  be  suffered  or  permitted  to  take  from  such  place  or  places, 
as  shall  be  hereafter  designated  by  the  Society  as  its  repository,  any 
item  or  article  of  its  property  of  whatever  kind  or  nature,  except  by 
resolution  of  the  Board  of  Directors. 

At  each  stated  meeting  of  the  Society  the  Curator  shall  report  in 
writing  a  list  of  books,  papers,  relics,  etc.,  that  have  been  acquired 
by  the  Society  since  the  last  stated  meeting,  and  a  list  of  such  books, 
relics,  etc.,  that  may  have  been  lost  since  the  last  stated  meeting, 
with  such  information  as  he  may  have  concerning  the  same. 

TREASURER 

SECTION  3.  The  Treasurer  shall  collect  and  safely  keep  all  the 
funds  belonging  to  the  Society  and  disburse  the  same  only  on  order 
of  the  Board  of  Directors,  and  he  shall  make  a  full  report  of  the 
financial  condition  of  the  Society  at  each  annual  meeting. 

DUTIES    OF    DIRECTORS 

SECTION  4.  The  directors  shall  consider  and  determine  what  books, 
papers,  records,  writings,  relics  and  other  historical  material  shall  be 
purchased  for  the  Society. 

The  Board  of  Directors  shall  have  general  management  of  the 
affairs  of  the  Society. 

At  any  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Directors  five  members  shall  con- 
stitute a  quorum  to  transact  business. 

The  President  of  this  Society  shall  be  ex-officio  chairman  of  the 
Board  of  Directors  and  meetings  of  the  Board  shall  be  held  subject 
to  his  call. 

ARTICLE    III — ORDER    OF    BUSINESS 

At  each  meeting  of  the  Society  or  Board  the  order  of  business 
shall  be  as  follows: 

1.  Reading  of  minutes. 

2.  Presentation  of  petitions,   letters  and   memorials    or  papers 
which  require  action. 

3.  Nomination  and  election  of  officers. 

4.  Reports  of  committees  and  officers. 


HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES  321 

5.  Unfinished  business. 

6.  New  business. 

7.  Delivery  of  addresses  and  reading  of  papers. 

8.  Adjournment. 

ARTICLE    IV AMENDMENTS 

The  By-laws  of  this  Society  may  be  amended  at  any  time  by  a, 
majority  vote  of  the  members  present. 

Constitution  and  By-laws  of  the  Lucas  County  Historical  Society 

CONSTITUTION 
ARTICLE    I NAME 

The  name  of  this  society  shall  be  The  Lucas  County  Historical 
Society. 

ARTICLE    II OBJECTS 

The  society  is  organized  for  the  purpose  of  collecting  and  preserv- 
ing books,  papers  and  records,  writings  and  relics,  legal,  military 
and  other  materials,  relating  to  the  history  of  Lucas  County,  Iowa, 
but  may  include  such  material  as  is  illustrative  of  the  history  of  the 
State  and  nation. 

ARTICLE    III MEMBERSHIP 

SECTION  1.  Any  person  residing  in  Lucas  County  may  become  a, 
member  of  the  Society  by  signing  the  constitution  and  by-laws  and 
by  payment  of  the  membership  fee. 

SECTION  2.  Any  person  making  an  absolute  gift  to  the  Society 
of  $10.00  in  money,  or  of  historical  matter  of  the  value  of  $10.00  in 
the  judgment  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  shall  become  a  life  member 
of  the  Society. 

ARTICLE    IV OFFICERS 

SECTION  1.  The  officers  of  this  Society  shall  be  a  President,  Vice- 
President,  Secretary,  Treasurer,  Curator,  and  a  Board  of  Directors, 
and  a  Corresponding  Secretary  in  each  township.  The  Board  of 
Directors  shall  consist  of  the  President  and  four  members  of  the 
Society. 

SECTION  2.  All  elections  shall  be  by  ballot  unless  the  rule  be 
suspended  by  a  majority  vote. 


322    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

ARTICLE    V — BOARD    OF    DIRECTORS    AND    STANDING    COMMITTEES 

SECTION  1.  The  affairs  of  the  Society  shall  be  managed  by  a 
Board  of  Directors,  subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  constitution  and 
by-laws.  And  all  appropriations  of  the  funds  of  the  Society  shall  be 
made  by  the  Board  of  Directors  unless  ordered  by  majority  vote  of 
those  present  at  any  meeting  of  the  Society. 

SECTION  2.  The  Society  may  provide  by  its  by-laws  for  such 
standing  committees  and  their  duties  as  may  be  deemed  necessary. 

ARTICLE    VI MEETINGS    OF    THE    SOCIETY 

SECTION  1.  The  annual  meeting  of  this  Society  shall  be  held  on 
the  second  Monday  in  June  of  each  year,  at  which  time  the  officers 
shall  be  elected  and  shall  hold  office  until  their  successors  are  elected 
and  qualified. 

SECTION  2.  Special  meetings  may  be  held  at  the  call  of  the  Presi- 
dent. 

SECTION  3.  Five  members  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for  the  trans- 
action of  business. 

ARTICLE    VII MEMBERSHIP    FEES    AND    ANNUAL    DUES 

SECTION  1.  The  membership  fee  and  annual  dues  shall  be  as  pro- 
vided by  the  by-laws. 

ARTICLE    VIII AMENDMENTS 

The  constitution  may  be  amended  by  a  majority  vote  of  the  mem- 
bers present  at  any  stated  meeting  of  the  Society. 

BY-LAWS 

ARTICLE  I DUTIES  OF  OFFICERS 

SECTION  1.  The  duties  of  the  officers  shall  be  such  as  are 
indicated  by  their  titles,  and  as  may  be  provided  by  the  constitution 
and  by-laws. 

ARTICLE    II ORDER    OF    BUSINESS 

SECTION  1.  At  each  stated  meeting  the  order  of  business  shall 
be  as  follows: 

1.  Reading  of  minutes  of  last  meeting. 

2.  Presentation  of  petitions,  letters,  memorials,  or  other  papers, 
which  require  action,  and  may  be  referred  to  appropriate  com- 
mittees for  report. 


HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES  323 

3.  Nomination  and  election  of  officers. 

4.  Reports  of  committees  and  officers. 

5.  Unfinished  business. 

6.  New  business. 

7.  Delivery  of  addresses  and  reading  of  papers. 

8.  Adjournment. 

ARTICLE    III THE    SECRETARY 

SECTION  1.  The  Secretary  shall  keep  a  book  to  be  called  the 
record  and  minute  book,  in  which  he  shall  transcribe  in  order  (a) 
the  constitution  and  by-laws  of  the  Society;  (b)  the  record  of  his 
minutes  of  the  proceedings  of  all  meetings  of  the  Society,  after  ap- 
proval, and  all  other  matters  of  which  a  record  shall  be  ordered  by 
the  Society. 

SECTION  2.  As  soon  as  convenient  after  he  shall  have  recorded 
the  same  he  shall  turn  over  to  the  Curator  for  listing,  filing  and 
preservation,  the  original  of  all  letters,  papers,  addresses  and  other 
materials  proper  to  be  preserved. 

ARTICLE    IV 

SECTION  1.  The  Curator  shall  appoint  an  assistant  and  he  and 
his  assistant  shall,  under  his  direction  and  responsibility,  have  the 
care  and  charge  of  all  books,  papers  and  records,  writings  and  relics 
of  whatsoever  kind  or  character,  the  property  of  the  Society,  which 
shall  be  kept  as  a  department  of  the  Free  Public  Library  of  Chariton. 

SECTION  2.  The  documents,  papers  and  relics  shall  be  catalogued 
and  arranged  after  the  system  in  use  in  said  Library. 

SECTION  3.  The  Curator  shall  be  held  responsible  to  the  Society 
for  the  care  and  safe  custody  of  all  its  said  properties  and  under  no 
circumstances  shall  any  person,  whether  officer  or  member,  be  suf- 
fered or  permitted  to  take  from  its  place  in  said  Library  any  item  or 
article  of  its  property  of  whatever  nature  or  kind. 

SECTION  4.  At  each  stated  meeting  of  the  Society  the  Curator 
shall  report  in  writing  the  list  of  books,  papers,  relics,  etc.,  that 
shall  have  been  acquired  by  the  Society  since  the  last  stated  meeting, 
and  a  list  of  all  such  books,  relics,  etc.,  that  have  been  lost  since 


324     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

last  stated  meeting,  with,  such  information  as  he  may  have  concern- 
ing the  same. 

ARTICLE    V TREASURER 

SECTION  1.  The  Treasurer  shall  collect  and  safely  keep  all  the 
funds  belonging  to  the  Society,  and  disburse  the  same  only  on  the 
order  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  and  he  shall  make  a  full  report  of 
the  financial  condition  of  the  Society  at  each  annual  meeting. 

ARTICLE    VI THE    BOARD    OF    DIRECTORS 

SECTION  1.  The  Board  of  Directors  shall  constitute  an  executive 
committee,  having  general  management  of  the  affairs  of  the  Society, 
and  shall  meet  promptly  on  the  first  Monday  of  each  month.  Three 
members  shall  constitute  a  quorum. 

SECTION  2.  They  shall  consider  and  determine  what  books,  papers, 
records,  writings  and  relics  and  other  historical  materials  shall  be 
purchased  for  the  Society,  and  individually  interest  themselves,  with 
other  members  of  the  Society,  in  soliciting  contributions  in  money 
and  historical  materials  within  the  scope  and  purposes  of  the  Society. 

SECTION  3.  No  indebtedness  of  the  Society  shall  be  incurred  by 
the  Board  of  Directors  in  excess  of  the  funds  in  the  hands  of  the 
Treasurer  not  already  appropriated  unless  by  the  direction  of  a  major- 
ity vote  of  the  Society,  and  before  any  bill  for  the  purchase  of  books, 
papers,  relics,  records  and  writings  for  the  Society  shall  be  paid  by 
the  Treasurer  it  shall  be  signed  by  the  President  or  Vice  President 
of  the  Board  of  Directors. 

ARTICLE    VII MEMBERSHIP    FEE    AND    ANNUAL    DUES 

SECTION  1.  The  membership  fee  shall  be  50  cents,  and  the 
annual  dues  50  cents. 

ARTICLE    VIII AMENDMENTS 

SECTION  1.  The  by-laws  of  this  Society  may  be  amended  at  any 
meeting  by  a  majority  vote  of  the  members  present. 


HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES  325 

THE    BALTIMORE    CONFERENCE    OF    STATE    AND    LOCAL 
HISTORICAL    SOCIETIES 

At  the  close  of  the  Round  Table  Conference  of  State  and  Local 
Historical  Societies,  which  was  held  at  Chicago  in  December,  1904y 
in  connection  with  and  under  the  auspices  of  the  American  Histori- 
cal Association,  a  motion  was  adopted  recommending  that  provision 
be  made  for  further  conferences  of  a  similar  character.  Accordingly, 
the  Council  of  the  American  Historical  Association  voted  that  a  con- 
ference be  held  in  1905  at  Baltimore  in  connection  with  the  annual 
meeting  of  the  Association.  Of  this  1905  conference  Dr.  Thomas 
M.  Owen,  Director  of  the  Alabama  Department  of  Archives  and  His- 
tory, was  appointed  Chairman,  and  Professor  Benj.  F.  Shambaugh, 
of  the  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  Secretary. 

Invitations  to  the  Baltimore  Conference  were  sent  to  State  and 
local  historical  societies  generally;  and  at  10:00  A.  M.,  December 
28,  1905,  delegates  and  representatives  assembled  in  the  Physical 
Laboratory  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  In  the  absence  of 
Dr.  Thomas  M.  Owen,  the  Chairman,  Professor  Benj.  F.  Shambaugh 
was  called  upon  to  preside.  Mr.  Frank  H.  Severance,  of  the  Buffalo 
Historical  Society,  was  asked  to  serve  as  Secretary. 

At  the  Chicago  Conference  the  discussion  was  restricted  to  prob- 
lems relating  to  "The  best  methods  of  organizing  State  historical 
work,  and  the  possibilities  of  cooperation  between  societies."  The 
program  at  Baltimore  continued  in  general  the  consideration  of 
"problems"  along  the  lines  of  (1)  cooperation,  (2)  publications,  and 
(3)  miscellaneous. 

In  a  letter  from  Dr.  Thomas  M.  Owen  attention  was  directed  to 
cooperation  in  Alabama  between  the  Department  of  Archives  and 
History  and  the  several  historical  and  patriotic  societies  of  the  State. 
The  object  of  the  Alabama  plan  of  cooperation  was  characterized  as 
follows : — (1)  To  affiliate  all  historical  and  patriotic  organizations 
in  the  State  with  the  Department  of  Archives  and  History;  and  (2) 
to  bring  together  in  authoritative  form  a  summary  of  historical  prog- 
ress in  the  State  each  year. 


326     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

The  first  formal  paper  under  the  head  of  cooperation  was  read  by 
Mr.  William  O.  Scroggs,  of  Cambridge,  Massachusetts,  who,  in  dis- 
cussing The  Relation  of  the  Department  or  Chair  of  American  His- 
tory to  the  Work  of  Historical  Societies,  pointed  out  that  although 
the  teacher  of  history  in  the  college  or  university  is  mainly  "con- 
cerned with  general  history,  it  is  also  his  duty  to  see  that  the  local 
field  is  neither  neglected  entirely  nor  left  in  the  hands  of  untrained 
workers;  and  that  the  society,  while  mainly  interested  in  local  his- 
tory, should  regard  the  subject  in  its  larger  aspects  as  a  part  that 
goes  to  make  up  the  whole.  This  condition  will  be  more  fully  real- 
ized as  the  teachers  and  societies  are  brought  nearer  together.  For  a 
time  they  seemed  to  be  drifting  farther  apart,  but  there  are  now  signs 
of  an  increasing  mutual  interest,  and  even  of  coftperation." 

Dr.  S.  P.  Heilman,  of  Heilman  Dale,  Pennsylvania,  Secretary  of 
the  Pennsylvania  Federation  of  Historical  Societies,  followed  with  a 
paper  on  The  Pennsylvania  Federation  of  Historical  Societies  as 
Illustrating  a  New  Phase  of  Cooperative  Activity.  He  summarized 
the  province  of  the  Pennsylvania  Federation  in  the  following  terms: — 
"(1)  Organize  historical  activity  in  every  part  of  the  State  and  to 
foster  it,  and  to  foster  that  already  organized.  (2)  To  act  as  a  feder- 
ation bibliographer  for  its  component  societies.  (3)  At  regular  inter- 
vals or  periods  to  bulletin  the  publications  of  its  component  societies, 
and  to  conduct  an  exchange  of  said  bulletins,  and  in  all  to  act  in  all 
things  historical,  and  for  all  parts  of  the  State  historically,  like  unto 
a  clearing  house  in  the  field  of  commerce." 

Under  the  head  of  the  problems  of  publication  a  paper  by  Dr. 
Reuben  Gold  Thwaites,  Secretary  of  The  State  Historical  Society  of 
Wisconsin,  on  The  Publishing  Activities  of  the  Historical  Societies 
of  the  Old  Northwest  was  read  by  title.  Dr.  Thwaites  employed  the 
time  alloted  to  his  formal  paper  in  reviewing  the  work  of  the  com- 
mittee on  "The  best  methods  of  organization  and  work  on  the  part 
of  State  and  local  historical  societies."  (An  account  of  the  work  of 
this  committee  is  given  above,  p.  245,  under  the  head  of  State  and 
Local  Historical  Societies. ) 


HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES  327 

In  a  paper  on  the  Documentary  Collections  and  Publications  in  the 
Older  States  of  the  South,  Dr.  Ulrich  B.  Phillips,  of  the  University 
of  Wisconsin,  called  attention  to  the  fact  that,  (1)  an  immense 
amount  of  documentary  material  exists  in  and  for  the  South,  of 
which  little  has  been  used  by  general  historians  who  have  essayed  to 
write  of  the  United  States;  (2)  a  very  great  number  of  documents 
are  in  private  possession,  unclassified,  undigested,  unknown;  (3)  the 
plantation  records  and  other  such  "unconscious"  documents  for  the 
economic  and  social  history  of  the  South  have  been  almost  entirely 
ignored;  (4)  the  essential  need  is  one  of  training,  enthusiasm,  and  per- 
sonal force  on  the  part  of  the  agents  of  State  and  local  historical 
societies;  and  (5)  while  something  has  been  done,  much  more  remains 
to  be  accomplished.  Opportunity  for  service  is  abundant  and  all  aid 
and  every  well  disposed  worker  must  be  welcome. 

On  the  subject  of  the  publication  problems  of  historical  societies, 
Professor  Benj.  F.  Shambaugh  called  attention  to  the  great  need  that 
exists  among  historical  societies  for  the  services  of  competent  editors. 
He  suggested  that  the  publications  of  many  of  the  societies  should  be 
improved  in  typographical  appearance  and  should  be  printed  on  bet- 
ter paper.  He  touched  upon  the  incongruity  of  spending  money  and 
labor  in  research  and  then  printing  the  results  of  that  research  in 
badly  edited  form  and  on  paper  which  is  not  lasting. 

Under  the  head  of  miscellaneous,  Mr.  Dunbar  Rowland  read  a 
well  prepared  and  suggestive  paper  on  Spanish  Archives  of  the  Nat- 
chez District  as  Illustrative  of  the  Importance  of  Preserving  Local 
Records.  He  pointed  out  that  there  was  need  of  a  better  and  more 
intimate  acquaintance  with  the  institutions,  the  people,  and  the  prog- 
ress of  the  South,  and  that  the  time  for  such  study  through  original 
materials  is  now  ripe. 

Owing  to  the  absence  of  the  reader,  a  paper  by  Professor  George 
Bryce,  of  Manitoba  College,  Canada,  on  Recent  Movements  in  His- 
torical Study  in  Canada  was  read  by  title. 

An  especially  suggestive  feature  of  the  general  discussion  was  a 
statement  by  Dr.  J.  Franklin  Jameson,  of  the  Department  of  His- 


328    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

torical  Research  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington,  regard- 
ing the  attitude  of  that  Department  toward  historical  societies  and 
students  engaged  in  historical  research.  He  pointed  out  that  many 
things  naturally  claim  the  attention  of  the  Department,  but  that  it  is. 
recognized  that  the  historical  societies  have  a  distinct  claim  upon  it. 
He  noted  the  great  resources  of  the  historical  societies  of  America, 
and  pointed  out  that  the  Carnegie  Institution  stands  ready  to  place 
these  resources  more  effectively  at  the  service  of  those  who  would  use 
them.  He  announced  that  he  had  obtained,  for  1906,  a  definite 
appropriation  for  furthering  projects  of  cooperation  with  historical 
societies.  It  is  a  special  function  of  the  Department  to  report,  to 
those  engaged  in  research,  as  to  where  documentary  material  bearing 
on  their  subject  is  to  be  found,  whether  in  this  country  or  in  Europe. 
He  reported  the  progress  that  had  been  made  in  the  matter  of  pro- 
curing transcripts,  and  assured  his  hearers  of  the  desire  of  the 
Department  to  place  its  resources  as  far  as  possible  at  the  service  of 
historical  societies,  or  of  individuals. 

The  conference  of  State  and  local  historical  societies  has  been  con- 
tinued by  the  Council  of  the  American  Historical  Association.  The 
officers  for  1906  are:  Professor  Benj.  F.  Shambaugh,  of  The  State 
Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  Chairman,  and  Mr.  Frank  H.  Severance, 
of  the  Buffalo  Historical  Society,  Secretary.  The  conference  will  be 
held  in  December  in  connection  with  the  meeting  of  the  American. 
Historical  Association,  at  Providence,  Rhode  Island. 

B.  F.  S. 


NOTES  AND  COMMENT 

The  Iowa  Engineering  Society  held  its  eighteenth  annual  meeting 
at  Des  Moines,  Iowa,  January  10-11,  1906. 

The  twelfth  annual  meeting  of  the  Iowa  State  Bar  Association  will 
be  held  in  Des  Moines,  July  14-15,  1906. 

The  twenty-sixth  annual  meeting  of  the  Iowa  Pharmaceutical 
Association  will  be  held  at  Cedar  Rapids,  June  11—13,  1906. 

The  Old  Northwest  Genealogical  Quarterly,  published  at  Columbus, 
Ohio,  begins  the  ninth  volume  with  the  January,  1906,  issue. 

The  Scottish  Nobility  and  Their  Part  in  the  National  History,  by 
Professor  P.  Hume  Brown,  is  the  title  of  a  readable  essay  which 
appears  in  The  Scottish  Historical  Review  for  January,  1906. 

In  the  seventh  biennial  report  of  the  Iowa  Historical  Department, 
Curator  Charles  Aldrich  urges  the  importance  of  providing  a  hall  of 
archives  for  the  preservation  of  the  State  papers  and  documents. 

It  is  proposed  by  the  American  Political  Science  Association  to 
publish  a  quarterly  journal  or  review  of  Political  Science.  Profes- 
sor W.  W.  Willoughby,  of  Johns  Hopkins  University,  will  act  as 
managing  editor. 

Municipal  Problems  in  Mediaeval  Switzerland,  by  John  M.  Vin- 
cent, is  the  title  of  an  article  in  a  recent  issue  of  Johns  Hopkins 
University  Studies  in  Historical  and  Political  Science. 

Volumes  in  and  iv  of  the  Ecclesiastical  Records  of  the  State  of 
New  York  have  been  recently  distributed  to  libraries.  These  vol- 
umes are  published  by  the  State  under  the  supervision  of  Hugh  Hast- 
ings, the  State  Historian. 

The  Upper  Des  Moines  Editorial  Association  of  Iowa  held  its 
thirty-first  semi-annual  meeting  at  Iowa  City,  January  18  and  19, 


330    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

1906.  The  officers  for  the  ensuing  year  are:  John  F.  Dalton,  of 
Manson,  President;  J.  W.  Jarnigan,  of  Cedar  Falls,  Vice  President; 
and  L.  M.  Adams,  of  Humboldt,  Secretary  and  Treasurer.  The  next 
meeting  will  be  held  at  Cedar  Falls. 

The  Iowa  Association  of  Southern  California  held  its  seventh 
annual  meeting  at  Los  Angeles,  California,  February  22,  1906.  An 
account  of  the  meeting  appears  in  The  Register  and  Leader  (Des 
Moines)  of  March  11,  1906. 

The  Public  Papers  of  George  Clinton,  first  Governor  of  New 
York,  1777-1795,  1801-1804,  volume  vn,  with  imprint,  1904,  was 
distributed  in  January,  1906.  This  series  of  historical  documents  is 
edited  by  the  State  Historian  of  New  York  and  published  by  author- 
ity of  the  legislature. 

The  fortieth  session  of- the  Iowa  State  Horticultural  Society  was 
held  in  Des  Moines,  Iowa,  December  12,  13,  and  14,  1905.  Joint 
sessions  were  held  on  December  12  with  the  Farmers  Institute  and 
with  the  Iowa  Park  and  Forestry  Association. 

By  the  will  of  the  late  W.  C.  Putnam,  the  Davenport  Academy  of 
Sciences  becomes  the  beneficiary  of  an  estate  valued  approximately 
at  six  hundred  thousand  dollars.  This  gift  makes  the  Davenport 
Academy  (located  at  Davenport,  Iowa)  prospectively  the  most  richly 
endowed  institution  of  its  kind  in  the  world. 

The  Iowa  Anthropological  Association  held  its  third  annual  meet- 
ing in  the  Hall  of  Physics,  at  Iowa  City,  on  February  3,  1906.  The 
papers  and  discussions  related  chiefly  to  the  Meskwaki  Indians.  Sev. 
eral  representatives  of  the  tribe  at  Tama,  Iowa,  were  present.  The 
officers  chosen  for  the  ensuing  year  are:  Benj.  F.  Shambaugh, 
President;  J.  H.  Paarmann,  Vice  President;  Duren  J.  H.  Ward, 
Secretary;  and  Frederick  E.  Bolton,  Treasurer. 

The  Third  Annual  ^Report  of  the  Davenport  Public  Library,  1905, 
was  issued  in  March,  1906.  From  the  JReport  it  will  be  found  that 
the  library  has  19,731  volumes.  During  1905  the  accessions  aggre- 


NOTES  AND    COMMENT  331 

gated  6,664  volumes,  3,798  being  from  the  Davenport  Library 
Association  and  807  from  Griswold  College.  The  library  contains 
4,173  public  documents.  The  German  collection  comprises  841  vol- 
umes. During  1905,  1,169  volumes  were  rebound.  The  library  has 
on  deposit  a  file  of  233  volumes  of  newspapers,  the  records  of  the 
history  of  Davenport  since  1841. 

The  Stars  and  -  Stripes  Chapter  of  the  Daughters  of  the  American 
Revolution,  Burlington,  Iowa,  has  recently  commemorated  the  hun- 
dredth anniversary  of  the  first  unfurling  of  the  flag  on  the  present 
site  of  Burlington,  Iowa,  by  Lieutenant  Zebulon  M.  Pike,  by  the 
erection  of  a  bronze  tablet  twenty-one  by  fourteen  inches,  upon  which 
appears  the  following  inscription:  "1805-1905.  Commemorative 
of  the  first  unfurling  of  the  Stars  and  Stripes  by  Lieutenant  Zebulon 
Pike  (son  of  a  Revolutionary  hero),  who  landed  here  August  23, 
1805." 

WILLIAM    J.   HADDOCK 

William  J.  Haddock  was  born  February  28,  1832,  at  Toome 
Bridge,  near  Belfast,  County  Antrim,  Ireland.  He  emigrated  in 
1849  to  Pennsylvania,  and  resided  in  Philadelphia  from  January, 
1850,  until  the  Spring  of  1856.  Emigrating  westward,  Mr.  Had- 
dock came  to  Chicago  for  a  brief  visit.  From  Chicago  he  went  by 
way  of  Davenport  to  Iowa  City,  where  he  arrived  April  10,  1856. 
Going  to  Linn  County,  he  first  secured  employment  as  a  farm  hand; 
and  later  he  taught  school.  During  the  year  1858-59  he  entered  the 
Normal  Department  of  The  State  University  of  Iowa  and  graduated 
with  the  class  of  1861.  In  1862  he  was  admitted  to  the  bar,  having 
previously  served  an  apprenticeship  in  a  law  office.  He  was  appointed 
Secretary  of  The  State  University  of  Iowa,  June  28,  1864,  which 
position  he  held  until  September,  1902.  In  the  practice  of  law  he 
entered  into  partnership  with  Hon.  Rush  Clark,  February  8,  1867, 
which  partnership  continued  until  the  death  of  Mr.  Clark,  April  28, 
1879.  On  September  23,  1872,  he  was  appointed  Judge  of  the 
eighth  judicial  district  of  Iowa  for  an  unexpired  term.  In  1863-64 
he  was  Superintendent  of  the  schools  of  Johnson  County.  He  was 


332    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

also  a  member  of  the  commission  appointed  to  investigate  the  Pawnee 
Indian  agency  frauds.  After  1902  Mr.  Haddock  retired.  Death 
came  February  28,  1906.  An  appreciative  life  sketch  by  John 
Springer  may  be  found  in  The  Iowa  Alumnus  for  March,  1906. 

T.  J.  F. 

DAVID    BREMNER    HENDERSON 

David  B.  Henderson  was  born  at  Old  Deer,  Scotland,  March  14, 
1840.  In  1846  he  emigrated  with  his  parents  to  Illinois;  and  three 
years  later  he  came  to  Iowa.  Until  twenty-one  years  of  age  Mr. 
Henderson  resided  on  a  farm,  receiving  his  education  in  the  rural 
schools  and  at  the  Upper  Iowa  University.  In  {September,  1861,  he 
enlisted  as  a  private  in  Company  C,  Twelfth  Iowa  Infantry,  and  was 
soon  elected  and  commissioned  as  First  Lieutenant.  On  February 
16,  1863,  having  been  severely  wounded  at  Corinth,  he  was  dis- 
charged. In  the  following  May  he  was  appointed  Commissioner  of 
the  Board  of  Enrollment  of  the  third  district  of  Iowa,  which  position 
he  relinquished  in  June,  1864,  to  reenter  the  service  as  Colonel  of 
the  Forty-sixth  Iowa  Infantry.  In  this  position  he  remained  until 
the  close  of  the  war.  Returning  to  Dubuque,  he  studied  law  with 
the  firm  of  Bissel  &  Shiras  and  was  admitted  to  the  bar  in  the  fall  of 
1865.  In  November,  1865,  he  was  appointed  Collector  of  Internal 
Revenue  for  the  third  district  of  Iowa  and  served  until  June,  1869, 
when  he  resigned  to  become  a  member  of  the  law  firm  of  Shiras,  Van 
Duzee  &  Henderson.  He  served  nearly  two  years  as  Assistant 
United  States  District  Attorney  for  the  northern  division  of  the  dis- 
trict of  Iowa,  resigning  in  1871.  In  ]882  Mr.  Henderson  was 
elected  a  member  of  the  House  of  Representatives  of  the  Forty- 
eighth  Congress.  For  the  nine  succeeding  Congresses  he  was  re- 
elected,  serving  as  Speaker  of  the  House  in  the  Fifty-sixth  and  Fifty- 
seventh  Congresses,  1899-1903.  In  Congress  Mr.  Henderson  was 
personally  popular  within  and  without  his  party.  He  was  frequently 
a  member  of  important  committees,  and  was  Chairman  of  the  Judi- 
ciary Committee.  His  work  in  Congress  related  largely  to  the  policy 
of  protection,  the  currency,  agricultural  interests,  and  the  care  of  the 


NOTES  AND  COMMENT  333 

veterans  of  the  Civil  war.  Reentering  the  practice  of  law  at 
Dubuque  he  had  vast  interests  consigned  to  his  care. 

His  death  occurred  on  February  25,  1906,  as  a  result  of  paresis, 
from  which  he  suffered  during  the  nine  preceding  months. 

The  funeral  ceremonies  took  place  at  Dubuque  on  March  1,  the 
oration  being  given  by  the  Hon.  George  D.  Perkins,  of  Sioux  City, 
Iowa.  T.  J.  F. 

CENSUS    OF    MANUFACTURES    IN    IOWA    FOR    1905 

The  Iowa  Census  of  Manufactures,  1905,  has  appeared  as  Bulletin 
Number  32  of  the  Bureau  of  the  Census,  Department  of  Commerce 
and  Labor.  It  shows  that  the  total  capital  invested  during  the 
period,  1900-1905,  increased  $25,760,095  or  30.1  per  cent,  the 
increase  being  greater  in  the  smaller  cities  of  the  State.  The  value 
of  the  products  increased  $27,701,448  or  20.8  per  cent.  This  in- 
crease has  been  chiefly  in  cities  of  8,000  population  or  over,  the 
increase  in  the  smaller  cities  being  but  9.9  per  cent.  The  average 
number  of  wage  earners  increased  5,061  or  11.4  per  cent;  while  the 
total  wages  increased  $4,976,400  or  27.6  per  cent.  The  per  cent  of 
increase  of  wage  earners  among  women  was  greater  than  among  men, 
being  27.7  per  cent.  There  was  a  decrease  of  39.6  per  cent  in  the 
number  of  children  employed.  This  decrease  in  child  labor  is  per- 
haps due  in  part  to  the  recent  agitation  for  child  labor  legislation. 

Grouping  the  industries  by  value  of  products,  slaughtering  and 
meat-packing  ranks  first,  the  value  of  products  for  1905  being  $30,- 
074,070  or  18.7  per  cent  of  the  total  for  all  industries.  Cheese,  but- 
ter, and  condensed  milk  ranks  second;  flour  and  grist  mill  products 
third;  printing  and  publishing  (which  had  been  sixth  in  1900)  fourth; 
and  lumber  and  timber  products  (which  ranked  fourth  in  1900)  ranks 
eighth  in  1905.  There  is  a  very  marked  tendency  toward  concen- 
tration in  the  cheese  and  butter  industry,  the  number  of  establish- 
ments having  decreased  27.8  per  cent  while  the  value  of  the  pro- 
ducts remains  practically  the  same. 

There  has  been  a  very  marked  increase  (73.2  per  cent)  in  the  value 
of  products  from  the  pearl  button  industry. 


334    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Almost  half  of  the  manufacturing  establishments  of  the  State  are 
owned  by  individuals,  but  they  give  employment  to  less  than  one- 
seventh  of  the  wage-earners.  The  incorporated  companies  control 
less  than  one-fourth  of  the  establishments,  but  give  employment  to 
70.6  per  cent  of  the  wage-earners  and  manufacture  72.4  per  cent  of 
the  total  value  of  products. 

The  largest  per  cent  of  control  by  corporations  in  any  one  industry 
is  that  of  slaughtering  and  meat  packing,  where  incorporated  com- 
panies control  98.8  per  cent  of  the  capital,  employ  98.9  per  cent  of 
the  wage-earners,  and  manufacture  99.1  per  cent  of  the  products. 
The  printing  and  publishing  industry  has  the  largest  per  cent  of 
individual  firms.  They  control  33.8  per  cent  of  the  capital,  employ 
37.4  per  cent  of  the  wage-earners  and  produce  31  per  cent  of  the 
products. 

The  average  value  of  products  for  all  the  establishments  reporting 
is  $33,557.  It  is  shown  that  5.4  per  cent  of  the  total  number  of 
establishments  produced  63.3  per  cent  of  the  products.  There  were 
eleven  establishments  in  the  State  that  reported  an  annual  product  of 
$1,000,000  or  over.  These  employed  9.8  per  cent  of  the  wage-earn- 
ers and  produced  25.6  per  cent  of  the  total  product. 

Fort  Dodge  shows  the  greatest  per  cent  of  increase  of  any  city. 
Here  capital  invested  increased  381.1  per  cent  and  the  products 
increased  200.8  per  cent.  Waterloo  ranks  second  with  an  increase 
of  191.1  per  cent  in  capital  and  124.8  per  cent  in  products.  Mar- 
shalltown  is  the  only  city  in  the  State  showing  a  decrease  in  the 
amount  of  capital  invested.  Clinton,  Muscatine,  Dubuque,  and 
Marshalltown  are  given  as  having  a  decrease  in  the  value  of  manu- 
factured products. 

Classified  according  to  the  amount  of  capital  invested,  Davenport 
ranks  first  with  $13,063,504;  Des  Moines  second  with  $9,593,926; 
and  Dubuque  third  with  $9,437,177.  According  to  the  amount  paid 
to  wage-earners  Des  Moines  ranks  first,  having  paid  during  the  year 
1905,  $2,083,209;  Dubuque  second  with  $1,913,455;  and  Davenport 
third  with  $1,755,823.  According  to  the  value  of  manufactured 


NOTES  AND  COMMENT  335 

products,  Cedar  Rapids  ranks  first  with  816,279,706;  Des  Moines 
second  with  $15,084,958;  and  Sioux  City  third  with  $14,76*0,751.  A 
very  significant  fact  in  this  connection  is  that  the  value  of  the  food 
preparations  manufactured  in  Cedar  Rapids  for  the  year,  1905,  was 
$4,506,677. 

In  conclusion  it  is  interesting  to  note  that  during  the  period,  1900— 
1905,  there  has  been  a  very  large  increase  in  the  amount  of  capital 
invested,  the  amount  of  wages  paid  to  laborers,  and  the  value  of 
the  manufactured  products,  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  the  population 
has  decreased  21,803  during  the  same  period. 

c.  w.  w. 

CENSUS    OF    IOWA    FOK    1905 

The  census  of  Iowa  for  1905  has  appeared.  It  contains  over  a 
thousand  pages  of  printed  matter.  Dr.  W.  R.  Patterson,  Professor 
of  Commerce  and  Statistics  at  the  University  of  Iowa,  was  Director 
of  the  Census  and  had  charge  of  the  tabulation  of  the  data. 

The  card  system  was  used  for  the  first  time  in  taking  this  State 
census.  There  were  separate  cards  made  out  for  each  individual 
person  upon  certain  subjects.  In  this  manner,  by  throwing  the  cards 
in  different  ways,  a  certain  set  of  facts  could  be  correlated  and  thus 
aid  greatly  in  tabulation.  There  were  four  different  cards  used,  viz., 
the  population  schedule,  the  agriculture  schedule,  the  city  schedule, 
and  the  agricultural  road  schedule. 

A  very  important  feature  of  the  census  is  the  Official  Register. 
This  contains  the  name  and  the  street  address,  if  living  in  a  city,  or 
the  township  and  county,  if  living  in  the  country,  of  every  man, 
woman,  and  child  in  the  State.  Upon  each  card  that  was  filled  out, 
and  preceding  the  name  of  the  person,  a  number  was  placed;  these 
numbers  must  correspond  to  the  number  as  given  in  the  Official 
Register.  This  served  as  a  very  effective  check  upon  the  possibility 
of  error  in  names  and  also  made  the  padding  of  the  census  much 
more  difficult.  A  practical  use  of  the  Official  Register  is  seen  in  the 
controversy  concerning  the  population  of  Atlantic.  The  people  who 
are  objecting  to  the  population  as  returned  by  the  enumerators  have 


336    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

only  to  consult  the  names  with  their  street  addresses,  and  if  any 
fraudulent  ones  appear  they  can  easily  be  detected.  The  Official 
Register  will  also  be  of  great  historical  value  as  it  will  preserve  in 
convenient  form  the  names  and  addresses  of  the  entire  population. 

The  volume  contains  an  introduction  of  one  hundred  and  thirty 
pages,  written  by  Dr.  Patterson.  This  introduction  is  composed 
largely  of  material  not  heretofore  included  in  the  State  census.  The 
first  subject  in  the  introduction  is  a  discussion  of  the  acquisition  of 
Iowa  land  from  the  Indians.  A  map  with  seven  different  colors 
shows  very  clearly  the  location  and  the  extent  of  the  different  ces- 
sions of  land  secured  from  the  Indians.  Table  number  one  gives  an 
itemized  statement  of  the  amount  paid  the  different  Indian  tribes  for 
the  land.  The  estimated  cost  for  the  entire  state  is  $2,877,547.87 — 
a  little  over  eight  cents  per  acre.  Table  number  two  gives  the  dis- 
position of  Iowa  land  for  public  purposes.  From  the  reports  of  the 
U.  S.  Land  Office  the  number  of  acres  patented  each  year  from  1855 
to  1905,  was  ascertained.  The  total  amount  selected  and  the  amount 
remaining  unpatented  June  30,  1905,  are  also  given.  The  table 
gives  the  number  of  acres  patented  under  the  following  divisions: 
Public  School  Lands,  University  Lands,  Agricultural  College  Lands, 
Swamp  Lands,  and  Railroad  Lands.  The  total  number  of  acres 
patented  for  all  purposes  was  7,923,858  acres,  of  which  more  than 
half  (4,881,036  acres)  was  donated  to  railroads. 

A  series  of  density  maps  are  used  to  show  the  growth  and  density 
of  the  population  at  different  periods.  Table  number  four  shows  the 
total  population  and  the  annual  increase,  per  1,000  inhabitants,  for 
different  years  from  1838  to  the  present  time. 

In  the  discussion  on  The  Decline  in  Population,  Dr.  Patterson 
shows  that  as  early  as  1875  thirteen  of  the  older  counties  show  a 
decline  in  population  and  nine  advanced  less  than  five  per  cent;  but 
the  rapid  growth  of  the  newer  counties  of  the  State  more  than  made 
up  for  the  decrease  until  the  recent  census  when  there  was  a  decrease 
in  seventy-seven  of  the  counties  and  a  decrease  in  the  total  popu- 
lation of  21,803.  Of  the  twenty-two  counties  showing  an  increase 


NOTES  AND  COMMENT  337 

in  population  all  but  two  (Dickinson  and  Monroe)  show  a  decrease  in 
the  rural  population. 

Table  number  six  gives  the  population  of  the  State  by  counties  for 
different  years  from  1847-1905  inclusive.  Table  number  seven  gives 
the  per  cent  of  increase  or  decrease  of  the  population  by  counties  for 
different  years  from  1838-1905  inclusive. 

General  nativity,  age,  place  of  birth,  conjugal  condition,  urban 
and  rural  population,  illiteracy,  occupation,  period  of  employment, 
agricultural  conditions,  manufacture,  and  mining  all  receive  special 
attention  by  Dr.  Patterson  in  the  introduction.  A  mineral  map  of 
the  State  is  given,  showing  the  location  of  the  different  metals;  also 
a  map  showing  the  location  of  the  different  gravel  pits. 

An  attempt  was  made  to  secure  data  concerning  the  surviving  veter- 
ans of  the  Civil  War.  Table  number  thirty-six  shows  the  total  num- 
ber classified  by  State  of  enlistment  and  class  of  service.  The  total 
number  in  the  different  classes  of  service  was  25,569.  Table  number 
thirty-seven  shows  the  number  surviving  at  different  ages.  Begin- 
ning with  fifty-five  years  there  were  268,  and  there  was  a  gradual 
increase  until  the  age  of  sixty,  when  there  were  2,060  still  living. 
The  number  is  somewhat  irregular  during  the  next  few  years,  but 
beginning  with  the  age  of  sixty-four  there  is  a  gradual  decrease 
each  year  until  the  age  of  eighty-eight,  when  only  eleven  are  re- 
ported. The  age  of  eighty-nine  shows  twenty  still  surviving;  and 
there  are  thirty-six  who  are  ninety  years  or  over. 

The  introduction  contains  a  short  history  of  the  development  of 
banking  in  Iowa,  beginning  with  the  Miners'  Bank  of  Dubuque 
which  began  business  October  31,  1837.  Table  number  fifty-seven 
shows  the  amount  of  capital  stock  and  the  amount  due  depositors  in 
the  different  classes  of  banks  for  each  two  year  period  beginning 
with  1873.  A  chart  is  used  showing  diagramatically  the  facts  as 
given  in  the  table.  Amount  of  deposits  have  increased  much  more 
rapidly  than  capital  stock,  being  $211,088,915  in  1905.  Charts  are 
used  to  show  the  condition  of  Insurance  companies,  both  life  and  fire, 
for  the  period  from  1871-1904.  Here  we  find  that  the  amount  of 
premiums  paid  increased  much  faster  than  the  amount  of  losses. 


338    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

The  total  amount  of  receipts  and  expenditures  for  the  State  was 
secured  by  getting  reports  from  the  different  county  officials  as  to  the 
receipts  and  expenditures  of  their  county.  It  is  only  in  this  way  that 
it  is  possible  to  get  the  total  for  the  State.  Total  receipts  from  all 
sources  were  $29,466,005.89,  the  principal  source  of  revenue  being 
from  taxes  which  amounted  to  $26,166,464.99,  or  88.81  per  cent  of 
the  total  receipts.  The  second  largest  amount  was  received  from 
mulct  tax,  aggregating  $1,086,965.70  for  the  State.  The  remaining 
receipts  were  classified  under  the  following  heads:  Penalty  collected 
on  tax,  interest  on  permanent  school  fund,  costs  collected,  fines  and 
forfeitures,  fees  of  officers,  receipts  from  sale  of  stock  and  produce 
of  the  poor  farm,  receipts  of  care  from  inmates  of  poor  farm,  teachers' 
institute,  and  other  sources. 

The  expenditure  was  classified  by  State,  county,  township,  and 
corporation  funds.  The  State  expended  8  per  cent  of  the  total 
amount,  the  county  33.7  per  cent,  the  township  40.4  per  cent,  and  the 
corporation  17.9  per  cent.  The  county  fund  was  classified  according 
to  the  following  items:  County  fund  proper  37.7  per  cent  of  the 
total  amount,  court  expenses  7.39  per  cent,  county  road  6.68  per 
cent,  county  bridge  19.41  per  cent,  apportionment  fund  9.32  per 
cent,  county  institute  .56  per  cent,  insane  fund  6.71  per  cent,  pauper 
fund  9.9  per  cent,  soldiers'  relief  fund  1.54  per  cent,  feeble-minded 
.17  per  cent,  inebriates  .06  per  cent,  quarantine  expenses  .43  per 
cent,  and  bounty  on  wild  animals  .13  per  cent. 

Special  cards  were  sent  to  all  the  incorporated  cities  and  towns  of 
the  State  asking  for  data  concerning  water,  lighting,  parks,  libraries, 
indebtedness,  and  fire  protection,  and  from  these  some  very  interest- 
ing and  valuable  material  was  received. 

Table  number  sixty-two  shows  the  total  expenditure,  for  each 
biennial  period  since  their  organization,  of  all  funds  for  institutions 
under  the  management  of  State  Board  of  Control  classified  under  the 
following  heads:  Charitable  Institutions,  Institutions  for  Defect- 
ives, Penal  Institutions,  Industrial  Schools,  Hospitals  for  the  Insane, 
and  Hospital  for  Inebriates.  Tables  are  also  given  showing  the 


NOTES  AND  COMMENT  339 

receipts  and  expenditure  for  each  biennial  period  since  their  organ- 
ization of  the  three  educational  institutions. 

The  growth  and  development  of  the  railway  system  of  the  State 
from  1855  to  1870  is  clearly  shown  by  means  of  a  map  upon  which  are 
traced,  in  different  colored  ink,  the  early  reads  of  the  State  and  the 
date  of  their  construction.  Another  map  shows  the  railway  system 
in  1880  and  a  third  map  shows  the  railway  system  in  1904. 

The  church  statistics  were  secured  by  sending  a  return  postal  card 
to  the  different  ministers  of  the  State.  A  second  card  was  necessary 
in  many  cases,  and  in  some  cases  a  third  card  was  sent  before  a  reply 
was  received.  It  is  estimated  that  only  about  90  per  cent  of  the 
churches  have  been  reported.  The  returns  are  tabulated  as  received 
without  any  attempt  at  verification. 

Following  the  introduction,  the  general  tables  are  given  covering 
nearly  nine  hundred  pages;  and  they  are  very  complete  and  suggest- 
ive. The  different  numbers  are  given  by  age  classes  whenever  prac- 
ticable, and  a  comparison  with  other  years  is  also  used  quite  freely. 

c.  w.  w. 


CONTRIBUTORS 

DUEEN  J.  H.  WARD,  Lecturer  on  Anthropology  in  The 
State  University  of  Iowa.  Secretary  of  the  Anthropological 
Association  of  Iowa.  (  See  January,  1903,  number  of  THE  IOWA 
JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS,  page  135.) 

GEOEGE  TOBIAS  FLOM,  Professor  of  Scandinavian  Languages 
and  Literature  in  The  State  University  of  Iowa.  ( See  January, 
1905,  number  of  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS, 
page  171.) 

REUBEN  GOLD  THWAITES,  Secretary  of  the  State  Historical 
Society  of  Wisconsin.  Lecturer  on  American  History  in  the 
University  of  Wisconsin.  Born  in  Dorchester,  Massachusetts, 
in  1853.  Member  of  the  American  Historical  Association. 
Author  of  The  Colonies;  Down  Historic  Waterways;  Father 
Marquette;  Daniel  Boone;  France  in  America,  etc.  Editor  of 
Wisconsin  Historical  Collections;  Jesuit  Relations;  Western 
Travels;  etc. 


THE  IOWA   JOURNAL 

of  History  and  Politics 

JULY      Nineteen      Hundred       Six 
Volume  Four  Number    Three 


Route  of  Robert  Lucas 
Route  of  Hull's  Army 


THE  EGBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL 
INTRODUCTION 

The  War  of  1812,  beneficial  as  it  was  in  its  results  to  the 
United  States,  does  not  present,  when  studied  in  detail,  a 
consistent  progress  toward  victory.  It  was  begun  with 
seemingly  no  thought  for  preparation  and  concluded  with 
apparently  little  heed  to  the  causes  which  brought  it  about. 
It  was  not  well  managed  by  the  administration  at  Wash- 
ington, and  among  the  generals  in  the  field  there  was  much 
blundering  incompetence.  Individual  bravery  and  patriot- 
ism brought  glory  in  the  naval  warfare;  but  on  the  land, 
with  a  few  exceptions,  the  campaigns  were  distinctly  unfor- 
tunate. Particularly  discouraging  was  the  opening  campaign 
under  the  command  of  General  William  Hull,  Governor  of 
the  Territory  of  Michigan. 

The  purpose  of  the  Hull  campaign  was  to  march  to  De- 
troit and  from  that  place  cross  the  river  and  commence  a 
conquest  of  Canada.  General  Hull  with  an  army  consisting 
largely  of  Ohio  volunteers  made  his  way,  in  May  and  June, 
through  the  swamps  and  wilderness  of  Ohio  and  camped  a 
few  miles  below  the  town  of  Detroit.  On  July  12,  urged 
by  his  impatient  officers,  he  crossed  the  river  and  began  his 
conquest  by  issuing  a  proclamation  to  the  inhabitants  of 
Canada.  The  following  weeks,  however,  brought  little  but 
inaction  and  vacillation,  and  early  in  August  he  withdrew 
his  force  under  cover  of  the  night  across  the  river  to  Amer- 


344    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

ican  soil.  On  Sunday  morning,  the  sixteenth  of  August, 
1812,  without  having  engaged  the  enemy  in  a  single  con- 
certed action,  he  surrendered  Detroit  to  the  British. 

Although  the  officials  at  Washington  were  very  culpable 
in  the  management  of  the  movements  in  the  West,  the 
Administration  succeeded  in  extricating  itself  from  the 
blame,  and  General  Hull  received  the  outpouring  of  wrath 
from  the  entire  country  for  the  failure  of  the  campaign. 
His  disappointed  army  was  particularly  bitter  and  even 
accused  him  of  a  treacherous  betrayal.  A  court-martial 
tried  his  case,  convicted  him  of  cowardice,  and  sentenced 
him  to  be  shot.  President  Madison,  however,  spared  his 
life.  General  Hull  spent  the  remainder  of  his  years  in  re- 
tirement, and  died,  an  old  man,  still  insisting  upon  the  right- 
ness  of  his  course  and  vainly  attempting  to  justify  himself 
before  the  nation. 

During  the  disastrous  Hull  campaign  Robert  Lucas,  of 
Scioto  County,  Ohio  (afterwards  Governor  of  the  State  of 
Ohio  and  still  later  the  organic  Governor  of  the  Territory 
of  Iowa),  was  in  constant  service  and  in  a  position  which 
brought  him  in  contact  with  every  phase  of  the  campaign. 
He  kept  a  daily  journal  of  the  events,  which  is  distinctly 
valuable  in  that  it  gives  a  contemporaneous  view  of  the  cam- 
paign from  the  standpoint  of  an  actual  participant.  For  over 
ninety  years  this  interesting  Journal,  which  is  here  published 
for  the  first  time,  has  been  carefully  preserved  by  the  de- 
scendants of  Robert  Lucas.  It  is  recorded  in  a  note  book  of 
about  eight  by  four  and  one-half  inches  in  dimensions,  open- 
ing at  the  end,  with  board  covers  and  leather  back  and 
corners.  The  covers  are  broken  and  the  pages  are  yellow 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        345 

with  age;  but  despite  its  almost  one  hundred  years,  the 
writing  is  as  legible  as  ever  and  tells  a  story  of  exceeding 
interest  to  the  student  of  American  history. 

Robert  Lucas,  the  author  of  the  Journal,  had  come  to 
Ohio  near  the  beginning  of  the  nineteenth  century  and  set- 
tled in  what  is  now  Scioto  County. 

In  1804  he  was  commissioned  Lieutenant  in  a  company  of 
volunteers  recruited  in  apprehension  of  the  refusal  of  Spain 
to  peacefully  surrender  possession  of  the  Louisiana  Territo- 
ry, then  recently  purchased  of  Napoleon  by  the  United 
States.  Again  in  1807  he  was  chosen  Captain  of  a  volun- 
teer company  which  tendered  its  services  to  President 
Jefferson  during  the  excitement  following  the  attack  upon 
the  Chesapeake  by  the  British  ship  Leopard.  Actual 
service  was,  however,  not  required  of  either  of  these  com- 
panies. 

In  the  Ohio  Militia  Lucas  had  risen  by  successive  promo- 
tions until  at  the  opening  of  the  War  of  1812  he  was  Briga- 
dier General  of  the  2d  Brigade  of  the  2d  Division.  He  had 
been  for  some  time  desirous  of  becoming  a  regular  army 
officer;  and  being  finally  tendered  an  appointment  he  ac- 
cepted in  April  of  1812  a  commission  as  Captain  in  the 
regular  army  of  the  United  States.  A  few  days  later  he  re- 
ceived orders  from  Major  General  Duncan  McArthur  (at 
that  time  in  command  of  the  2d  Division  of  the  Ohio  Mili- 
tia) to  transmit  at  once  from  his  brigade  its  proportion  of 
the  twelve  hundred  men  required  of  the  State  for  the  coming 
campaign  against  the  British.  These  orders  placed  Robert 
Lucas  in  a  rather  peculiar  position.  But  having  received  no 
orders  as  a  regular  army  officer  he  concluded  after  some 


346     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

deliberation  that  the  urgency  of  the  call  for  volunteers  ne- 
cessitated his  attending  to  his  duties  as  a  Brigadier  General 
in  the  Ohio  Militia.  Without  delay  he  set  about  recruiting 
volunteer  companies  from  his  brigade. 

The  need  for  volunteers  was  urgent,  and  Lucas  threw  him- 
self into  the  enlistment  with  all  his  enthusiasm.  Instead  of 
waiting  for  a  position  as  officer,  which  he  could  undoubtedly 
have  had  after  the  organization  of  his  own  troops  into  vol- 
unteer companies,  he  enlisted  from  the  first  as  a  private  in 
one  of  the  companies  which  chose  his  brother  John  Lucas  as 
Captain.  His  purpose  seems  to  have  been  to  encourage 
enlistments  among  the  men  of  his  brigade.  His  name  re- 
mained upon  the  company  roll  throughout  the  campaign, 
but  he  seems  to  have  preferred  the  independent  duties  of  a 
scout,  guide,  express,  and  ranger,  as  the  Journal  clearly 
shows.  Thus  Robert  Lucas  was  at  one  and  the  same  time 
a  Captain  in  the  United  States  Army,  a  Brigadier  General 
in  the  Ohio  Militia,  and  a  private  in  a  volunteer  company. 

The  volunteer  companies  started  on  their  march  to  the 
rendezvous  at  Dayton,  Ohio,  on  April  27,  1812;  and  from 
this  point  The  Robert  Lucas  Journal  tells  its  own  story. 

Beginning  with  the  twenty -fifth  day  of  April,  1812,  the 
Journal  records  the  details  of  the  campaign  until  August 
16,  when  Detroit  was  surrendered.  Then  it  tells  of  the  re- 
turn of  the  disheartened  Ohio  volunteers  across  Lake  Erie 
and  the  State  of  Ohio  and  down  the  river  to  Portsmouth. 
It  ends  on  September  4,  1812,  with  the  arrival  of  Robert 
Lucas  at  his  home  in  Portsmouth,  Scioto  County,  Ohio. 
One  hundred  and  forty-one  pages  are  devoted  to  this  daily 
chronicle.  Following  these  are  twenty-eight  pages  upon 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        347 

which  are  recorded  religious  poems,  evidently  composed  by 
Robert  Lucas  in  the  later  years  of  his  life. 

But  this  unique  manuscript  did  not  remain  altogether  un- 
known to  the  world.  It  has  been  used  at  least  twice  in 
preparing  short  sketches  of  Robert  Lucas.  In  1834  the 
writer  of  a  newspaper  sketch1  favoring  the  reelection  of 
Lucas  as  Governor  of  Ohio  evidently  had  access  to  its 
pages.  Again  in  1870,  Dr.  Frederick  Lloyd,  at  that  time 
Corresponding  Secretary  of  The  State  Historical  Society  of 
Iowa,  wrote  for  the  Annals  of  Iowa  a  brief  sketch  of 
Iowa's  first  Governor  which  shows  intrinsic  evidence  that  he 
had  perused  the  pages  of  The  Robert  Lucas  Journal. 

The  most  notable  instance  of  the  use  of  the  manuscript, 
however,  was  at  the  close  of  the  Hull  campaign.  Among 
the  four  Colonels  in  the  campaign  under  General  Hull  was 
Lewis  Cass.  Immediately  after  the  surrender  of  Detroit, 
General  Hull  was  taken  to  Canada  as  a  prisoner  of  war. 
Colonel  Cass,  however,  started  at  once  for  Washington, 
where  he  made  a  detailed  report  of  the  campaign  to  the 
Secretary  of  War.  This  report  severely  condemned  Gen- 
eral Hull  for  his  conduct  of  the  campaign  and  was  largely 
instrumental  in  bringing  about  the  court-martial  and  con- 
viction of  that  officer.  A  comparison  of  the  Cass  Report 
with  The  Robert  Lucas  Journal  reveals  the  fact  that  Cass 
incorporated  into  his  Report  sections  taken  verbatim,  or 
with  slight  alterations,  from  the  Journal.  The  conclusion 
that  Cass  copied  from  Lucas  rather  than  the  reverse  is 
strengthened  by  the  fact  that  the  paragraphs  in  which  the 

1  This  sketch  is  included  in  a  manuscript  collection  in  the  possession  of  the 
Western  Reserve  Historical  Society. 


348     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

I 
duplication  occurs  most  frequently  are  those  describing  in 

great  detail  the  events  at  Detroit  on  the  day  of  the  surren- 
der, at  which  time  Colonel  Cass  was  miles  away  on  an 
expedition  to  the  Biver  Raisin.  It  is  fair  to  presume  that 
Lucas  loaned  the  Journal  to  Colonel  Cass  to  assist  him  in 
the  preparation  of  his  Report. 

The  record  is  entirely  in  the  handwriting  of  Robert  Lucas. 
It  was  written  in  camp  and  on  the  march;  for  he  evidently 
carried  the  Journal  with  him  throughout  the  campaign.  On 
August  25,  as  he  was  leaving  Cleveland  on  his  return  home 
he  records:  "I  here  got  a  knapsack  and  fil[l]ed  it  with  my 
uniform  cloth  [e]s  hat,  my  Journal,  and  Such  other  articles 
as  I  did  not  wish  to  leave."  The  writing,  naturally,  is  hur- 
ried and  in  some  cases  rather  difficult  to  decipher.  Espe- 
cially is  this  true  in  regard  to  proper  names  to  which  the 
context  gives  no  clue.  Care  has  been  taken  to  verify  these 
names  from  other  available  sources,  but  in  many  cases  such 
verification  is  impossible. 

In  editing  the  manuscript  of  The  Robert  Lucas  Journal 
certain  rules  have  been  followed  which  may  require  a 
brief  explanation.  An  effort  has  been  made  to  reproduce 
the  Journal  with  exactness  as  regards  spelling,  punctuation, 
and  capitalization.  Where  letters  have  been  omitted  by  the 
author,  they  have  been  supplied  in  editorial  brackets.  An 
exception,  however,  has  been  made  in  some  cases  where 
words  seem  to  have  been  uniformly  used  as  abbreviations, 
as  Gnl  for  General  and  Colo  for  Colonel. 

Certain  materials  taken  from  the  collection  of  Lucas  let- 
ters and  papers  have  been  printed  in  appendices,  not  as  a 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        349 

part  of  the  Journal  but  simply  as  throwing  additional  light 
upon  the  story  of  the  campaign. 

The  editor  wishes  to  make  special  acknowledgment  to 
Professor  Benjamin  F.  Shambaugh  for  valuable  advice  and 
assistance  in  preparing  the  manuscript  for  the  press. 

JOHN  C.  PARISH 


JOURNAL 

Received  orders  in  Scioto  County  to  march  a  Company  of 
Volunteers  and  a  Rifle  Company  from  said  County  to  De- 
troit,1— Issued  orders  on  the  25th  April  1812  Directing  Said 
Companies  to  march  on  the  27th,  and  assemble  at  Wm  Lucass 
12  miles  up  Scioto — Met  part  of  said  Companies  at  Ports- 
mouth on  the  day  appointed  and  commenc[e]d  the  march 
accompanied  by  a  number  of  the  Citizens  as  a  testimony  of 
gratitude  for  the  patriotism  manifested  in  said  County — 

[Tuesday,  April  the  Twenty-eighth] 

28th  Both  Companies  having  assembled  they  proceeded  to 
march  to  Pe  Pee,2  and  Encamped 

[  Wednesday,  April  the  Twenty-ninth  ] 

on  the  morning  of  the  29th  the  Volunteer  Company,  having 
been  joined  by  the  Volunteers  from  Pe  Pee,  an  election  was 
ordered,  when  John  Lucas3  was  elected  Captain  Dennis 

1  Robert  Lucas  was  at  this  time  Brigadier  General  of  the  2d  Brigade  of  the  2d 
Division  of  the  Ohio  Militia.— EDITOR. 

8  A  small  creek  in  what  is  now  Pike  County.  The  neighborhood  was  known 
as  Pe  Pee;  and  a  township  of  Pike  County  also  bears  the  name. — EDITOR. 

8  A  younger  brother  of  Robert  Lucas. — EDITOR. 


350    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Murphy  Lieut [e]n  [an] t,  and  Joseph  Barber  Ensign,  the 
Rifle  Company  having  been  previously  organized  David 
Rupe  Capt1  Thos  Arnold  Lut  and  Richard  McDougal  En- 
sign— Both  of  Said  Companies  thus  organized  proceeded  on 
their  march  to  Chillicothe,  where  they  Encamped  and  Drew 
provisions — 

[Thursday,  April  the  Thirtieth] 

30th  Remained  at  Chillicothe  making  arrangements  to  get 
Camp  kettels  waggon  &c  to  Enable  us  to  proceed  to  Dayton 

[  Friday,  May  the  First  ] 

May  1*  1812  marched  towards  Dayton,  and  Encamped  at 
old  town2  and  experienced  a  Disagreeable  rainy  night 

[  Saturday,  May  the  Second  ] 

2nd  marched  on  in  the  rain  about  15  miles 

[Sunday,  May  the  Third] 

3  left  the  Company  and  went  to  Dayton  to  get  provisions 
to  Send  to  meet  the  Companies — 

[  Monday,  May  the  Fourth  ] 

4th  ar[r]ived  in  Dayton  and  started  provisions  in  Mr  Buck- 
hannors  Cart 

[  Tuesday,  May  the  Fifth  ] 

5th  returned  and  met  the  troop  and  marched  with  .them  to 
Dayt[o]n  was  received  by  the  troops  at  Dayt[o]n  with 
honor  and  politeness — 

[Wednesday,  May  the  Sixth  ] 

6th  little  was  don[e]  but  repo[r]t 

1  See  below,  Appendix  A. — EDITOR. 

8  Now  Frankfort,  Ross  County,  Ohio. — EDITOR. 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        351 

[Thursday,  May  the  Seventh] 

7th  the  other  three  Companies  from  niy  Brigade  being  pres- 
ent to  wit  Cap?  Fryatt  Keyser,  and  Capt  Ullery  I  proceeded 
to  organize  them  together  with  Capt  Rupe's  and  Lucass  from 
Scioto  into  one  Battallion  and  ordered  an  election  to  be  held 
at  the  house  of  Major  Reed  in  Dayton  accordingly  when 
James  Denny  was  Unanimously  elected  Major  of  said  Bat- 
tallion, William  A.  Trimble1  was  also  unanimously  elected 
Major  of  the  other  Battallion  from  Gnl  Me  Arthurs  Division. 
Gnl  Me  Arthur2  was  on  the  Same  day  Unanimously  elected 
Colo  of  the  Volunte[e]r  Regt  from  his  Division — 3 

[Friday,  May  the  Eighth] 

8th  an  encampment  was  laid  out  on  the  Commons  East  of 
Dayton  and  news  having  ar[r]ived  from  Green vill[e]  of 
the  Murder  of  Mr  Rush  by  Indians  and  also  the  Murder  of 
some  Indians  I  was  requested  by  Governor  Meigs4  to  take 
30  men  of  Capt  Rup[e]s  men  and  repair  to  Greenville  to 
assertain  the  Situation  of  the  frontier — 

[  Saturday,  May  the  Ninth  ] 

9th  Started  to  Greenville  with  33  men  and  went  to  Razor 
Mill  on  Still  water  and  encamped  finding  the  inhabitants] 
much  alarmed  and  moving  of  [f] 


1  For  a  biographical  sketch  of  William  A.  Trimble,  see  the  Ohio  Archaeological 
and  Historical  Quarterly,  Vol.  XIV,  No.  3,  July,  1905,  pp.  225-246.— EDITOR. 

8  Governor  of  Ohio,  1830-1832.— EDITOR. 

8  The  three  regiments  of  Ohio  volunteers  were  commanded  by  Colonels  Duncan 
McArthur,  James  Findlay,  and  Lewis  Cass  respectively.  These  volunteer  troops 
were  joined  by  the  4th  Regiment  of  Regulars  from  Port  Vincennes  under  com- 
mand of  Lieutenant  Colonel  James  Miller. — EDITOR. 

4  Governor  Return  Jonathan  Meigs,  as  commander  in  chief  of  the  Ohio  Militia, 
took  charge  of  the  army  until  the  arrival  of  General  Hull.— EDITOR. 


352     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

[Sunday,  May  the  Tenth  ] 

10  proce[e]ded  on  to  Mr  Williams  on  Still  water  where  we 
found  a  party  of  men  building  a  Blockhouse  the  inhabitants 
having  all  fled  from  their  homes  and  assembled  at  that  place 
being  16  miles  from  Greenville — 

[  Monday,  May  the  Eleventh  ] 

1 1  on  particular  enquiry  I  found  the  alarm  to  be  principally 
unfounded  I  left  20  men  to  assist  the  inhabitants]  to  build 
a  blockhous[e]  dispa[t]ched  Several  up  Stillwater  to  the 
head  and  proceeded  on  to  Greenville  in  company  with  Capt 
Rupe  and  Six  men — found  the  Countary  intirely  deserted  by 
the  inhabitants  except  two  families  one  at  the  old  garrison 
and  one  at  a  mill  in  sight  of  the  oth[er]  both  of  which 
places  a  Company  of  men  were  Stationed  and  had  erected 
block  houses. 

[  Tuesday,  May  the  Twelfth  ] 

12  Explored  the  Countary  up  Muddy  Creek  went  to  the 
place  where  the  Murders  was  Commit [t]ed  and  when  going 
in  the  evening  to  to  inter  the  Dead  Indians  we  Started  an 
Indian  from  the  bushes  who  had  been  laying  in  ambush  in 
sight  of  the  garrison  with  a  view  as  was  supposed  to  kill 
some  person  and  retire  and  when  in  pursuite  of  him  we 
found  Several  packs  and  four  guns  that  was  hid  by  Indians 
that  was  then  at  the  Blockhouse  of  the  Dellaware  Miamas 
and  Munces1  the  guns  was  owned  by  the[m]  when  brought 
in,  and  the  Indians  was  Sent  to  the  Indian  agent  at  Troy — 

[  Wednesday,  May  the  Thirteenth  ] 

13  agreeably  to  our  orders  returned  to  Stillwater  Collected 
the  balance  of  our  Company,  those  who  went  up  Stillwater 

1  Munseys,  one  of  the  three  tribes  of  the  Delaware  Indians. — EDITOR. 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        353 

having  returned  and  made  no  discovery  we  prepared  to 
return  to  Dayton.  The  Countary  was  generally  Deserted 
without  a  caus[e] 

[Thursday,  May  the  Fourteenth] 

14  returned  to  Dayton  and  Joined  the  troops 

[  Friday,  May  the  Fifteenth  ] 

1 5th  made  a  report  of  the  Situation  of  the  frontier  to  Gover- 
ner  Meigs  The  Gov[er]nor  requested  me  not  to  leave  the 
army  but  informed  me  He  would  write  to  the  Secr[e]t[a]ry 
at  war  and  assured  me  that  I  should  neither  loos  rank  nor 
emmolument  by  attending  the  army  I  Consented  to  remain 
with  the  army  on  those  Conditions1 

[Saturday,  May  the  Sixteenth  to  Monday,  May  the  Eighteenth] 

16,  17,  18  remained  with  the  troops  and  dissiplined  the 
officers  at  their  trainings — 

[Tuesday,  May  the  Nineteenth] 

19th  was  informed  by  Govern  [or]  Meigs  that  he  wished 
Some  person  to  go  through  the  wilderness  to  detroit  as  an 
express  and  solicited  me  to  undertake  the  mission  to  which 
I  consented  I  would 

[  Wednesday,  May  the  Twentieth  ] 

20th  done  my  duty  with  the  army — 

[  Thursday,  May  the  Twenty -first  ] 

21st  was  Solicited  by  Governor  Meigs  and  Colo  Cass2  to 
assist  in  Detaching  a  part  of  Colo  McArthurs  Kegt  and 


1  Lucas  had  been  recently  appointed  a  Captain  in  the  United  States  Army  and 
was  waiting  for  an  assignment  as  a  regular  army  officer. — EDITOR. 

2  Colonel  Lewis  Cass,  Governor  of  the  Territory  of  Michigan  from  1813  to  1831 
and  later  prominent  in  national  politics. — EDITOR. 


354    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

attaching  th[e]m  to  Colo  Cass,  to  wit  Capt  Lucas  and  Capt 
Pinney['s]  [?]  Comp[a]ny  and  promised  me  the  Command 
of  the  best  Battallion  in  the  army  if  I  would  Consent,  to 
which  I  replied,  tha[t]  when  I  engaged  as  a  volunteer  it 
was  neither  with  a  view  to  gain  rank  or  emmolum[e]nt  but 
pure]y  to  serve  my  Country  and  as  I  Could  have  the  Com- 
mand of  the  Battallion  raised  from  my  Brigade,  I  felt  a 
delicacy  in  accepting  the  Com[ma]nd  of  troops  from  other 
Brigades. 

[  Friday,  May  the  Twenty-second  ] 

22d  Similar  applications  was  mad[e]  but  no  Satisfaction 
was  give[n]  them  by  me.  I  informed  Major  Denny  and 
Major  Trirnbell  and  they  opposed  the  detaching  of  any  part 
of  the[i]r  Battallions  in  any  such  manner  Thus  the  pro- 
ject was  abandoned, — there  being  a  supposition  that  there 
was  Indians  viewing  the  Camp  of  nights  as  a  nois[e]  had 
be[e]n  heard  like  turk[e]ys  Calling  the  night  before.  I 
went  and  lay  in  the  bushes  out  of  the  Camp  with  Sml  Herd 
and  watched  for  th[e]m  but  none  was  discovered 

[  Saturday,  May  the  Twenty-third  ] 

23  Gnl  Hull1  ar[r]ived  and  reviewed  the  army  with  Gov 
Meigs  and  I  was  informed  by  Governor  Meigs  that  I  would 
be  wanted  to  go  to  Detroit  in  a  few  Days 

[Sunday,  May  the  Twenty-fourth] 

24th  I  was  introduced  by  Governor  Meigs  to  Gnl  Hull.  I 
was  informed  by  Gnl  Hull  the  intention  of  the  express,  and 
the  rout[e]  he  wished  me  to  take,  and  that  he  wished  me  to 
start  the  next  day  to  which  I  Consented 

1  Brigadier  General  William  Hull,  Governor  of  the  Territory  of  Michigan  and 
in  command  of  the  Northwestern  Army. — EDITOR. 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        355 

[  Monday,  May  the  Twenty-fifth  ] 

25th  I  prepared  to  Start  to  Detroit  Called  on  Gnl  Hull,  was 
instructed  to  pass  through  Delia  war  [e],  the  Sanduskes,  by 
the  foot  of  the  rappids,  the  river  Eaisin  and  then  to  Detroit 
was  furnished  with  a  number  of  addresses  to  the  Different 
chiefs  of  Indians  with  Dispa[t]ches  to  Mr  Varnum1  at 
Lower  Sandusky,2  to  Col.  Anderson  at  the  River  Raisin  and 
to  Mr  Atwater3  the  Acting  Governor  at  detroit.  This. day 
being  the  day  appointed  to  transfer  the  Command  of  the 
army  from  Governor  Meigs  to  Gnl  Hull  I  waited  to  see  the 
Command  transfer  [r]ed  and  then  proceed  [e]d  on  my 
Journey  in  Compa[n]y  with  with  William  Denny  about  15 
Miles  where  we  lodged  all  night — 

[Tuesday,  May  the  Twenty-sixth] 

26th  proceeded  on  to  Capt  Gabriels  on  the  head  of  Darby4 
made  inquiry  and  found  the  inhabitants  much  ala[r]med 

[  Wednesday,  May  the  Twenty-seventh  ] 

27th  proceeded  on  to  Dellaware  where  we  prepared  for  our 
journey  made  inquiry  of  the  situation  of  the  frontier  was 
informed  that  the  inhabitants  was  moving  of[f].  I  en- 
deavor[e]d  to  quiet  the[i]r  fears  by  assuring  th[e]m  that 
they  would  be  protected  and  that  men  would  be  sent  to 
their  assistance]  immediately  I  wished  Some  person  to  go 
with  me  to  lower  Sandusky  to  return  with  Dispa[t]ches 
but  none  Could  be  got  but  Capt  Welch  a  man  of  valure 


1  Jacob  B.  Varnum,  United  States  Factor  at  Sandusky  and  later  at  Chicago- 
See  American  State  Papers,  Vol  V,  Indian  Affairs,  Vol.  II,  pp.  361,  420. — EDITOR. 

2  Now  Fremont,  the  county  seat  of  Sandusky  County,  Ohio. — EDITOR. 

8  Reuben  Atwater,  Acting  Governor  of  the  Territory  of  Michigan. — EDITOR. 
4  A  creek  emptying  into  the  Scioto  River  opposite  Circleville. — EDITOR. 


356    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

and  perseverance  he  engaged  to  go  with  me  pripared  accord- 
ingly to  start  next  mor[n]ing 

[  Thursday,  May  the  Twenty-eighth  ] 

28th  proceed  [ed]  on  from  Delia  ware  to  Sandusky,  Called 
at  Mr  Pyatts  neare  the  Boundary  line  where  the  inhabitants 
had  assembled  and  was  stockading  around  his  house  I 
advised  them  not  to  quit  the[i]r  farms  and  assured  them 
that  they  would  be  protected,  passed  on  from  there  to 
upper  Sandusky,  lodged  at  the  home  of  an  Indian  by  the 
name  of  Willy  Hermky  was  treated  hospata[b]ly  by  him 

[Friday,  May  the  Twenty-ninth] 

29  proceeded  on  was  accompanied  by  Willy  Hemky,  passed 
through  Colo  Crawfords  Battle  ground.1  Hemky  explained 
to  me  the  nature  of  the  nature  of  the  battle  sho[we]d  me 
where  the  Indians  cam[e]  in  upon  the  whites  <fec,  proceeded 
on  to  Negro  town  got  an  interpreter  Called  all  the  Chiefs 
together  that  was  at  home  in  the  neighborhood  of  Upper 
Sandusky.2  I  read  and  explained  Gnl  Hulls  address  to 
them  they  all  appeared  to  be  well  pleased  and  expressed 
great  friendship  and  a  full  determination  to  adher[e]  to  the 
treaty  of  Green vill[e]3  The  Indians  appeared  to  be  plant- 
i[n]g  their  Corn  as  usual  but  was  alarmed  at  the  news  of  so 
large  an  army  being  raised, —  I  then  proceeded  on  to 
lower  Sandusky  Saw  a  number  of  Indians  but  no  hostile 
appearance,  crossed  Timokney4  where  Colo  Crawford  was 


1  For  an  account  of  this  battle,  see  Hill's  Crawford's  Campaign  in  Magazine  of 
Western  History,  Vol.  II,  No.  1,  May,  1885,  pp.  19-38.— EDITOR. 

2  See  below,  Appendix  C. 

8  Negotiated  by  General  Wayne  in  1795. — EDITOR. 
4  Tymochtee  Creek. — EDITOR. 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        357 

burned  gave  an  Indian  a  Dollar  to  ferry  us  ov[e]r  in  a 
cano[e],  the  waters  all  being  extrem[e]ly  nigh,  ar[r]ived 
at  Lower  Sandusky  deli v[e] red  my  Dispa[t]ches  to  Mr 
Varnum,  found  that  place  almost  entirely  deserted  both  by 
the  whites  and  Indians.  The  Ottowa  Indians  and  the 
Miami  having  principally  moved  of[f],  the  Wiandots  are 
planting  no  Corn  and  every  thing  appears  in  confusion, 
requested  Mr  Varnum  to  hold  a  Councill  with  the  indians 
and  to  inform  the  Governor  and  Gnl  Hull  any  particular 
relative  to  the  situation  of  said  place  — 

[  Saturday,  May  the  Thirtieth  ] 

30th  remained  at  Sandusky,  Mr  Varnum  held  a  Councill 
with  the  Wiandott  and  Munsies  Indians,  the  Wiandott 
appear  to  be  pleased  and  I  believe  they  will  be  friendly  to 
the  United  States,  the  Munsis  appear  otherwis[e]  and  I 
believe  they  will  be  directed  entirely  by  the  British  Should 
they  not  be  restrained  by  fear  the  Co[u]ncill  broke  up,  Mr 
Varnum  informed  the  Gnl  the  result,  I  wrote  to  Gov 
M[e]igs  Gnl  Hull  and  Major  Den[n]y,  Crossed  ov[e]r  San- 
dusky and  lodged  with  Mr  Butler — 

[  Sunday,  May  the  Thirty-first  ] 

31~  Crossed  the  Sandusky  to  Mr  Varn[u]m — deliv- 
[e]r[e]d  my  dispa[t]ches  to  Capt  Welch  and  proceeded 
on  to  the  foot  of  the  rapids1  through  a  tremendious  Swamp 
of  40  m[i]l[e]s  Distanc[e],  hired  a  pilote  to  go  with  us  to 
Eiv[e]r  Carron2  made  a  bark  Cano[e]  Crossed  gave  him 
two  Dollars  for  his  trouble,  he  returned  and  we  proceeded 

1  The  rapids  of  the  Maumee  River. — EDITOR. 

*  Probably  a  corruption  of  Carrying  River,  an  old  name  for  Portage  Kiver. — 
EDITOR. 


358    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

on  to  the  foot  of  the  rapids  the  Swamp  being  without  inter- 
mission from  kne[e]  Deep  to  Belly  Deep  to  our  horses  for 
8  or  10  miles  to  gether.  We  ar[r]ived  at  the  Miami  of  the 
lake1  at  the  foot  of  the  rapids  at  Dusk  Swam  the  riv[e]r 
and  lodged  at  Capt  Hulls  where  we  refreshed  ourselves 
fo[u]nd  the  inhabitants  in  a  state  of  alarm  and  in  great 
Confusion  I  informed  th[e]m  of  the  approaching  army 
assur[e]d  them  of  protection]  advised  them  not  to  quit 
the[i]r  hom[e]s  but  to  Defend  themselves  to  the  last 
extremity  in  case  of  an  attack,  left  a  copy  of  Gnl  [Hull's] 
address  to  the  indians  with  th[e]m  Directed  them  to  Com- 
mun[i]cate  it  to  the  Indians  on  Miami,  and  prepared  to 
proceed  on  to  Detroit 

[Monday,  June  the  First] 

June  1*  proceeded  on  to  the  river  Raison  Deliv[e]red  my 
Dispa[t]ches  to  Colo  Anderson  found  the  inhabitant  [s]  in 
a  similar  Situation  to  those  at  the  foot  of  the  rapids  made 
Similar  Communications  to  them,  left  a  copy  of  Gnl  Hulls 
address  with  Colo  Anderson,  and  prepared  to  proceed  on  my 
Jo[u]rney,  Wm  Denny  ['s]  Horse  gave  out  I  left  him  at  this 
place.  This  is  a  beautiful  Countary  but  badly  cultitivated 

[  Tuesday,  June  the  Second  ] 

2nd  proceeded  on  to  Detroit  in  Company  with  Mr  Beard  the 
contra  [c]t[o]r  at  Detroit,  passed  near  a  large  encampment 
of  Indians  on  the  River  Urian2  through  Brownstown  and 
Maguawga  two  Ind[i]an  towns  found  them  in  a  state  of 
Confusion  and  but  few  indian  men  at  home.  Read  Gnl 


1  Where  the  name  Miami  of  the  Lake  is  used  it  refers  to  the  Maumee  Kiver. 
The  words  Maurnee  and  Miami  were  originally  the  same. — EDITOR. 

2  The  Huron  River. — EDITOR. 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        359 

Hulls  address  to  George  Blue  Jacket  son  to  the  noted 
old  ch[i]ef,  he  appear[e]d  pleas[e]d  with  the  Contents 
and  manifested  great  fr[ie]ndship  ar[r]ived  at  Detroit 
about  4  oclo[c]k  P  M  Delivered  my  dispa[t]ches  to  the 
acting  Governor  was  politely  received  introduc[e]d  to  to  the 
officers  of  Detroit  generally,  and  treated  with  great  hospi- 
tality, lodged  at  the  house  of  Mr  Beard — 

[Wednesday,  June  the  Third] 

3  Dined  with  Capt  Hickman  from  Virginia  Son  in  law  to 
Gnl  Hull,  Solicited  by  Him  to  make  his  house  my  Home 
while  I  tarried  at  Detroit  accepted  his  offer  and  was  very 
Politely  and  hospitably  treated  by  him  and  Mrs  Hickman 

[  Thursday,  June  the  Fourth  ] 

4~  made  Considerable  inqu[i]ry  relative  to  the  situati[o]n 
of  the  territo[r]y  fo[u]nd  it  to  be  populated  by  an  ignor- 
ant Set  of  french  that  is  attached  to  no  particular  political 
principal,  the  territory  in  a  state  of  alarm,  their  farms 
small,  and  no  Correct  Calculation  to  be  made  on  the  Militia 
with  regard  to  Defence  The  territo[r]y  generally  like  a 
body  without  a  head — 

[  Friday,  June  the  Fifth  ] 

5th  Dined  with  Mr  Atwater  the  Acting  Governor  was 
politely  treated  by  him — 

[Saturday,  June  the  Sixth] 

6th  Dined  with  Capt  Whistler  in  the  garr[i]s[o]n  in  corn- 
pa  [n]y  with  a  n[u]mb[e]r  of  gentlem[e]n  treated  with 
politeness  and  sp[e]nt  the  afternoon  very  agreeably 

[  Sunday,  June  the  Seventh,  to  Saturday,  June  the  Thirteenth  ] 

from  7th  to  14th  tarri[e]d  at  Capt  Hickmans  and  enjoyed 
myself  very  agreeab[l]y  read  and  examined  the  princi- 


360     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

pl[e]s  of  the  new  tackticks  and  acquired  a  general  infor- 
mat[io]n  of  the  Situation  of  Michigan  territory  and  Upper 
Canada,  during  which  time  I  was  on  a  hunting  party  on 
hog  Island,  above  Detroit  and  Sun[dr]y  other  parti [e]s, 
Several  Co[u]nc[i]ls  with  the  Indians  at  the  hous[ej  of 
the  acting  governor,  with  the  Wiandots  Chippaways  Otto- 
ways  Pottawattomi  and  sundry  other  tribe  [s] — some  ap- 
pear [e]d  insol[e]nt  and  other  [s]  extremely  fr[i]endly  upon 
the  whole  they  are  in  confusion  and  at  a  loss  how  to  act 
fear  Can  only  restrain  th[e]m  from  joining  the  British,  they 
are  much  alarmed  at  the  news  of  our  approaching  army 

[  Sunday,  June  the  Fourteenth  ] 

14*  Capt  Welch  having  ar[r]ived  as  an  express  from  the 
army  handed  me  a  letter  from  Gnl  Hull  informing  me  he 
had  changed  the  rout[e]  of  the  army  Sinc[e]  I  left  him  and 
that  he  would  Come  immediately  from  Urbanna  to  the  foot 
of  the  rapids  he  also  handed  a  letter  to  Mr  B[e]ard  the  con- 
tr[ac]t[o]r  Mr  Beard  wishing  to  hear  from  a  vessel  of  his 
previ[o]us  to  his  return  [in]  g  an  ans[w]er  to  Gnl  Hull  Con- 
cluded that  he  would  go  down  the  Riv[e]r  to  meet  her,  my- 
self and  Capt  Welch  accompani[e]d  him  we  De[s]c[e]nded 
the  river  within  a  mile  of  Maiden1 1  viewed  the  Situation  of 
the  British  Garrison  from  on  board  the  vessel  while  we 
was  in  Sight  Queen  Sharlotte  a  British  20  gun  ship  ar[r]ived 
at  Maldon  with  Governor  brock2  and  a  reinforcem[e]nt  of 
a  hundr[e]d  British  troops.  We  returned  to  Detroit. 


1  The  garrison  of  the  British  across  the  river  and  some  miles  below  Detroit. 
South  of  the  fort  was  the  village  of  Amherstburgh. — EDITOR. 

3  Brigadier  General  Isaac  Brock,  provisional  Lieutenant  Governor  of  Upper 
Canada  and  in  command  of  the  British  forces. — EDITOR. 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        361 

[  Monday,  June  the  Fifteenth  ] 

15  the  day  being  rainy  I  remained  at  Detroit  and  prepared 
to  Start  the  next  morning  to  meet  the  army 

[  Tuesday,  June  the  Sixteenth] 

16th  Started  and  returned  to  the  riv[e]r  Raisin  fo[u]nd 
Brownsto[w]n  and  Maguawga  much  as  they  were  when  I 
passed  through  them  fo[u]nd  William  Denny  my  comerade 
well. 


[Entered  on   Met  15  canofel  loads  of  Otto  way  Chiefs  and  oth- 

the  margin]  » 

e[rs]  at  the  Riv[e]r  Urn1  going  to  Mald[e]n. 

[  Wednesday,  June  the  Seventeenth  ] 

17  tarri[e]d  at  Mr  Godfrays  at  the  riv[e]r  Raisin  waiting 
for  Tho?  Knaggs2  an  interpreter  who  was  requested  by  the 
gov[er]n[o]r  to  accompa[n]y  me  to  the  army  was  informed 
by  Mr  Godfray  that  Govern  [or]  Brock  returned  from  Mal- 
d[e]n  on  the  16*  down  the  lake 

[Thursday,  June  the  Eighteenth] 

18th  returned  to  the  foot  of  the  rapids,  met  on  the  way 
about  40  Indian  Horses  loaded  with  wom[e]n  children  <fec 
moving  from  Solomons  town3  and  round  heads  to[w]n4  on 
Scioto  and  Stony  creeke  to  Detroit  (as  they  said,)  or  Browns- 
to[w]n,  the  men  was  walking  with  th[e]m  perhaps  th[i]rty 
in  number. 


1  The  Huron  River. — EDITOR. 

2  One  of  five  brothers,  all  of  whom  acted  as  Indian  interpreters  and  guides. 
See  Knaggs'  Memoir  of  James  Knaggs,  of  Monroe,  in  Michigan  Pioneer  and  His- 
torical Collections,  Vol.  XVII,  1890,  pp.  217-225;  also  Lossing's  Pictorial  Field- 
Book  of  the  War  of 1812,  pp.  362,  363.— EDITOR. 

8  An  Indian  town  in  what  is  now  Logan  County,  Ohio. — EDITOR. 
4  An  Indian  town  at  the  head  waters  of  the  Scioto  in  what  is  now  Hardin 
County,  Ohio. — EDITOR. 


362    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

[Friday,  June  the  Nineteenth  ] 

19th  Started  from  the  foot  of  the  rapids  to  meet  the  army 
proceeded  through  the  Wilderness  towards  Urbanna — trav- 
eled ab[o]ut  25  miles,  a  very  rainy  day  and  encamped  in 
what  is  Called  the  Black  Swamp,1  had  a  Disagreeable  night 
of  wet  and  Musketoes 

[  Saturday,  June  the  Twentieth  ] 

20th  proceeded  on  to  Blanchard  fork  of  A[u]glaize  Stop[p]ed 
at  an  old  field,  let  our  horses  graise  and  picked  strawberries 
the  while.  Crossed  the  Creek  and  encamped  on  the  head 
waters  of  the  great  Miami,  was  Surrounded  in  the  night  by 
hostile  Indians  as  was  Supposed,  we  left  our  fire  and  lay  in 
the  Bushes  without  fear  the  musqueatos  and  [g]nats  tor- 
mented us  Severely  the  Indians  finding  that  we  was  on  the 
alert  bore  off  we  Saw  the  tracks  of  the  dogs  next  morning 
and  the  trail  in  the  grass.  I  pres[u]m[e]  they  was  a  small 
party  of  the  Pottawattomies,  and  not  knowing  our  fourc[e], 
supposing  it  to  be  greater  than  it  was  they  bore  of  [f]  and 
left  us  there  was  but  4  men  in  compa[n]y  2  of  which  only 
had  arms,  we  was  informed  by  Some  men  from  fort  wayne 
at  the  foot  of  the  rapids  that  there  was  a  war  party  of  Pot- 
to wattom[ie]s  out  in  that  Direction 

[  Sunday,  June  the  Twenty-first  ] 

21*  Started  early  in  the  morn  [in]  g  it  began  to  rain  and 
rained  tremendiously  untill  about  3  oclock  in  the  afternoon 
ab[o]ut  which  tim[e]  we  reached  Round  heads  town  on  the 
head  of  Scioto  we  found  it  entirely  deserted  by  the  Indians, 
we  proceeded  on  to  Solomons  town  on  Stony  Creek  one  of 

1  A  large  swamp  in  the  present  counties  of  Henry,  Wood,  and  Sandusky. — 
EDITOR. 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        363 

the  branches  of  Mad  Kiver  we  there  found  Some  Indians 
and  made  inquiry  about  the  army  they  informed  us  they 
had  passed  us  and  taken  a  rout[e]  to  shun  the  black  Swamp 
and  directed  us  where  to  strike  the  road.  We  struck  the 
road  and  overtook  Some  Waggons  that  was  taking  foreg  to 
the  army  we  encamped  with  th[e]m  got  some  korn  for  our 
horses  and  provisions  for  ourselves — 

[  Monday,  June  the  Twenty-second  ] 

22  proceeded  on  to  fort  Me  Arthur1  on  Scioto  got  our 
Brakefasts  of  Capt  Dell  the  Commandant,  proceeded  on 
overtook  the  rear-g[u]ard  about  3  oclock  P  M  passed  them 
and  came  to  the  ma[i]n  army  encamped  at  Camp  Necessity 
a  Disagreeable  Muddy  place, — Delivered  my  Dispa[t]ches 
to  the  gnl,  was  politely  received  and  thanked  for  my  vigil- 
[a]nce, — invited  to  remain  in  the  generals  family  but  see- 
ing so  many  fops  and  so  much  parade  and  no  action  among 
them  I  Chose  to  attach  myself  to  Gnl  McArthurs  Regiment, 
return  [e]d  and  lodged  with  Gnl  McArthur — 

[  Tuesday,  June  the  Twenty-third  ] 

23rd  remained  at  Camp  Nec[e]ssity  and  erected  a  Block- 
house, I  wrote  back  to  my  father  and  Mr  Kendall,2  an  alarm 
in  Camp  that  a  man  was  Shot  at  with  an  arrow  the  army 
alarmed  and  under  arms  about  Brake  of  day,  I  attached 
myself  at  the  time  of  the  alarm  to  my  Brothers  Compa[n]y 

[  Wednesday,  June  the  Twenty-fourth  ] 

24  Broke  up  Camp  and  marched  about  4  miles,  during  this 

1  A  fort  built  about  three  miles  southwest  of  Kenton,  in  what  is  now  Hardin 
County.  See  Howe's  Historical  Collections  of  Ohio,  centennial  edition,  Vol.  I, 
pp.  876,878.—  EDITOR. 

*  A  brother-in-law  of  Robert  Lucas. — EDITOR. 


364    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

march  I  was  on  the  flanks  with  the  rifle  men,  but  encamped 
with  Capt  Lucas 

[  Thursday,  June  the  Twenty-fifth  ] 

25  the  army  marched  to  fort  Finley1  on  Blanchards  [Fork] 
of  A[u]glaize  where  we  overtook  Colo  Finleys  Regiment 
who  had  went  on  from  McArthur  to  cut  the  road,  here  is  a 
Blockhouse  erected  in  a  beautifull  Situation  and  a  hand- 
some countary 

[  Friday,  June  the  Twenty-sixth  ] 

26  the  army  remained  at  this  encampment  except  Colo  Cass 
Regiment  who  went  on  as  Pinoneers  to  Cut  the  road,     here 
the  army  left,  all  the  baggage  that  Could  be  Spared,  left 
Some  men  to  bring  them  on  by  water  and  to  keep  garrison, 
this  morning  Colo  Dunlap  ar[r]ived  from  Chillicothe  on 
express 

[  Saturday,  June  the  Twenty -seventh  ] 

27th  the  army  crossed  the  Creek  and  marched  about  12 
miles  and  encamped,  throwing  a  breastwork  of  timber 
aro[u]nd  the  Camp,  this  day  I  was  employed  by  the  gnl  in 
assisting  to  bring  up  the  bagga[ge]  and  to  go  a  head  in  the 
afternoon  to  view  an  incamp[m]ent 

[  Sunday,  June  the  Twenty-eighth  ] 

28  marched  on  to  Carran2  River  where  we  threw  up  a 
Breastwork  of  timber  and  used  great  precaution  during  the 
night  to  prevent  an  alarm 

1  Now  Findlay,  the  county  seat  of  Hancock  County,  Ohio.     Named  in  honor  of 
Colonel  James  Findlay,  in  command  of  the  2d  Regiment  of  Ohio  Volunteers  in 
Hull's  campaign.     Findlay  was  later  a  member  of  Congress  from  Ohio  and  was, 
in  1834,  an  unsuccessful  candidate  against  Robert  Lucas  for  the  governorship  of 
the  State  of  Ohio.— EDITOR. 

2  See  note  on  page  357. — EDITOR. 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        365 

[Monday,  June  the  Twenty-ninth] 

29th  Marched  on  to  the  rappids  of  Miami  of  the  lake  over- 
took Colo  Cass  and  the  whole  army  encamped  on  the  the 
east  side  of  the  Kiv[e]r  directly  opposite  Gnl  Waynes  old 
Battle  ground  I  was  dispa[t]ched  with  Mr  Berry  to  view 
the  river  and  to  ascertain  the  best  foarding  we  found  the 
one  at  Preskial l  at  the  old  battleground  to  be  the  best  and 
reported  accordingly 

[  Tuesday,  June  the  Thirtieth  ] 

30  This  morning  I  was  engaged  in  conveying  the  Sick  over 
the  river  in  boats  and  when  the  Sick  had  crossed  the  genl 
Concluded  to  cross  the  whole  army  in  boats  which  he  did, 
the  Waggons  and  Horses  having  crossed  at  the  ford,  I  then 
went  in  compa[n]y  with  Several  gentlemen  and  a  pilote 
that  was  in  Gnl  Waynes  Battle2  and  viewed  the  battle 
ground  manutely,  the  ar[m]y  this  day  marched  in  hand- 
som[e]  ord[e]r  through  the  village  at  the  foot  of  the  rap- 
ids and  encamped  on  a  prararie  about  two  miles  below  the 
village  in  Sight,  below  the  old  British  garrison,  this  garri- 
son has  been  a  well  built  garrison  with  regular  Basti[o]ns 
and  Ditches  with  Double  walls  but  is  now  Demolished,  it 
being  the  garrison  the  Indians  fled  to  after  Waynes  battle 

[  Wednesday,  July  the  First  ] 

July  1*  the  army  marched  on  the  4th  Regiment  went  on  as 
Pinonners  this  day  I  was  taken  with  a  flux  and  fev[e]r  So 
that  I  was  Scarcely  able  to  ride,  but  I  advanced  on  before 


1  Probably  refers  to  Presque  Isle  Hill,  the  site  of  Wayne's  battle.     See  Los- 
sing's  Pictorial  Field-Book  of  the  War  of  1812,  pp.  54,  55. — EDITOR. 

8  Sometimes  called  the  Battle  of  the  Fallen  Timbers,  fought  on  August  20 
1794.— EDITOR. 


366    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

the  army  with  the  Spies  this  day  the  army  marched  about 
12  miles  and  encamped  in  a  handsome  plain,  I  had  a  Dis- 
agreeable night  and  took  some  medicine. 

[Entered  on    a  Considerable  quantity  of  Baggage,  the  Sick, 

the  margin]  J 

and  Considerable  of  the  peoples  private  prop- 
erty Sent  on  in  a  vessle 

[  Thursday,  July  the  Second  ] 

2nd  my  being  on  well  I  rode  on  a  head  to  the  river  Raisin 
where  I  met  Some  gentlemen  from  Detroit  they  informed  us 
that  Tecumseh1  was  at  Maiden  that  there  was  about  two 
thous[an]d  Indians  at  Maldon  and  on  the  river  Uran2  and 
Brown[s]town  that  they  Saw  about  two  hundred  of  the 
S[i]oux  Indians  at  Brownstown  as  they  passed  with  the  Brit- 
ish flag  hoisted,  and  that  we  Certainly  would  be  attacked  be- 
fore we  got  to  detroit  on  Receiving  this  intelligence  I  Caught 
new  life  the  fever  left  me  and  I  prepared  and  proposed  to  go 
on  to  Brownstown  to  view  the  Situation  and  Disposition  of 
the  Indians  the  proposition  was  approved  by  all  the  officers 
the  army  this  night  encamped  on  the  South  Side  of  the 
riv[e]r  Raison  I  lodged  in  a  house  being  on  well  and  pre- 
pared to  start  next  morning 

[  Friday,  July  the  Third  ] 

3rd  I  repaired  to  the  General  was  given  the  Command  of 
the  spi[e]s  and  started  on  to  brownstown  being  fur- 
nished with  a  fresh  horse  by  the  gnl.  The  Spies  parted 
and  Sco[u]red  the  Countary  in  Different  Directions  my- 


1  A  Shawnee  warrior  and  leader  of  the  confederation  of  Indian  tribes  forming 
alliance  with  the  British  forces. — EDITOR. 
8  The  Huron  River. — EDITOR. 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        367 

self  and  five  others  went  to  Brownstown  and  found  the 
Indians  instead  of  hostile  array  engaged  in  repairing  their 
houses,  they  had  built  a  new  Councell  house  Since  I  had 
passed  through  and  manifested  every  appearance  of  friend- 
ship we  then  repa[i]red  to  the  big  Rock1  the  principle 
Crossing  plac[e]  to  Maldon,  found  about  30  of  the  Otto  was 
Drunk  on  the  bank  Could  get  no  Satisfaction  from  them, 
The  Crafts  was  all  on  the  Canadian  Side  the  S[i]oux 
Indians  that  had  been  seen  at  Brownstown  having  crossed 
over  to  Maldon,  I  prevailed  upon  the  chiefs  at  this  place  to 
return  with  me  to  the  army  to  explain  to  the  Genl  the  Situ- 
ation of  their  town  and  those  Indians  that  had  Crossed  to 
maldon,  and  returned  to  meet  the  army  in  Company  with 
Mr  Walker  a  white  man  that  lives  at  the  Big  Rock  (the 
Crossing  pl[a]c[e])  and  Some  Indians.  We  fo[u]nd  the 
army  encamped  at  Swan  Creek2  strongly  fortified  by  timber 
about  9  miles  from  Brownstown,  I  immediately  reported  to 
the  Genl  my  proceedings  and  discoveries 

[Entered  on    We  was  informed  to  a  crelrtrailnty  by  the  in- 

the  margin]  L    J      L     J      ./       J 

dians  that  the  vessel  with  our  baggage  had  been 
take[n]  by  the  British,  but  that  the  boat  with 
the  Sick  had  gone  up  safe 

[  Saturday,  July  the  Fourth  ] 

4th  having  been  informed  that  the  Indians  and  British  had 
Crossed  from  Maldon  to  Rosial3  Island  and  probably  had 

1  Opposite  Maiden. — EDITOR. 

2  A  small  creek  flowing  into  the  Maumee  River  at  Toledo.     The  early  settle- 
ment at  this  point,  which  later  became  Toledo,  was  known  as  Swan  Creek. — 
EDITOR. 

8  Probably  intended  for  Grosse  Isle,  which  lay  in  the  Detroit  River  opposite 
Maiden.— EDITOR. 


368     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Crossed  the  river  above  with  a  view  to  attack  us  I  was 
requested  by  the  Genl  to  proceed  on  and  examine  the  banks 
of  the  river  Uron1  to  the  river  Sacroix,2  about  18  miles  from 
the  ar[m]y  and  within  the  9  mijles  of  Detroit  it  being  within 
the  white  settlement  and  at  the  head  of  the  Island.  I  did 
So  and  examined  manutely  but  was  advised  by  the  Indians 
at  Brownstown  to  be  Cautious  least  we  should  be  killed  by 
Some  of  the  Indians  from  Maiden  we  was  Carefull  but  went 
to  the  extent  of  our  orders  we  assertained  that  no  one  had 
Cross  [ed]  from  Canada  but  heard  Considerable  Shooting 
on  the  Island  we  on  our  return  was  informed  by  Some 
friendly  Indians,  that  the  British  intended  Crossing  over 
that  night  and  either  to  attack  the  army  or  Detroit — we 
returned  and  made  a  report  of  our  proceedings  to  the  Gen- 
eral— about  11  oclock  this  night  the  Genl  Sent  for  me 
requested  me  to  take  Some  of  the  Spies  and  repair  to  the 
big  rock  to  watch  the  Crossing  of  the  riv[e]r  (the  army  at 
the  time  lay  at  the  river  Uran1  having  marched  but  six 
miles  being  detained  throwing  a  bridge  over  the  river  being 
ab[o]ut  4  miles  from  the  Big  Rock)  the  army  was  kep[t] 
under  arms  all  night  the  expectations  of  an  attack  was 
Strengthened  by  the  discovery  of  a  British  20  gun  Ship 
Laying  in  sight  of  the  Camp  in  the  lake  which  was  sup- 
posed to  contain  troops  and  Could  bumbard  our  Camp  from 
the  lake.  I  obeyed  his  Command  and  started  went  about  3 
miles  was  hailed  by  a  man  who  spoke  english  in  a  very 
abrupt  manner,  we  wheeled  into  Bushes  and  the  Compa[n]y 
that  was  with  me  wished  to  fire  on  them  but  expecting  an 


1  The  Huron  River. — EDITOR. 

2  Probably  the  River  Aux  Ecorces. — EDITOR. 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        369 

en[e]my  nigh  and  our  number  small  being  only  five  or  six 
I  thought  it  prude  [n]t  to  return  to  the  Camp  and  inform 
the  Genl,  thinking  that  perhaps  it  might  be  Some  of  our 
own  men  that  might  be  out  unbeknown  to  me,  and  if  not  it 
must  be  a  party  of  the  En[e]my  that  had  landed  from 
on  board  the  vessel,  that  might  be  far  Superior  to  us  in 
number  being  too  far  from  the  Camp  to  get  any  assistance, 
I  returned  to  the  Camp  made  no  alarm  repaired  to  the  Gnl 
enquired  of  him  whether  any  of  our  men  was  without  the 
lines  he  informed  me  there  was  none  to  his  knowledge,  he 
requested  me  to  take  the  Spies  about  20  in  n[u]mb[e]r  and 
pass  the  pickets  and  to  scour  the  Countary  and  watch  the  road 
towards  the  enemy  and  endeavor  to  assertain  who  it  was  and 
whether  there  was  an  en[e]my  in  tha[t]  quarter  or  not.  I 
did  so  we  passed  the  pickets  about  a  half  a  mile  or  a  mile 
and  explored  and  watched  the  roads  till  day —  The  general 
was  mistak[e]n  he  had  Sent  on  a  party  of  m[e]n  who  he 
had  forgot  and  instead  of  going  to  where  they  was  directed 
they  went  a  peace  and  lay  in  the  Bushes  at  the  side  of  the 
road  who  on  our  approach  instead  of  making  themselves 
known  was  alarmed  and  acted  in  this  imprudent  manner  by 
hailing  us  not  like  a  friend  but  an  enemy.  They  may 
thank  me  for  their  lives  had  it  not  struck  me  that  it  might 
be  Some  of  our  men  they  would  Certainly  have  been 
kil[l]ed  on  meditation  I  conceive  the  Gnl  acted  very 
imprudent  by  detaching  us  that  night  in  the  first  place  to 
watch  the  Crossing  of  the  river  in  the  heart  of  the  en[e]my 
four  miles  from  Camp  through  a  wilderness,  and  in  the 
second  by  Sending  us  with  so  small  a  party  without  the 
Pickets,  had  we  met  an  en[e]my  in  either  Case  every  Soul 


370     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

of  us  must  have  been  Sacraficed  as  we  could  have  got  no 
assistance]  from  the  army  being  Such  a  distan[ce]  from  it 
that  we  would  have  been  intirely  Cut  of  [f]  from  the  army. 
I  thoug[ht]  of  no  fear,  nor  nothing  els[e]  but  to  do  my 
duty  at  the  time,  untill  I  heard  the  remarks  of  the  offic[e]rs 
the  next  day  Sev[e]ral  of  them  declared  they  would  not 
have  went.  My  principle  is  to  do  my  duty  whatever  may 
be  the  task  being  Satisfied  that  courage  guided  by  prudence 
n[e]ver  Shortened  a  mans  days — 

[  Sunday,  July  the  Fifth  ] 

5th  the  Camp  broke  up  and  marched  for  Detroit  I  went  on 
ahead  as  usual,  we  hea[r]d  great  firing  of  Cannon  at 
Detroit.  We  Supposed  that  Detroit  was  attacked  as  we  had 
heard  of  a  British  vessle  going  up  the  night  before.  The 
Sound  of  the  Cannon  hurried  our  pace  and  about  4  oclock 
P.  M.  the  army  ar[r]ived  at  the  Spring  well  on  the  bank  of 
the  Biv[e]r  opposite  Sandwich  within  three  miles  and  in 
Sight  of  Detroit  having  marched  about  20  miles  that  day 
where  they  encamped.  The  firing  that  was  heard  was  from 
the  Batt[e]ry  at  Detroit,  firing  upon  the  vessle  that  had 
come  up  and  upon  the  town  of  Sandwich,  they  having 
assertained  to  a  Certainty  that  the  British  had  taken  our 
vessle  that  was  Sent  from  the  rapids  with  a  quantity  of  the 
Baggage  of  the  ar[m]y  the  offi[ce]rs  Mon[e]y  papers  Cloth- 
ing &c  and  and  those  that  was  in  the  vessle  five  ladies  [?] 
three  offic[e]rs  and  about  30  men1 
[Entered  on  This  morning  I  was  in  Gnl  Hulls  Markee  and 

the  margin] 

Colo  Cass  came  in,  he  had  been  sent  to  go  to 


1  Cf.  Lossing's  Pictorial  Field-Book  of  the  War  of  1812,  pp.  257,  258.— EDITOR. 


372    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Maldon.  The  Gnl  requ[e]st[e[d  me  to  with- 
draw which  I  did,  for  what  purpos[e]  the  man 
was  sent  to  go  to  Maldon  I  know  not.  Perhaps 
the  Gnl  kep[t]  it  a  secret  from  him  as  he  did 
from  me — on  the  ar[r]ival  of  the  army  the 
firing  ceased  being  disapproved  by  the  Gnl  as 
injuring  private  property. 

[  Monday,  July  the  Sixth  ] 

6th  The  army  remained  at  the  spring  Well  till  evening  then 
marched  to  Detroit,  through  the  town  and  returned  to  the 
Same  encampment — This  day  a  great  number  of  Indians 
Came  into  Camp  for  the  purpose  of  holding  a  Councill 
They  all  profess  friendship.  2  Peac[e]s  of  artil[l]ery 
brought  to  the  Camp  this  evening —  The  people  in  Canida 
in  great  Confusion  at  the  Sight  of  our  army. — 

[Entered  on    Qo  £jags  went  to  Maldon  with  a  flag  of  truce  to 

the  margin] 

dem[an]d  the  private  property  that  was  held  [?] 

[  Tuesday,  July  the  Seventh  ] 

7th  The  army  remained  at  the  encampment  this  day  5  peaces 
of  artil[l]ery  was  placed  on  the  Bank  Directed  to  Sand- 
wich under  the  Command  of  Lieutenant  Dallaby . 1  This  day 
the  Indians  held  a  Councell  with  Gnl  Hull,  the  principle 
Chiefs  of  the  Wyandots  ottaways,  Chippaways,  Shawaneas 
Senekas  Pottawattomi[e]s  &  Mohawkes  were  pres[e]nt  they 
all  profess  fr[i]endship  and  request  time  to  Consult  among 
themselves  and  to  return  an  answer  a  Beef  was  given  them 
by  the  Genl.  This  night  about  12  oclock  an  alarm  origin- 
nated  in  Camp  that  the  Ind[i]ans  that  was  without  the 

1  Lieutenant  James  Daliba. — EDITOR. 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        373 

Camp  had  Collected  a  force  and  intended  to  attack  the 
Camp — (Gnl  Hull  was  in  town)  Gnl  Me  Arthur  took  the 
command  ordered  the  men  under  armes  and  requested  me  to 
repair  to  MrKnag[g]s  The  Indian  Interpreter  about  H[0 
miles  to  request  him  to  attend  in  the  Camp.  I  went  and 
returned  with  the  interpreter; — inquiry  was  made — The 
alarm  was  found  to  be  principally  unfounded  and  the  men 
allowed  to  retire  to  their  tents — 

[  Entered  on    Colo  Cass  returned  accompanied  by  a  British 

the  margin]  J 

officer  he  was  admit  [t]ed  by  the  Genl  into  our 
Camp,  the  property  refused 

[  Wednesday,  July  the  Eighth  ] 

8th  the  camp  was  thought  to  be  in  Danger  of  being  bum- 
barded  by  Cannon  from  Sandwich  the  whole  army  was 
ordered  to  march  a  back  way  to  Detroit  When  the  army 
was  about  marching  Crane  the  principle  Wyandot  Chief 
Came  and  remonstrated  against  the  Conduct  of  the  Gnl  in 
taking  21  Indian  Horses  that  belong  to  the  S[i]oux  Indians 
that  was  then  at  Maldon,  (The  horses  was  directed  to  be 
giv[e]n  to  the  Wyandott  Chiefs,)  The  Same  Chief  Said 
that  they  all  intended  to  speak  with  the  Same  friendly 
vows  and  that  the  Wyandots  all  intended  to  use  their 
influence  to  keep  all  other  nations  quiet,  at  this  moment 
Gnl  Hull  heard  that  there  was  a  party  of  the  Kickapoo 
Indians  on  the  river  Raison  Sent  me  out  to  See  them  and  to 
assertain  their  number  and  intention.  I  started  immediately 
and  went  to  the  river  Raison  it  being  36  miles  where  I 
Stayed  all  night — 


374     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

[  Thursday,  July  the  Ninth  ] 

9th  this  morning  I  went  up  the  river  to  the  Indian  Camp  I 
found  there  28  Warriors  without  any  Women  or  Children 
with  them.  They  was  of  the  Kickapoo  nation  and  the  Same 
fellows  that  was  at  the  battle  with  Harrison  Some  of  them 
show  their  wounds — They  Said  there  was  more  of  their 
nation  coming — behind  them.  They  was  almost  naked 
except  Breechcloths  and  Blankets.  They  said  they  left 
their  homes  to  go  to  Maldon,  but  on  their  being  told  of  our 
army  and  that  they  would  all  be  kil[l]ed  if  they  did  go 
they  said  they  would  not  go  to  Maldon  but  would  go  to  See 
the  Gnl  at  Detroit  The  two  principle  Chiefs  started  in 
Company  with  me  and  a  Mr  Thompson  for  Detroit,  we 
travelled  together  to  Brown stown  where  the  Chiefs  stop- 
[p]ed  and  said  they  would  Come  on  the  next  day.  Mr 
Thompson  and  myself  went  on  to  Detroit,  it  being  late  in 
the  night  before  we  ar[r]ived,  the  Centinels  was  placed, 
and  the  officer  of  the  G[u]ard  Could  not  be  found  therefore 
we  Could  not  git  into  town  and  had  to  lay  out,  we  returned 
to  Mr  Mays  and  lay  in  his  poarch  all  night  (The  officer  of 
the  g[u]ard  being  of  the  Detroit  Militia) 

[  Friday,  July  the  Tenth  ] 

10  this  morning  early  I  went  to  the  Genl  and  made  my 
report,  he  offered  me  the  Command  of  a  Small  Company  of 
Spies  I  observed  to  him  that  I  would  prefer  some  other 
station  wherein  if  I  Came  into  action  I  Could  be  of  more 
Service  in  exercising  my  military  talents,  and  that  I  would 
wish  to  be  with  Gnl  McArthurs  Regt  he  observed  he  would 
wish  to  accomodate  me  in  anything  I  would  wish  and  if 
there  was  any  station  in  Gnl  McArthurs  Reg[i]ment  wherein 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        375 

I  Could  be  of  use  it  would   meet  with   his  intire  appro- 
bati[on]  Gnl  McArthur  requested  me  to  attend  him  in  Case 
we  Should  be  attack  [ed]  and  assist  him  in  Directing  the 
maneuvres  to  which  I  consented  I  would.     I  found  the 
army  this  day  encamped  on  the  Commons  at  Detroit.     This 
night  was  pitched  upon  to  Cross  the  river,  and  Considerable 
Confusion  took  place  with  the  militia  a  number  of  th[e]m 
refused  to  Cross  the  river — Those  that  refused  to  Cross  was 
Considered  by  the  army  as  Cowards.     The  army  was  almost 
prepared  to  march  when  by  accident,  Major  Munson1  was 
badly  wounded,  and  the  Camp  thrown  into  confusion.    The 
Gnl  pos[t]poned  the  march  till  the  next  day — 

[  Saturday,  July  the  Eleventh  ] 

II  This  day  Cappt  Cunninghams  and  Capt  Rupes  Com- 
panys  refused  to  Cross  the  river,  but  after  Some  Statement 
made  by  the  Colo  Cunninghams  Company  agreed  to  go 
Rupe  and  his  Company  through  obstinacy  refused  to  march. 
The  Genl  demanded  a  list   of   the   names   of  those  that 
refused  to  Cross  the  river  Capt  Rupe  returned  his  whole 
Company —   The  adjutan[t]  rashly  abused  the  whole  Corn- 
pa  [n]y  as  Cowards  Traitors  &c  and  made  a  return  of  them 
to  the  Gnl  under  the  head  of  a  list  of  Cowards  under  the 
name   of   militia,  unfortunately   attached   to    Colo   McAr- 
thur ['s]  Reg[i]ment,  and  then  ar[r]ested  Captain  Rupe — 
for  ungentlemanly  and  unofficer  like  Conduct —   This  night 
Colo  Me  Arthur  ['s]  Regiment  was  ordered  to  march  down 
the  River  to  dicoy  the  British,  they  marched  down  the 
river  about  three  miles   halted   a   few  hours  and  silently 

1  One  of  the  two  Majors  of  the  3d  Regiment  of  Ohio  Volunteers  under  the  com- 
mand of  Colonel  Cass.  — EDITOR. 


376     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

returned,  taking  boats  down  by  water  at  the  Same  time, — 
The  project  had  the  desired  effect  the  British  Supposed  we 
intended  Crossing  below  Sandwich  and  they  drew  all  the 
forces  they  had  down  towards  Maldon — When  the  Regi- 
ment started  B  Rankin  James  Cochran  Daniel  [ ] 1 

and  John  Lafarge  fell  in  Capt  Lucass  Company  and  marched 
with  him  Supposing  the  army  intended  cross  [in]  g 

[  Sunday,  July  the  Twelfth  ] 

12  This  morning  by  daylight  the  Crafts  was  all  moved  up 
the  river  to  the  foot  of  Hog  Island  the  army  all  marched  up 
to  that  place  Ensign  McDougal  and  about  15  of  Capt  Rupes 
Company  followed  and  Crossed  with  the  Regiment  by 
which  they  gained  considerable  However  the  names  was 
all  returned  to  the  Gnl  and  received — 
Colo  Cass  and  the  4th  regular  Regmt  was  to  cross  first  I 
could  not  endure  to  be  behind  I  asked  permission  of  Colo 
Cass  and  crossed  with  him  and  was  among  the  first  that 
landed  in  Can  [a]  da.  We  made  our  landing  good  and 
formed  an  encampm[e]nt  opposite  Detroit  and  raised  the 
American  flag  without  there  even  being  a  gun  fired  at  us, — 
a  party  of  the  regulars  went  down  as  low  as  Sandwich  and 
procured  some  flour  wheat  &c.  out  of  a  mill, — The  inhabi- 
tants all  fled  in  Different  Directions  from  us.  The  Gn] 
immediately  circulated  his  proclamation  which  gave  great 
satisfaction  to  the  inhabitants  and  Caused  many  of  them  to 
return  and  apply  for  protect [i]  on — The  inhabitants  here 
are  generally  ignorant  french  people —  The  encampment 
is  formed  at  the  farm  of  Colo  Bawbie2  a  British  Colo,  it 

1  This  name  is  not  legible. — EDITOR. 

2  Colonel  Francis  Babie. — See  Lossing's  Pictorial  Field-Book  of  the  War  of 
1812,  p.  262.— EDITOR. 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        377 

affords  us  fair  pasture  for  horses,  and  his  hous[e]  good 
quarters  for  the  Genl,  which  is  occupied  by  him  as  such 

[  Monday,  July  the  Thirteenth  ] 

13  I  went  in  Company  with  Capt  Ullerys  Company  and 
part  of  Kupes  Compa[n]y  down  towards  Maiden  about 
9  miles  we  found  the  bridge  at  turk[e]y  Creek  brok[e]n  by 
the  British  and  Saw  the  Signs  where  about  200  men  [had] 
lay  in  ambush  the  night  before  watching  the  Bridge  that  they 
had  broken  laying  in  a  posit  [io]n  that  they  Could  [have] 
intirely  Surrounded  a  small  party  had  they  attempted  to 
Cross  the  bridge  in  the  night.  We  was  informed  by  a  man 
that  lived  at  the  Bridge  that  there  was  a  great  many  Indians 
Close  about  there  and  insisted  upon  us  returning  assuring  us 
that  it  was  Dangerous  for  us  to  be  So  far  from  Camp  with 
So  small  a  party  of  men — we  thought  it  prudent  to  return, 
— we  was  half  way  from  our  Camp  to  Maldon  and  had  but 
about  40  men  in  all,  on  our  return  we  Saw  a  fine  mare  and 
Horse  that  the  inhabitants  said  belonged  to  Colo  Bawbie 
and  Capt  Magrige  [?]  two  British  officers  we  was  requested 
to  bring  them  to  the  Gnl  which  we  did,  he  Received  them 
as  Enemies  property  and  gave  them  in  charge  of  the  Quar- 
termaster Gnl  to  be  disposed  of  as  such — We  on  our  return 
made  a  report  to  the  Gnl  of  what  we  had  seen  and  done, — 
this  night  there  was  an  alarm  in  Camp  that  the  Indians  and 
British  was  near  with  an  intention  of  attacking  us  the  army 
was  put  in  readiness,  the  Gnl  Sent  for  me  and  requested  me 
to  attend  to  the  Padrolls  and  Picket  g[u]ards,— The  alarm 
was  fals[e]  and  little  was  required  to  be  done, — and  my 
being  fateegued  by  traveling  the  day  before  after  I  found 


378     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

there  was  no  danger  I  retired  to  my  tent,  and  went  to 
Sleep  on  the  ground — (all  was  well  next  morning) 

[  Tuesday,  July  the  Fourteenth  ] 

14th  I  remained  in  Camp  the  men  was  engaged  in  throwing 
up  a  breastwork  round  the  Camp  this  night  Gnl  McArthur 
with  a  party  of  his  Reg[i]ment  started  to  the  river  La 
Trench1  to  take  possession  of  Som[e]  public  property  I  did 
not  know  of  the  intention  of  their  going  so  far,  or  I  would 
went  with  them 

[  Wednesday,  July  the  Fifteenth  ] 

15  a  number  of  Deserters  from  Maldon  is  daily  Coming 
into  Camp  and   obtaining   protection — all  appears  to  be 
admitted  that  appli[e]s,  Some  of  who  me  I  presume  Comes 
only  as  spi[e]s  from  maldon  into  our  Camp  and  gets  pro- 
tection and  returns  with  the  news  to  maldon.     The  inhabi- 
tants are  generally  returning  to  their   homes, — this  is  a 
beautifull  countary,  fine  orchards  Meadows,  and  excell[e]nt 
Crops  of  wheat  which  I  pres[u]me  must  go  to  loss  for  want 
of  Cut  [t]  ing  as  the  men  are  general  [l]y  impressed  and 
driven  to  Maiden, — this  night  we  remained  quiet  without 
an  alarm 

[  Thursday,  July  the  Sixteenth  ] 

16  this  day  Colo  Cass  and  Colo  Miller  obtained  permission 
to  take  a  Detachment  of  men  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining 
possession  of  the  Bridge  at  the  River  Canard2  within  5  miles 

1  The  Eiver  Thames,  a  river  of  Ontario  flowing  southwestward  into  Lake  St. 
Clair. — EDITOR. 

8  The  River  Aux  Canards,  flowing  westward  and  emptying  into  the  Detroit 
River  opposite  Grosse  Isle  a  few  miles  above  Maiden.  This  river  was  called  by 
the  Wyandots  the  Ta-ron-tee,  and  Colonel  Cass  because  of  his  capture  of  the  bridge 
on  this  day  was  frequently  referred  to  as  the  "  Hero  of  Ta-ron-tee." — EDITOE. 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        379 

of  Maiden.  The  Bridge  we  had  been  informed  was  broken 
and  occupied  by  a  British  fourc  on  the  opposite  side. 
The  Detachment  consisted  of  Capt  Snellings  compa[n]y  of 
regulars  Capt  Reynolds  Compa[n]y  of  vol[u]nteers  Capt 
Spencers  Capt  Burslers  Capt  Barrens  and  Capt  Ullery  and 
Capt  Robinsons  Companys  of  Riflemen — in  all  about  200 
men, — I  was  permitted  to  accompany  them  as  a  volunteer 
myself  William  Stockton  and  Samuel  Herd  of  the  party  of 
Rangers  went  in  front  of  the  advanced  g[u]ard,  we  marched 
on  within  2  or  3  miles  of  the  bridge  when  we  was  informed 
by  some  of  Cavalary  that  the  Bridge  was  guarded  by  a  Brit- 
ish force  and  Some  Indians,  also  that  they  had  artillery  at 
the  Bridge  a  Sergeant  and  12  of  Capt  Robinsons  men  was 
requested  to  go  in  front  with  me  as  the  advanced  g[u]ard 
together  with  the  two  rangers  that  had  accompanied  me,  and 
took  a  rout[e]  to  Cross  the  River  and  Come  in  upon  the 
Back  of  the  enemy  the  Balance  of  Capt  Robinsons  Corn- 
pa  [n]y  was  ordered  to  advance  along  the  road  in  sight 
of  the  Bridge  to  keep  the  enemy  in  check  they  advanced 
and  wounded  and  took  two  of  the  British  Soldiers  that  had 
been  posted  across  the  river  as  Centinels — the  balance  of 
the  army  went  up  the  river  with  me  (except  a  few  Dragoons 
and  a  part  of  the  rangers  under  Capt  JVIcCollough  and  a  few 
other  men  who  Stayed  on  the  Side  of  the  Creek  to  annoy 
the  en[e]my) — We  assended  the  river  about  5  or  6  miles 
(piloted  by  two  frenchmen  that  we  made  go  with  us)  crossed 
the  river  (myself  Wm  Stockton  and  Saml  Herd  being  the  first 
ther[e]  and  advanced  on  a  rise  and  kept  a  look  out  while 
the  others  crossed)  we  De[s]cended  on  the  opposite  side 
through  a  tremendous  thicket  of  Bushes  and  Prickly  ash 


380     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

swamps  till  we  came  in  Sight  of  the  Bridge.  The  advanced 
g[n]ard  having  intirely  skirted  the  praari  and  Got  some  dis- 
tan[ce]  in  front  halted,  in  Some  woods  by  the  edge  of  a 
praari)  Colo  Cass  and  Miller  by  Some  means  marched  into 
the  praary  in  Sight  of  the  Bridge  by  which  means  the 
enemy  got  Sight  of  the  army,  at  this  time  about  50 
Indian [s]  lay  within  gun  Shot  of  the  advanced  g[u]ard, 
Commanded  as  we  have  be[e]n  informed  by  Elliot  McKee1 
and  Tecumseh  which  had  we  proceeded  immediately  on 
might  have  surrounded  them  but  on  their  getting  Sight  of 
the  army  they  raised  the  yell  and  jumped  and  run  with- 
out even  firing  a  gun  at  us —  The  advanced  g[u]ard  could 
have  Shot  Some  of  them  had  they  not  had  orders  from  Colo 
Cass  not  to  Shoot  in  case  they  Saw  anything  but  to  immedi- 
ately inform  him.  The  army  under  Colo  Cass  had  to  turn 
up  a  Creek  Some  distanc[e]  before  they  Could  Cross — and 
when  they  Crossed  they  all  rushed  into  the  Praari  in  Sight 
of  the  enemy  at  a  half  mile  or  f  of  a  miles  distanc[e],  and 
halted,  the  Sight  of  our  own  men  across  the  Bridge  Con- 
fused them  Considerably  they  Supposed  them  to  be  the 
army  the  whole  Stood  in  this  Confused  state  for  perhaps  20 
minutes,  I  was  at  the  time  quite  in  the  front  on  the  right 
wing  (I  never  was  more  vexed  in  my  life  to  See  men  and 
officers  in  Such  Confusion)  The  Kiflemen  was  ord[e]red  all 
to  take  the  left  flank  a[d]join[in]g  the  woods  and  to  form 
in  line  they  advanced  with  great  Courage  but  in  bad  order. 


1  Mathew  Elliott  and  Andrew  McKee,  both  natives  of  Pennsylvania,  were 
malignant  Tories  during  the  Eevolutionary  War  and  had  since  been  prominent 
in  the  service  of  the  British  in  stirring  up  the  Indian  tribes  against  the  Ameri- 
cans. The  renegade  Simon  Girty  was  associated  with  them. — See  Lossing's 
Pictorial  Field-Book  of  the  War  of  1812,  pp.  45,46.— EDITOR. 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        381 

1  endeavored  all  in  my  power  to  keep  th[e]m  in  order  but 
in  vain  (Some  of  the  men  Called  upon  me  to  take  the  Com- 
mand to  which  I  replied  that  I  Could  not  take  the  Com- 
mand from  their  officers1  as  their  own  offi[ce]rs  was  present. 
The  Infantry  halted  and  formed  in  ord[e]r.     T[he]  Rifle- 
men rushed  on  perhaps  100  yards  in  front,  a  firing  Com- 
menced by  our  men  across  the  Creek,  and  was  returned  by 
the  British  and  Commanded  our  men  when  300  yards  Dis- 
tan[t]  a  party  of  Riflemen  was  directed  to  take  the  woods, 
they  appeared  Backward  Supposing  a  body  of  Indians  lay 

therein,  But  Capt  [ J1  myself  and  Denton  Scott  (a 

gentleman  who  had  went  with  us  as  a  volunteer)  rushed  into 
the  woods  and  was  followed  bravely  by  Capt  Ullerys  Com- 
pa[n]y  and  part  of  Capt  Rob  [in]  sons  we  ran  through  the 
point  of  woods  to  where  the  British  and  Indians  had  been 
encamped,  by  this   time   our   troops   that  was  across  the 
riv[e]r  Joined  us,  we  fired  upon  them  from-  the  woods, 
being  about  200  yards  distan[t]  being  the  nearest  we  could 
get  to  them,  they  retreated  in  Such  hast[e]  that  we  Could 
not  Come  up  with  them,  by  this  time  it  began  to  get  dark 
in  the  evening,  we  returned  not  having  one  man  injured,  we 
left  a  guard  at  the  Bridge  and  returned  about  1  or  2  miles  to 
Some  houses  and  Barnes  and  encamped — The  Brittish  had 

2  small  field  peaces  at  the  Bridge  and  when  they  Saw  our 
advanced  g[u]ard  Sent  them  of  [f]. — They  was  so  Skittish 
that  had  we  Conducted  properly  and  Came  in  behind  them 
we  might  have  kil[l]ed  or  taken  them  all  prisoners — there 
was  150  British  Troops  in  Unifo[r]m  and  about  50  In- 
dia[n]s — had   they   know[n]    our   force    and   acted   with 

1  The  surname  is  omitted  in  the  original  manuscript. — EDITOR. 


382     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Courage  they  might  have  beat  us — This  night  an  alarm 
went  to  Camp  that  there  was  firing  heard  and  that  the 
Bridge  had  been  attacked  a  Second  time.  The  Genl.  Sent 
on  to  our  assistance]  the  whole  of  the  4th  Rgt  of  Regulars 
and  a  peac[e]  of  artillery  under  the  Command  of  Lieuten- 
[a]nt  Eastman  with  order  [s]  for  us  to  return  to  Camp, 
wher[e]  the  ar[m]y  all  was  quiet  we  had  kep[t]  the  bridge 
peaceably  all  night — 

[Entered  on     This  day  Capt  Brown  of  the  regulars  went  to 

the  margin  ]  J 

Maldon  with  a  flag  of  truce  the  purport  of  which 
is  not  known  to  me  he  was  fired  upon  as  he 
returned  The  troops  all  acted  with  good  Cour- 
age but  not  good  Conduct  the  fault  is  generally 
in  the  officers 

[  Friday,  July  the  Seventeenth  ] 

17  This  morning  the  reinforcem[en]t  from  the  4th  Rgt  and 
artill[er]y  having  ar[r Jived  a  Horseman  returned  from  the 
Bridge  stating  that  the  whole  British  army  was  a  coming  on 
hearing  of  which  Colo  Cass  myself  Capt  McCollough  and 
Several  others  immediately  repaired  to  the  Bridge  and 
Crossed  over  a  few  Riflemen  was  Directed  to  scour  the  edge 
of  the  woods  Colo  Cass  advanced  himself  to  where  the  Brit- 
ish had  retreated  from  the  evening  before  Capt  McCol- 
loug[h]  and  myself  went  about  2  miles  down  the  road 
toward  Maldon  before  we  Saw  any  person,  we  then  stop- 
[p]ed  and  viewed  two  boats  in  the  river  loaded  with  men, 
which  appeared  to  be  assending  the  river — while  we  was 
thus  viewing  2  British  hors[e]men  hove  in  Sight  as  Soon  as 
they  Saw"  us  they  wheeled  and  returned  in  full  speed,  the 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        383 

Back  one  of  th[e]m  raised  a  white  flag  and  the  other  a  red 
one  the  one  with  a  red  flag  tacked  about  and  de[s]cended 
toward  Maldon.  We  then  returned  to  the  Bridge  the 
officers  then  met  and  held  a  Councill  and  all  insisted  upon 
evacuating  the  Bridge  except  Colo  Cass  and  Capt  Snelling, 
who  insisted  upon  maintaining  the  post  as  an  important 
one  as  it  was  the  only  obstruction  in  the  way  from  where 
the  army  was  encamped  to  Maldon, — They  being  over- 
powered the  Bridge  was  abandoned  and  the  Detachment 
returned  to  Camp  without  leaving  a  g[u]ard  to  keep  the 
post  we  had  So  easily  gained.  When  we  returned  to  Camp 
we  met  Colo  McArth[u]rs  Detachment  just  arrived  from 
the  River  La  trenc1  with  Considerable  public  Stor[e]s, — I 
was  now  informed  that  the  Sentenc[e]  of  the  Court  martial 
that  I  left  Sit  [t]  ing  on  the  trial  of  Capt  Rupe  was  that  he 
should  be  Cashi[e]red  and  not  permitted  to  bare  arms  as  an 
officer  in  Defence  of  the  United  States — (This  was  a  bad 
manner  to  fateegue  men  to  take  the  Bridge  and  give  it  up  as 
we  fo[u]nd  it.  [)]  This  night  a  report  Came  to  Camp  that 
the  Queen  Sharlotte  a  British  armed  vessel  was  Coming  up 
the  river  Demolishing  the  houses  as  she  Came  and  that  the 
British  had  taken  possession  of  the  Bridge  and  was  impress- 
ing and  plunder[in]g  the  inhabitants — Colo  Finley  took 
the  Command  of  a  detachm[en]t  and  repaired  towards  the 
Bridge  he  went  within  two  miles  Saw  the  Ship  lay  in  the 
Riv[e]r  below,  and  with[i]n  Carry  of  the  Bridge  detached 
a  small  party  to  the  Bridge  found  that  the  British  had  come 
and  Cut  away  the  sil[l]s  and  erected  a  breastwork  of  tim- 
ber on  the  opposite  side 

1  The  River  Thames. — EDITOR. 


384    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 
[Entered  on    Qne  of  the  British  Soldi  [el  rs  that  was  wounded 

the  margin] 

was  brought  up  a  prisoner  with  us,  the  oth[e]r 
considered  mortally  wounded,  was  left,  he  died 
the  same  day  the  Indians  Came  and  scalped  him 
and  sold  his  scalp  to  the  British  a  good  trick  for 
an  indian  to  make  the  British  Gov.  pay  for  their 
own  Soldiers  Scalps. 

[  Saturday,  July  the  Eighteenth  ] 

18  Colo  Finley  returned  with  his  Detachrn[e]nt  and  made 
report  as  above  stated,  I  remained  in  Camp  this  day  and 
little  was  done.  French  Deserters  Continually  Coming  in 
from  Maldon  and  get[t]ing  protection — This  evening  Capt 
Snelling  Capt  Mansfield  and  part  of  Cap*  Sloans  troop  of 
Horse  went  on  padroll  to  the  Bridge 

[  Sunday,  July  the  Nineteenth  ] 

19th  This  day  Colo  Me  Arthur  and  a  Detachment  from  his 
Kegiment  of  about  200  men  was  ordered  down  to  the 
Bridge  to  view  the  Situation]  but  restricted  So  as  not 
to  go  with[i]n  reach  of  the  guns  of  Queen  Sharlot[te]. 
They  repaired  immediately  to  the  Bridge  being  about  14 
miles  from  the  Camp  Capt  McCullough  Colo  McDonald 
and  Several  of  the  rangers  and  myself  went  on  in  front,  we 
found  Capts  Snelling  Mansfield  and  part  of  the  Dragoons 
within  a  mile  of  the  Bridge  in  a  lane,  in  full  view  of  the 
Queen  Sharlot[te]  myself  and  Several  of  the  rangers  went 
do[w]n  within  about  200  yards  of  the  Bridge  I  was  sit- 
[tjing  on  a  gray  Horse  (that  I  had  got  to  ride  from  the 
Quarter  Master  Gnl  mine  being  worn  do[w]n)  Viewing 
the  vessle  very  attentively  when  I  Received  a  Shot  from  a 
Swivel  on  board  a  gun  boat,  that  had  not  been  discovered 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL  385 

by  us,  the  Shot  was  Directed  at  me  and  the  ball  struck  the 
ground  about  30  or  40  feet  before  me,  (I  heard  the  nois[e] 
of  the  ball  before  I  heard  the  report)  we  returned  to  where 
the  troops  were;  the  boat  immediate [ly]  rowed  up  stream 
with  all  speed  to  head  us  and  fired  a  Second  shot  at  us  the 
ball  passed  over  our  heads.  I  informed  Capt  Snelling  he 
inquired  if  we  had  artillery  coming  on  I  informed  him  we 
had  not  he  observed  that  we  could  not  maintain  that  post 
without  artillery  he  dispa[t]ched  his  men  through  the  grass 
near  the  bank  of  the  riv[e]r,  I  passed  up  the  lane  and 
hitched  my  Horse  and  returned  as  I  returned,  I  passed  by 
Several  Hors[e]rnen  standing  in  the  lane,  when  a  Shot  was 
Directed  at  them  the  Ball  passed  over  them  Capt  Snellings 
men  rose  from  the  grass  and  fired  upon  th[e]m  the  boat 
returned  in  great  hast[e]  whether  any  person  was  injured 
on  board  or  not  is  unknown — at  this  time  Colo  McAr- 
th[u]rs  Detachment  ar[r]ived,  Capt  Snell[i]ngs  &,  Mans- 
field Compa[n]ys  and  Dragoons  returned,  Colo  McArthur 
Adjt  Puthuff  and  a  number  of  the  Riflemen  went  withi[n] 
Shot  of  the  British  troops  at  the  Bridge  a  number  of  Shots 
was  exchanged  on  both  sides  no  injury  was  done  to  us 
we  Supposed  several  of  the  British  and  Indians  were  killed 
or  wounded  as  Several  was  seen  to  fall  at  the  report  of 
the  guns,  (I  took  four  fair  shots  myself  but  do  not  know 
whether  I  injured  any  person  or  not)  James  Cochran  of 
Capt  Rup[e]s  Comp[an]y  who  left  the  Company  at  Detroit 
and  Came  over  and  Joined  Capt  Lucas  Compa[n]y  behaved 
bravely  he  got  down  behind  a  log  and  lay  and  Shot  all  his 
ammunition  away  at  them,  one  man  was  Seen  to  fall  at  one 
of  his  Shots  after  he  had  Shot  his  ammunition  away  he 


386    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

blackg[u]arded  them  and  Cursed  them  for  Cowards  and 
dared  them  to  Come  over  the  Riv[e]r,  We  fired  at  them  in 
this  way  for  amusement  till  we  was  tired  and  retired  to  the 
army  about  a  mile  back.  In  the  afternoon  Colo  McAr- 
th[u]r  and  his  adjut[a]nt  Surgeon  went  down  to  where  we 
had  been  before  to  take  a  view  of  them  before  we  re- 
turn [ed]  when  they  was  fired  upon  by  Some  Indians  that 
had  Crossed  the  River  at  the  Bridge  and  lay  in  the  grass 
and  Bushes  the  troops  was  enraged  at  their  Colo  being  fired 
upon,  they  all  rushed  forward.  Capt  Lucas  Company 
nearly  all  being  present,  Capt  Lucas  was  directed  to  com- 
mand the  right  wing  and  Capt  Pinney  the  left  they  rushed 
on  drove  the  Indians  which  was  about  40  or  50  in  number 
across  the  river  and  exchanged  Several  fires  with  the  Brit- 
ish and  Indians  across  the  river.  I  at  this  time  was  on 
hors[e]back  on  the  right  wing  assisting  to  keep  the  troops 
in  order.  I  Saw  the  Indians  flank  off  from  the  Breastwork 
at  the  Bridge  and  Crall  through  the  grass  Some  of  them 
got  tolerably  close  to  our  men —  Our  order  was  such  that 
we  Could  not  keep  the  bridge  if  we  took  it.  we  was 
ordered  to  returned,  and  when  we  returned  the  Indians 
Crossed  the  river  again  and  fired  upon  us  we  halted  faced 
about  and  fired  upon  them  Several  times.  Two  of  our  men 
was  wounded,  a  Mr  Mellon  of  Capt  Fryatts  Compa[n]y  and 
a  Mr  Williams  of  Capt  Cunni[n]ghams  Company,  but 
neith[er]  mortally,  (Several  Indians  took  Sight  at  me  for 
Several  Shots  as  I  was  on  a  gray  Hors[e]  and  the  only  one 
that  was  on  Hors[e]back  on  the  right  wing — The  balls 
whisseled  merrily,  but  none  touched  me,  in  the  heat  of 
firing.  I  was  diverted  to  See  Some  of  the  boys  Dodge  at 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        387 

the  whisteling  of  the  balls — we  returned  two  or  three  miles 
and  met  Colo  Cass  and  his  Rgt  and  a  peac[e]  of  artillery 
he  insisted  upon  going  back  to  give  them  a  fire  with  this 
Cannon,  notwithstanding  the  orders  of  the  Gnl  was  not  to 
Cross  the  Bridge,  during  the  firing  Several  Shots  from  Queen 
Sharl[ot]te  and  the  gun  boat  was  fired  at  us  but  none 
had  effect,  Colo  McArth[u]r  at  the  request  of  Colo  Cass 
returned  and  encamped  in  the  houses  and  Barns  within 
a  few  miles  of  Bridge  the  Boys  all  acted  with  great  courage, 
one  of  Capt  Lucases  Comp[an]y  by  the  name  of  McGill  got 
his  gun  choaked  in  the  heat  of  the  action  and  at  a  time 
when  we  expected  to  be  met  by  an  equal  or  Superior 
fourc[e],  he  deliberately  took  the  Barrel  out  of  the  stock  on 
Briched  his  gun  Drove  out  the  load,  Briched  her  put  her  in 
order  and  loaded  and  Shot  five  rounds  afterwards  during 
the  Contest,  it  is  an  astonshing  thing  to  me  that  no  more 
of  our  men  was  wounded  altho[ugh]  we  was  at  a  consider- 
able distanc[e]  the  balls  generally  went  over  our  heads,  we 
understand  that  Several  of  the  British  have  been  kil[l]ed 
and  wounded — 
[Entered on  QOIO  M' Arthur  had  his  horse  wounded  in  the 

the  margin  ] 

forehead  It  is  truly  distressing  this  evening  to 
see  Women  and  Children  run  [n]  ing  for  their 
houses  thos[e]  in  favor  of  the  Britis[h]  for  fear 
of  us  those  in  favor  of  us  for  fear  of  the  British 
Those  whose  fortunes  it  is  to  reside  at  the  seat 
of  war  must  experience J  trouble — 

[  Monday,  July  the  Twentieth  ] 

20th  The   Colonels  Cass  McArth[u]r  myself  and  Several 
others  went  to  view  the  situation  of  the  British  troops 


388     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

at  the  Bridge  we  Saw  that  they  had  artillery  at  the  Bridge, 
Colo  Me  Arthur  was  oppos[e]d  to  fateegui[n]g  the  men  in 
bringing  them  up  to  action  against  artillery  when  they  had 
not  an  equal  Chanc[e],  but  Colo  Cass  and  Major  Trimble 
insisted  upon  giving  them  a  shot,  accordingly  the  two  regi- 
ments marched  down  Colo  Me  Arthur  requested  me  to  take 
two  Rifle  Companys  and  flank  to  a  Point  of  wood  that  they 
Sup[p]osed  the  Indians  would  make  to  in  order  to  Come 
upon  the[i]r  flank  I  did  so.  I  advanced  to  the  woods 
Sco[u]red  them  found  there  was  no  indians  in  them  and 
posted  myself  in  the  edge  of  the  wood  as  I  had  been 
directed  to  watch  the  movem[en]t  of  the  Indians,  while  I 
was  Sco[u]ring  the  woods  I  heard  Shot  from  Cannon  and  I 
Saw  them  retreating  they  advanced  and  Shot  three  Shots 
from  a  Six  pounder  at  the  British  and  received  Several 
Shots  from  Swivels  and  nine  pounders  from  the  British, 
they  retired  without  a  man  being  hurt  after  the  army  had 
retreated  I  was  directed  to  retreat  also  which  I  did  and 
overtook  the  army  in  about  4  miles  had  the  en[e]my 
immediately  rushed  in  after  the  army  retreated  they  might 
have  Cut  of[f]  my  retreat  as  the  officers  did  not  let  me 
know  that  the  army  had  gone  till  they  had  got  Some  dis- 
tance. We  all  returned  to  Camp  in  Safety,  but  much 
fateeguied  and  very  Hungary  being  nearly  two  days  with- 
out much  to  eat — There  appears  to  be  a  mistery  in  these 
proceedings,  if  the  bridge  was  wo[r]th  contending  for,  why 
did  we  not  keep  it  when  we  had  it,  if  it  is  not  an  object  why 
fateegue  troops  in  Sending  them  to  it  15  m[i]l[e]s  from 
camp.  I  fear  that  these  proceed  [i]ngs  will  prove  injurious 
to  us — 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        389 

[  Tuesday,  July  the  Twenty-first  ] 

21*  I  Remained  in  Camp  there  was  no  alarm.  The  general 
returned  to  Detroit,  and  Several  Companies  of  the  regular 
Regiment  Colo  McArth[u]r  acts  as  Commandant  he  directs 
the  rangers  to  start  to  morrow  morning  to  explore  the  Back 
Countary  and  search  for  a  road  a  Back  way  to  fort  Maldon 
-The  army  get [t] ing  Sick  Considerably,  and  I  fear  that 
they  will  Suffer  the  ensu[i]ng  Season — The  artificer  is 
engage  [d]  in  making  pike  Irons  and  mounti[n]g  artillery, 
the  Ship  Carpenter [s]  are  engaged  at  Detroit  in  riggin[g] 
the  Brig  Adam[s]1  Calculated  to  Car[r]y  16  guns 

[  Wednesday,  July  the  Twenty-second  ] 

22d  Crossed  over  to  Detroit  and  Received  orders  from  Colo 
Miller  of  Ohio  to  repair  to  Chillicothe2  immediately  to 
attend  to  the  recruiting  Serv[i]ce  <fec,  in  Consequence  of 
which  orde[r]s  I  have  this  day  been  deprived  of  going  with 
the  rangers  to  explore  the  back  road  to  Maldon, — this  day 
there  has  been  an  alarm  in  Camp  that  there  was  Indians 
Seen  a  few  miles  below  Camp  a  party  of  men  went  out  but 
made  no  discoverys.  The  army  remained  quiet 

[  Thursday,  July  the  Twenty-third  ] 

23  This  morning  Capt  McCollough  and  the  rangers  re- 
turned, they  had  explored  as  far  as  the  River  Canar3  They 
saw  a  great  many  Indian  signs  they  did  not  Cross  the 
Riv[e]r,  as  they  heard  Considerable  Shooting  on  the  oppo- 
site side  of  the  River,  they  say  a  good  road  Cannot  be  had 


1  This  vessel,  taken  by  the  British  when  Detroit  was  surrendered,  was  after- 
wards used  in  the  British  service  under  the  name  of  the  "Detroit."— EDITOR. 
8  See  below,  Appendix  B. — EDITOR. 
8  The  River  Aux  Canards. — EDITOR. 


390    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

back  they  went  down  the  River  in  Sight  of  the  Bridge  they 
Saw  a  number  of  British  and  Indians  there  they  appeared 
to  be  engaged  with  repairing  the  Bridge  or  or  erecting 
a  Battery, — a  party  of  Indians  discovered  them  and  tried  to 
Surround  them,  they  Saw  the  Indians  and  made  their 
escape, — report  said  that  50  Indians  was  on  yesterday  Sev- 
eral miles  above  the  bridge  in  Compa[n]y  with  a  merchant 
from  Sandwich — also  that  the  proph[e]tx  had  ar[r]ived  at 
Maldon  with  a  reinforcement  of  Indians  (Why  does  the 
army  dally,  why  do  they  not  make  the  Stroke  on  Maldon 
at  once,  had  proper  energy  been  used,  we  might  have  been 
in  Maldon  now,  we  are  tampering  with  them  untill  they  will 
be  able  to  drive  us  back  across  the  river, — or  at  least  I  fear 
that  will  be  the  Case  if  there  is  not  an  alteration  in  the  pro- 
ceedings if  it  is  not,  it  must  be  owing  to  the  Defect  in 
the  British  Commander)  Our  conduct  has  at  least  incour- 
aged  them  much  and  increased  the  number  of  our  enemies; 
— had  the  Bridge  been  kept  when  we  had  it,  untill  the 
whole  army  was  prepared  to  march  all  would  have  been 
well — 

[  Friday,  July  the  Twenty-fourth  ] 

24  Major  Denny  with  a  Detachment  of  about  150  men 
under  the  Command  of  Capt  Lucas  Pinny  and  Rose  accom- 
pani[e]d  by  Capt  McCullock  H  Fowler  Stockt[o]n  Wm 
Denny  Avery  Powers  of  the  Rangers,  Started  down  to  the 
Bridge  for  the  purpose  of  Waylaying  and  Cut  [t]  ing  of  [f] 
a  Detachment  of  Indians  that  was  reported  to  [be]  ranging 
in  the  woods,  in  that  quarter  they  marched  down  in  the 

1  The  Prophet,  so  called  because  of  his  reputed  prophetic  powers,  was  a  brother 
of  the  Shawnee  warrior,  Tecumseh,  and  was  associated  with  him  in  organizing 
the  Indians  into  a  confederation  hostile  to  the  Americans. — EDITOR. 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        391 

evening  within  sight  of  the  British  encampment  at  the 
Bridge,  and  lay  concealed  in  a  wheat  field  all  night,  without 
inter  [r]  uption, — 

[  Saturday,  July  the  Twenty-fifth  ] 

25  This  morning  Wm  Stockton  being  on  well  returned  to 
the  Camp,  a  Short  time  after  Avery  powers  being  like 
onwell  left  the  detachment  and  returned  as  far  as  turk[e]y 
Creek  when  he  was  fired  upon  by  a  party  of  Indians  and 
killed  Several  balls  was  Shot  through  his  body  he  was 
tomahawk  [e]d  but  not  Scalped.  The  Indians  it  appears 
from  information  of  the  inhabitants  was  brought  up  to  that 
place  by  a  Certain  french  Capta[i]n  Bonty,  by  water  for 
the  purpose  of  waylaying  the  detachment  that  was  down 
with  Major  Denny.  Major  Denny  it  appears  made  Consid- 
erable ranges  through  the  Countary,  fell  in  with  Capt 
Bonty  who  pertended  to  be  going  to  reap  his  harves[t],  he 
was  inter  [rjogated  and  found  to  be  an  officer  in  the  British 
Servic[e]  and  was  taken  prisoner, — and  Sent  on  to  Camp 
under  the  Care  of  Ensign  Baird  and  a  small  detachm[e]nt 
of  men, — after  the  prisoner  had  been  Sent  the  Detachment 
under  the  Command  of  Major  Denny  took  a  Circuitous 
rout[e],  through  the  woods  and  being  much  fateeguied 
halted  in  a  grove  of  woods  to  rest,  the  troops  generally  fell 
a  Sleep,  and  was  reposing  in  this  position  when  a  detach- 
ment of  Indians  was  Seen  near  them,  they  arose  and  fired 
upon  the  Indians,  killed  Several  and  got  the  musket  that 
was  taken  from  Avery  powers  in  the  morning,  the  Indians 
was  pursued  until  they  was  reinfor[ce]d  part  of  the  detach  - 
m[e]nt  under  Maj[o]r  Den[n]y  retreated  in  Disorder  with- 
out making  any  defence  The  Major  found  himself  likely  to 


392     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

be  outflanked  by  the  enemy  ordered  a  retreat,  they  were 
pursued  by  the  Indians  and  a  party  of  British  for  Several 
miles,  to  turk[e]y  creek  Bridge.  They  lost  Six  men  this 
day  in  all  Killed  and  taken  prisoners, — an  express  came 
into  Camp  with  an  acco[u]nt  of  the  Death  of  Avery  Pow- 
ers I  immediately  on  hearing  the  news  started  with  a  part 
of  Capt  Robinsons  Rifle  Company  to  reinforce  Major  Denny 
and  to  bring  in  the  Dead.  I  rushed  on  in  hast[e],  and  met 
the  Major  at  turk[e]y  creek  the  plac[e]  where  Avery  Pow- 
ers lay.  I  proposed  going  back  to  meet  the  Indians,  but 
the  men  with  Major  Denny  being  much  fateegued  and  Con- 
sider [in]  g  our  fource  not  Sufficient  the  proposition  was  not 
agreed  to  we  accordingly  returned  to  Camp  and  took  the 
body  of  Avery  powers  a  very  brave  man  with  us.  Capt 
McCollock  this  day  killed  and  Scalped  an  Indian  it  being 
the  only  Scalp  that  was  taken,  altho[ugh]  Several  indians 
was  Seen  killed,  Major  Denny  attaches  great  credit  [to]  the 
detachm[en]t  under  the  Command  of  Capt  Lucas  and  Lieut 
Mur[p]hy[?],  an(^  a  Par*  °^  Capt  Rupes  Company — 

[Sunday,  July  the  Twenty-sixth] 

26  This  morning  we  inter [r]ed  our  mes[s]mate,  Avery 
powers  with  the  honours  of  warr — there  was  a  vessel  Seen 
Coming  down  the  River  with  British  Coulors  she  was  fired 
upon  and  brought  to  She  proved  to  be  one  of  the  arnerican 
vessles  that  had  be[e]n  taken  at  Michil[l]imac[k]a- 
nac[k]x  and  had  been  Cartailed  as  private  property  she 


1  The  fortress  of  Michillimackinack,  more  commonly  shortened  to  Mackinack 
or  Mackinaw,  on  the  northernmost  point  of  the  peninsula  of  Michigan,  was, 
on  July  17,  1812,  captured  by  the  British,  the  American  commander  having  re- 
ceived no  notice  of  the  declaration  of  war. — See  Lossing's  Pictorial  Field-Book  of 
the  War  of  1812,  p.  270.— EDITOR. 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        393 

had  on  board  Soin[e]  of  the  prisoners  that  was  taken  when 
the  garrison  at  Michil[l]imackin[ack]  was  taken,  she  was 
ordered  under  our  Battery  and  there  to  remain — 

[Monday,  July  the  Twenty -seventh,  to  Monday,  August  the  Third] 

from  the  27th  to  the  3rd  of  August  the  nothing  of  Conse- 
quence was  done,  there  was  a  fort  ordered  to  be  built  at 
Gowris1  about  a  half  mile  below  the  Camp,  I  had  prepared 
to  return  to  Chillicothe  agreeably  to  orders  but  by  the  inter- 
fer[e]nce  of  the  Colonels  and  the  Gnl  I  consented  to  remain 
with  the  army,  and  again  attached  myself  to  the  rangers, 
we  were  frequently  engaged  in  reconnoitering  the  Countary 
around  the  Camp  and  of  nights  laying  out  watching  for  the 
en[e]my,  during  the  above  periods  an  express  ar[r]ived 
from  Chillicothe  informing  us  that  Capt  Brush  was  a  Com- 
ing with  a  volunteer  Compa[n]y  to  join  us  and  had  with 
him  a  quantity  of  provisions,  knowing  the  Communication 
was  Cut  of  [f]  and  that  if  he  attempted  to  pass  Brownstown 
he  would  be  attacked  by  the  British  and  Indians  Colos 
McArthur  and  Cass  Solisited  the  Genl  to  let  them  go  with 
a  Detachment  of  men  to  meet  him,  and  thereby  Secure  him 
and  the  provision  their  requests  were  repeatedly  refused, 
and  Considerable  dissatisfaction  prevailed  in  Camp  in  Con- 
sequen[ce]  thereof 

hn  Curing  tne  a^ove  periods  Gnl  Hull  requested  of 
me  and  Capt  Knaggs  to  attempt  to  take  Tecum- 
seh  the  Indian  ch[i]ef  he  recommended  us  to 
disguise  ourselves  and  to  go  among  the  Indians 
at  Maldon.  I  was  willing  to  do  anything  I  was 


1  See  Lossing's  Pictorial  Field-Book  of  the  War  of 1812,  p.  277.— EDITOR. 


394     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

ordered  but  not  to  act  foolis[h]ly,  had  we  made 
the  attempt  agreeable  to  his  plan  we  would  been 
both  take[n],  instead  of  taking  Tecumseh,  per- 
haps that  was  his  wish — 

[Tuesday,  August  the  Fourth] 

4th  August — having  been  informed  that  a  party  of  British 
and  Indians  had  Crossed  turk[e]y  Creek  and  that  two 
British  officers  had  advanced  within  4  miles  of  our  Camp, 
Capt  McCollock  Wm  Stockton  Edward  fowler  Montgomery 
McCull  and  myself  went  in  Search  of  them  we  proceeded  as 
far  as  turk[e]y  creek  we  ascertained  that  there  had  been  a 
party  of  the  British  and  Indians  there  the  day  before  and 
had  driven  of  [f]  a  quantity  of  the  inhabitants  Cattle  and 
were  expected  there  again  that  day,  we  went  as  far  as  was 
thought  pruden[t]  and  took  a  cross  the  Countary  for  Sev- 
[e]ral  miles  back,  we  Saw  Sev[e]ral  British  or  Indians 
riding  at  a  distance  from  us  but  on  seeing  us  they  made 
of[f]  from  us  we  returned  to  Camp  and  reported  accord- 
ingly— on  our  return  we  was  informed  that  the  Gnl  had 
Consented  to  Send  a  Detachment  of  about  150  men  under 
the  Command  of  Major  Van  home1  to  escort  the  male  and 
to  join  Capt  Brush  at  the  river  raisin,  Capt  McCollock 
applied  to  the  Gnl  for  liberty  to  accompany  them  with  the 
rangers.  The  Gnl  refused  to  let  them  all  go,  but  granted 
him  liberty  to  take  half  there  being  but  Six  fit  for  duty,  he 
Selected  Wm  Stockton  and  Edward  fowler  to  accompa[n]y 
him  in  Consert  with  myself  the  detachment  having  marched 
we  four  Crossed  the  riv[e]r  in  the  evening  and  proceeded 


1  Thomas  B.  Van  Home  was  one  of  the  Majors  of  the  2d  Kegiment  of  Ohio 
Volunteers  under  command  of  Colonel  Findlay. — EDITOR. 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        395 

on  after  them  and  overtook  them  at  the  riv[e]r  Rush1  the 
whole  proceeded  on  after  night  to  the  Riv[e]r  Sacroix,2 
where  we  lay  in  the  Bushes  all  night,  McCollough  Fowler 
Stockton  and  myself  lay  toge[t]her  on  the  left  flank  the 
remainde[r]  of  the  night— 

[Wednesday,  August  the  Fifth] 

5th  We  arose  at  Day  brake  and  got  our  horses  and  took  a 
rout[e]  around  the  Detachment,  we  assertain[e]d  by  the 
tracks  in  the  road  and  trails  in  the  grass  that  there  had 
been  a  pa[r]ty  of  Indians  watching  us  dur[i]ng  the  night, 
it  was  a  beautiful  clear  morning,  we  advanced  to  the  riv[e]r 
and  heard  the  Sound  of  oars  of  boats  rowing — but  at  Such 
a  distanc[e]  that  they  could  not  be  Seen  for  a  fog  that  rose 
a  few  feet  above  the  water, — The  Detachment  prepared  and 
we  proceeded  on  the  march  Capt  McCollock  and  myself 
advanced  in  front  for  Some  distance  frequently  turning 
across  to  the  river  to  See  if  there  was  not  men  crossing 
from  Canada,  we  passed  through  the  Indian  village  of 
Maguawga  and  found  the  villag[e]  intirely  evacuated  (the 
Indians  that  resided  at  maguawga  had  always  express  [e]d 
the  most  extr[e]m[e]  friendship  for  the  Americans)  we 
open[ejd  Several  houses  and  found  that  all  the  property 
had  been  removed,  we  proceeded  on  with  great  care  to  a 
place  known  by  the  name  of  the  Big-Appletree  Capt 
McColloch  and  myself  was  then  together,  the  Capt  alighted 
from  his  horse;  and  I  proceeded  on,  the  roads  forked  one 
round  the  right  of  an  Indian  Cornfield  and  the  other  on  the 
left.  I  took  the  right  hand  road  and  was  accompanied  by 


1  Probably  the  River  Rouge. — EDITOR. 

»  Probably  the  River  Aux  Ecorces. — EDITOR. 


396     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Capt  Barran  who  was  the[n]  on  Wm  Stocktons  Horse  we 
proceeded  on  with  care  and  had  passed  the  Cornfield  leaving 
the  field  between  us  and  the  river,  unfortunately  for  Capt 
McColloch  he  took  the  left  hand  road  round  the  field  he 
was  accompanied  by  a  Black  man  waiter  to  major  Van 
home,  they  was  fired  upon  by  12  or  14  Indians,  as  Soon  as 
we  heard  the  report  of  the  guns  I  exclaim [ed]  that  McCol- 
loch was  fired  upon  and  requested  the  men  in  front  to  form 
a  line  across  to  the  riv[e]r  and  to  advanc[e]  to  the  place 
where  the  fire  was  being  about  150  yards  in  the  rear  of  us 
and  between  the  main  body  and  the  river,  we  don[e]  so  in 
front  and  had  the  rear  performed  the  Same  maneuvor  we 
might  have  killed  all  the  Indian  [s],  the  rear  g[u]ard  at  the 
fire  was  thrown  into  Confusion,  the  Indi[a]ns  scalped  and 
torn  [a]  hawked  McCollo[c]h  ran  across  the  Cornfield  fired 
upon  the  rear  g[u]ard  and  made  the[i]r  escape  without 
being  hurt,  we  brough[t]  in  McColloch  and  the  other  man, 
McColloch  was  shot  one  ball  through  his  body  two  through 
his  breast  and  one  through  his  thigh.  I  Carried  him  and 
put  him  in  a  hous[ej,  laid  him  on  a  plank  and  Covered 
him  with  Bark  being  the  best  I  Could  do  at  that  time,  this 
transactio[n]  took  place  about  an  hour  by  Sun  in  the  morn- 
ing, and  while  we  was  bringing  in  the  Dead  we  was  over- 
taken by  a  part  of  the  Cavalry  from  Detroit  and  Several 
gentlemen  armed  that  wished  to  pass  through  to  the  river 
raisin,  we  was  here  informed  by  a  frenchman  that  there  was 
a  body  of  three  or  four  hundred  Indians  and  Some  British 
waylaying  us  at  brownstown,  we  had  been  So  much  accus- 
tom [e]d  to  the  fals[e]  Statements  of  the  french  that  we 
paid  no  attention  to  the  report  but  proceeded  on,  our  De- 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        397 

taclim[e]nt  was  formed  in  the  following  ord[e]r  tHree  of 
the  Cavarly  in  front  of  each  Colum[n]  of  the  front 
g[u]ard  the  front  G[u]ard  Consisted  of  about  24  men  in 
two  colum[n]s,  from  Capt  Robinsons  Rifle  Compa[n]y  the 
right  Commanded  by  Ensign  Roby  and  the  left  by  a  Ser- 
geant of  Said  Company,  the  detachment  marched  in  two 
lines  or  colum[n]s,  as  follows,  Capt  Rupe  in  front,  Capt 
Robinsons,  and  Capt  Spencers  Rifle  Compan[ie]s  formed 
the  right  Colum[n],  Capt  Barren  in  front  Capt  Ull[e]ry 
and  Capt  Gilchrean1  formed  the  left  colum[n],  and  Capt 
Boerstlers  Compa[n]y  formed  the  rear  guard,  the  two  Col- 
um[n]s  marched  where  the  ground  would  admit  about  100 
yards  apart,  the  mail  and  the  hors[e]men  that  escorted  the 
mail  was  between  the  Colum[n]s,  a  part  of  the  Cavalry  was  in 
the  rear  with  the  rear  g[u]ard,  thus  formed  Major  Vanhorne 
requested  me  to  assist  him  in  Communicating  orders  to  the 
lines  which  I  Consented  I  would,  we  marched  on  in  this 
order  for  four  or  five  miles,  till  we  approach  [ed]  near 
Brownstown  into  a  defile  through  which  we  had  to  pass,  as 
we  approached  the  defile  I  rode  along  the  the  right  colum[n] 
and  requested  of  the  men  to  see  that  their  guns  were  fresh 
primed  assur[i]ng  them  that  their  Safety  depended  on  on 
their  arms  and  their  Valur  and  pointing  out  the  place  told 
them  that  if  we  met  an  enemy  at  all  that  day  that  it  would 
be  there,  the  road  here  passes  through  a  narrow  parari  Sur- 
rounded on  the  right  by  a  Mirey  Creeck  which  Cannot  be 
crossed  but  at  the  one  place  for  Some  distan[ce]  up  and  on 
the  opposite  Side  Covered  with  thick  Bushes,  on  the  left 


1  This  officer  was  evidently  Captain  Robert  Gilchrist,  who  was  killed  in  the 
battle  that  followed. — EDITOR. 


398     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

flank  was  a  n[u]mb[e]r  of  small  Indian  Cornfields  and 
thickets  of  Bushes,  the  indians  lay  in  the  Bushes  on  the 
opposite  Side  of  the  Creek  from  us  immediately  on  the 
bank  in  our  front  and  right  flank  and  in  the  Cornfields  on 
the  left  flank,  the  flank  had  to  close  at  this  place  in  ord[e]r 
to  Cross  the  Creek  within  40  or  50  yards  of  each  other,  as 
Soon  as  1  had  Cautioned  the  right  flank  I  rode  up  in  front 
betwe[e]n  the  lines  to  Major  Vanhorn[e],  in  compa[ny] 
with  Wm  Stockton  the  hors[e]men  on  the  flanks  was  just 
entering  the  Creek  and  myself  Major  Vanhorn[e]  and  Wm 
Stockton  was  of  a  breast  in  front  between  the  lines,  and 
had  advanced  within  25  or  30  yards  of  the  Indians  when  we 
was  fired  upon,  the  first  fire  appeared  to  be  principally 
directed  at  us  that  was  a  hors[e]back.  My  Horse  and  Wm 
Stocktons  was  shot  mine  wheeled  and  gave  a  fierce  lunge 
and  pi[t]ched  against  a  horse  that  had  his  fore  leg  broke 
and  pi[t]ched  me  of  [f]  in  the  fall  my  gun  flew  out  of  my 
hand  I  raised  and  looked  round  for  my  gun  but  not  Seeing 
it,  and  Seeing  the  Indians  rushing  out  of  the  Bushes  in 
front  and  a  heavy  fire  from  them  at  me  on  the  left  I  ran 
into  the  ranks  of  Capt  Barrens  Compa[n]y  without  my  gun 
and  requested  them  to  form  and  fire  upon  the  Indians  which 
they  did  at  the  first  fire  Mr  Fowler  and  Sev[e]ral  other[s] 
was  kil[l]ed,  the  fire  Soon  was  gen[e]ral  on  both  Sides, 
and  finding  ourselves  overpowered  and  likely  to  be  Sur- 
rounded the  major  ordered  a  retreat,  we  retreated  in  as 
good  order  as  we  possibly  could  from  our  situation,  halting 
and  firing  upon  the  en[e]my  where  occation  would  admit, 
altho[ugh]  Some  retreated  in  a  Dastardly  manner  never 
firing  upon  the  en[e]my  at  all,  but  yet  the  precipitait  retreat 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        399 

answered  in  a  good  as  it  prevented  the  Indians  and  British 
that  was  detached  for  that  purpose  from  Cut  [t]  ing  of[f] 
our  retreat —  The  Indians  followed  us  about  three  miles, 
we  retreated  to  the  Riv[e]r  Sacroix1  and  got  a  cano[e]  and 
Sent  the  wounded  up  to  detroit  by  water,  in  this  act[io]n 
we  lost  17  men  Killed  and  Sev[e]ral  Wounded  among  the 
killed  were  Capt[a]ins  McColloch  Ullery  Gilchrane  and 
Boerstler  who  was  mortally  wounded  and  died  of  his  wound 
at  Detroit,  Lieutenant  Pentz  and  Ensign  Roby,  and  Allison 
all  valuable  officers,2  on  our  return  to  detroit  we  met  a 
strong  reinforcement  Coming  to  us  but  it  was  too  late  to 
render  us  any  ser[v]ice  and  they  returned  and  Crossed  to 
the  Camp  at  Sandwich,  there  was  a  number  of  our  men  that 
Saved  their  lives  by  hiding  in  the  thickets  when  they  were 
closely  pursu[e]d  by  the  Indians  and  lay  Concealed  till 
nig[ht]  and  then  came  on.  Our  escape  this  day  is  marvel- 
lous we  were  attack  [ed]  18  miles  from  Detroit  by  about 
three  times  our  force,  when  our  en[e]my  had  every  advan- 
tage of  the  ground  and  the  first  fire  upon  us,  from  the  best 
information  I  can  get  the  enemys  loss  was  much  greater 
than  ours,  the  heaviest  loss  was  on  the  rangers,  4  Started  a 
hors[e]back  to  attend  the  Detachment,  to  wit  McColloch 
Fowler  Stockton  and  myself,  McColloch  and  Fowler  was 
Killed  Stockton  and  myself  returned  a  foot,  both  having 
had  our  Horses  Shot  under  us — 


1  The  River  Aux  Ecorces. — EDITOR. 

2  "  Among  the  killed  were  Captains  William  M'Cullough,  Robert  Gilchrist, 
Henry  Ulery,  and  Jacob  Boerstler;  Lieutenant  Jacob  Pentz,  and  Surgeons  Ed- 
ward Roby  and  Andrew  Allison." — Lossing's  Pictorial  Field-Book  of  the  War  of 
1812,  p.  277,  note.     See  also  General  Hull's  Letter  to  the  Secretary  of  War, 
August  7,  1812.— EDITOR. 


400    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

[Thursday,  August  the  Sixth] 

6th  Colo?  McArtliur  and  Cass  Solisited  Gnl  Hull  for  liberty 
to  take  a  Detachment  of  men  and  go  to  Brownstown  to 
interr  the  Dead,  that  had  unfortunately  been  Killed  the  day 
before  but  was  positively  refused  a  Detachment  Sufficient 

[  Friday,  August  the  Seventh  ] 

7th  this  morning  Genl  Orders  issued  for  the  army  to  draw  5 
days  provision  to  have  three  days  cooked  and  prepare  them- 
sel[v]es  against  the  next  morning  to  take  the  field  against 
the  en[e]my.  Major  Den[n]y  was  directed  to  stay  in  the 
fort  at  Gowris  with  150  Men  but  by  Solicitation  Capt  Cook 
of  the  4*  Kegt  was  allowed  to  stay  with  him  those  that  was 
to  Stay  in  the  fort  was  the  Convelessent  that  was  not  able 
to  take  the  field,  the  expected  attack  was  on  Maldon  every 
Countenance  was  cheered  and  their  spirits  raised  with  a 
prospect  of  having  liberty  to  act  in  Defence  of  their 
Countary,  but  to  the[i]r  great  Supprise  and  dissatisfaction 
in  the  dusk  of  the  evening  the  Orders  for  taking  the  field 
was  Comprimanded  and  the  army  was  ordered  to  recross 
the  Detroit  River  to  detroit  after  night  which  was  done,  or 
at  least  as  many  as  Could  be  Crossed  till  daylight,  (and 
from  this  time  will  be  recorded  the  Dastardly  evacuation  of 
Sandwich  by  Gnl  Hull  Contrary  to  the  general  wish  of 
all  his  troops) 

[  Saturday,  August  the  Eighth  ] 

8th  this  morning  the  balanc[e]  of  the  army  that  could  not 
cross  last  night  was  Conveyed  over  the  riv[e]r  and  the 
waggens  and  baggage,  and  the  whole  encamped  back  of  the 
town  of  Detroit  near  the  Fort,  and  in  the  afternoon  a 
Detachm[e]nt  under  the  Command  of  Colo  Miller  Consist- 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL  .      401 

ing  of  the  4th  Rgt  one  Compa[n]y  from  McArth[u]rs  Rgt 
under  the  Command  of  Capt  Lockhart  one  from  Colo  Fin- 
leys  under  the  Command  of  Capt  Brown  and  one  from  Colo 
Cass  under  the  Command  of  Capt  Sanderson  and  Capt 
Sloans  troop  of  Horse  one  Compa[n]y  from  Detroit  under 
the  Command  of  Capt  Delandri1  and  two  peaces  of  Small 
Ordinance  under  the  command  of  Lieut  Eastman  &>  Dallaby2 
making  in  the  whole  about  650  men  Started  to  the  river 
Raison  to  meet  Capt  Brush  and  bring  in  the  provisions 
he  had  with  him 

[  Sunday,  August  the  Ninth  ] 

9*  this  day  was  Spent  at  Detro[i]t  in  moving  the  encamp- 
ment, and  in  the  evening  we  heard  of  Colo  Miller  having 
had  an  obstinate  battle  with  the  indians  and  British  at 
Maguawga  and  had  beat  them  Colo  McArthurs  Rgt  was 
ordered  to  take  boats  and  Some  provision [s]  and  to  imme- 
diately de[s]cend  the  Riv[e]r  to  Maguawga  to  bring  up  the 
wounded,  the  Regiment  repaired  to  the  boats  as  quick  as 
possible  and  de[s]cended  the  river  it  being  a  very  Dark 
and  rainy  night  from  Correct  information  the  Combat  at 
Maguawga  was  an  obstinate  one  the  Indian  Spies  fired  upon 
the  advanced  g[u]ard  of  the  army  in  the  morning  about  two 
miles  from  the  river  Sacroix3  Killed  a  Mr  White  from 
Detroit  and  wounded  a  Horseman  the  army  advanced  formed 
the  line  of  Battle  inter  [re]  d  the  dead  man  Sent  back  the 
wounded  and  proceeded  on  in  line  of  Battle  the  line  broke 
in  Short  colum[n]  Capt  Snelling  Commanded  the  front 


1  Captain  Antoine  Dequindre. — EDITOR. 
8  Lieutenant  James  Daliba. — EDITOR. 
8  The  River  Aux  Ecorces. — EDITOR. 


402     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

g[u]ard  Capt  Lockhart  the  rear  the  Militia  on  the  wings 
and  the  regular  troops  in  the  center — they  marched  in  this 
order  a  few  miles  past  the  village  of  Maguawga  when  the 
front  Guard  was  fired  upon  by  a  party  of  British  and 
Indians  Captain  Snelling  maintained  his  ground  in  a  most 
gallant  manner,  under  a  very  heavy  fire,  untill  the  line  was 
formed  and  advanced  to  the  ground  he  occupied,  when  the 
whole  except  the  rear  g[u]ard  was  brought  into  action.  The 
enemy  was  formed  behind  a  temporary  breast  work  of  logs 
The  Indians  extending  in  a  thick  wood  on  their  left,  the 
Colonel  Ordered  his  whole  line  to  advance,  and  when  within 
a  small  distance  of  the  enemy  made  a  general  discharge  and 
proceeded  with  charged  Bayonets,  when  the  whole  British 
line  and  Indians  commenced  a  retreat  they  was  pursued  by 
our  troops  in  a  most  vigorous  manner  for  a  considerable  dis- 
tance, the  victory  was  compleete  in  every  part  of  the  line, 
and  Success  would  have  been  more  brilliant  had  the  cavalry 
charged  the  enemy  on  the  retreat  when  a  most  favorable 
oppertunity  presented.  It  has  been  stated  that  Capt  Sloan 
refused  to  charge  when  ordered  &  that  he  gave  up  his 
hors[e]  to  Capt  Snelling  to  make  a  charge — Majors  Mor- 
rison &  Van  horn[e]  Commanded  as  Majors  in  the  action 
and  is  stated  to  have  acted  with  great  bravery  an[d]  untir- 
[in]g  exertions,  (Major  Morrison  had  his  horse  killed  under 
him)  Capt  Brown  from  Colo  Finleys  Regt  Commanded  the 
right  wing  and  Capt  Sanderson  from  Colo  Cass',  Regt  the 
left,  who  both  Distinguished  themselves,  as  gallant  offi- 
cers, also  Captain  Delandre1  of  the  Michigan  volunteers — 
There  was  in  this  action  of  the  4  U  S  Rgt  10  Noncomd 

1  Dequindre. — EDITOR. 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        493 

officers  and  privates  Killed  and  45  wounded — In  the  Ohio 
and  Michigan  Militia  8  were  killed  and  13  wounded.  There 
was  no  officers  Kill[ed]  but  were  wounded,  Capt  Baker  of 
the  1'  Reg*  Lieut?  Larabee  and  Peters  of  the  4*  Regt,  Ensign 
Whistler  of  the  17?  Lieut  Silly  and  Ensign  Flisher  of  of  the 
Ohio  and  Michigan  Militia — 

[  Monday,  August  the  Tenth  ] 

10th  Colo  McDonald  and  myself  Started  from  Detroit  to 
meet  the  Detachment  under  the  Command  of  Colo  Mc- 
Arth[u]r  to  assist  with  the  wounded  to  Detroit.  We 
Started  with  two  Companies  of  Michigan  Militia  under  the 
command  of  Capt  Knaggs  and  Captain  Schley[?],  the  whole 
Commanded  by  Colo  Godfrey  It  rained  tremendiously  from 
the  time  we  left  Detroit  till  we  ar[r]ived  at  the  River 
Sacross1  where  the  men  was  ordered  to  fire  of  [f]  their  guns, 
— Such  Confusion  I  never  Saw  in  men  pertending  to  be 
under  any  Subordination.  Indeed  I  would  [have]  Consid- 
ered myself  more  Safe  with  a  Dozen  of  the  Ohio  Volunteers, 
and  could  have  made  a  more  formidable  defenc[e]  in  case 
we  had  been  attacked  than  Could  have  been  don[e]  by  the 
whole  of  those  two  Companies.  We  proceeded  on  undis- 
turbed to  the  village  of  Maguawga,  wher[e]  we  Saw  a  gun 
boat  loaded  with  men  assending  the  river,  my  advice  was  to 
leave  a  party  at  that  place  to  Keep  them  in  check  and  pre- 
vent their  landing,  and  for  the  ballance  to  proceed  on  as 
quick  as  possible  to  meet  the  Detachm[en]t  my  advice  was 
not  attended  to,  the  whole  marched  on  in  confusi[o]n  till 
within  a  mile  of  Colo  Millers  Camp  when  they  met  a  man 
that  told  them  that  Colo  McArthur  had  ordered,  them  to 

1  The  River  Aux  Ecorces. — EDITOR. 


404     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

return  back  to  Maguawga.  They  all  returned  and  found  the 
British  Brig  Hunter  laying  across  the  channel  to  intercept 
-our  boats  She  fired  Several  Shots  at  us.  Colo  Me  Arthur, 
on  the  Sight  of  the  brig  Stopt  the  boats  and  landed 
the  wounded  that  was  able  to  walk,  Sent  them  round  from 
the  riv[e]r  and  pushed  the  boats  up  to  the  lower  end  of  the 
village  of  Maguawga  where  they  was  met  by  Some  wag- 
gons. Colo  McArthur  attended  to  onloading  the  wounded 
himself  he  Carried  Several  of  them  out  of  the  boat,  himself, 
and  had  them  Securely  placed  in  waggons.  Several  Shots 
was  fired  at  them  while  they  was  onloading  the  boats,  and 
when  the  wounded  was  all  put  into  waggons  the  Colo  left 
the  boats,  and  Marched  for  Detroit  with  the  wounded  my 
Brothe[r]  and  a  part  of  his  Company  was  with  the  colo 
I  placed  myself  at  their  head  as  the  front  g[u]ard.  The 
British  Continued  to  fire  upon  us  as  we  marched  up  the 
river  but  without  effect,  we  advanced  as  far  as  the  Kiver 
Sacross1  where  we  expected  to  be  intercepted  by  a  party  of 
British  and  indians,  when  we  came  in  Sight  we  Saw  a  gun 
boat  laying  in  the  river  opposite  the  Bridge  over  the  River 
Sacross1  which  we  was  obliged  to  cross,  we  advanced  on 
expecting  every  moment  to  receive  a  show[ejr  of  grape 
shot  from  the  guns  aboard,  the  gun  boat  lay  to,  and  never 
fired  as  we  crossed  the  bridge,  which  led  us  to  believe  there 
was  a  party  of  Indians  waylaying  us  on  our  flank,  and  that 
She  was  only  amusing  us,  as  quick  as  I  Crossed  the  Bridge, 
flanked  of[f]  with  my  detachm[e]nt  and  examined,  but 
found  none.  The  boat  fired  at  the  rear  as  it  passed,  but  to 
no  effect,  (I  presume  she  was  afraid  we  had  artillery  with 

1  The  River  Aux  Ecorces. — EDITOR. 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        405 

us  which  prevented  her  firing  upon  our  front.  She  might 
have  done  executi[o]n  had  she  kep[t]  up  a  fire  upon  us  as 
we  crossed  the  bridge, — )  We  ar[r]ived  that  evening  safe 
at  Detroit  with  the  wounded  The  man  that  turned  us  back 
at  Maguawga,  Did  it  without  any  orders  from  Colo  McAr- 
thur,  And  was  thereby  very  near  throwing  all  our  wounded 
into  the  hands  of  the  british  had  we  been  detained  one  half 
hour  longer,  we  would  have  lost  them,  as  there  was  Sev- 
[e]rel  boats  loaded  with  men  coming  in  Sight  when  we  left 
the  boats, — never  was  there  a  braver  or  better  hearted  man 
than  Colo  McArthur  This  day  the  British  Received  a 
reinforcement  of  400  men  from  down  the  lake 

[  Tuesday,  August  the  Eleventh  ] 

11  This  day  Major  Denny  was  ordered  to  evacuate  and 
destroy  the  fort  in  Canada  opposite  Detroit, — Gowris  house 
that  was  in  the  fort  was  also  consumed.  It  was  Set  on  fire 
by  Some  person,  and  Major  Denny  extinguished  the  fire 
but  after  he  Crossed  the  riv[e]r  to  Detroit,  it  was  con- 
sumed.— There  ap[p]ears  to  be  nothing  doing  at  this  place 
today,  The  British  was  up  oppisite  Detroit,  Soon  after 
Major  Denny  crossed  the  riv[e]r,  It  is  stated  that  Colo 
Miller  is  ordered  back  to  Detroit,  without  accomplishing 
the  object  for  which  he  started,  and  for  which  the  lives 
of  many  valuable  men  have  been  lost — !  !  !  My  God  what 
proceedings — 

[  Wednesday,  August  the  Twelfth  ] 

12th  I  was  this  morning  at  the  w[h]arf  and  Saw  a  boat 
De[s]cending  the  riv[e]r  with  a  white  flag,  (at  first  Sight  I 
thought  it  was  coming  up  the  riv[e]r)  and  on  enquiry  I 
was  informed  that  it  was  a  flag  of  truce  Sent  by  Gnl  Hull  to 


406     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Maldon, — The  flag  Soon  returned  and  on  enquiring  the 
caus[e]  of  its  returning  So  Soon  I  was  inform  [e]d  that 
they  had  met  Gnl  Brock  at  Sandwich,  and  that  the  British 
had  established  the[i]r  head  quarters  there  I  enquired  the 
particular  caus[e]  of  the  flag  being  sent  but  could  not 
assertain  it  This  day  I  met  the  Contract  [o]r  Mr  Beard  in 
the  street,  and  enquired  of  him  the  state  of  our  provisions, 
he  informed  me  that  he  had  20  days  provisions  then  in 
Store  and  mentioned  to  me  where  he  could  get  a  consider- 
able quantity  of  flour,  he  also  stated  to  me  that  it  would  be 
necessary  for  the  army  to  recross  the  river  and  to  attack 
Maldon,  immediately  or  else  to  Capitulate,  as  the  British 
was  reinforcing  and  would  attack  Detroit  [?]  they  could  not 
otherwise  Save  the  property  at  Detroit.  I  observed  to  him 
that  the  army  had  been  prevented  from  going  to  Maldon 
when  they  wished  and  had  been  forced  across  the  riv[e]r 
from  Canada  against  their  will.  I  did  not  think  that  they 
would  again  cross  willingly  under  the  present  commander, 
that  all  confidence  in  him  was  lost,  and  I  thought  if  the  fort 
must  be  Surrendered,  that  the  Ohio  volunteers  would  never 
consent  to  be  Surrendered  as  prisoners  of  war,  mearly  to 
save  the  private  property  at  Detroit,  he  felt  much  agitated 
at  the  Idea,  I  found  from  his  conversation  that  that  an 
arrangement  of  that  kind  had  been  talked  of  and  I  was  led 
to  believe  that  the  flag  of  truce  that  had  be[e]n  sent  to  the 
british  in  the  morning  had  been  Sent  for  that  purpose, — 
knowing  Mr  Beard  to  be  one  of  Genl  Hulls  confidential 
fr[i]ends  I  was  convinced  from  the  Substance  of  his  conver- 
sation, that  the  Genl  had  it  then  in  contemplation,  to  Sur- 
render us  as  prisoners  of  war,  in  case  there  Should  be 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        4Q7 

an  attack  on  Detroit  by  the  British,  and  from  his  conver- 
sation it  appeared  as  if  he  knew  what  was  a  going  to 
be  done  by  the  British,  and  how  we  would  have  to  act 
on  our  part, — Colo  McDonald  was  present  during  the 
greater  part  of  the  conversation — I  informed  Colo  Mc- 
Arthur  the  substance  of  the  conversation,  and  expressed 
my  fears  that  a  Capitulation  was  intended  by  the  Gn! — 
I  then  wrote  a  letter  to  Major  William  Kendall  of  Ports- 
mouth Ohio,  a  Copy  of  which  is  as  follows 

Detroit  12th  August  1812 
Dear  Sir, 

I  have  the  mortification  to  announce  to  you,  that  on 
the  evening  of  the  Vth  inst[a]nt  while  waiting  with  anxiety 
for  liberty  to  march  to  Maldon,  that  the  american  Army 
was  ordered  by  their  Gen!  to  recross  the  river  to  Detroit, 
and  thereby  have  been  prevented  from  plucking  the  laurels 
that  has  heretofore  been  hovering  over  our  heads 
Never  was  there  a  more  Patriotic  army,  never  was  there  an 
army  possessing  a  greater  love  of  Countary,  or  a  more 
ardent  desire  to  render  it  important  Services,  neither  was 
there  ever  an  army  that  had  it  more  completely  in  their 
power  to  have  accomplished  every  object  of  their  Desire 
than  the  Present,  And  must  now  be  sunk  into  Disgrace  for 
the  want  of  a  General  at  their  head — 

Never  was  there  officers  more  Solicitous,  or  more  united 
than  our  Patriotic  Colonels  (and  indeed  the  whole  army) 
have  been  both  of  the  Regulars  and  Volunteers,  to  promote 
the  Public  good  neither  was  there  ever  men  of  talents 
as  they  are  so  shamefully  opposed  by  an  imbesile  or  Treach- 
erous Commander  as  they  have  been — he  has  frequently 


408    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Called  the  field  officers  to  councill  in  which  they  have  with- 
out an  exception  united  in  Sentiment,  and  have  in  every 
instance  been  been  opposed  by  Gnl  Hull.  Would  to  God 
Either  of  our  Colonels  had  the  command,1  if  they  had,  we 
might  yet  wipe  of  [f]  the  foul  stain,  that  has  been  brought 
upon  us,  We  are  now  reduced  to  a  perilous  situation,  the 
British  are  reinforcing,  our  Communication  [s]  with  the 
States  are  cut  of[f],  our  Provisions  growing  short,  and 
likely  to  be  Surrounded  by  hosts  of  Savages 

All  appears  Dark  [at]  present,  but  hope  is  not  lost  If 
energy  and  decision  is  united  with  courage  we  may  yet 
extricate  ourselves, — 

With  Sentiments  of  respect  I  am  your  obed[i]ent  ser- 
vant ROBERT  LUCAS 
Majr 

Wm  Kendall 

This  Afternoon  Colo  Miller  returned  with  his  detachment 
after  undergoing  a  fateegue  of  a  Severe  engagement,  and 
being  kep[t]  for  Several  days  without  Provisions  or  Tents 
Some  of  them  had  Indian  Scalps  hanging  to  the  ramrods  of 
their  muskets  as  they  marched  in — 

[  Thursday,  August  the  Thirteenth  ] 

13*  The  British  have  taken  possession  of  the  Bank  opposite 
Detroit  and  have  commenced  erecting  a  Battery,  opposite 
the  town,  L'ieute  Anderson  and  Dallaby2  each  threw  up  a 
Battery  on  our  side  one  in  the  old  Public  Garden  and  the 


1  The  assumption  of  the  command  of  the  army  by  one  of  the  Colonels  was  sev- 
eral times  discussed,  but  the  decisive  step  was  never  taken. — See  Adams'  History 
of  the  United  States,  Vol.  VI,  p.  326.— EDITOR. 

2  Lieutenant  James  Daliba. — EDITOR. 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        409 

other  Just  below  the  town, — The  British  is  Suffered  to 
work  at  their  batterys  undisturbed  and  perhaps  will  Soon 
Commence  firing  upon  the  Town  (Why  in  the  name  of  God 
are  they  not  routed  before  they  compleet  their  Battery) 
This  afternoon  Colo  Finley  with  a  Detachm[en]t  was 
ordered  to  prepare  to  march  on  a  Detachment  up  the  river. 
They  prepared  and  waited  for  orders,  application  was  made 
and  the  Gnl  was  found  asleep  he  could  not  be  disturbed, 
therefore  the  Detachment  had  to  remain  in  camp  till  the 
next  day, — he  probably  had  been  taking  a  little  Wine  with 
his  friends,  which  threw  him  into  a  deeper  repose  than 
Usual,—  We  also  this  day  heard  that  a  party  of  Indians 
from  Ma[c]kinaw  was  coming  do[w]n  and  was  seen  at 
Lake  St  Clair 

[  Friday,  August  the  Fourteenth  ] 

14th  The  British  is  Suffered  to  continue  their  work  unmo- 
lested, no  kind  of  preparation  is  making  by  o[u]r  army 
about  the  garrison,  Lieuts  Dallaby1  and  Anderson,  still  at 
work  at  the[i]r  batterys.  This  afternoon  Colo  Finley  is 
ordered  with  a  Detachment  to  the  Spring  wells,  and  about 
Sunset  Colo?  McArthur  and  Cass  is  ordered  with  a  Detach- 
ment from  their  Regiments  of  350  men,  to  march  a  back 
way  to  the  riv[e]r  Raisin  to  escort  the  provisions  that 
had  Some  time  remained  there  Colo  Finlays  Detachment 
returned  to  camp 

•  [  Saturday,  August  the  Fifteenth  ] 

15th  Every  thing  in  confusion  as  usual,  Gnl  Hull  has  a 
Markee  Pitched  in  the  camp  South  of  the  Fort  of  a  Singu- 

1  Lieutenant  James  Daliba. — EDITOR. 


410     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

la[r]  Structure,  never  before  seen  in  this  army — with 
Sundry  Red  and  Blue  Stripes  in  various  ways  over  the  top, 
(I  am  apprehensive  that  it  is  intended  as  Som[e]  Signal, — 
as  he  never  before  had  a  markee  in  camp  since  the  army  has 
been  at  Detroit)  abo[u]t  1  Oclock  Two  officers  ar[r]ived 
from  Sandwich  with  a  flag  of  truce.  While  they  are  consult- 
ing with  Gnl  Hull  the  British  on  the  opposite  shore  is  busily 
engaged  in  removing  a  house  out  of  the  way  of  the  Batterys, 
and  as  Soon  as  they  had  the  house  compleetely  removed 
the  officers  returned,  no  attempt  was  ever  made  by  Gnl  Hull 
to  prevent  the  British  compleeting  the  battery,  about  2 
oclock  we  was  informed  that  the  British  Summoned  the  fort 
to  Surrende[r]  and  had  stated  that  their  force  was  Amply 
Sufficient  to  justify  such  a  Demand,  and  if  it  did  not  sur- 
render that  the  Garrison  and  Town  would  be  massacred  by 
the  Indians,  to  this  demand  an  immediate  refusal  was  given. 
The  army  was  astonished  at  the  insol[e]nce  of  the  Briti[s]h 
knowing  our  force  to  be  Superior  and  possessing  every  ad- 
vantage over  them  that  we  could  desire  were  it  properly 
used —  about  4  oclock  2  vessels  hove  in  Sight  below  Sand- 
wich point,  and  their  battery  played  upon  the  town  The 
fire  was  returned  and  continued  without  interruption  and 
with  little  effect  till  Dark  the  Shells  were  thrown  till  11 
oclock,  2  of  which  fell  within  the  garrison  one  of  which 
Wounded  a  man  which  was  the  only  injury  don[e]  in  the 
fort, — Capt  Snelling  was  Sent  down  to  the  spring  wells  to 
See  the  movements  of  the  British  vessels,  he  ascertained 
that  they  was  landing  troops  and  Sent  to  Gnl  Hull  for  some 
peaces  of  Artillery,  the  Gnl  neglected  to  Send  him  any,  and 
the  British  landed  the[i]r  troops  and  Some  peaces  of  Artil- 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        41 1 

lery  unmolested — What  could  have  a  greater  appearance  of 
treach[er]y  in  our  Gnl,  than  Suffering  the  en[e]my  to  erect 
their  Battery  unmolested,  and  the  refusing  to  grant  Capt 
Snelling  Artillery  to  prevent  their  landing  their  troops. 
The  British  might  easily  [have]  been  prevented  from  erect- 
ing their  batterys  and  if  Capt  Snelling  had  been  furnished 
with  artillery  when  requested  he  would  have  drove  the 
British  Vessels  down  the  river,  or  Shattered  them  to  peaces, 
and  would  intirely  have  prevented  the  enemy  from  landing 
the[i]r  troops.  It  appears  as  if  Colo?  Me  Arthur  and  Cass 
had  been  sent  a  way  on  purpose  by  Gnl  Hull  So  that  he 
might  have  a  fair  oppertunity  of  Surrendering  the  fort  to 
the  British, — when  the  British  first  commenc[e]d  firing 
upon  the  town  The  fourth  Regim[e]nt  and  the  Ballance  of 
Colo  McArthurs  Regt  that  was  not  with  him,  was  ordered 
into  the  fort  and  placed  on  the  walls,  in  which  position  they 
lay  all  night, — immediately  after  the  fort  was  Summon [e]d 
an  express  was  sent  to  Colo?  McArth[u]r  and  Cass  inform- 
ing the[m]  thereof  and  ordering  them  to  return  immediately 
to  Detroit 

[Sunday,  August  the  Sixteenth] 

16th  This  morning  about  daybr[e]ak  the  British  renewed 
the[i]r  fire  upon  the  fourt,  and  it  was  returned  from  our 
Battery.  The  roaring  of  the  cannon  was  tremendious  but 
there  was  but  little  injury  done,  one  Shot  axidentally  killed 
a  man,  in  the  plain,  and  two  by  axident  being  nearly  Spent 
fell  within  the  garrison,  one  of  which  killed  Ensign  Sibly 
and  a  Soldier  from  Mackinaw  and  the  other  killed  Lieu^ 
Hanks1  Doctor  Reynolds  Surgeon-mate  to  Colo  Cass  Rgt 

1  Lieutenant  Hancks  had  been  in  command  of  Mackinaw  when  that  fort  was 
captured  by  the  British  on  July  17,  1812.— EDITOR. 


412     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

from  Zanesville  and  Wounded  Doctor  Blood  Surgeon  mate 
in  the  4th  U  S  Rgt  The  ball  took  of  [f]  intirely  one  of  Doc- 
t[o]r  Reynolds  legs,  and  the  other  part[l]y  of  [f]  he  Died 
in  ab[o]ut  a  half  an  hour  after,  (he  was  Said  to  utter  the 
following  words  about  the  time  he  expired)  "fight  on  my 
brave  comrade.  I  shall  nev[e]r  see  Zanesville  I  die  in 
peace" — Peace  be  to  his  manes — but  his  comrades  was  pre- 
vented from  fighting,  by  their  commander — for  the  fort 
was  Surrendered  about  8  oclock,  the  Gnl  Capitulat[e]d — at 
the  time  the  Gnl  raised  a  flag  of  truce  on  the  walls  of  the 
garrison,  the  4th  Regt  and  a  small  part  [of]  Colo  McAr- 
th[u]rs  was  in  the  fort,  Colo  Finleys  Rgt  was  posted  on  the 
North  of  the  plain  back  of  the  fort.  And  Major  Denny 
with  part  of  Colo?  McArthurs  and  Casses  Regts  along  Some 
Pickets  South  of  the  plain,  a  Part  of  the  Michigan  Militia 
in  the  upper  part  of  the  town  and  a  part  in  the  plain;  2-24 
pounders  loaded  with  grate  shot  and  Musket  balls  placed 
on  a  Commanding  eminence,  b[e]low  the  town,  and  indeed 
our  whole  force  was  placed  in  a  situation  that  the  enemis 
flank  and  front  must  have  been  exposed  let  them  make  an 
attack  upon  what  part  they  would, — Every  man  was  wait- 
ing with  anxiety  the  approach  of  the  enemy  and  expected  a 
proud  day  for  his  Countary,  at  the  Same  time  Colo?  Cass 
and  McArthur  was  within  a  few  miles  and  would  have  fell 
upon  the  enemies  rear,  (altho[ugh]  not  known  to  us  at  that 
time)  our  a[r]iny  thus  placed,  I  was  on  the  back  wall  of  the 
garrison  viewing  the  movements  of  Some  Indians  that  made 
their  appearance  in  the  plain  and  was  catching  som[e] 
horses,  and  was  just  de[s]cending  the  wall  with  a  view  of 
joining  colo  Finleys  flank  to  meet  them  when  I  was  Called 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        413 

to  by  Some  of  my  acquaintances],  and  informed  that  a 
white  flag  had  been  raised  upon  the  wall,  I  was  struck  with 
estonishm  [e]  nt  and  returned  to  enquire  the  caus[e]  I  was 
informed  that  Gnl  Hull  had  ordered  our  Coulors  to  be 
struck  and  that  it  was  opposed  by  Colo  Miller,  but  that  he 
had  Sent  out  a  flag  of  truce  to  the  British  to  capitulate,  and 
had  ordered  the  whole  of  the  troops  into  the  garrison  to 
stack  their  Arms  The  British  at  this  time  was  marching  up 
the  Detroit  river  by  Colum[n]s  of  plato[o]ns  twelve  men 
in  front  and  when  the  head  of  their  colum[n]  had  ar[r]ived 
within  about  5  hundred  yards  of  our  line,  when  a  Single 
Discharge  from  the  24  pound  [e]r  must  have  dispersed  them, 
orders  were  received  from  Gnl  Hull  for  all  to  retreat  to  the 
fort  and  not  to  fire  upon  the  En[e]my  one  universal  burst 
of  indignation  was  apparent  upon  the  receipt  of  these  orders, 
our  troops  was  immediately  crowded  into  the  fort,  and  two 
British  officers  rode  up  to  the  Gnls  marke[e]  they  remained 
there  a  short  time  and  retired, — I  made  inquiry  of  the 
caus[e]  and  what  was  done  I  Soon  ascertained  that  the  Gn! 
had  Capitulated  and  had  Surrendered  the  whole  army  as 
Prisoners  of  War.  In  entering  into  this  capitulation  the 
Gnl  only  consulted  his  own  feelings,  not  an  officer  was  con- 
sulted, not  one  antisipated  a  Surrender  till  they  Saw  the 
white  flag  displayed  upon  the  walls.1  Even  the  women  was 
indignant  at  the  Shameful  degradation  of  the  Americ[an] 
character,  and  all  felt  as  they  should  have  felt  but  he  who 
held  in  his  hands  the  reins  of  authority  our  mornings  report 
from  information]  was  effectiv[e]  men  fit  for  duty  1060, 


1  Cf .  Report  of  Colonel  Lewis  Cass  to  Secretary  of  War  Eustis,  September  10, 
1812.— EDITOR. 


414    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

exclusive  of  300  Michigan  militia  on  duty, — The  whole 
force  of  the  enemy  both  white  red  and  Black  was  from  the 
best  information]  we  could  gain  about  1030.  They  They 
had  29  plattoons  twelve  in  a  plattoon  of  men  in  Uniform,  a 
number  of  them  must  have  been  Canadian  militia, — after 
enquiring  into  the  principles  of  the  capitulation,  I  assertained 
that  all  the  U.  S  troops  was  to  be  Sent  to  Quebeck,  and 
being  apprehensive  that  Gnl  Hull  would  wish  to  have  me 
Sent  with  them,1  I  thought  it  prudent  to  leave  the  garrison 
previous  to  the  British  taking  possession  I  therefore  placed 
my  Sword  and  uniform  clothes  in  my  brother  [QCapt  J 
Lucas)  Trunk  threw  my  musket  and  cartridge  box  against 
the  wall  and  left  the  fort,  I  went  down  in  the  town  of  De- 
troit and  passed  in  the  capacity  of  a  citizen,  and  paid  a  par- 
ticular attention  to  the  Proceedings.2  The  British  first 
placed  a  peace  of  Artillery  in  front  of  Gnl  Hulls  Door  one 
at  each  of  our  Battery  and  placed  guards  to  command  the 
defiles  round  the  fort  previ[o]us  to  our  troops  being  marched 
out  of  the  fort.  Their  order  of  march  into  the  fort  wa[s] 
the  Kegulars  and  those  in  Uniform  in  front,  the  Militia 
not  in  Uniform  next  a  Compa[n]y  with  handkerch[i]efs 
round  their  heads  and  painted  like  Indians  next  and  the  In- 
dians in  the  rear  Commanded  by  British  officers  Dressed  and 
painted  like  Indians.  The  Indians  was  not  Suffered  to  go 
into  the  fort,  I  Stood  at  the  corner  of  the  street  and  Saw 
them  pass  me  in  this  order,  with  indignant  feelings,  but 
when  our  troops  was  marched  out  our  Coulors  Struck  and 

the  British  Coulors  hoisted  in  their  Stead,  my  feelings  was 

•  

1  See  below  Appendix  B. — EDITOR. 

2  See  below,  Appendix  B. — EDITOR. 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL  415 

affected  beyond  expression,  My  God  who  could  bear  the 
sight  without  vowing  eternal  vengeanc[e]  against  the  perpe- 
trators of  Such  Diabolical  acts,  and  against  the  Nation 
that  would  employ  such  Detestable  Savage  allies.  To  See 
our  Coulors  prostitute  to  See  and  hear  the  firing  from  our 
own  battery  and  the  huzzaws  of  the  British  troops  the  yells 
of  the  Savages  and  the  Discharge  of  small  arms,  as  Signals 
of  joy  over  our  disgrace  was  scenes  too  horrid  to  meditate 
upon  with  any  other  view  than  to  Seek  revenge — The  In- 
dians after  the  British  had  got  peaceable  possession  of  the 
fort,  gave  themselves  up  to  plunder  they  took  and  bore 
away  at  will,  horses  and  Such  other  property  as  fell  in  their 
way,  they  robbed  and  plund[e]red  the  the  hous[e]  of  Mr 
Atwater  the  Acting  Governor  and  Capt  Knag[g]s  the 
Ind[i]an  interpreter  of  every  thing  they  could  find,  (the 
Capitulation  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding)  and  many 
other  attrocious  acts, — I  Saw  Major  Witherall  of  the  Detroit 
Volunteers  Brake  his  Sword  and  throw  it  away  and  Sev[e]ral 
Soldiers  broke  their  muskets  rather  than  Surrender  them  to 
the  British — Soon  after  the  British  had  taken  the  fort,  and 
made  the  arrangements  by  placing  g[u]ards  at  various  places 
in  the  town  I  saw  Gnl  Hull  walking  linked  arms,  with  a 
British  officer,  from  the  fort  to  his  own  hous[e],  Posses [s]- 
ing  a  more  pleasing  countenanc[e]  than  I  had  ever  Seen 
him,  and  appeared  to  be  very  pleasingly  engaged  in  con- 
versation with  him — While  in  town  I  happened  in  company 
with  a  British  officer  who  was  exulting  at  their  conquest.  I 
could  not  refrain  from  telling  him  that  the  conquest  he  was 
boasting  of  they  had  obtain  [e]d  through  treachery,  and 
that  in  my  opinion  they  would  not  maintain  it  long,  as  we 


416     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

could  have  an  army  of  10,000  men  there  in  a  few  months, 
he  appeared  to  make  light  of  my  observations — after  he 
retired  I  was  advised  by  an  acquaintance]  not  to  speak  my 
mind  so  free  as  the  British  was  Such  a  haughty  people  and 
I  was  ther[e]  in  their  power,  it  might  operate  against  me.  I 
had  previously  formed  a  determination  not  to  go  with  them 
as  a  prisoner  of  war — altho[ugh]  I  had  heard  it  stated  that 
the  4th  Rgt  and  Grnl  Lucas  was  to  be  Sent  on  to  Quebeck,  I 
knew  they  did  not  know  my  person,  and  being  informed  by 
Major  Denny  that  his  Detachment  was  to  be  immediately 
Sent  on  board  a  vessel,  I  thought  it  desirable  to  go  aboard 
lest  Some  of  the  inhabitants  of  Detroit  Should  betray  me. 
I  communicated  my  intention  to  Some  of  my  confidential 
friends  in  or[der]  that  I  might  not  be  betrayed  about  3 
oclock  the  Detachm[en]t  went  aboard  the  Maria  of  Prisque 
isle — I  requested  Ensign  Baird  to  have  Capt  J  Lucas 
Tru[n]k  taken  aboard,  he  being  absent  with  Colo  McArthur, 
which  he  had  done  I  made  Some  arrang[e]ments  in  town 
and  went  to  the  w[h]arf,  with  them.  The  British  G[u]ard 
that  was  at  the  vessel  asked  me  if  I  was  going  aboard  I  told 
them  I  was,  he  asked  me  if  I  was  going  to  stay  aboard  I 
answered  him  also  that  I  was,  he  then  Suffered  me  to  pass 
aboard  without  asking  any  further  questions, — I  went  aboard 
and  requested  the  boys  aboard  not  to  call  me  by  any  title  and 
told  them  my  reason  for  making  Such  request.  Soon  after 
I  went  aboard  the  vessel  dropped  down  the  riv[e]r  about  a 
mile  and  lay  too  all  night  Some  time  that  Evening  Colo? 
McArthur  and  Cass  returned  with  their  Detachments,  and 
was  Surrendered  as  prisoners l 

1  See  below,  Appendix  B. — EDITOR. 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        417 

[Monday,  August  the  Seventeenth] 

17  this  morning  the  British  were  firing  of  [f]  our  arms  up  at 
the  w[h]arf — we  Surrendered  2500  stand  of  small  arms  be- 
sides what  was  in  the  magazin[e],  about  60  peaces  of  Can- 
non of  Various  Sizes  2  Howitzer[s]  40  Barrels  of  Powd[e]r 
100,000  Cartridges  made  up  400  rounds  [of]  cartidges  for 
24  po[u]nd[er]s  and  a  great  quantity  of  Balls  Shells,  and 
Cartridges  for  the  Smaller  Cannon,  the  particular  quantity 
not  precisely  known  to  me  we  lay  to  all  this  day,  Colo  Mc- 
Arthur  Came  aboard  and  returned,  on  Shore  he  was  engaged 
in  making  out  the  rolls  of  his  regiment  this  evening  Capt 
Keys  and  a  party  of  Colo  McArth[ur]s  Kgt  passed  us  in 
open  boats  they  had  Some  provision  with  them  but  left 
none  of  it  with  us, — Several  British  offic[e]rs  wa[s]  aboard 
this  day — and  I  was  informed  that  there  had  been  Consider- 
able enquiry  made  for  me  at  Detroit  after  I  had  left  there, 
by  the  British  offic[e]rs,  but  could  not  find  where  I  was, 
Capt  J  Lucas  and  a  number  that  was  out  with  Colo  Me  Ar- 
thur came  aboard     The  vessel  was  loaded  with  furs,  and 
the  Strength  of  the  Skins  and  the  Bilge  water  was  enough 
to  Suffocate  us  to  Death 

[Tuesday,  August  the  Eighteenth] 

18  Colo  Me  Arthur  McDonald  Puthuff  Majors  Denny  and 
Trimble  came  aboard   we   raised   anchor  and  Drop[p]ed 
down   the   riv[e]r,    toward   Maldon   but   the   wind   being 
against  us  we  did  not  get  down  till  night  here  we  drew 
Some  provisions  for  the  first  [time]  after  the  fort  had  been 
Surrendered,    having  been  three  days  without  eating  any 
thing  I  felt  considerably  hungary, —     The  Commandant 
at  Maldon  came  aboard,  but  I  kep[t]  tolerably  close  below 


418     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

while  we  was  laying  at  Maldon  for  fear  I  Should  be  be- 
trayed, as  I  had  no  great  inclination  to  go  with  Such  Detest- 
able enemies,  as  the  British  to  Quebeck  as  a  prisoner  of 
war 

[Wednesday,  August  the  Nineteenth] 

19*  This  morning  we  Saw  a  great  number  of  Indians  cross- 
ing the  river  towards  Brownstown.  I  am  fearfull  that  they 
are  gone  in  pursu[i]t  of  Capt  Brush,  and  if  they  overtake 
him  his  party  must  become  a  Sacrafice  as  the[i]r  number  is 
So  far  Superior  to  his, — (I  hope  he  may  make  his  escape  to 
Ohio  with  his  provisions  before  they  overtake  him)  we  lay 
this  day  at  Maldon,  our  officers  were  frequently  ashore  Con- 
siderable inquiry  was  here  made  where  I  was,  but  no  one 
informed  them 

[Thursday,  August  the  Twentieth] 

20th  we  still  lay  at  Maldon  Capt  Ruff  is  on  Shore  making 
Some  arrangern[e]nts  about  his  vessel,  Colo  McArth[u]r 
Sent  for  him  to  come  aboard  he  Came  and  hoisted  Sail  for 
Cleveland  in  the  State  of  Ohio 

[Friday,  August  the  Twenty-first] 

21*  This  morning  we  landed  at  the  Island  at  Put  in  bay  and 
Cooked  Some  provisions  we  th[e]re  assertained  that  th[e]re 
was  230  men  aboard,  not  more  than  half  of  them  could  ever 
lay  down  at  a  time.  There  was  a  British  officer  and  a 
g[u]ard  of  men  with  us,  we  again  went  aboard  and  Set 
Sail — this  night  Capt.  ruff  had  his  boat  prepared,  on  Deck 
to  get  in  in  case  th[e]re  should  be  a  storm  he  was  appre- 
hensive the  vessel  would  upset  in  case  there  Should  arise  a 
gale  of  wind,  as  the  great  part  of  the  men  was  obliged  to 
remain  on  deck. 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        419 

[Saturday,  August  the  Twenty-second] 

22nd  The  weather  was  fine  but  no  wind,  we  made  but  poor 
headway  and  our  provisions  growing  Scanty 

[Sunday,  August  the  Twenty-third] 

23rd  The  weathe[r]  as  yesterday  in  the  evening  we  came 
near  land  at  the  mouth  of  Black  Riv[e]r,x  Colo  McArthur 
and  a  number  of  his  men  was  Set  a  Shore,  26  or  27  miles 
from  cleaveland,  here  I  took  my  Sword  out  of  the  trunk  and 
went  a  Shore,  I  never  had  from  the  time  of  the  Surrender 
of  Detroit  felt  intirely  independent  untill  I  got  my  feet  on 
land  at  the  mouth  of  Black  Riv[e]r,  I  lay  down  by  a  fire 
and  rested  comfortab[l]y  this  night — 

[Monday,  August  the  Twenty -fourth] 

24,  Those  that  had  landed  Started  a  foot  to  Cleveland,  I 
had  no  provision,  nor  nothing  to  buy  with,  I  traveled  on  and 
found  the  inhabitants  extrem[e]ly  hospitable,  I  ar[r]ived 
at  Cleveland  in  the  evening,  where  I  found  my  comrad[e]s 
that  had  went  on  in  the  vessle,  we  lodged  at  Cleveland  that 
night 

[Tuesday,  August  the  Twenty-fifth,  to  Thursday,  August  the  Twenty-seventh] 

25th  This  day  Colo  Cass  and  Colo  Huntington  (the  former 
Governor  of  Ohio)  Started  to  the  City  of  Washington  with 
dispa[t]ches  to  [the]  governm[en]t  rendering  an  account 
of  our  Disasterous  Campaign,  Colo  McArthur  Drew  pro- 
visions for  the  troops  to  last  them  to  Canton  and  allowed 
each  Captain  to  march  his  Company  as  he  Saw  proper.  I 
here  got  a  knapsack,  and  fil[l]ed  it  with  my  uniform 
cloth [e]s  hat,  my  Journal,  and  Such  other  articles  as  I  did 

1  A  river  emptying  into  Lake  Erie  in  what  is  now  Lorain  County,  Ohio. — 
EDITOR. 


420     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

not  wish  to  leave  and  started  on  a  foot  with  my  Brother 
Capt  J  Lucas,  he  being  on  well  we  did  not  ar[r]ive  at  Can- 
ton till  the  evening  of  the  27th  where  he  was  treated  with 
great  hospitality  by  the  Citizens  of  Canton  and  also  by  the 
inhabitants  on  the  road  from  cleaveland  to  that  place 

[Friday,  August  the  Twenty-eighth] 

28,  Colo  McArthur  Made  out  a  Provision  return  for  his  reg- 
iment and  Drew  for  them  money  in  Lieu  of  provision,  to 
bare  their  expences  hom[e],  here  every  man  was  allowed 
the  liberty  of  returning  to  his  home  [by]  Such  rout[e]  as 
he  thought  proper.  Myself  Capt  J  Lucas  and  11  other  men 
of  Capt  Lucas  &>  Capt  Rupes  Companies  Started  to  George- 
town1 for  the  purpose  of  des[c]  ending  the  Ohio  by  wate[r] 
to  our  homes —  In  the  afternoon  I  was  overtaken  by  Lieut 
Larwell  of  the  U.  S  Artillery  and  a  Mr  Mason  who  furnished 
me  with  a  horse,  I  left  my  Compa[n]y  and  went  on  to 
George  [town]  to  provide  crafts,  I  proceeded  on  in  company 
with  Mr  Larwell  and  Mason,  to  an  old  gentlem[an7s]  by 
the  name  of  Griswould  where  we  Lodged  all  night, 

[Saturday,  August  the  Twenty-ninth] 

29  I  continued  on  with  my  q[u]est  to  new  Lisbon2  and 
Breakfasted  here  I  was  invited  by  Colo  Kinny  to  attend 
with  Some  gentlemen  from  Virginia  and  Pennsylvania  that 
had  come  on  as  a  Committee  of  arrangement,  to  acquire 
information  relativ[e]  to  the  Surrender  of  Gnl  Hulls  Army 
and  the  Situation  of  our  frontier.  I  attended  and  gave  them 
Such  informat[io]n  as  I  was  possessed  of  relative  to  the 

1  A  town  on  the  south  bank  of  the  Ohio  river  in  Beaver  County,  Pennsylvania, 
a  few  miles  east  of  the  Ohio  State  line. — EDITOR. 

8  Lisbon,  the  county  seat  of  Columbiana  County,  Ohio. — EDITOK. 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        421 

Disasterous  Campaign.  I  was  at  this  place  treated  with 
great  attention  and  politeness  and  furnished  with  an  ellegant 
horse  to  ride  to  Georgetown  I  then  proceeded  on  to  George- 
town in  company  with  a  young  Gentleman  by  the  name  of 
Bell,  and  ar[r]ived  at  Georgetown  in  the  evening  I  was 
introdused  by  Mr  Bell  to  his  uncle  a  Mr  Christmass  Merchant 
at  Georgetown  whose  Polite  attention  and  hospitality  had 
too  deep  an  impression  upon  my  mind  ever  to  be  forgotten. 
Altho[ugh]  we  had  been  meeting  troops  every  day  marching 
towards  the  frontier  Since  we  left  cleaveland,  I  met  this 
afternoon  a  Battallion  of  troops  from  Washington  County 
Pennsylvania]  whose  patriotic  appearanc[e]  exceeded  any 
I  had  Seen  on  this  march.  I  lodged  this  night  with  Mr 
Christmass 

[Sunday,  August  the  Thirtieth] 

30th  About  12  Oclock  Capt  J  Lucas  and  the  party  with  him 
ar[r Jived,  we  was  all  invited  to  dine  with  Mr  Christmass 
and  Mr  Bevers,  who  assisted  us  in  procuring  Crafts  we  pur- 
chased a  Sciff  and  in  the  evening  Started  down  the  Ohio 
and  de[s]cended  about  two  miles  we  found  that  our  Sciff 
would  not  carry  us  all,  and  purchased  a  second  one,  and 
divided  our  Compa[n]y 

[Monday,  August  the  Thirty-first,  to  Friday,  September  the  Fourth] 

31  We  Started  down  the  Ohio,  and  rowed  day  and  night  by 
turns  till  we  landed  at  Portsmouth  which  was  on  friday  the 
4th  of  Septemb[e]r  about  10  oclock  A.  M.  being  not  quite 
four  days  and  a  half  from  Georgetown  to  Portsmo[u]th  we 
found  our  friends  general  [l]y  well  except  Mrs  Lucas  who 
had  been  in  a  bad  state  of  health  for  a  long  time, — I  was 
happy  to  find  on  my  return  that  the  Disasters  at  Detroit 


422    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

had  kindeled  an  unextinguishable  flame  of  Patriotism  in  the 
breasts  of  my  neighbors,  I  do  hope  that  the  Disasterous 
Surrender  of  Detroit  may  terminate  in  Public  good.  It 
has  kindeled  an  unexampeled  flame  of  Patriotism  in  the 
western  countary,  and  it  may  perhaps  be  a  usefull  Caution 
to  our  Governm[en]t  who  they  entrust  with  th[e]  Com- 
mand of  their  armies — for  my  part  I  am  determined  if  life 
is  spared,  nev[e]r  to  desert  till  I  have  Satisfaction,  for  the 
insults  giv[e]n  us  by  ou[r]  Detestable  Enemy  the  British 

and  the[i]r  savage  allies 

Robert  Lucas 

Portsmouth  Ohio  4th  Sept[embe]r  1812  Safe  ar[r]ived  <fec 


APPENDIX  A 

[  The  following  is  from  the  original  letter  which  was  found  among  the  Lucas 
letters  and  papers. — EDITOR.] 

Dayton  May  9th 

1812 


CapE  Rupe  — 
Sir-      = 

You  will  march  your  Detachment  to  Greenville  for  the 

protection  of  the  frontier.  — You  will  advise  the  Inhabitants  not  to 
quit  their  Farms — but  to  associate  &  build  Block  Houses — as  I  have 
ordered  Lieut.  McCormick  with  a  Party  of  Rangers  to  Greenville— 
to  range  in  that  neighborhood — they  will  be  protected —  You  are 
not  to  molest  any  friendly  Indians — but  assure  them  of  the  Friend- 
ship of  the  United  States.  Indians  committing  Hostilities — you  will 
repel  take  destroy — unless  Indians  commit  Hostilities,  you  will 
return  on  Wednesday  next. 

Gen.   Lucas  will  accompany  you — to  whose  advice  I  recommend 

your  attention 

R  J  MEIGS, 

Gov —  Ohio 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL  423 

APPENDIX  B 

[The  following  is  from  a  copy  of  the  letter,  transcribed  and  signed  in  the 
handwriting  of  Kobert  Lucas  and  found  in  the  collection  of  Lucas  letters  and 
papers. — EDITOR.  ] 

Portsmouth  Ohio  10th  October  1812 
Sir 

having  escaped  the  general  wreck  of  the  Northwestern  army, 
and  ar[r]ived  at  my  usual  place  of  residence,  I  Conceive  it  my  duty 
to  make  a  Candid  Statement  to  you  of  the  Causes  which  attached  me 
to  that  army  and  the  means  by  which  I  made  my  escape  after  it  Sur- 
rendered on  the  16th  of  August  last.  Sir  on  the  18fc  [?]  of  April  last 
(7  [?]  days  after  I  had  accepted  the  appointment  of  Capt  in  the  U  S 
Infantry  and  previous  to  my  receiving  any  orders  from  my  Superior 
officers  in  the  U.  S  Army,)  I  Received  Orders  from  the  Executive  of 
this  State,  through  Major  General  McArth[u]r,  to  transmit  without 
dilay  from  my  Brigade  my  quota  of  1200  militia  required  from  this 
State  to  march  immediately  to  Detroit.  The  emmergency  of  the 
call  made  it  necessary  for  me  to  attend  to  my  official  duties  as  a 
Brigadier  Gen!  in  the  Militia  and  I  exerted  my  influence]  to  furnish 
the  quota  required  of  Volunteers  agreeably  to  the  act  of  Congress  of 
the  6th  of  February  1812  and  succeeded,  So  that  on  the  6th  of  May 
I  had  4  Compani[e]s  of  Volunteers  engaged  under  the  provisions  of 
the  aforesaid  act  and  one  compa[n]y  of  riflemen  engaged  for  Six 
month[s],  rendezvous  at  Dayton  from  my  Brigade,  which  I  had 
organized  agreeably  to  the  laws  of  this  Act  [?]  in  one  Battallion 
under  the  command  of  Major  James  Denny,  having  thus  discharged 
my  official  duties  as  a  Brigadier  Gen!  and  made  my  return  to  the 
Major  Gn1  of  Division,  I  was  requested  by  his  Excellency  Governor 
Meigs,  on  the  9th  of  May  to  take  a  Company  of  men  and  repair  to 
greenvillfe],  to  ascertain  the  movements  and  disposition  of  the  Indians 
about  that  place,  (they  having  previously  commit[t]ed  some  depreda- 
tions) I  accordi[n]gly  went,  complied  with  my  instructions  returned 
and  made  report  to  his  excellency,  at  which  time  his  excellency  in- 
formed me  that  it  was  necessary  to  Send  an  express  through  to 


424    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

detroit,  previous  to  the  army  marching  and  requested  me  to  under- 
take the  journey,  to  which  request  I  readily  Consented,  on  Condition 
that  he  would  obtain  permission  from  the  Departm[en]t  of  war  (as  I 
had  previously  accepted  of  an  appointm[en]t  in  the  U  S  Army  I 
thought  it  nec[e]ssary  that  permission  should  be  obtained  previous  to 
my  leavi[n]g  the  State)  to  which  he  replied  that  he  could  not  dis- 
pens[e]  with  my  service[s]  and  that  he  would  write  to  the  Depart- 
ment of  war,  on  the  Subject  which  I  presume  he  did  and  assured  me 
that  I  Should  neither  loos  rank  nor  emolument  by  attending  to  his 
request,  flat[t]ered  with  these  assurances  I  undertook  the  journey, 
and  on  the  25th  of  May  in  Compa[n]y  with  Wm  Den[n]y  of  the  vol- 
unteers, I  started  from  Dayfton]  for  Detroit,  with  Directions  from 
Gov  Me[i]gs,  and  Gnl  Hull,  to  pass  by  the  way  of  Dellaw[are] 
Upper  and  Lower  Sanduskys,  then  by  the  Rapids  of  the  Miami  of 
the  lake,  the  river  Raisin,  and  through  Brownstown  to  Detroit,  I 
went  as  Directfed]  and  on  the  3rd  of  June  ar[r]ived  to  Detroit,  Des- 
chargpng]  my  duty  agreeable  to  the  instructions,  and  on  the  21  of 
June  returned  met  the  army  in  the  wilderness,  on  the  head  waters  of 
Miamy,  between  forts  M'Arth[u]r  and  fort  Finley,  and  reported  to 
the  Gnl.  I  returned  with  the  army  to  detroit,  and  crossed  with  it  yto 
Canada, — while  in  Canada  on  the  22nd  of  July  I  received  orders  from 
Colo  Miller  of  Ohio  to  repair  to  Chillicothe  for  the  purpose  of  receiv- 
ing mon[e]y  [?]  and  instructions  to  command  the  recruiting  service 
(they  being  the  first  orders  I  had  received  on  that  Subject)  immedi- 
ately on  the  receipt  of  the  orders  I  prepared  to  return  to  the  Stat[ej 
of  Ohio,  and  on  informing  Gnl  Hull  thereof,  he  requested  to  See  the 
orders  I  shew  him,  and  after  perusing  them  he  Said  that  he  could 
not  spare  me  from  the  army,  and  that  he  would  take  all  the  responsi- 
bility upon  himself  in  ordering  me  to  remain,  untill  further  orders, 
and  that  he  would  account  to  Colo  Miller,  and  the  Department  of 
war  for  my  not  returning  to  the  State  of  Ohio.  I  considered  myself 
bound  to  obey  Gnl  Hulls  orders,  and  remained  with  his  army,  untill 
it  was  Disgracefully  (and  perhaps  treacherously)  surrendered  to  the 
British  forces  at  Detroit  where  I  witnessed  a  Scene  more  easily  felt 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        425 

than  Described,  where  I  Saw  a  brave  army  of  patriots  possessing 
every  apparant  advantage  over  their  en[e]my  and  thursting  for  Lib- 
erty to  pluck  the  laurels  from  the  brows,  of  their  detestable  enimies; 
Surrendered  by  their  Gnl,  (contrary  to  the  remotest  immaginatiori)  to 
an  inferior  force  of  an  inferior  Quality,  without  their  being  allowed 
the  liberty  of  firing  a  gun  in  their  own  Defense — I  Cannot  meditate 
on  the  Surrender  of  our  Army  without  feeli[n]g  a  glow  of  indig- 
nation, thereforfe]  I  will  leave  the  Subject  and  proceed  to  inform  you 
how  I  made  my  escape  after  the  Surrender — 

After  the  Capitulation  was  Signed  and  their  troops  ordered  into 
the  garrison  to  Stack  their  arms,  and  previous  to  the  british  taking 
possession  of  the  garrison  I  learnt  from  the  Capitulation  the  army 
was  Surrendered  as  prisone[r]s  of  war  and  was  given  to  understand 
that  the  United  States  troops  was  destined  for  Quebeck.  Altho[ugh] 
I  had  not  been  regularly  attached  to  the  army  I  was  apprehensivfe] 
that  Gnl  Hull  would  return  me  as  an  off[i]cer  in  the  U.  S.  Army, 
and  hearing  it  mentioned  by  some,  that  the  4th  U.  S  Regt  and 
(Gn!  Lucas)  they  making  use  of  my  name  as  Such)  was  destined  for 

Quebeck,  —  I  thought  it  advisable  to  mak[e]  my  escape, I  th[e]re- 

fore  left  the  garrison  and  went  into  the  town  previous  to  the  british 
forces  marching  in,  the  British  not  knowing  my  person,  and  my 
being  equip[p]ed  in  an  inferior  dress,  I  Saw  them  march  by  me  into 
the  garrison,  I  remained  in  town  as  a  Citizen  paying  particular 
attention  to  the  proceedings  untill  about  3  oclock  P.  M.  when  a 
Detachment  of  Volunteers  under  the  Comm[a]nd  of  Major  James 
Denny  was  ordered  a  board  of  a  vessel,  I  fell  in  with  them,  and  went 
a  board  in  the  Capacity  of  a  Volunteer,  and  made  my  escape  as  Such, 
notwithst[an]ding  the  great  inquiry  made  for  me  by  the  British  offi- 
cers after  I  had  went  aboard — 

Now  Sir  it  is  a  Doubt  with  Som[e]  whether  I  Can  com[e]  within 
the  powers  [?]  of  the  capitulati[o]n,  as  I  never  was  regularly  attached 
to  the  army,  nor  my  name  ever  known  on  record  in  the  army  as  an 
officer,  neither  was  I  ever  in  their  possession  of  the  British  as  Such — 
having  enrolled  myself  as  a  volunteer  in  the  first  instance  to  encouj- 


426    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

[a]ge  others,  my  nam[e]  still  continued  on  the  roll  as  such  in  Capt 
John  Lucass  Compa[n]y,  a  Copy  of  which  the  British  has  in  posses- 
sion, it  being  the  only  way  they  can  possibly  have  my  nam[e],  with- 
out it  has  been  returned  by  Gnl  Hull,  otherwise, — from  these  circum- 
stanc[es]  I  Can  hardly  Consider  myself  a  prisoner  of  war, — and  have 
sin[ce]  my  retufrn]  received  instruction  from  Colo  Miller  to  Com- 
manfd]  the  recruiting  Servifce]  at  this  place  which  instruction  I  am 
attending  to  at  present, — 

Sir  if  I  have  erred  in  any  of  the  abov[e]  proceeding[s]  I  hope  you 
will  do  me  the  just[ic]e  to  Considered  it  an  error  of  the  mind,  and 
not  of  intent[io]n,  intirely  grown  out  of  an  ardent  zeal  for  the  inter- 
est of  my  countary —  Whether  I  am  entitled  to  merit  or  demerit, 
either  as  an  officer  or  a  soldier  for  my  conduct  during  the  Said  Cam- 
pa[i]gn  I  leave  for  my  associatefs]  in  arms  to  determin[e]  and  recom- 
mend you  particularly  to  the  account  Gnl  McArth[u]r  may  give  you 
of  the  manner  in  which  I  was  employed  and  how  I  discharged  my 
duty  in  my  Sev[e]ral  Stations  I  was  employed  in,  as  he  is  well  know- 
ing the  greater  part  of  my  conduct  during  the  Said  Campaign — 

Sir,  will  you  be  So  good  as  to  drop  me  a  line,  to  inform  me 
whether  you  approve  or  disapprove  of  my  Conduct,  also  whether  you 
Consider  me  under  the  restricti[o]n  of  a  prisoner  of  war,  or  not, 
I  have  the  honor  to  be  with  high  Consideration  your 

Very  obent  Sert 
Honl  WM  EUSTIS  ROBERT  LUCAS  Capt 

Secret[ar]y  of  the  Departm[en]t  U.  S.  Infantry 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        427 
APPENDIX  C 

[  The  following  is  from  a  copy  of  the  original,  transcribed  and  signed  in  the 
handwriting  of  Kobert  Lucas  and  found  in  the  collection  of  Lucas  letters  and 
papers. — EDITOR.  ] 

Portsmouth  Ohio  November  4th  1812 
Mr  FOSTER 
Sir 

I  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  your  letter  of  the  30th 
ul*  and  hasten  with  pleasure  to  give  you  Such  information,  as  I  am 
possessed  of,  relative  to  the  disasterous  campaign  under  Gnl  Hull. 

I  extremely  regret  that  it  is  not  in  my  power  to  furnish  you  with 
a  Correct  Copy  of  the  Original  Speaches  delivered]  to  the  different 
Nations  of  the  Indians  while  on  express  to  Detroit  as  the  copy  I 
reserved  was  handed  to  a  gentleman  at  Detroit  who  nev[e]r  re- 
t[u]rn[e]d  it  But  Sir,  I  will  give  you  as  correct  information  of  all 
transactions  during  my  tour  to  Detroit  as  I  am  possessed  of — 

On  the  25th  of  May  1812,  I  waited  on  Gnl  Hull  at  Dayton  to 
receive  Such  instructions  as  he  thought  proper  to  communicate  to 
me,  previous  to  my  departure  to  Detroit,  at  which  time  he  delivered 
me  a  Packet,  addressed  to  Mr  Varnum,  U.  S.  factor  at  Lower  San- 
dusky  one  Directed  to  Rueben  Atwater  Acting  Governor  at  Detroit, 
and  a  letter  Directed  to  Colo  Anderson  at  the  river  Raison,  also 
a  letter  Directed  to  the  Acting  Governor  at  Detroit,  also  Sundary 
Copies  of  an  address  to  the  Several  nations  of  Indians  through  which 
I  was  to  pass, — The  Gn]  then  informed  me  that  he  thought  the 
journey  I  was  about  to  undertake  a  hazardous  one,  and  my  Safe 
ar[r]ival  of  great  importance,  he  then  delivered  to  me  Such  verbal 
instructions  as  he  thought  necessary  for  me  to  attend  to,  stating, 
that  written  instructions  was  unnecessary  and  might  opperate  as  an 
impediment  to  the  expedition  in  case  They  Should  be  intercepted. — 

I  was  instructed  to  pass  by  the  town  of  Dellaw[ar]e  by  the  Upper 
and  Lower  Sandusky?  by  the  foot  of  the  rapids  of  the  Miami  of  the 
lake,  by  the  settlement  on  the  River  Raisin  to  Detroit,  thence  to 
return  and  meet  the  army,  and  to  advise  the  inhabitants  on  the 


428    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

frontiers,  not  to  quit  their  homes,  but  in  case  of  any  hostile  appear- 
ance of  the  Indians  to  assemble  and  build  block  houses,  and  if 
attacked,  to  defend  themselves  to  the  last  extremity;  untill  the 
army  ar[r]ived,  or  untill  men  Should  be  Sent  to  their  releaf.  I  was 
also  instructed  to  request  the  inhabitants  at  the  foot  of  the  rapids  of 
the  Miami  of  the  lake,  those  at  the  river  Raison,  and  at  detroit  to 
assist  in  opening  a  Road  from  Detroit  to  meet  the  army, — and  was 
Authorized  to  State  to  the  inhabitants]  at  Lower  Sandusky  that  a 
Detachment  of  men  would  be  immediately  Sent  on  to  that  place,  to 
erect  a  Block  housfe]  and  g[u]ard  the  Public  Store — I  was  also 
requested  by  Gnl  Hull  to  call  at  the  different  Indian  villages  as  I 
passed  through  and  to  read  and  have  interpreted  to  them  his  address 
— (which  was  in  substance  as  follows. 

It  was  Dated  Head  quarters  on  the  Northern  frontier  Dayton 
May  23ra  1812— 

Addressed  to  the  chiefs  Sachems  and  warriors  of  the 
Wiandots  Dellawar[e]s  Miamis  Ottawas  Pottawattomi[e]s  Chippa- 
was  and  Such  of  the  Shawanees  as  reside  in  the  State  of  Ohio  or 
Territory  of  Michigan — (addressing  them  in  the  usual  stile  of 
addressing  Indians)  stating  that  he  long  had  lived  amonngst  [them], 
that  he  long  had  smoked  the  pipe  of  peac[e]  and  friendship  with 
them,  that  their  ears  had  been  open  to  his  councell  and  their  conduct 
had  proven  that  they  respected  his  advice.  He  informed  them  that 
their  Great  father  that  presided  at  the  great  councell  fire  of  the 
nation  had  deemed  it  necessary  to  send  a  num[e]rous  army  to  the 
northern  frontier,  that  in  one  hand  he  carried  the  olive  branch  of 
Peace,  and  in  the  other  the  Sword,  and  that  those  of  them  that 
accepted  the  one  Should  enjoy  protection  peace  and  hapfp]iness,  and 
those  that  prefer [r]ed  the  other  Should  experience  all  the  punish- 
m[e]nt  his  powerfull  hand  could  inflict,  and  to  his  Command  the 
President  had  entrusted  the  army  with  authority  to  adopt  such 
measures  with  the  ch[i]efs  of  the[i]r  Several  nations  as  in  his  opinion 
might  best  Secure  the  peace  and  Safety  of  the  inhabitants  on  the 
frontiers — 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        429 

He  then  informed  them  that  the  present  was  a  most  important 
crisis,  That  everything  dear  to  them  was  then  at  stake,  and  if  any 
considerations  Should  induce  their  nations  to  commit  acts  of  hostil- 
ity, they  would  forfe[i]t  all  their  lands  all  their  annuities,  and  that 
they  would  forfe[i]t  indeed  their  very  existence  amongst;  us  and  on 
the  other  hand  that  those  of  them  who  was  disposed  to  adher[e]  to 
the  existing  treaties  and  live  in  peace  and  friendship  with  their  white 
brethr[e]n,  Should  enjoy  their  lands  in  peace  Should  receive  their 
annuities  and  enjoy  all  the  blessings  a  bountifull  countary  could 
bestow,  and  concluded  with  assuring  them  of  the  sinsere  desire  of 
the  white  people  ever  to  live  in  peace  and  friendship  with  the[i]r 
Red  Brethren— &.  C. 

After  Receiving  the  above  instructions  I  left  the  army  on  the 
eveni[n]g  of  the  25th  of  May  1812  in  company  with  William  Den[h]y, 
and  ar[r]ived  at  Dellaware  on  the  27th  we  ther[e]  furnished  ourselves 
with  provisions,  and  procee[d]ed  on  to  Sandusky,  we  ar[r]ived  at 
Negro  Town  upper  Sandusky  on  the  morning  of  the  29^  and  had  all 
the  chiefs  of  the  Wyandots  that  was  about  home  called  together,  and 
read  and  explained  Gnl  Hulls  address  to  them,  To  which  I  added 
that  there  would  be  a  party  of  men  through  their  village  in  a  short 
time  on  their  way  to  Lower  Sandusky  to  g[u]ard  the  public  Stores, 
and  advised  them  not  to  be  alarmed  but  to  attend  to  their  ordinary 
callings,  and  they  would  be  [protected]  by  the  white  people,  So  long 
as  th[e]y  remained  peaceable,  assuring  them  that  it  was  not  the  dis- 
position of  our  governm[en]t  ever  to  go  to  war  with  any  nation 
of  People  that  did  not  first  intrude  upon  us. 

They  after  consulting  for  a  short  t[i]me  answered  that  they  was 
thankfull  to  me  for  the  trouble  I  had  taken  to  inform  them  of  the 
the  intention  of  their  father  (Gnl  Hull,)  and  assured  me  that  it  was 
their  full  determinat[io]n  to  strictly  adher[e]  to  the  treaty  of  Green- 
ville. They  also  stated  that  they  had  been  much  alarmed  at  the 
movements  of  the  white  people,  in  Collecting  an  army  on  their 
borders,  also  that  they  was  at  a  loss  to  know,  what  was  the  caus[e] 
of  the  white  people  leaving  their  homes  on  the  frontier  and  assemb- 


430    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

ling  together  to  build  block  houses.  They  also  enquired  with 
apparent  anxiety  when  the  men  would  be  through  that  place  on 
their  way  to  lower  Sandusky,  alledging  as  the  caus[e]  of  their 
inquiry,  that  they  wished  to  know,  when  they  would  be  along  So 
that  their  Squaws  and  children  might  not  be  alarmed.  I  observed  in 
answ[e]r  to  which  that  the  white  people  on  the  frontier  had  been 
alarmed  in  consequence  of  Some  late  murders,  having  been  com- 
mitted near  Lower  Sandusky,  by  Some  Indians;  and  that  the  men 
that  was  Shortly  expected  on  to  lower  Sandusky  g[u]arding  the  pub- 
lic Store  was  going  on  in  consequence  of  those  murders,  for  the  pur- 
pose to  protect  the  settelment  [and]  inhabitants]  there  from  further 
depredation,  and  that  I  could  not  inform  them  the  particular  time, 
but  that  it  would  be  in  the  course  of  a  week  or  two — They  appeared 
all  well  Satisfied,  and  We  took  our  leave  of  them,  and  proceeded  on 
to  Lower  Sandusky  and  ar[r]ived  at  Mr  Varnums  in  the  evening  of 
the  Same  day  and  deliv[e]red  my  dispa[t]ches  to  him,  in  which  was 
inclosed  a  copy  of  the  address  as  above  Stated — On  the  30th  Mr  Var- 
num  Called  the  Wiandots,  and  Munsies  to  councell  (The  Ottoways 
having  previously  moved  away)  he  read  and  had  interpreted  the 
same  ad[d]ress  as  above  stated.  The  Wyandots  appeared  pleased  and 
expressed  a  Similar  Sentiment,  to  that  of  the[i]r  nati[o]n  at  Upper 
Sandusky,  (the  Munsies  retired  without  giving  any  Answer,  and  on 
the  Same  evening  moved  of[f]  towards  Maldon —  The  Indians  have 
appeared  to  be  planting  no  corn,  and  the  Wyandots  talked  of  moving 
to  Upper  Sandusky;  to  be  with  their  principal  chief — The  Ottowas 
had  moved  of[f]  for  Some  time  and  encamped  on  the  River  Huron 
opposite  Maldon,  The  Settelm[e]nts  at  Lower  Sandusky  appeared  to 
be  almost  intirely  Deserted,  both  by  the  white  People  and  Indians,, 
Sl^^We  proceeded  on  to  the  foot  of  the  rapids  of  the  Miami  of  the 
lake,  through  a  tremendious  Swamp,  we  ar[r]ived  in  the  evening,  at 
the  Settelm[e]nt,  and  found  a  party  of  the  militia  on  duty  under  the 
Command  of  Lut  Bond, :  This  place  was  in  a  Defenceless  Situation, 
and  intirely  exposed  to  the  mercy  of  the  Savages, — on  the  lfc  June  we 
proceeded  on  to  the  riv[e]r  Raison.  I  delivered  the  letter  I  was 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        431 

entrusted  with  to  Colo  Anderson,  I  informed  him  of  the  Situati[o]n 
and  Strength  of  the  army,  and  the  request  of  Gnl.  Hull  that  they 
should  assist  in  opening  a  road,  to  meet  the  army,  (at  this  place  there 
was  a  Company  of  militia  on  duty  under  the  command  of  Captain 
Lecroix,  They  was  in  a  Bad  State  of  defence  and  Considerably 
alarmed  2nd  I  proceeded  on  to  Brownstown  but  for  want  of  an 
interpreter  I  could  not  explain  Gnl  Hulls  address  to  the  Indians  at 
that  place.  I  proceeded  on  to  Maguaga,  and  stop[p]ed  at  the  house 
of  George  Blue-Jacket  son  to  the  old  chief  of  that  name,  he  being  an 
english  Scholar  I  Shew  him  Gnl  Hulls  address,  he  appeared  to  be 
pleased  with  the  contents  and  treated  me  with  Considerable  friendship. 
I  then  proceeded  on  to  Detroit  and  ar[r]ived  about  5  oclock  P.  M.  I 
delivered  my  dispatches  to  Mr  Atwater  the  acting  Governor,  and  was 
Treated  with  a  great  deal  of  hospitality  by  him,  and  all  the  officers  in 
the  U.  S.  army  that  was  ther[e]  at  detroit.  I  remained  at  Detroit  14 
days  during  which  time  I  attended  Several  councells  with  different 
Nations  of  the  Indians.  The  Acting  Governor  on  the  receipt  of  Gnl 
Hulls  letter,  Sent  for  the  different  nations  near  that  place  to  attend 
the  councell.  They  all  readily  attended  but  the  Ottowas,  and  Munn- 
ces  tho[ugh]  on  a  second  invitation  the  Ottawas  attended,  he  read 
and  explained  Gnl.  Hulls  address  to  them  Some  of  the  Chippawas, 
Ottowas  and  Pottowattom[ie]s  appeared  to  be  Satisfied, — an  ottowa 
chief  in  behalf  of  those  three  nations,  (of  the  name  of  Tontoggas — 
or  Dog)  Stated  in  his  Speech  that  their  fathers  at  the  treaty  of  Green- 
ville had  agreed  to  bury  the  hatchet  that  they  had  Drove  it  into  the 
ground  so  deep  that  it  was  never  to  rise  up  again,  and  at  the  Same 
treaty  they  had  agreed,  to  bind  their  arms  together  by  a  Silver  chain 
of  friendship  that  was  never  to  be  broke,  and  he  then  declared  in 
behalf  of  the  Chippawa[s]  Ottawafs]  and  Pottowattom[ie]s  that  that 
chain  Should  never  be  broken  even  if  a  tree  should  fall  across  it, — 
he  then  produced  a  speech  that  had  been  deliv[e]red  to  him  by 
Mr  Jefferson  at  the  City  of  Washington, — stating  that  he  had 
engaged  with  the[i]r  great  father  ever  to  remain  in  peace  and  friend- 
ship with  him — he  then  apologised  for  their  leavi[n]g  their  towns 


432     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

and  neglecting  to  plant  corn,  alleging  that  they  came  to  the  river 
huron,  to  be  nigh  their  father  So  that  they  could  be  Supplied  with 
Such  things  as  they  wanted,  stating  that  they  would  return  to  their 
town  again  in  the  fall — There  was  a  Chippawa  chief  by  the  name 
(Mocconsf?]  or  little  Bare)  attended  in  great  stile,  three  different 
days  to  deliver  a  speech  in  behalf  of  his  nation  (as  he  said)  he  was 
waited  on  each  day  by  the  Acting  Governor,  But  he  finally  retired 
without  Saying  anything,  or  giving  any  explanation]  of  his  con- 
duct- 
Walk  in-the  water,  Adam  Brown  and  Several  other  chiefs  of  the 
Wiandots  from  Brownstown  and  Maguawga,  also  attended  a  councell 
Walk  in-the  water  prodused  a  writ[t]en  speech,  in  which  he  charged 
the  americans  of  improper  enterferences,  in  attempting  to  prevent, 
their  young  men  from  crossing  to  Maldon,  and  with  the  Indians  the 
last  fall  on  the  Wabash,  stating  that  the  trouble  the  white  people 
had  met  with  on  the  wabash  they  had  brought  upon  themselves,  that 
it  was  the  fault  of  the  white  people  and  not  the  Indians  and  with 
respect  to  crossing  Detroit  River — he  Stated  that  they  was  their  own 
masters  and  would  go  where  they  pleased,  Independent  of  the  ameri- 
cans,— and  many  other  expressions  of  a  similar  nature. 

Mr  Atwat[e]r  then  asked  him  if  his  speech  contained  the  senti- 
ments of  his  nation  generally  about  Brownstown  and  maguawga,  he 
Walk  in-the  water  answered  that  it  did,  he  then  stated  to  him  the 
inconsistency  of  his  conduct  that  he  had  came  to  him  in  the  spring 
and  asked  liberty  for  two  of  his  young  men  to  go  to  a  friendly  coun- 
cell on  the  wawbash  and  requ[e]sted  Some  assistance,  that  he  had 
granted  the  liberty  &  wrote  to  the  agent  at  fort  Wayne  to  furnish 
them  with  a  cano[e].  And  that  when  they  ar[r]ived  at  Fort  Wayne 
the  agent  assertained  that  they  had  been  send  with  a  message  from 
the  British  ag[e]nt  (Colo  Elliot)  to  the  Indians  on  the  Wabash,  and 
that  in  consequen[ce]  of  which,  the  agent  at  Fort  Wayne  had  refused 
to  furnish  them  with  a  cano[e]  and  had  wrote  to  him  on  the  subject 
(which  letter  he  read)  That  he  had  promised  to  inform  him,  when  the 
young  men  returned,  and  the  result  of  the[i]r  councell.  And  that 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        433 

they  had  returned,  and  had  gone  to  the  British  at  Maldon.  This 
kind  of  conduct  said  Mr  Atwater  is  unsufferable  We  cannot  be 
deceived.  If  you  respect  your  British  fathe[r]  Elliot  better  than  me, 
why  do  you  not  go  to  him,  you  come  to  me  and  profess  to  be 
my  friend,  you  th[e]n  go  to  the  British  and  profess  to  be  their 
friends,  you  Cannot  be  both  our  friends, — If  the  Americans  and 
British  Differ,  what  is  that  to  you;  you  have  nothing  to  do  with  our 
quarrels,  you  live  amonng  us,  and  if  you  were  disposed  to  live  in 
peace  with  us,  you  would  not  interfere  in  our  disputes,  but  attend  to 
your  own  business,  to  plant  your  corn  and  take  care  of  your  women 
and  children  &c 

Wa[l]k-in  the  water  appeared  Considerably  affected  at  the  reproof 
of  Mr  Atwater — And  addressed  him  as  follows,  Father  althofugh] 
you  have  reproved  me  for  what  I  have  Said,  there  is  one  thing  that 
I  will  inform  you,  off — that  is — I  have  been  informed  that  Several 
of  the  Shawanees,  that  live  on  the  Miami  and  Scioto,  have  engaged 
as  Spies  for  the  army  that  is  Coming  on  here,  and  that  when  I  heard 
it  I  Sent  Several  of  my  young  men  on  to  keep  before  them — The 
Councell  then  broke  up  without  his  giving  any  Explanation  of  his 
conduct  apparently  not  well  Satisfied  — 

For  what  purpose  their  young  men  was  Sent  to  keep  before  our 
Spies,  I  could  then  only  infer  one  of  two  things,  that  was  I  Supposed 
them  either  Sent,  to  waylay  our  Spi[e]s  for  the  purpose  of  cut[t]ing 
them  of[f],  or  to  have  frequent  communication  with  them,  to  ascer- 
ta[i]n  the  Situation  of  our  army,  (Time  has  d[i]s[s]olved  the  mistery,  at 
the  time  of  this  Councell,  at  Detroit  there  was  no  Indians  had  joined 
our  army  as  Spies.  It  appears  obvious  that  there  was  an  agreement 
between  the  British  and  those  Indians  and  that  they  had  been  sent 
by  the  British  British  to  Spi[e]  for  our  army,  and  that  their  yo[u]ng 
[men]  that  Walk  in  the  water  had  Sent  to  keep  before  them  was  Sent 
for  the  purpose,  of  receiving  from  these  spies  Such  information, 
relative  to  the  army  as  they  wished.  This  opinion  is  proven  by  two 
Circumstances,  one  is  that  Several  of  thos[e]  Indians  that  Spied  for 
our  Army  joined  the  British  as  Soon  as  they  ar[r]rived  at  Detroit, 


434    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

the  other  is  that  I  was  informed  about  the  time  I  left  detroit  to  meet 
the  army, — by  a  frenchman  (who  Said  he  had  got  his  information 
from  an  Indian)  Where  our  army  was  a  few  days  before,  and 
Described  the  particular  order  of  march,  which  on  meeting  the  army 
I  found  to  be  correct — 

on  the  12th  Jun[e]  Previo[u]s  to  my  leav[i]ng  detro[i]t  I  rec[eive]d 
by  Capt  Welch  of  Dellawa[re]  a  lett[e]r  from  Gnl  Hull  of  which  the 
following  is  an  exact  Copy 

Stanton  4th  JUn[e]  1812 
Sir 

Sin[ce]  you  left  this  I  have  changed  the  rout[e] — The  army  will 
proceed  by  Urbanna  and  strike  the  Miami  at  the  foot  of  the  rapidfs] 
It  will  therefore  be  improp[e]r  for  you  to  return  by  the  Auglaize 
as  you  will  not  meet  the  army  on  that  rout[e] 

I  am  very  respectfully 
Your  most  obed[i]ent 

servant 

GENERAL  LUCAS  .        ,  ^^^  ,-.. 

signed —    —     WM  HULL 

on  the  14th  of  June  in  compa[n]y  with  Capt  Welch  and  two  gentle- 
men from  Detroit  I  des[ce]nded  the  Detroit  Riv[e]r,  to  within  a  short 
distance  of  fort  Mald[e]n  So  that  with  a  glass  I  viewed  the  Situation 
of  the  garrison,  at  this  timfe]  there  was  but  100  British  troops  in  the 
garrison,  but  while  I  was  in  sigh[t]  the  queen  Sharlet  ar[r]ived  with 
Gnl  Brock  aboard  and  a  reinforcement  of  100  troops.  The  garrison 
was  greatly  out  of  Repa[i]r  the  back  and  lowe[r]  [?]  walls  appeared  to 
be  partly  down; — my  intenti[o]n  was  to  land  and  take  a  particular 
view  of  the  garrison  but  was  advised  not,  by  the  gentlemfejn  with 
me,  as  the  British  had  been  inform[e]d  of  my  being  at  detroit, — they 
apprehended  that  I  would  be  Suspected  if  I  landed, — I  returned  on 
the  Same  evening  to  detroit, — 

While  at  Detroit  I  had  made  particular  inquiry  into  the  the  local 
situation  of  the  Territory  of  Michigan,  and  upper  Canada,  I  found 
the  inhabitants  of  Michigan  to  be  principally  a  set  of  ignorant  French 
Canadians,  attached  to  no  particular  Political  principal,  apparently 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        435 

more  of  the  Disposition  of  Indians  than  white  people,  And  that  there 
was  a  Considerable  Spirit  of  disaffection  among  them,  That  two  of 
~their  capt[ai]n[s]  had  been  arrested  and  Broke  [?]  for  advising  the 
men  to  cross  to  Canada  and  not  to  Suffer  themselves  to  be  Drafted, 
and  that  there  had  been  a  considerable  mut[i]ny  among  them  that 
had  been  called  out,  upon  the  whole  I  found  that  no  certain  cal- 
culation could  be  made  upon  the  militia  of  Michigan  with  respect 
to  defenc[e], — I  Saw  that  Detroit  lay  intirely  at  the  mercy  of  the 
British  and  Indians,  in  case  they  should  unite  against  it  and  I  had 
every  reason  to  bel[i]eve  from  the  general  movements  of  the  indians 
in  that  quarter  (notwithstanding  their  professed  friendship)  that  they 
was  intirely  under  the  influence  of  the  British,  and  was  only  waiting 
their  signal  to  strike  the  Blow  unless  they  Should  be  restrained  by 
fear,  at  the  news  of  our  approaching  army.  I  was  fearfull  that  in 
the  event  of  a  Declaration  of  war  previous  to  the  ar[r]ival  of  our 
army  at  detroit  which  I  thought  probable  that  that  post  would  be 
immediately  attacked  by  the  British  and  Indians.  I  therefore  on  the 
15th  proposed  to  the  Acting  Governor,  and  the  off[i]cers  at  Detroit, 
to  Invite  the  principal  chiefs  of  the  Several  nations  of  Indians,  about 
that  place,  to  accompany  me  to  the  army,  I  thought  if  I  could  get 
them  with  me  that  it  might  answer  the  good  purpose  first  that  it 
would  Secure  Detroit  from  an  attack  by  the  Indians  while  their 
ch[i]efs  were  absent,  Second  that  it  would  take  the  chiefs  out  of  the 
way  of  British  influence  (and  it  was  generally  expected  that  the  army 
would  be  attacked  before  it  ar[r]ived  at  Detroit,  and  Considering  its 
Safe  ar[r]ival  of  importance],  I  thought  in  the  third  placfe]  that  the 
chiefs  being  with  the  army,  would  Considerably  lessen  the  force  of 
our  en[e]my  in  case  we  Should  be  attacked,  as  those  of  their  nation 
would  not  be  likely  to  attack  an  army,  while  their  chiefs  was  in  their 
power — 

In  this  proposition  I  was  joined  by  a  numb[e]r  and  Mr  Knaggs 
the  interpreter,  gave  it  as  his  opinion  that  the  ch[i]efs  could  be 
easily  influenced  to  accompany  me,  in  case  he  would  go  with  them. 
Mr  Atwater  the  acting  gov  promised  to  give  me  an  answer  on 


436     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

the  Subject,  the  next  day,  I  accordingly  waited  on  him  on  the  16th, 
he  then  informed  me  that  he  was  convinced  of  the  utility  of  my 
proposition  but  that,  it  was  out  of  his  power  at  that  time  to  send  the 
chiefs  with  me  to  the  army,  as  they  could  not  go  without  the  inter- 
preter (Mr  Knaggs)  accompanying  them,  and  under  the  th[e]n  exist- 
ing circumstances,  he  could  not  be  spared  from  Detroit.  I  readily 
acquies[c]ed,  took  my  leave  of  him  and  proceeded  on  to  meet  the 
ar[m]y, — as  I  crossed  the  river  Huron  I  saw  15  cano[e]s  loaded  with 
Ottawa  indians  in  compa[n]y  with  their  chief  (Tontoggas — or  Dog) 
on  their  way  to  Maid  on  (this  was  the  chief  that  had  at  a  previ[o]us 
councell  professed  Such  friendship) — I  ar[r]ived  at  the  river  Raison 
on  the  evening  of  the  16th  found  the  Situation  of  the  place  much  as 
I  had  left  it  on  my  way  to  Detroit,  but  Considerable  exertion  using, 
in  opening  a  road  for  the  ar[m]y,  on  the  morning  of  the  18th  in  com- 
pa[n]y  with  Mr  Denny  Capt  Welch  and  Mr  Tho?  Knaggs  (Brother  to 
the  interpreter  at  Detroit)  I  started  to  meet  the  army — (at  this  time 
I  was  informed  by  Mr  Godfray  who  passed  Maiden  the  day  before 
that  Genl  Brock  had  returned  down  the  lake  on  the  16th,)  and  met 
on  our  way  between  the  River  Raisin  and  the  foot  of  the  rapids  a 
numb[e]r  of  Indians  moving  from  Solomons  Town  on  Stony  creek 
and  Round  heads  town  on  Scioto  with  about  40  Horses  loaded  with 
packs  Squaws  and  children,  The  men  tell  us  that  they  was  a  moving 
to  Detroit,  (They  settled  at  Brownsto[w]n  and  afterwards  crossed  to 
Maldon)  we  ar[r]ived  in  the  afternoon  at  the  foot  of  the  rapids, — The 
company  of  men  that  was  doing  duty  as  I  passed  out  had  been  dis- 
missed by  Some  means,  the  particular  caus[e]  of  which  I  was  not 
informed — we  was  here  informed  that  there  was  a  war  party  of  Pot- 
towattom[ie]s  out  in  the  quarter  we  was  a  going — and  requested  to 
be  on  our  g[u]ard  here  we  laid  in  provisi[o]n  to  last  us  through  the 
wilderness,  and  proceeded  on  the  next  morning  19*  and  struck  our 
course  through  the  black  Swamps,  and  ar[r]ived  at  Round  heads 
town  on  the  Scioto  in  the  afternoon  of  the  21*  we  we  found  the 
town  intirely  evacuated,  and  the  houses  locked  up,  we  proceeded  on 
the  Same  evening  to  Solomons  town  on  Stony  creek  where  we  struck 


THE  ROBERT  LUCAS  JOURNAL        437 

the  road  the  army  had  passed  on,  (from  the  foot  of  the  rapids  to 
Solomons  Town  we  Saw  nobody  but  was  surrounded  one  night  by 
Indians,  we  heard  them  yell  in  the  woods,  and  Saw  their  trail  next 
morning,  we  used  precaut[io]n  and  left  our  fires  in  the  night,  which 
they  proba[b]ly  was  apprised  of,  and  moved  of[f]  without  interrupt- 
ing us) — the  22n(i  we  overtook  the  army,  I  reported  to  the  Genl 
deliver[e]d  Such  dispa[t]ches  as  I  was  entrust[e]d  with,  and  made 
a  report,  to  him  of  all  the  proceedings  during  my  absence,  stated  my 
opinion  relative  to  disposition  of  the  Indians  and  particularly]  the 
speech  of  Walk  in  the  water  the  Wiandot  ch[i]ef  at  Maguawga  to 
which  he  replied,  That  he  could  not  think  it  possible,  that  Walk  in 
the  water  was  such  a  particular  friend  of  his,  That  he  was  Such  an 
enli[gh]tened  Indian,  and  So  much  interested  in  our  causfe]  that  he 
could  not  think  it  possible  that  he  would  be  opposed  to  us, — I  made 
Sev[e]ral  Similar  Statements  which  I  found  he  paid  little  attention 
to,  Thofugh]  he  very  politely  thanked  me  for  my  attention  while 
absent,  and  expressed  his  intire  approbation  of  my  conduct,  and 
expressed  a  wish  that  I  should  return  with  the  army,  and  invited  me 
to  become  a  member  of  his  family, — being  much  fateegued  I  re- 
quested liberty  to  retire  to  Colo  M'Arth[u]rs  Rgt  for  a  few  days, 
during  which  time  I  observed  that  the  Gnl  was  quite  imbecile  and 
that  he  paid  more  attention  to  parade  than  action,  which  did  not  cor- 
respond with  my  inclination,  I  therefore  declined  accepting  the  Gnls 
offer  to  becomfe]  a  member  of  his  family,  and  attached  myself  to  the 
Spies,  with  whom  I  continued  untill  the  army  was  Surrendered  at 
Detroit,— 

Sir,  these  are  the  particulars  of  my  expedition  as  express  to 
detroit,  if  they  will  be  of  any  Service  to  you,  toward  completing  a 
narrative  of  the  Disasterous  campaign  under  Gnl  Hull  you  are  wel- 
come to  make  Such  use  of  them  as  you  may  see  proper,  I  also  Send 
you,  my  dayly  journal  of  the  campaign,  if  it  will  be  of  any  service 
to  you,  you  can  take  such  extracts  therefrom  as  you  may  be  deemed 
necessary —  With  respect  I  am  your 

very  Humble  Servant 
MR  JAMES  FOSTER —  ROBERT  LUCAS 


SOME  PUBLICATIONS 

Collections  of  the  State  Historical  Society  of  Wisconsin.  Edited  by 
Reuben  Gold  Thwaites.  Volume  XVII.  The  French  Regime 
in  Wisconsin — II,  1727-1748.  Madison:  Published  by  the 
Society.  1906.  Pages  xix,  544.  Portraits. 

This  is  the  second  volume  issued  by  the  Society  that  is  devoted  to 
the  documentary  history  of  the  French  regime  in  Wisconsin.  The 
first  volume  covered  the  period  from  1634  to  1727  and  was  issued  as 
volume  xvi  of  the  Collections. 

This  volume  contains  the  inner  history  of  the  French  scheme  of 
colonial  commercialism  in  its  working  form  as  it  existed  in  the  then 
known  northwestern  country.  During  this  time  the  French  ruled 
absolutely  the  Wisconsin  area  and  by  means  of  barter  exerted  their 
influence  over  the  Aborigines  of  the  adjoining  country  to  the  south 
and  west.  The  missionary  spirit  now  played  a  minor  part  and  in  its 
place  a  spirit  of  greed  ran  wild.  The  cry  was  for  furs  to  supply  the 
demands  of  commerce  caused  by  the  needs  and  caprices  of  a  civilized 
world.  The  scheme  of  French  government  was  essentially  that  of 
paternalism.  The  effort  being  to  turn  the  native  inhabitants  from 
their  customary  methods  in  the  pursuit  of  an  independent  human  ex- 
istence to  the  status  of  the  mere  vassals  of  a  superior  power  and  ren- 
dering to  it  excessive  tribute  in  the  balance  of  trade  for  the  tinsel  and 
cheap  habiliments  of  a  civilized  life.  The  effects  of  the  system 
whether  good  or  bad  depended  largely  upon  the  character  of  the  men 
in  charge.  The  system  of  government  was  inherently  bad,  and  as 
the  ruling  spirit  was  greed  and  graft,  but  little  good  is  to  be  expected. 
In  fact  the  historian  relates  that  two  of  the  Governors-general,  the 
Marquis  de  Beauharnois  and  the  Comte  de  la  Galissoniere — who 
held  sway  during  this  period  were  able  and  incorruptible  and  by 
their  energies  saved  the  system  from  inglorious  failure. 


SOME    PUBLICATIONS  439 

The  results  were  that  there  were  periods  of  brisk  commerce  and 
of  predatory  warfare.  The  Sioux  were  submissive,  apparently  not 
possessing  the  war-like  spirit  they  developed  nearly  a  century  later. 
The  Sauks  at  first  were  friendly,  but  after  a  brawl  confederated  with 
the  Foxes  and  fled  across  the  Mississippi  to  the  Iowa  country  where 
they  preserved  their  wild  free  life  by  gaining  their  sustenance  from 
nature  and  at  the  same  time  carrying  on  a  desultory  war  with  the 
French  and  their  allies.  The  Illinois  and  other  tribes  in  contact 
with  the  French  were  less  troublesome.  The  Indians,  however,  were 
by  turns  happy,  sullen,  or  rebellious;  and  as  a  consequence  trouble 
was  brewing  the  greater  portion  of  the  time.  The  French  would 
have  fared  poorly  had  they  been  compelled  to  depend  upon  them- 
selves alone.  With  craft  and  tact  they  played  the  peaceable  tribes 
against  the  turbulent,  quelled  revolt  in  one  locality,  and  took  every 
advantage  in  another,  ever  and  always  taking  into  account  the  cre- 
dulity of  the  simple  natives.  It  is  evident  the  French  cared  nothing 
for  the  Indians  beyond  the  aid  to  be  received  in  commerce.  In  fact, 
if  no  peltries  came  contempt  was  the  measure  of  their  interest  as  the 
following  statement  concerning  the  tribes  of  the  interior  plainly 
reveals:  "These  are  wandering  Savages  who  have  no  knowledge 
either  of  the  order  or  form  of  villages,  and  evince  the  least  intellect; 
they  inhabit  the  mountains  and  lakes  in  the  interior,  from  Three 
Rivers  to  Lake  Superior.  Their  armorial  bearings  are  unknown,  if 
any  they  have." 

In  spite  of  the  turmoil  of  war  and  the  strife  of  commerce  some 
attention  was  given  to  the  exploitation  of  the  copper  and  lead  mines. 
Investigations  were  made  and  reports  of  prospective  workings  were 
filed.  There  are  documents  on  policy,  the  sale  and  leasing  of  posts, 
and  on  domestic  affairs.  There  was  even  an  attempt  to  make  a  gen- 
eral census  of  the  Indian  tribes. 

The  volume  well  illustrates  the  decadence  of  the  French  colonial 
system  which  in  the  course  of  events  had  necessarily  become  effete. 
A  system  destined,  however,  to  struggle  on  a  few  years  longer  and 
then  to  give  way  to  the  more  vigorous  system  of  the  English. 


440    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

As  a  specimen  of  the  bookmaker's  art  the  volume  is  very  ordinary, 
which  seems  to  be  the  one  regrettable  feature.  The  foot-note  anno- 
tations are  judicious  and  well  chosen  and  illustrate  the  versatility  of 

the  able  editor. 

T.  J.  FITZPATBICK 
THE  STATE  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


Wisconsin  in  Three  Centuries,  1634—1905.  In  four  volumes.  New 
York:  The  Century  History  Company.  1906.  Pp.  360,  311, 
328,  354. 

This  is  a  publication  of  composite  authorship,  with  the  following 
board  of  editors  and  writers:  Reuben  Gold  Thwaites,  Secretary  of 
the  Wisconsin  Historical  Society,  Hon.  Emil  Baensch  and  Henry 
Edward  Legler,  Curators  of  that  Society,  William  Ward  Wight,  its 
President,  Joseph  Stephen  Laboule,  D.  D.,  and  Henry  Colin  Camp- 
bell, Secretary  of  the  editorial  board.  To  Mr.  Campbell  should 
probably  be  accredited  the  greater  part  of  the  work. 

The  first  volume  treats  of  the  area  of  Wisconsin  as  a  French  pro- 
vince. It  thus  covers  a  period  of  nearly  a  hundred  and  thirty  years, 
beginning  with  the  coming  of  Jean  Nicolet  to  the  Winnebago 
Indians,  probably  in  the  spring  of  1635,  and  ending  with  the  cession 
of  New  France  to  England  in  1*763.  The  early  French  explorers 
and  missionaries,  the  establishment  of  the  fur  trade,  and  the  wars 
with  the  Fox  Indians  and  with  the  British,  are  the  great  themes  of 
this  period. 

In  the  second  volume  the  history  is  carried  forward  through  the 
domination  of  Great  Britain,  terminated  by  the  treaty  of  1783,  and 
through  the  following  period  of  sixty- five  years  while  this  area  was 
successively  a  part  of  the  Northwest  Territory  and  of  the  Territories 
of  Indiana,  Illinois,  Michigan,  and  Wisconsin,  to  the  admission  of 
the  State  into  the  Union,  with  its  present  boundaries.  Much  of 
northwestern  history,  extending  outside  the  limits  of  the  State  of 
Wisconsin,  is  narrated  concerning  the  Indian  outbreak  led  by  Pon- 


SOME   PUBLICATIONS  441 

tiac,  the  Revolutionary  War,  the  War  of  1812,  and  the  Black  Hawk 
War.  The  fur  trader  and  voyageur  are  succeeded  by  the  pioneer 
agricultural  settlements,  which  are  interestingly  sketched. 

Volumes  in  and  iv  treat  of  Wisconsin  as  a  State,  receiving  large 
immigration  from  New  England,  New  York,  and  other  eastern 
States,  and  from  Germany,  Sweden,  Norway,  and  other  countries  of 
the  Old  World.  Eight  chapters,  comprising  more  than  half  of  the 
third  volume,  relate  to  the  part  borne  by  the  State  in  the  Civil  War; 
and  the  final  volume  sets  forth  its  great  development  during  the  last 
forty  years,  noting  especially  the  growth  of  the  cities,  the  produc- 
tion of  lumber  and  iron  ore,  the  building  of  railways,  and  the  system 
of  public  education  from  the  common  schools  to  the  State  Univer- 
sity. The  industrial,  commercial,  financial,  social,  educational,  lit- 
erary, and  political  progress  of  Wisconsin,  as  here  told,  is  a  very 
impressive  evidence  of  the  high  and  noble  qualities  of  her  people. 

Each  of  the  volumes  of  this  important  work  contains  numerous 
and  excellent  illustrations,  including  portraits,  maps,  and  views  of 
historic  places  and  relics. 

The  whole  work  is  written  in  an  attractive  style,  well  adapted  to 
interest  general  readers;  but  it  will  be  less  satisfactory  to  students, 
on  account  of  the  almost  total  absence  of  references  to  other  authors 
and  to  the  original  sources  of  information. 

The  index,  chiefly  of  personal  names,  is  reserved  to  the  end  of  the 
last  volume  and  fills  ten  pages.  It  might  very  usefully  have  been 
more  extensive,  with  geographic  and  topical  references. 

WARREN  UPHAM 
MINNESOTA  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY 
SAINT  PAUL 


Proceedings  of  the  Massachusetts  Historical  Society.     Second  series. 

Volume  XIX.     1905.    Boston  :  Published  by  the  Society.    1906. 

Pp.  xviii,  583.     Portraits. 

Under  the  above  title  is  added  another  volume  to  the  long  list  of 
publications  issued  by  an  energetic  society.     This  volume  contains 


442     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

the  records  of  the  nine  meetings  held  during  the  year  1905.  These 
records  contain  many  hitherto  unpublished  documents  and  a  number 
of  intensive  studies  in  selected  fields  by  specialists,  the  materials  be- 
ing of  local  or  of  national  import.  Some  of  the  subjects  considered 
are  as  follows: — 

The  long  continued  dispute  between  Massachusetts  and  Rhode 
Island  over  a  boundary  line  began  in  about  1731  and  was  not  finally 
adjudicated  until  March  1,  1862.  As  illustrative  of  the  early  his- 
tory of  this  controversy  John  Noble  contributes  four  original  docu- 
ments along  with  explanations.  In  a  short  paper  by  James  F. 
Rhodes  on  Negro  Suffrage  and  Reconstruction  the  magnanimity  of 
the  North  from  the  war  standpoint  is  shown  and  reasons  given  for 
the  sterner  measures  of  legislation.  A  sketch  of  John  Foster,  the 
Earliest  Engraver  in  New  England,  by  Samuel  A.  Green,  illustrates 
a  period  in  the  history  of  the  art.  Foster  lived  from  1648  until 
1681.  He  was  a  graduate  of  Harvard  and  the  first  printer  of  Boston. 
A  paper  by  G.  Stanley  Hall  on  A  Few  Results  of  Recent  Scientific 
Study  of  the  Negro  in  America  gives  the  mental  and  physical  char- 
acteristics of  the  race,  the  results  of  the  infusion  of  White  blood, 
and  the  scheme  of  race  development  by  means  of  industrial  educa- 
tion. A  large  number  of  unpublished  letters  of  Edmund  Pendleton 
is  given  by  W.  C.  Ford.  The  Manners,  Morals,  and  Laics  of  the 
Piscataqua  Colony  is  contributed  by  Dr.  James  De  Normandie,  giv- 
ing a  good  picture  of  the  virtues,  crudities,  and  absurdities  of  the 
colonists.  A  paper  on  Legislation  in  regard  to  Highway  Robbery  in 
Massachusetts,  by  John  Noble,  illustrates  the  severity  of  the  laws  in 
force  during  the  eighteenth  century.  The  sketch  of  Abraham  Bishop, 
of  Connecticut,  and  his  Writings,  by  F.  B.  Dexter,  illustrates  cer- 
tain phases  of  Connecticut  history.  A  Memoir  of  Henry  Lee,  by 
John  T.  Morse,  gives  the  story  of  the  political  and  civic  life  of  a 
once  prominent  citizen  of  Massachusetts.  This  is  followed  by  a 
Memoir  of  George  Frisbie  Hoar,  the  astute  and  scholarly  statesman, 
by  Nathaniel  Paine  and  G.  Stanley  Hall.  A  paper  by  William  R. 
Thayer  on  The  Outlook  in  History  is  a  plea  for  the  study  of  history 


SOME   PUBLICATIONS  443 

by  the  philosophical  and  scientific  method.  An  extended  commen- 
tary on  the  fifth  volume  of  Mr.  Rhodes's  history  is  made  by  Charles 
F.  Adams.  In  this  paper  Mr.  Adams  criticises  Mr.  Rhodes's  general 
treatment  of  the  war  period.  The  mental  condition  of  the  South, 
its  proneness  to  follow  an  economic  theory,  the  confusion  which  fol- 
lowed a  change  of  base,  and  their  final  utter  helplessness,  are  given 
in  considerable  detail.  He  takes  exception  to  Rhodes's  proportions 
in  the  treatment  of  the  several  parts  of  his  history,  speculates  on  the 
available  military  strength  of  the  South,  discusses  the  strategy  of  the 
war,  the  effect  of  the  blockade,  the  morale  of  the  army,  and  suggests 
vantage  points  for  a  true  conception  of  this  historic  period.  An 
essay  by  William  A.  Dunning  on  A  Little  More  Light  on  Andrew 
Johnson  gives  the  evidence  for  the  belief  that  President  Johnson's 
first  message  to  Congress  was  prepared  by  the  historian,  George 
Bancroft.  A  large  number  of  letters  of  Mrs.  John  T.  Kirkland  are 
communicated  by  Henry  C.  Lodge.  The  labors  of  J.  Q.  Adams  in 
the  Twenty-second  Congress  are  illustrated  by  a  letter  from  John 
Quincy  Adams  to  Andrew  Stevenson,  communicated  with  explana- 
tory remarks  by  Charles  Francis  Adams,  the  letter  giving  some  inter- 
esting side-lights  on  the  proceedings  of  a  turbulent  Congress. 

T.   J.    FlTZPATRICK 
THE  STATE  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


The  Mississippi  Territorial  Archives  (1798-1803).      Compiled  and 
edited  by  DUNBAR  ROWLAND.     Jackson,  Mississippi  :     Depart- 
ment of  Archives  and  History.     1906.     Vol.  I.     Pp.  viii,  615. 
Through  the  Department  of  History  and  Archives  the  publication 
of  the  Territorial  Archives   of  Mississippi  has  been  begun.     The 
first  volume  of  the  series  has  appeared  in  a  quarto  edition  of  615 
pages  and  is  being  distributed  by  the  Mississippi  Historical  Society. 
The  make  up  of  the  book  (its  type,  paper,  size,  binding,  etc.)  is  very 
clearly  modeled  after  the  Messages  and  Proclamations  of  the  Gov- 
ernors of  Iowa,  and  is  devoted  to  the  executive  journals  of  Governor 


444    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Winthrop  Sargent,  first  Territorial  Governor  of  Mississippi,  and 
Governor  William  Charles  Cole  Claiborne,  second  Territorial  Gov- 
ernor. The  period  covered  is  from  1798  to  1803.  The  letters,  com- 
munications, and  proclamations  are  full  of  interest  to  students  of 
American  history.  The  volume  contains  half-tone  cuts  and  biograph- 
ical sketches  of  the  two  Governors  whose  journals  are  recorded  and  a 
fac-simile  of  the  first  page  of  the  Sargent  journal. 

The  work  has  been  compiled  and  edited  by  Mr.  Dunbar  Rowland, 
the  Director  of  Archives  and  History  of  the  State  of  Mississippi.  In 
his  preface  he  states  that  the  present  volume  is  only  the  first  of 
a  large  series  of  Mississippi  Archives,  the  publication  of  which  is  con- 
templated. 

The  State  of  Mississippi,  as  well  as  its  efficient  Director  of  Ar- 
chives, is  to  be  congratulated  upon  this  beginning;  and  it  is  hoped 
that  the  State  legislature  will  make  it  possible  for  the  Department 
of  Archives  and  History  to  mature  its  plans  for  the  systematic  publi- 
action  of  the  Territorial  and  State  Archives. 

FRANK  E.  HORACK 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


History   of    Crescent   Lodge   No.   25,  Ancient   Free   and  Accepted 

Masons,  Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa.     From  Its  Organization  in  1850, 

to  the  close  of  the  year  1905.     By  Jos.  E.  MORCOMBE,  Historian 

of   the    Grand   Lodge    of    Iowa.     Cedar  Rapids :     Republican 

Printing  Company.      1906.     Pp.  575.     Portraits,  plates. 

This  is  by  far  the  most  sumptuous  volume  of  lowana  of  its  kind 

known  to  the  writer.     The  work  contains  not  only  the  history  of  a 

single  lodge  of  a  prominent  civic  order,  but  it  also  contains  much  of 

the  progress  and  efforts  of  the  community  of  which  the  members  of 

the  lodge  formed  a  constituent  part.     It  is  the  proud  record  of  the 

lodge  that  in  the  trying  days  of  internecine  strife  enrolled  one-half 

of  its  members  in  the  Union  army,  several  of  whom  never  returned. 

In  deference  to  the  memory  of  the  departed  and  those  who  wrought 


SOME   PUBLICATIONS  445 

with  skill  in  their  chosen  avocations  the  volume  is  fraternally  dedi- 
cated "to  the  memory  of  the  loyal  and  devoted  pioneer  Masons  of 
Cedar  Rapids,  to  whose  self-sacrificing  labors  we  of  a  later  genera- 
tion owe  much  in  traditional  sentiment  and  material  prosperity." 

The  historian  begins  his  task  by  giving  an  outline  of  the  rise  and 
progress  of  Masonry  in  the  old  world,  and  follows  by  relating  the 
story  of  the  efforts  to  transplant  the  institution  to  America,  of  its 
journey  westward  along  with  the  pioneers,  its  passage  into  Iowa 
from  Missouri,  the  founding  of  the  early  lodges,  the  formation  of 
the  early  Grand  Lodge,  interwoven  with  statements  concerning  the 
personages  connected  with  the  various  steps  of  progress.  This  story 
of  Iowa  Masonry  is  continued  until  the  organization  of  Crescent 
Lodge  in  1850,  the  history  of  which  occupies  the  attention  of  the 
historian  throughout  the  remainder  of  the  volume.  In  a  plain,  well- 
told  narrative  is  given  the  record  of  organization,  its  early  history, 
the  effects  of  the  stress  of  war,  the  revival,  turbulent  times,  steady 
progress,  the  building  of  the  Masonic  Temple,  the  efforts  in  aiding 
the  founding  of  the  Masonic  library,  charity  work,  the  civic  and 
civil  life  of  the  community,  ever  and  anon  interwoven  with  the  re- 
lations of  the  workings  of  other  lodges  or  of  the  Grand  Lodge  as 
occasion  offers  by  the  contact  of  events. 

Judicious  statements  and  perspicuous  comments  are  conspicuous 
throughout  the  work.  It  is  evident  that  the  historian  has  endeavored 
to  do  his  work  well;  and  working  as  he  does  in  the  open  sunshine  of 
prosperous  years  after  the  stress  of  strife  and  division  have  passed 
into  the  vista  of  years,  a  calm  judicial  temperment  is  evidenced 
throughout  the  work  that  will  meet  with  the  favor  of  all.  One  bad 
handicap,  the  destruction  of  the  early  records,  hinders  the  fullness 
of  the  relation;  but  with  skill  the  story  is  pieced  out  as  best  it  may 
be  from  minor  sources.  The  history  closes  near  the  end  of  the  year 
1905,  thus  covering  a  period  of  fifty-five  years  of  the  life  of  a  local 
institution.  After  the  formal  history  there  is  given  a  chapter  on 
the  war  history  of  the  Lodge,  which  is  followed  with  biographies  of 
charter  members,  masters  of  the  Lodge,  and  prominent  members. 


446     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

The  volume  concludes  with  the  account  of  some  stray  incidents  of 
interest  to  craftsmen. 

The  volume  is  well  printed,  ably  edited,  finely  illustrated,  and  of 
good  material  throughout.  The  work  in  many  ways  is  a  credit  to 
the  energy  of  the  Lodge  which  sends  it  forth. 

T.  J.  FITZPATBJCK 
TUB  STATE  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY  OP  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


Early  Settlement  and  Growth  of  Western  Iowa  or  Reminiscences. 
By  JOHN  TODD.  Des  Moines  :  The  Historical  Department. 
1906.  Pp.  203. 

This  is  an  elegantly  printed  12  mo  volume  issued  by  the  Historical 
Department  of  Iowa  and  distributed  in  May,  1906.  The  subjects 
considered  are,  in  brief:  The  finding  of  a  location  in  Iowa  after  the 
long  journey  on  horseback  from  Ohio,  the  removal,  the  pioneer 
incidents  and  difficulties,  church  work,  the  Kansas  struggle,  the 
underground  railway,  John  Brown,  Amity  or  College  Springs,  tem- 
perance work,  and  the  Indians  in  Western  Iowa.  Rev.  Todd  was 
born  in  West  Hanover,  Dauphin  County,  Pennsylvania,  November 
10,  1818.  He  was  educated  at  Oberlin,  Ohio,  entering  the  college  in 
1835  and  graduating  in  1841.  In  1848  he  came  to  Iowa  where  he 
remained  almost  continuously  until  his  death,  January  31,  1894.  The 
work  of  Rev.  Todd  was  a  part  of  the  life  and  development  of  south- 
western Iowa,  and  in  his  book  of  reminiscences  he  records  the  plain 
story  of  the  passing  years  with  scarcely  any  comments.  The  book 
will  prove  a  source  of  delight  to  those  who  love  to  ponder  over  the 
days  of  the  pioneers,  the  small  beginnings  from  which  grew  national 
issues,  and  the  growth  and  development  of  free  States  to  take  part  in 
the  struggle  for  a  larger  national  life. 

T.    J.    FlTZPATRICK 

THE  STATE  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


SOME   PUBLICATIONS  447 

AMERICANA    AND    MISCELLANEOUS 

The  Journal  of  the  U.  S.  Cavalry  Association  completes  its  six- 
teenth volume  with  the  April,  1906,  issue. 

Volume  xiv  of  the  Massachusetts  Soldiers  and  Sailors  of  the 
Revolutionary  War  was  distributed  to  libraries  in  March,  1906. 

Part  one  of  the  Annual  Report  of  the  Massachusetts  Bureau  of 
Labor  for  1906  is  devoted  to  a  study  of  the  apprenticeship  system. 

A  League  of  Peace,  a  rectorial  address  by  Andrew  Carnegie,  was 
distributed  to  libraries  by  The  International  Union  in  March,  1906. 

The  Nation's  Monuments  on  Cuban  Battlefields,  by  S.  A.  Paxson, 
is  the  leading  contribution  in  the  Army  and  Navy  Life  for  April, 
1906. 

Municipal  Ownership  in  Great  Britain,  by  Frederic  C.  Howe,  is 
the  leading  article  in  the  Bulletin  of  the  Bureau  of  Labor  for  Jan- 
uary, 1906. 

The  one  hundred  and  thirty-first  anniversary  of  the  Mecklenburg 
Declaration  of  Independence  was  celebrated  at  Charlotte,  N.  C. ,  May 
20,  1906. 

Dr.  Francis  Newton  Thorpe  is  the  author  of  The  Civil  War: 
The  National  View,  which  will  appear  as  volume  xv  of  The  History 
of  North  America. 

An  article  on  Railway  Rate  Regulation,  by  Adelbert  Moot,  which 
gives  the  legal  and  moral  side  of  the  subject,  leads  in  the  May,  1906, 
number  of  the  Harvard  Law  Review. 

A  general  article  on  The  Copper  Age  in  America,  by  Stephen  D. 
Peet,  is  given  a  place  in  The  American  Antiquarian  and  Oriental 
Journal  for  May  and  June,  1906. 

The  Bulletin  of  the  Bureau  of  Rolls  and  Library  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  State,  number  11,  part  2,  imprint,  September,  1905,  dis- 
tributed in  June,  1906,  completes  volume  v  of  the  Documentary 
History  of  the  Constitution  of  the  United  States  of  America,  1786- 
1870. 


448    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

The  17.  S.  National  Museum  Report  for  1904  contains  an  exten- 
sive monograph  on  the  historical  development  of  American  geolog- 
ical science,  by  George  P.  Merrill. 

Jury  Trial  and  the  Federal  Constitution,  by  W.  C.  Dennis,  is  a 
carefully  prepared  and  extensively  annotated  article  which  appears 
in  the  Columbia  Law  Review  for  June,  1906. 

National  Reclamation  of  Arid  Lands,  by  C.  J.  Blanchard,  and  the 
Interdecennial  State  Censuses,  by  Henry  Gannett,  appear  in  the  Bul- 
letin of  the  American  Geographical  Society  for  April,  1906. 

The  Finances  of  American  Trade  Unions,  by  A.  M.  Sakolski,  is 
the  title  of  an  extended  thesis  published  in  the  Johns  Hopkins  Uni- 
versity Studies  in  Historical  and  Political  Science  for  March-April 
1906. 

The  papers  appearing  in  the  March,  1906,  issue  of  The  Annals  of 
the  American  Academy  of  Political  and  Social  Science  are  on  the 
subject  of  "Child  Labor"  and  its  menace  to  industry,  education,  and 
good  citizenship. 

The  initial  number  of  Series  xxiv,  Johns  Hopkins  University 
Studies  in  Historical  and  Political  Science  contains  a  monograph  on 
the  Spanish-American  Diplomatic  Relations  Preceding  the  War  of 
1898,  by  H.  E.  Flack. 

Vested  Gifts  to  a  Class  and  the  Rule  Against  Perpetuities,  by  A. 
M.  Kales,  is  a  paper  giving  a  logical  discussion  of  the  principles 
involved  in  the  problem  and  is  published  in  the  Harvard  Law 
Review  for  June,  1906. 

The  Mississippi  River  as  a  Trade  Route,  by  R.  M.  Brown,  is  pub- 
lished in  the  Bulletin  of  the  American  Geographical  Society  for  June, 
1906.  This  article  reviews  the  history  of  the  river  traffic  and  con- 
siders present  conditions. 

Proceedings  to  commemorate  the  public  services  of  Matthew  Stan- 
ley Quay  by  the  Pennsylvania  legislature,  March  22,  1905,  have 
been  issued  as  a  memorial  volume.  The  principal  address  is  by  Gov- 
ernor Samuel  W.  Pennypacker. 


SOME   PUBLICATIONS  449 

The  State  Board  of  Health  of  Michigan  has  begun  the  publication 
of  a  quarterly  periodical  to  be  known  as  Public  Health.  The  initial 
number  comprises  forty-five  pages  and  is  for  the  quarter,  January- 
March,  1906. 

Early  Diplomatic  Negotiations  of  the  United  States  with  Russia, 
by  John  C.  Hildt,  is  the  title  of  an  article  covering  nearly  two 
hundred  pages  in  the  Johns  Hopkins  Studies  in  History  aud  Political 
Science  for  May  and  June,  1906. 

The  papers  and  abstracts  presented  at  the  second  annual  meeting  of 
the  Association  of  American  Geographers  held  in  New  York  City, 
December  26-27,  1905,  appear  in  the  February,  1906,  number  of  the 
Bulletin  of  the  American  Geographical  Society. 

Volume  xx-ix  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  U.  S.  National  Museum  is 
an  octavo  containing  840  pages  which  was  issued  early  in  the  year, 
1906.  The  contents  include  papers  on  research  work  by  members  of 
the  institutional  staff  and  by  other  investigators. 

John  Jay,  First  Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States,  a  sketch  of  his 
public  services  and  private  life,  by  J.  B.  Scott,  and  Resulting  Trusts 
and  the  Statute  of  Frauds,  by  Harlan  F.  Stone,  are  the  two  con- 
tributions in  the  May,  1906,  issue  of  the  Columbia  Laio  Review. 

American  Men  of  Science,  by  J.  M.  Cattell,  is  a  biographical  direc- 
tory issued  by  The  Science  Press,  New  York,  in  January,  1906. 
The  volume,  a  quarto  of  364  pages,  gives  a  short  sketch  of  about 
four  thousand  of  the  leading  men  of  science  working  in  America. 

The  three  contributions  appearing  in  the  March,  1906,  number  of 
the  Columbia  Law  Review  are:  The  Free  Church  of  Scotland  Case, 
by  Francis  C.  Lowell;  The  Original  Package  Ineptitude,  by  William 
Trinkett;  and  Definite  and  Indefinite  Failure  of  Issue,  by  George  H. 
Yeaman. 

The  Influence  of  Crops  upon  Business  in  America,  by  A.  P. 
Andrew;  The  German  Steel  Syndicate,  by  Francis  Walker;  The  In- 
vestments of  Harvard  College,  1776-1790:  An  Episode  in  the  Finances 


450     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

of  the  Revolution,  by  A.  M.  Davis;  Types  of  American  Labor  Unions 
—  The  Musicians  of  St.  Louis  and  New  York,  by  John  R.  Commons; 
The  Collateral  Trust  Mortgage  in  Railway  Finance,  by  T.  W. 
Mitchell;  and  The  Swiss  National  Rank,  by  Julius  Landmann, 
appear  in  The  Quarterly  Journal  of  Economics  for  May,  1906. 

The  three  leading  contributions  in  the  Harvard  Law  Review  for 
April,  1906,  are:  Presumption  of  the  Foreign  Law,  by  A.  M. 
Kales;  Liability  in  the  Admirality  for  Injuries  to  Seamen,  by  Fritz- 
Henry  Smith;  and  Respondeat  Superior  in  Admirality,  by  Frederic 
Cunningham. 

New  York  in  the  Nineteenth  Century,  by  J.  A.  Stevens;  "Witchcraft 
in  Connecticut,  by  Forrest  Morgan;  and  The  Authorship  of  the  Ken- 
tucky Resolutions  of  1798,  by  E.  D.  Warfield,  are  the  articles  of 
general  interest  appearing  in  the  American  Historical  Magazine  for 
May,  1906. 

An  extensive  thesis  on  The  General  Death-rate  of  Large  American 
Cities,  1811-190J+,  by  Frederick  L.  Hoffman,  is  the  single  contribu- 
tion in  the  March,  1906,  number  of  the  quarterly  publication  of  the 
American  Statistical  Association.  This  number  begins  volume  x 
of  the  new  series. 

Volume  v  of  the  Journals  of  the  Continental  Congress  was  dis- 
tributed in  May,  1906.  This  volume  comprises  pages  417-856  and 
covers  the  period  from  June  5  to  October  8,  1776.  Volume  vi, 
covering  the  period  from  October  9  to  December  31,  1776,  was  dis- 
tributed in  June,  1906. 

The  initial  number  of  volume  iv  of  the  publications  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  California  on  American  Archaeology  and  Ethnology, 
issued  April,  1906,  is  a  brochure  by  Zelia  Nuttall  on  The  Earliest 
Historical  Relations  between  Mexico  and  Japan,  the  material  for 
which  was  taken  from  the  original  documents  preserved  in  Spain  and 
Japan. 

The  Early  Exploration  of  Louisiana,  by  Isaac  J.  Cox,  is  a  mono- 
graph of  one  hundred  and  sixty  pages,  issued  in  March,  1906,  by  the 


SOME   PUBLICATIONS  451 

University  of  Cincinnati  in  the  series  of  University  Studies.  The 
various  expeditions  of  Lewis  and  Clark,  Hunter  and  Dunbar,  Free- 
man, Pike,  Wilkinson,  and  others  are  considered  and  the  results 
mentioned. 

Groveland  Inscriptions:  Ancient  Burial  Ground;  Salem  in  1700, 
No.  22,  by  Sidney  Perley;  and  Ipswich  Court  Records  and  Files,  are 
some  of  the  articles  in  The  Essex  Antiquarian  for  January,  1906. 
This  number  starts  volume  ten  of  this  quarterly,  which  is  devoted  to 
the  biography,  genealogy,  history,  and  antiquities  of  Essex  County, 
Massachusetts. 

The  contributed  articles  in  The  American  Journal  of  Sociology  for 
May,  1906,  are:  Science  and  Citizenship,  by  Victor  Y.  Branford;  A 
Decade  of  Official  Poor-relief  in  Indiana,  by  Amos  W.  Butler;  The 
Literary  Interests  of  Chicago,  by  H.  E.  Fleming;  Municipal  Activity 
in  Britain,  by  T.  D.  A.  Cockerell;  and  American  Drift  toward 
Educational  Unity,  by  James  E.  Boyle. 

The  noteworthy  articles  appearing  in  The  American  Journal  of 
Sociology  for  March,  1906,  are:  The  Place  of  Science  in  Modern 
Civilization,  by  Thorstein  Veblen;  The  Religious  Dedication  of 
Women,  by  Elsie  C.  Parsons;  Sociological  Construction  Lines,  by  E. 
C.  Hayes;  Notes  on  Education  for  Social  Efficiency,  by  M.  V. 
O'Shea;  and  Increased  Use  of  Public- School  Property,  by  T.  J.  Riley. 

The  articles  in  the  American  Historical  Magazine  for  March,  1906, 
are  :  Neitf  York  City  in  the  Nineteenth  Century,  by  J.  A.  Stevens; 
Fort  Snelling,  by  R.  I.  Holcombe;  The  Morris  Family  of  Morris- 
ania,  by  W.  W.  Spooner;  lowans  in  John  Brown's  Raid,  and  the 
Author  of  the  Mysterious  "Floyd  Letter,"  in  the  main  reprints  of 
articles  in  the  Midland  Monthly,  Vol.  vn,  1897,  by  B.  F.  Gue;  The 
liegeman  Family,  by  James  C.  Aikin;  and  The  Residence  of  Joseph 
Bonaparte  in  New  Jersey,  by  F.  B.  Lee. 

Bulletin  100,  bearing  the  date  of  May,  1906,  of  the  New  York 
State  Library  is  devoted  to  an  Index  of  New  York  Governors'1  Mes- 
sages 1777—1901.  This  valuable  work  of  reference  was  submitted 


452     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

for  graduation  at  the  New  York  State  Library  School  by  Mr.  Mal- 
colm G.  Wyer,  and  Miss  Charlotte  E.  Graves  in  1903.  For  the 
past  two  years  Mr.  Wyer  has  been  Acting  Librarian  of  The  State 
University  of  Iowa,  and  in  June,  1906,  was  promoted  to  the  position 
of  Librarian  in  that  institution.  Mr.  Wyer  is  a  member  of  The  State 
Historical  Society  of  Iowa. 

The  articles  appearing  in  the  January-March,  1906,  number  of  the 
American  Anthropologist  are:  Relics  of  Early  Man  in  Western 
Switzerland,  by  D.  I.  Bushnell;  A  Stone  Ruin  at  Se-tsaJc,  Guatemala, 
by  Robert  Burkitt;  Cayenne  Stream  Names,  by  G.  B.  Grinnell; 
The  Powhatan  Name  for  Virginia,  by  W.  W.  Looker;  A  Puberty 
Ceremony  of  the  Mission  Indians,  by  Horatio  N.  Rust;  A  Remark- 
able Pipe  from  Northwestern  America,  by  H.  I.  Smith;  Notes  on  the 
Pima  of  Arizona,  by  Aries  Hrdlicka;  Traditions  of  Precolumbian 
Earthquakes  and  Volcanic  Eruptions  in  Western  South  America,  by 
Adolph  F.  Bandelier;  Tang-ga,  Philippine  Pa-ma-to  Game,  by  A.  E. 
Jenks;  The  Sun's  Influence  on  the  Form  of  Hopi  Pueblos,  by  J.  W. 
Fewkes;  Certain  Notched  or  Scalloped  Stone  Tablets  of  the  Mound 
Builders,  by  W.  H.  Holmes;  Preservation  of  American  Antiquities; 
Progress  During  the  Last  Year"  Needed  Legislation,  by  E.  L.  Hew- 
ett;  Souses  and  Gardens  of  the  New  England  Indians,  by  C.  C. 
Willoughby;  Some  Unsolved  Problems  in  Mexican  Archeology,  by 
Zelia  Nuttall;  and  Hjalmar  Stolpe,  by  Stewart  Culin.  This  number 
begins  volume  viu. 


IOWANA 

The  Quarterly  Bulletin  of  the  Iowa  Masonic  Library  begins  its 
ninth  year  and  volume  with  the  February,  1906,  number. 

An  epitome  of  The  University  Lectures  on  Practical  Ethics  was 
issued  in  May,  1906,  as  an  eight  page  reprint  from  the  May  number 
of  The  Iowa  Alumnus. 

The  first  annual  report  of  the  Iowa  State  Highway  Commission 
for  the  year  ending  July  1,  1905,  was  distributed  in  April,  1906. 


SOME   PUBLICATIONS  453 

This  publication  is  an  illustrated  pamphlet  of  seventy-four  pages. 
The  subjects  considered  are  road  laws,  previous  work,  organization 
of  the  Commission,  and  the  work  of  the  Commission. 

The  Proceedings  of  the  sixteenth  annual  meeting  of  the  Iowa 
Library  Association,  which  was  held  at  Fort  Dodge,  October  25-27, 
1905,  are  published  in  the  Quarterly  of  the  Iowa  Library  Commis- 
sion for  January,  1906. 

Professor  F.  C.  Ensign's  address  on  County  and  City  Prisons  in 
Iowa,  given  before  the  Iowa  State  Conference  of  Charities  and  Cor- 
rection at  Marshalltown,  Iowa,  November  9,  1905,  has  appeared  in 
the  form  of  a  neat  little  reprint. 

Professor  H.  G.  Plum,  of  The  State  University  of  Iowa,  has  con- 
tributed a  monograph  on  The  Teutonic  Order  and  its  Secularization 
to  the  series  of  Iowa  Studies  in  Sociology,  Economics,  Politics,  and 
History,  published  by  The  State  University  of  Iowa. 

The  Proceedings  of  the  Iowa  Good  Roads  Association  for  June 
15-16,  1905,  has  been  issued  as  a  pamphlet  of  about  sixty  pages. 
The  President  of  the  Association  is  H.  H.  Harlow,  of  Onawa,  and 
Thomas  II.  MacDonald,  of  Ames,  is  the  Secretary. 

The  Work  of  the  Boardman  Library,  by  Harvey  Reid,  is  the  title 
of  an  article  which  appeared  in  The  Excelsior  (Maquoketa,  Iowa), 
March  30,  1906.  Mr.  Reid  gives  a  sketch  of  the  founding  of  the 
library,  its  objects  and  aims,  and  some  of  the  interesting  titles  of 
works  to  be  found  in  the  various  departments. 

Memories  of  Frontier  Iowa,  by  George  C.  Duffield,  is  an  illus- 
trated pamphlet  of  fifty-four  pages  issued  in  1906,  in  a  limited 
edition  of  two  hundred  and  fifty  copies.  The  subject  matter  in  the 
main  deals  with  the  early  history  of  Van  Buren  County.  The 
pamphlet  is  written  in  a  delightfully  entertaining  manner. 

Palo  Alto  County,  Iowa,  celebrated  its  semi-centennial  anniversary 
at  Emmetsburg,  Iowa,  July  4,  5,  and  6,  1906.  A  neat  little  souvenir 
program  was  issued  by  the  committee  in  charge,  containing  an  his- 
torical sketch  of  the  county,  by  Mr.  Dwight  G.  McCarty,  a  member 


454     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

of  The  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  together  with  numerous 
cuts  of  pioneers  and  scenes  of  pioneer  days.  This  adds  another 
attractive  lowana  item  to  the  literature  of  the  State. 

The  Nomoegian  Pioneer  is  the  title  of  a  pamphlet  by  Hon.  Abra- 
ham Jocobson  (member  of  the  Iowa  House  of  Representatives  from 
Winneshiek  County),  which  gives  an  account  of  the  pioneer  days 
of  the  Norwegian  pioneers  of  Springfield  Township,  Winneshiek 
County. 

The  souvenir  program  of  the  Fiftieth  Anniversary  of  the  Incorpora- 
tion of  the  city  of  Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa,  June  10-16,  1906,  is  more 
than  a  mere  announcement  of  the  time  and  place  of  the  various  events 
in  the  celebration.  Historical  sketches,  statistics,  and  historical  data 
relative  to  Cedar  Rapids,  make  the  program  worthy  of  a  place  in  any 
collection  of  lowana. 

A  handbook  on  the  birds  of  Iowa,  issued  in  April,  1906,  is  entitled, 
WO  Wild  Birds  of  Iowa.  The  author  is  B.  H.  Bailey,  Professor  of 
Zoology  in  Coe  College,  Cedar  Rapids.  The  volume  is  a  16mo  of 
ninety-six  pages.  The  descriptions  are  non-technical,  and  sufficient 
for  purposes  of  identification.  There  is  also  a  color  key,  a  key  to  the 
birds  of  prey,  a  chapter  on  bird  migration  in  Iowa,  a  chapter  by  E. 
Lucas  Lefebure  on  bird  protection,  and  migration  blanks  for  private 
records. 

The  Fourth  Biennial  Report  of  the  Board  of  Control  of  State 
Institutions  of  Iowa,  being  the  report  for  the  biennial  period  ending 
June  30,  1905,  was  distributed  in  May,  1906.  The  report  is  an 
octavo  volume  of  542  pages.  Some  of  the  subjects  considered  in  this 
report  are:  General  Observations  Respecting  the  State  Institutions; 
State  Farms  and  Gardens;  Water  Supply;  Fire  Protection;  The  In- 
sane; Dependent  Children;  Legislation  Recommended;  Appropria- 
tions; Institutional  Population;  and  The  Finance  of  Institutions. 

The  Care  of  the  Epileptic  in  Institutions  with  the  Feeble-minded  and 
Insane,  by  W.  A.  Polglase;  Food:  Its  Preparation  and  Distribution 
in  State  Institutions,  by  C.  F.  Applegate;  Society^s  Responsibility 


SOME   PUBLICATIONS  455 

for  the  Increase  of  Juvenile  Delinquency ',  by  W.  L.  Kuser;  The  /State 
Orphanage  and  the  Future  of  its  Inmates,  by  F.  J.  Sessions;  Ac- 
counting and  Reports,  by  A.  B.  McCown;  Paresis,  and  Treatment  of, 
by  Goodrich  Snow;  Penal  Reforms,  by  G.  S.  Robinson;  Report  of  an 
Atypical  Case  of  Paresis,  by  Goodrich  Snow;  and  Treatment  of 
Pulmonary  Tuberculosis,  by  F.  W.  Powers,  are  the  leading  contri- 
butions to  be  found  in  the  Bulletin  of  Iowa  Institutions  for  Janu- 
ary, 1906. 

The  Proceedings  of  the  Iowa  Park  and  Forestry  Association  for 
1905  was  issued  in  June,  1906.  This  volume  contains  the  papers 
and  addresses  delivered  at  the  fifth  annual  meeting  held  at  Des 
Moines,  Iowa,  December  11—12,  1905.  Some  of  the  principal  articles 
are :  The  Present  View-point  of  Forestry  and  Civic  Improvement,  by 
L.  H.  Pammel;  How  to  Plant  a  Ten-acre  Lot  to  Trees,  from  the 
view-point  of  the  United  States  Forestry  Bureau,  by  H.  P.  Baker, 
and  from  the  view-point  of  fact  in  Iowa,  by  B.  Shimek;  The  Farm- 
stead: I — Its  Landscape  Architecture,  by  T.  H.  Macbride;  The 
Farmstead:  II — Sanitation  on  the  Farm,  by  J.  W.  Kime;  Street 
Trees  for  the  Iowa  Planter,  by  A.  T.  Erwin;  How  to  Plant  and 
Prune,  by  E.  M.  Reeves;  Who  Owns  the  /Shade  Trees,  Any  way  f  by 
J.  C.  Monnett;  Ants  and  Plant  Lice,  by  H.  F.  Wickham;  and  The 
Fauna  of  Town  and  Park,  by  T.  H.  Macbride.  The  book  contains 
133  pages,  is  well  printed,  and  includes  eight  half-tone  illustrations. 


HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES 

By  a  recent  act  the  State  legislature  has  appropriated  $5,000 
annually  to  the  Kentucky  State  Historical  Society.  Mrs.  Jennie  C. 
Morton  will  serve  as  Secretary-Treasurer  and  will  continue  as  Editor 
of  the  Register. 

An  extensive  addition  is  being  made  to  the  capitol  building  at 
Montgomery,  Alabama.  A  considerable  space  in  this  addition  will 
be  occupied  by  the  Department  of  History  and  Archives,  which  has 
been  so  admirably  developed  by  Mr.  Thomas  M.  Owen. 

The  officers  of  the  Madison  County  (Iowa)  Historical  Society  for 
the  current  year  are :  President,  H.  A.  Mueller;  Vice-President,  O. 
L.  Evans;  Secretary,  Walter  F.  Craig;  Treasurer,  Ezra  Brownell; 
and  Directors,  M.  C.  Leinard,  W.  H.  Lewis,  Wm.  Brinson,  and  W. 
W.  Gentry. 

Within  the  first  year  of  its  existence,  Poweshiek  County  ( Iowa  ) 
Historical  Society  has  held  five  meetings,  which  shows  that  there  is 
a  lively  interest  in  local  history.  At  the  Brooklyn  meeting  Profes- 
sor L.  F.  Parker  read  an  interesting  paper  on  Poweshiek,  the  Man. 
Through  the  efforts  of  the  Society  there  has  come  to  light  the 
original  draft  of  the  constitution  of  a  local  claim  association,  with 
the  names  of  the  members  and  the  records  of  their  claims. 

The  Friends  Historical  Society  is  an  organization  founded  in  1903 
with  Thomas  Hodgkin  as  its  first  President.  Membership  is  open  to 
members  of  the  Society  of  Friends  on  payment  of  an  annual  subscrip- 
tion of  $1.25,  or  a  life  composition  of  $25,  and  to  other  persons  on 
similar  payment  and  the  introduction  of  two  members.  The  Society 
issues  a  quarterly  Journal  which  is  sent  free  to  all  members.  Cor- 
respondence may  be  directed  to  either  Rufus  M.  Jones,  1010  Arch 
Street,  Philadelphia,  or  David  S.  Taber,  51  Fifth  Avenue,  New 
York. 


HISTORICAL   SOCIETIES  457 

The  Constitution  of  the  State  Historical  Society  of  Missouri 
(Columbia)  contains  these  provisions  relative  to  local  societies: — 
''Any  Society  in  Missouri  organized  for  the  purpose  of  gathering 
and  preserving  facts  relative  to  the  history  of  this  State  and  of  its 
individual  citizens,  may,  upon  application  and  the  filing  of  a  resolu- 
tion directing  such  application,  become  an  auxiliary  member  of  the 
Society,  be  represented  at  all  general  meetings  thereof  by  one  dele- 
gate, and  make  a  report  of  its  work  annually  to  the  Society." 

By  the  terms  of  the  will  of  the  late  Rev.  Robert  C.  Waterston,  the 
library  and  literary  property  of  the  testator  as  well  as  forty  thousand 
dollars  in  money  came  into  the  possession  of  the  Massachusetts  His- 
torical Society  in  the  year  1899.  The  library  is  a  miscellaneous  col- 
lection of  books,  but  a  considerable  number  treat  of  English  history, 
architecture,  and  the  fine  arts.  There  were  also  some  incunabula, 
manuscripts,  autograph  letters,  and  engravings.  The  whole,  known 
as  the  "Waterston  Collection,"  has  been  catalogued  by  j.  H.  Tuttle 
and  the  catalogue  has  been  issued  by  the  Society  in  an  octavo  volume 
of  nearly  five  hundred  pages.  The  preface  bears  the  date  of  January 
1,  1906. 

The  January,  1906,  number  of  The  New  England  Historical  and 
Genealogical  Register,  begins  the  -sixtieth  volume  of  that  quarterly. 
This  issue  opens  with  a  memoir  of  James  Swift  Rogers,  by  A.  D. 
Hodges,  with  a  portrait  as  frontispiece.  Numerous  articles  on  church 
records  or  of  genealogical  material  appear. 

The  thirty-seventh  volume  of  The  New  York  Genealogical  and 
Biographical  Record  begins  with  the  January,  1906,  issue.  Articles 
worthy  of  mention  are:  Charles  Finney  Clark,  a  biographical  sketch 
by  H.  T.  Gray;  an  installment  of  New  Brunswick  Loyalists  of  the 
War  of  the  American  Revolution,  by  D.  R.  Jack;  and  New  York 
Gleanings  in  England,  contributed  by  Lothrop  Withingtori. 

The  South  Carolina  Historical  and  Genealogical  Magazine  closes 
its  sixth  volume  with  the  October,  1905,  issue.  Some  of  the  contri- 
butions are:  Correspondence  between  Hon.  Henry  Laurens  and  his 


458     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

son,  John,  1777-1780,  continued  from  the  previous  number;  also 
another  installment  of  Records  of  the  Regiments  of  the  South  Caro- 
lina Line,  Continental  Establishment;  and  South  Carolina  Gleanings 
in  England. 

The  Missouri  Historical  Society  Collections,  Vol.  n,  No.  5,  issued 
in  1905,  is  a  sixteen  page  pamphlet  which  describes  The  Montezuma 
Mounds  and  gives  the  results  of  their  exploration. 

The  April,  1906,  issue  of  The  Quarterly  of  the  Texas  State  His- 
torical Association  closes  the  ninth  volume.  The  leading  and  princi- 
pal article  is  The  Texan  Revolutionary  Army,  by  Eugene  C.  Barker. 

A  Private  Mint  in  North  Carolina,  by  Thomas  Featherstonhaugh, 
and  Reconstruction,  by  J.  R.  Doolittle,  are  two  articles  appearing  in 
the  Publications  of  the  Southern  History  Association  for  March,  1906. 

The  Publications  of  the  Louisiana  Historical  Society,  Vol.  in,  Pt. 
4,  1906,  was  issued  in  June,  1906.  The  issue  is  a  pamphlet  of  fifty 
pages,  and  is  entitled  Gayarre  Memorial  Number.  The  articles  refer 
in  the  main  to  Gayarre  and  his  work. 

Valentine  Rennet,  by  Marie  B.  Urwitz;  Capt.  John  Sowers  Brooks, 
by  Gen.  John  E.  Roller;  and  Col.  William  G.  Cooke,  by  Harry 
Warren,  are  the  contributions  appearing  in  the  January,  1906,  num- 
ber of  The  Quarterly  of  the  Texas  State  Historical  Association. 

Church  influence  in  the  early  American  colonies  is  well  illustrated 
in  an  article  entitled,  Presbyterian  and  Quaker  in  Colonial  Pennsyl- 
vania, by  President  Isaac  Sharpless,  which  appears  in  the  March 
1906,  issue  of  the  Journal  of  the  Presbyterian  Historical  Society. 

The  Southern  Historical  Society  Papers,  volume  xxxin,  edited  by 
R.  A.  Brock,  Richmond,  Virginia,  was  distributed  to  libraries  in 
March,  1906.  This  volume,  consisting  of  three  hundred  and  seventy- 
eight  pages,  is  made  up  of  twenty-seven  contributions,  all  dealing 
with  some  phase  of  the  Civil  War  from  the  Southern  view-point. 

Rooks  and  Pamphlets  Relating  to  New  Jersey  History  and  Biog- 
raphy, Published  in  1898-1900,  is  the  title  of  a  body  of  historical 


HISTORICAL    SOCIETIES  459 

material  which  appears  in  the  April,  1906,  number  of  the  Proceedings 
of  the  New  Jersey  Historical  Society.  An  article  entitled  Some  Un- 
published Revolutionary  Manuscripts,  may  be  found  in  the  same  issue. 

The  annual  report  of  The  Essex  Institute  for  the  year  ending  May  7, 
1906,  was  distributed  in  June,  1906.  From  the  report  it  is  learned 
that  the  Institute  library  contains  94,045  volumes  and  329,031 
pamphlets.  The  income  for  the  year  aggregated  $15,738.25.  One 
strong  feature  of  the  Institute's  collections  is  the  number  and  variety 
of  the  Essex  County  items. 

The  Publications  of  the  American  Jewish  Historical  Society,  num- 
ber 14,  is  a  volume  of  262  pages,  containing  the  addresses  delivered 
at  Carnegie  Hall,  New  York  City,  on  Thanksgiving  Day,  1905, 
together  with  other  selected  addresses  and  proceedings  in  commemo- 
ration of  the  two  hundred  and  fiftieth  anniversary  of  the  settlement 
of  the  JCAVS  in  the  United  States. 

The  Proceedings  of  the  New  Hampshire  Historical  Society,  Vol. 
iv,  Pt.  iv,  was  distributed  in  March,  1906.  This  final  number  of 
the  volume  contains  the  proceedings  from  June,  1904,  to  June,  1905; 
also  an  address  on  Hear  Admiral  George  Eugene  ~Belknap,  by 
Charles  Cowley,  and  another  on  The  Civic  Record  of  New  Hamp- 
shire in  the  Civil  War,  by  Daniel  Hall. 

The  South  Carolina  Historical  and  Genealogical  Magazine  begins 
the  seventh  volume  with  the  January,  1906,  number.  The  leading 
contributions  in  this  number  of  the  quarterly  are:  Letters  from  the 
Marquis  de  Lafayette  to  Hon.  Henry  Laurens,  1777-1780;  Letters 
from  John  C.  Calhoun  to  Francis  W.  Pickens;  and  Records  of  the 
Regiments  of  the  South  Carolina  Line,  Continental  Establishment. 

Some  of  the  contributions  of  general  interest  in  number  13  of  the 
Publications  of  American  Jewish  Historical  Society  are:  Naturaliza- 
tion of  Jews  in  New  York  under  the  Act  of  1740,  by  Leon  Hiihner; 
Phases  in  the  History  of  Religious  Liberty  in  America  with  Particu- 
lar JReference  to  the  Jews,  JT,  by  Max  J.  Kohler;  Are  There  Traces  of 
the  Ten  Lost  Tribes  in  Ohio?  by  David  Philipson,  in  which  the 


460    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

archaeological  frauds  of  David  Wyrick  are  exposed;  Jewish  Begin- 
nings in  Michigan  before  1850,  by  D.  E.  Heineman;  "  Old  Mordecai," 
the  Founder  of  the  City  of  Montgomery,  by  A.  J.  Messing;  and  The 
History  of  the  Jews  of  Montgomery,  by  A.  G.  Moses. 

The  book  entitled,  Route  Across  the  Rocky  Mountains  with  a 
Description  of  Oregon  and  California,  by  Overton  Johnson,  and 
Wm.  H.  Winter,  issued  at  Lafayette,  Indiana,  in  1846,  is  being  re- 
printed in  the  Quarterly  of  the  Oregon  Historical  Society.  The  first 
installment  appeared  in  the  issue  for  March,  1906.  At  present  only 
two  copies  of  the  book  are  known,  one  in  the  library  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  California  and  the  other  in  the  Library  of  Congress. 

The  annual  publication  of  the  Pennsylvania  Society  for  the  current 
year  is  a  volume  of  two  hundred  and  twenty-two  pages.  This  publi- 
cation, known  as  the  Year  Book  of  the  Society,  is  edited  by  the  Secre- 
tary, Mr.  Barr  Ferree.  The  text  includes  the  Proceedings  of  the 
seventh  annual  festival  of  the  Society,  the  condition  and  prospects  of 
the  library,  and  a  number  of  supplementary  papers.  Many  of  the 
illustrations  depict  incidents  in  the  life  of  Benjamin  Franklin. 

The  Proceedings  of  the  Bostonian  Society  at  the  annual  meeting, 
January  9,  1906,  were  distributed  in  May,  1906.  This  publication 
of  over  one  hundred  pages  includes  the  report  of  the  Directors  as  well 
as  the  communications  of  the  committees  on  library,  rooms,  publica- 
tions, finances,  also  lists  of  additions  to  the  library  and  collections, 
roll  of  members,  charter  and  by-laws.  The  two  articles  included  are: 
Josiah  Quincy,  the  Great  Mayor,  by  J.  P.  Munroe;  and  Boston 
When  Ben  Franklin  Was  a  Boy,  by  Anson  Titus. 

The  Proceedings  of  the  American  Antiquarian  Society  at  the 
annual  meeting  held  at  Worcester,  Mass.,  October  21,  1905,  have 
been  issued  as  part  two  of  volume  seventeen  of  the  Society's  publica- 
tions. Besides  the  customary  reports  and  minutes  of  the  meeting 
the  following  papers  appear:  Labor  Organizations  in  Ancient,  Medi- 
aeval, and  Modern  Times,  by  Carroll  D.  Wright;  an  appreciation  of 
George  F.  Hoar,  by  Edward  E.  Hale,  followed  by  a  long  list  of 


HISTORICAL    SOCIETIES  461 

the  speeches  and  addresses  of  Mr.  Hoar;  A  Notice  of  Yucatan  with  Some 
Remarks  on  its  Water  Supply,  by  David  Casares;  The  Jackson  and 
Van  Bur  en  Papers,  by  William  MacDonald;  and  A  Page  of  Ameri- 
can History,  by  Edward  H.  Thompson,  a  paper  giving  the  history  of 
the  aid  rendered  by  citizens  of  the  United  States  during  the  Yucatan 
Rebellion  in  1847. 

Some  of  the  principal  articles  in  the  April,  1906,  issue  of  the  Ohio 
Archaeological  and  Historical  Quarterly  are:  The  River  Raisin 
Monuments  at  Monroe,  Michigan,  by  J.  M.  Bulkley;  Some  Ohio 
Bowlders,  by  E.  L.  Taylor;  •  The  Wyandot  Mission,  by  Emil 
Schlup;  The  "  Underground  Railway,"  by  A.  J.  Baughman;  Antoine 
Francois  Saugrin  (De  Vigni),  by  N.  P.  Dandridge;  and  the  Journal 
of  Cyrus  P.  Bradley,  by  G.  H.  Twiss. 

Volume  vi  of  the  Quarterly  of  the  Oregon  Historical  Society  closes 
with  the  December,  1905,  issue.  The  articles  of  importance  are: 
The  Winning  of  the  Oregon  Country,  by  William  D.  Fenton;  Notes 
on  the  Colonization  of  Oregon,  by  Joseph  Schafer;  Meriwether  Lewis, 
by  Andrew  T.  Lewis;  Functions  of  the  Oregon  Historical  Society, 
by  F.  G.  Young;  Washington  Activities  in  History,  by  Clarence  B. 
Bagley;  and  the  conclusion  of  the  Sketch  of  a  Second  Journey  to  the 
Northwestern  Parts  of  the  Continent  of  North  America,  by  David 
Douglass. 

The  American  Historical  Review  for  April,  1906,  contains  the  fol- 
lowing important  articles:  Old  Standards  of  Public  Morals,  by  John 
B.  McMaster;  Recent  Tendencies  in  the  Study  of  the  French  Revo- 
lution, by  James  H.  Robinson;  Dr.  S.  Millington  Miller  and  the 
Mecklenburg  Declaration,  whereby  the  forgery  of  Miller  is  exposed, 
by  A.  S.  Salley  and  W.  C.  Ford;  The  South,  1820-1830,  by  F.  J. 
Turner;  and  More  Light  on  Andrew  Johnson,  by  W.  A.  Dunning. 

The  articles  to  be  found  in  The  South  Atlantic  Quarterly  for 
April,  1906,  are:  The  True  and  False  in  Southern  Life,  by  John 
E.  White;  The  Personality  of  Froude,  by  J.  S.  Bassett;  Enormous 
Wastes  in  Our  Cotton  Farming,  by  Clarence  H.  Poe;  Reminiscences 


462     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

of  Sen  Hill,  by  John  C.  Reed;  Some  German  Criticisms  of  Amer- 
ica, by  W.  H.  Wannamaker;  Political  Philosophy,  by  W.  W.  Wil- 
loughby;  George  Brandes,  by  W.  H.  Durham;  and  Essayists,  Old 
and  New,  by  Edwin  Minis. 

The  Annals  of  Iowa  for  April,  1906,  contains:  Monona  County, 
Iowa,  Mormons,  by  C.  R.  Marks;  Youthtime  in  Frontier  Iowa,  by 
George  C.  Duffield;  J.  Scott  Richman,  a  sketch  of  the  only  survivor 
of  the  Iowa  Constitutional  Convention  of  1846,  by  W.  F.  Brannan; 
Whence  Came  the  Pioneers  of  Iowa?  by  F.  I.  Herriott;  and  Recol- 
lections of  the  Senecas,  by  Charles  Aldrich.  Portraits  of  C.  R. 
Marks,  J.  Scott  Richman,  and  D.  B.  Henderson  are  given. 

The  Oklahoma  Historical  Society,  under  date  of  1905,  puts  forth  its 
first  publication  in  the  form  of  a  pamphlet  of  eighty-five  pages.  This 
pamphlet,  which  lacks  a  definite  title,  gives  a  review  of  the  inception 
and  progress  of  the  Society,  with  some  account  of  its  accessions. 
The  constitution  and  by-laws,  and  a  paper  on  the  Opening  of  Okla- 
homa, by  Hon.  Sidney  Clarke,  are  also  included.  Since  beginnings 
are  always  important  in  determining  standards,  it  is  to  be  regretted 
that  the  Society's  first  publication  was  not  issued  in  a  better  style  of 
the  book-making  art. 

Volume  ix  of  the  Proceedings  and  Collections  of  the  Wyoming 
Historical  and  Geological  Society  for  the  yeaf,  1905,  were  distributed 
in  May,  1906.  This  publication  is  an  octavo  volume  of  two  hundred 
and  fifty  pages  and  is  edited  by  H.  E.  Hayden,  the  Corresponding 
Secretary  and  Librarian  of  the  Society.  The  important  articles  are: 
The  Geology  and  Palceontology  of  Patagonia,  by  W.  B.  Scott; 
Pioneer  Physicians  of  Wyoming  Valley,  1771-1825,  by  F.  C.  John- 
son; Early  Smoking  Pipes  of  the  North  American  Aborigines,  by  A. 
F.  Berlin;  Aboriginal  Pottery  of  the  Wyoming  Valley- Susquehanna 
River  Region,  Pennsylvania,  by  Christopher  Wren;  Roman  Catholic 
Indian  Relics  in  the  Possession  of  the  Wyoming  Historical  and 
Geological  Society,  by  Charles  F.  Hill;  The  Early  Bibliography  of 
Pennsylvania,  by  Samuel  W.  Pennypacker;  The  Expedition  of  CoL 


HISTORICAL   SOCIETIES  463 

Thomas  Hartley  against  the  Indians  in  1778  to  Avenge  the  Massacre 
of  Wyoming,  by  Rev.  David  Craft;  The  Zebulon  Butler  Tablet  and 
the  Zebulon  Butler  Ethnological  Fund,  by  Horace  E.  Hay  den;  and 
biographical  sketches  of  deceased  members  of  the  Society. 

The  initial  number  of  the  Maryland  Historical  Magazine  appeared 
in  March,  1906.  This  magazine  is  published  by  The  Maryland  His- 
torical Society  and  is  edited  by  Dr.  W.  H.  Browne.  Four  issues  per 
year  are  announced.  The  current  issue  contains  ninety-seven  pages 
and  has  the  following  articles:  The  Early  County  Seats  and  Court 
Houses  of  Baltimore  County,  by  Albert  Ritchie;  A  Pirate  in  the 
Chesapeake  Bay,  by  Henry  F.  Thompson;  Baltimore  and  its  Defences, 
Past  and  Present,  by  Gen.  William  P.  Craighill;  Unpublished  Letters 
of  Washington  to  General  Gist;  The  Migrations  of  Baltimore  Town, 
by  George  A.  Leakin;  The  Tuesday  Club  of  Annapolis;  and  The 
Brooke  Family,  by  Christopher  Johnston.  The  number  also  con- 
tains the  Proceedings  of  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Society  which 
was  held  February  12,  1906. 

THE    ARKANSAS    HISTORICAL    ASSOCIATION 

The  Arkansas  Historical  Association,  organized  about  two  years 
ago,  has  already  issued  a  number  of  circulars.  Through  the  efforts 
of  its  Secretary,  J.  H.  Reynolds,  Professor  of  History  in  the  Univer- 
sity of  Arkansas,  the  last  legislature  created  the  Arkansas  History 
Commission,  directing  it  to  conduct  an  investigation  and  prepare  an 
inventory  of  the  source  material  of  Arkansas  history.  In  addition  to 
this  the  Commission  was  instructed  to  supervise  the  publication  of 
the  first  volume  of  the  Publications  of  the  Arkansas  Historical  Asso- 
ciation, for  which  an  appropriation  of  $1,250  was  made.  The  Com- 
mission is  now,  and  has  been  for  six  months,  busily  engaged  in  con- 
ducting this  investigation  and  has  gathered  together  much  valuable 
material.  The  volume  will  be  issued  about  January  1,  1907. 

MISSISSIPPI    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY 

The  Mississippi  Historical  Society  has  placed  complete  sets  of  its 
Publications,  consisting  of  eight  volumes  each,  in  about  fifty  State, 


464    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

college,  and  university  libraries  in  various  parts  of  the  United  States. 
The  demand  for  these  Publications  is  rapidly  increasing.  Volume  i 
of  a  new  series  of  publications  (Mississippi  Territorial  Archives}, 
edited  by  Hon.  Dunbar  Rowland,  Director  of  the  State  Department 
of  Archives  and  History,  and  published  by  that  Department,  has  just 
appeared  from  the  press  and  is  being  distributed  by  the  State  Histori- 
cal Society.  The  Publications  of  the  Mississippi  Historical  Society, 
consisting  of  the  finished  products  of  research,  and  the  Territorial 
Archives,  consisting  of  official  source  materials,  will  be  published 
alternately,  a  volume  of  each  series  appearing  every  two  years.  The 
publication  of  the  initial  volume  of  a  source  publication  marks  an 
important  epoch  in  the  development  of  historical  work  in  the  State, 
since  it  will  be  helpful  to  all  persons  desiring  to  do  original  work  in 
the  History  of  Mississippi,  whether  they  live  in  the  State  or  else- 
where. 

THE    MADRID    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY 

The  Madrid  Historical  Society  was  organized  at  Madrid,  Iowa,  on 
the  first  Monday  of  July,  1905.  Its  object  is  the  collection  and 
preservation  of  the  materials  of  local  history.  The  officers  for  the 
first  year  were:  C.  L.  Lucas,  President;  H.  W.  Hull,  Secretary; 
and  E.  P.  Dalander,  Treasurer.  These  officers  have  been  reflected  for 
the  current  year.  The  Society  has  adopted  By-laws  and  filed  Articles 
of  Incorporation. 

Besides  erecting  a  monument  at  the  grave  of  Milton  Lott,  the 
Society  has  during  the  first  year  of  its  existence,  issued  a  twenty-four 
page  brochure  which  contains  some  interesting  pioneer  material. 
Three  articles  appear  in  this  pamphlet:  (1)  The  Milton  Lott  Trag- 
edy, in  which  are  given  the  circumstances  of  the  first  death  and 
burial  in  Boone  County  and  the  erection  of  a  monument,  December 
18,  1905,  or  fifty-nine  years  after  the  tragedy.  (2)  A  Sketch  of  the 
£tfe  of  Col.  Nathan  Boone,  the  youngest  son  of  Daniel  Boone  of 
Kentucky,  after  whom  Boone  County  is  named.  This  Nathan  Boone 
was  Captain  of  Company  H,  First  United  States  Dragoons,  stationed 
at  Old  Fort  Des  Moines  in  Lee  County,  1834-37.  In  1835  he 


HISTORICAL    SOCIETIES  465 

explored  the  Des  Moines  Valley  as  far  north  as  Boone  County, 
where  he  met  in  conflict  the  Sioux  Indians.  In  the  Mexican  War  he 
was  stationed  at  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico.  Colonel  Boone  was  born  in 
the  old  Fort  at  Boonesborough  in  Kentucky  in  the  year  1782.  His 
father's  family  moved  to  St.  Charles  County,  Missouri,  in  1795,  hav- 
ing spent  the  previous  year  in  what  is  now  West  Virginia  where 
Nathan  was  left  to  attend  school.  In  1800  he  returned  to  his  home 
in  St.  Charles  County.  In  the  War  of  1812  he  was  Captain  of  a  com- 
pany of  mounted  rangers  and  assigned  to  Indian  service.  In  1820  he 
was  a  member  of  the  Constitutional  Convention  of  Missouri.  In  the 
Black  Hawk  War  he  was  Captain  of  a  company  of  mounted  rangers 
which  he  led  at  the  battle  of  Bad  Axe.  He  was  promoted  to  Major, 
February  16,  1847,  and  Lieutenant-Colonel,  July  25,  1850.  He 
resigned  July  15,  1853.  Three  dates  are  given  of  his  death  which 
took  place  on  his  farm  near  Springfield,  Missouri.  One  date  is 
October  16,  1856,  aged  seventy-six  years.  Heitman  in  his  Historical 
Register  and  Dictionary  of  the  United  States  Army,  gives  the  date 
January  12,  1857,  while  W.  F.  Switzler,  author  of  a  History  of  Mis- 
souri, gives  the  year  3863,  aged  eighty-one  years.  The  third  article 
is  a  graphic  description  of  A  Sixty  Mile  Race — an  incident  of  the 
Boone  County  Pioneer  Claims  Club  whereby  a  home  was  saved  to  a 
needy  pioneer.  The  pamphlet  is  written  by  C.  L.  Lucas. 

T.  J.  F. 

THE    STATE    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY    OF    WISCONSIN 

The  Wisconsin  Historical  Society  issued  during  April  the  follow- 
ing Bulletins  of  Information:  No.  27,  Statutes  providing  for 
societies  auxiliary  to  the  State  Historical  Society  of  Wisconsin, 
together  with  suggestions  for  constitution  and  by-laws  of  such  auxil- 
iaries; No.  28,  Reports  of  auxiliary  societies  for  1905 — Green  Bay, 
Ripon,  Walworth  County,  Sauk  County,  Manitowoc  County,  and 
Superior;  No.  29,  Periodicals  and  newspapers  currently  received  at 
the  library  corrected  to  January  1,  1906;  No.  30,  Landmarks  in 
Wisconsin  (illustrated). 

The  Society  has  just  received  the  valuable  papers  of  Moses  M. 


466     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Strong,  prominent  as  a  lawyer  and  town-site  promoter  in  the  Territor- 
ial days  of  Wisconsin,  and  author  of  a  History  of  Wisconsin  Terri- 
tory. Letter-books,  diaries,  early  plates,  etc.,  are  features  of  the  col- 
lection. 

A  new  series  of  letters  and  other  contemporary  documents  apper- 
taining to  Green  Bay  and  Prairie  du  Chien  matters  (about  1795  to 
1850)  and  now  handsomely  bound  in  99  volumes,  has  just  been  added 
to  the  manuscript  department.  This  important  series  embraces  sev- 
eral important  collections  received  by  the  Society  in  the  past  fifteen 
years.  They  are  of  a  character  similar  to  the  Grignon,  Lawe,  and 
Porlier  papers,  which  fill  100  volumes. 

The  Proceedings  of  the  Wisconsin  Historical  Society  for  1905  has 
just  been  issued  from  the  press.  It  is  a  bound  volume  of  300  pages, 
abounding  in  text  illustrations  and  half-tones.  Among  the  features 
of  Doctor  Thwaites'  report  as  Superintendent  is  a  descriptive  cata- 
logue of  the  thirteen  Confederate  flags  in  the  museum  with  a  half-tone 
illustration  of  each.  The  following  historical  monographs  appear  in 
the  volume:  Historic  Sites  about  Green  Bay,  by  Arthur  C.  Neville; 
Printed  Narratives  of  Wisconsin  Travelers  Prior  to  1800,  by  Henry 
Edward  Legler;  The  Impeachment  of  Judge  Levi  Hubbell,  by  John 
Bell  Sanborn;  John  Scott  Homer:  a  Biographical  Sketch,  by  Ed- 
ward Huntington  Merrell,  D.  D. ;  First  Constitutional  Convention  in 
Wisconsin,  18Jf6,  by  Frederick  L.  Holmes;  Slavery  in  the  old  North- 
west, by  Raymond  V.  Phelan;  and  Pioneer  Life  in  the  Fox  River 
Valley,  by  Annie  Susan  McLenegan.  Miss  McLenegan's  paper  is 
notable  for  its  novel  illustrations — twelve  handsome  wood  cuts  made 
in  1856  from  daguerreotypes  of  Fox  River  Valley  towns,  and  printed 
in  a  little  pamphlet  of  the  time,  but  the  blocks  have  not  been  on  the 
press  during  the  intervening  fifty  years. 

THE    NEBRASKA    STATE    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY 

Measures  looking  to  the  program  for  January,  1907,  were  dis- 
cussed, and  it  was  determined  to  secure  some  distinguished  American 
scholar  to  deliver  an  address  for  one  evening,  in  hopes  that  a  greater 


HISTORICAL    SOCIETIES  467 

interest  might  thus  be  aroused.     The  committee  on  program  was 
instructed  to  secure  local  speakers  for  a  second  evening's  meeting. 

Mr.  Blackman,  Archaeologist  of  the  Nebraska  State  Historical 
Society,  has  planned  to  open  some  mounds  near  the  Missouri  River 
in  the  " Omaha"  region  during  the  summer,  hoping  to  find  remains 
that  may  throw  light  on  the  problems  connected  with  the  civilization 
of  the  Omaha  Indians.  He  hopes  also  to  do  some  work  in  locating 
their  village  sites,  as  well  as  the  camps  of  early  explorers  in  the  Mis- 
souri Valley  region  of  Nebraska. 

At  a  recent  meeting  of  the  Executive  Board  of  the  Society,  plans 
were  made  for  establishing  a  Bureau  of  Legislative  Research  and 
Publication,  similar  to  the  work  now  carried  on  in  Wisconsin  under 
the  direction  of  Dr.  McCarthy.  Mr.  A.  E.  Sheldon  was  put  at  the 
head  of  the  Bureau,  and  funds  were  provided  to  begin  the  work  at  once. 
Mr.  Sheldon  will  visit  Wisconsin  during  the  summer  to  familiarize 
himself  with  the  methods  used  in  that  State;  then  he  will  outline 
plans  for  the  work  as  it  will  be  carried  on  in  Nebraska.  A  com- 
mittee was  also  appointed  to  devise  plans  to  make  the  Society's  ser- 
vices to  the  State  more  efficient,  if  possible.  The  funds  for  the  years, 
1 906-1907,  were  apportioned,  and  more  definite  rules  in  regard  to 
expenditures  adopted. 

THE    MISSOURI    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY 

The  Society's  manuscript  collection  has  been  enriched  recently  by 
The  General  George  R.  Smith  Collection  of  Manuscripts,  which  con- 
sists of  manuscript  sketches  of  the  life  of  General  Smith,  and  letters 
written  to  him  (1836-1880)  by  many  men  prominent  in  the  history  of 
this  State,  as  well  as  papers  relating  to  the  early  history  of  the 
Pacific  Railroad,  now  the  Missouri  Pacific  Railroad.  General 
Smith  was  prominent  in  the  work  of  promoting  railroad  ventures,  and 
was  the  founder  of  Sedalia,  Missouri.  The  gift  was  made  by  Mrs. 
M.  E.  Smith  and  Mrs.  S.  E.  Cotton,  d'aughter  of  General  Smith. 

The  Society  has  held  regular  monthly  meetings  for  the  season, 
which  closed  with  the  meeting  of  May  25,  1906.  At  the  February 


468     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

meeting  Captain  Robert  McCulloch,  Vice-President  and  General 
Manager  of  the  United  Railways  of  St.  Louis,  read  an  interesting 
and  comprehensive  paper  on  The  History  of  Street  Railways  in  St. 
Louis.  At  the  March  meeting  Mr.  Charles  F.  Krone,  the  veteran  St. 
Louis  actor,  read  the  third  chapter  of  his  Reminiscences  of  Early 
Plays  and  Players  in  St.  Louis.  Mr.  Walter  J.  Blakeley  read  an  ac- 
count of  the  Life  and  Work  of  J.  F.  Me  Gahan,  noted  war  corres- 
pondent and  a  St.  Louis  boy.  The  May  meeting  was  memorial  in 
character,  the  following  memorial  addresses  being  given:  Melvin  L. 
Gray,  by  Judge  Shepard  Barclay;  John  8.  MarmaduJce,  by  Mr.  John 
F.  Lee;  and  Charles  Parsons,  by  General  John  W.  Noble. 

At  the  May  meeting  important  amendments  to  the  Constitution 
and  By-Laws  of  the  Society  were  made.  By  these  amendments  it  was 
decided  that  hereafter  the  Society  hold  all  its  collection  of  relics, 
paintings,  books,  and  historical  material  of  every  kind  in  trust  for 
the  people  of  the  State  of  Missouri,  and  that  a  deed  to  that  effect  be 
filed  with  the  Recorder  of  Deeds  at  St.  Louis. 

KANSAS    STATE    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY 

In  a  thirteen  page  pamphlet,  under  title  of  The  Flag  of  Kansas, 
Mr.  George  W.  Martin,  Secretary  of  the  Kansas  State  Historical 
Society,  gives  an  account  of  the  visit  of  Zebulon  Montgomery  Pike 
to  the  village  of  the  Pawnee  Republic  on  September  29,  1806,  to- 
gether with  an  announcement  of  the  one-hundredth  anniversary  of 
the  unfurling  of  the  United  States  flag,  at  that  point:— 

''The  people  of  Republic  City,  in  Republic  County,  have  organ- 
ized for  the  purpose  of  celebrating  the  one-hundredth  anniversary  of 
the  visit  of  Zebulon  Montgomery  Pike  to  the  village  of  the  Pawnee 
Republic,  September  29,  1806.  The  Daughters  of  the  Revolution 
and  the  Women's  Kansas  Day  Club  have  already  determined  to 
participate,  and  it  is  understood  that  the  Grand  Army  of  the  Republic 
will  take  action.  The  site  of  the  village  is  but  six  miles  south  of  the 
Nebraska  line,  and  so  similar  organizations  in  that  state  are  expected 
to  assist  on  that  occasion. 


HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES  469 

' « An  organization  has  been  effected  by  the  selection  of  a  general 
committee  of  arrangements  as  follows:  H.  H.  Smith,  chairman,  M. 
C.  Pauley,  Republic  City;  A.  W.  Vale,  Webber;  O.  H.  Durnad  and 
N.  H.  Angle,  Republic  City;  Elizabeth  A.  Johnson,  Courtland;  and 
Thomas  Charles,  Belleville.  This  committee  have  agreed  that  there 
shall  be  four  days,  as  follows:  Wednesday,  September  26,  Women's- 
day;  September  27,  Grand  Army  day;  September  28,  Historical  day; 
and  the  29th  Pike's  day.  It  is  probably  well  enough  understood  in 
Kansas  that  on  the  29th  of  September,  1806,  Zebulon  Montgomery 
Pike,  while  making  his  famous  exploration  which  resulted  in  the 
first  knowledge  of  Pike's  Peak,  found  a  village  of  Pawnee  Indians 
with  the  Spanish  flag  above  them,  notwithstanding  the  transfer  of  the 
country  by  the  Louisiana  purchase,  and  that  he  caused  them  to  take  it 
down  and  raise  the  flag  of  the  United  States  in  its  place. 

"This  flag  incident  is  the  first  and  one  of  the  most  interesting  in 
the  history  of  Kansas.  In  1901  the  State  legislature  erected  a 
twenty-seven-foot  granite  shaft  on  the  village  site  of  the  Pawnee  Re- 
public, and  placed  an  iron  fence  around  eleven  acres,  the  land  being 
the  gift  of  Elizabeth  A.  Johnson." 

THE    STATE    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY    OF    NORTH    DAKOTA 

The  report  of  the  Secretary  of  the  State  Historical  Society  of 
North  Dakota,  which  was  made  at  a  meeting  of  the  Board  of 
Directors  on  April  16,  1906,  shows  that  the  total  income  of  the 
Society,  during  the  year,  amounted  to  $2,725.82.  It  was  pointed 
out  that  the  membership  of  the  Society  now  numbers  137. 

A  preliminary  historical  survey  of  the  State  has  been  made  by  the 
Secretary,  Professor  O.  G.  Libby,  for  the  purpose  of  locating,  for 
future  use,  the  archaeological  and  historical  materials  of  the  State. 

In  the  library  and  museum,  at  Bismarck,  there  has  already  been 
accumulated  a  valuable  collection  of  books,  documents,  pamphlets, 
manuscripts,  photographs,  relics,  and  Indian  specimens.  In  the  col- 
lection of  the  Mandan  specimens  the  Secretary  has  been  greatly  aided 
by  the  efficient  services  of  E.  R.  Steinbreuck,  of  Mandan. 


470     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Two  valuable  loan  collections  are  to  be  purchased  and  placed  in  the 
museum  as  soon  as  there  are  funds  available  for  the  purpose.  The 
owners  of  these  collections  are  George  H.  Bigenheimer,  of  Mandan, 
whose  specimens  are  largely  of  the  Sioux  tribe,  and  Mrs.  Charles 
Hoffman,  whose  specimens  are  chiefly  Gros  Ventre. 

In  the  preparation  of  the  forthcoming  volume  of  Collections  the 
Secretary  has  secured  the  co-operation  of  a  large  number  of  repre- 
sentative members  of  the  Sioux,  Mandan,  Ree,  and  Gros  Ventre 
tribes  of  the  State. 

The  Society  has  begun  to  command  the  services  of  college  men  who 
are  donating  their  work  freely  in  conjunction  with  the  Secretary. 
Among  the  most  efficient  of  these  are:  Prof.  H.  C.  Fish,  of  Marsh- 
field,  Wisconsin,  a  graduate  of  the  University  of  Wisconsin;  Prof. 
John  M.  Gillette,  of  Valley  City  Normal,  a  graduate  of  Chicago 
University;  and  Rev.  G.  L.  Wilson,  of  Langdon,  a  graduate  of  Ober- 
lin  College. 

THE    STATE    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY    OF    IOWA 
Bulletin  of  Information,   No.  5,    of   the    Society,  which   relates 
to  the  Organization  of  County  Historical  Societies,  was  issued  in 
April,  1906. 

Owing  to  a  lack  of  funds  the  Board  of  Curators  have  had  to  sus- 
pend the  Musquakie  Indian  investigation  for  the  current  year. 

Executive  Journal  of  Iowa,  1838—18^1,  covering  the  administration 
of  Governor  Robert  Lucas,  will  soon  be  issued  in  a  book  of  341 
pages. 

The  Robert  Lucas  Journal  of  the  War  of  1812  During  the  Cam- 
paign Under  General  William  Hull  is  being  specially  printed  for  the 
Society  in  an  edition  of  400  copies.  This  valuable  contribution  to 
American  history  is  edited  by  Mr.  John  C.  Parish. 

The  officers  of  the  Board  of  Curators  and  of  the  Society  for  the 
ensuing  year  as  chosen  at  the  July  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Curators 
are:  Peter  A.  Dey,  President;  Isaac  Loos,  Vice-President;  Lovell 
Swisher,  Treasurer;  and  Frank  E.  Horack,  Secretary. 


HISTORICAL  SOCIETIES  471 

At  the  July  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Curators,  Mr.  Thomas  Teakle 
and  Mr.  Jesse  V.  Henley  were  elected  members  of  the  Society. 

-Professor  Laenas  G.  Weld  was  elected  a  member  of  the  Board  of 
Curators  to  fill  the  vacancy  caused  by  the  resignation  of  Professor 
Samuel  Calvin. 

As  required  by  law  a  detailed  financial  report  of  the  Society,  cov- 
ering the  period  from  June  30,  1905,  to  July  1,  1906,  has  been  sub- 
mitted to  the  Executive  Council  of  the  State. 

The  letters  and  papers  of  Senator  James  Harlan  have  been  loaned 
temporarily  to  Mr.  Johnson  Brigham,  who  is  preparing  a  biography 
of  Senator  Harlan  which  will  ultimately  be  published  by  the  Society. 

A  financial  statement  of  The  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  pre- 
pared by  the  Secretary  for  the  fiscal  year,  beginning  July  1,  1905, 
and  ending  June  30,  1906,  shows  the  following: — 
General  Support  Fund 

Total  receipts,  including  balance  on  hand  July  1,  1905     $7,716.85 
Total  expenditures  from  July  1,1905,  to  June  30, 1906       7,090.44 


Balance  on  hand  July  1,  1906  $    626.41 
Publication  and  Membership  Fund 

Total  receipts,  including  balance  on  hand  July  1,  1905  $1,489.34 

Total  expenditures  from  July  1, 1905, to  June  30,  1906  200.00 

Balance  on  hand  July  1,  1906  $1,289.34 


NOTES  AND   COMMENT 

Professor  Andrew  C.  McLaughlin  has  been  elected  to  the  chair  of 
American  History  in  the  University  of  Chicago. 

The  address  of  Dean  Chas.  N.  Gregory  before  the  Iowa  State  Bar 
Association,  on  American  Lawyers  and  Their  Making ,  appears  as  a 
twenty  page  pamphlet  from  the  press  of  The  American  Lawyer -,  New 
York. 

Dr.  J.  Franklin  Jameson,  of  the  Department  of  Historical  Research 
of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington,  has  been  spending  some 
time  in  Europe  investigating  the  European  sources  of  American 
history. 

Professor  C.  H.  Van  Tyne  has  been  elected  Professor  of  American 
History  in  the  University  of  Michigan. 

At  Iowa  City  on  March  14,  1906,  Dr.  Alfred  M.  Tozzer  gave  an 
illustrated  lecture  before  the  Iowa  Anthropological  Association  and 
the  Iowa  Society  of  the  Archaeological  Institute  of  America  on 
Archaeological  Remains  in  Central  America. 

The  valuable  library  and  collections  of  Mr.  Thomas  M.  Owen, 
Director  of  the  Alabama  Department  of  Archives  and  History,  were 
destroyed  by  fire  on  March  7,  1906. 

Professor  Frederick  L.  Paxson,  of  the  University  of  Cojorado,  has 
recently  been  elected  Assistant  Professor  of  American  History  in  the 
University  of  Michigan. 

A  portrait  of  the  late  Senator  James  Harlan  has  been  presented  to 
the  Iowa  Wesleyan  University  at  Mt.  Pleasant,  Iowa,  by  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Robert  T.  Lincoln,  of  Chicago.  The  presentation  was  made 
through  Hon.  W.  I.  Babb  whose  address*  appears  in  the  columns  of 
the  Mt.  Pleasant  Daily  News  of  Thursday,  June  14,  1906. 

Upon  the  request  of  the  Conference,  Dr.  Stephen  N.  Fellows  has 
undertaken  the  preparation  of  a  history  of  the  Upper  Iowa  Confer- 


NOTES  AND  COMMENT  473 

ence  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church.     The  volume,  which  will 
contain  about  four  hundred  pages,  will  be  issued  in  1907. 

Through  a  special  appropriation  of  $10,000  Congress  has  provided 
for  the  publication  of  a  new  edition  of  the  Charters,  Constitutions, 
and  Organic  Laws  of  all  the  States  and  Territories  of  the  United 
States.  The  old  edition,  edited  by  Ben:  Perley  Poore,  is  incomplete 
and  out  of  date.  The  new  edition  will  be  published  by  the  U.  S. 
government  under  the  joint  editorship  of  Dr.  Francis  Newton  Thorpe 
and  Prof.  Benjamin  F.  Shambaugh. 

The  ninth  annual  report  of  the  Cedar  Rapid  (Iowa)  public  library, 
1905,  was  distributed  in  April,  1906.  The  report  states  that  the 
moneys  on  hand  and  received  and  disbursed  amounted  to  $26,230.94. 
The  new  building  was  dedicated  June  23,  1905.  The  accessions  dur- 
ing the  year  amounted  to  1,638  volumes.  The  increase  in  circulation 
during  the  year  was  10,211,  making  a  total  of  77,866.  The  number 
of  books  in  the  library  December  31,  1905,  is  given  as  13,436. 

The  third  annual  report  of  the  public  library  of  Ottumwa,  Iowa, 
1905,  gives  the  following  information:  The  library  contains  18,029 
books,  of  which  5,047  were  added  during  the  year.  The  number  of 
membership  cards  is  6,151,  an  increase  during  the  year  of  862.  The 
number  of  books  circulated  was  70,229,  an  increase  of  7,768.  Four 
branch  libraries  were  established  during  the  year.  The  income 
from  the  tax  levy  amounted  to  $4,902.20,  from  other  sources  $280.45, 
making  a  total  of  $5,183.35.  The  amount  expended  was  $4,859.49. 

The  board  of  editors  of  The  American  Political  Science  Review 
includes  the  following:  W.  W.  Willoughby,  Managing  Editor, 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  Baltimore,  Md. ;  John  A.  Fairlie,  Univer- 
sity of  Michigan;  Frank  J.  Goodnow,  Columbia  University;  John  H. 
Latane,  Washington  and  Lee  University;  C.  E.  Merriam,  Chicago 
University;  Paul  S.  Reinsch,  University  of  Wisconsin;  Benjamin  F. 
Shambaugh,  University  of  Iowa;  Eugene  Wambaugh,  Harvard  Uni- 
versity Law  School;  and  Robert  H.  Whitten,  Albany,  N.  Y.  The 
first  number  of  The  Review  will  appear  in  November,  1906. 


474    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Dr.  Cyrus  A.  Peterson,  President  of  the  Missouri  Historical 
Society,  and  Mr.  Clark  McAdams,  both  of  St.  Louis,  have  recently 
issued  a  map  showing  the  location  and  height  of  the  several  mounds 
of  that  famous  group  situated  in  Madison  and  St.  Clair  counties,  Illi- 
nois, not  far  from  St.  Louis.  This  group  of  mounds  has  long  borne  the 
name  of  "The  Cahokia  Mounds",  of  which  the  Great  Monks'  mound  is 
the  most  striking.  According  to  the  description  given  on  the  map  this 
mound  is  104  feet  high,  occupies  a  base  1,080  feet  long  and  710  feet 
wide,  covers  approximately  17  acres  of  ground,  and  contains  over  1,500,- 
000  cubic  yards  of  earth.  It  is  described  as  "the  greatest  aboriginal 
tumulus  in  the  United  States  and  is  more  than  treble  the  size  of  any 
other  similar  structure  in  the  same  area".  The  map  locates  69 
mounds  and  gives  half  tone  cuts  of  the  three  largest.  In  view  of  the 
fact  that  the  original  features  of  this  famous  group  are  gradually  dis- 
appearing under  the  hand  of  agriculture,  the  gentlemen  whose  indus- 
try and  private  means  have  brought  forth  this  map  deserve  the  grati- 
tude of  students  of  archaeology. 

THE    PUBLIC    ARCHIVES    IN    IOWA 

The  Thirty-first  General  Assembly  passed  ' « An  act  providing  for 
the  care  and  permanent  preservation  of  the  Public  Archives  and  mak- 
ing an  appropriation  therefor,"  which  contains  the  following  pro- 
visions:— 

"SECTION  1.  That  for  the  care  and  preservation  of  the  Public 
Archives  the  State  Library  and  Historical  Department  of  Iowa  are 
hereby  given  the  custody  of  all  the  original  public  documents,  papers, 
letters,  records,  and  other  official  manuscripts  of  the  State,  executive, 
and  administrative  departments,  offices  or  officers,  councils,  boards, 
bureaus,  and  commissions,  ten  years  after  the  date  or  current  use  of 
such  public  documents,  papers,  letters,  records,  or  other  official  man- 
uscripts. Provided,  that  the  Executive  Council  shall  have  the  power 
and  authority  to  order  the  transfer  of  such  records  or  any  part  thereof 
at  any  time  prior  to  the  expiration  of  the  limit  of  ten  years  hereinbe- 
fore provided  or  to  retain  the  same  in  the  respective  offices  beyond 
such  limit  according  as  in  the  judgment  of  the  Council  the  public 
interest  or  convenience  may  require. 


NOTES  AND  COMMENT  475 

"  SECTION  2.  That  the  several  State  executive  and  administrative 
departments,  officers  or  offices,  councils,  boards,  bureaus,  and  com- 
missioners, are  hereby  authorized  and  directed  to  transfer  and  deliver 
to  the  State  Library  and  Historical  Department  such  of  the  Public 
Archives  as  are  designated  in  Section  One  (1)  of  this  act,  except  such 
as  in  the  judgment  of  the  Executive  Council  should  be  longer 
retained  in  the  respective  offices. 

4 'SECTION  3.  That  the  State  Library  and  Historical  Department 
is  hereby  authorized  and  directed  to  receive  such  of  the  Public 
Archives  and  records  as  are  designated  in  Section  One  (1)  of  this  act 
and  provided  that  the  same  be  properly  arranged,  classified,  labeled, 
filed,  and  calendared. 

''SECTION  4.  That  for  the  care  and  permanent  preservation  by 
the  State  Library  and  Historical  Department  of  the  Public  Archives 
hereinbefore  designated,  the  Executive  Council  is  hereby  authorized 
and  directed  to  provide,  furnish,  and  equip  such  room  or  rooms  in  the 
Historical  Memorial  and  Art  Building  (now  in  process  of  erection)  as 
may  be  deemed  necessary  for  the  purposes  of  this  act,  and  the  room 
or  rooms  thus  provided  for  shall  be  known  as  the  Hall  of  Public 
Archives. 

"  SECTION  5.  That  for  carrying  out  the  purposes  of  this  act  there 
is  hereby  appropriated  out  of  any  moneys  in  the  State  Treasury  not 
otherwise  appropriated  the  sum  of  two  thousand  dollars  ($2,000)  per 
annum  for  three  years  to  be  expended  under  the  direction  of  the 
Board  of  Trustees  of  the  State  Library  and  Historical  Department." 

In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  act,  which  was  approved 
April  10,  1906,  to  go  into  effect  July  1,  1906,  the  Board  of  Trustees 
of  the  State  Library  and  Historical  Department  have  requested  Pro- 
fessor Benjamin  F.  Shambaugh,  of  The  State  University  of  Iowa,  to 
suggest  plans  for  the  arrangement,  classification,  and  installation  of 
the  Archives  in  the  new  Historical  Memorial  and  Art  Building. 

THE    WISCONSIN    LEGISLATIVE    REFERENCE    DEPARTMENT 

The  growing  complexity  of  legislation  in  the  United  States  is 
apparent  to  any  one  who  attempts  to  keep  abreast  of  the  laws  enacted 


476     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

in  nearly  half  a  hundred  separate  jurisdictions.  To  keep  in  .touch 
with  the  legislation  along  any  one  line  takes  more  time  than  the 
average  man  can  spare,  and  the  problem  confronting  the  legislator 
who  is  frequently  called  upon  to  vote  "yes"  or  "no"  upon  hundreds 
of  bills  at  every  legislative  session,  is  a  serious  one. 

In  other  lines  of  activity — in  professional,  commercial,  and  busi- 
ness life — growing  complexity  has  been  accompanied  by  organiza- 
tion. In  the  business  of  legislating  the  idea  of  scientific  method  and 
business  organization  to  assist  the  legislator  to  do  his  work  intelli- 
gently and  effectively  is  of  more  recent  origin.  Wisconsin  was  the 
first  State  to  organize  a  department  with  the  end  in  view  of  bringing 
to  the  legislature  the  service  of  trained  men  whose  business  it  is  to 
provide  legislators  with  the  means  whereby  they  may  inform  them- 
selves on  any  question  coming  up  for  legislative  consideration.  In 
1901  the  legislature  of  Wisconsin  provided  for  the  Legislative  Refer-, 
ence  Department.  The  following  year  the  work  was  established 
under  the  direction  of  Charles  McCarthy,  Ph.  D. ,  of  Wisconsin  Uni- 
versity. The  purpose  and  the  personality  dominating  the  organiza- 
tion of  the  work  guaranteed  its  success  from  the  very  beginning. 

The  Department  has  rooms  in  the  Capitol  in  close  proximity  to  the 
chambers  of  the  General  Assembly;  and  here  it  aims  to  keep  abreast 
of  all  public  questions  and  to  collect  comparative  and  critical  data  on 
legislation  in  the  United  States  and  in  the  whole  civilized  world. 
This  material  is  carefully  classified  and  kept  up  to  date  so  that  in- 
formation on  any  subject  may  be  secured  at  a  moment's  notice.  To 
supplement  books,  pamphlets,  magazine  and  newspaper  articles,  the 
Department  carries  on  continuous  correspondence  to  secure  the  latest 
data  bearing  on  probable  or  possible  subjects  of  legislation,  and 
during  the  legislative  sessions  free  use  of  the  telegraph  is  made  to  aid 
the  various  committees  to  get  hold  of  necessary  evidence  in  order  to 
form  intelligent  judgments. 

Briefly,  the  purpose  of  the  Department  is  to  get  at  the  facts,  to 
ascertain  the  truth  about  proposed  legislation,  and  to  place  all  the 
data  obtainable  at  the  disposal  of  the  legislature.  Further,  it  is  not 


NOTES  AND  COMMENT  477 

the  purpose  of  the  Department  to  convince  members  of  the  legislature 
upon  disputed  points,  but  to  aid  them  to  get  material  to  study  sub- 
jects in  which  they  are  interested  as  public  officials.  The  Depart- 
ment is  entirely  non-political  and  non-partisan,  and  could  not  be  of 
practical  service  on  any  other  basis.  The  members  of  the  legislature 
ploy  its  services  so  freely  because  they  are  convinced  that  the  De- 
partment has  no  other  interest  than  to  supply  data  which  will  enable 
them  to  get  at  the  facts  of  the  questions  which  they  are  considering. 

The  ever  present  problem  in  the  Department  is  how  to  bring  the 
results  of  scientific  research  in  the  field  of  comparative  legislation  to 
the  service  of  the  legislator.  In  working  out  this  problem  the 
Department  has  developed  the  practical  methods  employed  in  busi- 
ness administration  and  has  secured  results  because  of  its  facility  in 
obtaining  data  for  every  legislator  on  any  question  in  which  he  may 
be  interested. 

The  whole  field  of  comparative  legislation  is  kept  in  view,  and 
various  agencies  are  coordinated  in  order  to  produce  the  desired  re- 
sult of  making  the  Department  the  source  of  information  for  any 
question  which  the  legislature  may  have  occasion  to  consider.  The 
classes  conducted  by  the  Department  at  the  University  of  Wisconsin 
work  up  special  topics  and  the  data  obtained  through  the  research  of 
the  students  is  classified  and  filed  for  future  reference.  The  class 
exercises  are  all  on  live,  up-to-date  topics;  and  as  the  students  gain 
practical  insight  into  the  methods  of  the  Department  and  see  the  pub- 
lic value  and  interest  of  the  results  which  they  secure,  they  gain 
inspiration  to  do  their  best  work.  During  the  year  the  students  in  the 
course  on  comparative  legislation  have  contributed  articles  to  leading 
periodicals  like  the  American  Law  Review  and  similar  magazines. 

The  Department  also  has  funds  for  the  publication  of  Comparative 
Legislation  Bulletins.  These  bulletins  take  up  one  by  one  the  ques- 
tions which  are  likely  to  come  before  the  legislature.  They  present 
in  a  condensed  form  the  leading  bibliographical,  historical,  compara- 
tive, and  critical  data  on  the  subject,  and  while  attempting  to  cover 
the  question  in  a  summary  way  for  the  busy  man  they  are  made  little 
guides  to  the  subject  for  the  man  who  wishes  to  investigate  the  sub- 
ject for  himself. 


478    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

The  work  of  the  Department  may  be  summed  up  as  an  attempt  to 
coordinate  the  scientific  investigations  of  experts  with  the  efforts  of 
legislators  to  secure  practical  working  laws  along  various  lines.  The 
plan  has  now  been  tested  through  two  regular  and  one  special  sessions 
of  the  legislature.  That  it  has  been  of  practical  use  has  been 
evidenced  by  the  testimony  of  legislators  and  by  the  public  press  of 
the  State.  The  following  statement  from  a  recent  number  of  the 
Milwaukee  Journal  indicates  that  the  purpose  of  the  Department  is 
generally  understood.  The  Journal  says:  "It  is  the  standing  criti- 
cism of  political  economy  and  political  science  that  practical  results 
are  not  attained  by  them.  Economists,  it  is  urged,  spend  all  their 
time  in  theorizing  on  subjects  of  public  concern  and  none  of  it  in  the 
promotion  of  the  ideas  which  they  advocate.  It  is  believed  by  friends 
of  the  Wisconsin  Legislative  Department  that  its  close  connection 
with  the  University  will  work  wonders  in  drawing  together  the  two 
extremes  in  the  most  effective  manner.  No  State  in  the  Union  has 
the  excellent  opportunities  for  this  kind  of  work  that  are  found  in 
Wisconsin,  where  one  of  the  best  institutions  of  learning  in  the 
country  is  situated  in  close  proximity  to  the  State  capitol.  Other 
States,  it  is  true,  are  adopting  the  legislative  department  feature,  but 
none  has  so  far  been  able  to  extend  to  the  library  the  influence  and 
assistance  of  the  University,  nor  to  the  University  the  influence  and 
assistance  of  the  library." 

Dr.  McCarthy  enjoys  the  unique  distinction  of  being  the  one  man 
in  the  history  of  the  State  who  asked  the  legislature  to  cut  down  an 
appropriation  provided  for  his  Department.  The  legislature  ap- 
preciating the  services  of  the  Department  provided  a  liberal  appropria- 
tion at  the  last  regular  session;  but  Dr.  McCarthy  believing  that  the 
Department  could  serve  the  State  better  by  gradually  developing  all 
available  resources  rather  than  by  rapid  enlargement  of  new  fields, 
asked  the  legislature  to  leave  the  appropriation  at  a  lower  amount. 
By  a  careful  distribution  of  available  funds  the  Department  has 
secured  sufficient  clerical  help,  the  assistance  of  trained  cataloguers, 
the  services  of  experts  in  legislation  and  in  statistics,  and  has  avail- 


NOTES  AND  COMMENT  479 

able  funds  for  the  employment  of  a  draftsman  for  the  next  regular 
session. 

With  growing  needs  the  several  lines  of  work  already  done  will  be 
expanded  to  meet  the  demands  made  upon  the  department  by  succes- 
sive legislatures. 

MARGARET  SHAFFNER 
LEGISLATIVE  REFERENCE  DEPARTMENT 
MADISON,  WISCONSIN 

SUGGESTIONS      FOR      THE      PRINTING      OF      DOCUMENTS      RELATING      TO 
AMERICAN    HISTORY 

With  a  view  to  securing  greater  uniformity  of  treatment  than  now 
exists,  the  Chairman  of  the  Historical  Manuscripts  Commission,  the 
Chief  of  the  Division  of  Manuscripts  in  the  Library  of  Congress,  and 
the  Director  of  the  Department  of  Historical  Research  in  the  Car- 
negie Institution  have  united  in  framing  the  following  suggestions 
respecting  the  transcription  and  printing  of  historical  manuscripts.  It 
is  not  intended  to  restrict  editors  too  rigidly  to  certain  rules,  as  the 
individual  character  of  the  manuscript  is  of  some  importance,  as  well 
as  the  judgment  and  experience  of  the  editor.  The  following  rules 
are,  therefore,  to  be  regarded  less  as  formulae  than  as  suggestions,  to 
serve  in  ordinary  cases  and  to  be  modified  if  occasion  requires. 
EDWARD  G.  BOURNE, 

Chairman  of  the  Historical  Manuscripts  Commission. 
WORTHINGTON  C.   FORD,  Library  of  Congress. 
J.  FRANKLIN  JAMESON, 

Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington. 

1.  The  Heading  of  Individual  Documents.  If  the  document  is  a 
letter,  the  name  of  the  sender  and  that  of  the  person  addressed  should 
be  printed  in  small  capitals  immediately  above  its  beginning,  thus: 

GEORGE  WASHINGTON  TO  JOHN  ADAMS. 

If  it  is  an  official  letter,  addressed  to  an  official  as  such,  the  form 
should  be: 

GEORGE  WASHINGTON  TO  THE  SECRETARY  OF  WAR 

[Timothy  Pickering].  or 

ANDREW  JACKSON  TO  THE  GOVERNOR  OF  VIRGINIA 
[William  Branch  Giles]. 


480    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

If  the  publication  consists  of  a  series  of  letters  written  by,  or  to, 
one  man,  a  heading  of  the  form  To  JOHN  ADAMS,  or  FROM  JOHN 
ADAMS  will  suffice.  If  it  is  not  a  letter,  a  very  brief  description 
should  be  placed  in  the  heading,  e.  g.,  REPORT  or  THE  COMMITTEE 
OF  FOREIGN  AFFAIRS. 

2.  The  Description  of  the  Manuscript.  This  should  be  given  in 
the  first  foot-note  to  the  document.  The  reference-mark  to  this  foot- 
note should  be  placed  either  against  the  heading  described  in  the  last 
paragraph  or  against  the  date,  if  the  document  bears  a  date  as  its  first 
words.  The  description  should  present,  first,  a  statement  whether 
the  document  is  entirely  by  the  author's  hand,  or  written  by  a  secre- 
tary and  signed,  etc.  For  this  purpose  the  usual  symbols  could  be 
used,  namely,  A.  L.  S.  (autograph  letter  signed),  A.  D.  S.  (auto- 
graph document  signed),  L.  S.  (letter  signed),  D.  S.  (document 
signed),  A.  N.  S.  (autograph  note  signed),  A.  N.  (autograph  note). 
Next  should  follow  a  statement  as  to  the  location  of  the  manuscript 
indicating  the  public  institution  or  private  collector  in  whose  posses- 
sion it  is.  In  the  former  case  the  volume,  page,  or  numerical  desig- 
nation by  which  the  institution  has  catalogued  the  manuscript  should 
be  given.  If  the  main  substance  of  the  publication  consists  of  docu- 
ments of  one  particular  collection,  repetition  can  be  avoided  in  the 
case  of  documents  drawn  from  that  source  by  initials  placed  at  the 
right  of  the  heading:  e.  g.,  if  the  letters  of  Jackson  were  being 
printed  and  most  of  them  were  derived  from  the  collection  of  Jack- 
son manuscripts  in  the  Library  of  Congress,  the  heading  could  read, 
in  the  case  of  such  letters, 

To  JOHN  SMITH  j.   MSS. 

Thirdly,  if  the  document  whose  text  is  being  printed  is  not  an 
original  letter  actually  sent,  but  a  draft  or  a  copy,  the  fact  should  be 
stated  in  the  first  foot-note.  Where  the  writer,  though  he  is  not  the 
author,  is  a  known  person,  his  name  also  should  be  given  there.  In 
a  typical  instance  accordingly,  the  first  foot-note  to  the  document 
might  have  the  form,  *  'A.  L.  S.  Historical  Society  of  Pennsylvania, 
James  Wilson  MSS.,  Vol.  I,  no.  26.  Draft,  in  handwriting  of  John 
Rutledge." 


NOTES  AND  COMMENT  481 

3.  The  Date.     If  the  letter  or  document  begins  with  a  date,  this 
should  be  presented  in  the  form  which  it  bears  in  the  manuscript. 
But  if  the  date  lies  between  the  years  1582  and  1752  it  should  be  re- 
peated in  a  double  form,  presenting  it  in  both  old  style  and  new 
style.     Thus : 

1  'Feb.  the  llth,  1731.      [February  £J  173J]." 

Where  it  is  certain  that  all  the  documents  which  are  to  be  printed  in 
the  proposed  volume  are  dated  uniformly  in  new  (or  in  old)  style,  it 
may  be  sufficient  to  set  forth  the  fact  once  for  all  in  the  preface.  If 
the  matter  presented  does  not  consist  of  letters,  and  presents  no  dates, 
or  infrequent  dates — for  instance,  in  long  narratives  which  are  being 
reprinted — it  is  often  desirable  that  the  date  of  the  transactions  re- 
ferred to  upon  a  given  page  should  be  set  in  the  running  head-lines 
of  that  page.  If  a  document  is  undated  and  the  date  is  conjecturally 
supplied,  it  should  be  set  in  square  brackets,  with  a  question-mark  if 
there  is  any  doubt.  In  such  cases  it  is  well  to  scrutinize  the  water- 
mark of  the  paper  and  state  the  date  which  it  gives,  if  any. 

4.  The  Text.     Save  for  certain  exceptions,  to  be  noted  hereafter, 
the  manuscripts  should  be  printed  as  written,  with  exactness  in  re- 
spect to  words,   spelling,   and  punctuation  (verbatim  et  literatim  et 
punctuatim).     The  actual  copyist  should  be  given  no  latitude  in  the 
following  of  this  rule.     He  should  be  instructed  to  trace  all  doubtful 
writings,    especially    doubtful    proper    names.     All    drawings    and 
sketches  in  the  text  should  be  reproduced  by  tracing.     Unless  the 
editor  is  conscious  of  having  had  long  experience  and  of  having  pub- 
lished books  of  documents  which  have  been  approved  by  experts,  it 
is  perhaps  best  that  he  also  ahould  make  no  exception  to  the  rule 
stated  in  the  first  sentence  of  this  paragraph.     But  as  the  end  to  be 
achieved  is  the  printing  of  the  manuscript  in  the  form  which  it  would 
have  borne  if  the  author  had  contemporaneously  put  it  into  print,  the 
following  exceptions  may  well  be  observed: 

a.  Words  which  have  been  repeated,  obviously  by  mistake  of  the 
penman,  may  be  omitted. 

b.  Words  which  have  been  omitted,  obviously  by  mistake  of  the 
penman,  may  be  supplied  in  square  brackets. 


482     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

c.  In  the  use  of  u  and  v  respectively  and  of  i  andj,  the  modern 
practice  may  be  substituted  for  that  of  the  manuscript.     Long  s 
should  never  be  used. 

d.  Abbreviations  should  be  expanded,  square  brackets  being  used 
to  indicate  the  letters  inserted.     With  the  same  precaution,  superior 
letters  may  be  reduced  to  the  level  of  the  rest  of  the  text.     If  such 
changes  are  extremely  numerous  and  are  uniform  throughout  the 
text,  the  cases  in  which  they  are  open  to  no  doubt  may  be  mentioned 
beforehand  in  the   preface,   and  the  square  brackets  subsequently 
avoided  in  such  instances. 

e.  The  sign  &  should  always  be  represented  by  and]  the  form 
&c.,  by  etc.,  the  sign  ye  usually  by  the',  and  so,  of  y*,  ym,  etc. 

f.  Obvious  slips  of  the  pen,  aside  from  those  mentioned  in  "a" 
above,  may  be  corrected  in  the  text,  the  original  reading  being  stated 
in  the  foot-note.     But  the  spelling  of  the  original  when  not  clearly 
accidental  should  be  followed,  and  especial  care  should  be  exercised 
on  proper  names,  as  what  appears  to  be  a  misspelling  may  be  of  value 
in  indicating  the  pronunciation  of  that  day. 

g.  Passages  written  in  cipher  should  be  transliterated  but  printed 
in  italics,  the  preface  or  foot-note  indicating  that  this  has  been  done. 

h.  Where  a  gap  or  illegible  passage  in  the  manuscript  has  been 
supplied  by  a  reading  concerning  which  there  is  no  doubt,  the  words 
or  letters  supplied  should  be  placed  in  square  brackets.  Where  the 
reading  is  uncertain,  the  symbol  [?]  should  be  added.  Where  it  is 
surprising  but  undoubtedly  has  the  form  given,  the  editor  may  add 
[sic]. 

i.  No  attempt  should  ordinarily  be  made  to  reproduce  in  the 
printed  text  any  word  which  the  writer  has  erased.  Where  the 
erased  word  has  another  substituted  for  it  and  offers  some  indication 
of  the  mental  process  of  the  writer,  it  may  be  given  in  a  note.  In  a 
report,  or  a  draft  of  a  document,  where  the  erased  parts  are  impor- 
tant they  should  be  given  in  a  note,  or  "lined  type"  should  be 
employed.  If  the  substituted  or  interlined  words  are  in  a  different 
handwriting  from  the  rest  of  the  document,  the  fact  should  be  men- 
tioned in  a  foot-note. 


NOTES  AND  COMMENT  483 

j.  While  punctuation  should  usually  follow  the  writer,  yet  when 
his  punctuation  makes  confused  readings  and  there  is  no  chance 
whatever  that  a  rational  or  modern  punctuation  would  change  his 
meaning,  the  latter  may  be  substituted.  If  the  writer  habitually 
ends  his  sentences  with  a  dash,  this  should  be  represented  in  print  by 
a  period. 

5.  Capitalization.     In  general,  capitals  should  be  printed  where 
the  writer  has  written  capitals.     If  there  is  doubt,  the  editor  may  be 
governed  by  the  assumption  that  the  writer  either  intended  to  follow 
the  modern  rules  in  the  matter,  or  to  follow  the  old  rule  to  begin 
every  noun  with  a  capital.     A  capital  should  always  be  used  at  the 
beginning  of  a  sentence  unless  there  is  special  need  to  exhibit  the 
illiteracy  of  the  writer. 

6.  Paragraphs.     The  writer's  practice  should  be  followed,  except 
that  in  printing  diaries  or  journals  it  is  best  to  follow  uniformly  the 
habit  of  making  for  each  date  a  fresh  paragraph,  and  printing  the 
date  itself  in  italics. 

7.  The  Formal  Conclusions  and  Subscriptions  of  Letters.     These 
should  be  reproduced  as  they  stand,  but  it  is  usually  unnecessary  to 
give  them  when  one  is  printing  a  large  collection  of  letters  written 
by  the  same  man.     Yet  even  in  this  case  there  may  be  instances 
where  the  mode  in  which  he  ends  a  letter  is  significant. 

8.  The  Addresses  of  Letters.     These  should  usually  be  printed. 
They  may  be  of  importance  as  indicating  the  location  of  the  person 
to  whom  the  letter  is  sent.    This  is  a  matter  of  some  importance  in  a 
military  campaign.     Occasionally,  also,  the  form  of  the  address  is 
important  (e.  g.,  the  famous  instance  of  "George  Washington,  Esq., 
etc.,  etc.")     The  address  may  be  given  at  the  end  of  the  first  foot- 
note to  the  letter. 

9.  Endorsements.     If  there  are  endorsements  upon  the  letter  or 
document  which  have  any  historical  significance,  such  as  dates,  sum- 
maries, or  comments,  they  should  be  given  in  a  foot-note  attached  to 
the  end  of  the  letter  or  document. 

10.  Order.     It  is  usually  best  that  the  letters  or  documents  should 


484     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

be  printed  in  a  chronological  order.     A  foot-note  may  give  a  cross- 
reference  to  enclosures,  if  they  bear  a  different  date. 

11.  A  List  of  the  letters  or  documents  should  be  given  in  the 
front  pages  of  the  volume.     When   other  documents  of  the  same 
nature   or  relating  to  the   same    series    of   transactions  have  been 
printed  before,  and  are  not  repeated  in  the  volume  in  question,  it  is 
desirable  to  prefix  to  the  volume  a  calendar  in  which  both  the  docu- 
ments printed  before  and  those  now  printed  are  embraced   in   one 
chronological  series,  with  a  difference  of  typography  indicating  the 
former  and  the  latter  class.     In  such  chronological  lists  each  item 
should  begin  with  a  date,  presented  in  the  form:   1789,  March  4. 

12.  The  Running  Head-Lines  of  the  pages,  or  at  any  rate  of  the 
right-hand  page,  should  not  preserve  one  identical  reading  through- 
out the  volume,  but  should  in  each  case  give  some  indication  of  the 
matter  contained  on  the  page  below. 

13.  A  page  of  the  manuscript  may  with  advantage  be  reproduced 
by  some  facsimile  process  to  illustrate  characteristic  methods  of  the 
writer. 

14.  There  should  always  be  an  index. 

15.  Octavo  is  recommended  as  the  best  size  for  record  publi- 
cations. 


CONTEIBUTOES 

JOHN  CARL  PARISH,  Fellow  in  Political  Science  at  The 
State  University  of  Iowa.  Born  at  Des  Moines,  Iowa,  in  1881. 
Graduated  from  the  Iowa  State  Normal  School  in  1902.  Gradu- 
ated from  The  State  University' of  Iowa  in  1905.  Received  the 
degree  of  M.  A.  from  The  State  University  of  Iowa  in  1906. 
Won  the  Colonial  Dames  Prize  in  Iowa  History  in  1905.  Author 
of  The  Bribery  of  Alexander  W.  McGregor. 


THE  IOWA   JOURNAL 

of  History  and  Politics 

OCTOBER     Nineteen     Hundred    Six 
Volume    Four  Number   Four 


THE    ORIGIN    AND     ORGANIZATION    OF    THE 
REPUBLICAN   PARTY  IN  IOWA 

Opposition  to  the  further  extension  of  slavery  was  the 
foundation  upon  which  the  Republican  party  originated  and 
organized.  It  owes  its  parentage  to  no  single  individual,  to 
no  one  group  of  men,  nor  to  any  one  State.  Its  entrance 
into  the  political  arena  in  1854  was  preceded  by  a  form- 
ative period  during  which  the  seeds  of  opposition  to  the 
extension  of  slavery  were  ripening  and  bearing  fruit  in  party 
organization.  The  repeal  of  the  Missouri  Compromise  in 
1854  and  the  resulting  anarchy  in  the  Territories  of  Kansas 
and  Nebraska  gave  a  moral  momentum  to  the  work  of 
crystallizing  the  opposition  to  the  slavery  power. 

The  years  from  1854  to  1856  were  years  of  revolution  in 
the  political  parties  of  the  United  States — years  of  party 
disintegration  and  organization.  Although  constituting  one 
great  movement,  the  formation  of  the  Republican  party  in 
the  various  States  was  remarkable  in  that  it  was  accom- 
plished by  the  people  and  not  by  the  political  leaders.  The 
various  assemblages  were  entirely  independent  of  each  other, 
and  those  who  organized  them  had  no  knowledge  of  what 
was  being  done  in  other  States.  At  Ripon,  Wisconsin,  in 
February,  1854,  a  Whig,  a  Free  Soiler,  and  a  Democrat 
issued  a  call  for  a  meeting  of  anti-slavery  elements.  On 
July  6  of  the  same  year  at  Jackson,  Michigan,  u  under  the 
oaks,"  a  mass  meeting  was  held  at  which  resolutions  were 
passed  and  a  full  ticket  was  nominated.  By  some  this  meet- 


488     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

ing  is  designated  as  the  formal  birth  of  the  party.  In 
Maine,  Ohio,  New  York,  Vermont,  and  other  States  similar 
meetings  were  called  and  held.  These  independent,  popular 
uprisings  of  political  opinion  characterized  the  political 
revolution  of  the  ante-bellum  decade.  In  short,  they  were 
the  institutional  beginnings  of  the  Republican  party. 

Morally,  politically,  and  materially  the  State  of  Iowa  was 
greatly  affected  by  the  Kansas -Nebraska  Act  of  1854. 
Bordered  on  the  south  by  a  strongly  pro -slavery  State  and 
by  Nebraska  on  the  west,  large  numbers  of  Iowa  citizens 
and  their  property  became  endangered  in  the  Territories  of 
Kansas  and  Nebraska;  bitter  feeling  in  Iowa  resulted;  and 
the  issue  between  Democrats  and  Whigs  grew  more  and 
more  acute.  Since  Governor  John  Chambers  had  left  office 
in  1845  the  Democrats  had  had  an  unbroken  lease  of  power; 
but  the  violent  political  agitation  in  1854  gave  promise  of 
Whig  success.  It  is  at  this  stage  that  James  W.  Grimes, 
who  has  been  called  uThe  Father  of  Republicanism  in 
Iowa,"  appears  as  a  national  figure  in  party  leadership  and 
organization.  His  long  residence  in  the  State,  his  legal 
reputation,  his  career  and  leadership  in  the  Assembly,  and 
his  outspoken  opposition  to  the  extension  of  slavery  com- 
bined to  make  him  the  logical  and  most  available  candidate 
to  fuse  and  to  lead  to  success  the  various  elements  opposed 
to  the  doctrines  of  Stephen  A.  Douglas. 

The  last  Whig  State  convention  in  Iowa  met  at  Iowa 
City  on  February  22,  1854.  It  placed  James  W.  Grimes 
in  nomination  for  Governor  and  adopted  a  plank  severely 
condemning  the  Nebraska  Bill.  At  this  time  the  Whigs 
were  divided  into  two  opposing  factions — the  Seward  Whigs 


ORIGIN    OF   REPUBLICAN   PARTY   IN    IOWA     489 

who  opposed  slavery,  and  the  Silver  Greys  who  declined  to 
interfere  with  it.  Besides  these  groups  there  were  the  Free 
Soilers  or  Free  Democrats  who  opposed  slavery,  the  "  Hunk- 
ers" who  favored  the  institution,  and  the  American  or 
Know-Nothing  party  demanding  stringent  naturalization 
laws  for  foreign  immigrants.1  On  March  28,  1854,  the  Free 
Soil  Convention  (of  which  Isaac  Field,  of  Denmark,  was 
President)  was  held  at  Crawfordsville.  Since  it  was  known 
from  previous  elections  that  this  party  held  almost  the  bal- 
ance of  power,  Mr.  Grimes  was  anxious  to  bring  about  a 
concentration  of  anti-Nebraska  sentiment.  The  Free  Soilers, 
accordingly,  withdrew  their  candidate  for  Governor  (Mr. 
Simeon  Waters,  who  had  been  previously  nominated)  and 
adopted  resolutions  recommending  that  the  members  of 
Free  Democracy  rebuke  the  Nebraska  swindle  by  casting 
their  votes  for  Grimes.2  "The  standing  of  Mr.  Grimes," 
said  the  Iowa  True  Democrat,  "was  known  by  many  of  the 
oldest  and  most  faithful  members  of  the  convention  .... 
they  were  ready  to  vouch  for  his  soundness.  We  therefore 
in  conjunction  with  every  independent  in  the  State  go  in, 
heart  and  hand,  to  make  J.  W.  Grimes  Governor  of  Iowa."3 
Mr.  Grimes  now  became  the  champion  of  the  anti-slavery 
forces  and  entered  upon  the  campaign  with  vigor  and 
determination.  Driving  from  county  to  county,  he  visited 
nearly  every  section  of  the  State  from  Council  Bluffs  to 
Burlington,  addressing  the  people  in  speeches  which 
moulded  and  gave  expression  to  the  anti-slavery  sentiment 

1  Gue's  History  of  Iowa,  Vol.  I,  p.  274. 
•Salter's  Life  of  James  W.  Grimes,  pp.  33,  115. 

3  Quoted  from  the  Chicago  Journal,  June  13,  1854,  by  Theodore  Clark  Smith  in 
Liberty  and  Free  Soil  Parties,  pp.  296  297. 


490     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

of  that  time.  During  the  campaign  he  issued  a  statement 
setting  forth  the  political  issues  of  the  period.  This  paper 
was  dated  April  8,  1854,  and  was  addressed,  "To  the 
People  of  Iowa."  In  this  document  are  found  arguments 
for  amending  the  State  Constitution  so  as  to  allow  the  intro- 
duction of  banks.  In  it  he  favors  the  enactment  of  a  law 
prohibiting  the  sale  of  intoxicating  liquors,  and  advocates 
the  Homestead  Bill.  He  reviews  in  detail  the  history  of  the 
Missouri  Compromise  and  the  reasons  for  its  violation,  clos- 
ing with  the  emphatic  declaration  that  i  i  with  the  blessing  of 
God,  I  will  war  and  war  continually  against  the  abandon- 
ment to  slavery  of  a  single  foot  of  soil  now  consecrated 
to  freedom.7'1 

In  the  election  of  August  3,  1854,  Mr.  Grimes  received  a 
majority  of  2,123  votes  over  Curtis  Bates,  his  Democratic 
opponent.2  While  this  campaign  and  election  signalized 
the  death  of  the  old  Whig  party,  it  meant  the  conception  of 
the  new  Republican  party.  The  party  as  an  institution  now 
existed;  it  needed  only  the  machinery  of  organization.  The 
energetic  campaign  conducted  by  Mr.  Grimes  and  the  result 
had  attracted  wide  attention.  Salmon  P.  Chase  wrote  to 
Mr.  Grimes  in  September,  1854:  u Allow  me  to  congratu- 
late you  on  the  result  in  Iowa.  It  surpasses  my  hopes,  and 
is  due  in  a  great  measure  to  your  indefatigable  exertions. 
We  all  owe  you  a  debt  of  gratitude.  But  how  as  much  of 
wisdom  will  be  needed  to  secure  the  fruits  of  victory  and 
permanent  ascendancy,  as  there  was  of  courage,  energy,  and 
tact,  to  gain  it.  Your  message  will  be  looked  for  with 


1  Printed  in  Salter's  Life  of  James  W.  Grimes,  pp.  34-50. 
*  Iowa  Official  Register,  1905,  p.  558. 


ORIGIN    OF   REPUBLICAN   PARTY   IN   IOWA     491 

great  interest."1  Mr.  Grimes  on  October  3,  wrote  in  reply: 
"I  am  astonished  at  my  own  success  in  this  State.  I  fought 
the  battle  nearly  alone.  My  colleagues  on  the  ticket  were 
dead  weights,  ....  and  I  had  the  Burlington  Haiokeye,  a 
professedly  Whig  paper,  and  the  whole  silver-gray  interest, 
openly  against  me.  ...  I  triumphed  over  the  combined 
powers  of  darkness  and  carried  a  handsome  majority  (ten) 
of  the  Legislature  with  me. " 2 

On  December  9,  1854,  Mr.  Grimes  was  inaugurated  Gov- 
ernor of  Iowa.  In  his  message  he  presented  a  sound  discus- 
sion of  State  issues;  but  the  Kansas-Nebraska  question  was 
given  a  treatment  commensurate  with  its  vital  public  im- 
portance. "It  [slavery]  is  a  local  institution,"  he  declares, 
uand  to  the  States  that  maintain  it,  belong  its  responsibil- 
ities and  its  perils.  ...  It  is  both  the  interest  and  the  duty 
of  the  free  States  to  prevent  the  increase  and  the  extension  of 
the  slave  power,  by  every  constitutional  means Con- 
gress can  pass  no  law  establishing  or  protecting  it  in  the 
territories.  If  Congress  can  pass  no  such  law,  much  less 
can  it  delegate  such  authority  to  the  territorial  legislatures, 
over  whose  acts  it  has  ever  exercised  supervisory  and  restrain- 
ing power."3 

Thus  was  sounded  the  doctrine  which  was  to  weld  the 
opponents  of  slavery  extension  into  the  organized  Republi- 
can party  of  Iowa.  The  message  roused  widespread  atten- 
tion and  comment.  Two  weeks  after  the  inauguration 
Representative  Joshua  R.  Giddings,  of  Ohio,  wrote  to  Gov- 

1  Printed  in  Salter's  Life  of  James  W.  Grimes,  p.  63. 

•  Printed  in  Salter's  Life  of  James  W.  Grimes,  p.  54. 

•  Shambaugh's  Messages  and  Proclamations  of  the  Governors  of  Iowa,  Vol.  II, 
p.  13. 


492     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

ernor  Grimes:  "The  point  you  make  is  the  true  issue,  and 
I  wonder  that  our  State  Legislatures  have  not  taken  it  long 
since.  It  is  admitted  by  all  that  our  issue  must  soon  be 
fixed  on  the  principle  expressed  in  your  message  of  total 
separation  of  the  Federal  Government  from  all  participation 
in  the  support  of  slavery,  leaving  the  institution  entirely 
with  the  States  in  which  it  exists,  while  we  of  the  free 
States  will  stand  lustrated  from  its  contagion.  This  issue 
cannot  be  withstood  in  any  free  State;  it  will  overwhelm  all 
opponents  in  every  free  State."1 

Iowa  with  a  population  of  326, 5002  now  stood  with  Wis- 
consin, Michigan,  and  Ohio  in  the  front  of  the  anti-slavery 
column  of  States.  The  Kansas-Nebraska  Act  had  become  a 
law  on  May  30,  1854,  and  the  Iowa  Democrats  were  exper- 
iencing the  evil  effects  of  the  measure  upon  the  strength  and 
discipline  of  their  party.  No  word  of  comment  or  of 
endorsement  of  the  measure  is  found  in  the  resolutions  of 
their  Convention  of  January  24,  1855.3  On  the  same  date 
Governor  Grimes  had  approved  an  act  contemplating  the 
revision  or  amendment  of  the  State  Constitution — an  act 
which  the  glaring  defects  of  the  Constitution  of  1846  ren- 
dered imperative.4  Indeed,  the  failure  of  the  Democratic 
party  to  respond  to  the  popular  demand  for  revision  had  in 
no  small  degree  given  heat  and  cohesion  to  the  growth  of 
Republicanism  in  1854  and  1855. 

Early  in  1855  the  anti-slavery  elements  were  already 
gravitating  toward  a  Republican  organization.  Governor 

1  Printed  in  Salter's  Life  of  James  W.  Grimes,  pp.  63,  64. 

8  Iowa  Historical  and  Comparative  Census,  1836-1880. 

8  Resolutions  of  Democratic  State  Convention,  Jan.  24,  1855. 

*  Shambaugh's  History  of  the  Constitutions  of  Iowa,  pp.  334,  335. 


ORIGIN    OF   REPUBLICAN   PARTY   IN    IOWA     493 

Grimes  was  an  astute  politician  as  well  as  a  statesman.  It 
was  his  custom  to  correspond  regularly  with  some  influential 
man  in  almost  every  county  in  the  State,  to  ask  his  views, 
and  incidentally  to  outline  his  own.  In  this  way  he  practi- 
cally dictated  the  platforms  of  his  party,  and  often  the  men 
selected  as  candidates  for  office.1  The  correspondence  of 
Governor  Grimes  and  Salmon  P.  Chase  gives  interest  and 
coloring  to  the  party  history  of  this  period.  On  April  8, 
1855,  Governor  Grimes  wrote:  "It  seems  to  me  that  it 
is  time  to  thoroughly  organize  the  Republican  party.  The 
Know-Nothings  have  pretty  well  broken  down  the  two  old 
parties,  and  a  new  one,  now  organized,  would  draw  largely 
from  the  foreign  element  that  goes  to  make  up  those  parties, 
while  it  will  draw  away  one-half  of  the  Know -No  things  at 
least."2 

A  keen  and  critical  discussion  of  Republicanism  and  of  its 
progress  in  Iowa  is  given  in  the  following  paragraph  from 
an  editorial  in  a  prominent  American  organ: — 

"Is  Iowa  ready  for  Republicanism?  The  question  is  first  asked, 
what  is  Republicanism?  It  is  as  we  understand  it,  simply  and 
wholly,  opposition  to  the  extension  of  Slavery.  Their  published 
creed  of  principles  demands  the  restoration  of  the  Missouri  Com- 
promise, and  the  restriction  of  Slavery  to  its  present  limits.  JVb 
more  Slave  Territory.  It  is  not  proposed  to  interfere  with  Slavery 
where  it  exists,  but  to  keep  it  where  it  is.  This  we  understand  to  be 
the  object  of  the  Republican  movement.  This  being  the  object  of 
the  great  Northern  party,  is  Iowa  ready  to  join  it,  we  speak  of 
course  to  the  anti-Slavery  men  of  the  State.  We  think,  that  the 
great  mass  of  the  unprejudicial  freemen  of  the  State,  are  heart  and 


*  Hon.  Peter  A.  Dey,  Annals  of  Iowa,  July,  1905,  p.  83. 
2  Printed  in  Salter's  Life  of  James  W.  Grimes,  pp.  68,  69. 


494    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

soul  with  the  cause  of  Republicanism.  We  trust  that  the  matter  will 
be  talked  over,  and  kept  before  the  minds  of  the  people  by  the 
Republican  press  of  the  State.  It  is  a  mighty  movement  and  looks 
towards  the  consummation  of  a  great  work,  making  the  Union  what 
it  was  designed  to  be,  a  land  of  freedom  and  not  of  slavery.  With 
such  an  object  in  view,  what  cannot  a  united  North  do.  One  thing 
certainly — make  slavery  sectional,  and  liberty  national.  Then  we 
say,  let  the  cry  be,  no  more  Slave  States/"1 

The  trend  of  sentiment  of  the  administration  party  during 
the  year  1855  furnishes  an  instructive  background  in  the 
Republican  movement.2  The  Democratic  Convention  of 
Muscatine  County  endorsed  President  Pierce,  opposed  a 
change  in  the  naturalization  laws,  and  ignored  entirely  the 
introduction  of  slavery  into  Kansas  and  Nebraska.3  A 
majority  of  the  leading  and  more  influential  Democratic 
journals,  however,  endorsed  the  Kansas -Nebraska  Act, 
arguing  that  the  people  of  the  Territories  had  a  right 
to  adopt  such  a  State  Constitution  as  they  chose,  provided 
it  was  not  in  violation  of  the  Constitution  of  the  United 
States.  Some  demanded  the  restoration  of  the  Missouri 
Compromise,  and  a  few  threw  aside  all  principle  and  urged 
the  party  to  wage  an  exterminating  war  against  American- 
ism.4 The  editor  of  the  Dubuque  Express  and  Herald 


1  Muscatine  Journal,  Aug.  13,  1855,  Vol.  I,  No.  32. 

2  "Almost,  if  not  every,  democratic  journal  in  Iowa,  professes  a  holy  horror 
of  the  agitation  of  the  slavery  question,  and  have  worked  themselves  into  a  vir- 
tuous indignation  at  the  effrontery  of  the  North  in  demanding  a  "  thus  far  and 
no  farther"  edict  to  the  institution  of  slavery.     They  so  love  the  Constitution, 
that  they  oppose  all  appeals,  demanding  that  it  may  remain  as  it  is. — Stand  by 
the  Constitution,  they  say;  maintain  it  as  it  is;  and  so  have  they  said  for  years — 
yet  they  are  forever  amending  it,  even  at  the  sacrifice  of  the  nation's  honor,  as 
witness  the  repeal  of  the  Missouri  Compromise." — Muscatine  Journal  July  12, 
1855,  Vol.  I,  No.  13. 

8  Muscatine  Journal,  July  17,  18,  1855,  Vol.  I,  Nos.  17  and  18. 
4  Muscatine  Journal,  July  12,  1855,  Vol.  I,  No.  13. 


ORIGIN    OF   REPUBLICAN   PARTY   IN   IOWA     495 

resented  bitterly  the  charge  that  the  Democrats  were  Slav- 
ery propagandists.  He  declared  that  the  intentions  of  the 
so-called  Republican  party  could  be  summed  up  in  a  few 
words  by  saying  that  the  bond  of  unity  among  them  and 
the  only  measure  they  advocated  was  opposition  to  the 
Democracy, — no  other  principle  was  inscribed  on  their  ban- 
ner.1 At  Fort  Des  Moines  a  small  group  of  Locofocos, 
a  discordant  wing  of  the  Democracy,  held  a  Convention  and 
adopted  a  series  of  eighteen  resolutions  in  which  they 
expressed  adherence  to  the  Kansas-Nebraska  Act,  favored 
Stephen  A.  Douglas  for  President,  deprecated  as  dangerous 
to  the  peace  and  safety  of  the  country  the  agitation  of  the 
slavery  question,  and  lamented  the  "  partial"  defeat  of  the 
Democrats  of  Iowa  in  1854,  while  expressing  hopes  for 
a  Democratic  triumph  in  1856.2 

The  American  party  in  Iowa  reached  the  zenith  of  its 
power  and  influence  in  1855;  it  was  cheered  in  its  efforts 
by  its  triumph  in  the  elections  of  nine  States  in  that  year. 
Although  its  extreme  views  in  regard  to  the  naturalization 
of  foreign  immigrants  made  it  repugnant  to  the  great  mass 
of  an ti- slavery  voters  of  Iowa,  its  opposition  to  the  Demo- 
cratic party  naturally  caused  it  to  drift  toward  a  coalition 
with  Republicanism.  A  Convention  of  the  American  party 
held  a  two  days  session  at  Iowa  City  on  November  6,  1855, 
and  invited  the  citizens  of  Iowa  to  unite  with  them  in  the 


1  Dubuque  Express  and  Herald,  Dec.  31,  1855. 

2  Burlington  Daily  Hawk-Eye  and  Telegraph,  Oct.  24,  1855,  No.  101.     Resolu- 
tion nine  reads:     "That  among  all  desperate  shifts  for  power,  which  a  most 
despicable  party  has  been  forced  to  resort  to,  Know-Nothing  is  the  most  reckless 
and  mercenary;  destitute  alike  of   reason,  honor,  and  patriotism;  and  while 
openly  professing  a  regard  for  the  country  and  religion,  it  is  secretly  plotting 
treason  and  infidelity." 


496     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

cause  for  freedom.1  This  meeting  was  denounced  in  un- 
measured terms  by  the  Democratic  press  which  saw  in  it 
nothing  but  a  union  of  Know-No thingism  and  the  Republi- 
can doctrine  of  Seward,  Chase,  Sumner,  Grimes,  Greeley, 
and  Giddings  for  the  purpose  of  gaining  the  political 
supremacy  in  Iowa.  "From  present  indications,"  declared 
the  Burlington  Daily  Iowa  State  Gazette,  '  'Americanism  has 
swallowed  up  Republicanism  in  Iowa.  At  the  recent  Grand 
Council  held  in  Iowa  City  the  tenets  of  Republicanism 
were  formally  incorporated  in  their  platform  and  have  done 
away  with  the  necessity  of  a  distinct  Republican  organiza- 
tion. They  have  also  absolved  themselves  from  secrecy 
and  opened  their  doors  in  order  that  all  who  may  wish  may 
participate  in  the  American  party.  .  .  .  Henceforth  Repub- 
licans who  have  kept  aloof  from  the  Know-Nothings  will  be 
compelled  to  sneak  into  their  organization  at  the  eleventh 
hour."2 

Governor  Grimes  was  watching  these  political  develop- 
ments with  keen  and  absorbing  interest.  In  May,  1855, 
he  had  written  to  Salmon  P.  Chase:  "I  am  sanguine  that 
we  shall  organize  a  party  that  will  carry  the  elections  in 
most  of  the  Northern  States  in  1856,  and  in  all  of  them  in 
1860.  I  abhor  the  principle  of  the  Know-Nothings,  so  far 
as  I  understand  them,  yet  I  think  they  are  accomplishing  a 
great  work  in  breaking  down  the  old  parties.  When  new 
parties  are  constructed,  as  they  shortly  will  be,  ours  will  be 
uppermost  in  my  opinion.  I  find  encouragement  in  every 
move  that  is  made  by  our  enemies.7'3  Still  more  hopeful  is 

1  Burlington'Da%  Iowa  State  Gazette,  Nov.  18,  1855,  Vol.  I,  No.  123. 
8  Burlington  Daily  Iowa  State  Gazette,  Nov.  21,  1855,  Vol.  I,  No.  125. 
*  Printed  in  Salter's  Life  of  James  W.  Grimes,  p.  70. 


ORIGIN    OF   REPUBLICAN    PARTY   IN   IOWA     497 

his  letter  of  June  17,  1855,  to  Mrs.  Grimes:  "I  have  been 
rejoicing  for  two  days  over  the  result  of  the  Know-Nothing 
National  Convention  at  Philadelphia.  I  have  been  afraid  of 
that  organization.  I  knew  that  it  would  break  down  in 
a  year  or  two,  but  I  was  fearful  that  before  dissolution 
it  would  give  a  pro-slavery  tinge  to  the  sentiment  of  many 
of  its  members.  It  has  gone  overboard  sooner  than  I  ex- 
pected, and  I  can  see  nothing  now  to  obstruct  a  perfect  anti- 
Nebraska  and  anti -slavery  triumph.  .  .  .  The  right  sentiment 
becomes  firmer  and  more  intense  every  day  in  this  State. 
Strong  ground  was  taken  on  the  subject  of  slavery  at  the  Con- 
gregational Association  here.  I  am  almost  every  day  receiv- 
ing letters,  some  from  those  who  opposed  my  election  a  year 
ago,  saying  that,  if  I  were  now  a  candidate,  it  would  not  be 
necessary  to  canvass  the  State,  and  speak  in  every  county  as 
I  then  did.  And  I  do  not  believe  it  would  be  necessary. 
The  outrages  in  Kansas  have  opened  the  eyes  of  the  people 
to  the  intent  with  which  the  Missouri  Compromise  was 
repealed."1 

At  Muscatine  the  American  County  Convention  had 
deprecated  all  legislation  that  was  intended  to  extend  the 
area  or  the  influence  of  the  slave  power  and  had  regarded 
the  repeal  of  the  Missouri  Compromise  as  an  outrage  which 
could  not  be  justified  or  excused.2  Similar  platforms  were 
presented  in  various  counties  in  the  State.  It  was  now  sug- 
gested that,  since  the  American  party  was  the  only  live 
organization  in  the  State  except  its  great  antagonist,  the 
Democratic  party,  the  anti- slavery  forces  should  unite  under 


1  Printed  in  Salter's  Life  of  James  W.  Grimes,  p.  71. 
»  Muscatine  Journal,  Nov.  13,  1855,  Vol.  I,  No.  95. 


498     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

the  standard  of  the  American  party.1  uWe  cannot  see," 
urged  the  Oskaloosa  Herald,  ' t  why  a  platform  may  not  be 
adopted,  on  which  nearly  all,  if  not  all  opponents  of  the 
Pierce  administration  can  stand.  We  should  be  pleased  to 
see  a  Kepublican  convention  that  would  unite  the  forces 
of  the  Americans,  Free  Soilers,  and  Old  Line  Whigs.  Such 
a  union  would  ensure  the  defeat  of  Locofocoism,  and  we 
believe  it  can  be  effected  to  the  full  satisfaction  of  at  least 
two-thirds  of  the  people  of  Iowa."2 

Commenting  on  the  above  the  editor  of  the  Burlington 
Daily  Iowa  State  Gazette  replied  with  stinging  emphasis: 
<  'This  virtually  concedes  the  inability  of  any  one  of  the  fac- 
tions enumerated  to  supplant  the  Democracy,  but  instills  the 
vain  hope  that  a  combination  of  all  these  odious  isms  upon  a 
platform  upon  which  all  democrats  opposed  to  the  adminis- 
tration might  stand,  would  be  able  to  succeed  in  wresting 
the  officers  from  the  democracy.  .  .  .  Here  the  ultra-abolition- 
ist can  strike  hands  with  the  ultra-secessionist  of  the  South 
— here  Seward  and  Greeley  with  all  their  horror  of  Know- 
Nothing  proscription  can  strike  hands  with  Marshall  and 
Gentry  who  would  enslave  the  negro  and  degrade  the  white 
man  of  foreign  birth,  and  here  the  National  Whig  can  work 
shoulder  to  shoulder  with  the  sectional  fanatics  who  avow- 
edly seek  the  destruction  of  the  Union."3 

Now  began  an  earnest  agitation  by  the  anti-slavery  press 
of  the  State  for  a  Convention  of  the  friends  of  a  Republican 
organization.  In  September,  1855,  the  Fairfield  Ledger 

1  Muscatine  Journal,  Nov.  13,  1855,  Vol.  1,  No.  95. 

*  Quoted  from  Oskaloosa  Herald,  Dec.  14,  1855,  in  the  Burlington  Daily  Iowa 
State  Gazette,  Dec.  18,  1855,  Vol.  I,  No.  147. 

»  Burlington  Daily  Iowa  State  Gazette,  Dec.  18,  1855,  Vol.  I,  No.  147. 


ORIGIN    OF    REPUBLICAN   PARTY   IN   IOWA     499 

and  other  papers  suggested  the  policy  of  holding  a  State 
Convention  of  Republicans  at  Fairfield  during  the  session  of 
the  Agricultural  Fair  at  that  place.  However,  the  propo- 
sition was  soon  dismissed  on  the  grounds  that  a  more  cen- 
tral point  was  desirable  and  that  the  impropriety  of  mixing 
Republicanism  with  the  Agricultural  Society  would  serve  as 
a  potent  argument  in  the  hands  of  the  Democrats.1  Many 
papers  named  Iowa  City  as  the  point  which  would  most 
likely  assure  the  best  representation  of  general  feeling  and 
the  fullest  attendance.  The  early  part  of  January,  1856, 
was  suggested  as  a  suitable  time  for  holding  the  Convention; 
others  desired  to  postpone  it  until  late  in  the  Spring; 
while  the  Burlington  Daily  Haiuk~Eye  and  Telegraph  pre- 
ferred to  await  the  action  of  Congress  on  pending  questions 
of  slavery.  This  would  enable  the  Convention  to  have  a 
clearer  field  of  action  and  to  act  accordingly.2  Still  other 
journals  favored  the  22nd  of  February,  partly  as  a  medium 
period  and  partly  on  account  of  the  historic  associations  of 
the  day.3 

All  the  anti-slavery  forces  were  now  prepared  to  respond 
to  a  summons  to  concerted  action;  from  Washington  had 
already  come  forth  a  call  for  a  mass  meeting  of  Republicans 
to  be  held  at  Pittsburg,  Penny  si  vania,  on  February  22,  to 
take  preliminary  steps  in  the  organization  of  a  national 
party.  Early  in  January,  1856,  therefore,  there  appeared 
in  the  Mt.  Pleasant  Observer  and  the  Burlington  Daily 
Hawk- Eye  and  Telegraph  the  following  call  uTo  the  Citi- 


i  Muscatine  Journal,  Sept.  17,  1855,  Vol.  I,  No.  52. 

8  Burlington  Daily  Hawk-Eye  and  Telegraph,  Dec.  7,  1855,  No.  138. 

«  The  Daily  Gate  City,  Keokuk,  Dec.  22,  1855,  Vol.  II,  No.  251. 


500    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

zens  of  Iowa, " 1  which  was  widely  copied  by  the  anti-slavery 
press  of  the  State:  — 

TO    THE    CITIZENS    OF    IOWA 

Believing  that  a  large  majority  of  the  people  of  Iowa  are  opposed 
to  the  political  principles  of  the  present  Administration,  and  to  the 
introduction  of  slavery  into  territory  now  free,  and  also,  that  made 
free  by  the  Compromises  of  1820;  and  that  the  party  styling  itself 
the  "  Democratic  Party,"  are  striving  to  make  slavery  a  great 
national  institution,  contrary  to  the  principles  laid  down  in  the  Dec- 
laration of  Independence  and  the  Constitution,  as  taught  by  the 
fathers  of  the  Republic;  we  would  call  upon  all  such  free  citizens  to 
meet  in  Convention,  at  Iowa  City  on  the  22d  day  of  February,  for 
the  purpose  of  organizing  a  Republican  party,  to  make  common 
cause  with  a  similar  party  already  formed  in  several  of  the  other 
States  of  the  Union.  MANY  ClTIZENS. 

January  3d,  1856. 

Behind  this  call  there  was  no  convention,  no  chairman, 
no  central  committee.  Furthermore,  the  authorship  of  this 
most  timely  and  important  document  is  a  matter  of  doubt; 
but  the  clear,  tactful  style  and  the  direct  statement  show  the 
hand  of  Governor  Grimes.  No  man  in  the  State  at  this 
time  possessed  such  a  knowledge  of  men  and  affairs  and 
such  a  grasp  on  the  public  confidence  as  did  he;  no  one 
could  more  truly  give  expression  to  the  voice  of  the  people. 
It  is,  however,  unlikely  that  Governor  Grimes  was  anxious 
or  willing  to  appear  as  the  active,  aggressive  leader  of  a 
movement  which  meant  the  dissolution  of  the  old  party  by 


1  This  call  may  be  found  in  the  following  newspapers:  Muscatine  Journal, 
Jan.  14,  1856,  Vol.  I  (New  Series),  No.  1;  The  Daily  Gate  City,  Keokuk,  Jan.  8, 
1856,  Vol.  II,  No.  263;  Desmoine  Courier  (Ottumwa),  Jan  17,  1856,  Vol.  VII,  No. 
48;  Dubuque  Republican,  Jan.  15,  1856,  Vol.  I,  No.  42;  The  Dubuque  Daily  Trib- 
une, Jan.  15,  1856,  Vol.  II,  No.  254;  and  Burlington  Daily  Hawk-Eye  and  Tele- 
graph, Jan.  11,  1856,  No.  166. 


ORIGIN    OF   REPUBLICAN   PARTY   IN   IOWA     501 

which  he  had  been  elevated  to  the  executive  chair  of  the 
State.1 

For  over  a  year  political  metamorphosis  had  been  going 
on,  and  the  various  groups  were  gradually  assuming  a 
condition  of  more  stable  political  equilibrium;  each  party 
could  now  recognize  its  movements  and  tendencies  as  well 
as  those  of  its  opponents;  each  party  was  now  able  to 
see  and  to  judge  its  elements  of  strength,  and  those  of 
decay;  and  each  party  was  now  proclaiming  its  historic 
achievements  in  resolutions,  platforms,  and  in  the  utterances 
of  men  and  newspapers  competent  to  give  them  expression. 
The  Know-Nothings  and  the  Free  Soilers  were  seeking  an 
alliance  with  the  Republicans  in  creed  and  in  organization; 
while  to  the  Democrats  they  were  at  opposite  political 
poles.  The  call  of  January  3,  1856,  was  both  an  invitation 
and  a  stimulus  to  cause  Iowa  citizens  to  choose  and  to  declare 
their  political  faith  and  to  ally  themselves  with  one  of  the 
political  parties  of  the  day.  Speeches  and  editorial  writ- 
ings now  undertook  to  describe  the  mission,  the  designs, 
and  the  future  of  each  party. 

"  What  are  the  avowed  aims  of  the  so-called  republicans?" 
asked  the  Burlington  Daily  Iowa  State  Gazette.  "To  dis- 
tract the  country  and  imperil  the  Union  itself  by  an  imper- 


1  Mr.  John  W.  Gannaway,  in  the  October,  1903,  Iowa  Journal  of  History  and 
Politics,  declares  that  this  call  was  written  by  Governor  Grimes.  Mr.  Benjamin 
F.  Gue,  who  was  a  delegate  to  the  Convention  which  later  organized  the  party, 
says  in  his  History  of  Iowa,  Vol.  IV,  p.  109:  "In  January,  1866,  Governor 
Grimes  wrote  the  call  for  the  Convention  which,  at  Iowa  City  on  the  22nd  of 
February,  founded  the  Republican  party  of  Iowa."  Hon.  Peter  A.  Dey,  of  Iowa 
City,  a  personal  friend  of  Governor  Grimes  and  of  William  Penn  Clarke,  stated 
to  the  writer  that  the  latter  claimed  the  authorship  of  the  call,  having  told  Mr. 
Dey  that  it  was  one  of  the  proud  acts  of  his  life.  It  is  very  doubtful  whether  con- 
clusive proof  as  to  the  origin  of  the  call  is  extant. 


502     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

tinent  and  unwarrantable  interference  with  slavery  wherever 
it  exists,  for  their  officious  meddling  is  calculated  to  effect 
the  system  throughout  all  its  ramifications.  They  openly 
proclaim  their  determination  to  oppose  the  laws  of  the  land, 
in  some  instances  passing  local  laws  to  supersede  the 
enforcement  of  general  ones,  and  all  this  they  illustrate  in 
their  actions  by  seducing  slaves  from  their  owners  and  by 
protecting  them  against  pursuit  and  arrest.  They  unblush- 
ingly  deny  the  rights  in  common  of  one  section  of  the 
Union  to  the  territory  of  the  country,  and  claim  a  special 
prerogative  to  colonize  it  with  fanatics  of  their  own  stripe.  . 
.  .  They  would  further  disturb  the  peace  of  the  country 
and  endanger  the  Union  of  the  States  by  preventing  the 
admission  of  any  new  State,  the  people  of  which,  in  the 
exercise  of  a  sovereign  right,  might  present  them  with  a 
Constitution  authorizing  slavery. " l 

A  calm  and  judicial  exposition  of  the  purposes  of  Repub- 
licanism is  given  in  the  Des  Moines  Valley  Whig,  a  Republi- 
can journal  of  Burlington,  where  one  reads  that  "The 
Republican  party  aims  at  nothing  more  than  the  limitation 
of  slavery  to  the  bounds  of  the  Constitution,  to  the  exclu- 
sion of  the  institution  from  territory  under  the  control  of 
the  Federal  Government,  and  the  non- admission  of  any 
more  slave  States,  leaving  the  question  of  slavery  as  it 
exists  within  the  States  just  where  they  find  it.  ...  The 
Republican  party  does  not  seek  the  abolition  of  slavery 
wherever  the  authority  of  the  Constitution  prevails.  It  does 
not  seek  its  abolition  by  a  dissolution  of  the  Union  as  Gar- 
rison seeks  it.  It  does  not  seek  its  abolition  at  all,  under 


1  Burlington  Daily  Iowa  State  Gazette,  Jan.  17,  1856,  Vol.  I,  No.  172. 


ORIGIN    OF   REPUBLICAN   PARTY    IN    IOWA     503 

the  local  government  where  it  exists."1  The  Dubuque 
Republican  championed  the  new  party,  declaring  that  "The 
grand  object  of  the  Republican  Party  is  to  prevent  the  intro- 
duction of  slavery  into  the  now  Free  Territory  of  this  coun- 
try, and  to  make  Freedom  National  and  Slavery  Sectional. 
The  grand  object  of  the  Democratic  Party  is  to  so  pervert 
the  ancient  policy  of  the  Fathers  of  the  Republic,  as  to  per- 
mit Slavery  to  spread  over  the  entire  country,  and  to  make 
Slavery  National  and  Freedom  Sectional."2 

The  passing  of  Know-Nothingism  from  the  political  stage 
is  closely  associated  with  the  origin  of  the  Republican  party. 
Indeed,  the  early  growth  of  Republicanism  was  a  product 
of  various  elements,  not  the  least  among  which  was  the 
American  party.  Hence,  the  American  movement  toward 
Republicanism  called  forth  a  vast  amount  of  criticism  and 
denunciation  from  the  Democratic  press3  during  the  two 
months  preceding  the  Convention — an  event  which  to  them 
would  desecrate  the  sacredness  of  February  22  by  a  fusion 
of  fanatic  elements.4  The  Republicans  denied  all  political 
relationship  and  disclaimed  all  ties  of  association  with  the 
Know -Nothings  and  declared  truthfully  that  Republicanism 
was  a  product  of  Democratic  as  well  as  of  American  ele- 
ments.5 Governor  Grimes  had  declared  in  emphatic  terms 

i  Keokuk  Des  Moines  Valley  Whig,  Feb.  6,  1856,  Vol.  X,  No.  23. 
8  Dubuque  Republican,  Jan.  18,  1856,  Vol.  I,  No.  45. 
8  Dubuque  Express  and  Herald,  Jan.  17,  1856. 

4  ««  We  do  hereby  formally  excommunicate  all  who  belong  to  that  oath  bound 
political   association,  commonly  known  by  the   name  of   'The   Know-Nothing 
Party,'  and  do  publicly  declare  them  to  be  unfit  political  associates  for  true 
democrats  and  republicans." — Resolutions  of  Democratic  State  Convention  of 
Jan.  8,  1856,  as  found  in  Burlington  Daily  Iowa  State  Gazette,  Jan.  13,  1856, 
Vol.  I,  No.  169. 

5  Dubuque  Republican,  Feb.  1,  1856,  Vol.  I,  No.  57. 


504     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

at  Burlington  that  uAnti  Know-Nothingism  and  an ti- Slav- 
ery Extension  must  be  the  two  great  planks  of  the  Republi- 
can organization."1 

Active  preparations  for  the  coming  Convention  now  took 
place.  Conventions  and  mass  meetings  were  being  held  in 
almost  every  county  of  the  eastern  half  of  the  State  during 
the  months  of  January  and  February.  On  February  9  the 
Republicans  of  Lee  County  met  to  select  delegates  and  to 
perfect  a  local  organization.2  On  February  18,  under  the 
leadership  of  John  A.  Parvin,  the  Muscatine  County  Repub- 
licans denounced  President  Pierce  and  Stephen  A.  Douglas, 
declaring  freedom  national  and  slavery  sectional;  a  county 
central  committee  of  five  was  selected;  and  twenty -four  dele- 
gates were  chosen  to  attend  the  Convention  at  Iowa  City.3 
A  day  later  in  Henry  County  the  Republicans  adopted 
a  platform,  elected  eighteen  delegates  to  attend  the  Conven- 
tion, and  formed  a  local  organization.4  At  Dubuque  nearly 
two  hundred  citizens  had  signed  their  names  to  a  circular 
calling  for  a  mass  meeting  of  Republicans  in  Dubuque  on 
February  4.5  The  response  to  the  State  call  was  remark- 
able in  its  spontaneity  and  enthusiasm. 

A  month  before  the  meeting  of  the  Convention  a  leading 
Whig  paper  wrote  editorially  that  "Every  journal  of  Repub- 
lican sentiments  in  the  State  that  we  have  noticed,  responds 
heartily  to  the  call  for  a  State  Convention  at  Iowa  City  on 
the  22d  proximo,  and  from  every  quarter  that  private 

1  Quoted  in  Dubuque  Eepublican,  Feb.  1,  1856,  Vol.  I,  No.  57. 

2  The  Daily  Gate  City,  Keokuk,  January  23,  1856,  Vol.  II,  No.  276. 
8  Muscatine  Journal,  Feb.  18,  1856,  Vol.  I  (New  Series),  No.  28. 

*  Muscatine  Journal,  Feb.  19,  1856,  Vol.  I  (New  Series),  No.  29. 

•  Dubuque  Daily  Tribune,  Jan.  19,  1856,  Vol.  II,  No.  258. 


ORIGIN    OF   REPUBLICAN    PARTY   IN   IOWA     5Q5 

expressions  have  come  to  us,  there  is  a  cordial  assent  to  the 
proposition.  We  are  rejoiced  to  see  this  unanimity  and 
cordiality  of  feeling.  It  augurs  well  for  united  ranks,  a 
harmonious  and  spirited  contest,  and  a  triumphant  issue. — 
With  such  a  spirit  continued  throughout  the  canvass  there 
can  be  no  doubt  of  the  result. — That  man  is  dull  of  appre- 
hension indeed  who  does  not  perceive  that  Iowa  is  undoubt- 
edly and  thoroughly  Republican  in  sentiment,  and  they 
must  either  lack  in  patriotism  or  indulge  in  reprehensible 
selfishness  who,  entertaining  the  same  general  sentiment 
with  the  majority,  are  willing  to  let  subordinate  questions 
or  personal  ambition  disturb  the  harmony  or  hazard  the  suc- 
cess of  the  cause.  Thankful  are  we  that  no  such  spirit  has 
been  manifested.  Thankful  must  every  earnest  Republican 
be  that  there  appears  on  every  hand  a  disposition  to  sink 
every  minor  question  in  that  great  issue  before  the  country; 
to  let  by-go nes  be  by-gones,  and  so  far  as  we  must  differ 
upon  other  points  still  important,  to  assign  such  points  their 
true  rank,  and  not  permit  them  to  mar  the  harmony  of 
feeling  and  unity  of  purpose  which  should  pervade  a  great 
party,  with  such  important  general  aims  in  such  a  crisis; 
that  no  factious  spirit  rears  its  dragon  head,  and  no  per- 
sonal ambition  seems  likely  to  prejudice  the  cause.  We 
hope  this  may  continue.  We  believe  it  will."1 

Two  weeks  before  the  meeting  of  the  Convention  a  lead- 
ing American  paper  of  south-eastern  Iowa  printed  editorially 
these  lines:  uWe  have  never  known  the  Press  of  any  State, 
more  unanimous  upon  any  matter  of  State  policy  than  the 
anti-administration  press  of  Iowa  upon  the  subject  of  the  Re- 


'  The  Daily  Gate  City,  Keokuk,  Jan.  23,  1856,  Vol.  II,  No.  276. 


506    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

publican  Convention,  to  be  held  in  Iowa  City  on  the  22d  inst. 
In  truth,  taking  our  entire  exchange  list,  we  do  not  know 
of  a  single  exception,  and  we  enjoy  the  benefit  of  an 
exchange  with  almost  every  paper  of  whatever  politics  in 
this  State.  The  Gate  City  at  Keokuk;  the  Argus,  Fort 
Madison;  Haw7c  Eye,  Burlington;  Gazette,  Davenport; 
Republican  and  Tribune,  Dubuque;  Citizen,  Fort  Des 
Moines;  Advertiser,  Tipton;  Register,  Marion;  Times, 
Cedar  Rapids;  Observer,  Mt.  Pleasant;  and  many  others 
whose  names  we  cannot  recall,  have  seconded  the  movement 
and  are  urging  the  necessity  of  an  organization."1 

Considerable  discussion  arose  as  to  the  propriety  of  nomi- 
nating a  ticket  at  the  Convention.  The  impression  seemed 
quite  general  that  it  was  to  be  a  mass  meeting  and  not  an 
assemblage  of  delegates  instructed  to  make  nominations.  It 
was  further  urged  that  the  meeting  was  to  be  preliminary  in 
its  nature  and  should  look  solely  to  the  one  purpose  of 
establishing  the  party  as  an  organized  body  in  the  State.  It 
vas  expected  that  many  would  attend  who  would  not  be 
authorized  to  act  as  delegates  for  the  counties  they  repre- 
sented; and,  since  it  seemed  impossible  that  all  sections  of 
the  State  would  be  represented,  the  sentiments  of  the  people 
could  not  be  known  with  reference  to  a  choice  of  candi- 
dates.2 The  Keokuk  Gate  City  agreed  fully  with  the  Oska- 
loosa  Herald,  which  said:  " Whether  it  be  proper  for  this 
Convention  to  nominate  candidates,  will  depend  very  much 
upon  the  attendance  at  the  Convention.  We  are  willing  to 
leave  that  matter  to  the  good  sense  and  judgment  of  the  dele- 

1  Muscatine  Journal,  Feb.  8,  1856,  Vol.  I  (New  Series),  No.  21. 
»  Muscatine  Journal,  Feb.  8,  1856,  Vol.  I  (New  Series),  No.  21. 


ORIGIN    OF   REPUBLICAN   PARTY   IN    IOWA     507 

gates  assembled.  If  it  is  thought  best  after  organizing  the 
party,  to  postpone  the  nominations  to  a  subsequent  time,  we 
shall  be  pleased,  —  perhaps  indeed,  that  would  be  the  better 
plan, — but  if  it  is  thought  best  to  nominate  a  full  ticket 
now,  we  say  go  ahead;  put  good  men  on  the  track  and  cer- 
tain victory  will  be  the  result."1 

No  mention  of  any  names  as  candidates  for  the  State 
offices  at  this  time  is  discoverable.  The  main  qualification 
for  citizens  to  be  chosen  as  delegates  to  the  Convention  was 
a  firm  and  outspoken  opposition  to  slavery  extension.  The 
Dubuque  Daily  Tribune  advised  that  the  friends  of  a  candi- 
date should  not  press  the  nomination  in  a  manner  that  would 
excite  rancorous  opposition,  and  declared  that  the  people 
demanded  candidates  who  should  represent  the  anti-slavery 
ideas  of  the  North.  It  even  urged  that  personal  and  official 
qualifications  be  subordinated  to  anti- slavery  convictions.2 
James  Haiian,  in  a  letter  to  Henry  W.  Lathrop,  two  weeks 
before  the  Convention,  sounded  in  eloquent  terms  the  anti- 
slavery  cry  and  stated  the  creed  of  Republicanism.  In  refer- 
ence to  the  Convention  he  urged  the  necessity  of  forbearance, 
discretion,  and  prudence  on  the  part  of  its  members.3 

Large  delegations  began  to  arrive  at  Iowa  City  on  Thurs- 
day, the  day  before  the  Convention,  the  delegates  spending 
the  day  in  consultation  and  discussion.  It  was  agreed  that 
a  preliminary  and  informal  gathering  should  be  held  in  the 
evening.  At  this  meeting  the  delegates  could  get  acquainted 
with  one  another  and  it  would  perhaps  enable  the  meeting 

1  Quoted  in  The  Daily  Gate  City,  Keokuk,  Jan.  23,  1856,  Vol.  II,  No.  276. 

2  Dubuque  Daily  Tribune,  Feb.  15,  1856,  Vol.  II,  No.  281. 

'Printed  in  Burlington  Daily  Hawkeye  and   Telegraph,  Feb.  25,  1856,  No. 
204. 


508     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

to  agree  upon  a  course  of  action  to  recommend  to  the  Con- 
vention. The  meeting  was  to  be  held  in  the  Old  Capitol 
building,  a  structure  around  which  cling  many  convention 
memories.  Early  in  the  evening  the  delegates  assembled  in 
the  Hall  of  Representatives  and  selected  Col.  Fitz  Henry 
Warren,  of  Des  Moines  County,  to  preside  over  the  in- 
formal meeting,  which  at  once  proceeded  to  business.1 

The  delegates  from  Scott  and  Muscatine  counties  at  once 
gave  life  and  spirit  to  the  discussions;  for  these  men  had 
come  to  the  Convention  determined  that  the  platform  to  be 
adopted  should  contain  an  endorsement  of  the  prohibitory 
liquor  law  then  in  force.  Under  the  leadership  of  Hiram 
Price,  of  Davenport,  the  advocates  of  the  law  urged  their 
point  with  great  vehemence  and  declared  that  it  must  be 
granted.  They  were  answered  by  the  arguments  that  the 
call  for  the  convention  had  not  mentioned  the  matter  at  all, 
and  that  it  had  called  the  people  together  for  the  sole  and 
simple  purpose  of  organizing  a  party  against  the  aggressions 
of  the  slave  power.  This,  it  was  urged,  was  the  only  issue 
now  before  the  people,  and  upon  it  alone  had  the  Convention 
been  empowered  by  the  people  to  act.  .  At  a  late  hour  the 
meeting  adjourned  leaving  the  temperance  question  still  un- 
settled.2 

The  morning  of  the  22nd  found  about  two  hundred  dele- 
gates at  Iowa  City;  but  during  the  forenoon  others  continued 
to  arrive  until  they  reached  the  number  of  about  four  hun- 
dred, as  reported  later. 

The  largest  delegations  to  the  Convention  came,  of  course, 


i  Ottumwa  Demoine  Courier,  Feb.  28,  1856,  Vol.  VIII,  No.  2. 
*Dubuque  Republican,  Feb.  26,  1856,  Vol.  I,  No.  77. 


ORIGIN    OF   REPUBLICAN   PARTY   IN    IOWA     509 

from  the  eastern  section  of  the  State  which  was  more  thickly 
populated,  and  to  which  Iowa  City  was  more  accessible  than 
to  the  western  counties  both  as  regards  distance  and  means 
of  travel.  Johnson  County  took  the  lead  with  a  delegation 
of  fifty-four  which  included  such  men  as  Henry  W.  Lathrop, 
Eobert  S.  Finkbine,  Senator  Samuel  Workman,  Represen- 
tative  Samuel  H.  McCrory,  and  Samuel  J.  Kirkwood  who 
at  this  point  began  his  long  and  honorable  career  in  Iowa 
politics.  Scott  County  sent  twenty-six  men — among  them 
Hiram  Price  and  Benjamin  F.  Gue  who  later  became  prom- 
inent in  official  life.  Judge  Williams  represented  Clayton 
County.  Muscatine  County  had  among  its  twenty-seven 
delegates,  Asa  Gregg,  Henry  O'Conner,  and  John  A.  Par- 
vin.  Marion  County  was  represented  by  William  M. 
Stone,  who  later  became -Governor  of  the  State.  From  far 
off  Audubon  County  came  S.  M.  Ballard.  Francis  Springer, 
who  was  President  of  the  Constitutional  Convention  a  year 
later,  came  from  Louisa  County.  Poweshiek  County  sent 
its  foremost  citizen,  J.  B.  Grinnell. 

Early  in  the  forenoon  the  delegates  began  to  pack  the 
Hall  of  Representatives.  It  is  to  be  regretted  that  more 
complete  accounts  of  the  proceedings  do  not  exist.  Very 
little  except  the  official  records  as  kept  by  the  secretaries 
and  published  in  newspapers  of  the  time  is  discoverable.  The 
secretaries  it  seems  gave  out  official  minutes  to  a  few  leading 
newspapers  of  Republican  doctrine,  and  from  these  the 
accounts  were  widely  copied  by  the  anti-slavery  press.1 

1  The  minutes  of  the  Convention  may  be  found  in  ,the  following  newspapers: 
Muscatine  Journal,  Feb.  26,  1856,  Vol.  I  (New  Series),  No.  33;  The  Daily  Gate 
City,  Keokuk,  Feb.  27,  1856,  Vol.  II,  No.  306;  Dubuque  Express  and  Herald, 
Feb.  26,  1856;  Dubuque  Bepublican,  Feb.  26,  1856,  Vol.  I,  No.  77;  and  Demoine 
Courier,  Ottumwa,  Feb.  28,  1856,  Vol.  VIII,  No.  2. 


510    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Several  editors  were  present  at  this  Convention  as  delegates 
but  their  editorial  comments  on  the  proceedings  are  few  and 
unimportant.1 

Philip  Viele  of  Lee  County  was  selected  for  temporary 
chairman  and  J.  F.  Lane,  of  Scott  County,  and  N.  M.  Hub- 
bard,  of  Linn  County,  were  chosen  as  temporary  secretaries. 
A  committee  of  ten  representing  the  ten  judicial  districts  of 
the  State  was  appointed  to  select  the  permanent  organization. 
This  committee  recommended  that  the  temporary  organiza- 
tion be  made  permanent,  and  J.  B.  Stewart,  of  Polk  County, 
and  C.  C.  Nourse,  of  Van  Buren  County,  were  elected 
as  additional  secretaries.  Eight  vice  presidents,  represent- 
ing various  sections  of  the  eastern  part  of  the  State,  com- 
pleted the  list  of  permanent  officers.2  A  committee  on  cre- 
dentials of  ten  members  representing  the  judicial  districts 
was  also  appointed  by  the  chair.  After  a  prayer  by  the 
Rev.  Mr.  Fish,  President  Viele  named  a  committee  of  thirty- 
nine,  representing  as  many  counties,  to  prepare  a  platform.3 
The  committee  on  credentials  next  reported  the  names  of 
some  four  hundred  delegates  who  were  entitled  to  seats 
in  the  Convention  and  stated  the  ratio  of  representation  to 
which  each  county  was  to  be  entitled.  It  appears  moreover 
that  there  were  present  not  a  few  citizens  who  came  in 
their  personal  capacity  and  not  as  accredited  delegates,  and 
who  were  given  seats  in  the  Convention. 


1  J.  W.  Norris,  of  the  Desmoine  Courier,  and  Alfred  Sanders,  of  The  Gazette, 
Davenport,  may  be  mentioned. 

8  Luke  Palmer,  D.  S.  Davis,  Henry  Temple,  W.  W.  Woods,  B.  F.  Talbot,  C.  R. 
Kelsey,  J.  W.  Cattel,  and  E.  H.  Williams  were  the  vice  presidents  selected. 

'Francis  Springer,  of  Louisa  County,  Hiram  Price,  of  Scott  County,  and  Wil- 
liam M.  Stone,  of  Marion  County,  were  among  the  most  influential  members  of 
this  committee. 


ORIGIN    OF   REPUBLICAN   PARTY   IN   IOWA     51 1 

Enthusiasm  and  business-like  dispatch  marked  the  pro- 
ceedings. The  business  of  organizing  and  appointing  the 
committees  occupied  the  morning  session  which  was  ter- 
minated by  an  adjournment  to  1:30  when  the  committee  on 
platform  was  to  report.  But  on  the  re-assembling  of  the 
Convention  the  committee  was  not  yet  ready  to  report,  and 
so  the  interim  was  filled  by  speeches  from  various  members 
upon  the  vital  issues  which  had  caused  the  Convention  to 
assemble.1  A  large  proportion  of  the  men  had  but  lately 
left  the  ranks  of  the  Democracy  and  a  few  had  been  resi- 
dents of  the  slave  States.  Samuel  J.  Kirkwood,  the  miller 
from  Coral ville  (near  Iowa  City),  was  induced  by  his  former 
Ohio  associates  to  give  what  proved  to  be  one  of  the  most 
stirring  speeches  of  the  Convention. 

Meanwhile  animated  discussions  and  deep  deliberations 
were  being  held  in  the  session  of  the  committee  on  resolu- 
tions. No  less  than  twenty  platforms  of  almost  every 
variety  were  presented  by  its  various  members.  The  plat- 
form of  the  Dubuque  delegation  was  finally  agreed  upon  as 
best,  and  was  adopted  by  the  committee  section  by  section 
until  the  ninth  section  was  reached.2  The  committee  was 
now  forced  to  decide  whether  the  platform  should  be  com- 
posed of  a  single  plank  devoted  to  the  question  of  slavery 
extension,  or  whether  it  should  be  allowed  to  contain  other 
features.3  The  German -American  delegates  from  eastern 
Iowa  desired  a  plank  which  should  express  an  endorsement 
of  the  naturalization  laws  then  in  force.  They  urged  this 
plank,  moreover,  as  a  counter  check  to  the  extreme  natural- 

1  Nuscatine  Journal,  Feb.  26,  1856,  Vol.  I  (New  Series),  No.  33. 

2  Ottumwa  Demoine  Courier,  Feb.  28,  1856,  Vol.  VIII,  No.  2. 
»  Dubuque  Republican,  Feb.  26,  1856,  Vol.  I,  No.  77. 


512     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

ization  doctrines  as  held  by  some  members  who  had  but 
lately  been  identified  with  the  American  party.  Governor 
Grimes,  who  was  in  Iowa  City  at  this  time  but  not  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Convention,  favored  the  insertion  of  such  a  clause,1 
but  the  Know -Nothings  vigorously  opposed  it.  The  temper- 
ance men  also  made  a  determined  effort  to  secure  an  endorse- 
ment of  the  liquor  law  in  force  at  that  time.  It  was  urged 
by  the  opponents  of  this  effort  that  this  law  had  nothing  to 
do  with  National  politics  and  that  the  prohibitory  law  was 
already  a  dead  letter  and  was  likely  to  become  even  worse. 
It  was  further  stated  that  the  incorporation  of  either  one  of 
these  planks  would  open  the  way  to  the  adoption  of  other 
clauses  which  would  lead  to  endless  discord  and  dissension. 
To  secure  the  most  harmonious  platform  upon  which  all 
could  stand,  the  majority  of  the  committee  finally  voted  to 
restrict  the  platform  to  the  issue  of  slavery  extension  and 
to  report  it  thus  to  the  Convention.2 

The  Convention  had  beeen  anxiously  and  impatiently 
waiting  for  the  report,  but  it  was  not  until  five  o'clock  that 
the  committee  appeared  and  presented  it  to  the  Convention. 
Hiram  Price,  of  Scott  County,  at  once  presented  a  minority 
report,  which  contained  the  additional  plank  endorsing  the 
prohibitory  law,  and  attempted  to  secure  its  adoption  by  the 
Convention.  The  delegates,  however,  were  tired  from  the 
long  afternoon  session,  and  were  feeling  the  gnawings  of 
hunger  which  no  political  document  could  satisfy.  Accord- 
ingly, without  any  further  hesitation,  the  Convention  ad- 
journed for  supper  to  meet  again  in  the  evening.3 

1  Letter  of  James  W.  Grimes  to  Salmon  P.  Chase,  printed  in  Salter's  Life  of 
James  W.  Grimes,  p.  79. 

»  Dubuque  Republican,  Feb.  26,  1856,  Vol.  I,  No.  77. 

8  Ottumwa  Demoine  Courier,  Feb.  28,  1856,  Vol.  VIII,  No.  2. 


ORIGIN    OF   REPUBLICAN    PARTY   IN   IOWA     513 

On  re-assembling  a  motion  was  again  made  to  adopt  Mr. 
Price's  minority  report.  On  this  motion  the  previous  ques- 
tion was  called  and  the  vote  was  ordered  to  be  taken  by 
counties.  The  report  went  down  to  overwhelming  defeat, 
every  county  except  Scott  voting  against  it.1  The  majority 
report  was  then  adopted.  Numerous  attempts  were  made 
to  foist  upon  the  platform  additional  planks  on  various  sub- 
jects. These  proceedings  occupied  nearly  two  hours  and 
called  forth  some  of  the  most  animated  and  eloquent 
speeches  of  the  Convention.  However,  the  efforts  to  incor- 
porate other  planks  were  all  in  vain.  The  earnest  and  most 
influential  men  of  the  Convention  were  too  deeply  imbued 
with  the  idea  which  had  given  birth  to  the  party  and  which 
had  caused  the  Convention  to  assemble  to  be  turned  aside 
from  their  purpose.  At  a  late  hour  the  minority  from  Scott 
County  came  foward,  and,  amid  prolonged  cheering  and 
applause,  made  the  adoption  of  the  platform  unanimous. 

This  document,  containing  a  little  more  than  three  hun- 
dred words,  is  devoted  entirely  to  the  question  of  the  exten- 
sion of  slavery.  There  was  no  endorsement  of  any  State 
administration,  and  local  and  State  issues  were  entirely 
ignored.  Expressing  the  crystallized  product  of  the  discus- 
sions of  the  Convention  and  proclaiming  the  basic  principle 
of  the  new  party,  the  document  in  full  reads: — 

United  in  common  resolve  to  maintain  Right  against  Wrong,  and 
believing  in  the  determination  of  a  virtuous  and  intelligent  people  to 
sustain  justice,  we  declare — 

1.  That  Governments  are  instituted  among  men  to  secure  the 
inalienable  rights  of  Life,  Liberty,  and  the  Pursuit  of  Happiness. 


Ottumwa  Demoine  Courier,  Feb.  28,  1856,  Vol.  VIII,  No.  2. 


514    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

2.  That  the  mission  of  the  Republican  party  is  to  maintain  the 
Liberties  of  the  People,  the  Sovereignty  of  the  States  and  the  Per- 
petuity of  the  Union. 

3.  That  under  the  Constitution,  and  by  right  Freedom  alone  is 
National. 

4.  That  the  Federal  Government  being  one  of  limited  powers  de- 
rived wholly  from  the  Constitution,  its  agents  should  construe  those 
powers   strictly,  and  never  exercise  a  doubtful  authority, — always 
inexpedient  and  dangerous. 

5.  That  if  this  plain  Jeffersonian  and  early  policy  were  carried 
out,  the  Federal  Government  would  relieve  itself  of  all  responsibility 
for  the  existence  of  Slavery,  which  Republicanism  insists  that  it 
should,  and  means  it  shall  do;  and  that  regarding  Slavery  in  the 
States  as  a  local  institution,  beyond  our  reach  and  above  our  author- 
ity, but  recognizing  it  as  of  vital  concern  to  every  citizen  in  its  rela- 
tion to  the  Nation,  we  will  oppose  its  spread,  and  demand  that  all 
National  Territory  shall  be  free. 

6.  That  the  repeal  of  the  Missouri  Compromise,  and  the  refusal 
of  the  Slave  Power  to  abide  by  the  principle  on  which  that  repeal 
was  professedly  based,  make  the  National  Domain  the  battle  ground 
between  Freedom  and   Slavery,  and  while  Republicans  stand  on  a 
national  basis,  and  will  ever  manifest  and  maintain  a  national  spirit, 
they  will  shrink  from  no  conflict  and  shirk  no  responsibility  on  this 
issue. 

7.  That  the  Slave  Power,  the  present  national  Administration 
and  its  adherents  having  violated  this  policy,  and  the  principles  on 
which  it  is  based,  by  a  disregard  of  law  and  its  own  profession,  by 
an  invasion  of  the  State  and  personal  rights,  and  by  breaking  solemn 
covenants,  has  forced  upon  the  country  the  Issue,  whether  Freedom 
shall  be  limited  to  the  Free  States,  and  made  that  issue  absorbing  and 
paramount. 

In  addition  to  the  above  seven  planks  the  following  three 
resolutions  were  unanimously  adopted: 

JResolved,  That  the  firm,  consistent  and  patriotic  course  pursued 


ORIGIN    OF   REPUBLICAN   PARTY   IN    IOWA     515 

by  the  Republican  members  of  the  present  Congress,  during  the 
arduous  and  protracted  struggle  for  the  speakership,  meets  with  our 
cordial  approval,  and  that  we  recognize  in  Hon.  N.  P.  Banks,  a 
statesman  of  matured  abilities,  a  Republican  of  reliable  character, 
and  we  hail  his  election  as  a  proud  triumph  of  those  great  principles 
of  human  liberty,  which  had  their  origin  in  the  foundation  of  the 
American  Government. 

Resolved ',  That  we  deeply  sympathize  with  the  Free  State  men  of 
Kansas  in  their  struggles  against  Border  Ruffianism,  and  that  while 
we  tender  them  our  hearty  sympathy,  we  will  sustain  them  with  the 
requisite  material  aid. 

Resolved,  That  we  recommend  the  spe.edy  admission  of  their  dele- 
gate to  a  seat  in  Congress,  and  of  their  State  when  formed  into  the 
Union.1 

The  enthusiasm  and  large  attendance  present  at  the  meet- 
ing dispelled  all  doubt  as  to  the  propriety  of  nominating  a 
ticket  at  this  Convention.  Accordingly,  after  the  adoption 
of  the  platform,  a  committee  consisting  of  one  delegate  from 
each  county  represented  was  appointed  to  select  nominees 
for  State  offices  and  for  Presidential  Electors  and  to  choose 
delegates  to  attend  the  National  Republican  Convention  to 
be  held  at  Philadelphia  on  June  17,  1856.  The  following 
nominees  for  State  offices  were  reported:  For  Secretary  of 
State,  Elijah  Sells,  of  Muscatine  County;  for  Auditor,  John 
Patten,  of  Bremer  County;  for  Treasurer,  M.  L.  Mor 
ris,  of  Polk  County;  for  Attorney -General,  S.  A.  Rice, 
of  Mahaska  County.  For  Presidential  Electors,  Reuben 
Noble,  of  Clayton  County,  Henry  O'Conner,  of  Muscatine 
County,  D.  F.  Miller,  of  Lee  County,  and  William  M. 


1  The  text  of  this  platform  and  of  these  resolutions  is  found  in  the  following 
newspapers:  Ottumwa  Demoine  Courier,  Feb.  28,  1856,  Vol.  VIII,  No.  2;  The 
Daily  Gate  City,  Keokuk,  Feb.  27,  1856,  Vol.  II,  No.  306;  Muscatine  Journal, 
Feb.  26,  1856  (New  Series),  Vol.  I,  No.  33. 


516    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Stone,  of  Marion  County.  Francis  Springer,  of  Louisa 
County,  was  chosen  to  head  the  committee  of  eight  dele- 
gates to  the  National  Convention;  eight  alternate  delegates 
were  also  appointed.  The  Convention  unanimously  adopted 
the  report  of  the  committee,  voting  on  each  name  separately. 
On  the  resignation  of  Samuel  A.  Rice  as  the  nominee  for 
Attorney-General,  Henry  O' Conner  was  nominated  to  fill  the 
place. 

A  committee  of  nine,  which  included  such  men  as  J.  B. 
Grinnell,  William  M.  Stone,  John  A.  Parvin,  and  Samuel 
J.  Kirkwood,  was  appointed  to  prepare  an  address  to  the 
people  of  Iowa.1  The  following  gentlemen  were  appointed 
a  State  Central  Committee:  A.  J.  Stevens,  of  Polk  County, 
J.  P.  Grantham,  of  Henry  County,  W.  E.  Miller,  of  John- 
son County,  John  Cassaday,  of  Poweshiek  County,  and  S. 
M.  Ballard,  of  Audubon  County.  A  central  committee  for 
each  of  the  two  congressional  districts  was  also  named. 
After  giving  nine  hearty  cheers  for  the  success  of  the  Re- 
publican cause  the  Convention  adjourned  sine  die. 

Practically  the  only  discordant  feature  resulting  from  the 
action  of  the  Convention  was  due  to  the  refusal  of  the  re- 
quest of  the  German- American  delegates  that  the  Convention 
adopt  a  plank  endorsing  the  naturalization  laws  then  in 
force.  The  silence  of  the  platform  upon  this  point  offended 
a  considerable  number  of  the  German  citizens  of  the  river 
counties.  A  leading  Democratic  journal  declared  that  John 
Bittman,  a  German- American  delegate  from  Scott  County, 
had  not  been  allowed  to  speak  in  the  Convention,  and  that 

1  The  writer  in  searching  the  newspapers  of  this  period  has  been  unable  to  dis- 
cover any  trace  of  this  address  or  any  further  information  concerning  it.  It  is 
possible  that  the  committee  never  prepared  it. 


ORIGIN    OF   REPUBLICAN   PARTY   IN   IOWA     517 

the  Germans  had  left  in  disgust.1  Four  days  after  the  Con- 
vention the  associated  German-American  press  of  Iowa  issued 
a  statement  signed  by  Th.  Guelich,  of  Der  Democrat,  at 
Davenport,  L.  Mader,  of  Die  Freie  Presse,  at  Burlington, 
and  J.  Bittman,  of -Die  Staats-Zeitung,  at  Dubuque.  uWe 
are  not  satisfied,  "  ran  this  protest,  ' l  with  the  position  which 
the  Republican  Party  of  Iowa  has  assumed,  because  we  con- 
sider it  their  duty  to  take  issue  not  only  on  the  endangered 
rights  and  interests  of  certain  sections  of  the  Union,  but  also 
on  those  of  certain  parts  of  its  population."  They  declared 
themselves  unable  to  endorse  the  candidates  nominated  by 
the  Convention,  and  resolved  to  maintain  an  independent 
course  until  the  impure  elements  be  driven  from  the  Repub- 
lican party  by  whom  it  was  still  infested.2  The  impure 
elements,  of  course,  referred  to  the  Know-Nothings. 

The  following  letter  has  an  interesting  bearing  upon  the 
political  history  of  this  period,  and  is  high  praise  from  a 
high  source  to  the  Republicanism  of  Iowa: 

SPRINGFIELD,   Sept.    14,   1856. 
HENRY  O'CONNER,  ESQ., 

Muscatine,  Iowa. 

DEAR  SIR:  Yours,  inviting  me  to  attend  a  mass  meeting  on  the 
23rd  inst  is  received.  It  would  be  very  pleasant  to  shake  hands 
with  the  Fremonters  of  Iowa,  who  have  led  the  van  so  splendidly  in 
this  grand  charge  which  we  hope  and  believe  will  end  in  a  most 
glorious  victory — All  thanks,  all  honor  to  Iowa! !  But  Iowa  is  out  of 
all  danger,  and  it  is  no  time  for  us,  when  the  battle  still  rages,  to  pay 
holy-day  visits  to  Iowa — I  am  sure  you  will  excuse  me  for  remaining 
in  Illinois,  where  much  hard  work  is  still  to  be  done —  3 

Yours  very  truly  A.   LINCOLN. 

1  Dubuque  Express  and  Herald,  Feb.  26,  1856. 

2  Muscatine  Journal,  March  17,  1856,  Vol.  I  (New  Series),  No.  216. 

8  Reprinted  from  the  Jan.,  1903,  number  of  the  Pennsylvania  Magazine  in  the 
Iowa  Journal  of  History  and  Politics,  Oct.  1903,  p.  551. 


518     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Party  amalgamation,  always  provokes  denunciation  and 
oharges  of  insincerity  and  bad  faith.  The  strength  and  the 
popular  aggressive  character  of  the  new  organization  created 
not  a  little  apprehension  among  Democratic  ranks,  from 
which  the  Republican  cause  had  obtained  many  recruits. 
" Abolitionism,"  u Native- Americanism,"  " Know-Nothing- 
Abolitionism,  "  and  "Black-Republicanism"  were  some  of 
the  epithets  by  which  the  new  party  was  christened  by  the 
Democratic  press.  "Synonymous  with  Republicanism  is 
Abolitionism, ' '  declared  .a  Democratic  editor.  ' '  They  pursue 
the  same  channel — they  tend  to  like  results;  and  when  the 
State  Convention  at  Iowa  City  met  upon  the  22nd  day  of 
February  last,  it  met  merely  to  merge  a  political  organiza- 
tion which  was  found  inadequate  to  the  end  desired  in 
another  organization  which  was  supposed  might  allure  the 
very  class  whom  it  before  proscribed,  and  open  a  door  of 
refuge  to  the  vagabonds  of  all  parties,  especially  the  Free- 
soil  Party,  who  knew  not  where  to  rest  the  sole  of  their 
weary  feet;  and  this  new  organization,  courting  the  favor  of 
foreign-born  and  pandering  to  the  prejudice  of  the  old 
Abolition  faction,  renounced  its  original  name  while  it  re- 
tained in  a  great  measure  its  identical  character."1 

With  more  calmness  and  less  partisan  rancor  the  editor  of 
the  Pella  Gazette  wrote:  '  'Now,  we  consider  the  name  of  Re- 
publican for  the  new  fusion  party  not  according  to  the  truth, 
and  we  think  the  cognomen  Black  is  a  good  and  unoffending 
addition.  Is  not  the  chief  support  of  that  party  black?  Is 
not  its  prominent  feature  sympathy  with  the  black  race,  and 
a  philanthropic  desire  to  place  that  race  on  an  equal  footing 


1  Iowa  City  Daily  Evening  Beporter,  July  21, 1856,  Vol.  I,  No.  120. 


ORIGIN    OF   REPUBLICAN   PARTY   IN    IOWA     519 

with  the  whites?  These  Republicans  are  willing  to  let  the 
Union  slide,  rather  than  to  let  the  negroes  to  be  used  as 
bondmen  in  Kansas,  or  one  more  fugitive  slave  to  be  sent 
back."1 

Eleven  days  after  the  meeting  of  the  Republican  State  Con- 
vention forty-five  delegates  the  shattered  remnant  of  the 
American  party,  met  at  Iowa  City  and  accepted  the  Repub- 
lican nominees  for  State  offices,  nominated  presidential 
electors,  and  indorsed  Fillmore  and  Donaldson  for  President 
and  Vice  President.  The  Republican  platform  was  bitterly 
denounced  because  it  did  not  favor  an  extension  of  the  time 
required  for  naturalization.2  Henry  W.  Starr,  a  prominent 
Whig  of  Burlington  and  for  many  years  the  law  partner  of 
James  W.  Grimes,3  deplored  the  lack  of  men  and  news- 
papers that  maintained  the  true  old  Whig  principles. 
uThe  Republican  party  (only  a  cognomen  for  the  Abolition 
party)7',  he  wrote,  "have  accomplished  nothing  but  to  block 
the  wheels  of  government  for  nearly  two  months,  and  to 
embroil  the  feelings  of  the  people  upon  questions  purely 
abstract,  and  having  no  bearing  upon  the  material  interests 
of  the  State.  They  have  made,  and  are  now  making,  this 
Republic  the  scoff  of  envious  despotisms."4 

A  study  of  the  personnel  of  the  delegates  of  the  Conven- 
tion of  February  22,  1856,  leads  one  to  the  conclusion  that 
it  was  a  movement  of  the  common  people  rather  than  an 


i  Printed  in  Burlington  Daily  Hawk-Eye  and  Telegraph,  April  9,  1856,  No 
242. 

1  Dubuque  Bepublican,  March  10,  1856,  Vol.  I,  No.  88. 

8  Iowa  Journal  of  History  and  Politics,  January  1906,  Vol.. IV,  No.  1,  p.  170. 

4  Printed  in  the  Burlington  Daily  Hawk-Eye  and  Ttlegraph,  March  14,  1856 
No.  220. 


520     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

assemblage  of  political  leaders.  It  was  an  event  evolved 
from  and  inspired  by  a  sound  political  principle  rather  than 
by  a  partisan  policy.  uThe  Convention,"  declared  the 
Fairfield  Ledger,  "was  pronounced  by  persons  who  have 
been  present  at  every  political  convention  held  at  that  place, 
to  have  been  the  largest  Convention  ever  convened  in  that 
city.  The  Convention  was  held  in  Representatives  Hall 
which  was  crowded  to  overflowing.  Warm  hearted  enthusi- 
astic men  were  there  from  all  parts  of  the  State  and  from  all 
trades  and  professions.  They  were  honest-looking  intelli- 
gent men,  whose  every  action  told  that  they  had  the  good 
of  their  country  at  heart  and  that  they  were  guided  in  their 
movements  by  a  conscientious  conviction  of  right."1  No 
record  of  an  accredited  attendance  of  any  of  the  State 
officers  is  found;  and,  although  the  legislature  was  strongly 
anti-slavery  the  records  disclose  the  attendance  of  but  four 
Senators  and  eight  Representatives.  It  was  a  meeting  of 
merchants,  farmers,  professional  men,  and  pioneers,  many 
of  whom  at  this  point  began  their  political  careers.2 

On  February  22,  1906,  the  Republican  party  of  Iowa 
completed  a  half  century  of  organized  existence.  Born  in  a 
great  national  crisis  it  was  baptized  in  the  principle  of  free- 
dom and  organized  to  do  battle  with  the  thoroughly  disci- 
plined forces  of  slavery.  From  the  Whigs  it  inherited  its 


1  Printed  in  the  Dubuque  Republican,  March  5,  1856,  Vol.  I,  No.  84. 

2  "  The  Convention  was  very  large.     Every  section  of  this  State  was  well  and 
ably  represented.     Never  has  there  been  in  Iowa  a  Convention  which  could  com- 
pare with  this  in  intelligence,  respectability  and  honesty.     There  were  without 
doubt  some  ignorant,  disreputable  and  dishonest  men  in  the  Convention,  but  they 
were  in  such  a  hopeless  minority,  that  they  were  incapable  of  impressing  upon 
the  Convention  the  least  mark  of  their  own  characteristics." — Dubuque  Republi- 
can, Feb.  26,  1856,  Vol.  I,  No.  77. 


ORIGIN    OF   REPUBLICAN    PARTY   IN   IOWA     521 

policy  of  broad  construction  and  its  liberal  views  on 
economic  and  constitutional  doctrines;  the  Free  Soilers  gave 
to  "it  its  program  of  uno  more  slave  States  and  no  more 
slave  Territories";  the  Democrats  bequeathed  to  it  its  popu- 
lar methods;  and  its  aggressive  character  is  a  legacy  of  the 
Abolitionists.  In  its  life  of  fifty  years  it  has,  with  one 
exception,  furnished  an  unbroken  line  of  Governors;  its 
leaders  have  contributed  power  and  prestige  to  the  general 
government;  it  has  given  Iowa  a  noble  war  record  and  a 
great  war  Governor.  The  history  of  the  Republican  party 
of  Iowa  for  the  past  fifty  years  has  been  the  political  his- 
tory of  the  Commonwealth. 

Louis  PELZER 


APPENDIX 

I.        ACCREDITED    DELEGATES    TO    THE    CONVENTION    OF    1856 

Following  are  the  names  of  accredited  delegates  from  the  various 
counties  as  reported  by  the  committee  on  credentials.  In  preparing 
this  list  of  names  several  newspapers  were  consulted  and  compared. 
The  list  is  incomplete,  because  not  a  few  delegates  arrived  subse- 
quent to  the  report  of  the  committee.  The  fact  that  the  names  are 
almost  never  given  in  full  in  the  newspaper  reports,  but  are  repre- 
resented  in  part  by  initial  letters,  presents  difficulties  in  the  identifi- 
cation of  some  of  the  delegates. 

Johnson  County:  S.  Workman,  S.  J.  Kirkwood,  Bryan  Dennis, 
N.  Fellows,  J.  Parrot,  S.  H.  McCrory,  Francis  Barnes,  G.  D.  Wood- 
kin,  R.  S.  Finkbine,  Dr.  H.  Murray,  H.  D.  Downey,  E.  K.  Rugg, 
J.  C.  Culbertson,  H.  W.  Lathrop,  W.  E.  Miller,  J.  W.  Miller,  J. 
W.  Howard,  F.  H.  Lee,  S.  J.  Hess,  Lyman  Allen,  John  Porter,  A. 
D.  Packard,  W.  D.  Ford,  P.  Connelly,  W.  Spurrier,  Ed.  Connelly, 


522    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Ed.  Shircliff,  J.  N.  Seydel,  R.  Clark,  J.  Sperry,  J.  N.  Cornish,  W. 
W.  Woods,  R.  Lucas,  S.  Windrem,  J.  Trimble,  I.  N.  Gerome,  S. 
Foster,  T.  W.  Wilson,  E.  Clark,  A.  Moon,  E.  E.  Deforest,  J.  I. 
Burge,  R.  M.  Hutchinson,  E.  C.  Lyon,  C.  H.  Berryhill,  E.  Morris, 
T.  Hughes,  P.  Turner,  W.  H.  Henderson,  D.  P.  Greeley,  D.  A.  Mil- 
lington,  J.  R.  Hartsock,  H.  W.  Fyffe,  J.  M.  Carleton. 

Scott  County:  C.  Leslie,  J.  S.  Davis,  J.  H.  Martin,  E.  Tichenor, 
H.  Price,  T.  J.  Lane,  Dr.  McKeehan,  J.  Forman,  J.  Collins,  J.  D. 

Patton,  A.  Sanders,  R.  Lowery,  J.  H.  Dumont, Olmstead,  J. 

R.  Jackson,  W.  Crosson,  L.  S.  Center,  H.  J.  Hughes,  S.  Saddorris, 
J.  Quinn,  W.  D.  Quinn,  B.  F.  Gue,  Dr.  Sawyer,  H.  G.  Neal, 
J.  Brownville,  D.  Hardie,  A.  Brownville. 

Dubuque  County:  G.  Hill,  J.  Bittman,  W.  Smith,  D.  N.  Lee,  C. 
Wullwebber,  R.  L.  Thomas,  W.  W.  Hamilton,  L.  A.  Thomas,  W. 
Yandever,  S.  Sawyer,  G.  S.  Mathews,  W.  Rebman,  W.  Johnson, 
J.  A.  Chapline,  C.  C.  Flint. 

Washington  County:  J.  N.  Young,  S.  P.  Young,  A.  H,  Patter- 
son, J.  R.  Lewis,  J.  Dawson,  J.  D.  McCullough,  N.  Littler,  C.  Fos- 
ter, R.  Dewey,  N.  McClure,  N.  P.  Cooper. 

Jones  County:     B.  Peet,  H.  S.  Kirkham. 

Allamakee  County:     S.  O.  Hatch. 

Winneshiek  County:     J.  P.  McKinney. 

Clayton  County:     Judge  Williams. 

Delaware  County:  C.  T.  Peet,  J.  Wright,  D.  C.  Crawford,  W. 
H.  Crawford. 

Buchanan  County:     D.  S.  Davis,  E.  C.  Bidwell,  Wm.  Logan. 

Black  Hawk  County:     W.  H.  Curtis. 

Bremer  County:     T.  Downing. 

Butler  County:     J.  Morton. 

Cerro  Gordo  County:     A.  B.  Miller. 

Monroe  County:     C.  Y.  Kelsey,  A.  A.  Ramsey,  D.  B.  Dixon. 

Madison  County:     J.  T.  Tubby. 

Clark  County:     J.  Orr. 

Warren  County:     H.  W.  Maxwell. 


ORIGIN    OF   REPUBLICAN   PARTY   IN    IOWA     523 

Appanoose  County:     W.  Sayres. 

Mmcatine  County:  H.  O'Conner,  J.  Butler,  S.  Tufts,  G.  C. 
Stone,  J.  A.  Parvin,  -  -  Logan,  -  -  Carskadden,  J.  H.  Pigman, 
J.  C.  Mills,  G.  Porter,  F.  M.  Cummins,  E.  Husted,  W.  W.  Waters, 
H.  Q.  Jennison,  S.  Foster,  J.  S.  Barchtel,  A.  Gregg,  J.  Neidy,  J. 
P.  Freeman,  F.  Thurston,  N.  Taber,  E.  Jones,  J.  T.  Horton,  J. 
Mahan,  S.  W.  Stewart,  J.  Hershe,  F.  N.  Candle. 

L>es  Moines  County:  F.  H.  Warren,  A.  West,  L.  Palmer,  W. 
D.  Gilbert,  R.  M.  Fish,  J.  Putnam,  J.  Schull,  T.  Kustenmaker,  L. 
Mader,  W.  Lemon. 

Jefferson  County:  E.  C.  Hampton,  A.  R.  Fulton,  J.  Spilman,  N. 
R.  Imel,  J.  Wood,  W.  Clark,  P.  Patton,  R.  Gaine,  J.  F.  Wilson. 

Wapello  County:  J.  W.  Caldwell,  C.  F.  Blake,  J.  W.  Norris, 
C.  H.  Leggett. 

Mahaska  County:     S.  A.  Rice,  H.  Temple. 

Lee  County:  J.  D.  Hoag,  Philip  Viele,  W.  Leslie,  T.  Cherry, 
J.  Courtwright,  I.  Field,  J.  Shedd,  E.  Turner,  J.  B.  Howell,  H. 
Taylor,  J.  Leavitt. 

Cedar  County:  E.  Todd,  M.  Morris,  E.  Wright,  E.  T.  Moody, 
T.  James,  W.  Spicer,  J.  Bagley,  S.  Douel,  F.  Butterfield,  M. 
Varney. 

Marion  County:     W.  M.  Stone,  J.  M.  Bagley. 

Jackson  County:  R.  Livermore,  J.  W.  Jenkins,  J.  Clark,  J.  C. 
Degrush,  J.  P.  Eddie,  P.  Moriarty,  W.  Thomas,  J.  Palmer,  H. 
Todd,  E.  A.  Wood,  J.  J.  Tomlinson,  Z.  Isbel,  V.  Harrington,  W. 
T.  Wynhook,  J.  B.  Booth,  R.  R.  Roberts,  J.  Wilson,  W.  Morden, 
L.  Irwin,  J.  Watson. 

Linn  County:  H.  G.  Angle,  R.  Holmes,  N.  M.  Hubbard,  W. 
Corbee,  J.  L.  Enos,  W.  B.  Watrous,  E.  W.  Bates,  W.  W.  Smith, 
T.  J.  McKain,  W.  J.  Patterson,  S.  D.  Carpenter. 

Benton  County:  J.  C.  Traer,  John  Shane,  W.  E.  Mansfield, 
Fletcher  Drummond. 

Marshall  County:     A.  L.  Dunn,  W.  G.  Smith. 

Louisa  County:     F.  Springer,  J.  G.  Hall,  J.  Bronson. 


524    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Henry  County:  W.  Bird,  S.  McFarland,  W.  W.  Fluke,  I.  B. 
Shaw,  R.  Allen,  W.  P.  Brazleton,  A.  R.  Wickersham,  J.  P.  Gran- 
tham,  A.  Saunders. 

Van  Buren  County:  A.  H.  McCrary,  C.  C.  Nourse,  W.  Craig, 
G.  C.  Duffield,  F.  McDonald,  J.  Houghton,  W.  French,  F.  Han- 
cock, J.  D.  Sanford. 

Dallas  County:     J.  W.  Sherman. 

Hardin  County:  J.  F.  Brown,  T.  B.  Knapp,  G.  J.  Gilbert,  B. 
J.  Talbott. 

II.       COMMITTEES    OF    THE    CONVENTION    OF    1856 
Committee  to  Nominate  Permanent  Officers:     F.  H.  Warren,  Dr. 

Bidwell,   A.   R.   Fulton,   R.    Holmes,  H.   J.  Skiff, ,  

,  R.  Lowrey,  Dr.  A.  Ramsey,  A.  B.  Miller. 

Committee  on  Credentials:     A.   Saunders,  W.   W.   Hamilton,  H. 

Temple,  Dr.  J.  C.  Traer,  J.  W.  Sherman, , ,  J. 

S.  Davies,  Wm.  Sayers,  J.  P.  McKinney. 

Committee  on  Platform:  C.  C.  Flint  of  Dubuque  County,  H.  D. 
Downey  of  Johnson  County,  Wm.  Sayers  of  Appanoose  County,  H. 
G.  Angle  of  Linn  County,  Samuel  McFarland  of  Henry  County, 
Thomas  Downing  of  Bremer  County,  Wm.  Logan  of  Buchanan 
County,  D.  B.  Dixon  of  Monroe  County,  F.  Springer  of  Louisa 
County,  S.  A.  Rice  of  Mahaska  County,  A.  H.  McCrary  of  Van 
Buren  County,  Zalmon  Livermore  of  Jackson  County,  J.  M.  Thrift 
of  Boone  County,  Dr.  A.  L.  Dunn  of  Marshall  County,  H.  Price  of 
Scott  County,  S.  P.  Young  of  Washington  County,  F.  H.  Warren  of 
Des  Moines  County,  J.  W.  Cattell  of  Cedar  County,  J.  B.  Howell  of 
Lee  County,  R.  M.  Kellogg  of  Poweshiek  County,  H.  W.  Maxwell 
of  Warren  County,  C.  H.  Leggett  of  Wapello  County,  John  H. 
Morton  of  Butler  County,  W.  M.  Stone  of  Marion  County,  W.  M. 
Clark  of  Jefferson  County,  James  Wright  of  Delaware  County,  J.  T. 
Tubby  of  Polk  County,  H.  Walker  of  Jasper  County,  L.  O.  Hatch 
of  Allamakee  County,  J.  Butler  of  Muscatine  County,  John  Shane 
of  Benton  County,  W.  H.  Curtis  of  Black  Hawk  County,  J.  P.  Mc- 
Kinney of  Winneshiek  County,  J.  F.  Brown  of  Hardin  County, 


ORIGIN    OF   REPUBLICAN   PARTY   IN   IOWA     525 

Judge   Williams   of   Clayton    County,    J.    W.     Sherman   of  Dallas 
County,  and  A.  B.  Miller  of  Cerro  Gordo  County. 

Committee  to  Prepare  Address  to  People  of  Iowa:  J.  B.  Grinnell 
of  Poweshiek  County,  H.  W.  Lathrop  of  Johnson  County,  Alvin 
Sanders  of  Scott  County,  J.  B.  Howell  of  Lee  County,  W.  M. 
Stone  of  Marion  County,  H.  Price  of  Scott  County,  J.  A.  Parvin 
of  Muscatine  County,  L.  A.  Thomas  of  Dubuque  County,  and  S.  J. 
Kirkwood  of  Johnson  County. 

III.       CAMPAIGN    COMMITTEES 

The  State  Central  Committee:  A.  J.  Stevens  of  Polk  County,  J. 
P.  Grantham  of  Henry  County,  W.  E.  Miller  of  Johnson  County, 
John  Cassady  of  Poweshiek,  and  S.  M.  Ballard  of  Audubon  County. 

Central  Committee  for  the  Second  Congressional  District:  Hiram 
Price  of  Davenport,  M.  Mobley  of  Dubuque,  S.  D.  Carpenter  of 
Linn,  S.  Labee  of  Burlington,  John  A.  Parvin  of  Muscatine. 

Central  Committee  for  the  First  Congressional  District:  Wm. 
Leslie  of  Lee  County,  J.  R.  Needham  of  Mahaska  County,  Samuel 
McFarland  of  Henry  County,  Lowden  Miller  of  Pottawattamie 
County,  J.  W.  Sherman  of  Dallas  County. 

IV.       PRESIDENTIAL    ELECTORS 

Reuben  Noble  of  Clayton,  H.  O'Conner  of  Muscatine,  Daniel  F. 
Miller  of  Lee,  William  M.  Stone  of  Marion. 

V.  DELEGATES  TO  THE  NATIONAL  CONVENTION 
Francis  Springer  of  Louisa  County,  S.  D.  Carpenter  of  Linn 
County,  F.  H.  Warren  of  Des  Moines  County,  H.  A.  Wiltze  of 
Dubuque  County,  Jos.  W.  Caldwell  of  Wapello  County,  J.  H.  B. 
Armstrong  of  Appanoose  County,  J.  B.  Howell  of  Lee  County,  L. 
Mayne  of  Yan  Buren  County. 

Alternate  Delegates:  Samuel  Russell  of  Washington  County, 
Jacob  Butler  of  Muscatine  County,  Thos.  Drummond  of  Cerro 
Gordo  County,  J.  W.  Jenkins  of  Jackson  County,  H.  Sherman  of 
Polk  County,  W.  P.  Brazleton  of  Henry  County,  Daniel  Anderson 
of  Monroe  County,  A.  M.  Casiday  of  Mahaska  County. 


THE    ORIGIN,    PRINCIPLES,    AND   HISTORY    OF 
THE  AMERICAN    PARTY 

Since  the  early  colonial  days  of  America  a  steady  stream 
of  immigration  has  poured  westward  across  the  Atlantic. 
For  several  decades  following  the  Revolutionary  War,  this 
influx  of  foreigners  aroused  no  comment.  Shortly  after 
1830,  however,  mutterings  of  opposition  arose.  The  num- 
ber of  aliens  entering  the  United  States  was  rapidly  increas- 
ing each  year.  During  the  decade  from  1790  to  1800  there 
had  come  to  America  50,000  immigrants;  but  from  1830  to 
1840  this  number  had  risen  to  427,727.  The  Americans 
were  beginning  to  experience  the  inevitable  effects  resulting 
from  their  contact  with  such  an  enormous  host  of  foreigners. 
The  latter  with  their  strange  languages  and  still  stranger 
customs  remained  a  distinct  class,  voting  and  living  apart 
from  the  rest  of  the  community.1  Party  tricksters  found 
them  to  be  easily  manipulated.  Having  never  before 
enjoyed  the  right  of  suffrage,  they  did  not  know  how  to  use 
it  when  given  them  in  this  country.  They  knew  nothing 
of  party  methods  or  manners.  Whigs  and  Democrats  bid 
for  their  votes  by  the  distribution  of  local  offices  and  other 
political  patronage.  The  Democrats  succeeded  in  corralling 
the  largest  number  of  these  foreign  voters.  The  word 
"Democracy"  sounded  sweet  to  their  ears,  and  into  its 
ranks  they  flocked  by  the  thousands.2 

1  Davis'  Origin  and  Principles  of  the  American  Party,  p.  24. 

2  Macey's  Political  Parties  in  the  United  States,  1846-1861,  p.  178. 


ORIGIN  AND  HISTORY  OF  AMERICAN  PARTY    527 

This  catering  to  the  foreign  vote  could  have  no  good 
results.  It  succeeded  in  giving  the  "immigrants  an  exag- 
gerated idea  of  their  importance  in  politics.  Consequently 
they  began  to  interfere  in  local  politics  through  organiza- 
tions of  their  own.7'1  They  became  riotous  at  the  polls  and 
often  drove  away  the  better  class  of  voters.2  Naturalization 
laws  were  flagrantly  violated.3  Men  who  had  scarcely  got- 
ten the  salt  of  the  ocean's  spray  washed  from  their  hair 
were  marched  to  the  polls  and  voted  for  the  Whigs  or 
Democrats.  More  than  one-half  of  these  immigrants  were 
of  the  Catholic  faith.  Upon  their  arrival  in  America,  they 
set  about  to  build  up  a  strong  Catholic  sentiment.  They 
did  not  realize  that  in  the  United  States  there  was  no  union 
of  Church  and  State.  These  simple  foreigners  who  had  so 
implicitly  followed  the  guidance  of  their  priests  in  the 
mother  country  permitted  them  to  dictate  the  political 
affiliations  of  their  congregations  in  the  United  States. 
This  led  to  the  accusation,  which  grew  stronger  each  year, 
that  the  Catholic  Church  was  attempting  to  control  the 
politics  of  the  country  in  order  to  conserve  the  interests  of 
the  Church.4 

Neither  party  would  utter  a  word  against  these  abuses. 
They  were  fearful  lest  it  might  interfere  with  their  political 
futures.  What  was  to  be  done?  The  opposition  was 
becoming  stronger  and  stronger  each  day.  Call  was  being 
made  for  the  establishment  of  a  new  party  which  would 

1  Schmeckbier's  History  of  the  Know  Nothing  Party  in  Maryland  in  the  Johns 
Hopkins  University  Studies,  Vol.  XVII,  pp.  194-195. 

2  Lee's  History  of  the  American  Party  (1855),  p.  14. 
1  Lee's  History  of  the  American  Party,  p.  13. 

*  Sons  of  the  Sires  by  an  American  (1855),  p.  25. 


528    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

grapple  with  this  impending  danger.  Public  meetings  dis- 
cussed the  question  in  serious  language.  Finally,  at  a  large 
gathering  of  native  Americans  at  Germantown,  near  Phila- 
delphia, in  1837,  a  preamble  and  a  constitution  were 
adopted  which  declared  against  immigration  and  hoped  for 
a  repeal  of  the  naturalization  laws.1  The  opinion  was 
expressed  that  it  was  useless  to  expect  any  action  to  be 
taken  in  this  matter  by  either  of  the  old  parties.  Therefore 
it  was  considered  advisable  to  form  a  new  organization  for 
that  purpose.2  Similiar  meetings  were  held  in  New  York 
and  other  large  cities.  But  the  new  party  was  not  able  to 
withstand  the  wire  pulling  and  chicanery  of  their  older 
opponents  and  disbanded  soon  after  its  formation.3  But 
the  first  step  had  been  taken,  the  seed  had  been  sown,  and 
future  generations  were  to  reap  the  results  of  these  early 
attempts  at  reform. 

Meanwhile  the  stream  of  immigration  showed  no  signs  of 
lowering.  Abuses  at  the  polls  were  as  flagrant  as  ever. 
Political  trading,  the  buying  and  selling  of  votes,  and  the 
activity  of  the  Catholic  Church  in  politics  still  continued. 
Many  of  the  native  Americans  were  beginning  to  have  fears 
for  the  nation's  future.  In  1840  an  attempt  was  made  in 
the  District  of  Columbia  to  revive  the  original  organization, 
but  this  proved  to  be  impossible.  In  1841  the  anti-foreign 
element  of  Louisiana  called  a  State  convention  and  founded 
the  American  Republican  Party,4  which  in  later  years 

1  Lee's  History  of  the  American  Party,  pp.  15-17. 
8  Lee's  History  of  the  American  Party,  pp.  15-17. 
8  Lee's  History  of  the  American  Party,  p.  17. 

4  McMaster's  The  Eiotous  Career  of  the  Know  Nothings  in  the  Forum,  Vol. 
XVII,  p.  529. 


ORIGIN  AND  HISTORY  OF  AMERICAN  PARTY    529 

changed  its  name  to  that  of  the  Native  American  Party. 
This  convention  declared  against  the  growing  importance 
of  foreign  influence  in  political  affairs,  decried  the  laxity  in 
the  administration  of  the  naturalization  laws,  and  demanded 
that  foreigners  be  excluded  from  the  right  to  hold  office. 
At  the  next  city  election  in  New  Orleans  a  number  of  the 
candidates  of  this  party  were  elected  to  office.  In  a  short 
time  local  organizations  had  been  formed  in  St.  Louis,  Lex- 
ington, Kentucky,  New  York  City,  and  Philadelphia. 

The  movement  spread  very  rapidly  in  Philadelphia  and 
it  was  not  long  before  an  "American  Republican  Associa- 
tion" existed  in  every  ward  of  that  city.1  A  federation  of 
these  ward  associations  was  formed  which  adopted  a  plat- 
form declaring  that  (a)  a  residence  of  twenty-one  years  in 
the  United  States  should  be  necessary  before  the  right 
to  vote  is  granted,  (b)  the  Bible  is  non-sectarian,  (c)  there 
should  be  no  union  between  Church  and  State,  and  (d) 
only  native  Americans  should  hold  office. 

The  enthusiasm  of  the  followers  of  the  new  party  knew 
no  bounds.  Meetings  were  held  throughout  Philadephia 
and  the  surrounding  country;  "America  for  the  Americans" 
became  the  watchword  of  thousands  of  sturdy  natives;  and 
the  future  of  the  immigrant  office-holder  was  beginning 
to  lose  some  of  its  charming  aspects.  The  inevitable  out- 
come of  this  agitation  could  be  nothing  other  than  the 
breeding  of  trouble  between  the  native  Americans  and  the 
foreigners.  This  came  in  1844.  The  Irish,  under  the  lead- 
ership of  the  Whigs  and  the  Democrats,  had  repeatedly 
attempted  to  break  up  the  meetings  of  the  American 

1  Lee's  History  of  the  American  Party,  p.  18. 


530     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Republicans.  Riots  and  bloodshed  ensued,1  churches  and 
homes  were  burned,  and  the  disturbance  was  quelled  only 
by  the  calling  out  of  the  State  militia. 

In  New  York  City  the  movement  had  become  so  strong 
that  it  elected  a  mayor  and  city  council  in  1844  and  sent 
four  American  Republicans  to  Congress  in  1845.  Two 
Congressmen  were  also  elected  from  Pennsylvania  in  the 
latter  year.2  This  rapid  increase  in  power  was  caused  by 
the  votes  of  a  large  number  of  Democrats  who  had  become 
disgusted  with  the  manner  in  which  their  party  had  so 
closely  allied  itself  with  the  foreign  element  in  the  cam- 
paign of  1844.  In  1846,  however,  the  deserting  Democrats 
returned  to  their  party,  and  but  one  American  Representa- 
tive (from  Pennsylvania)  was  elected  to  Congress. 

For  some  time  the  agitation  against  the  political  aspira- 
tions of  the  foreigners  progressed  but  slowly.  The  same 
abuses  remained,  but  more  important  issues  were  occupying 
the  minds  of  the  people.  The  Mexican  War,  "the  attempt 
to  extend  slavery  into  the  Territories,"  the  Free  Soil  move- 
ment, and  the  effects  of  the  Wilmot  Proviso  were  now  com- 
manding the  attention  of  the  voters.3  Then,  too,  the  fact 
that  both  of  the  old  parties  were  rather  strongly  organized 
and  that  leaders  were  not  looking  around  for  new  political 
connections  also  greatly  hindered  the  growth  of  the  move- 
ment. Nevertheless  a  number  of  the  American  Republicans 
had  remained  loyal  to  their  principles  and  called  a  national 
convention  of  the  organization  which  met  in  Philadephia, 

1  Lee's  History  of  the  American  Party,  chapters,  VII  to  XL 
*  Desmond's  The  Know  Nothing  Party .  p.  46. 

8  McMaster's  The  Eiotous  Career  of  the  Know  Nothings  in  the  Forum,  Vol. 
XVII,  p.  530. 


ORIGIN  AND  HISTORY  OF  AMERICAN  PARTY    531 

July  5-7,  1845.1  Delegates  were  present  from  Massachu- 
setts, Penny  si  vania,  New  York,  New  Jersey,  Delaware, 
Kentucky,  Ohio,  Mississippi,  Missouri,  Georgia,  New 
Hampshire,  Vermont,  Indiana,  and  North  Carolina.  Be- 
sides drawing  up  an  address  to  the  voters  of  the  United 
States,  the  convention  adopted  a  platform  which  declared: 
I.  That  none  but  native  born  Americans  should  be 
elected  to  office. 

II.     That   twenty-one  years'  residence  should  be  re- 
quired of  all  voters. 

III.  That  immigration  should  be  restricted. 

IV.  That  they  favored  religious  freedom. 
V.     That  the  Bible  is  non-sectarian. 

VI.  That  American  industries  and  arts  should  be  fos- 
tered to  the  greatest  extent. 

VII.  That  the  best  possible  provisions  should  be  made 
for  the  education  of  the  American  youth. 

Before  adjourning  a  call  was  issued  for  a  national  conven- 
tion to  be  held  at  Pittsburg  on  the  second  Tuesday  of  May, 
1 847,  for  the  purpose  of  nominating  presidential  candidates. 

This  convention  met  at  the  designated  time  and  place, 
and.  after  endorsing  Taylor  for  President  nominated  one  of 
their  own  members  for  Vice-President.  In  the  election 
which  followed  the  party  cast  a  very  small  vote  and  exer- 
cised but  little  influence  in  the  final  results. 

An  unexpected  series  of  events  now  conspired  to  give  the 
American  Republican  Party  renewed  vigor.  The  abuses  in 
the  election  of  1846  had  aroused  the  native  Americans 
as  never  before.  The  famine  in  Ireland  together  with  the 

1  Lee's  History  of  the  American  Party,  p.  229. 


532     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

revolts  and  uprisings  throughout  Continental  Europe  had 
greatly  increased  the  number  of  immigrants,  of  whom  the 
greater  number  were  Catholics.  The  hatred  and  fear  of 
Catholic  domination  became  widespread;  and  it  was  at  this 
time  that  the  American  Eepublican  Party  became  so  radi- 
cally anti-Catholic  in  its  propaganda.  But  its  leaders  had 
learned  well  the  lessons  of  the  past.  They  had  seen  the 
organization  grow  strong  and  then  decay  because  it  was 
unable  to  withstand  the  political  log-rolling  and  chicanery 
of  its  opponents.  They  reasoned  that  if  the  party  were  to 
become  an  important  factor  in  American  politics,  it  must 
first  attain  its  growth.  When  this  had  been  done,  it  would 
then  be  possible  to  grapple  with  the  strongest  of  oppo- 
nents.1 With  this  end  in  view,  they  joined  hands  with  the 
Anti-Catholic  Party,  and  in  New  York  City  in  1852  formed 
an  oath-bound  secret  organization.2  This  order  spread  rap- 
idly throughout  the  country  and  in  a  short  time  every 
important  city  of  the  United  States  had  its  secret  council  of 
the  American  Party. 

As  a  secret  organization  the  American  Party  was  known 
as  the  "Sons  of  the  Sires  of  '76,"  which  name  was  later 
changed  to  "The  Order  of  the  Star  Spangled  Banner."  It 
was  popularly  known  among  its  followers  as  "Sam."  Local 
and  State  divisions  of  the  society  were  called  "Councils." 
c  The  Councils  of  each  State  were  arranged  into  four 
degrees,  and  over  these  degrees  presided  a  Grand  Council 
of  the  United  States  of  North  America  with  its  President, 

1  Speech  of  J.  O.  Putnam  at  a  Fillmore  Ratification  meeting  in  Rochester,  New 
York,  March  3,  1856 — issued  in  pamphlet  form,  p.  6. 

2  McMaster's  The  Riotous  Career  of  the  Know  Nothings  in  the  Forum,  Vol. 
XVII,  p.  531. 


ORIGIN  AND  HISTORY  OF  AMERICAN  PARTY    533 

Vice-President,  Secretaries,  Inside  Sentinel,  Outside  Senti- 
nel, and  Chaplain."1  Local  councils  held  weekly  meetings, 
at  which  the  principles  of  the  order  were  discussed  and 
political  schemes  formulated.2  The  meeting  place  of  the 
lodge  as  well  as  its  membership  were  unknown  to  those 
outside  of  the  society.  "A  call  for  a  meeting  was  never 
published,  and  the  members  were  merely  notified  by  bits 
of  white  paper  stuck  on  fences  and  lamp  posts  and  scattered 
over  the  streets.'73 

Each  candidate  for  admission  had  to  be  vouched  for  by  a 
committee  of  five  members.  He  had  to  be  of  good  moral 
character  and  descended  from  two  generations  of  American 
ancestors.  Even  though  satisfying  these  requirements,  five 
adverse  votes  were  sufficient  to  refuse  him  admission.  If  on 
the  other  hand  he  were  elected,  an  invitation  was  extended 
to  him  to  attend  a  meeting  of  the  order.  Having  arrived 
at  the  lodge  room,  he  was  obliged  to  swear  that  he  would 
tell  none  of  the  secrets  of  the  order  and  that  to  the  best  of 
his  knowledge,  neither  his  wife  nor  any  of  his  ancestors 
for  two  generations  had  been  Catholics.  He  was  also 
instructed  in  the  raps  and  pass-words  of  the  order  and  then 
taken  into  the  hall  for  the  final  initiation,  which  consisted 
of  more  oaths,  pass-words,  and  the  signing  of  the  pledge. 
He  was  then  declared  to  be  a  member  of  "The  Supreme 
Order  of  the  Star  Spangled  Banner."1 

1  McMaster's  The  Riotous  Career  of  the  Know  Nothings  in  the  Forum,  Vol. 
XVII,  p.  533. 

*  Haynes'  Local  History  of  Know  Nothingism  in  the  New  England  Magazine, 
Vol.  XV,  p.  90. 

8  Schineckbier's  History  of  the  Know  Nothing  Party  in  Maryland  in  the  Johns 
Hopkins  University  Studies,  Vol.  XVII,  p.  164. 

1  Haynes'  Local  History  of  Know  Nothingism  in  the  New  England  Magazine, 
Vol.  XV,  pp.  89-90. 


534    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

The  organization  was  soon  nick-named  the  "Know  Noth- 
ing Party"  because  of  the  fact  that  its  members  always  an- 
swered "I  don't  know"  when  questioned  about  the  pur- 
poses or  affairs  of  the  order.  Too  often  this  answer  was 
correct,  for  it  was  only  those  who  had  taken  the  last  degree 
who  were  acquainted  with  all  the  secrets  of  the  association. 

During  the  first  few  years  of  the  order,  the  old  political 
parties  thought  it  a  trick  of  the  opposition  to  defeat  them.1 
The  Whigs  warned  each  other  to  beware  of  this  "creation 
of  the  Democrats,' '  formed  solely  for  the  purpose  of  defeat- 
ing the  Whigs.  On  the  other  hand,  the  Democrats  de- 
clared in  their  campaign  pamphlets  that  "The  leading  and 
influential  spirits  of  these  lodges  are  generally,  if  not  uni- 
versally, composed  of  men  whose  ruling  political  idea  is  a 
blind  spirit  of  hostility  to  Democratic  principles.  However 
much  they  may  profess  to  hate  foreigners  or  foreign  in- 
fluences, they  hate  Democrats  and  Democratic  influences 
a  thousand  times  worse."2 

As  a  secret  order,  the  party  did  not  enter  actively  into 
politics,  but  there  was  no  election  in  "which  the  finger  of 
this  organization  was  not  distinctly  visible  as  having  to  a 
greater  or  less  extent  controlled  the  result."  Unbeknown 
to  the  other  parties,  it  often  introduced  its  members  into 
their  councils  and  thus  succeeded  in  getting  its  followers 
nominated  on  the  tickets  of  its  opponents.  All  members 
of  the  order  were  pledged  to  vote  for  the  men  who  had 
thus  been  made  the  choice  of  the  order  regardless  of  what 
ticket  they  had  been  placed  upon. 

1  Lee's  History  of  the  American  Party,  pp.  207-218. 

8  From  a  Democratic  campaignp  amphlet  entitled,  A  Few  Words  to  the  Think- 
ing and  Judicious  Voters  of  Pennsylvania,  p.  24. 


ORIGIN  AND  HISTORY  OF  AMERICAN  PARTY    535 

The  secret  character  of  the  order  was  also  instrumental  in 
increasing  its  membership.  Mystery  has  always  proven 
very  attractive  to  the  masses  of  the  American  people.  But 
there  were  other  matters  which  at  this  time  played  equally 
important  parts  in  the  rapid  growth  of  the  Native  American 
Party,  for  such  was  the  name  which  had  been  adopted  at 
the  party  convention  in  Pittsburg  in  1847.  The  voters  had 
become  disgusted  with  the  tactics  of  the  Whig  and  Demo- 
cratic parties.  Upon  questions  of  the  day  it  was  difficult  to 
see  any  difference  between  them.  "In  Pennyslvania  loth 
parties  were  for  the  tariff;  in  Carolina  both  parties  opposed 
a  tariff.  Both  parties  favored  the  river  and  harbor  bill  in 
the  North -West  and  West;  both  denied  its  constitutionality 
in  the  South.  Both  parties  in  the  West  were  for  the  lavish 
distribution  of  the  public  lands  for  local  improvement;  both 
parties  in  the  South  and  East  clung  tenaciously  to  those 
lands  as  a  common  trust  fund  for  the  general  benefit."1 

The  period  was  one  of  transition.  New  questions  had 
arisen.  The  Whigs  and  Democrats,  however,  still  fought 
over  those  issues  which  had  held  sway  in  the  political  arena 
for  years  previous.  Men  were  elected  because  they  were 
for  or  against  the  National  Bankj  the  tariff,  the  admission 
of  California  as  a  free  State,  -and  various  other  matters 
which  were  so  excellently  prepared  by  the  managers  of  the 
political  parties  with  the  object  of  diverting  the  attention  of 
the  voters  from  the  real  issue  which  had  arisen,  i.  e.,  slavery. 
Thus  far  both  of  the  old  parties  had  refused  to  declare 
themselves  upon  this  issue.  Compromises  had  bee*h  offered 
and  effected,  but- neither  the  Whigs  nor  the  Democrats  had 


1  Davis'  Origin  and  Principles  of  the  American  Party,  p.  17. 


536    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

taken  a  decisive  stand  upon  the  proposition.  Many  of  the 
voters  began  to  cast  about  for  a  party  better  suited  to  their 
wishes.  Thus  it  was  that  many  of  the  Anti-Nebraska  men 
came  into  the  American  Party,  not  because  it  took  a  definite 
position  upon  the  question  of  slavery,  but  because  it  was  a 
party  of  promise,  a  party  of  the  future,  and  they  hoped 
it  would  adopt  their  views  upon  this  subject.1 

The  defeat  and  disruption  of  the  Free  Soil  Party  after  its 
first  and  only  presidential  campaign  of  1848  caused  thou- 
sands of  its  members  to  join  with  the  Native  Americans, 
not  because  of  their  attitude  towards  the  immigrant,  but 
because  of  the  fact  that  both  parties  held  practically  the 
same  views  upon  the  slavery  question.  The  Native  Amer- 
icans maintained  that  slavery  was  a  local  and  not  a  national 
issue.  "The  Constitution  makes  the  Union  neutral  in  the 
great  controversy  on  the  lawfulness  and  expediency  of  slav- 
ery in  the  States."2  It  would  work  itself  out  to  a  satis- 
factory conclusion,  if  the  federal  government  would  but 
stop  interfering  with  the  affairs  of  the  various  States.  This 
position  pleased  not  only  the  Free  Soilers  and  the  Anti- 
Nebraska  Men,  but  also  many  of  the.  old  line  Whigs  who 
feared  that  the  position  taken  by  some  of  the  _public  men 
upon  this  question  would  lead  to  a  disruption  of  the  Union. 
The  Whigs  had  lost  both  Clay  and  Webster  by  death;  and 
disheartened  by  their  crushing  defeat  of  1852  they  turned 
to  the  rapidly  growing  American  Party  and  thenceforth  cast 
their  lot  with  it.  In  the  campaign  of  1854, 3  they  fused 


1  Wilson's  Division  and  Reunion,  p.  187. 

*  Davis'  Origin  and  Principles  of  the  American  Party,  p.  37. 

*  Wilson's  Division  and  Reunion,  p.  187. 


ORIGIN  AND  HISTORY  OF  AMERICAN  PARTY    537 

almost  universally  with  the  Americans,  and  in  1856  were 
content  to  endorse  their  candidates.1 

Immigration  continued  to  increase  even  more  rapidly  than 
before.  From  1840  to  1850  more  than  1,700,000  foreigners 
had  entered  the  United  States.  In  the  three  years  which 
followed  (1850-53)  over  1,300,000  aliens  had  been  admit- 
ted. The  feeling  of  opposition  and  hatred  toward  the 
immigrant  increased  proportionately,  and  the  American 
Party  grew  by  leaps  and  bounds. 

Reinforced  as  it  was  by  the  acquisition  of  the  above 
party  remnants  it  entered  enthusiastically  into  the  campaign 
of  1854.  The  results  of  that  election  contained  many  sur- 
prises for  the  old  political  leaders.  In  Massachusetts,  the 
American  candidate  for  Governor  was  elected  by  a  majority 
of  33,000;  the  legislators  were  all  Americans  with  the 
exception  of  one  Whig,  one  Free  Soiler,  and  one  Democrat 
in  the  House;  while  every  one  of  the  American  candidates 
for  Congress  were  elected  by  large  majorities.  In  New  York 
the  strength  of  the  young  party  forced  the  opposition  to 
fuse  with  the  result  that  the  Americans  were  able  to  send 
but  five  of  their  candidates  to  Congress  and  seven  of  them 
into  the  State  legislature.  In  Pennsylvania  twenty-two 
Representatives  and  one  Senator  were  elected  to  the  legisla- 
ture in  addition  to  the  election  of  the  Whig- American  fusion 
candidate  for  Governor.  Delaware  also  sent  one  Native 
American  to  Congress. 

Enthused  with  the  results  of  their  first  thorough-going 
State  campaign  the  Native  Americans  began  to  look  for- 
ward to  the  time  when  they  would  become  strong  enough 


New  York  Herald,  September  19,  1856. 


538    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

to  elect  not  only  State  officials,  but  presidential  candidates 
as  well.  They  had  already  become  a  political  force  with 
which  all  aspirants  to  office  must  reckon,  and  in  the  senator- 
ial elections  following  the  campaign  of  1854  they  played  a 
very  active  part.  In  New  York  they  threw  the  force  of 
their  numbers  against  the  election  of  Seward  to  the  United 
States  Senate;1  and  it  was  in  this  struggle  that  the  methods, 
tactics,  and  secrets  of  the  order  aroused  an  excited  discussion 
in  the  legislature  of  New  York  and  also  in  Congress. 

In  1855  the  party  again  displayed  its  remarkable 
strength,  not  only  in  the  North  and  West,  but  also  in  the 
the  South.  The  strength  of  the  order  in  the  southern  part 
of  the  nation  was  doubtless  due,  at  least  for  the  most  part, 
to  its  neutral  position  upon  the  slavery  question.  In 
addition  to  this  the  Southerners  were  opposed  to  immigra- 
tion, but  only  because  of  the  fact  that  the  greater  part  of  the 
foreigners  always  settled  in  the  Northern  States.  This  gave 
the  latter,  which  represented  the  anti-slavery  element,  a 
larger  population  and  consequently  a  larger  representation 
in  Congress.  In  the  election  of  1855  the  Native  Americans 
secured  the  Land  Commissioner  of  Texas,  the  legislature 
and  Comptroller  of  Maryland,  and  almost  succeeded  in 
carrying  the  States  of  Virginia,  Georgia,  Alabama,  Missis- 
sippi, Louisiana,  and  Texas.  In  the  North  and  West  they 
elected  the  Governors  and  members  of  the  State  legislatures 
of  New  Hampshire,  Massachusetts,  Rhode  Island,  Con- 
necticut, New  York,  Kentucky,  and  California.2  The 

1  Speech  by  W.  S.  Barry  in  the  House  of  Representatives,  as  reported  in  the 
Washington  Union,  January  5,  1855. 

2  Hopkin's  History  of  Political  Parties  in  the  United  States,  p.  92;  McMaster's 
The  Riotous  Career  of  the  Know  Nothings  in  the  Forum,  Vol.  XVII,  p.  534 


ORIGIN  AND  HISTORY  OF  AMERICAN  PARTY    539 

Thirty-fifth  Congress  was  composed  of  thirty-nine  Demo- 
crats, twenty  Republicans,  and  five  Americans  in  the  Sen- 
ate, and  one  hundred  and  thirty-one  Democrats,  ninety-two 
Republicans,  and  fourteen  Americans  in  the  House.  It  is 
interesting  to  note  that  in  Virginia  a  most  exciting  cam- 
paign was  waged.  Wise  (Democrat)  defeated  Flournoy 
(American)  for  the  office  of  Governor  by  a  vote  of  83,424 
to  73,244.  (Only  passing  mention  is  here  made  of  this 
instance.  Reference  will  be  made  to  it  later  in  the  discus- 
sion. It  was  one  of  those  things  of  minor  importance 
which  showed  that  the  tide  was  beginning  to  turn  against 
the  American  Party.) 

Notwithstanding  that  slavery  was  rapidly  becoming  the 
most  important  issue  before  the  people,  the  Native  Amer- 
icans still  rallied  around  the  cry  of  "America  for  the  Amer- 
icans." Slavery,  to  them  was  a  local  issue  and  should  not 
be  carried  into  national  politics  if  the  order  could  prevent 
it.1  Preparations  were  made  to  enter  the  presidential  cam- 
paign of  1856.  Accordingly,  the  National  Council  of  the 
party  met  in  Philadelphia  in  the  early  part  of  June,  1855. 
It  is  difficult  to  obtain  information  concerning  this  meeting 
inasmuch  as  an  attempt  was  made  to  maintain  the  greatest 
secrecy.  However,  it  is  known  that  a  heated  discussion 
arose  over  the  question  of  slavery.  The  report  to  the  Bal- 
timore Sun  of  June  14,  said:  "8  p.  M.  The  debate  on 
slavery  has  raged  all  day  with  great  vehemence.  10  p.  M. 
The  Council  is  still  discussing  the  slavery  question."  The 
New  Yoi'Jc  Express  of  June  12  stated  that  "The  Council  is 


Davis'  Origin  and  Principles  of  the  American  Party,  pp.  37-38. 


540     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

thus  broken  up  into  two  pieces,  North  and  South.  The 
spectacle  is  a  curious  one.  The  Sewardites  of  the  North 
have  gotten  into  the  convention  three  or  four  ultra  abolition 
men  on  purpose  to  make  mischief,  and  as  outsiders  of  the 
council  they  have  in  their  pay  two  or  three  men  from  New 
York.  The  negro  is  the  death  of  every  party  that  touches 
him.77  The  Northern  delegates  led  by  Henry  Wilson  of 
Massachusetts,  "fought  hard  and  earnestly  for  the  adoption 
of  an  anti-slavery  plank.  This,  however,  was  rejected  and 
the  delegates  from  twelve  States  seceded  and  issued  an 
appeal  to  the  people  for  the  reenactment  of  the  Missouri 
Compromise.7'1 

A  party  platform,  the  first  one  formulated  by  the  Amer- 
ican Party  for  national  campaign  purposes  was  adopted  by 
the  Council.  It  was  decided  to  meet  again  in  Philadelphia, 
February  18-21, 1856,  and  also  to  call  a  national  convention 
to  be  held  at  the  same  time  and  place,  immediately  follow- 
ing the  adjournment  of  the  Council. 

On  February  18,   1856,   the  delegates  to  the  National 
Council   met  at  the  appointed  time  in  Philadelphia  and 
transacted  some  very  important  business  in  connection  witfr 
the  welfare  of  the  order.     In  the  first  place  they  abolished^ 
the  secret  character  of  the  organization.     All  llatlre— «oA\ 
pledges  of  fidelity,  other  than  that  of  the  personal  honor  of 
the  applicant  for  admission,  were  done  away  with.     Public 
discussion    of    the    party's   principles    was    also    adopted. 
From  thenceforth  the  party  was  to  be  as  "open  as  the  day, 
its  basis,  the  manly  honor  of  its  members,  its  principles,  the 

1  Schmeckbier's  History  of  the  Know  Nothing  Party  in  Maryland  in  the  Johns 
Hopkins  University  Studies,  Vol.  XVII,  p.  166. 


ORIGIN  AND  HISTORY  OF  AMERICAN  PARTY    541 

enfranchisement  of  American  citizens  from  spiritual  ty- 
ranny, the  governance  of  the  country  by  those  who  were 
born  on  its  soil,  by  all  whose  hopes,  whose  interests,  whose 
sympathies  and  ties  are  identified  with  the  native  land."1 
The  slavery  question  also  came  before  this  body  for  action 
and  was  debated  more  hotly  than  ever  before.  The  Boston 
Daily  Bee  of  February  21,  1856,  said:  "The  session  of  the 
Council  to-day  has  been  a  stormy  one;  the  subject  of  slav- 
ery has  been  the  matter  of  discussion." 

After  much  wrangling  and  debate,  the  Council  adopted 
the  platform  as  formulated  by  the  1855  Council,  with  the 
exception  of  section  12  which  was  stricken  out.  This  sec- 
tion dealt  with  slavery  and  was  as  follows : — 

The  American  Party  will  abide  by  and  maintain  the  existing  laws 
upon  the  subject  of  slavery  as  a  final  and  conclusive  settlement 
of  that  subject  in  spirit  and  in  substance.  Congress  possesses  no 
constitutional  power  to  legislate  upon  the  subject  of  slavery  in  those 
States  where  it  does  or  may  exist,  or  to  exclude  any  State  from  the 
Union  because  its  Constitution  does  or  does  not  recognize  the  insti- 
tution of  slavery  as  a  part  of  its  social  system. 

The  agitation  against  this  portion  of  the  platform  was 
carried  on  by  the  anti-slavery  representatives  who  hoped 
that  after  it  had  been  stricken  out,  the  Council  would  adopt 
a  radical  anti-slavery  plank.  In  this,  however,  they  were 
disappointed  and  therefore  carried  their  fight  into  the 
national  convention  which  met  immediately  after  the  ad- 
journment of  the  Council. 

Two  hundred  and  twenty-one  delegates  to  the  convention 
assembled  in  Philadelphia  on  the  22nd  of  February.  Ver- 


Putnam's  Ratification  Speech  (a  campaign  pamphlet),  p.  6. 


542     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

mont,  Georgia,  Maine,  and  South  Carolina  were  the  only 
States  not  represented.1  The  convention  had  not  proceeded 
far  until  it  became  apparent  that  the  same  struggle  over  the 
subject  of  slavery,  which  had  been  waged  so  strenuously  in 
the  last  two  Councils  of  the  party,  was  to  be  continued 
in  the  convention.  Some  of  the  delegates  wished  to  declare 
radically  against  slavery;  others  desired  to  see  it  excluded 
only  from  the  Territories;  but  the  majority  demanded  that 
the  party  maintain  a  " do-nothing"  attitude.  The  debate 
upon  the  proposition  was  very  bitter.  The  Boston  Daily 
Bee  said  in  its  issue  of  February  25,  1856,  that  "the  con- 
vention was  the  scene  of  great  excitement  during  the  entire 
morning  session.  The  Southern  delegates  are  very  much 
dissatisfied." 

The  cause  of  the  entire  trouble  lay  in  the  fact  that  the 
radical  anti-slavery  element  was  trying  to  obtain  control  of 
the  machinery  of  the  American  Party,  and  if  this  proved  to 
be  impossible,  to  break  up  the  order  and  induce  the  greater 
portion  of  its  followers  to  join  the  ranks  of  the  newly 
formed  Republican  Party.  The  agitation  was  led  by  the 
delegates  from  Ohio,  who,  it  was  claimed,  were  in  direct 
communication  with  the  Republican  Convention  at  Pitts- 
burg.2  They  would  accept  no  compromise  and  finally 
decided  to  create  such  confusion  and  disorder  in  the  con- 
vention that  a  bolt  could  be  arranged  and  carried  out.  The 
Delaware  delegation  was  the  first  to  leave  the  hall.  The 
meeting  had  not  been  called  for  the  purpose  of  nominating 
presidential  candidates,  but  a  large  number  of  the  dele- 


1  Boston  Daily  Bee,  May  8,  1856. 

8  Boston  Daily  Bee,  February  28,  1850. 


ORIGIN  AND  HISTORY  OF  AMERICAN  PARTY    543 

gates,  seeing  no  need  of  postponing  the  matter  until  some 
future  date,  demanded  that  it  be  done  by  the  convention 
then  in  session.  It  was  because  of  this  that  the  Delaware 
delegation  withdrew.1  The  Ohio  delegates  still  remained 
obstinate  in  their  demand  for  an  anti-slavery  plank.  Finally, 
being  unable  to  force  the  party  from  its  "do-nothing"  posi- 
tion, the  radicals  left  the  convention  and  agreed  to  hold 
a  convention  of  their  own  on  the  following,  day.  These 
bolters  were  from  the  following  northern  and  eastern  States: 
Connecticut,  Rhode  Island,  Massachusetts,  Pennsylvania, 
Ohio,  Illinois,  and  Iowa.2  The  regular  convention  con- 
tinued in  session  and,  after  nominating  Fillmore  and  Donel- 
son  as  the  candidates  of  the  American  Party,  adopted  the 
following  platform:3 

I.     A  humble  acknowledgement  of  the  Supreme  Being. 
II.     Perpetuation  of  the  Federal  Union  and  the  Constitution. 

III.  Americans  must  rule  America. 

IV.  Persons  born  of  parents  residing  temporarily  abroad  should 
be  entitled  to  all  the  rights  of  native  born  citizens. 

V.  No  person  should  be  elected  to  a  political  office  who  recog- 
nizes any  allegiance  or  obligation  of  any  description  to  any  foreign 
prince,  potentate  or  power,  or  who  refuses  to  recognize  the  State  and 
federal  Constitutions  as  paramount  to  other  laws  and  rules  of  polit- 
ical action. 

VI.  The  unqualified  recognition  and  maintenance  of  the  reserved 
rights  of  the  several  States  and.  the  cultivation  of  harmony  and 
fraternal  good  will  between  the  citizens  of  the  several  States,  and  to 
this  end  non-interference  by  Congress  with  questions  appertaining 
solely  to  the  individual  States  and  non-intervention  by  each  State 
with  the  affairs  of  any  other  State. 


1  Boston  Daily  Bee,  February  26,  1856. 

*  Boston  Daily  Bee,  May  8,  1856. 

»  Boston  Daily  Bee,  February  28,  1856. 


544    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

VII.  The  recognition  of  the  right  of  the  native  born  and  natural- 
ized citizens  of  the  United  States,  permanently  residing  in  any  terri- 
tory thereof,  to  frame  their  Constitution  and  laws  and  to  regulate 
their  domestic  and  social  affairs  in  their  own  manner,  subject  only  to 
the  provisions  of  the  federal  Constitution,  with  the  privilege  of 
admission  into  the  Union  whenever  they  have  the  requisite  popu- 
lation for  one  representative  in  Congress.  None  but  citizens  per- 
manently residing  in  such  Territory  shall  participate  in  the  for- 
mation of  such  Constitution. 

VIII.  An  enforcement  of  the  principle  that  no  State  or  Terri- 
tory ought  to  admit  others  than  natives  of  the  United  States  to  the 
right  of  suffrage  or  of  holding  political  office. 

IX.  A  change  in  the  naturalization  laws,  making  a  continued 
residence  of  twenty-one  years  of  all  not  heretofore  provided  for 
an  indispensable  requisite  for  citizenship  hereafter,  and  excluding  all 
paupers  and  persons  convicted  of  a  crime  from  landing  upon  our 
shores,  but  no  interference  with  the  vested  rights  of  foreigners. 

X.     Opposition  to  a  union  of  Church  and  State;  no  interfer- 
ence with  religious  faith  or  worship  and  no  test  oaths  for  office. 

XI.  Free  and  thorough  investigation  into  any  and  all  alleged 
abuses  of  public  functionaries  and  a  strict  economy  in  public  expen- 
ditures. 

XII.  The  maintenance  and  enforcement  of  all  laws  constitution- 
ally enacted  until  said  laws  shall  be  repealed  or  shall  have  been 
declared  null  and  void  by^  competent  judicial  authority. 

XIII.  General  condemnation  of  the  present  administration  for 
the  repeal  of  the  Missouri  Compromise,  for  removal  of  Americans 
from  political  office,  fxyr  granting  suffrage  to  unnaturalized  citizens 
in  Kansas  and  Nebraska,  and  the  corruption  existing  in  the  depart- 
ments of  State.  .   fc 

XIV.  Each  State  Council  shall  have  power  to  annul  its  Constitu- 
tion, so  as  to  abolish  the  several  degrees  and  substitute  a  pledge  of 
honor  instead  of  other  obligations  and  admission  into  the  party. 

XV.  A  free  and  open  discussion  of  all  political  principles  em- 
braced in  the  party  platform. 


ORIGIN  AND  HISTORY  OF  AMERICAN  PARTY     545 

In  commenting  upon  the  above  platform,  McMaster 
says:  "The  third,  seventh,  and  ninth  planks  were  put  in 
to  please  the  old-time  Native  Americans;  the  fifth  and  tenth 
were  for  'the  anti-Catholics;  the  sixth  and  twelfth  which 
related  to  the  enforcement  of  the  fugitive  slave  law  were  to 
satisfy  the  South;  the  seventh,  and  a  hearty  condemnation 
of  the  President  and  the  Kansas  bill  it  was  expected  Vould 
win  votes  in  the  North.  In  reality  it  pleased  no  one."1 

This  was  in  truth  the  case.  The  party  had  drawn  to 
itself  "men  of  every  shade  of  .opinion,"  making  it  impos- 
sible to  formulate  a  platform  satisfactory  to  all  of  them/ 
We  shall  see  how  hopeless  was  the  task  and  how  futile  the 
attempt.  The  nomination  of  Fillmore  and  Donelson,  how- 
ever, seemed  to  have  been  more  satisfactory.  Opponents 
as  well  as  friends  of  the  American  Party  complimented  the 
convention  upon  its  excellent  choice. 

Following  the  adjournment  of  the  National  Convention, 
the  Bolters,  with  sixty-seven  delegates  present,  assembled 
the  next  morning  in  a  nearby  hotel.2  After  passing  reso- 
lutions condemning  the  platform  and  the  nomination  of 
Fillmore,  they,  issued  a  call  for  a  convention  of  those  Native 
Americans  favorable  to  th«ir-  views. .  This  meeting  was 
singularly  Republican  in  its  sentiments  as  was  shown  by 
the  speeches  delivered  before  that  body.  Mr.  Peck,  of  Con- 
necticut, thought  "that  by  being  cautious  a  great  party 
might  be  formed,  a  party  which  would  absorb  Black  Repub- 
licanism. "  Spooner,  of  O'hio,  thought  it  not  good  taste  in 
one  of  the  delegates  to  speak,  as  he  had,  in  denunciatory 

1  McMaster's  The  Riotous  Career  of  the  Know  Nothings  in  the  Forum,  Vol 
XVII,  p.  535.  _ 

»  Boston  Daily  Bee,  February  27,  1856. 


546     IOWA  JOURNAL.  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

terms  of  the  Republican  Party.  The  Ohio  delegates  were 
fearful  lest  some  action  might  be  taken  which  would  prove 
to  be  a  barrier  to  a  union  with  the  Republicans. 

The  National  Convention  of  the  Bolters  assembled  in 
New  York  City  some  weeks  later,  and  after  a  stormy  ses- 
sion nominated  N.  P.  Banks,  of  Massachusetts,  for  Presi- 
dent, and  W.  F.  Johnson,  of  Pennsylvania,  for  Vice-Presi- 
dent.  Mr.  Banks,  however,  declined  the  nomination  and 
the  Bolters  then  endorsed  Col.  John  C.  Fremont.  The  New 
Jersey  delegates  were  dissatisfied  with  the  proceedings  and 
withdrew  from  the  hall.  Later  in  the  day  they  nominated 
R.  F.  Stockton,  of  New  Jersey,  and  Kenneth  Rayner,  of 
North  Carolina.  Strong  anti-Nebraska  resolutions  were 
also  adopted  at  this  latter  meeting.1  Mr.  Rayner,  however, 
declined  to  serve  as  the  standard  bearer  of  the  Bolters,  and 
formally  resigned  when  notified  of  the  convention's  choice.2 
Neither  of  these  parties  were  of  any  importance  in  the 
election  which  followed. 

But  more  trouble  was  in  store  for  the  American  Party. 
Hardly  had  the  national  convention  come  to  a  close  when  the 
press  began  to  report  the  wholesale  repudiation  of  the  plat- 
form and  the  nominees.  The  State  Council  of  Ohio  was.  the 
first  to  refuse  to  ratify  its  work.3  The  Massachusetts  State 
Council  also  repudiated  the  platform  and  the  nominations, 
and  later  agreed  to  support  Col.  Fremont  and  W.  F.  John- 
ston as  candidates  of  the  American  Party  in  that  State.4 
The  Georgia  State  Convention  followed  the  example  of 

1  Boston  Daily  Bee,  June  17,  1850. 
»  Boston  Daily  Bee,  July  9,  1850. 
«  Boston  Daily  Bee,  March  20,'  1850. 
*  Boston  Daily  Bee,  July  2,  1850. 


ORIGIN  AND  HISTORY  OF  AMERICAN  PARTY    547 

Ohio  and  Massachusetts  "with  an  emphasis,"  as  the  Boston 
Daily  Bee  of  July  4,  1856,  said,  "that  is  echoing  all  over 
the  land.  The  Americans  of  Georgia  ....  are  determined 
not  to  throw  away  their  votes. — As  it  is  in  Georgia,  so  it 
will  be  in  other  Southern  States."  Newspapers,  prominent 
men,  and  hundreds  of  local  Councils  abandoned  the  cause  of 
Native  Americanism.  The  tide  had  turned.  Divided  by 
internal  dissensions,  disheartened  by  the  malicious  attacks 
of  its  opponents,  and  fighting  for  issues  which  no  longer 
appealed  to  the  voters,  the  Native  American  Party  entered 
the  campaign  of  1856  with  but  little  hopes  of  success. 

The  Republicans  had  nominated  Fremont  and  Dayton. 
Their  platform  declared : 

I.  Congress  has  sovereign  power  over  Territories  of 
the  United  States  and  has  power  to  prohibit  polygamy  and 
slavery  in  the  same. 

II.     Kansas  should  be  immediately  admitted  as  a  free 
State. 

III.  The  party  opposes  slavery  in  general. 

IV.  The  Pacific  Railroad  and  other  internal  improve- 
ments are  favored. 

Buchanan  and  Breckinridge   were  the  Democratic  can- 
didates, and  stood  upon  a  platform  which  held  that: 

I.  The  federal  government  is  limited  in  its  powers. 
It  should  not  undertake  internal  improvements,  assume  the 
debts  of  the  several  States  or  establish  a  National  Bank. 

II.     Congress  has  no  power  to  interfere  with  the  States 
in  the  matter  of  slavery. 

III.     The  party  opposes  the  demand  to  take  the  veto 
power  from  the  President. 


548    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

IV.     It  also  opposes  all  secret  political  societies. 

V.  It  would  abide  by  the  faithful  execution  of  the  Com- 
promise measures  of  1850,  including  the  Fugitive  Slave 
Law. 

A  vigorous  campaign  was  waged  by  all  parties.  Pam- 
phlets describing  the  principles  of  the  Native  Americans 
were  printed  and  scattered  broadcast  over  the  country.  The 
press  of  the  opposition  claimed  that  the  American  Party 
stood  for  all  that  was  un-American  and  unholy.  It  was  the 
mouthpiece  of  "anti-Romanism,  anti-Bedinism,  anti-Papis- 
talism,  anti-Nunneryism,  anti- Winking- Virginism,  anti-Je- 
suitism."1 

On  the  contrary,  however,  the  party  had  become  very 
conservative  and  free  from  radicalism.  It  showed  a  spirit 
of  true  Americanism,  a  desire  to  better  the  country  and  cor- 
rect those  evils  which  had  arisen  because  of  the  political 
activity  of  the  foreigner.  It  was  "opposed  not  to  Roman- 
ism but  to  political  Romanism,"  as  is  shown  by  the  follow- 
ing quotation  taken  from  one  of  the  party  campaign  pam- 
phlets: 

Our  object  is  practically  to  assert  and  maintain  in  all  cases  the 
separation  between  civil  government  and  ecclesiastical  authority,  by 
whatever  name  or  creed  the  latter  may  be  known,  holding  that  their 
union,  however  slight,  to  be  as  dangerous  to  the  one  as  it  is  corrupt- 
ing to  the  other.  If,  therefore,  we  make  war  to-day  upon  the  Catho- 
lic organizations  because  we  find  them  in  the  political  field,  we 
should  in  the  same  spirit  and  with  the  same  zeal  make  war  to-morrow 
upon  any  other  religious  community  we  might  find  in  the  same  cate- 
gory. .  .  .  As  we  cherish  the  foundations  of  our  political  liberty,  not 


1  McMaster's   The  Biotous  Career  of  the  Know  Nothings  in  the  Forum,  Vol . 
XVII,  p.  634. 


ORIGIN  AND  HISTORY  OF  AMERICAN  PARTY    549 

less  do  we  cherish  the  right  of  every  man  to  worship  God  according 
to  his  own  convictions  of  duty.1 

The  party  further  insisted  "that  all  church  property  of 
every  sect  should  be  taxed;  and  that  no  foreigner  under  any 
name, — bishop,  pastor,  rector,  priest, — appointed  by  any 
foreign  ecclesiastical  authority,  should  have  control  of  any 
property,  church  or  school,  in  the  United  States;  who 
demanded  that  no  foreigner  should  hold  office;  that  there 
should  be  a  common  school  system  on  strictly  American 
principles."2 

For  the  first  time  in  the  history  of  the  country,  a  presi- 
dential campaign  was  fought  out  upon  the  issue  of  slavery. 
The  lines  were  sharply  drawn  in  the  conflict,  but  the  Amer- 
ican Party  still  talked  of  "America  for  the  Americans."  In 
some  States  they  fused  with  the  Republicans;3  in  others, 
with  the  Democrats.4  As  election  day  approached  the 
spirit  of  hopefulness  grew  less  and  less.  North,  East, 
South,  and  West  the  party  went  down  to  defeat.  In  no 
State,  with  the  exception  of  Maryland,  did  it  obtain  an 
electoral  vote.  The  New  York  Daily  Times  of  November 
6,  1856,  said:  "The  American  Party  seems  to  have  been 
very  generally  betrayed  and  deserted  by  its  leaders.  Thou- 
sands of  its  members  voted  directly  for  Buchanan." 

The  popular  and  electoral  vote  for  the  various  candidates 
was  as  follows: 


1  Principles  and  Objects  of  the  American  Party — a  pamphlet  drawn  up  by  the 
National  Council  of  the  Order,  1855,  pp.  18,  22. 

*  McMaster's  The  Riotous  Career  of  the  Know  Nothings  in  the  Forum,  Vol. 
XVII,  p.  534. 

8  Desmond's  The  Know  Nothing  Party,  p.  113;  New  York  Herald,  October  24, 
1856. 

4  New  York  Daily  Times,  November  3,  1856. 


550    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

POPULAR  ELECTORAL 

CANDIDATE  VOTE  VOTE 

Buchanan,  ....  1,850,960  ....  174 
Fremont,  ....  1,334,533  ....  114 
Fillmore,  ....  885,960  ....  8 

Buchanan  was  elected  and  the  American  Party  had  ceased 
to  be  a  factor  in  national  politics.  The  Thirty-sixth  Con- 
gress, the  last  to  contain  any  representative  of  the  American 
Party,  was  composed  of  thirty-eight  Democrats,  twenty-six 
Republicans,  and  two  Americans  in  the  Senate,  and  eighty- 
six  Democrats,  thirteen  anti-Lecompton  Democrats,  one 
hundred  and  nine  Republicans,  and  twenty-two  Americans 
in  the  House. 

The  National  Council  met  for  the  last  time  in  Louisville, 
Kentucky,  June  2,  1857,  and  recommended  that  the  organi- 
zation in  each  State  be  permitted  to  adopt  such  platform 
and  pursue  such  policies  as  it  deemed  best.  This  was  the 
last  expression  of  the  party  as  a  national  organization, 
although  it  continued  for  several  years  to  play  an  active 
part  in  the  State  and  local  politics  of  Rhode  Island,  Mary- 
land, Kentucky,  and  Tennessee. 

"The  Presidential  campaign  of  the  preceding  year  had 
wrecked  the  party,  Maryland  being  the  only  State  carried 
by  Fillmore.  Indeed,  for  some  time  before  the  disintegra- 
tion of  the  party  as  a  national  organization  was  evident. 
Massachusetts  and  other  northern  States  had  repudiated  the 
slavery  platform,  and  the  party  had  fallen  almost  entirely 
into  the  hands  of  the  Free  Soilers  and  Abolitionists,  while  in 
Louisiana  and  California  almost  from  the  start  the  party  had 
discarded  the  plank  in  opposition  to  the  Catholics."2 

1  Schmeckbier's  History  of  the  Know  Nothing  Party  in  Maryland  in  the  Johns 
Hopkins  University  Studies,  Vol.  XVII,  p.  215. 


ORIGIN  AND  HISTORY  OF  AMERICAN  PARTY    551 

The  overwhelming  defeat  of  the  American  Party  is 
attributable  to  various  causes,  the  most  important  of  which 
was  the  sudden  rise  of  slavery  as  a  national  issue.  The 
Democrats  had  declared  themselves  as  being  favorable  to 
its  extension  into  the  Territories;  the  Republicans  had  gone 
on  record  as  opposed  to  that  proposition.  The  American 
Party,  however,  had  remained  neutral.  In  the  North  a 
large  number  of  its  members  had  become  anti-slavery  in 
their  beliefs  and  had  gone  over  to  the  Republican  Party. 
This  wholesale  desertion  by  the  anti-slavery  element  had 
led  the  opposition  to  claim,  with  great  force  and  apparent 
justice,  that  "Abolition  is  the  backbone  of  the  American 
Party."1  As  early  as  January  5,  1855,  Hon.  W.  S.  Barry, 
speaking  in  the  House  of  Representatives  had  said  that 
"Know  Nothingisin  and  Abolitionism  are  one  and  the  same 
thing."  It  was  said  that  in  New  York  the  Native  Ameri- 
can party  had  helped  the  Anti-Nebraska  element  to  return 
twenty-nine  of  its  men  to  Congress.2  Like  arguments  had  . 
been  used  with  regard  to  Illinois  and  Pennsylvania;3  while 
of  Michigan  it  had  been  claimed  that  "the  whole  State  was 
carried  for  freedom  by  the  council  fires  of  the  American 

* 

Party.7'4  Such  statements  as  _  these,  containing  as -they  did 
more  than  a  mere  grain  of  truth,  had  succeeded  in  forcing  a 
large  number  of  its  members  in  the  South  out  of  the  party 
and  into  the  ranks  of  the  Democrats.  And  it  was  this 


1  Washington  Daily  Union,  January  11,  1855. 

2  Worcester  Evening  Journal,  quoted  by  the  Washington  Daily  Union,  January 
11,  1855. 

*  Worcester  Evening  Journal,  quoted  by  the  Washington  Daily  Union,  January 
11,  1855. 

4  Worcester  Evening  Journal,  quoted  by  the  Washington  Daily  Union,  January 
11,  1855.  ~ 


552    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Southern  vote  which  made  it  possible  for  Buchanan  to  • 
defeat  both  Fillmore  and  Fremont  for  the  presidency.  The 
large  vote  which  Fillmore  did  obtain  in  the  South,  in  spite 
of  the  supposed  anti-slavery  position  of  the  party,  was, 
without  doubt,  an  expression  of  the  feeling  in  the  South 
against  the  idea  of  secession.1 

Another  cause  lay  in  the  fact  that  the  National  Council 
had  abolished  the  secret  character  of  the  order.  While  this 
had  been  maintained  the  organization  had  been  able  to 
retain  its  unity,  but  as  soon  as  abandoned  its  opponents 
secured  control  of  the  party,  broke  it  into  factions,  and 
destroyed  it.  Then,  too,  the  defeat  of  the  American  candi- 
date for  Governor  in  Virginia  by  the  Democrats  in  1855 
had  fallen  like  a  bomb  shell  among  the  Native  Americans.  / 
Many  of  its  members  lost  heart  and  returned  to  their  old 
alliances.  Among  the  Democrats,  however,  the  victory 
created  the  greatest  of  exultation  and  gave  them  renewed 
courage  with  which  to  enter  the  campaign  of  1856. 

To  some,  perhaps,  it  may  seem  that  the  American  Party 
had  lived  and  died  in  vain.  But  such  was  not  the  case.-  It 
did  a  great  good  in  hastening  the  cultivation  of  a  broader 
and  more  liberal  American  spirit  among  the  foreigners.  It 
hastened  their  Americanization,  It  is  also  true  that,  at  the 
time  of  the  party's  origin  and  greatest  strength,  the  Cath- 
olic Church  was  taking  an  active  part  in  politics  and  in 
other  matters  equally  far  removed  from  the  proper  sphere 
of  the  Church.  But  as  a  result  of  the  agitation  of  the 
Native  Americans,  the  Catholics  "made  haste  to  disclaim 
with  the  greatest  vehemence,  the  evil  designs  and  possibili- 

1  Maeey's  Political  Parties  in  the  United  States,  p.  226. 


ORIGIN  AND  HISTORY  OF  AMERICAN  PARTY    553 

ties  attributed  to  them.  And  more  than  one  distinguished 
churchman  said  that,  if  necessary,  they  would  themselves 
take  up  arms  to  meet  the  papal  invader  on  the  shore,  and  to 
repel  him  with  as  much  vigor  as  if  he  were  but  an  ordinary 
foreign  enemy  ....  Catholics,  both  lay  and  cleric,  went  out 
of  their  way  to  demonstrate  their  love  of  American  institu- 
tions, and  their  pride  in  American  citizenship.  Bishops 
positively  forbade  that  they  should  be  addressed  by  the 
title  of  'lord'  and  'lordship'  common  in  European  coun- 
tries."1 

To  one  who  scans  the  political  and  economic  world  at 
the  present  day  and  sees  the  buying  and  selling  of  foreign 
votes,  the  pandering  to  the  immigrants  by  the  distribution 
of  political  patronage,  the  lax  enforcement  of  the  naturaliza- 
tion laws,  and  many  other  similiar  practices  the  need  of 
a  little  of  that  Native  American  spirit  is  apparent. 

IKA  CROSS 

UNIVERSITY  OF  WISCONSIN 
MADISON 


4  McGlynn's  Know  Nothingism,  New  and  Old,  in  the  North  American  Review, 
Vol,  CXLV,  p.  193. 


FEDERAL  AND  STATE  AID  TO  EDUCATION 

IN  IOWA 


INTRODUCTION 


A  glance  at  the  educational  writings  of  the  past  few  years 
will  show  that  more  and  more  attention  is  being  paid  to  the 
financial  problems  of  education.  That  this  is  the  case  needs 
no  apology.  It  is  not  an  indication  that  the  minds  of 
educators  are  becoming  sordid  and  mercenary,  but  simply 
that  educational  thinkers  are  becoming  more  fully  awake 
to  the  fact  that  among  the  important — indeed,  the  essential 
— factors  in  the  successful  administration  of  any  educational 
institution  are  the  factors  pertaining  to  its  financial  support. 
"While  the  making  of  money  should  not  be  the  end  and  aim 
of  any  educational  institution,  yet  without  funds  and  a 
measure  of  wisdom  in  their  administration  an  educator, 
even  with  the  loftiest  ideals  and  ambitions,  will  usually  not 
be  able  to  conduct  a  school  successfully.  Buildings  must  be 
erected  and  equipped;  heat,  light,  and  laboratory  and 
library  supplies  must  be  provided;  salaries  of  teachers  must 
be  paid;  and  for  many  other  purposes  funds  are  essential. 
The  amount,  sources,  care,  and  expenditure  of  funds  should 
receive  even  more  attention  than  is  now  being  given  to 
these  matters.  The  successful  administrator  of  educational 
affairs  must  have  not  only  high  ideals  as  to  the  ends  to 
be  striven  for  in  his  work,  but  also  ability  to  obtain,  care 
for,  and  use  funds  for  the  attainment  of  such  ends. 

Studies  of  various  phases  of  school  financing  in  the  differ- 


FEDERAL   AID   TO   EDUCATION    IN    IOWA        555 

ent  States  of  the  Union  may  be  of  much  value.  Such 
studies  should  be  made  in  at  least  a  few  States  in  which 
are  found  methods  characteristic  of  a  group  of  States.  For 
example,  in  the  matter  of  the  care  and  disposal  of  its  Fed- 
eral land  grants  Iowa  may  be  taken  as  a  type  of  certain 
States  of  the  Mississippi  Valley.  On  the  other  hand,  other 
States  of  the  Middle  West  have  treated  their  lands  received 
from  such  sources  by  methods  considerably  different  from 
those  used  by  Iowa.  A  comparative  study  of  the  laws 
of  the  various  States  is  profitable  not  only  from  the  stand- 
point of  historical  interest,  but  also  for  its  suggestive  value 
in  the  newer  States  where  school  lands  are  yet  largely 
unsold. 

A  complete  understanding  and  appreciation  of  present 
conditions  in  regard  to  almost  any  enterprise  depends  in 
a  large  measure  upon  a  knowledge  of  the  evolution  and 
growth  of  that  enterprise.  Accordingly,  the  larger  part  of 
this  study  of  Federal  and  State  Aid  to  Education  in  Iowa 
is  historical.  The  concluding  chapter  is  devoted  to  a  brief 
comparison  of  some  Iowa  conditions  with  those  of  a  few 
other  States. 

The  present  paper  on  Federal  and  State  Aid  to  Educa- 
tion in  loiva  has  grown  out  of  the  first  of  a  series  of  studies 
recently  made  and  still  being  carried  on  by  the  writer  and 
by  other  graduate  students  in  the  Department  of  Education 
at  The  State  University  of  Iowa.  Several  other  discussions 
of  various  phases  of  educational  finance  are  to  follow.  This 
paper  was  presented  to  the  Faculty  of  the  Graduate  College 
of  The  State  University  of  Iowa,  and  upon  the  recommen- 
dation of  Professor  Frederick  E.  Bolton,  Head  of  the 


556     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Department  of  Education,  was  accepted  in  partial  fulfill- 
ment of  the  requirements  for  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Phi- 
losophy. 

Acknowledgments  and  sincere  thanks  are  due  to  Profes- 
sor Bolton  for  numerous  and  helpful  suggestions  in  this 
study,  and  in  a  far  deeper  sense  for  a  view  of  the  field 
and  possibilities  of  education  which  have  been  chiefly  instru- 
mental in  forming  the  writer's  determination  to  devote  his 
life  to  educational  work.  Acknowledgment  is  due  Pro- 
fessor Benjamin  F.  Shambaugh,  Head  of  the  Department 
of  Political  Science  in  The  State  University  of  Iowa,  who 
has  kindly  assisted  in  securing  access  to  much  of  the  mate- 
rial used  and  in  editing  and  preparing  the  manuscript  for 
the  press. 

FEDERAL   AID   TO    EDUCATION   IN    IOWA 

FEDEEAL    LAND    GRANTS 

From  an  early  date  the  Federal  government  has  contrib- 
uted materially  to  the  encouragement  and  development  of 
public  schools  and  of  other  educational  agencies.  When 
the  nation  was  still  in  its  infancy,  before  the  adoption  of  the 
Federal  Constitution,  the  spirit  which  has  resulted  in  such 
activity  was  already  manifest.  In  the  days  when  the 
supreme  law  of  the  land  was  embodied  in  the  Articles  of 
Confederation  the  central  government  was  already  inter- 
esting itself  in  laying  foundations  for  the  education  of  the 
masses.  The  Congress,  engrossed  as  it  was  with  the  solu- 
tion of  an  almost  countless  number  of  problems  growing 
out  of  its  own  lack  of  power,  of  inter-State  struggles,  and 
of  dangers  from  foreign  forces,  yet  kept  in  view  the  idea 


FEDERAL   AID   TO   EDUCATION   IN    IOWA       557 

that  the  advancement  of  education  was  one  of  the  important 
functions  of  the  central  government.  Thus  deeply  in  the 
very  foundations  of  our  national  government  were  also  laid 
the  foundations  of  Federal  encouragement  and  Federal  aid 
to  popular  education. 

Federal  aid  to  education  has  been  rendered  chiefly  by  the 
granting  of  tracts  of  land  belonging  to  the  nation  at  large. 
At  the  close  of  the  Revolution,  the  large  extent  of  land 
lying  between  the  Ohio  and  Mississippi  rivers  was  claimed 
by  several  of  the  States.  Massachusetts,  Connecticut,  New 
York,  and  Virginia  each  claimed  a  part,  or  in  some  cases  all, 
of  this  territory.  These  conflicting  claims  bade  fair  to  be 
the  cause  of  feelings  of  strife  and  hatred,  if  not,  indeed,  of 
actual  warfare  between  these  States.  Furthermore,  the  claim 
was  made  by  other  States  that,  since  this  land  had  been 
won  from  England  by  all  the  States  united  in  common  war- 
fare, it  should  belong  to  all  in  common  and  not  to  the 
States  having  special  claims.  Maryland  especially  took  a 
firm  stand  on  the  question,  refusing  to  agree  to  the  Articles 
of  Confederation  until  title  to  this  land  had  been  given  over 
to  the  Federal  government.1  After  a  considerable  time 
spent  in  fierce  wrangling  and  bitter  disputation  the  four 
States  gave  up  their  several  claims,  and  the  western  frontier, 
known  as  the  Northwest  Territory,  became  and  was  gener- 
ally recognized  as  a  part  of  the  national  domain. 

It  was  in  the  establishment  and  adjustment  of  means  for 
the  control  and  disposal  of  the  Northwest  Territory  that  the 
first  indications  are  seen  of  the  nation's  policy  regarding  the 


1  Johns  Hopkins  University  Studies  in  History  and  Political  Science,  Vol.  IX,  p. 
107,  et  seq. 


558    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

encouragement  and  development  of  education  as  a  function 
of  the  general  government.  In  April,  1784,  a  plan  for  sur- 
veying and  selling  the  lands  of  the  Northwest  Territory  was 
introduced  into  Congress  by  Thomas  Jefferson.  His  plan 
was  not  adopted.  But  in  the  following  year  another  plan 
was  introduced,  containing  some  of  the  essential  features 
presented  by  Jefferson,  and  it  was  referred  to  a  committee 
for  consideration.  This  committee  presented  to  Congress 
a  measure  which,  after  a  month's  debate  and  after  being 
amended  in  many  respects,  was  adopted  by  Congress,  May 
20,  1785,  under  the  title  of  "An  ordinance  for  ascertaining 
the  mode  of  disposing  of  lands  in  the  Western  Territory."1 
This  ordinance  provided  for  the  manner  in  which  disposal 
could  be  made  of  such  territory,  ceded  by  the  individual 
States  to  the  United  States,  as  had  been  purchased  of  the 
Indian  tribes. 

To  accomplish  this  purpose  it  was  necessary  for  the  land 
to  be  surveyed.  Accordingly  a  surveyor  from  each  State 
was  to  be  appointed  by  Congress  or  by  a  committee  of  the 
States.  These  surveyors  were  to  divide  the  territory  into 
townships  six  miles  square,  by  lines  running  due  north  and 
south,  and  others  crossing  these  at  right  angles,  except 
where  boundaries  of  Indian  purchases  might  render  it 
impracticable,  and  in  such  cases  there  was  to  be  departure 
from  this  rule  no  farther  than  such  particular  circumstances 
might  require.  These  lines  were  to  be  described  exactly  on 
a  plat,  on  which  were  also  to  be  noted  by  the  surveyors  all 
mines,  salt-springs,  salt-licks,  and  mill-seats  coming  to  their 
knowledge.  The  plats  of  the  townships,  respectively,  were 

1  Journals  of  Congress,  Vol.  IV,  pp.  520-522. 


FEDERAL   AID    TO   EDUCATION   IN    IOWA        559 

to  be  marked  by  subdivisions  into  lots  of  one  mile  square, 
or  six  hundred  and  forty  acres,  in  the  same  direction  as  the 
external  lines,  and  numbered  from  one  to  thirty-six;  and 
where  (from  the  above  mentioned  causes)  only  a  fractional 
part  of  a  township  should  be  surveyed  the  lots  protracted 
thereon  were  to  bear  the  same  numbers  as  if  the  townships 
had  been  entire.  This  ordinance,  having  thus  directed  the 
surveying  of  the  land,  proceeded  to  make  the  provision 
which  gives  to  the  ordinance  its  chief  interest  from  the 
standpoint  of  education.  The  exact  words  of  this  provision 
are:  " There  shall  be  reserved  the  lot  No.  16,  of  every 
township,  for  the  maintenance  of  public  schools,  within  the 
said  township."1 

Thus  the  foundation  was  laid  for  the  policy  of  aiding 
schools  by  means  of  land  grants,  which  has  continued  down 
to  the  present  time.  In  accordance  with  the  policy  thus 
inaugurated  the  Federal  government  has  granted  to  the  vari- 
ous States  and  Territories  many  millions  of  acres  of  land 
for  public  schools.  Acting  on  this  policy,  the  United 
States  has  granted  to  every  State  entering  the  Union  pre- 
vious to  August  14,  1848, 2  the  sixteenth  section  of  each 
township  to  be  used  for  public  schools;  while  every  State 
entering  the  Union  since  that  date  has  received  the  six- 
teenth and  thirty-sixth  sections  for  such  purpose.3 

About  two  and  one-half  years  later  the  Continental  Con- 
gress again  adopted  measures  relating  to  education.  Indeed, 
two  legislative  enactments  now  followed  in  the  spirit  of  the 

1  Journals  of  Congress,  Vol.  IV,  p.  521. 

*  Date  of  passage  of  an  act  to  establish  the  Territorial  government  of  Oregon. 

8  Report  of  the  Commissioner  of  Education,  1880,  pp.  xxix-xxx. 


560     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Land  Ordinance  of  1785.  In  the  first  of  these  educational 
matters  were  dealt  with  in  general  terms;  while  in  the 
second,  specific  statements  were  used. 

On  July  13,  1787,  Congress  adopted  uAn  Ordinance  for 
the  Government  of  the  Territory  of  the  United  States, 
northwest  of  the  river  Ohio."1  This  is  the  measure  popu- 
larly spoken  of  as  the  u Ordinance  of  1787."  In  the  third 
article,  this  ordinance  declares  that  u  Religion,  morality  and 
knowledge,  being  necessary  to  good  government  and  the 
happiness  of  mankind,  schools  and  the  means  of  education 
shall  forever  be  encouraged."  We  have  here  a  general 
statement  of  the  position  which  the  Federal  government 
then  took  and  has  since  continued  to  hold  with  regard  to 
education.  Support  of  schools  was  not  among  the  powers 
granted  by  the  Articles  of  Confederation,  yet  here  is  the 
statement  that  by  the  United  States  u  schools  and  the  means 
of  education  shall  forever  be  encouraged."  Although  the 
States  were,  and  ever  have  been,  jealously  watching  the 
Federal  government,  fearing  that  it  would  appropriate  to 
itself  power  belonging  to  the  States,  yet  the  Federal  policy 
of  encouraging  and  aiding  education  has  never  been  ques- 
tioned or  objected  to. 

Ten  days  after  the  passage  of  the  Ordinance  of  1787, 
Congress,  on  July  23,  1787,  enacted  a  measure  making 
specific  provision  for  grants  of  land  for  the  support  of  edu- 
cation.2 It  granted  certain  "powers  to  the  Board  of  Treas- 
ury to  contract  for  the  sale  of  the  Western  Territory." 
The  Board  of  Treasury  was  in  fact  empowered  and  author- 

1  Journals  of  Congress,  Vol.  IV,  pp.  752-754. 

*  Journals  of  Congress,  Vol.  IV,  Appendix,  pp.  17,  18. 


FEDERAL   AID    TO   EDUCATION    IN    IOWA       561 

ized  to  contract  with  any  person  or  persons  for  a  grant  of  a 
tract  of  land  within  the  western  territory  of  the  nation. 
Within  seven  years  after  the  completion  of  the  surveying  of 
this  tract  the  purchasers  were  to  lay  off  the  whole  tract  into 
townships  and  fractional  parts  of  townships  and  divide  the 
same  into  lots  according  to  the  Land  Ordinance  of  1785.  In 
any  tract  of  land  conveyed  under  this  measure,  the  lot  No. 
16  in  each  township  or  fractional  part  of  a  township  was  to 
be  given  perpetually  to  the  purpose  contained  in  the  Land 
Ordinance,  namely,  "the  maintenance  of  public  schools 
within  the  said  township."  A  further  provision  of  this 
Ordinance  was  that  there  were  to  be  given  not  more  than 
two  complete  townships  to  be  used  perpetually  for  the  pur- 
poses of  a  university.  This  land  was  to  be  laid  off  by  the 
purchaser  or  purchasers,  as  near  as  might  be  to  the  center  of 
the  tract,  so  that  the  same  should  be  good  land.  It  was  to 
be  applied  to  its  intended  object  by  legislation  of  the  State. 

This  latter  enactment  is  of  especial  interest  from  the  fact 
that  it  not  only  is  based  upon  and  puts  into  definite  oper- 
ation the  policy  of  granting  the  sixteenth  section  in  each 
township  for  public  schools,  but  it  also  marks  the  beginning 
of  the  policy  of  Federal  land  grants  for  founding  and  sup- 
porting universities.  Here  were  first  sown  the  seeds  from 
which  was  destined  to  spring  the  present  great  tree  of  State 
University  education,  which  to-day  gives  of  its  abundant 
and  incomparable  fruit  to  thousands  of  the  nation's  citi- 
zens. Here  the  government  said  that  not  only  common 
but  also  higher  education  is  rightly  to  be  encouraged  by  the 
national  government. 

Such  were  the  beginnings  of  the  policy  of  Federal  aid  to 


562     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

education  by  means  of  land  grants.  This  policy,  moreover, 
lias  been  followed,  to  a  greater  or  less  degree,  and  with 
some  variations,  in  every  State  admitted  to  the  Union  and 
in  every  Territory  organized  since  the  adoption  of  the  Fed- 
eral Constitution;  and  for  agricultural  colleges  or  other 
educational  agencies  it  has  been  extended  to  the  thirteen 
original  States  as  well. 

The  fruits  of  this  Federal  policy  have  been  enjoyed  by 
Iowa,  which  has  received  grants  at  different  times  and  for 
various  purposes.  In  addition  to  tracts  of  land  donated 
specifically  for  aid  to  education,  this  State  has  received  land 
grants  made  by  Congress  for  other  purposes  and  afterward 
turned  over  by  the  State  to  educational  agencies.  The  sev- 
eral Federal  land  grants  made  to  Iowa  for  education,  or 
made  with  other  ends  in  view  and  afterward  diverted  to 
educational  purposes,  are  as  follows:  — 

1.  The  Sixteenth  Section  Grant. 

2.  The  Five  Hundred  Thousand  Acre  Grant. 

3.  The  University  Grant. 

4.  The  Agricultural  College  Grant. 

5.  The  Saline  Land  Grant. 

6.  The  Five  Section  Grant. 
V.     The  Swamp  Land  Grant. 

It  is  the  intention  to  notice  in  the  following  pages 
when,  how,  and  for  what  purposes  these  grants  were  made; 
by  whom  cared  for  and  sold;  how  much  money  has  been 
received  therefrom  (in  so  far  as  may  be  ascertained);  and 
how  much,  if  any,  of  these  lands  yet  remain  unsold.  Infor- 
mation as  to  these  matters  has  been  obtained  chiefly  by  an 
examination  of  laws  and  resolutions  passed  by  the  State  or 


FEDERAL   AID   TO   EDUCATION   IN   IOWA       563 

the  Territorial  legislatures;  from  acts  passed  by  the  national 
Congress,  in  so  far  as  these  acts  pertain  to  land  grants  made 
to  Iowa  alone  or  to  Iowa  along  with  other  States;  from 
reports  of  the  State  Auditors,  Treasurers,  and  Superintend- 
ents of  Public  Instruction  in  Iowa;  and  from  several  less 
extensive  general  and  special  reports  pertaining  to  educa- 
tion in  Iowa.  The  amount,  care,  and  expenditure  of  the 
funds  arising  from  the  sale,  of  these  land  grants  are  being 
worked  out  in  another  study  which  it  is  hoped  will  be  pub- 
lished in  the  near  future. 

THE    SIXTEENTH    SECTION    GKANT 

In  the  foregoing  pages  it  is  shown  how,  during  the 
period  of  the  Confederation,  the  national  government  de- 
clared its  policy  of  reserving  the  sixteenth  section  in  each 
township  for  the  support  of  schools.  Sharing  in  this  Fed- 
eral aid,  the  State  of  Iowa  received  land  for  establishing 
and  maintaining  common  schools.  The  grant  to  Iowa  was 
made  by  an  act  of  Congress,  approved  March  3,  1845 — the 
act  preliminary  to  Iowa's  admission  into  the  Union. l  Therein 
certain  propositions  were  laid  down  by  the  national  govern- 
ment, which  if  accepted  by  the  State  legislature,  were  to 
become  obligatory  upon  the  United  States.  The  first  of 
these  propositions  was  that  "  section  numbered  sixteen  in 
every  township  of  the  public  land,  and,  where  such  section 
has  been  sold  or  otherwise  disposed  of,  other  lands  equiva- 
lent thereto,  and  as  contiguous  thereto  as  may  be,  shall  be 
granted  to  the  State  for  the  use  of  schools." 

This  proposition,  together  with  others  laid  down  by  the 

1  United  States  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  V,  pp.  789-790;  reprinted  in  Sham- 
baugh's  Documentary  Material  Relating  to  the  History  of  Iowa,  Vol.  I,  pp.  125-128- 


564    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

act,  was  accepted  by  an  act  of  the  General  Assembly 
approved  January  15,  1849.1 

Morever,  the  Constitution  under  which  Iowa  became  a 
State  declares  that  "the  General  Assembly  shall  encourage,, 
by  all  suitable  means,  the  promotion  of  intellectual,  scien- 
tific, moral,  and  agricultural  improvement.  The  proceeds 
of  all  lands  that  have  been  or  hereafter  may  be  granted  by 
the  United  States  to  this  State,  for  the  support  of  schools, 
which-  shall  hereafter  be  sold  or  disposed  of,  ....  shall  be 
and  remain  a  perpetual  fund,  the  interest  of  which,  together 

with  all  the  rents  of  the  unsold  lands, shall  be 

inviolably  appropriated  to  the  support  of  common  schools 
throughout  the  State. " 2  Almost  exactly  these  same  words 
were  also  incorporated  in  Article  IX  (second  part)  section  3, 
of  the  new  Constitution,3  adopted  by  the  Constitutional 
Convention,  March  5,  1857,  approved  by  vote  of  the  people 
of  the  State,  August  3,  1857,  and  announced  as  the  supreme 
law  of  the  Commonwealth  by  Governor  Grimes  in  a  procla- 
mation issued  September  3,  1857.4  Thus  Iowa  accepted 
the  Sixteenth  Section  Grant,  and  took  upon  itself  the 
responsibility  of  wisely  caring  for  and  administering  it  to 
the  purposes  for  which  it  had  been  made. 

In  southeastern  Iowa,  a  tract  of  land  containing  about  one 
hundred  and  thirteen  thousand  acres,  and  known  as  the  Half- 
Breed  Tract  had  been  granted,  in  1834,  to  half-breeds  of  the 

1  Laws  of  Iowa,  1848,  pp.  121-122;  see  also  Shambaugh's  Documentary  Material 
Relating  to  the  History  of  Iowa,  Vol.  I,  pp.  131,  132. 

2  Article  X,  Sec.  2— See  Laws  of  Iowa,  1846,  p.  13. 

3  Journal  of  the  Constitutional  Convention  [Appendix] ,  p.  21. 

4  Shambaugh's  Messages  and  Proclamations  of  the  Governors  of  Iowa,  Vol.  II, 
p.  109. 


FEDERAL   AID    TO   EDUCATION   IN   IOWA        565 

Sac  and  Fox  Indians.  As  this  land  had  been  granted  to  the 
Indians  in  fee-simple,  the  sixteenth  section  of  the  townships 
therein  could  not  be  reserved  for  school  purposes.  It  was 
to  make  good  to  the  State  the  loss  of  school  lands  in  this 
tract  that  Congress  enacted,  August  23,  1842,  a  measure  to 
authorize  the  selection  of  school  lands  in  lieu  of  those  granted 
to  the  half-breeds  of  the  Sac  and  Fox  Indians.  By  this 
act  it  was  provided  that  uthe  commissioners  of  the  county  of 
Lee,  in  the  Territory  of  Iowa,  be,  and  they  are  hereby, 
authorized  to  select,  of  any  of  the  public  lands  of  the  United 
States  subject  to  private  entry  within  the  Iowa  Territory, 
one  section  for  each  entire  township  of  land  in  the  i half- 
breed  tract,'  in  said  county,  and  a  proportional  quantity  for 
each  fractional  township  in  said  county,  under  such  rules  and 
regulations  as  shall  be  prescribed  by  the  Secretary  of  the 
Treasury;  which  land,  when  selected,  shall  be  subject  to  the 
same  rules  and  regulations  as  the  sixteenth  sections  in  all  the 
townships  of  the  public  lands  are  subject."1  Thus  the  State 
was  compensated  for  what  would  have  otherwise  been  a  loss 
of  some  of  its  public  school  lands. 

Furthermore,  in  some  other  parts  of  the  Territory  the 
sixteenth  section  had  been  settled,  and  so  could  not  be  de- 
voted to  the  use  of  schools  without  great  injustice  to  the 
settlers  and  almost  endless  litigation  on  the  part  of  the 
government.  To  obviate  this  difficulty  and  still  provide 
for  the  State's  obtaining  its  full  and  just  amount  of  land, 
Congress  enacted,  June  15,  1844,  that  "  whenever  the  six- 
teenth section  in  said  Territories  [Iowa  and  Florida]  either 
in  whole  or  in  part,  are  now,  or  may  hereafter  be,  included 

1  United  States  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  V,  p.  622. 


566     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

in  private  claims  held  by  titles  confirmed  or  legally  decided 
to  be  valid  and  sufficient,  other  lands  equivalent  thereto, 
within  any  land  district  in  said  Territories  most  adjacent  to 
said  lands  so  taken  up  by  private  claims,  which  have  been 
offered  at  public  sale,  and  remain  unsold,  may  be  selected  in 
lieu  thereof,  under  the  direction  of  the  Secretary  of  the 
Treasury,  and  the  lands  so  selected  shall  be  entered  in  the 
office  of  the  register  of  the  land  district  in  which  they  may 
lie,  and  be  by  such  register  reported  to  the  Commissioner  of 
the  General  Land  Office  as  school  lands  selected  under  this 
act"1 

In  consequence  of  the  Sixteenth  Section  Grant  there  were 
turned  over  to  the  State  of  Iowa,  to  be  used  in  support  of 
the  common  schools,  1,014,331.05  acres  of  land.  The  loca- 
tion of  this  land,  with  the  number  of  acres  in  each  county, 
is  shown  by  the  following  table:2 

TABLE    I 


COUNTY 

NO.   OF   ACRES      |                       COUNTY 

NO.   OF   ACRES 

Adair 

10,240.00 

Butler   .     .    '  ;  s 

10,240.00 

Adams 

7,680.00 

Calhoun     .     . 

10,240.00 

Allamakee 

11,520.00 

Carroll 

10,240.00 

Appanoose     .     . 

10,240.00 

Cass       .     .     . 

10,240.00 

* 

Audubon        .     . 

7,680.00 

Cedar    . 

10,240.00 

Benton      .     .     . 

12,800.00 

Cerro  Gordo  . 

10,240.00 

Black  Hawk 

10,240.00 

Cherokee    . 

10,240.00 

Boone 

10,240.00 

Chickasaw 

7,680.00 

Bremer      .     .     . 

7,680.00 

Clarke  .     .     . 

7,680.00 

Buchanan       .     . 

10,240.00 

Clay      .     .     . 

10,240.00 

Buena  Vista  .     , 

10,240.00 

Clayton 

13,715.08 

1  United  States  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  V,  p.  666. 

•  Report  of  the  Secretary  of  State  (Land  Department),  1903,  pp. 


6-7. 


FEDERAL   AID   TO   EDUCATION   IN   IOWA        567 


COUNTY 

NO.   OF   ACRES      I                       COUNTY 

NO.    OF    ACRES 

Clinton 

13,016.77 

Lee  .... 

9,904.45 

Crawford 

12,800.00 

Linn 

12,800.00 

Dallas        .     .     . 

10,240.00 

Louisa  . 

7,438.35 

Davis  .... 

10,240.00 

Lucas     . 

7,680.00 

Decatur     . 

10,240.00 

Lyon     .     .     . 

11,520.00 

Delaware  .     .     . 

10,240.00 

Madison 

10,240.00 

Des  Homes  . 

7,392.81 

Mahaska    .     . 

10,240.00 

Dickinson 

7,680.00 

Marion       .     . 

10,240.00 

Dubuque  .     .     . 

11,364.00 

Marshall     .     . 

10,240.00 

Emmet      .     .     . 

7,680.00 

Mills      .     .     . 

8,000.00 

Fayette     .     .     . 

12,800.00 

Mitchell     .     -. 

10,240.00 

Floyd  .... 

7,680.00 

Monona 

13,228.74 

Franklin   .     .     . 

10,240.00 

Monroe       .     . 

7,680.00 

Fremont    .     .     . 

10,080.00 

Montgomery  . 

7,680.00 

Greene       .     .     . 

10,240.00 

Muscatine 

7,936.83 

Grundy 

8,960.00 

O'Brien      .     . 

10,240.00 

Guthrie     .     .     . 

10,240.00 

Osceola 

7,680.00 

Hamilton 

10,240.00 

Page     .     .     . 

10,240.00 

Hancock   . 

10,240.00 

Palo  Alto  .     . 

10,240.00 

Hardin      .     .     . 

10,240.00 

Plymouth 

15,322.65 

Harrison  . 

12,234.17 

Pocahontas     . 

10,240.00 

Henry 

7,680.00 

Polk      .     .     . 

10,240.00 

Howard    . 

10,240.00 

Pottawattamie 

17,658.46 

Humboldt      .     . 

7,680.00 

,  Poweshiek 

10,240.00 

Ida       .... 

7,680.00 

Ringgold    .     . 

10,240.00 

Iowa    .... 

10,240.00 

Sac  .     .     .     . 

10,240.00 

Jackson     . 

11,143.22 

Scott     .     .     . 

8,632.67 

Jasper       .     .     . 

12,800.00 

Shelby        .     . 

10,240.00 

Jefferson  .     .     . 

7,680.00 

Sioux     .     .     . 

14,116.07 

Johnson    . 

10,880.00 

Story     .     .     . 

10,240.00 

Jones   .... 

10,240.00 

Tama    .     .     . 

12,800.00 

Keokuk     .     .     . 

10,240.00 

Taylor        .     . 

10,240.00 

Kossuth    .     .     . 

17,920.00 

Union    . 

7,680.00 

568     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


COUNTY 


NO.  OF  ACRES 


NO.  OF  ACRES 


Van  Buren     .     . 

9,146.78 

Winnebago     . 

7,680.00 

Wapello    .     .     . 

7,680.00 

Winneshiek    . 

12,800.00 

Warren     .     .     . 

10,240.00 

Woodbury 

15,680.00 

Washington 

10,240.00 

Worth  .     .     . 

7,680.00 

Wayne      .     .     . 

10,240.00 

Wright       .     . 

10,240.00 

Webster   .      .     . 

12,800.00 

Total      .     . 

1,014,331.05 

Relative  to  the  number  of  acres  included  and  actually  re- 
ceived by  the  State  under  the  Sixteenth  Section  Grant,  Frank 
D.  Jackson,  Secretary  of  State,  in  his  report  for  the  bi- 
ennial period  ending  June  30,  1889,  says:  "The  quantity 
received  by  the  State  under  the  sixteenth  section  grant  has 
been  given  in  the  reports  of  the  State  land  department,  here- 
tofore issued,  as  1,013,614.21  acres.  By  a  careful  footing 
of  the  quantities  of  the  sections  and  fractional  sections  re- 
ceived under  the  grant  as  they  are  given  on  the  government 
plats  in  the  office,  I  find  that  there  are  of  the  lands  in  place, 
1,002,441.24  acres,  and  of  the  lands  given  in  lieu,  11,889.81 
acres,  making  in  all,  1,014,331.05  acres.  However,  it  ap- 
pears that  a  considerable  quantity  of  these  lands  has  disap- 
peared by  encroachments  of  the  Mississippi  and  Missouri 
rivers.  In  one  instance  a  full  half -section — 320  acres — in 
Fremont  county,  has  been  washed  away,  so  that  the  quantity, 
as  originally  given,  is  now,  perhaps,  very  nearly  the  true 
quantity."1 

This  grant  having  been  made,  upon  the  State  devolved 
the  duty  of  caring  for  and  disposing  of  the  land  thus  granted, 
and  of  seeing  that  the  funds  accruing  from  it  should  be 
applied  to  the  purposes  set  forth  in  the  Congressional  act 

1  Report  of  the  Secretary  of  State  (Land  Department),  1889,  p.  6. 


FEDERAL   AID   TO   EDUCATION   IN   IOWA       569 

making  the  grant.  Accordingly,  on  February  25,  1847,  an 
act  of  the  legislature  was  approved  to  meet  this  requirement. l 
This  act  provided  that  the  Trustees  of  the  several  townships 
in  the  counties  of  the  State  should  examine  in  their  respect- 
ive townships  the  sixteenth  section,  or  lands  granted  in  lieu 
thereof,  and  allot  this  land  into  parcels  such  as  they  thought 
would  best  suit  purchasers  and  would  best  advance  the 
interests  of  the  school  fund,  conforming  as  far  as  they 
thought  best  to  the  legal  sub-divisions  made  by  the  United 
States  surveys.  They  were  to  place  upon  each  parcel  a 
value,  not  to  be  less  than  one  dollar  and  twenty -five  cents 
per  acre,  if  the  parcel  were  not  settled  upon.  But  if  any 
person  should  have  settled  and  made  improvements  on  the 
sixteenth  section  previous  to  its  survey,  he  was  to  notify  the 
County  Fund  Commissioner  of  that  fact.  The  settler  then 
was  to  select  one  appraiser,  the  Commissioner  a  second,  and, 
if  necessary  to  an  agreement,  these  two  might  choose  a  third. 
These  appraisers  were  to  appraise  first  the  land,  exclusive  of 
the  improvements,  and  then  the  improvements  by  them- 
selves. The  occupant  was  to  be  permitted  to  purchase  the 
land  at  its  approved  value,  if  he  should  do  so  within  ten 
days  after  the  appraisal.  In  the  case  of  his  failure  to  pur- 
chase it  within  ten  days,  the  land  was  to  be  offered  at  public 
sale  to  the  highest  bidder,  the  selling  price  being  not  less 
than  the  appraised  value.  The  purchaser  was  then  to  pay 
the  former  occupant  cash  for  the  improvements  on  the  land 
to  the  amount  of  the  appraised  value  of  such  improvements. 
In  case  the  land  thus  offered  for  sale  to  the  highest  bidder 
was  not  sold,  the  former  occupant  could  remain  upon  it  by 

1  Laws  of  Iowa,  1847,  pp.  160-164. 


570     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

paying  annually  to  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction, 
for  the  use  of  the  school  fund,  interest  on  the  appraised 
value  of  the  land  and  the  improvements  together  at  the  rate 
of  ten  per  cent  per  annum  from  the  day  the  State  of  Iowa 
was  admitted  into  the  Union  until  the  sale  of  land  as  pro- 
vided above. 

Lands  not  previously  settled  upon  were  by  this  act  placed 
in  the  hands  of  the  Fund  Commissioners  of  the  various 
counties.  These  Commissioners,  having  received  from  the 
Township  Trustees  the  allotment  and  appraisement  of  any  or 
all  of  the  sixteenth  sections  within  their  respective  counties, 
or  land  granted  in  lieu  thereof,  were  to  give  thirty  days' 
notice  by  written  or  printed  advertisements  in  three  of  the 
most  public  places  of  the  county,  and  one  in  the  township 
in  which  the  land  was  situated,  and  then  sell  the  land  to  the 
highest  and  best  bidder.  One-fourth  of  the  purchase  money 
was  to  be  paid  in  advance,  and  the  balance  could  be  paid  on  a 
credit  not  exceeding  ten  years,  bearing  interest  at  the  rate  of 
ten  per  cent  per  annum  from  date  of  sale  until  paid — the 
interest  to  be  paid  annually  at  the  office  of  the  Fund  Com- 
missioner. Or,  if  the  purchaser  so  desired,  he  could  pay  the 
entire  amount  in  advance.  In  case  of  the  payment  of  the 
entire  amount,  the  Commissioner  was  to  give  the  purchaser 
a  certificate  of  purchase,  which  entitled  him  to  a  patent  to  be 
issued  by  the  Governor  of  the  State.  In  the  case  of  lands 
purchased  upon  a  partial  credit,  a  written  contract  signed  by 
the  parties  was  to  be  filed  and  recorded  in  the  Commisioner's 
office,  and  during  the  continuance  of  such  contract  it  should 
be  lawful  for  the  purchaser  or  his  assignees  to  pay  the 
principal  and  interest  due  on  the  contract,  and  receive  a  cer- 


FEDERAL    AID    TO    EDUCATION    IN    IOWA        571 

tificate  of  purchase  entitling  him  to  a  patent  from  the 
Governor. 

In  order  to  make  the  date  for  the  payment  of  interest  the 
same  in  all  cases,  all  contracts  were  to  make  January  1, 
following  the  purchase,  the  day  for  the  first  payment  of 
interest,  and  payment  was  to  be  annual  thereafter.  If  inter- 
est were  not  paid  when  due,  the  Commissioner  could  either 
declare  the  contract  forfeited,  or  collect  the  interest  by  suit. 

In  the  case  of  lands  of  which  the  chief  value  consisted  in 
the  timber  thereon,  or  of  which  the  value  was  in  any  way 
liable  to  be  considerably  reduced,  it  was  made  lawful  for  the 
Fund  Commissioner  to  demand  entire  payment  in  advance, 
or  to  demand  good  collateral  security  for  the  payment  of 
purchase  money  not  paid  in  cash  at  the  time  of  sale. 

The  act  provided  that  the  Fund  Commissioner  should 
keep  a  record  of  all  his  transactions. 

Eleven  months  later,  January  24,  1848,  this  law  was 
amended  by  an  act  of  the  State  legislature,  providing  that 
the  rights  and  privileges  conferred  upon  the  settlers  of  the 
sixteenth  sections  of  the  public  lands  should  also  be  enjoyed 
by  the  assignees  or  legal  representatives  of  these  settlers.1 
All  persons  who  had  settled  or  should  thereafter  settle  upon 
the  sixteenth  sections,  after  they  had  been  surveyed,  should 
enjoy  the  same  rights  as  those  settling  thereon  before  the 
survey,  except  that  these  latter  settlers,  claiming  the  right 
of  preemption,  should  pay  an  advance  of  fifty  per  cent  over 
and  above  the  appraised  value  of  the  land  in  its  unimproved 
state. 

On  January  25,  1848,  the  original  act  for  the  manage- 
^aios  of  Iowa  (Extra  Session),  1848,  pp.  59-60. 


572    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

ment  and  disposal  of  the  common  school  lands  and  fund  was 
further  amended,  in  that  it  was  enacted  that  the  ten  per  cent 
interest,  payable  on  the  unpaid  portion  of  the  valuation  of 
lands  sold  partly  on  time,  should  be  paid  to  the  Fund  Com- 
missioner of  the  county  rather  than  to  the  Superintendent 
of  Public  Instruction.1 

In  an  act  approved  January  15,  1849,  devoted  chiefly  to 
the  selection  and  disposal  of  the  Five  Hundred  Thousand 
Acre  Grant,  the  Sixteenth  Section  Grant  was  also  briefly 
considered.2  It  was  there  provided  that  if  at  any  time  it 
appeared  to  the  Fund  Commissioners  that  the  school  fund 
was  liable  to  be  injured  by  putting  any  portion  of  the 
sixteenth  section  on  the  market,  they  should  have  power  to 
reserve  the  same.  Provision  was  also  made  for  the  visiting 
of  the  several  counties  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction.  Such  visits  were  for  the  purpose  of  inspecting 
the  books  of  the  Fund  Commissioners  and  making  such 
adjustments  of  the  school  funds  as  were  necessary  to  best 
carry  out  the  desire  of  the  General  Assembly.  The  Super- 
intendent, however,  was  not  to  have  control  of  any  of  the 
funds  in  the  hands  of  the  Commissioners  unless  the  General 
Assembly  should  specifically  so  enact. 

Provision  was  also  made  by  this  act  for  resurveying 
school  lands  in  case  of  such  necessity.  It  was  provided 
that  no  person  should  be  allowed  to  preempt  more  than 
one  hundred  and  sixty  acres.  The  Fund  Commissioner  was 
required  to  report  to  the  Prosecuting  Attorney  of  the 
county  the  name  of  any  person  delinquent  in  the  payment 

1  Laws  of  Iowa  (Extra  Session),  1848,  p.  62. 
*  Laws  of  Iowa,  1848,  p.  151. 


FEDERAL   AID   TO   EDUCATION   IN    IOWA        573 

of  interest  due  on  any  loan  of  a  portion  of  the  school  fund, 
and  the  Prosecuting  Attorney  was  to  immediately  begin 
action  for  collecting  such  interest. 

The  sixteenth  section  school  lands  remained  under  the 
control  of  the  Fund  Commissioners  until  the  General  Assem- 
bly abolished  the  office  by  an  act  approved  March  23,  1858. l 
The  lands  were  then  placed  in  the  hands  of  the  County 
Judge  and  Township  Trustees.  A  reappraisement  of  the 
sixteenth  section  lands  was  to  place  the  true  value  upon 
each  parcel,  this  value  not  to  be  less  than  two  dollars  and 
fifty  cents  per  acre.  This  appraisement,  made  by  the  Town- 
ship Trustees,  was  to  be  reported  to  the  County  Judge.  He 
might  either  approve  it  or  direct  a  new  appraisal.  Then 
the  Judge  and  the  Township  Trustees  were  to  meet  and 
determine  upon  the  advisability  of  selling  part  or  all  of  the 
land.  The  manner  of  advertising  and  selling  that  which 
they  should  determine  to  sell  was  specified  by  this  act.  It 
differed  but  little  in  essential  details  from  the  plan  formerly 
followed  by  the  Fund  Commissioner.  The  provision  was 
made  that  no  sale  could  be  effected  for  less  than  the  newly 
appraised  valuation. 

Another  act,  "  providing  for  the  management  of  the 
School  Fund  and  the  sale  of  the  School  Lands,"  was  passed 
April  3,  1860,  putting  the  control  of  the  sixteenth  section 
lands  into  the  hands  of  the  Boards  of  Supervisors  of  the 
several  counties  and  the  Township  Trustees.2  It  provided 
for  the  appraisement  of  school  lands  by  the  Trustees,  but 
did  not  specify  any  minimum  valuation.  It  simply  required 


1  Laws  of  Iowa,  1858,  pp.  393-396. 

•  Laws  of  Iowa  (Revision  of  1860),  p.  350. 


574    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

them  to  ' '  appraise  each  tract  at  what  they  believe  to  be  its 
true  value." 

In  his  annual  report  for  1863,  J.  A.  Harvey,  Register  of 
the  State  Land  Office,  pointed  out  this  shortcoming  and  sug- 
gested a  remedy  for  it,  saying:  "I  desire  to  call  attention  to 
the  appraisement  of  this  land.  Never,  under  any  of  the 
previous  laws,  could  either  this  or  any  School  Land  be 
valued  or  purchased  at  less  than  $1.25  per  acre.  But  under 
the  law  now  in  force,  the  Township  Trustees,  in  appraising 
the  16th  section  lands,  'shall  appraise  each  tract  at  what 
they  believe  to  be  its  true  value,'  etc.  There  is  no  mini- 
mum for  the  valuation.  Under  this  law,  some  of  the  school 
lands  in  Butler  county  have  been  appraised  and  sold  as  low 
as  twenty-five  cents  per  acre.  There  is  very  little  of  the 
school  lands  in  this  State  that  is  not  worth  at  least  $1.25 
per  acre,  whilst  the  most  of  it  is  worth  more;  and  the  policy 
of  permitting  it  to  be  sold  for  less,  appears  to  me  at  least 
very  doubtful."1 

In  response  to  this  suggestion  the  legislature,  by  an  act 
approved  March  29,  1864,  enacted  that  uhereafter  no  school 
lands  shall  be  sold  for  less  than  one  dollar  and  twenty- 
five  cents  per  acre."2 

During  the  next  few  years  it  became  still  more  clearly 
evident  that  school  land  was  being  sold  for  less  than  its  true 
value,  and  that  some  steps  must  be  taken  to  stop  it.  Ac- 
cordingly, on  January  24,  1870,  the  legislature  passed  a 
joint  resolution  to  the  effect  that  all  unsold  school  lands  in 
the  State  of  Iowa  should  be  withdrawn  from  the  market 


1  Report  of  the  Register  of  the  State  Land  Office,  18G3,  p.  7. 
"  Laws  of  Iowa,  1864,  p.  152. 


FEDERAL   AID    TO   EDUCATION   IS    IOWA       575 

until  the  first  day  of  the  following  March,  that  is,  March  1, 
1870.1  On  March  21, 1870,  a  law  was  approved  to  the  effect 
that  no  part  of  the  sixteenth  section,  nor  lands  selected  in  lieu 
thereof,  nor  any  part  of  the  Five  Hundred  Thousand  Acre 
Grant,  nor  any  other  school  lands  whatsoever  should  be  sold 
for  less  than  a  minimum  price  of  six  dollars  per  acre.  The 
act  provided,  however,  that  if  the  Board  of  Supervisors  had 
offered  for  sale,  according  to  law,  any  school  lands,  and  had 
been  unable  to  sell  them  for  as  much  as  six  dollars  per  acre, 
and  if  the  Board  thought  that  it  would  be  impossible  to  get 
as  much  as  six  dollars  per  acre  for  such  lands,  and  thought 
that  it  would  be  to  the  best  interests  of  the  school  fund  to 
sell  for  less  than  that  price,  the  Board  could  instruct  the 
County  Auditor  to  transmit  to  the  Eegister  of  the  State 
Land  Office  a  copy  of  the  proceedings  of  the  Board  relative 
to  the  lands  in  question.  The  Register  of  the  State  Land 
Office  would  then  submit  this  transcript  to  the  State  Census 
Board,  and  a  majority  of  that  Board,  including  the  Register 
of  the  Land  Office,  could  allow  and  order  the  sale  of  such 
land  for  a  price  less  than  six  dollars  per  acre.  But  under 
such  circumstances  no  land  was  to  be  sold  for  a  price  less 
than  one  dollar  and  twenty-five  cents  per  acre.  This  act 
also  provided  that  no  school  lands  should  be  sold  in  any 
Congressional  township  until  there  were  at  least  twenty-five 
legal  voters  resident  in  such  township,  or  in  a  fractional 
township,  until  there  were  legal  voters  residing  in  it,  the 
number  of  whom  was  such  a  fraction  of  twenty -five  as  the 
number  of  sections  was  of  thirty-six.2 


1  Laws  of  Iowa,  1870,  p.  241. 
'Laws  of  Iowa,  1870,  pp.  28-30. 


576     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Since  the  passage  of  this  act  no  considerable  change  has 
been  made  in  the  manner  of  care  or  disposal  of  the  sixteenth 
section  lands.  The  County  Board  of  Supervisors,  with  the 
cooperation  and  through  the  immediate  agency  of  the  Town- 
ship Trustees,  now  have  charge  of  the  small  quantity  of  this 
land  which  yet  remains  unsold  or  unpatented. 

Of  the  lands  received  by  Iowa  under  the  Sixteenth  Sec- 
tion Grant  over  a  million  acres  have  been  sold  and  patented. 
Because  of  irregularities  on  the  part  of  Fund  Commissioners 
and  others  in  the  keeping  of  records,  it  is  difficult  to  give 
exact  figures  as  to  the  amounts  of  this  land  patented  during 
the  successive  biennial  periods.  The  biennial  reports  of  the 
Register  of  the  State  Land  Office  give,  perhaps,  the  most 
reliable  records  obtainable,  although  there  are  numerous 
inconsistencies  in  the  figures  presented  in  those  reports. 
From  this  source  have  been  gathered  the  data  set  forth  in  the 
following  table:  — 

TABLE    II 

DATE  NO.  OF 

OF  REPORT  ACRES  PATENTED 

May  14,  1855     .  .         .          .  121,922.70 

November  14,  1856  .          .          ,  50,044.64 

December  1,  1857  .          .         .         .  36,463.20 

January  1,  1859  ...,     -.         «          .  26,526.47 

November  7,  1859  ....       ,          .          .  19,164.35 

November  6,  1861  ....  35,528.70 

November  15,  1863  .          .          .  61,036.55 

November  16,  1865,  .          .          .  99,907.64 

November  12,  1867  .         .         .  50,074.76 

November  10,  1869  .          .          .  69,225.15 

November  1,  1871  ....  51,431.79 

November  1,  1873  ....  40,508.28 


FEDERAL   AID    TO   EDUCATION    IN   IOWA        577 

DATE  NO.  OF 

OF  REPORT  ACRES  PATENTED 

November  1,  1875      ....  53,134.77 

October  1,  1877          ....  44,558.38 

October  1,  1879          ....  40,421.48 

October  1,  1881           ....  33,400.70 

July  1,  1883 28,234.76 

July  1,  1885 22,258.81 

July  1,  1887 20,464.00 

July  1,  1889 22,313.90 

June  30,  1891              ....  27,133.10 

June  30,  1893              ....  20,172.02 

July  1,  1895       .          .          .          .          .  10,191.79 

July  1,  1897 7,208.46 

July  1,  1899 5,962.105 

July  1,  1901 7, 676.30 

June  30,  1903              .          .          .         .  1,566.00 

June  30,  1905               ....  1,100.28 


Amount  patented         .         .         .          1,007,631.085 
Amount  unpatented  June  30,  1905      .  14,685.535 


Total  .          .          ...          1,022,316.62 

Error  or  duplication  .          .  7,985.57 


Total  amount  of  grant        .         .         .          1,014,331.05 

Although  the  number  of  acres  unpatented  is  reported  as 
14,685.53,  only  1,160  acres  remained  unsold  at  the  date  of 
the  report  of  the  State  Land  Office  for  1905. 

It  would  be  almost  if  not  quite  impossible  to  ascertain 
just  how  much  money  has  been  received  for  the  lands 
received  by  Iowa  under  the  Sixteenth  Section  Grant.  The 
price  which  generally  prevailed  before  1870  was  one  dollar 
and  twenty -five  cents  per  acre.  Most  of  that  sold  since  the 
law  passed  in  March,  1870,  has  brought  a  higher  price — but 


578     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

comparatively  little  selling  for  less  than  the  six  dollars  per 
acre  there  set  down  as  a  minimum  price.  But  it  is  impos- 
sible to  state  the  average  or  general  price  received  for  this 
land.  Neither  can  the  total  amount  received  for  sixteenth 
section  land  be  determined  exactly.  The  money  received 
from  this  source  was  put  in  with  money  received  from  other 
sources  and  became  a  part  of  the  Permanent  School  Fund 
of  Iowa.  It  is  not  the  province  of  this  paper  to  discuss 
that  fund.  It  suffices  here  to  say  that  the  original  purpose 
of  the  grant  has  been  and  is  being  carried  out  in  the  encour- 
agement and  support  of  common  schools  throughout  the 
State,  albeit  the  lands  were  not  always  wisely  and  advan- 
tageously disposed  of. 

THE    FIVE    HUNDRED    THOUSAND    ACEE    GRANT 

The  Five  Hundred  Thousand  Acre  Grant  was  not  origi- 
nally intended  for  educational  purposes,  but  was  made  to  aid 
the  State  in  making  certain  internal  improvements.  Indeed, 
the  act  of  Congress  making  this  grant  specifically  stated 
that  the  proceeds  derived  from  the  lands  thus  granted 
should  be  used  for  "roads,  railways,  bridges,  canals,  and 
improvement  of  water  courses,  and  drainage  of  swamps." 
But  the  makers  of  Iowa,  with  the  wisdom  which  character- 
izes many  of  their  acts,  decided  to  use  it  for  educational 
purposes.  And  so  the  Five  Hundred  Thousand  Acre 
Grant  became,  in  effect,  an  educational  grant. 

In  an  act  to  appropriate  the  proceeds  of  the  sales  of  the 
public  lands  and  to  grant  preemption  rights,  Congress,  on 
September  4,  1841,  granted  to  Iowa,  as  well  as  to  each  of 
several  other  States,  five  hundred  thousand  acres  of  land  for 


FEDERAL   AID   TO   EDUCATION   IN   IOWA        579 

purposes  of  internal  improvements.  This  land  was  to  be 
selected  within  the  State,  in  such  manner  as  the  legislature 
should  direct.  It  was  to  be  in  parcels  of  not  less  than  three 
hundred  and  twenty  acres  in  any  one  place,  and  these  par- 
cels were  to  conform  to  sectional  divisions  and  sub-divisions. 
The  act  provided  that  this  land  should  not  be  disposed  of 
at  a  less  price  than  one  dollar  and  twenty-five  cents  per  acre, 
unless  afterward  authorized  by  Federal  law.  As  stated 
above,  the  net  proceeds  of  the  sale  of  this  land  were  to 
be  applied  to  objects  of  improvements  within  the  State, 
namely;  roads,  railways,  bridges,  canals  and  improvement 
of  water  courses,  and  draining  of  swamps.  These  internal 
improvements  were  to  be  and  remain  free  for  the  transpor- 
tation of  the  United  States  mail,  and  munitions  of  war,  and 
for  the  passage  of  their  troops,  without  the  payment  of 
any  tolls.1 

The  provisions  of  this  act  pertained  to  several  States 
that  were  at  that  time  (1841)  in  the  Union,  and  were  to 
apply  to  all  which  should  enter  the  Union  at  a  subsequent 
date.  Consequently,  Iowa  upon  her  admission  into  the 
sisterhood  of  States  in  1846  was  entitled  to  receive  this 
grant  of  five  hundred  thousand  acres  of  land  for  internal 
improvements. 

In  the  Constitution  with  which  Iowa  became  a  State  was 
the  proviso  that  the  proceeds  of  this  land  should  be  diverted 
from  the  original  purpose  of  internal  improvements,  and 
that  such  proceeds  should  "be  and  remain  a  perpetual  fund, 
the  interest  of  which,  together  with  all  the  rents  of  the 
unsold  lands,  and  such  other  means  as  the  General  Assem- 


1  Unittd  States  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  V,  p.  455. 


580     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

bly  may  provide,  shall  be  inviolably  appropriated  to  the 
support  of  common  schools  throughout  the  State.7'1 

In  the  act  of  Congress  admitting  Iowa  into  the  Union, 
December  28,  1846,  consent  was  given  to  this  diversion  of 
the  Five  Hundred  Thousand  Acre  Grant  to  educational  pur- 
poses.2 

There  seems,  however,  to  have  been  some  question  as  to 
whether  this  diversion  had  been  legally  and  conclusively 
made;  for  on  March  2,  1849,  Congress  passed  another  act 
"declaratory  of  the  Act  for  the  Admission  of  the  State  of 
Iowa  into  the  Union."  In  this  measure  it  was  declared  that 
"by  the  act  entitled  'An  Act  for  the  admission  of  the  State 
of  Iowa  into  the  Union/  approved  December  Twenty-eighth, 
Eighteen  Hundred  and  Forty-six,  the  United  States  assented 
to  the  •  application  for  the  support  of  common  schools, 

of  the  five  hundred  thousand,  acres  of  land  granted  to 

said  State  by  the  act  of  the  fourth  of  September,  Eighteen 
Hundred  and  Forty-one;  said  land  to  be  selected  in  legal 
subdivisions  of  not  less  than  three  hundred  and  twenty 
acres."3 

This  land  having  been  granted,  the  problem  of  selecting 
and  locating  the  various  tracts  was  taken  up  by  the  General 
Assembly.  By  an  act  approved  February  25,  1847,  the 
First  General  Assembly  attempted  to  provide  for  the  selec- 
tion of  the  land  constituting  the  Five  Hundred  Thousand 
Acre  Grant.  It  was  enacted  that  any  person  capable  of  con- 
tracting, who  had  settled  upon  any  public  lands,  might  sig- 

1  Constitution  of  Iowa,  1846,  Article  X,  section  2 — may  be  found  in  Laws  of 
Iowa,  1846,  pp.  1-17. 

8  United  States  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  IX,  p.  117. 
»  United  States  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  IX,  p.  349. 


FEDERAL   AID   TO   EDUCATION   IN   IOWA        581 

signify  in  writing  to  the  Fund  Commissioner  of  the  county 
in  which  the  land  was  situated,  his  or  her  desire  to  have  such 
land  recognized  as  school  land.  Thereupon,  a  description  of 
this  land,  not  exceeding  three  hundred  and  twenty  acres  for 
any  one  person,  together  with  the  date  of  its  selection,  was  to 
be  returned  by  the  Fund  Commissioner  to  the  Superintend- 
ent of  Public  Instruction,  and  by  him  be  registered  as  land 
selected  under  the  Five  Hundred  Thousand  Acre  Grant. 
Then  the  Fund  Commissioner  could  contract  with  the  settler 
for  the  sale  of  this  land,  one- fifth  of  the  purchase  money  to 
be  paid  in  advance,  or  within  three  months  of  the  date  of 
contracting,  and  the  balance  might  be  on  a  credit  of  not  to 
exceed  ten  years,  bearing  interest  at  the  rate  of  ten  per  cent 
per  annum,  payable  annually  at  the  Fund  Commissioner's 
office.  This  law  also  directed  that,  from  time  to  time,  the 
Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  should  report  all  selec- 
tions made  in  accordance  with  the  above  provisions,  to  the 
Secretary  of  the  Treasury  of  the  United  States.  As  soon  as 
the  entire  five  hundred  thousand  acres  should  have  been 
selected,  he  was  to  give  notice  to  the  Fund  Commissioners, 
who  would  then  stop  receiving  selections  of  land  to  be  con- 
sidered as  part  of  this  grant. 

It  was  provided  that  if  more  than  five  hundred  thousand 
acres  should  be  selected  in  this  way,  those  selections  last 
made  by  the  Fund  Commissioners  would  be  rejected.  And 
upon  receiving  notice  to  this  effect  from  the  Superintendent 
of  Public  Instruction,  it  was  to  be  the  duty  of  the  Fund 
Commissioners  to  so  notify  the  persons  whose  selections 
were  rejected.1 

1  Laws  of  Iowa,  1846,  p.  162 


582     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

The  workings  of  this  law  were,  however,  unsatisfactory. 
After  it  had  been  in  force  and  had  been  tried  for  about  two 
years,  it  was  supplemented  by  another  law,  approved  Janu- 
ary 15,  1849,  by  which  John  M.  Whitaker,  of  Van  Buren 
County,  and  Robert  Brown,  of  Jefferson  County,  were 
appointed  agents  for  the  selection  of  the  remainder  of  the 
Five  Hundred  Thousand  Acre  Grant  lands.  These  agents 
were  directed  to  select  the  land  in  accordance  with  the  in- 
structions of  the  Commissioner  of  the  General  Land  Office, 
and  report  the  same  to  the  Register  of  the  Land  Office  in 
whose  district  the  selection  had  been  made.  These  agents 
were  to  keep  a  correct  record  of  the  selections  by  them,  and 
estimate  the  value  per  acre  of  each  quarter  section,  and  make 
a  full  report  on  the  first  day  of  the  following  December.1 

These  men  did  the  work  for  which  they  had  been 
appointed,  and  on  September  7,  1854,  the  Commissioner  of 
the  General  Land  Office  certified  that  the  entire  amount  of 
the  Five  Hundred  Thousand  Acre  Grant  had  been  selected.2 
The  fact  is,  however,  that,  through  the  imperfect  operation 
of  the  two  laws  under  which  the  selections  were  made,  five 
hundred  thirty-five  thousand,  four  hundred  seventy-three 
and  fifty-four  hundredths  acres  were  selected.3 

The  counties  in  which  the  land  selected  is  situated,  and 
the  number  of  acres  in  each  county,  are  shown  in  the  fol- 
lowing table.  Fifty-one  different  counties  contain  some 
portion  of  this  land — the  quantities  ranging  from  51.81 
acres  in  Shelby  County  to  70,219.53  acres  in  Allamakee 
County. 

1  Laws  of  Iowa,  1848,  pp.  149-151. 

2  Senate  Documents,  1854-1855,  Vol.  I,  p.  73. 

8  Report  of  the  Register  of  the  State  Land  Office,  1877,  p.  5. 


FEDERAL   AID    TO   EDUCATION   IN   IOWA        583 


TABLE    III1 


NAME 

OF    COUNTY 

NO.   OF 
ACRES    THEREIN 

NAME 
OF    COUNTY 

NO.   OF 
ACRES   THEREIN 

Adair  .... 

2,391.89 

Jackson 

807.50 

Adams 

1,920.00 

Jasper   . 

1,674.94 

Allamakee 

70,219.53 

Jones     . 

29,955.50 

Appanoose     .     . 

2,400.00 

Keokuk 

670.64 

Benton      .     .     . 

11,791.80 

Linn      .     .     . 

11,016.07 

Black  Hawk 

8,382.84 

Louisa  .     .     . 

640.00 

Boone 

1,052.12 

Lucas    .     .     . 

640.00 

Bremer 

12,159.84 

Madison 

9,386.02 

Buchanan 

2,485.44 

Mahaska     . 

9,227.75 

Butler       .     .     . 

478.51 

Marion  »    . 

1,414.61 

Cedar  .... 

6,812.44 

Marshall     .     . 

6,155.86 

Chickasaw 

3,279.26 

Monroe 

986.57 

Clarke       .     .     . 

16,009.00 

Muscatine 

357.33 

Clayton     .     .     . 

22,764.40 

Polk      ... 

2,425.62 

Clinton 

21,135.35 

Poweshiek 

12,715.24 

Dallas        .     .     . 

13,699.16 

Ringgold   .     . 

607.20 

Davis   .... 

934.95 

Shelby  .     .   '  . 

56.81 

Decatur     . 

40,460.56 

Story     .     .     . 

3,796.74 

Delaware 

11,417.19 

Tama     .     .     . 

11,650.44 

Dubuque  .     .     . 

16,114.77 

Union    . 

10,738.07 

Fayette     .     .     . 

30,260.21 

Wapello     .     . 

7,002.42 

Floyd  .... 

3,481.68 

Warren      .     . 

5,643.97 

Hamilton 

10,314.40 

Wayne       .     . 

15,606.91 

Hard  in      .     .     . 

1,360.00 

Webster     .     . 

18,024.06 

Harrison  . 

7,524.86 

Winneshiek    . 

24,447.00 

Iowa     .... 

23,976.07 

Total      .     . 

535,473.54 

In  view  of  the  fact,  already  mentioned  above,  that  in 
selecting  the  land  under  this  grant  35,473.54  acres  in  excess 
of  the  intended  amount  was  selected,  the  General  Assembly, 


1  Report  of  the  Secretary  of  State  (Land  Department),  1901,  p.  13. 


584    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

on  March  22,  1862,  passed  an  act  authorizing  the  Governor 
to  reconvey  to  the  General  Government  this  excess  of  land 
selected,  and  then  to  settle  and  adjust  with  the  General 
Government  for  the  conveyance  back  to  the  State  of  all  of 
this  excess  which  had  been  sold.  This  act  stipulated  for 
the  payment  by  the  State  of  the  money  to  which  the 
General  Government  might  be  entitled  for  such  land  con- 
veyed back  to  the  State.1  This  adjustment  was  effected  by 
the  State  being  permitted  to  retain  the  excess  over  the 
amount  originally  granted,  upon  the  payment  therefor  of 
one  dollar  and  twenty-five  cents  per  acre.  The  amount, 
then,  received  under  this  grant,  was  535,473.54  acres,  for 
35,473.54  acres  of  which  Iowa  paid  one  dollar  and  twenty- 
five  cents  per  acre. 

The  act  of  January  15,  1849,  by  which  agents  were 
appointed  for  the  selection  of  the  remainder  of  the  Five  Hun- 
dred Thousand  Acre  Grant,  also  made  provision  for  the  sale 
of  this  land.2  By  this  act  the  Superintendent  of  Public  In- 
struction was  given  power  to  authorize  the  sale  of  any  lands 
which  the  School  Fund  Commissioner,  in  any  organized 
county,  should  select  under  the  provisions  of  this  act.  It 
was  made  the  duty  of  the  agents  to  estimate  the  value  per 
acre  of  each  quarter  section  selected  by  them.  When  the 
Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  should  authorize  the 
sale  of  any  of  this  land,  he  was  to  determine  upon  the  rate 
per  acre  at  which  it  was  to  be  sold.  But  this  rate  was  not 
to  be  less  than  the  estimate  made  by  the  selecting  agents. 
The  terms  of  sale  remained  the  same  as  those  set  down  by 
the  act  to  which  this  one  was  supplemental. 


1  Laws  of  Iowa,  1862,  p.  58. 
*  Laws  of  Iowa,  1849,  p.  150. 


FEDERAL   AID   TO   EDUCATION   IN   IOWA        585 

In  an  act  approved  March  23,  1858,  for  the  management 
of  the  school  fund  and  the  sale  of  the  school  land,  the 
Seventh  General  Assembly  provided  that  it  should  be  the 
duty  of  the  Kegister  of  the  State  Land  Office  to  transmit  to 
the  County  Judge  of  each  county  in  which  there  was  located 
any  part  of  the  Five  Hundred  Thousand  Acre  Grant,  a  list 
of  all  such  land  in  his  county,  together  with  the  appraised 
value  of  each  tract.  This  list  was  to  state  what  tracts  or 
parts  of  tracts  had  been  sold,  and  what  remained  unsold. 
The  County  Judge,  upon  receiving  this  list,  was  to  immedi- 
ately furnish  to  the  Trustees  of  the  several  townships  in  this 
county  correct  lists  of  all  the  unsold  lands  of  this  grant  in 
their  respective  townships.  Thereafter  the  care  and  sale  of 
the  Five  Hundred  Thousand  Acre  Grant  lands  were  to  be  in 
the  hands  of  the  County  Judge  and  the  Township  Trustees.1 

This  arrangement  continued  for  only  about  two  years. 
The  law,  approved  April  13,  1860,  which  put  the  sixteenth 
section  lands  in  any  county  into  the  care  of  the  Board  of 
Supervisors  and  the  Township  Trustees,  also  turned  over  to 
these  officers  the  Five  Hundred  Thousand  Acre  lands.2 
Since  that  date  these  lands  have  been  subject  to  the  same 
rules  and  regulations  as  have  the  sixteenth  section  lands. 

This  brief  sketch  of  the  history  of  the  Five  Hundred 
Thousand  Acre  Grant  would  be  incomplete  without  at  least 
a  few  words  concerning  the  so-called  "Des  Moines  River 
School  Lands."  The  lands  thus  spoken  of  formed  part 'of 
the  35,473.54  acres  in  excess  of  the  500,000  acres  intended 
to  be  carried  by  the  Federal  grant.  As  part  of  the  Five  Hun- 


1  Laws  of  Iowa,  1858,  p.  397. 

8  Laws  of  Iowa,  Revision  of  I860,  p.  350. 


586     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

dred  Thousand  Acre  Grant,  12,813.51  acres  of  land  lying 
in  Hamilton  and  Webster  counties  were  selected  and  were 
approved  by  the  Commissioner  of  the  General  Land  Office 
on  February  20,  185 1.1  When  it  was  later  decided  that  the 
Des  Moines  Eiver  Grant  extended  above  the  mouth  of  the 
Raccoon  River,  it  was  held  that  this  land  was  a  part  of 
a  grant  made  August  8,  1846,  for  the  improvement  of  the 
Des  Moines  River.2  But  in  1865,  a  later  Secretary  of  the 
Interior  affirmed  that  this  land  was  a  part  of  the  Five  Hun- 
dred Thousand  Acre  Grant.  Moreover,  before  the  ruling 
that  this  was  Des  Moines  River  land,  three  thousand  acres 
had  been  sold  as  school  land.  Upon  the  former  ruling  of 
the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  Governor  Lowe  deeded  this 
12,813.51  acres  of  land  to  the  Des  Moines  Navigation  and 
Railroad  Company.3  To  refund  their  outlay  to  the  pur- 
chasers of  the  three  thousand  acres  sold  as  school  land,  the 
legislature  passed  an  act,  April  2,  1860,  providing  that  any 
purchaser  of  this  land  who  should  make  application  and 
proper  showing,  should  be  entitled  to  draw  from  the  treas- 
ury of  the  State  the  amount  of  money  paid  to  the  Fund 
Commissioner,  with  interest  at  the  rate  of  ten  per  cent  per 
annum.4  The  State  made  efforts  to  again  get  possession- of 
this  land  after  the  affirmation  of  the  Secretary  of  the  In- 
terior that  it  was  a  part  of  the  school  lands.  But  the  Courts 
sustained  the  claim  of  the  Des  Moines  Navigation  and  Rail- 
road Company.  Since  this  land  constituted  a  part  of  the 
35,473.54  acres  excess  land  for  which  the  State  paid  one  dol- 

1  Journal  of  the  House  of  Representatives,  1854,  Appendix,  p.  99. 
*  Report  of  the  Register  of  the  State  Land  Office,  1863,  p.  17. 
8  Report  of  the  Register  of  the  State  Land  Office,  1861,  pp.  34-35. 
4  Laws  of  Iowa,  1860,  pp.  69-71. 


FEDERAL   AID    TO   EDUCATION    IN   IOWA        587 

lar  and  twenty-five  cents  per  acre,  this  disputation  and 
litigation  do  not  have  any  real  importance  in  their 
effect  on  the  school  fund.  It  is  of  interest  as  a  point  in  the 
history  of  the  lands  granted,  rather  than  in  the  history  of 
the  school  fund. 

The  following  table  gives  the  number  of  acres  of  the  Five 
Hundred  Thousand  Acre  Grant  which  were  patented  during 
each  biennial  period,  as  reported  in  the  successive  biennial 
reports  of  the  State  Land  Office : 

TABLE    IV 

DATE  ACRES  PATENTED 

OF  REPORT  DURING  BIENNIDM 

May  14,  1855         .....  137,646.44 

November  14,  1856       ....  61,050.57 

December  1,  1857          .          .          .          .  53,976.80 

January  1,  1859             .          .          .          .  26,628.59 
November  7,  1859         .          .         .          .  '         14,846.28 

November  6,  1861         «          .          .          .  29,609.27 

November  15,  1863       .          .          .          .  49,593.78 

November  16,  1865       .          .       ,.          .  69,119.89 

November  12,  1867       .          .          .          .  33,707.931 

November  10,  1869       .          ,          .          .  15,853.71 

November  1,  1871         .         .         .         .  10,735.57 

November  1,  1873         .         .       .*•'-.  5,701.40 

November  1,  1875         .         *         .        V  6,474.57 

October  1,  1877              ....  3,034.22 

October  1,  1879              ....  2,892.50 

October  1,  1881              ....  1,817.06 

July  1,  1883 1,062.94 

July  1,  1885 1,289.12 

July  1,  1887           ...          .          .          .  382.62 


1  The  number  of  acres  here  given  for  the  biennium  ending  November  12,  1867, 
was  obtained  by  subtracting  the  sum  of  the  amounts  sold  up  to  November  16, 
1865,  from  the  total  number  sold  at  the  given  date. 


588     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

DATE  ACRES    PATENTED 

OF    KEPORT  DURING    BIENNIUM 

July  1,  1889 1,165.27 

June  30,  1891 817.72 

June  30,  1893  .....  891.21 

July  1,   1895 523.57 

July  1,  1897 1,265.65 

July  1,  1899 640.00 

July  1,  1901 400.00 

June  30,  1903 845.04 

June  30,  1905 170.00 


Total  532,141.72 

Amount  unpatened        .         .         .         .  9,014.35 


Grand  total  ....          541,156.07 

Error  or  duplication     .         .         .         .  5,682.53 


Amount  of  grant  .          .          .          535,473.54 

There  is  none  of  this  grant  still  remaining  unsold ;  but  the 
exact  sum  of  money  received  therefrom  cannot  be  given,  nor 
can  the  exact  average  price  per  acre  at  which  it  was  sold  be 
stated.  A  very  large  part  of  it  was  sold  at  the  minimum 
price  allowed,  namely,  one  dollar  and  twenty  five  cents  per 
acre.  The  money  as  it  came  in  was  turned  directly  into  the 
permanent  school  fund,  and  so  at  once  began  to  be  used  for 
the  purpose  for  which  it  had  been  diverted  by  the  State 
Constitution. 

THE    UNIVERSITY    GRANT 

The  policy  of  aiding  State  universities  by  grants  of  land 
has  been  carried  out  by  the  Federal  government  in  most  of 
the  western  States.  While  Iowa  was  still  a  Territory, 
Congress  passed  an  act  in  July,  1840,  "  granting  two  town- 
ships of  land  for  the  use  of  a  university  in  the  Territory  of 


FEDERAL   AID   TO   EDUCATION   IN    IOWA        589 

Iowa."  By  this  act  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  was 
authorized  to  set  apart  and  reserve  from  sale  out  of  any  of 
the  public  lands  within  the  Territory  of  Iowa  to  which  the 
Indian  title  had  been  or  might  afterward  be  extinguished,  a 
quantity  of  land  not  exceeding  two  entire  townships.  This 
land  was  to  be  for  the  use  and  support  of  a  university 
within  the  Territory  when  it  should  become  a  State  "and 
for  no  other  use  or  purpose  whatsoever."  It  was  to  be 
located  in  tracts  of  not  less  than  entire  sections,  correspond- 
ing with  any  of  the  legal  divisions  into  which  the  public 
lands  were  authorized  to  be  surveyed.1 

This  act  of  Congress  was  followed  by  another,  approved 
March  3,  1845,  which  specifically  granted  and  conveyed  to 
the  State  the  seventy-two  sections  of  land  thus  set  apart  and 
reserved  for  the  use  and  support  of  a  university.  This  act 
also  stipulated  that  the  land  was  to  be  appropriated  solely 
to  the  use  and  support  of  such  university  in  such  manner  as 
the  legislature  might  prescribe.2 

The  Second  General  Assembly,  by  a  measure  approved 
January  15,  1849,  enacted  and  ordained  that  the  propo- 
sition of  Congress  making  this  grant  be  accepted  by  the 
State  of  Iowa.3  Thus  the  land  and  the  responsibility  of  its 
care  and  disposal  and  the  proper  application  of  the  funds 
received  therefor  to  the  support  of  a  university  devolved 
upon  the  State. 

In  the  Constitution  under  which  Iowa  was  admitted  into 
the  Union  the  agreement  of  the  State  to  the  purpose  for 
which  the  grant  was  made  is  expressed  as  follows:  "The 

1  United  States  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  VI,  p.  810. 
8  United  States  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  V,  pp.  789-790. 
3  Laws  of  Iowa,  1848,  pp.  121-122. 


590    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

General  Assembly  shall  take  measures  for  the  protection, 
improvement,  or  other  disposition,  of  such  lands  as  have 
been  or  may  hereafter  be  reserved  or  granted  by  the  United 
States,  or  any  person  or  persons,  to  this  State,  for  the  use 
of  a  University;  and  the  funds  accruing  from  the  rents 
or  sale  of  such  lands,  or  from  any  other  source,  for  the  pur- 
pose aforesaid,  shall  be  and  remain  a  permanent  fund,  the 
interest  of  which  shall  be  applied  to  the  support  of  said 
University,  with  such  branches  as  the  public  convenience 
may  hereafter  demand,  for  the  promotion  of  literature,  the 
arts  and  sciences,  as  may  be  authorized  by  the  terms  of 
such  grant.  And  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  General 
Assembly,  as  soon  as  may  be,  to  provide  effectual  means 
for  the  improvement  and  permanent  security  of  the  funds 
of  said  University."1 

Thus  the  University  Grant  was  accepted  by  the  State. 
But  there  were  some  difficulties  attendant  upon  the  selection 
of  the  land.  The  act  of  Congress  of  July  20,  1840,  pro- 
vided that  the  land  granted  should  be  selected  under  the 
authority  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury.  In  accordance 
with  this  act,  the  Secretary  appointed  William  W.  Dodge, 
of  Scott  County  to  make  the  selection.  Dodge,  however, 
selected  only  one  section  of  land  and  made  return  of  it  to 
the  land  office  at  Dubuque,  after  which  he  left  Iowa  Terri- 
tory. Growing  out  of  this  fact,  the  Territorial  Council  and 
House  of  Kepresentatives  passed  a  joint  resolution,  ap- 
proved February  16,  1844,  calling  upon  Hon.  Augustus  C. 
Dodge,  Delegate  in  Congress  of  the  Territory  of  Iowa,  to 
request  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  to  appoint  two  suit- 

1  Laws  of  Iowa,  1846,  p.  14. 


FEDERAL   AID    TO   EDUCATION    IN   IOWA        591 

able  persons  to  select  the  remainder  of  the  University 
Grant  at  as  early  a  day  as  practicable.  In  the  resolutions 
were  suggested  the  names  of  L.  Brown,  of  Dubuque  County, 
and  Uriah  Briggs,  of  Van  Buren  County,  as  suitable  per- 
sons to  act  as  these  sub-agents  in  the  selection  of  the  land. 
The  joint  resolution  also  described  four  small  tracts,  aggre- 
gating 760  acres,  which  the  legislature  desired  to  have 
included  within  the  University  Grant.1 

This  joint  resolution  did  not,  however,  accomplish  the 
desired  results,  and  a  second  joint  resolution  was  passed 
January  2,  1846,  requesting  the  Delegate  in  Congress,  Hon. 
A.  C.  Dodge,  to  use  his  influence  for  the  appointment  of  a 
suitable  person  to  select  the  two  townships  of  land  granted 
to  the  Territory  of  Iowa  for  a  university.2  But  it  was  not 
until  November  19,  1856,  that  a  correct  copy  of  the  lists  of 
lands  selected  and  approved  for  university  purposes  was 
received  from  the  General  Land  Office  at  Washington.3 

The  list  of  these  lands,  giving  location  by  counties,  is  as 
follows: 

TABLE    V4 


COUNTY 

NO.   OP   ACRES     |                       COUNTY 

NO.    OF   ACRES 

Appanoose 

640.00 

Iowa      .     .     . 

646.65 

Boone 

2,613.48 

Jasper   .     .     . 

4,611.35 

Davis  .... 

1,297*36 

Jefferson    .     * 

1,280.00 

Dallas       .     .     . 

572.07 

Lucas     . 

4,545.44 

Decatur     .     .     . 

2,560.00 

Polk      ... 

5,194.19 

Hard  in      .     .     . 

10,325.54 

Scott      .     .     . 

645.16 

1  Laws  of  Iowa,  1843,  p.  167. 

•Laws  of  Iowa,  1845-1846,  p.  133. 

«  Report  of  the  Register  of  the  State  Land  Office,  1857,  p.  9. 

4  Report  of  the  Register  of  the  State  Land  Office,  1865,  p.  23. 


592    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


COUNTY 

NO.   OF    ACRES      |                        COUNTY 

NO.    OF    ACRES 

Story    .... 

5,221.40 

To   be    added 

Union 

638.20 

for  fractional 

Wapello    .     .     . 

1,920.00 

sections  taken 

Warren     .      .     . 

3,218.00 

as  full  sections 

.      .      29.10 

Total     .     .     . 

45,928.84 

Total  approved 

.    45,957.94 

As  the  amount  specified  in  the  original  act  of  July  20, 
1840,  was  two  townships,  or  46,080  acres,  there  was  still 
due  to  the  State  from  the  General  Government  the  amount 
of  122.06  acres.  Accordingly  the  legislature  enacted  a 
measure,  April  7,  1862,  requesting  the  Governor  to  take  the 
necessary  steps  to  obtain  this  remainder.1  But  nothing  ever 
resulted  from  this  action,  and  the  actual  number  of  acres 
received  under  the  University  Grant  is  45,928.84. 

In  a  law,  approved  February  25,  1847,  establishing  a 
State  University,  these  two  townships  of  land  were  donated 
to  that  institution,  to  become  and  remain  a  permanent  fund, 
of  which  the  interest  was  to  be  used  for  the  support  of  the 
University.  This  act  placed  the  land  in  the  hands  of  the 
Board  of  Trustees  of  the  University,  to  be  disposed  of  by 
them  in  the  same  manner  and  under  the  same  regulations  as 
provided  for  the  disposition  of  the  sixteenth  sections  in  the 
different  townships.2 

By  another  act,  approved  March  12,  1858,  the  State  Uni- 
versity was  constituted  a  corporation  possessing  all  common 
law  powers  of  corporations,  as  well  as  certain  special  pow- 
ers conferred  upon  it  by  this  act.  The  two  townships  were 
specifically  donated  to  the  University,  to  constitute  a  per- 

1  Laws  of  Iowa,  1862,  p.  139. 
*Laws  of  Iowa,  1846,  pp.  188-189. 


FEDERAL   AID    TO   EDUCATION    IN    IOWA        593 

petual  fund,  of  which  the  interest  only  might  be  used  for 
the  support  of  the  institution.  The  government  of  the  Uni- 
versity was  to  be  vested  in  a  Board  of  Trustees,  consisting 
of  the  Chancellor  of  the  University,  the  Governor  of  the 
State,  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  and  twelve 
Trustees,  to  be  elected  by  the  General  Assembly.  One- 
third  of  these  twelve  Trustees — or  four — were  to  be  se- 
lected every  two  years,  and  the  term  of  service  was  to  be 
six  years.  The  act  provided  that  no  sale  of  land  should  be 
made  unless  decided  upon  by  the  Board  at  a  regular  meet- 
ing, or  one  called  for  that  purpose.  The  manner,  length 
and  form  of  notice,  and  terms  of  such  sale  were  to  be  pre- 
scribed by  the  Board.  No  member  of  the  Board  was  to  be 
either  directly  or  indirectly  interested  in  any  sale  of  this 
land.  The  Treasurer  of  the  University  was  required  to 
keep  an  accurate  account  of  all  transactions  relative  to  the 
sale  and  disposal  of  University  land.  His  books  were  to 
show  what  portions  of  the  land  had  been  sold,  the  price  of 
each,  to  whom  sold,  how  the  proceeds  had  been  invested, 
and  on  what  securities,  and  the  amount,  situation,  and  value 
of  any  land  remaining  unsold.1 

As  pointed  out  above  in  the  discussion  of  the  Sixteenth 
Section  Grant,  certain  parts  of  this  act  were  declared  uncon- 
stitutional, as  the  Board  of  Education  and  not  the  General 
Assembly  alone  had  power  to  initiate  legislation  relative  to 
educational  institutions;  while  the  legislature  could  only 
alter,  amend,  or  repeal  such  enactments.  In  consequence 
of  this  declaration  as  to  the  unconstitutionality  of  the  law, 
the  Board  of  Education,  on  December  25,  1858,  enacted  a 


1  Laws  of  Iowa,  1858,  pp.  83-87. 


594    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

measure  incorporating  the  same  general  features — in  fact, 
in  large  measure  the  same  words  were  used  as  in  the  law 
which  had  been  declared  void.  The  chief  difference  be- 
tween this  measure  and  the  other  was  in  the  fact  that  it 
made  the  Board  of  Trustees  to  consist  of  seven  persons,  to 
be  elected  by  the  Board  of  Education.  Three  of  these 
were  to  hold  office  for  one  year,  and  the  other  four  for 
three  years.  Upon  the  conclusion  of  their  respective  terms 
their  successors  were  to  be  selected  by  the  Board  of 
Education.1 

In  1870,  by  an  act  approved  April  11,  the  control  and 
government  of  the  University  was  placed  in  the  hands  of  a 
Board  of  Regents.  This  Board  was  to  consist  of  the 
Governor  of  the  State,  who  was  to  be  ex-officio  President  of 
the  Board,  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  the 
President  of  the  University,  and  one  person  for  each  con- 
gressional district  of  the  State  to  be  elected  by  the  General 
Assembly.  The  University  lands  were  placed  in  the  care  of 
this  Board  of  Regents  under  practically  the  same  conditions 
as  those  under  which  they  had  previously  been  held  while 
in  the  hands  of  the  Board  of  Trustees.2 

On  April  14,  1886,  an  act  became  a  law  by  which  the 
President  of  the  University  was  dropped  from  membership 
on  the  Board  of  Regents.3  Since  that  date  no  change  of 
importance  has  been  made  as  to  the  manner  of  control  or 
disposal  of  the  University  Grant. 

The  patenting  of  the  lands  comprising  this  grant  has  been 
as  follows: 


1  Acts  of  the  Board  of  Education,  1858,  pp.  30-34. 

2  Laws  of  Iowa,  1870,  pp.  88-93. 
»  Laws  of  Iowa,  1886,  p.  222. 


FEDERAL   AID   TO   EDUCATION    IN   IOWA       595 


TABLE    VI1 


DATE 
OF    REPORT 


May  14,  1855 
November  14,  1856 
December  1,  1857 
January  1,  1859      . 
November  7,  1859 
November  6,  1861 
November  15,  1863 
November  16,  1865 
November  12,  1867 
November  10,  1869 
November  1,  1871 
November  1,  1873 
November  1,  1875 
October  1,  1877      . 
October  1,  1879      . 
October  1,  1881      . 
July  1,  1883 
July  1,  1885 
July  1,  1887 
July  1,  1889 
June  30,  1891 
June  30,  1893 
July  1,  1895 
July  1,  1897 
July  1,  1899 
July  1,  1901 
July  1,  1903 
June  30,  1905         .  ,      . 

Total       .          .          . 
Amount  unpatented 

Amount  of  grant     . 


ACRES    PATENTED 
DURING    BIENNIUM 

1,535.16 

3,093.38 

1,021.36 

400.00 

360.00 

727.42 

2,373.92 

13,381.28 

2,640.95 

2,378.07 

2,355.70 

1,680.00 

4,993.08 

2,275.70 

1,347.91 

366.07 

200.00 

46.02 

160.00 

229.35 

403.83 

360.26 

684.85 

209.02 

0 

0 

0 

74.4a 


1  Reports  of  the  Register  of  the  State  Land  Offia 
Secretary  of  State  (Land  Department),  1883-1905. 


43,297.82 

578.82 

43,876.64 

;,  1858-1881;  and  Reports  of  the 


596    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

With  considerable  effort  the  writer  has  traced  down  the 
dates  of  the  errors  as  a  result  of  which  2,052.20  acres  ap- 
pear as  unaccounted  for  in  the  above  table.  It  was  found 
that  in  the  report  for  1879  there  was  a  shortage  of  1,010.26 
acres.  In  the  report  for  1881  there  was  another  discrep- 
ancy of  927.89  acres.  And  again,  in  the  report  of  1897 
the  figures  given  do  not  produce  the  correct  sum  by  207.80 
acres.  But  by  the  report  of  1899  there  seems  to  be  a  par- 
tial correction  of  this  error  by  a  counter  error  of  93.65 
acres.  These  four  errors  sum  up  exactly  the  amount  marked 
"not  accounted  for"  in  the  table  above,  i.  e.,  2,052.20  acres. 
The  writer  has  not  been  able  to  ascertain  the  cause  of  this 
apparent  shrinkage  in  the  amount  of  the  grant.  It  may 
have  been  due  to  some  shifts  in  the  courses  of  rivers,  or  to 
irregularities  in  the  sale  of  the  land  unaccounted  for. 

On  June  30,  1906,  there  remained  unsold  of  the  Univer- 
sity Grant  572.34  acres.1 

It  is  impossible  to  say  just  how  much  per  acre  all  the 
land  of  this  grant  has  brought  when  sold.  But  a  number 
of  facts  presented  by  Thomas  H.  Benton,  Jr.,  in  the  annual 
commencement  address  at  the  State  University,  June  21, 
1867,  throw  considerable  light  upon  the  price  received  for 
land  sold  prior  to  that  date.  He  says  that  the  first  sale  made 
was  of  a  section  in  Scott  County,  containing  645.16  acres, 
for  $3,257.80 — an  average  of  five  dollars  and  five  cents  per 
acre.  This  was  an  unusually  valuable  tract,  and  so  com- 
manded this  price — a  high  one  for  that  day.  The  total 
number  of  acres  sold  up  to  January  1,  1853,  was  685.16 


1  Data  obtained  in  a  letter  received  from  the  Clerk  of  the  Iowa  State  Land 
Office,  August  6,  1906. 


FEDERAL   AID   TO   EDUCATION    IN    IOWA       597 

acres,  the  amount  received  therefor  being  $3,457.80.  During 
the  year  1854,  9,792.83  acres  were  sold  at  public  sale  for 
$36,475.21.  Some  tracts  also  were  sold  at  private  sale  at 
$3.64  per  acre — the  appraised  valuation.  Some  2,280  acres 
were  sold  at  an  average  price  of  $2.50.  Up  to  January  1, 
1855,  a  total  of  18,170.70  acres  had  been  disposed  of  for 
$59,423.15,  being  an  average  of  $3.27  per  acre.  A  large 
public  sale  of  University  lands  was  held  at  Iowa  City,  Iowa, 
in  June,  1855,  at  which  the  aggregate  sales,  exclusive  of 
lands  occupied  by  settlers,  amounted  to  $74,878.92.  October 
25,  1859,  the  Board  made  an  examination  of  the  books  of 
the  Treasurer  of  the  University  and  found  that  31,411.36 
acres  had  been  sold,  and  that  the  amount  of  the  fund  was 
$110,582.75.1 

The  amount  of  the  permanent  land  endowment  fund  of 
the  State  University,  June  30,  1905,  was  $235,120.36,  which 
included  the  proceeds  not  only  of  the  University  Land 
Grant  but  also  of  the  Saline  Land  Grant  treated  in  the  next 

section  of  this  paper.2 

The  following  table  includes  the  interest  annually  accru- 
ing on  the  receipts  from  both  of  these  land  grants,  and 
shows  the  entire  income  of  the  State  University  from 
National  endowment  through  rentals  and  interest : 


YEAR 

AMOUNT                YEAR 

AMOUNT 

1861    .... 

33,496.87 

1863   .   .   . 

15,767.89 

1862   .... 

1864   .   .   . 

23,416.75 

1  BentoiTs  Historical  Sketch  of  the  State  University  of  Iowa,  pp.  22-25. 
8  Biennial  Report  of  the  Board  of  Regents,  p.  109. 
3  Census  of  Iowa,  1900,  pp.  cxvii-cxviii. 


598     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


YEAR 

AMOUNT                YEAR 

AMOUNT 

1865    .... 

19,183.77 

]886   .   .   . 

15,639.45 

1866   .... 

1887   .   .   . 

17,146.35 

1867   .... 

18,985.43 

1888   .   .   . 

16,299.81 

1868   .... 

1889   .   .   . 

15,028.70 

1869   .... 

25,724.49 

1890   .   .   . 

20,282.45 

1870  .... 

19,708.62 

1891   .   .   . 

16,892.80 

1871  .  .  .  . 

20,497.08 

1892   .   .   . 

16,561.14 

1872   .   .   .  ."; 

21,000.84 

1893   .   .   . 

15,792.94 

1873   .   .   .  .  | 

22,154.95 

1894   .   .   . 

19,101.78 

1874  .   .   .   ..'' 

22,376.76 

1895   .   .   . 

16,631.82 

1875   .   .   .   ,1 

21,663.58 

1896   .   .   . 

16,233.99 

1876  .   .   .   , 

18,396.30 

1897   .   .   . 

16,015.98 

1877  .  .  . 

18,135.78 

1898   .   .   . 

.17,759.90 

1878  .... 

23,105.92 

1899   .   .   . 

14,988.29 

1879  .  .  .  .. 

17,673.91 

1900   .   .   . 

18,335.72 

1880  .   . 

19,620.63 

1901   .   .   . 

14,405.08 

1881   .... 

16,662.94 

1902   .   .   . 

12,610.87 

1882   .... 

15,531.71 

1903   .   .   . 

15,245.74 

1883  .... 

16,487.50 

1904   .   .   . 

13,465.77 

1884   .... 

16,165.02 

1905   .   .   . 

14,254.87 

1885   .   .   .   , 

16,405.73 

744,855.92 

As  nearly  all  of  the  land  composing  both  the  University 
Grant  and  the  Saline  Land  Grant  has  been  sold,  only  a 
small  part  of  the  above  income  now  consists  of  rentals. 

HUGH  S.  BUFFUM 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


SOME  PUBLICATIONS 

Cornell  College,  1853-1903.  A  Record  of  the  Celebration  of  the 
Fiftieth  Anniversary  of  the  Founding  of  the  College  held  in  Con- 
nection with  the  Annual  Commencement,  June  10-16,  1904. 
Cornell  College,  Mount  Vernon,  Iowa,  1904.  Pp.  294.  Por- 
traits, plates. 

On  July  4,  1852,  in  the  presence  of  a  large  concourse  of  citizens, 
Rev.  G.  B.  Bowman  delivered  an  address  on  Education  on  the  site 
of  the  present  campus  of  Cornell  College.  At  the  close  of  the  ad- 
dress the  ground  was  broken  for  the  foundation  of  the  first  building. 
The  school  was  formally  opened  on  November  14,  1853,  and  was  in- 
corporated as  Iowa  Conference  Seminary  in  1854  and  re-incorporated 
as  Cornell  College  in  1855.  A  college  president  was  elected  in  1857, 
and  the  first  class  was  graduated  in  1858.  .The  school  grew  rapidly 
for  a  sparsely  settled  State,  and  in  1860-1861  enrolled  four  hundred 
and  seven  students. 

Such  in  brief  is  the  early  history  of  a  college  beginning  when  the 
State  was  young  in  life,  resources,  and  conscious  power.  The  avail- 
able assets  of  the  young  institution  consisted  of  energy,  of  consecra- 
tion, and  of  boundless  hope.  To  these  three  attributes  Cornell  Col- 
lege owes  her  beneficent  past  career,  her  present  fortuous  circum- 
stances, and  her  numerous  prominent  alumni  who  will  conserve  a 
place  for  their  alma  mater  and  will  see  that  her  wants  are  fully  sup- 
plied. 

Beginning  when  all  undertakings  in  the  West  were  small  Cornell 
College  has  grown  up  with  the  country;  and  having  passed  the 
fiftieth  year  of  continuous  growth  it  seemed  well  to  honor  the  event 
with  an  anniversary  gathering  during  the  commencement  week  in 
June,  1904.  The  jubilee  day  was  assigned  to  Wednesday,  June  the 
14th. 

The  volume  published  by  Cornell  College  is  a  record  of  the  events 


600    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

of  commencement  week  of  1904.  Great  preparations  were  made; 
and  judging  from  a  perusal  of  the  volume  every  effort  brought  forth 
success.  In  the  volume  may  be  found  the  principal  addresses  given 
at  all  the  functions  of  the  closing  year  of  the  college,  as  well  as  the 
minutes  of  the  transactions  of  the  various  college  organizations. 
Some  events  from  their  nature  are  more  prominent,  as  the  exercises 
with  the  addresses  given  during  the  historical  celebration,  jubilee 
day,  the  unveiling  of  the  portraits  and  tablets  in  memory  of  those 
who  have  labored  long  for  the  college,  the  cornerstone  laying  exer- 
cises of  the  library,  and  the  exercises  on  commencement  day.  Many 
of  the  addresses  are  of  an  historical  or  biographical  character,  and 
relate  of  the  past  of  the  college  or  of  the  men  and  women  working 
for  the  upbuilding  and  support  of  the  institution. 

The  volume  is  well  printed,  ably  edited,  and  embellished  with  six 
plates  of  college  views  and  twenty-three  portraits  of  individuals  long 
associated  in  some  capacity  with  the  college.  The  book  is  a  worthy 
addition  to  the  history  of  education  in  Iowa,  as  well  as  a  unique 
specimen  of  lowana,  and  as  such  it  should  be  widely  sought  and 

much  prized. 

T.  J.  FITZPATRICK 

THE  STATE  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


AMERICANA    AND    MISCELLANEOUS 

The  Journal  of  the  U.  S.  Cavalry  Association  begins  the  seven- 
teenth volume  with  the  issue  for  July,  1906. 

The  Reconstruction  of  Communications  at  San  Francisco,  by  L. 
D.  Wildman,  leads  in  the  July,  1906,  number  of  the  Army  and  N'avy 
Life. 

The  Canadian  Year  JBook  for  1906,  a  volume  of  over  four  hun- 
dred pages,  appeared  in  August.  The  distribution  is  by  the  Super- 
intendent of  Immigration,  Ottawa. 

The  American  Antiquarian  and  Oriental  Journal  for  July  and 
August,  1906,  has  the  following  articles:  Desert  of  Sahara  and 


SOME   PUBLICATIONS  601 

the  Great  American  Desert  Compared;  Mythology  of  the  Plains 
Indians,  by  C.  S.  Wahe;  and  Copper  Relics  Among  the  Mounds,  by 
Stephen  D.  Peet. 

A.  C.  McClurg  &  Co.  are  the  publishers  of  a  book  by  Mrs.  Eva 
Emery  Dye  entitled  McDonald  of  Oregon. 

Anthropology  at  the  Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition,  by  Dr.  W.  J. 
McGee,  appears  as  a  thirty-seven  page  reprint  from  Science,  No.  573. 

A  sketch  of  the  services  of  Henry  Clark  Corbin,  Lieutenant-Gen- 
eral  of  the  United  States  Army,  leads  in  the  Army  and  Navy  Life 
for  September,  1906. 

Salt  Deposits  and  Salt  Industry  in  Ohio,  by  J.  A.  Bownocker  is 
the  title  of  the  subject  matter  of  bulletin  8  of  the  Geological  Survey 
of  Ohio,  issued  in  June,  1906. 

Deutsch-Amerikanisches  in  der  New  York  Public  Library  is  the 
title  of  an  eleven  page  reprint  from  the  German  American  Annals  by 
Richard  E.  Helbig  of  the  Lenox  Library,  New  York  City. 

Science  Bulletin,  University  of  Kansas,  volume  in,  numbers  7-10, 
issued  as  one  publication  in  June,  1906,  is  an  illustrated  quarto  vol- 
ume dealing  in  the  main  with  the  zoology  of  the  State  of  Kansas. 

Conditions  of  Living  Among  the  Poor,  by  S.  E.  Forman  and 
Benefit  Features  of  British  Trade  Unions,  by  Walter  E.  Weyl 
appear  in  the  May,  1906,  issue  of  the  Bulletin  of  the  Bureau  of 
Labor. 

Installments  of  Autobiography  of  Allen  Trimble  and  of  a  biogra- 
phy of  Jeremiah  Morrow,  by  Josiah  Morrow,  both  early  Governors 
of  Ohio,  occur  in  The  Old  Northicest  Genealogical  Quarterly  for 
July,  1906. 

The  August,  1906,  number  of  The  Quarterly  Journal  of  Econom- 
ics completes  the  twentieth  volume.  The  included  articles  are: 
Wages  and  Prices  in  Relation  to  International  Trade,  by  F.  W. 
Taussig;  The  Distribution  of  Immigrants  in  the  United  States,  by 
Walter  F.  Willcox;  The  Recent  Growth  of  Cooperation  in  Ireland, 


602     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

by  David  A.  McCabe;  The  Socialist  Economics  of  Karl  Marx  and 
his  Followers,  by  Thorstein  Veblen;  and  The  Relation  of  Marginal 
Rents  to  Price,  by  Frank  T.  Carlton. 

The  Value  of  a  State  Library  Commission  is  discussed  by  John 
P.  Kennedy  in  The  South  Atlantic  Quarterly  for  July,  1906.  In  the 
same  number  is  a  paper  by  E.  W.  Sikes  on  the  subject  of  Lincoln: 
Master  of  Men. 

The  two  principal  articles  in  the  Bulletin  of  the  Bureau  of  Labor 
for  July,  1906,  are:  Wages  and  Hours  of  Labor,  1890-1905;  and 
Retail  Prices  of  Food,  1890-1905.  Both  articles  are  extensive  and 
in  the  main  statistical. 

The  American  Monthly  Magazine  begins  the  twenty-ninth  volume 
with  the  July,  1906,  issue.  This  number  and  the  August  one  con- 
tain the  proceedings  of  the  fifteenth  continental  congress,  Daughters 
of  the  American  Revolution. 

The  Incorporation  of  Trade  Unions  is  the  title  of  an  extended 
thesis  in  part  three  of  the  annual  report  for  1906  of  the  Massachu- 
setts Bureau  of  Statistics  of  Labor.  Part  four  is  devoted  to  statistics 
of  manufacture  for  1904  and  1905. 

Bulletin  32  of  the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology  contains  the 
results  of  researches  into  the  Antiquities  of  the  Jemez  Plateau,,  New 
Mexico,  by  Edgar  L.  Hewett.  This  is  a  well  illustrated  volume  of 
fifty-five  pages  distributed  in  August,  1906. 

Review  of  Historical  Publications  Relating  to  Canada,  edited  by 
George  M.  Wrong  and  H.  H.  Langton  was  distributed  in  July,  1906. 
This  volume  comprises  over  two  hundred  pages  and  is  issued  as  vol- 
ume ten  of  the  University  of  Toronto  Studies. 

The  articles  in  The  Annals  of  the  American  Academy  of  Political 
and  Social  Science  for  May,  1906,  treat  of  the  improvement  of  labor 
conditions  in  the  United  States.  The  supplement  contains  four 
addresses  on  The  Pan-American  Conferences  and  their  Significance. 
The  issue  for  July,  1906,  considers  the  subject  of  The  Business 
Professions. 


SOME   PUBLICATIONS  603 

Principles  and  Methods  to  be  Pursued  in  Organizing  Trade  Schools, 
by  A.  D.  Dean;  Textile  Schools  in  the  United  States;  and  Injunctions 
Against  Strikes  and  Boycotts  are  the  principal  subjects  discussed  in 
the  September,  1906,  Labor  Bulletin  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Massa- 
chusetts. 

Volume  vi  of  the  Journals  of  the  Continental  Congress,  edited  by 
W.  C.  Ford,  covers  the  period  from  October  9  to  December  31,  1776. 
This  volume  comprises  pages  857  to  1173,  including  besides  the 
journal  the  index,  bibliographical  notes,  speech  of  John  Wither- 
spoon,  and  notes  on  debates. 

The  World's  Recent  Production  of  Gold  and  its  Influence  upon 
Commodity  Prices,  by  F.  B.  Forbes,  and  A  New  Method  of  Index- 
Numbers  for  American  Commodity  Prices,  by  the  same  author, 
appear  in  the  quarterly  publications  of  the  American  Statistical 
Association  for  June,  1906. 

A  Question  of  Mormon  Patriotism,  by  Theodore  Schroeder;  New 
York  in  the  Nineteenth  Century,  by  John  Austin  Stevens;  The 
Family  Line  of  George  Washington,  by  Joel  M.  Eno;  and  The 
Lewis  and  Clark  Expedition,  by  H.  S.  Lyman,  are  the  articles  of 
general  interest  in  the  American  Historical  Magazine  for  July,  1906. 

An  illustrated  quarto  volume  recently  issued  by  the  Bureau  of  the 
Census  is  a  special  report  on  Telegraphs  and  Telephones  for  1902. 
The  volume  in  the  main  is  a  treatise  on  the  installation,  operation, 
and  earning  capacity  of  plants  and  on  the  capitalization  of  the  com- 
panies for  their  promotion. 

The  Proceedings  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society  for  Janu- 
ary-April, 1906,  contain  the  following  articles:  The  Statistical 
Method  in  Chemical  Geology,  by  F.  W.  Clarke;  On  a  Possible  Re- 
versal of  Deep- Sea  Circulation  and  its  Influence  on  Geologic  Climates, 
by  T.  C.  Chamberlin;  An  International  Southern  Telescope,  by  E.  C. 
Pickering;  The  Human  Harvest,  by  D.  S.  Jordan;  Heredity  and 
Variation,  Logical  and  Biological,  by  W.  K.  Brooks;  The  Elimina- 
tion of  Velocity  Effects  in  Measuring  Pressures  in  a  Fluid  Stream, 


604     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

by  F.  E.  Nipher;  and   The  Present  State  of  the  Question  Regarding 
the  First  Principles  of  Theoretical  Science,  by  Josiah  Royce. 

The  history  and  activities  of  the  Consular  Service  of  the  United 
States  is  written  by  C.  L.  Jones  and  published  by  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania  as  Number  18  in  the  series  in  Political  Economy  and 
Public  Law.  In  a  volume  exceeding  one  hundred  pages  Mr.  Jones 
gives  the  legislative  history  of  the  Consular  Service,  the  rights  and 
duties  of  consuls  and  their  assistance  to  the  foreign  trade  of  the 
United  States  along  with  suggestions  for  the  improvement  of  the 
American  consular  system.  A  chapter  is  also  given  to  the  considera- 
tion of  the  European  consular  system. 

Volumes  xxn,  xxm,  and  xxiv  of  Early  Western  Travels,  con- 
tain the  reprint  of  the  narrative  of  the  Travels  in  the  Interior  of 
North  America  by  Maximilian,  Prince  of  Wied.  Volume  xxv  is 
a  folio  atlas  of  eighty-one  plates  and  a  map  to  illustrate  the  three 
volumes  of  the  narrative.  Volume  xxvi  contains  the  reprint  of 
Edmund  Flagg's  The  Far  West,  or  a  Tour  Beyond  the  Mountains, 
which  comes  to  a  close  on  page  121  of  volume  xxvn,  and  is  fol- 
lowed by  P.  J.  De  Smet's  Letters  and  Sketches,  with  a  Narrative  of  a 
Year's  Residence  Among  the  Indian  Tribes  of  The  Rocky  Mountains. 
Volume  xxvin  is  a  reprint  of  a  portion  of  Thomas  J.  Farnham's 
Travels  in  the  Great  Western  Prairies,  which  is  completed  with 
about  one  hundred  pages  of  volume  xxix.  The  remainder  of  the 
volume  is  on  Oregon  Missions  and  Travels  over  the  Rocky  Mountains 
in  1845-46,  by  P.  J.  De  Smet. 

The  contributed  articles  in  the  American  Anthropologist  for  April- 
June,  1906,  are:  Recent  Cave  Exploration  in  California,  by  John  C. 
Merriam;  Evidence  of  the  Work  of  Man  on  Objects  from  Quaternary 
Caves  in  California,  by  F.  W.  Putnam;  Note  on  the  Determination 
of  Sex  in  Man,  by  E.  T.  Brewster;  North  American  Ethnological 
Material  in  Italian  Collections,  by  David  I.  Bushnell;  Ruins  of  the 
Cerro  de  Montezuma,  by  A.  H.  Blackiston;  The  Icelandic  Colony  in 
Greenland,  Vilhjalmur  Stefansson;  Unwritten  Literature  of  Hawaii, 


SOME   PUBLICATIONS  605 

by  Nathaniel  B.  Emerson;  Exploration  of  the  Lower  Amur  Valley, 
by  Gerard  Fowke;  Noteworthy  Archeological  Specimens  from  Lower 
Columbia  Valley,  by  Harlan  I.  Smith;  Helen  Keller,  by  John  Hitz; 
Some  Notes  on  Anthropology  and  Archeology,  by  Charles  Peabody; 
Pawnee  War  Tales,  by  George  A.  Dorsey;  and  Hopi  Shrines  near 
the  East  Mesa,  Arizona,  by  J.  W.  Fewkes. 


IOWANA 

The  Council  Bluffs  Nonpareil  celebrated  its  semi-centennial  by 
issuing  a  fifty-two  page  anniversary  number  on  September  2,  1906. 

The  Young  Citizen,  a  monthly  magazine  published  at  Cedar  Falls, 
Iowa,  begins  its  sixth  year  and  volume  with  the  September,  1906, 
issue. 

A  short  article  on  the  Mound  Builders  of  the  Mississippi  Valley, 
by  Richard  Herrmann,  of  Dubuque,  Iowa,  is  published  in  the  Aug- 
ust, 1906,  number  of  the  Records  of  the  Past. 

The  Proceedings  of  the  fourteenth  annual  convention  of  the  Iowa 
Grand  Chapter  of  the  P.  E.  O.  Sisterhood,  which  was  held  at  Keo- 
kuk,  May  3—11,  1906,  was  distributed  in  July. 

The  Middletonian  for  May,  1906,  contains  the  Proceedings  of  the 
second  annual  alumni  clinic  of  the  College  of  Medicine,  State  Uni- 
versity of  Iowa,  held  at  Iowa  City,  May  1  and  2,  1906. 

Scientific  Work  in  Pathology  in  Iowa's  State  Institutions,  is  the 
title  of  a  fourteen  page  pamphlet  recently  issued  by  Dr.  Henry 
Albert,  of  the  College  of  Medicine  of  The  State  University  of  Iowa. 

Iowa  Ecclesiastical  Memoirs  is  the  title  of  a  series  of  biographical 
and  historical  sketches  of  the  Catholic  clergy  of  the  State  of  Iowa, 
number  two  of  which  is  in  memory  of  the  late  Rev.  John  O'Farrell. 

A  new  aspirant  for  public  favor  appeared  in  August,  1906,  to  be 
known  as  the  Keokuk  Magazine,  a  monthly  literary  journal  of  some 
eighty  pages  per  number,  edited  by  D.  R.  Guernsey,  and  issued  from 


606    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

the  office  at  Keokuk,  Iowa.  The  appearance  and  contents  of  the 
numbers  thus  far  issued  are  similar  to  the  usual  run  of  the  standard 
popular  magazines.  Matter  more  or  less  of  local  interest  has  been 
included. 

Mr.  Irving  B.  Richman's  Rhode  Island,  which  appeared  in  the 
American  Commonwealth  Series,  has  been  specially  printed  for 
Preston  and  Rounds  Company  (Providence,  R.  I.)  in  an  edition  of 
one  hundred  copies  as  the  "Rhode  Island  Edition." 

The  Cedar  Rapids  Republican  for  June  10,  1906,  is  a  magazine 
edition  which  contains  considerable  historical  matter  relating  to  Linn 
County.  The  issue  is  in  honor  of  the  semi-centennial  anniversary  of 
the  founding  of  Cedar  Rapids. 

A  unique  specimen  in  the  book  art  is  A  Tag alog— English  and 
English— Tag alog  Dictionary  published  in  Manila,  P.  I.,  in  1904. 
The  work  was  compiled  by  Mr.  Charles  Nigg,  a  former  Jackson 
County,  Iowa,  citizen,  now  of  Angat,  Balacan,  P.  I. 

Cornell  College,  Mt.  Vernon,  Iowa,  has  recently  issued  a  splendid 
memorial  volume  of  about  three  hundred  pages.  This  volume  con- 
tains the  record  of  the  celebration  of  the  fiftieth  anniversary  of  the 
founding  of  the  college,  which  was  held  in  connection  with  the 
annual  commencement,  June  10  to  16,  1904.  Many  portraits  and 
illustrations  occur  throughout  the  volume. 

Early  Rock  Island,  by  William  A.  Meese,  is  the  title  of  a  volume 
of  nearly  one  hundred  pages  published  under  the  auspices  of  the 
Rock  Island  County  Historical  Society.  The  volume  treats  of  the 
first  inhabitants,  the  Sacs  and  Foxes,  their  home  life,  the  villages, 
the  Indian  treaties,  the  white  settlers,  their  conflicts,  the  Black  Hawk 
War,  Fort  Armstrong,  its  erection  and  destruction,  and  the  political 
divisions  to  which  the  County  of  Rock  Island  formerly  belonged. 

The  Transit,  volume  xi,  published  by  the  Engineering  Society  of 
The  State  University  of  Iowa,  appeared  in  August,  1906.  The 
leading  papers  in  this  volume  are:  Emergency  Work  in  the  Bridge 
and  Building  Department  of  a  Railroad,  by  J.  H.  Howe;  Cable 


SOME   PUBLICATIONS  607 

1  roubles,  by  R.  G.  Call;  Water  Power  Plant  of  The  State  University 
of  Iowa,  by  B.  J.  Lambert;  The  New  Engineering  Building,  by 
William  G.  Raymond;  Wood  Preservation,  by  Bohumil  Shimek;  and 
Acceleration  and  Some  Locomotive  Problems,  by  William  G.  Ray- 
mond. 

The  Proceedings  of  the  eighteenth  annual  meeting  of  the  Iowa 
Engineering  Society,  held  at  Des  Moines,  Iowa,  January  10-11,  190G, 
were  recently  published  in  a  volume  of  one  hundred  and  eighty 
pages.  Some  of  the  more  important  articles  of  the  volume  are: 
Drainage  Plans  and  Recent  Improvements  of  Same  at  Council 
Bluffs,  Iowa,  by  S.  L.  Etnyre;  Coaling  Facilities  for  Present  Day 
Railroads,  by  W.  L.  Breckenridge;  Artesian  Wells  at  Centerville, 
Iowa,  by  W.  W.  Berry;  Waterloo  Water  Supply,  by  C.  T.  Wilson; 
Report  of  the  Committee  on  Sanitary  Engineering,  by  C.  S.  Magowan; 
An  Anthracite  Mine  Fire,  by  C.  L.  Bryden;  Report  of  the  Commit- 
tee on  Drainage,  by  Seth  Dean;  Moving  of  Old  Science  Hall,  at  The 
State  University  of  Iowa,  by  G.  H.  Ellsworth;  A  Topographic  Sur- 
vey for  Iowa,  by  Frank  A.  Wilder;  Report  of  Committee  on  Roads 
and  Pavements,  by  A.  Marston;  Report  of  Committee  on  Railroad 
Engineering,  by  S.  N.  Williams;  Possibilities  of  Freight  Traffic  on 
Electric  Lines  in  Iowa,  by  F.  C.  French;  Development  of  the  Cement 
Industry  in  Iowa,  by  S.  W.  Beyer;  and  Sewerage  System — Center- 
ville, Iowa,  by  A.  J.  Cox. 

HISTORICAL    ITEMS    IN    SEVERAL    IOWA    NEWSPAPERS    FROM    DECEMBER, 
1905,    TO    SEPTEMBER,     1906 

The  Register  and  Leader,  Des  Moines 

The  Grave  of  Chief  Mahaska,  December  4.  Evolution  of  the 
Street  Car  in  Des  Moines,  by  L.  F.  Andrews;  The  Golden  Wedding 
Anniversary  of  Mayor  I.  M.  T.  Cory  of  Elkhart,  Iowa;  Iowa's  First 
Shorthand  Reporters,  December  10.  Death  of  Rev.  H.  S.  Brunson, 
of  Fayette;  An  Appreciation  of  Jacob  W.  Mills,  by  James  S.  Clark, 
son;  Account  of  the  Life  of  Judge  C.  R.  Scott;  A  Pioneer  Des 
Moines  Newspaper  Venture,  by  L.  F.  Andrews;  The  Passing  of  the 


608     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF   HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Lumber  Industry  in  Iowa,  December  17.  The  Destruction  of  Jona- 
than P.  Dolliver's  First  Office — and  account  of  his  early  life — Decem- 
ber 24.  The  Death  of  Ephraim  Crockett,  December  29.  History 
Chronicled  in  the  Past  Year,  by  Warwick  James  Price;  Biography 
of  Col.  Edward  Hooker,  a  Pioneer  Stage  Company  Manager,  by  L. 

F.  Andrews,  December  31.    Belle  Plaine's  Wonderful  Flowing  Well; 
Biography  of  Cyrus  Mosier,  a  Des  Moines  Pioneer;  Unique  Char- 
acter of  Chief  Keokuk;  History  of  Swedish- American  Old  Settlers' 
Society,  January  7.     Oldest  House  in  Southern  Iowa,  January  23.j 
History  of  Iowa  Farmers'  Cooperative  Associations;  Sketch  of  Life 
of  T.  E.  Alderman,  Founder  of  Nevada,  Iowa;  A  Society  Event  of 
a  Generation  Ago,  by  Tacitus  Hussey;  Biography  of  Cave  J.  Mac- 
Farland,  Early  Judge   in    Polk    County,  by  L.   F.  Andrews,  Jan- 
uary 28.     Capt.  Claudius  Tift,  Iowa's  Oldest  Veteran,  February  4. 
R.  S.  Finkbine,  One  of  Iowa's  Builders,  by  L.  F.  Andrews;  Brief 
Sketch  of  Judge  David  Rorer,  by  L.   F.   Andrews,   February  11. 
Brief  Sketch  of  Life  of  Gov.  Kirkwood;  Biography  of  Mrs.  Sarah 

G.  Perin   of   Clinton,  February  18.     Biography  of   Edward   Enth- 
wistle,  First  Locomotive  Engineer  in  the  World,  by  L.  F.  Andrews; 
An  Account  of  the  Historical  and  Literary  Club  of  West  Union, 
February  25.     Sketch  of  the  Life  of  David  B.  Henderson,  February 
26.     Biography  of  Mrs.  L.  M.  Sandford,  by  Tacitus  Hussey,  Feb 
ruary  27.     Tribute  to  Life  of  Capt.  E.  L.  Marsh,  by  Dr.  A.  L.  Fris- 
bie,  February  28.     Reminiscences  of  Speaker  D.  B.  Henderson,  by 
Julian  W.  Richards;  Sketch  of  Elijah  Canfield,  a  Prominent  Polk 
County  Pioneer,  by  L.  F.  Andrews,  March  4.     Henderson  Honored 
by  Legislators,  March  9.     Sketch  of  Mrs.  Alice  Jones  a  Noted  Iowa 
Writer;   Sketch  of  Joseph  McElroy,  an  Iowa  Pioneer,  March  11. 
How  Henderson  Won  His  Bride,  March  13.     Reminiscences  by  G. 
M.  Hammond — Crossed  Plains  in  Early  Days;  Leonard  Brown  and 
the   Pioneers,  by  L.  F.   Andrews;    Some   of    Iowa's    Pioneer   Law 
Makers,    March    18.     First    Settler   of   Woodbury    County — Curtis 
Lamb,  April  1.     Esquire  Young:  A  Useful  Man,  by  L.  F.  Andrews, 
April  8.     Sketch  of  Francis  Winterwood,  a  Polk  County  Pioneer, 


SOME   PUBLICATIONS  609 

by  L.  F.  Andrews,  April  15.  The  Cory  Families,  by  L.  F.  An- 
drews, April  22.  Judge  J.  Scott  Richman,  April  29.  Stories  of 
Old  Fort  Des  Moines,  by  L.  F.  Andrews,  May  6.  C.  C.  Nourse,  a 
Prominent  Pioneer,  by  L.  F.  Andrews,  May  13.  Noted  lowans  lie 
in  Uncalled-for  Graves;  Pioneer  Presbyterianism  in  Des  Moines, 
May  20.  Sketch  of  John  L.  Smith,  Early  Settler  of  Des  Moines,  by 
L.  F.  Andrews,  May  27.  The  Beginning  of  Drake  University; 
Sketch  of  George  G.  Wright,  a  noted  Iowa  Pioneer,  June  3.  Semi- 
Centennial  at  Leander  Clark  College,  June  10.  Death  of  Hon.  R. 
B.  Warren,  Iowa  Pioneer,  June  16.  Cedar  Rapids  Celebrates  Semi- 
centennial; Good  Old  Days  on  Rock  Island;  Versatile  Genius  of 
Pioneer  Days,  by  L.  F.  Andrews,  June  17.  Sketch  of  John  M. 
Davis,  by  L.  F.  Andrews,  June  24.  Sketch  of  Life  of  Rev.  Thomas 
F.  Gunn,  Pioneer  Priest,  July  1.  Fifty  Years  Ago  in  Palo  Alto 
County;  Sketch  of  Daniel  Trullinger,  Pioneer  Brick  Maker,  July  8. 
Brief  Sketch  of  Patrick  Keenan,  a  Pioneer;  Indian  Names  as  Used 
in  Iowa,  by  L.  F.  Andrews,  July  15.  The  First  Things  in  Des 
Moines,  July  22.  Obituary  of  Father  Schramm,  a  Pioneer,  July  28. 
Bought  First  Quarter  in  Iowa,  July  29.  First  Law  Class,  Law 
Department,  State  University,  1866;  A  Lynching  with  a  Strange 
Sequel — Tama  County  the  Scene  of  Hanging  in  1860,  August  5. 
Pioneer  of  Pioneers  in  Jefferson  County;  Mrs.  Elizabeth  Snell  of 
Dallas  Center  Celebrates  Hundred  and  Second  Birthday;  Polk 
County's  Pioneer  Doctor,  by  L.  F.  Andrews,  August  12.  Gen. 
Nathaniel  Baker — Story  of  a  Noted  lowan,  by  L.  F.  Andrews, 
August  19. 

The  Burlington  Hawkeye,   Burlington 

Descendants  of  Betty  Ross — Fort  Madison  was  the  Home  of 
Several  Relatives  of  the  American  Flag  Maker,  January  14.  Death 
of  Mrs.  C.  Wolbers,  January  23.  Biography  of  Chas.  F.  Schramm; 
Sketch  of  Mrs.  H.  Weinrich,  a  Pioneer,  January  26.  Unique 
Character  of  Chief  Keokuk;  When  Mark  Twain  Worked  in  Keokuk, 
January  28.  Article  on  the  Portrait  of  Late  Judge  David  Rorer, 
January  30.  The  Sixty-nine  Wedded  Years — Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert 


610    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Burns  of  Morning  Sun,  February  1.  Biography  of  Jacob  W.  Price 
of  Burlington,  February  9.  Local  Happenings  in  Burlington  Twenty 
Years  Ago,  weekly,  on  Sunday,  from  February  10,  to  August  12. 
Account  of  Lincoln's  Speech  at  Burlington,  February  13.  Remi- 
niscences of  Old  East  Burlington,  by  Ed.  Young,  February  14. 
Incidents  in  the  Life  of  Henderson,  February  27.  The  Late  Speaker 
David  B.  Henderson  as  I  Knew  Him,  by  Julian  W.  Richards,  March 
4.  Long  Records  in  the  Pulpit;  Major  Byers'  rare  War  Relic, 
April  1.  Pastor  Sixty  Years — Dr.  Wm.  Salter,  April  24.  Mrs. 
Louisa  Held,  May  6.  Brief  Sketch  of  Wm.  R.  Moore,  May  11. 
Brief  Sketch  of  William  Tiemann,  a  Pioneer,  May  12.  Obituaries  of 
David  W.  Davis  and  William  R.  Sellon,  Early  Settlers,  May  15. 
Zebulon  M.  Pike  Monument  to  be  Dedicated,  June  7.  Notice  of 
Death  of  John  Ohlnuetz,  a  Pioneer,  June  8.  Lieut.  Zebulon  M.  Pike,; 
His  Memory  Honored  Yesterday  by  Daughters  of  Revolution,  June 
15.  Burlington  in  1859,  June  16.  Sketch  of  Life  of  Mrs.  Hannah 
Meyer,  a  Pioneer,  June  26.  Sketch  of  E.  M.  Eisfeld;  An  Old  Land- 
mark, June  29.  Old  Time  Politics,  July  5.  Summer  Opera  Twenty 
Years  Ago;  Was  Bernhardt  an  lowan?  Obituary  of  John  Arnold,  a 
Pioneer,  July  8.  Sketch  of  Life  of  William  F.  Coolbaugh,  a  Pio- 
neer, July  15.  Obituary  of  Rev.  Franklin  R.  Haff,  Pioneer  Priest, 
July  18.  Obituary  of  Mrs.  E.  Jordan,  Early  Settler,  July  19.  By 
Whom  Was  Iowa  Settled?  July  22.  Obituary  of  Father  Schramm, 
a  Pioneer,  July  29.  In  Ye  Olden  Days — Pioneer  Homes  and  How 
People  Lived  in  Them,  August  19.  Sketch  of  Life  of  Prof.  John- 
son Pierson,  a  Pioneer,  August  21.  Historic  Home  Sold — Grimes 
Homestead,  August  22. 

The  Cedar  Rapids.  Republican,  Cedar  Rapids 
The  Golden  Wedding  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  C.  Fordyce,  January  2. 
Some  Early  History  of  Linn  County,  by  Jos.  E.  Morcombe,  weekly, 
on  Sunday,  from  January  14  to  August  19.  "The  Old  Gravel 
House" — a  poem  on  a  house  which  had  been  occupied  by  John 
Brown,  by  Mrs.  T.  W.  Maxson  of  Springdale,  February  11.  A 
Short  Sketch  of  the  Beginning  of  Grace  Church,  Cedar  Rapids, 


SOME   PUBLICATIONS  611 

February  18.  The  Romance  of  Ex-Speaker  Henderson,  February  22. 
Stories  Told  at  a  Pioneer  Social,  April  3.  History  of  the  Newspaper 
Press  in  Iowa,  by  T.  S.  Parvin,  April  3.  A  War-Time  Tragedy  Re- 
called— Murder  of  U.  S.  Officers  in  Poweshiek  County,  by  Jos.  E. 
Morcombe,  April  29.  Methodism  in  Linn  County,  by  Jos.  E.  Mor- 
combe,  May  6.  Iowa  Constitution  Fifty  Years  Old,  May  31.  First 
Flag  in  the  City— Brought  in  1854;  Sketch  of  Life  of  Joe  S.  Trigg, 
June  8.  History  of  Cedar  Rapids — fifty  articles  and  sketches  in 
Semi-  Centennial  Magazine  Edition — June  10.  Memories  of  the  Days 
Long  Gone,  June  12.  For  the  Pioneers  of  1838  to  1839;  Construct- 
ive Period  of  the  City;  The  Beginning  of  Cedar  Rapids;  Gen. 
"Jack"Stibbs  on  War  Period,  June  13.  Dr.  Carpenter  Tells  a 
Story,  June  14.  Plan  for  an  Historical  Museum,  June  17.  Obituary 
of  Thomas  Graham,  a  Pioneer,  July  3.  History  of  Iowa  Fire  Insur- 
ance, July  6.  Was  Sarah  Bernhardt  Born  in  Iowa?  July  8.  Linn 
Grove  Mission,  July  22.  Anniversary  of  Iowa  Bloodshed,  August  11. 

Telegraph- Herald,  Dubuque 

Tales  of  Noted  Dubuque  Men;  Remiriiscenes  of  the  Defeat  of  Gen. 
Weaver  in  the  Convention  of  1872  which  Nominated  Kirkwood,  Jan- 
uary 21.  Old  Tom  Kelly — an  article  on  a  pioneer  of  Dubuque — Feb- 
ruary 25.  Biography  of  David  B.  Henderson,  February  25  and  26. 
Public  Opinion,  Anecdotes,  and  Influence  in  Col.  Henderson's  Life; 
Lecture  by  Charles  W.  Seymour  on  Father  Marquette,  March  4.  Old 
Hunter  Tells  of  Halcyon  Days,  April  11.  Early  Dubuque  Paper 
Curiosity;  Dubuque  in  the  Olden  Days,  April  22.  Development  of 
Zinc  Industry  on  Iowa  Side  of  River,  June  3.  Sketch  of  Life  of 
Mrs.  Sarah  Perin,  a  Pioneer,  July  2.  Was  the  Divine  Sarah  an 
lowan?  July  8.  Old  Days  and  the  Old  Lawyers,  July  29.  Cornell 
College  an  Old  Institution,  August  12. 


HISTOEICAL   SOCIETIES 

A  chapter  on  The  Early  History  of  the  Educational  Institutions 
of  New  Jersey,  by  F.  B.  Dwight,  leads  in  the  July,  1906,  issue  of 
the  Proceedings  of  the  New  Jersey  Historical  Society. 

Relations  with  Cuba,  by  Luis  M.  Perez;  More  Race  Problem  Lit- 
erature, by  A.  H.  Stone;  and  Paul  Jones,  by  Stephen  B.  Weeks 
appear  in  the  Publications  of  the  Southern  History  Association,  for 
July,  1906. 

The  two  leading  contributions  in  the  Quarterly  of  the  Texas  State 
Historical  Association  for  July,  1906,  are:  The  Louisiana- Texas 
Frontier,  by  I.  J.  Cox;  and  Land  Speculation  as  a  Cause  of  the 
Texas  Revolution,  by  Eugene  0.  Barker. 

Journal  of  a  Voyage  to  Nova  Scotia  Made  in  1731  by  Robert 
Hale  of  Beverly  is  to  be  found  in  the  Essex  Institute  Historical  Col- 
lections for  July,  1906.  This  journal  is  printed  from  the  original 
manuscript  now  in  the  possession  of  the  American  Antiquarian 
Society. 

The  July,  1906,  issue  of  The  Virginia  Magazine  begins  volume 
xiv.  The  leading  contributions  are:  Journals  of  the  Council  of 
Virginia  in  Executive  Sessions,  1737-1763;  Revolutionary  Army 
Orders  for  the  Main  Army  under  Washington,  1778-1779;  Virginia 
legislative  Papers;  and  Virginia  Gleanings  in  England. 

Bulletin  number  11  of  the  Illinois  State  Historical  Library,  June  1, 
1906,  contains  the  Laws  of  the  Territory  of  Illinois,  1809-1811, 
edited  by  Clarence  W.  Alvord.  This  is  a  publication  of  thirty-four 
pages  and  includes  all  the  recently  discovered  old  laws,  and  as  a 
result  the  legislative  records  of  the  State  are  now  complete. 

Some  articles  bearing  on  Kentucky  history  are  to  be  found  in  the 
Register  of  the  Kentucky  State  Historical  Society,  for  September, 


HISTORICAL    SOCIETIES  613 

1906.  The  titles  are:  Governor  Beriah  Magoffin,  by  Jennie  C. 
Morton;  General  Joseph  Montfort  Street,  by  George  Wilson;  George 
Rogers  Clark,  by  Z.  F.  Smith;  and  History  of  the  Kentucky  His- 
torical Society,  by  J.  W.  Townsend. 

The  Records  and  Papers  of  the  New  London  County  (Connecticut) 
Historical  Society,  volume  in,  part  i,  was  distributed  in  August, 
1906.  This  publication  is  mainly  a  history  and  dedication  of  the 
monument  to  Governor  John  Winthrop,  the  younger,  erected  in  the 
city,  which  he  founded,  A.  D.,  1646,  by  the  State  of  Connecticut,  at 
New  London,  May  6,  1905. 

The  papers  in  the  Ohio  Archaeological  and  Historical  Quarterly 
for  July,  1906,  are:  Stanton — the  Patriot,  by  Andrew  Carnegie; 
Salmon  P.  Chase,  by  Joseph  B.  Foraker;  and  General  George  A. 
Ouster,  by  R.  M.  Voorhees.  This  number  also  contains  the  Proceed- 
ings of  the  Twenty-first  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Ohio  State  Archaeo- 
logical and  Historical  Society,  held  June  9,  1906. 

The  second  issue  of  the  Maryland  Historical  Magazine  is  for  June, 
1906.  This  issue  contains  a  second  installment  on  Early  County 
Seats  of  Baltimore  County,  by  Albert  Ritchie;  Reminiscences  of 
Baltimore  in  1824,  by  J-  H.  B.  Latrobe;  Richard  Ingle  in  Maryland, 
by  Henry  F.  Thompson;  T he  Rattle  of  Bladensburg,  by  A.  K. 
Had  el;  and  the  Log  of  the  Chasseur,  by  Thomas  Boyle. 

William  F.  Coolbaugh,  by  J.  T.  Remey;  Biographical  Memoir 
of  Charles  Christopher  Parry,  by  Charles  A.  White;  Iowa  Under 
Territorial  Governments  and  the  Removal  of  the  Indians,  by  Alonzo 
Abernethy;  and  Whence  Came  the  Pioneers  of  Iowa?  by  F.  I.  Her- 
riott  are  the  articles  in  the  July,  1906,  Annals  of  Iowa.  Portraits 
are  given  of  W.  F.  Coolbaugh,  C.  C.  Parry,  Alonzo  Abernethy,  and 
George  C.  Remey. 

The  articles  in  the  July,  1906,  number  of  The  American  Historical 
Review  are:  The  Ecole  des  Chartes,  by  J.  T.  Shotwell;  The  Eng- 
land of  Our  Forefathers,  by  Edward  P.  Cheyney;  The  Later  Amer- 
ican Policy  of  George  Canning,  by  H.  W.  V.  Temperley;  The 


614    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Origin  and  Growth  of  the  Southern  Black  Belts,  by  Ulrich  B.  Phil- 
lips; and  Gaps  in  the  Published  Records  of  United  States  History, 
by  J.  F.  Jameson. 

The  annual  report  of  The  Connecticut  Historical  Society  for  the 
year  ending  May,  1906,  was  issued  the  following  July.  From  this 
report  it  is  found  that  the  membership  of  the  Society  aggregates  411. 
The  library  increased  in  accessions  over  the  previous  year  by  about 
twenty  per  cent,  the  total,  exclusive  of  manuscripts,  amounting  to 
1,621  titles.  The  Society  has  in  its  library  over  sixteen  hundred 
eighteenth  century  Connecticut  imprints.  In  all  lines  the  Society 
reports  a  prosperous  growth. 

The  Dubuque  County  Early  Settlers'*  Association  has  issued  a  pam- 
phlet which  contains  a  brief  sketch  of  Iowa  and  of  Dubuque  County, 
the  constitution  of  the  Association,  some  biographical  stories  of 
Julien  Dubuque,  a  song  for  the  early  settlers,  and  the  names  of  the 
members  of  the  Association  from  the  date  of  the  organization,  June 
10,  1865,  to  August  1,  1906.  The  total  membership  since  organiza- 
tion is  738,  the  present  membership  is  457.  Of  the  thirty-two  mem- 
bers of  1865  none  are  living.  The  present  officers  are  William  Quig- 
ley,  president;  Alexander  Simplot,  secretary;  and  Philip  Pier,  treas- 
urer. 

The  Proceedings  of  the  Wisconsin  Historical  Society  for  1905  is  a 
volume  of  nearly  three  hundred  pages.  The  included  historical 
papers  are:  Some  Historic  Sites  About  Green  Bay,  by  Arthur  C. 
Neville;  Narratives  of  Early  Wisconsin  Travellers  Prior  to  1800,  by 
H.  E.  Legler;  The  Impeachment  of  Levi  Hubbell,  by  J.  B.  Sanborn; 
John  Scott  Homer:  A  Biographical  Sketch,  by  E.  H.  Merrell;  First 

Constitutional  Convention   in   Wisconsin,   1846,   by  F.   L.   Holmes; 

/Slavery  in  the  Old  Northwest,  by  Raymond  V.  Phelan;  and  Pioneer 
Life  in  the  Fox  River  Valley ',  by  A.  S.  McLenegan. 

MINNESOTA    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY 

The  Collections  of  the  Minnesota  Historical  Society,  volume  x, 
parts  i  and  n  bear  the  imprint,  February,  1905,  but  the  volumes 


HISTORICAL   SOCIETIES  615 

apparently  were  not  distributed  until  in  July,  1906.  The  historical 
papers  in  part  i  are:  History  of  Wheat  Raising  in  the  Red  River 
Valley,  by  G.  N.  Lamphere;  History  of  Flour  Manufacture  in  Min- 
nesota, by  George  D.  Rogers;  The  Early  Government  Land  Sur- 
veys in  Minnesota  West  of  the  Mississippi  River,  by  Thomas  Simp- 
son; Sketches  of  the  History  of  Hutchinson,  by  W.  W.  Pendergast; 
Early  Steamboating  on  the  Minnesota  and  Red  Rivers,  by  Edwin 
Bell;  The  Treaty  of  Traverse  des  Sioux  in  1851,  under  Governor 
Alexander  Ramsey,  with  Notes  on  the  Former  Treaty  there  in  18^1, 
Under  Governor  James  D.  Doty,  of  Wisconsin,  by  Thomas  Hughes; 
History  of  Steamboating  on  the  Minnesota  River,  by  Thomas  Hughes; 
Missionary  Work  at  Red  Wing,  1849  to  1852,  by  Joseph  W-  Han- 
cock; History  of  Fort  Ripley,  1849  to  1859,  based  on  the  Diary  of 
Rev.  Solon  W.  Manney,  D.  D.,  Chaplain  of  this  Post  from  1851  to 
1859,  by  G.  C.  Tanner;  Early  Episcopal  Churches  and  Missions  in 
Minnesota,  by  G.  C.  Tanner;  The  Chapel  of  St.  Paul  and  the 
Beginnings  of  the  Catholic  Church  in  Minnesota,  by  Ambrose  Mc- 
Nulty;  Minnesota  Journalism  in  the  Territorial  Period,  by  D.  S.  B. 
Johnston;  History  of  Education  in  Minnesota,  by  David  L.  Kiehle; 
History  of  the  St.  Paul  &  Sioux  City  Railroad,  1864-1881,  by  Jud- 
son  W.  Bishop;  Sketches  of  the  Early  History  of  Real  Estate  in  St. 
Paul,  by  Henry  S.  Fairchild;  and  The  First  Railroad  in  Minnesota, 
by  William  Crooks. 

The  papers  in  part  n  are:  Groseilliers  and  Radisson,  the  First 
White  Men  in  Minnesota,  1655-56,  and  1659-60,  and  Their  Discov- 
ery of  the  Upper  Mississippi  River,  by  Warren  Upham;  A  Sioux 
Narrative  of  the  Outbreak  in  1862,  and  of  Sibley^s  Expedition  in 
1863,  by  Gabriel  Renville;  Biographic  Sketch  of  Chief  Renville,  by 
S.  J.  Brown;  The  Work  of  the  Second  State  Legislature,  1859-60, 
by  John  B.  Sanborn;  The  Old  Government  Mills  at  the  Falls  of  St. 
Anthony,  by  Edward  A.  Bromley;  Lumbering  and  Steamboating  on 
the  St.  Croix  River,  by  Edward  W.  Durant;  and  Minnesota's  East- 
ern, Southern,  and  Western  Boundaries,  by  A.  N.  Winchell.  Quite 
a  list  of  memorial  addresses  follow,  also  short  sketches  of  the 


616     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

deceased  members  of  the  Society  for  1901-1904.  Two  indexes  are 
included  for  the  first  ten  volumes  of  the  series.  The  two  volumes 
are  printed  on  remarkably  poor  paper. 

Volume  xi,  part  i,  of  the  Collections  is  a  well  printed  and  well 
illustrated  volume  containing  a  monograph  on  Itasca  State  Park, 
written  by  J.  V.  Brower.  The  volume  bears  the  imprint,  1904,  but 
seems  not  to  have  been  distributed  until  July,  1906. 

The  thirteenth  biennial  report  of  the  Society  for  the  period  ending 
December  31,  1904,  was  issued  in  1905.  The  report  states  that  the 
library  comprises  77,684  volumes,  an  increase  of  5,358  during  the 
biennial  period.  The  collection  of  newspapers  amount  to  6,526  vol- 
umes. The  Society  has  a  total  membership  of  355. 

ILLINOIS    STATE    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY 

The  Transactions  of  the  Illinois  State  Historical  Society  for  the 
year  1905  appeared  in  September,  1906,  as  a  five  hundred  page  octavo 
volume.  Besides  the  records  of  the  official  proceedings  of  the 
Society  a  number  of  historical  papers  are  included,  some  of  which 
are:  Father  Gibault:  The  Patriot  Priest  of  the  Northwest,  by  J.  P. 
Dunn;  Social  Life  and  Scenes  in  the  Early  Settlement  of  Central 
Illinois,  by  James  Haines;  St.  Clair  County,  by  J.  N.  Perrin; 
General  James  Semple,  by  Mary  Cushman;  The  Value  to  Both  of  a 
Closer  Connection  between  the  State  Historical  Society  and  the  Pub- 
lic Schools,  by  Henry  McCormick;  Bishop  Chase  and  Jubilee  College, 
by  C.  W.  Leffingwell;  The  Bloomington  Convention  of  1856  and 
those  Who  Participated  in  it,  by  J.  O.  Cunningham;  Ancient  Fort 
Chartres,  by  Homer  Mead;  Dr.  George  Cadwell,  by  R.  W.  Mills; 
Palestine,  Its  Early  History,  by  J.  C.  Allen;  Old  Ifaskaskia  Days 
and  Ways,  by  Stuart  Brown;  An  Appeal  on  the  Question  of  a  Con- 
vention, by  Morris  Birkbeck;  A  Contribution  toward  a  Bibliography 
of  Morris  Birkbeck,  by  C.  W.  Smith;  A  Narrative  of  Military 
Experience  in  Several  Capacities,  by  Edward  Everett;  Early  History 
of  the  Drug  Trade  of  Chicago,  by  A.  E.  Ebert;  Puritan  Influences 
in  the  Formative  Years  of  Illinois  History,  by  C.  P.  Kofoid;  Cap- 
tain Thomas  J.  Robinson,  by  McKendree  H.  Chamberlin;  and  For- 
gotten Statesmen  of  Illinois,  Hon.  Conrad  Will,  by  John  F.  Snyder. 


HISTORICAL    SOCIETIES  617 

HISTORICAL    SOCIETY    OF    WEBSTER    COUNTY,     IOWA 

The  Historical  Society  of  Webster  County  (Iowa)  was  organized 
on  June  26,  1906.  The  officers  chosen  for  the  first  year  are:  Presi- 
dent, Mrs.  J.  P.  Dolliver;  Vice-President,  Mr.  H.  O.  Baldwin; 
Secretary-Treasurer,  Mrs.  C.  B.  Helper;  Curator,  Mr.  H.  M.  Pratt; 
and  Board  of  Directors,  Mr.  O.  M.  Oleson,  Mr.  L.  S.  Coffin,  Mrs.  J. 
P.  Dolliver,  Mrs.  C.  B.  Helper,  and  Mr.  H.  M.  Pratt.  On  August  7, 
1906,  a  meeting  of  the  old  settlers  of  Webster  County  was  held  at 
Oleson  Park  under  the  auspices  of  the  Society.  Hon.  J.  P.  Dolliver 
presided  and  Prof.  B.  F.  Shambaugh  delivered  the  principal  address. 

The  Constitution  and  By-laws  of  the  Society  are  published  as  fol- 
lows: 

CONSTITUTION 
ARTICLE    I NAME 

The  name  of  this  Society  shall  be  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY  OP  WEB- 
STER COUNTY,  IOWA.  The  headquarters  of  the  Society  shall  be 
located  at  Fort  Dodge,  Iowa. 

ARTICLE    II OBJECTS 

The  Society  is  organized  for  the  purpose  of  the  collection  and 
preservation  for  the  free  use  of  the  public  of  any  and  all  articles  and 
materials  which  may  establish  or  illustrate  the  history  of  Webster 
County,  Iowa;  and  also  material  illustrative  of  the  history  of  the 
state  and  nation;  and  in  addition  it  shall  be  its  purpose  to  publish 
such  historical  matter  as  the  Society  may  authorize. 

ARTICLE    III MEMBERSHIP 

Any  person  may  become  a  member  of  this  Society  upon  election  by 
a  majority  vote  of  the  Society  at  any  meeting  thereof  and  upon  the 
payment  of  a  fee  of  two  dollars.  Membership  may  be  retained 
after  the  first  year  by  the  payment  of  an  annual  fee  of  two  dollars 
payable  at  or  prior  to  the  annual  meeting. 

Honorary  or  life  memberships  may  be  conferred  by  a  two-thirds 
vote  of  the  members  present  at  a  meeting  called  for  such  purpose. 
Written  notice  of  such  meeting,  stating  the  purpose,  must  be  given 
to  each  member  of  the  Society  one  week  prior  thereto. 


618     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

ARTICLE    IV OFFICERS 

SECTION  1.  The  officers  of  this  Society  shall  be  a  President,  Vice- 
President,  Secretary-Treasurer,  Curator,  and  Board  of  Directors. 

The  Board  of  Directors  shall  consist  of  the  President,  Secretary- 
Treasurer,  Curator,  and  two  additional  members  of  the  Society. 

SEC.  2.  The  officers  and  Directors  shall  be  elected  by  ballot  at 
the  annual  meeting  of  the  Society. 

ARTICLE    V BOARD    OF    DIRECTORS    AND    STANDING    COMMITTEES 

SECTION  1.  The  affairs  of  the  Society  shall  be  managed  by  the 
Board  of  Directors,  subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  constitution  and 
by-laws.  All  appropriations  of  the  funds  of  the  Society  shall  be 
made  by  the  Board  of  Directors. 

SEC.  2.  The  President  may  appoint  such  standing  committees  as 
may  be  necessary,  and  give  them  such  duties  as  may  be  expedient. 

ARTICLE    VI MEETINGS    OF    THE    SOCIETY 

SECTION  1.  The  annual  meeting  of  this  Society  shall  be  on  the 
second  Tuesday  in  July. 

SEC.  2.  Special  meetings  may  be  held  at  the  call  of  the  President 
and  Secretary,  written  notice  stating  the  purpose  of  said  meeting 
having  been  sent  to  each  member  one  week  prior  to  said  meeting. 

SEC.  3.  Five  members  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for  the  trans- 
action of  business. 

ARTICLE    VII AMENDMENTS 

This  constitution  may  be  amended  by  a  majority  vote  of  the  mem- 
bers present  at  any  stated  meeting,  provided  a  written  notice  of  such 
amendment  shall  have  been  given  at  least  thirty  days  previous  to 

such  meeting. 

BY-LAWS 

ARTICLE    I DUTIES    OF    OFFICERS 

The  duties  of  the  officers  shall  be  such  as  indicated  by  their  titles 
and  as  may  be  provided  by  the  constitution  and  by-laws. 

SECTION  i.  The  Secretary-Treasurer  shall  keep  a  record  book  in 
which  shall  be  transcribed  the  constitution  and  by-laws  of  the  Society, 


HISTORICAL   SOCIETIES  619 

and  the  records  of  the  proceedings  of  all  the  meetings  of  the  Society, 
and  all  other  matters  of  which  a  record  shall  be  ordered  by  the 
Society.  As  Treasurer  he  shall  collect  and  safely  keep  all  the  funds 
belonging  to  the  Society  and  shall  disburse  the  same  only  on  order 
of  the  Board  of  Directors.  He  shall  make  a  full  report  of  the 
financial  condition  of  the  Society  at  each  annual  meeting. 

SEC.  2.  The  Curator  shall  list,  file,  and  preserve  the  original  of 
all  letters,  papers,  addresses,  and  other  material  proper  to  be  pre- 
served, and  shall  have  the  care  and  charge  of  all  books,  papers, 
records,  writing,  and  relics,  or  other  collections  of  this  Society;  he 
shall  make  a  catalogue  of  all  such  documents,  papers,  relics,  and  col- 
lections as  shall  come  into  his  hands.  He  shall  be  held  responsible  to 
the  Society  for  the  care  and  safe  custody  of  all  its  properties,  and 
under  no  circumstances  shall  any  person,  whether  officer  or  member, 
be  suffered  or  permitted  to  take  from  such  place  or  places,  as  shall  be 
hereafter  designated  by  the  Society  as  its  repository,  any  item  or 
article  of  its  property  of  whatever  kind  or  nature,  except  by  resolu- 
tion of  the  Board  of  Directors. 

SEC.  3.  The  Directors  shall  consider  and  determine  what  books, 
papers,  records,  writing,  relics,  and  other  historical  material  shall  be 
purchased  for  the  Society. 

They  shall  have  general  management  of  the  affairs  of  the  Society. 

At  any  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Directors  three  members  shall 
constitute  a  quorum  to  transact  business. 

The  President  of  this  Society  shall  be  ex-officio  chairman  of  the 
Board  of  Directors,  and  the  meeting  of  the  Board  shall  be  held  sub- 
ject to  his  call. 

No  indebtedness  shall  be  incurred  by  the  Board  of  Directors  in  ex- 
cess of  the  amount  of  funds  in  the  hands  of  the  Treasurer  not  already 
appropriated. 

ARTICLE    II ORDER    OF    BUSINESS 

At  each  annual  meeting  of  the  Society  the  order  of  business  shall 
be  as  follows: 

1.     Reading  of  minutes. 


620     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

2.  Presentation   of   petitions,    letters,    and   memorials   or   papers 
which  require  action. 

3.  Nomination  and  election  of  officers. 

4.  Reports  of  committees  and  officers. 

5.  Unfinished  business 

6.  New  business. 

7.  Delivery  of  addresses  and  reading  of  papers. 

8.  Adjournment. 

ARTICLE     III AMENDMENTS 

The  by-laws  of  this  Society  may  be  amended  at  any  time  by  a 
majority  vote  of  the  members  present. 

THE    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY    OF    BOONE    COUNTY,    IOWA 

On  the  17th  of  August,  1906,  there  was  organized  at  Boone,  Iowa, 
the  Historical  Society  of  Boone  County.  The  organization  was 
affected  through  the  Old  Settlers*  Association  which  voluntarily 
merged  its  Association  into  the  new  Society.  It  is  also  fitting  that 
the  Erickson  Library  should  have  been  designated  as  the  deposi- 
tory of  the  collections  of  historical  materials  made  by  the  Society. 
The  officers  for  the  first  year  are:  President,  T.  B.  Holmes; 
Vice-President,  John  W.  Thompson;  Secretary  and  Curator,  John 
M.  Brainard;  Treasurer,  A.  J.  Barkley.  These  officers  in  addition 
to  C.  J.  A.  Erickson,  C.  H.  Elliott,  and  Mrs.  B.  R.  Moxley  con- 
stitute a  Board  of  Directors.  Furthermore,  Corresponding  Secre- 
taries have  been  appointed  in  the  several  townships  of  the  County. 
The  Constitution  and  By-laws  follow: 

CONSTITUTION 
ARTICLE    I NAME 

The  Name  of  this  Society  shall  be  the  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY  OF 
BOONE  COUNTY,  IOWA. 

ARTICLE    II OBJECTS 

The  Society  is  organized  for  the  purpose  of  discovery,  collection, 
and  preservation  of  books,  pamphlets,  maps,  genealogies,  portraits, 
paintings,  relics,  manuscripts,  letters,  journals,  surveys,  field-books, 


HISTORICAL   SOCIETIES  621 

and  any  and  all  articles  and  materials  which  may  establish  or  illus- 
trate the  history  of  Boone  County,  or  other  portions  of  the  State  of 
Iowa,  or  adjoining  States;  specimens  in  illustration  of  the  various 
departments  of  Natural  History,  Archaeology,  etc.;  and  the  pub- 
lication of  such  matter  allied  thereto  as  the  Society  may  authorize. 
It  is  the  further  intent  of  this  Society  to  work  in  cooperation  with 
the  Historical  Department  of  the  Public  Library  at  Boone,  in  the 
Museum  of  which  its  collections  may  be  deposited. 

ARTICLE    III MEMBERSHIP 

Any  person,  now  or  in  the  past  a  resident  of  Boone  County,  hav- 
ing been  recommended  by  two  or  more  members  of  this  Society, 
may  become  a  member  thereof  upon  election  by  a  majority  vote  at 
any  meeting  thereof,  and  upon  payment  of  an  entrance  fee  of  $1.00, 
which  shall  be  in  payment  of  dues  to  the  first  day  of  the  following 
January.  Membership  may  be  retained  in  this  Society,  after  the 
first  year,  upon  the  payment  of  50  cents  annually,  payable  January 
first. 

The  Society  shall  have  the  power  of  conferring  Life  Memberships 
in  its  discretion,  by  a  vote  of  two-thirds  of  the  members  present  at 
any  meeting  called  for  that  purpose.  The  record  shall  state  the 
reason  for  such  honor. 

ARTICLE    IV OFFICERS 

SECTION  1.  The  officers  of  this  Society  shall  be  a  President,  Vice- 
President,  Treasurer,  Secretary,  Curator,  and  a  Board  of  Directors. 
The  Curator  may  appoint  an  Assistant,  when  such  is  deemed  advis- 
able in  the  judgment  of  the  Board  of  Directors.  The  Board  of 
Directors  shall  consist  of  the  foregoing  officers  and  three  additional 
members,  selected  from  the  membership  of  the  Society.  The  office 
of  Secretary  and  Curator  may  be  combined  in  the  same  individual, 
for  any  given  year,  if  so  expressed  by  vote  of  the  Society  at  its 
annual  meeting  for  such  year.  There  shall  be  one  or  more  Corres- 
ponding Secretaries,  named  from  each  Township  in  the  County,  who 
shall  hold  office  for  one  year. 


622     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

SEC.  2.  The  officers  and  Directors  shall  be  elected  by  ballot  at 
the  annual  meetings  of  the  Society,  unless  such  method  is  suspended 
by  a  majority  vote. 

ARTICLE    V — BOARD    OF    DIRECTORS    AND    STANDING    COMMITTEES 

SECTION  1.  The  affairs  of  the  Society  shall  be  managed  by  the 
Board  of  Directors,  subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  Constitution  and 
By-laws.  All  appropriations  of  the  funds  of  the  Society  shall  be 
made  by  the  Board  of  Directors. 

SEC.  2.  The  Society  may  provide  for  such  Standing  Committees 
as  may  be  deemed  necessary,  and  assign  to  them  such  duties  as  may 
be  expedient. 

ARTICLE    VI MEETINGS    OF    THE    SOCIETY 

SECTION  1.  The  annual  meeting  of  this  Society  shall  be  held  on 
the  llth  day  of  August  in  each  year. 

SEC.  2.  The  special  meetings  may  be  held  at  the  call  of  the  Presi- 
dent and  Secretary. 

SEC.  3.  Five  members  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for  the  trans- 
action of  business. 

SEC.  4.  No  indebtedness  shall  be  incurred  by  the  Board  of 
Directors  in  excess  of  the  amount  of  funds  in  the  hands  of  the 
Treasurer,  not  otherwise  appropriated,  unless  by  direction  of  a 
majority  of  the  Society  at  a  stated  meeting,  of  which  there  shall 
have  been  due  notice,  as  to  time  and  purpose,  given  to  all  the  mem- 
bers. 

ARTICLE    VII AMENDMENTS 

The  Constitution  may  be  amended  by  a  majority  vote  of  the  mem- 
bers present  at  any  stated  meeting,  provided  a  written  notice  of  such 
amendment  shall  have  been  given  at  least  thirty  days  previous  to 

such  meeting. 

BY-LAWS 

ARTICLE  I DUTIES  OF  OFFICERS 

The  duties  of  officers  shall  be  such  as  indicated  by  their  titles,  and 
as  may  be  provided  by  the  Constitution  and  By-laws. 

SECTION  1.      Secretary.     The  Secretary  shall  keep  a  Record  Book 


HISTORICAL   SOCIETIES  623 

in  which  shall  be  transcribed  the  Constitution  and  By-laws  of  the 
Society,  the  Records  of  Proceedings  of  all  meetings  of  the  Society, 
and  all  other  matters  of  which  a  record  shall  be  ordered  by  the 
Society. 

SEC.  2.  Curator.  The  Curator  shall  list  and  preserve  the  origi- 
nals of  all  letters,  papers,  and  addresses,  and  other  material  proper 
to  be  preserved,  and  shall  have  the  care  and  charge  of  all  books, 
papers,  records,  writings,  and  relics,  or  other  collections  of  this 
Society;  he  shall  make  a  catalog  of  all  such  documents,  papers, 
relics,  and  collections  of  the  Society  (designating  the  same  as  prop- 
erty, loans,  or  deposits)  as  shall  come  into  his  hands;  he  shall  be 
held  responsible  to  the  Society  for  the  care  and  safe  custody  of  all  its 
properties,  and  under  no  circumstances  shall  any  person,  whether 
officer  or  member,  be  suffered  or  permitted  to  take  from  such  place 
or  places,  as  shall  be  designated  by  the  Society  as  its  repository,  any 
item  or  article  of  its  property  of  whatever  kind  or  nature,  except  by 
resolution  of  its  Board  of  Directors. 

At  each  stated  meeting  of  the  Society  the  Curator  shall  report  in 
writing  a  list  of  books,  papers,  relics,  and  so  forth,  that  have  been 
acquired  by  gift,  loan,  or  purchase,  by  the  Society  since  the  last 
stated  meeting,  and  a  like  list  of  same  that  may  have  been  lost  since 
the  preceding  stated  meeting,  with  such  information  as  he  may  have 
concerning  the  same. 

SEC.  3.  Treasurer.  The  Treasurer  shall  collect  and  safely  keep 
all  the  funds  belonging  to  the  Society,  and  disburse  the  same  only  on 
the  order  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  and  he  shall  make  a  full  report 
of  the  financial  condition  of  the  Society  at  each  annual  meeting. 

SEC.  4.  Duties  of  Directors.  The  Directors  shall  consider  and 
determine  what  books,  papers,  records,  writings,  relics,  and  other 
historic  material  shall  be  purchased  for  the  Society. 

The  Board  of  Directors  -shall  have  general  management  of  the 
affairs  of  the  Society. 

At  any  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Directors  five  members  shall  con- 
stitute a  quorum  to  transact  business. 

The  President  of  this  Society  shall  be  ex-officio  Chairman  of  the 


624     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Board  of  Directors,  and  meetings  of  the  Board  shall  be  held  subject 
to  his  call. 

ARTICLE    II  —  ORDER    OF    BUSINESS 

At  each  meeting  of  the  Society,  or  Board,  the  order  of  business 
shall  be  as  follows: 

1.  Reading  of  minutes. 

2.  Presentation  of  petitions,  letters,  memorials  or  papers  which 
require  action,  and  may  be  referred  to  committees  for  report. 

3.  Nomination  and  election  of  officers. 

4.  Reports  of  committees  and  officers. 

5.  Unfinished  business. 

6.  New  business. 

7.  Delivery  of  addresses  and  reading  of  papers. 

8.  Adjournment. 

ARTICLE    III AMENDMENTS 

The  By-laws  of  this  Society  may  be  amended  at  any  time  by  a 
majority  vote  of  the  members. 

THE    STATE    HISTOEICAL    SOCIETY    OF    IOWA 
Mr.  W.  F.  Main,  of  Iowa  City,  has  been  elected  a  Life  Member 
of  the  Society. 

The  Executive  Journal  of  Towa,  1838—1841)  was  issued  by  the 
Society  in  September,  1906. 

Curators  L.  G.  Weld,  B.  F.  Shambaugh,  and  J.  W.  Rich  have 
been  appointed  to  serve  as  a  general  committee  on  the  Semi-Centen- 
nial  Celebration  of  the  Constitution  of  Iowa  which  will  be  held  at 
Iowa  City  sometime  in  1907. 

At  the  September  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Curators  Mr.  Abraham 
Jacobson,  of  Decorah,  Iowa,  and  Mr.  H.  A.  Mueller,  of  St.  Charles, 
Iowa,  were  elected  members  of  the  Society. 

The  following  local  historical  societies  have  recently  been  enrolled 
as  auxiliary  members  of  The  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa:  The 
Madrid  Historical  Society  (Madrid,  Iowa);  the  Webster  County  His- 
torical Society  (Fort  Dodge,  Iowa);  and  the  Boone  County  Histori 
ical  Society  (Boone,  Iowa). 


NOTES  AND  COMMENT 

The  Iowa  Library  Association  will  hold  its  annual  meeting,  Octo- 
ber 10-12,  at  Ottumwa.  The  Society  of  the  Iowa  Library  School 
will  hold  its  fourth  annual  reunion  at  the  same  place  on  Wednesday 
evening,  October  10th. 

At  Fort  Dodge,  Iowa,  on  August  7,  1906,  the  United  States  flag 
was  raised  on  a  pole  erected  by  the  Daughters  of  the  American  Revo- 
lution on  the  spot  where  a  half  century  before  the  United  States  flag 
had  been  raised  by  the  U.  S.  troops. 

The  Scottish  Historical  Review  completes  the  third  volume  with 
the  July,  1906,  number.  Some  of  the  contributions  in  this  issue 
are:  The  Connexion  Between  Scotland  and  Man,  by  Arthur  W. 
Moore;  The  Cardinal  and  the  King's  Will,  by  Andrew  Lang;  The 
'Diary'  of  Sir  Thomas  Hope  (1633-45)  Lord  Advocate  (1616-46),  by 
James  Colville;  The  Early  History  of  the  Scots  Darien  Company, 
by  Hiram  Bingham;  and  The  Reign  of  Edward  II,  as  Recorded  in 
1356,  by  Sir  Thomas  Gray  in  the  '  Scalacronica, '  translated  by 
Herbert  Maxwell. 

The  report  of  the  Trustees  of  the  Newberry  Library  for  1905 
gives  the  number  of  volumes  in  the  library  on  January  1,  1906,  as 
283,458,  an  increase  of  9,766  during  the  past  year.  The  number  of 
open  days  was  295;  the  number  of  visitors  was  84,141;  and  the  num- 
ber of  books  consulted  aggregated  132,715.  The  commercial  assets 
of  the  library  are  over  three  hundred  thousand  dollars;  while  the 
expenditure  for  books  and  fittings  during  the  past  fourteen  years 
exceed  a  half  million. 

The  earthquake  which  proved  so  disastrous  to  San  Francisco 
occurred  on  April  18,  1906.  On  April  21st,  Governor  Pardee  ap- 
pointed a  commission  composed  of  experts  to  inquire  into  the  earth- 
quake phenomena  in  all  parts  of  the  State  of  California.  The  Com- 


626     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

mission  met  on  April  24th  and  organized.  The  preliminary  report 
was  submitted  May  31,  1906,  and  published  soon  after.  The  Com- 
mission will  continue  its  inquiries  by  instituting  a  campaign  for  the 
collection  of  all  data  relating  to  the  earthquake,  the  final  discussion 
of  which  will  appear  in  a  later  report. 

Following  the  visit  of  President  William  McKinley  at  Boone, 
Iowa,  in  October,  1898,  there  was  placed  on  Story  street,  near  the 
C.  &  N.  W.  Ry.  crossing,  a  stone  bearing  the  following  inscription: 

PRESIDENT 
WILLIAM   McKiNLEY 
Addressed  the  People 

on  this  spot 
Oct.  11,  A.  D.,  1898 

The  marking  of  this  historic  spot  was  accomplished  through 
popular  subscription  inspired  by  articles  which  appeared  at  the  time 
in  the  /Standard. 

At  St.   Louis,   Missouri,  on  September   22,    1906,   there  was  un- 
veiled,  under  the  auspices  of  the  Civic  League  of  St.   Louis   and 
the  Missouri  Historical  Society,  a  bronze  tablet  to  the  memory  of 
General   William    Clark.     The   tablet,    which    is    the   gift    of   the 
National  Bank  of  Commerce,  bears  the  following  inscription: 
Here  Lived  and  Died 
WILLIAM  CLABK 
1770-1838 

of  the 

LEWIS  AND  CLARK  EXPEDITION 
Soldier,  Explorer,  Territorial  Governor,  Superintendent 

of  Indian  Affairs 

Erected  September  28,  1906 

The  One  Hundredth  Anniversary  of  the 

Return  of  the  Expedition 

Dr.  Reuben  Gold  Thwaites,  Superintendent  of  the  State  Historical 
Society  of  Wisconsin,  delivered  the  principal  address,  which  was  on 
"William  Clark,  Soldier,  Explorer,  Statesman." 

A  memorial  stone  has  been  erected  in  Nevada,  Iowa,  on  the  site 
of  the  first  Nevada  home,  which  was  occupied  on  October  11,  1853, 


NOTES   AND    COMMENT  627 

by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  T.  E.  Alderman.  The  stone,  donated  by  the  Nevada 
City  Federation  of  Women's  Clubs,  bears  this  inscription: 

NEVADA 

Founded  Here 

October  11,  1853,  By 

T.  E.  &  HANNAH  ALDERMAN 

A  full  account  of  the  presentation  and  dedication  of  the  memorial  is 
given  in  The  Nevada  Representative  for  Wednesday,  September  12, 
1906. 

Under  the  auspices  of  the  Stars  and  Stripes  Chapter  of  the  Daugh- 
ters of  the  American  Revolution  there  was  dedicated  at  Burlington, 
Iowa,  on  Memorial  Day,  1906,  a  monument  to  John  Morgan,  a  Revo- 
lutionary soldier,  buried  in  Aspen  Grove  Cemetery.  The  monument 
was  erected  by  the  State  of  Iowa,  aided  by  the  local  Chapter  of  the 
Daughters  of  the  American  Revolution  and  the  local  Post  of  the 
Grand  Army  of  the  Republic.  The  inscription  on  the  monument  is 
as  follows: 

JOHN  MORGAN, 

A  SOLDIER  OF  THE  AMERICAN  REVOLUTION, 
BORN  AT  GLOUCESTER  COUNTY, 

VIRGINIA,  1758, 
DIED  AT  BURLINGTON,  IOWA,  1843. 

SERVED  Two  YEARS  IN 

McCLANAHAN'S   SEVENTH   REGIMENT,  VIRGINIA  TROOPS 
WAS  IN  BATTLES  OF  BRANDYWINE,  AND  GERMANTOWN, 

AND  ON  VARIOUS  TOURS  WITH 
PEYTON  AND  PAGE'S  VIRGINIA  MILITIA. 

ERECTED  BY  STATE  OF  IOWA, 

AIDED  BY  STARS  AND  STRIPES  CHAPTER, 

DAUGHTERS  OF  THE  AMERICAN  REVOLUTION, 

AND  MATTHIES  POST,  G.  A.  R. 

1906. 

BRIEF    DESCRIPTION    OF    THE    BLASHFIELD    PAINTING 

At  the  request  of  the  Capitol  Commission  Mr.  Blashfield  has  pre- 
pared the  following  description  of  his  painting,  "  Westward,"  at  the 
head  of  the  grand  stairway  in  the  Iowa  State  House: 


628     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

The  main  idea  of  the  picture  is  a  symbolical  presentation  of  the 
Pioneers  led  by  the  spirits  of  Civilization  and  Enlightenment  to  the 
conquest  by  cultivation  of  the  Great  West.  Considered  pictorially 
the  canvass  shows  a  "Prairie  Schooner"  drawn  by  oxen  across  the 
prairie.  The  family  ride  upon  the  wagon  or  walk  at  its  side.  Be- 
hind them  and  seen  through  the  growth  of  stalks  at  the  right  come 
crowding  the  other  pioneers  and  later  men.  In  the  air  and  before 
the  wagon  are  floating  four  female  figures;  one  holds  the  shield  with 
the  arms  of  the  State  of  Iowa  upon  it;  one  holds  a  book  symbolizing 
Enlightenment;  two  others  carry  a  basket  and  scatter  the  seeds  which 
are  symbolical  of  the  change  from  wilderness  to  ploughed  fields  and 
gardens  that  shall  come  over  the  prairie.  Behind  the  wagon  and 
also  floating  in  the  air,  two  female  figures  hold  respectively  a  model 
of  a  stationary  steam  engine  and  of  an  electric  dynamo  to  suggest 
the  forces  which  come  with  the  later  men. 

In  the  right  hand  corner  of  the  picture  melons,  pumpkins,  etc., 
among  which  stand  a  farmer  and  a  girl,  suggest  that  here  is  the 
fringe  of  cultivation  and  the  beginning  of  the  prairie.  At  the  left  a 
buffalo  skull  further  emphasizes  this  suggestion. 

Considered  technically,  the  dominant  motive  of  the  composition  of 
the  picture  is  the  festoon  or  Roman  garland.  This  is  carried  out  by 
the  planes  of  light  color,  commencing  at  the  left  with  the  group 
of  spirits,  carried  downward  by  the  white  bodice  of  the  girl  gather- 
ing flowers,  onward  through  the  mass  of  light  in  the  center,  to  the 
white  overdress  of  the  girl  leading  the  child  and  finally  toward  the 
right  and  upward,  in  the  figures  of  the  farmer  girl  and  the  spirits  of 
Steam  and  Electricity.  The  dark  accents  in  the  composition  are  fur- 
nished by  the  three  men  grouped  together  and  the  skirt  of  the  flower- 
gathering  girl. 

The  hour  chosen  for  the  subject  is  the  late  afternoon,  since  West- 
ward suggests  into  the  setting  sun.  The  scheme  of  color  of  the 
picture  is  based  upon  this  choice  of  hour,  being  in  the  main  made  up 
of  orange-pink  sunset  light  and  its  natural  complement  bluish  shad- 
ows, with  a  few  spots  of  dark  blue  and  red-brown  given  as  aforesaid 


NOTES   AND   COMMENT  629 

by  the  costumes  of  the  men  and  the  skirt  of  the  kneeling  girl.  For 
the  sake  of  preserving  the  integrity  of  the  composition  certain  liber- 
ties have  been  taken  with  average  probabilities.  Thus  the  driver  of 
the  oxen  is  upon  the  side  which  is  not  conventionally  correct,  because 
had  he  been  placed  in  the  correct  place  in  that  corner  of  the  canvass 
he  would  have  thrown  the  composition  out  of  balance.  Advantage 
was  therefore  taken  of  the  fact  that  he  might  momentarily  leave  his 
place.  Again,  a  very  small  child  would  not  often  hurry  along  keep- 
ing up  with  the  striding  men  and  women,  but  on  the  other  hand  the 
children  at  times  undoubtedly  did  wish  and  need  for  exercise  sake  to 
run  along  awhile  with  the  procession.  From  the  point  of  view 
of  composition,  a  small  mass  or  figure  was  needed  just  at  the  point 
where  the  child  is  introduced,  a  dog  would  have  made  a  spot  of 
about  the  right  height,  but  two  dogs  were  already  in  the  picture  and 
a  figure  of  a  small  child  therefore  served  the  purpose  better. 

These  remarks  about  the  ox-driver  and  the  small  child  are  added  to 
bring  to  the  notice  of  the  layman  the  fact  that  the  artist's  first  duty 
to  his  client  is  to  make  his  picture  artistically  good,  good  that  is  in 
composition,  drawing,  and  color.  For  the  sake  of  his  composition 
he  may,  and  indeed  should,  take  advantage  of  anything  which  is 
possible,  avoiding  only  those  things  which  would  seem  unreasonable 
to  both  common  sense  and  imagination. 


CONTRIBUTORS 

Louis  PELZER,  Principal  of  Schools  at  Shelby,  Iowa.  (See 
THE  IOWA  JOUKXAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS  for  October, 
1904,  p.  624.) 

IRA  CROSS,  Assistant  in  Economics  at  Leland  Stanford  Uni- 
versity. Born  at  Decatur,  Illinois,  in  1880.  Graduated  from 
the  University  of  Wisconsin  in  1905.  Scholar  in  Economics  at 
the  University  of  Wisconsin  in  1905-1906.  Author  of  Co- 
operative Distribution  in  the  United  States  in  the  Twelfth  Bi- 
ennial Report  of  the  Wisconsin  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics;  The 
Direct  Primary  in  the  June,  1906,  Arena;  and  College  Cooper- 
ative Stores  in  the  April,  1906,  Arena. 

HUGH  STRAIGPIT  BUFFUM,  Instructor  in  Education  at  The 
State  University  of  Iowa.  Born  at  Lineville,  Iowa.  Graduated 
from  The  State  University  of  Iowa  in  1901.  Received  from 
The  State  University  of  Iowa  in  1902  the  degree  of  Master 
of  Arts  and  in  1906  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  Fel- 
low in  Education  at  The  State  University  of  Iowa,  1905-1906. 
Member  of  The  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa. 


AN  INDEX 

TO    THE 

IOWA   JOURNAL   OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS 
VOLUME   FOUR 

1906 


INDEX   TO   ARTICLES 


NOTE — The  names  of  contributors  of  articles  to  The  Iowa  Journal  of  History 
and  Politics  are  printed  in  SMALL  CAPITALS.  The  titles  of  books,  articles,  and 
papers  referred  to  are  printed  in  italics. 


Aarhus,  Rasmus  J.,  first  Dane  to  visit 
the  New  World,  222 

Aarhus  diocese  (Denmark),  223 

Abolition,  "  the  backbone  of  the  Amer- 
ican Party,"  551 

Abolitionism,  name  applied  to  Repub- 
licanism, 518 

Abolitionists,  reference  to,  550 

Adair  County  (Iowa),  Swedish  immi- 
gration to,  278 

Adams,  John,  table  showing  appropria- 
tions for  internal  improvements  dur- 
ing administration  of,  54 

Adams,  John  N.,  land  purchased  from, 
by  Meskwaki  Indians,  189 

Adams,  John  Quincy,  idea  of  establish- 
ing a  national  university  considered 
by,  11;  attitude  of,  relative  to  inter- 
nal improvements,  29,  32,  37,  52;  the 
"American  System"  championed  by, 
32;  messages  of,  relative  to  internal 
improvements,  34;  appropriations  for 
internal  improvements  during  admin- 
istration of,  35,  36;  feeling  of,  rela- 
tive to  exercise  of  veto,  38;  expansion 
westward  from  time  of,  47;  table 
showing  appropriations  for  internal 
improvements  during  administration 
of,  58 

Adams,  the  brig,  rigged  at  Detroit,  389 

Administration,  management  of  War  of 
1812  by,  343,  344 

JEro  (Denmark), immigration  from,  220, 
235,  241 

Agricultural  College  Land  Grant,  562 

Ahmanson,  John,  Mormon  converts  led 
by,  238;  quotation  from,  239 


Alabama,  improvement  of  rivers  in,  35; 
road  surveyed  to,  40;  grant  of  land 
to,  to  aid  in  building  railroads,  47; 
grant  of  land  to,  for  railroads,  50; 
State  Department  of  Archives  and 
History  of,  251;  election  in,  538 

Alabama  River,  proposed  canal  to,  28 

Alaska,  discovery  by  which  Russia  laid 
claim  to,  223 

Albemarle  Sound,  canal  to,  15 

Alborg  (Denmark),  241 

ALDRICH,  CHARLES,  Incidents  Connected 
with  the  History  of  the  Thirty-second 
Iowa  Infantry,  70 

Algona  (Iowa),  76 

Alphabet,  so-called  Meskwaki,  191;  real 
Meskwaki,  192 

Allamakee  County  (Iowa),  Norwegian 
settlement  in,  268;  Swedish  settle- 
ment in,  268;  Norwegian  immigra- 
tion to,  277;  delegates  from,  to  first 
Republican  Convention,  522 

Alleghany  River,  recommendation  rel- 
ative to,  15 

Allen's  Grove  Township  (Shelby  County, 
Iowa),  Danes  in,  238 

Allison,  Andrew,  killed  in  engagement 
under  Van  Home,  399 

Alster,  Island  of  Sjaelland,  227 

Ambush,  warning  of,  396;  on  Mirey 
Creek,  397 

American  Antiquarian  Society,  247 

American  Fur  Company,  225 

American  Geographical  Society,  247 

American  Historical  Association,  a 
meeting  of,  245;  publication  of  Bib- 
liography of  Historical  Societies  by, 


634    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


246;  sectional  branch  of,  262;  ad- 
vantage of  reports  from  State  organi- 
zations to,  266 

American  Party,  The  Origin,  Principles, 
and  History  of  the,  by  IRA  CROSS,  526 

American  Numismatic  and  Archaeolog- 
ical Society  of  New  York,  246 

American  party  (Know-Nothing  party), 
references  to,  489,  493;  convention  of, 

495,  519;  union  of,  with  Republicans, 

496,  501;  county  convention  of,  497; 
references  to,  498,  503,  517;  relation 
of,  to  Republican  party,  503;  the  ori- 
gin and  history  of,  526;  founding  of, 
528;  local  organization  of,  529;  suc- 
cess of,  in  elections,  530,  537;  na- 
tional convention  'of,  530;  platform 
of,  531,  543;  secret  organization  of, 
532,  552;  accessions  to,  536;  attitude 
of,   toward  slavery,    536;   fusion    of 
Whigs  with,  536,  537;  meeting  of  Na- 
tional Council  of,  539,  540,  550;  secret 
character  of,  abolished,  540;  platform 
of  National  Council  of,  541;  meeting 
of  bolters  from,  545;  defeat  of,  549, 
551;  last  expression  of,  550 

American  Republican  Association,  or- 
ganization of,  in  Philadelphia,  529 

American  Republican  party,  name  of, 
used  by  the  American  party,  528 

"American  System,"  the,  question  of  in- 
ternal improvements  and  tariff  called, 
32 

Anamosa  (Iowa),  85 

Anderson,  Christian,  early  Norwegian 
settler,  274 

Anderson,  Colonel,  despatches  for,  355, 
427;  despatches  delivered  to,  358,  431 

Anderson,  Jens  C.,  early  Danish  settler 
in  Cedar  Falls,  243 

Anderson,  Lieutenant,  battery  erected 
by,  408,  409 

Anderson,  Ole,  minister  of  Palestine 
Congregation,  271 

Anderson,  P.  J.,  early  Swedish  settler, 
274 

Anderson,  Peter,  early  Danish  settler 
in  Davenport,  240 


Andover  (Massachusetts),  226 

Annals  of  Iowa,  sketch  of  Robert  Lucas 
in,  347 

Anti- Catholics,  union  of  American 
party  with,  532;  reference  to,  545 

Anti-Nebraska  men,  536,  551 

Anti-Nebraska  resolutions,  546 

Apland,  Ole,  early  Norwegian  settler, 
271 

Appanoose  County  (Iowa),  Swedish  im- 
migration to,  278;  delegates  from,  to 
Republican  Convention,  523 

Appropriations  for  internal  improve- 
ments, 7,  8,  15,  16,  18,  31,  32,  36,  43, 
44,  45,  50,  51;  opinion  of  Jackson 
relative  to,  42;  table  showing,  53 

Archaeological  Institute  of  America,  the 
Southwest  Society  of  the,  261 

Archives,  European,  task  of  securing 
transcripts  of,  illustrative  of  Ameri- 
ican  history,  264;  State,  preserva- 
tion of,  255 

Archives  and  History,  State  Depart- 
ments of,  appearance  of,  251 

Arizona,  archaeological  work  in,  261 

Arkansas,  246 

Arnold,  Thos.,  Lieutenant  of  a  rifle 
company,  350 

Arthur,  Chester  A.,  river  and  harbor 
bill  vetoed  by,  51 

Asia,  Northwest  passage  to,  221 

Asiatic  cholera,  234 

Aske,  Jakob  Erikson,  a  Norwegian  set- 
tler, 272 

Astronomical  observatories,  number  of, 
in  Europe  and  America,  34 

Athens  (New  York),  225 

Atlantic  City  (Iowa),  Danish  colony 
in,  242 

Atlantic  coast,  proposed  canal  along, 
28 

Atwater,  Reuben,  despatches  for,  355, 
427;  despatches  delivered  to,  359; 
house  of,  plundered  by  Indians,  415; 
council  held  by,  431,  432,  433;  Lucas 
makes  proposal  to,.  435;  answer  of, 
436 

Audubon  County  (Iowa),  settlement  of 


INDEX 


635 


Danes  in,  238,  242,  243,  268;  Danish 
immigration  to,  278;  delegation  from, 
to  Republican  Convention,  509 

Auglaize  River,  references  to,  362,  364, 
434 

Austin  (Minnesota),  Norwegian  Luth- 
eran congregation  in,  237 

Aux  Canards  River,  expedition  to,  378; 
skirmishing  at  the  bridge  over,  379; 
exploration  of,  389 

Aux  Ecorces  River,  references  to,  368, 
395,  399,  401,  403,  404 

Auxiliary  historical  societies,  coopera- 
tion of  State  organizations  and,  260 

Ayer,  Edward  E.,  263 

Babie,  Colonel  Francis,  army  camped 
on  farm  of,  376;  stock  captured  from, 
377 

Bache,  T.  0.,  a  merchant  in  Drammen, 
Norway,  235 

Baird,  Ensign,  391,  416 

Baker,  Attorney  General,  107 

Baker,  Captain,  wounded,  403 

Baker,  N.  B.,  orders  to  Infantry  from, 
71 

Baldwin,  W.  W.,  103 

Ballard,  S.  M.,  delegate  to  Republican 
Convention,  509;  reference  to,  516 

Baltimore,  Danes  in,  230 

Baltimore  Sun,  quotation  from,  539 

Bauge,  K.  A.,  master  of  Norwegian 
parochial  schools,  271 

Banks,  N.  P.,  546 

Bannon,  Lieutenant,  72 

Barber,  Joseph,  ensign  of  volunteer 
company,  350 

Barbour,  Mr.,  objections  of,  to  message 
of  J.  Q.  Adams,  34 

Barlien,  Hans,  early  Norwegian  settler 
in  Iowa,  234 

Barran,  Captain,  396 

Barren,  Captain,  379,  397,  393 

Barry,  Hon.  W.  S.,  quotation  from,  551 

Bates,  Curtis,  defeat  of,  for  Governor- 
ship, 490 

Bawbie  (see  Babie) 

Bay  State  Historical  League,  260,  264 

Beard,  Mr.,  accompanies  Lucas  to  De- 


troit, 358;  Lucas  lodges  at  house  of, 
359;  Lucas  descends  Detroit  River 
with,  360;  Lucas  talks  with,  406 

Beardsley,  John,  work  of,  as  General 
Secretary  of  Charity  Organization 
Society,  110 

Bedinism  Anti-,  the  American  party 
the  mouthpiece  of,  548 

Belfour,  Edmund,  Danish  Lutheran 
churchman,  227 

Bell,  Mr.,  421 

Bennesen,  Peter,  early  Danish  settler 
in  New  York,  226,  229 

Benton,  Thomas  H.,  Jr.,  commencement 
address  of,  at  the  State  University, 
596 

Benton  Barracks,  Iowa  Infantry  at,  73 

Benton  County  (Iowa),  Danish  settle- 
ment in,  237;  Norwegian  settlement 
in,  270;  delegates  from,  to  Republi- 
can Convention,  523 

Bering,  Vitus  J.,  discovery  of  Alaska, 
by,  223 

Berlin,  228 

Berlin  (Wisconsin),  Danes  from,  243 

Berry,  Mr.,  looks  for  fording  place,  365 

Berryhill,  James  G.,  107 

Berzelius,  Paul  D.,  a  Moravian  minis- 
ter, 224 

Bethabara  (North  Carolina),  Moravian 
colony  at,  224 

Bethlehem  (Pennsylvania),  Moravian 
colony  at,  224 

Bevers,  Mr.,  reference  to,  421 

Bibliographies,  State  and  local,  256, 
257;  bulletin  of,  263 

Bibliography  of  Historical  Societies,  the 
compilation  of  list  from,  246 

Bibliography  of  literature  on  Scandi- 
navian immigration  and  settlement, 
281 

Big-Appletree,  engagement  at,  395 

Big  Rock,  Lucas  repairs  to,  367;  refer- 
ence to,  368 

Bille,  Steen  A.,  Danish  minister  to 
America,  228 

Bittman,  John  A.,  reference  to,  516, 
517 


636    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


Black  Hawk  County  (Iowa),  Danes  in, 
243;  increase  in  Norwegian  popula- 
tion in,  277;  Danish  immigration  to, 
278;  delegate  from,  to  Kepublican 
Convention,  522 

Black  Hawk  War,  Indians  who  fought 
in,  191 

Black  Republicanism,  name  applied  to 
Republicanism,  518;  reference  to,  545 

Black  River,  troops  land  at,  419 

Black  Swamp,  Lucas  traverses,  362; 
Hull's  army  avoids,  363;  reference 
to,  436 

Blair  (Nebraska),  Dane  residing  in,  243 

Blanchard's  Fork,  362,  364 

Blood,  Doctor,  wounding  of,  412 

Blood,  H.  B.,  £9 

Blue  Jacket,  George,  Lucas  reads  ad- 
dress to,  359,  431 

Board  of  Treasury,  powers  granted  to, 
660 

Boerstler,  Captain,  397,  399 

Boies,  Governor  Horace,  land  bought 
by  Indians  held  in  trust  by,  189 

Bolters,  National  Convention  of,  from 
the  American  party,  546 

Bolton,  Professor  Frederick  E.,  555, 
556 

Bond,  Lieutenant,  militia  under  com- 
mand of,  430 

Bonneville,  B.  L.  E.,  work  of,  as  trav- 
eler and  explorer,  73 

Bonty,  Captain,  helps  Indians  to  way- 
lay Americans,  391 

Bonus  Bill,  veto  of,  19,  20,  22;  objec- 
tions to,  23;  effect  of  veto  of,  on  Mon- 
roe, 25 

Boone  (Iowa),  charity  organization  in, 
87 

Boone  County  (Iowa),  71;  Scandina- 
vians in,  268;  Swedes  in,  269;  Swed- 
ish immigration  to,  278 

Boone  River,  man  saved  from  drowning 
in,  71 

Borglum  diocese  (Denmark),  241 

Borup,  Charles  W.,  early  Danish  set- 
tler in  Minnesota,  225 

Boston,  proposed  canal  from,  28;  New 


England  Historic  Genealogical  So- 
ciety of,  248;  organization  of  histor- 
ical societies  formed  at,  260;  library 
of,  264 

Boston  Daily  Bee,  quotations  from,  541, 
542,  547 

Bourne,  Henry  E.,  quotation  from,  rel- 
ative to  historical  societies,  245;  re- 
port presented  by,  245 

Boye,  Chas.,  son  of  Niels  C.  Boye,  234 

Boye,  Claudius  J  ,  a  famous  Danish 
surgeon,  234 

Boye,  Erasmus,  son  of  Niels  C.  Boye, 
234 

Boye,  Harman,  early  Danish  settler, 
233 

Boye,  Julia,  daughter  of  Niels  C.  Boye, 
234 

Boye,  Niels  C.,  early  Danish  settler, 
226;  first  Scandinavian  in  Iowa,  233 

Brackett,  Albert  G.,  services  of,  in 
Civil  War,  82;  war  books  by,  82 

Brad ish,  John  D.,  107 

Braem,  Henry  M.,  Danish  Consul  in 
New  York,  226,  229 

Bandstrup,  Dr.,  early  Danish  settler  in 
Philadelphia,  226 

Brandt,  Lauritz,  a  Danish  mechanician 
in  New  York,  227;  member  of  Danish 
colony,  230 

Breckenridge,  John  C.,  nomination  of, 
547 

Breeden,  H.  O  ,  107 

Bremer  County  (Iowa),  delegates  from, 
to  Republican  Convention,  522 

Briggs,  Uriah,  suggested  as  sub-agent 
to  select  land,  591 

Brighton  township  (Cass  County,  Iowa), 
Danish  settlement  in,  242 

British,  influence  of,  over  Indians,  357, 
360,  435;  report  of,  crossing  from 
Maiden,  367;  capture  of  Hull's  bag- 
gage by,  367,  370;  commander  of, 
referred  to,  390;  troops  landed  at 
Spring  wells  by,  410;  troops  of, 
marching  up  river,  413;  order  of 
march  of  army  of,  414;  Fort  Detroit 
taken  possession  of  by,  414;  reeiiforce- 


INDEX 


637 


merits  received  by,  405;  headquarters 
established  at  Sandwich  by,  406;  at- 
tack on  Detroit  by,  407;  bank  op- 
posite Detroit  in  possession  of,  408; 
work  on  battery  by,  unmolested,  409; 
surrender  of  Detroit  demanded  by, 
410 
Brock,  General,  arrival  of,  at  Maiden, 

360,  434;  return  of,  361,  436;  flag  of 
truce  met  by,  406 

Brodbeck,  Major,  Infantry  drilled  by, 

70 
Brown,   Adam,   council    attended  by, 

432 
Brown,  Captain,  goes  to  Maiden  with 

flag  of  truce,  382;  references  to,  401, 

402 
Brown,  L.,  suggested  as  sub-agent  to 

select  lands,  591 
Brown,  Mrs.  H.  I.,  117 
Brown,  Robert,  agent  for  selection  of 

lands  under  Five  Hundred  Thousand 

Acre  Grant,  582 

Brown  County  (Wisconsin),  early  Dan- 
ish settlement  in,  232 
Brownstown,  Lucas  passes  through,  358, 

361,  424,  431;  references  to,  366,  367, 
368,  374,  393,  400,  418,  436;  ambush 
at,  396,  397;  Indians  from,  432 

Brooklyn  (New  York),  Long  Island  His- 
torical Society  of,  249 

Bruce,  David,  Jr.,  reference  to  type 
foundry  of,  228 

Brunholtz,  Peter,  a  Lutheran  minister, 
224 

Brush,  Captain,  coming  with  reenforce- 
ments  and  provisions,  393;  detach- 
ment to  join,  394;  expedition  to  meet, 
401;  danger  of  capture  of,  418 

Bryant,  S.  P.,  120 

Bryson,  Captain,  120 

Buchanan  County  (Iowa),  Swedish  set- 
tlement in,  274;  delegates  from,  to 
Republican  Convention,  522 

Buchanan,  James,  attitude  of,  toward 
internal  improvements,  51,  53;  table 
showing  appropriations  for  internal 
improvements  during  administration 


of,  66;  nomination  of,  547;  election 
of,  550;  reference  to,  549,  552 

Buckhannor,  Mr.,  cart  of,  used  in 
carrying  provisions,  350 

Buena  Vista  County  (Iowa),  Swedes  in, 
269;  Swedish  immigration  to,  278 

Buffalo  Historical  Society,  249,  259 

BUFFUM,  HUGH  S.,  Federal  and  State 
Aid  to  Education  in  Iowa  by,  554 

Buildings  owned  by  historical  societies, 
247,  248 

Bureau  of  Relief,  a  feature  of  charity 
work  in  Davenport,  122 

Burge,  James,  land  purchased  from,  by 
Meskwaki  Indians,  187 

Burger,  J.  A.,  land  purchased  from,  by 
Meskwaki  Indians,  187 

Burlington  (Iowa),  charity  work  in,  94, 
95,  97;  the  Charity  Organization  So- 
ciety of,  102;  a  gateway  of  immigra- 
tion, 232;  Danish  settlement  in,  238 

Burlington  Daily  Hawk-Eye  and  Tele- 
graph, 499 

Burlington  Daily  Iowa  State  Gazette, 
496,  498,  501 

Burlington  Hawk-Eye,  opposition  of,  to 
Grimes,  491;  reference  to,  506 

Burton,  C.  M.,  263 

Bursler,  Captain,  company  of,  379 

Butler,  David,  land  bought  from,  by 
Meskwaki  Indians,  180,  181,  187 

Butler,  Isaac,  land  bought  from,  by 
Meskwaki  Indians,  180;  guardian  for 
minors,  182,  in  sale  of  land,  187 

Butler,  Mr.,  Lucas  lodges  with,  357 

Butler,  Ozias,  land  bought  from,  by 
Meskwaki  Indians,  182,  187 

Butler,  Philip,  land  bought  from,  by 
Meskwaki  Indians,  180,  181,  187 

Butler,  William,  land  bought  from,  by 
Meskwaki  Indians,  182,  187 

Butler  County  (Iowa),  reference  to,  83; 
Norwegian  settlement  in,  274;  repre- 
sented in  Republican  Convention,  522 

Cadets.  United  States,  study  of  civil 
engineering  among,  35 

Cadwallader,  Captain,  in  Thirty-second 
Iowa  Infantry,  85 


638     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


Calhoun,  John  C.,  memorial  for  canal 
project  supported  by,  21;  bill  re- 
ported by,  21;  reference  to,  25;  re- 
port by,  relative  to  public  works,  27, 
28;  a  friend  of  internal  improve- 
ments, 29;  national  policy  favored  by, 
34;  system  of  internal  improvements 
abandoned  by,  36 

California,  Peter  Lassen,  a  pioneer  in, 
227;  archaeological  work  in  Southern, 
261;  admission  of,  535;  election  in, 
538;  anti-Catholic  plank  discarded 
by,  550 

Cambridge  (Iowa),  Norwegian  settle- 
ment at,  271 

Campbell,  Miss,  aid  rendered  by,  in 
ascertaining  Meskwaki  names,  194 

Camp  Franklin  (Iowa),  Thirty-second 
Iowa  Infantry  at,  70 

Camp  Necessity,  Lucas  arrives  at,  363; 
reference  to,  363 

Canada,  conquest  of,  343;  Hull's  proc- 
lamation to  inhabitants  of,  343;  Hull 
taken  to,  as  prisoner  of  war,  347;  sit- 
uation of  Upper,  360;  inhabitants  of, 
372,  376;  men  crossing  from,  395; 
militia  of,  414;  army  of  Hull  crosses 
to,  424;  men  crossing  to,  435 

Canadians,  Michigan  Territory  inhab- 
ited principally  by.  434 

Canal  bill,  passage  of  first,  12 

Canal  companies  patronized  by  Con- 
gress, 8 

Canal  project,  memorial  relative  to,  21 

Canals,  recommendations  relative  to, 
15;  policy  of  making,  16;  power  of 
Congress  relative  to,  18,  25,  26,  27, 
30;  speech  relative  to,  21;  report  of 
committee  of  House  of  Representa- 
tives on,  28;  surveys  for,  31;  land 
granted  for  promotion  of,  35,  48;  de- 
cline of  system  of  aid  in  construction 
of,  44;  veto  of  bills  for,  50;  appropria- 
tions for,  51 

Canar  or  Canard  River,  (See  Aux  Can- 
ards River) 

Canton  (Ohio),  road  from,  31;  troops 
start  for,  419;  troops  arrive  at,  420 


Cape  Cod,  canal  across,  recommended, 
15 

Cape  Girardeau,  infantry  companies 
left  at,  73;  Sergeant  in  company  at, 
74;  references  to,  77,  81 

Capitulation,  talk  of,  406,  407;  by  Gen- 
eral Hull,  412;  principles  of,  414,  425 

Carmichael,Louis,land  purchased  from, 
by  Meskwaki  Indians,  187 

Carnegie  Institution,  publication  of 
Handbook  of  Learned  Societies  by,  246; 
Department  of  Historical  Research 
of,  264 

Carolina,  535 

Carondelet  (Louisiana),  improvement 
of  canal  of,  12,  16 

Carpenter,  W.  L.,  Sergeant  in  Company 
G.,  Thirty-second  Iowa  Infantry,  74 

Carr,  E.  A.,  a  General  in  the  depart- 
ment of  the  Missouri,  78,  81 

Carran  or  Carron  River,  (See  Carrying 
River) 

Carrying  River,  crossed  by  Lucas,  357; 
army  encamps  at,  364 

Carter,  Mrs.  S.,  98,  99 

Cass,  Colonel  Lewis,  Colonel  in  Hull's 
army,  347;  report  of  Hull  campaign 
by,  to  Secretary  of  War,  347;  ex- 
pedition of,  to  River  Raisin,  348, 
409;  trip  of,  to  Maiden,  370;  return 
of,  from  Maiden,  373;  first  to  cross 
Detroit  River,  376;  expedition  of,  to 
River  Aux  Canards,  378;  evacuation 
of  bridge  opposed  by,  383;  informa- 
tion of  surrender  sent  to,  411;  sur- 
render of,  as  prisoner  of  war,  416;  de- 
parture of,  for  Washington  with  dis- 
patches, 419;  references  to,  353,  354, 
364,  365,  372,  380,  382,  387,  388,  393, 
400,  401,  411,  412 

Cass  County  (Iowa),  Danish  settlement 
in,  242,  243,  268;  Swedish  immigra- 
tion to,  278 

Cassady,  John,  516 

Catholic  Church,  activity  of,  in  poli- 
tics, 527,  528,  552;  fear  of  domina- 
tion of,  532;  reference  to,  548 

Cavanagh,  Judge,  107 


INDEX 


639 


Cedar  County  (Iowa)",  delegates  from, 
to  Republican  Convention,  523 

Cedar  Falls  (Iowa),  charity  organiza- 
tion in,  87;  charity  work  at,  125: 
Danes  in,  243 

Cedar  Rapids  (Iowa),  charity  organi- 
zation in,  87 

Cedar  Rapids  Times,  506 

Cedar  River  (Iowa),  Meskwaki  Indians 
on,  180 

Center  Township  (Clinton  County, 
Iowa),  Danish  settlement  in,  238 

Centralization  necessary  in  confedera- 
tion of  States,  3 

Cerro  Gordo  County  (Iowa),  71;  settle- 
ment of  Danes  in,  243;  delegates 
from,  to  Republican  Convention,  522 

Cha  ka  ta  ko  si,  Secretary  of  Meskwaki 
Indians,  194 

Chalk  kal  a  Mah,  land  bought  by,  182, 
187 

Chambers,  Governor  John,  488 

Chandler,  S.  L.,  117 

Charities  and  Corrections,  Iowa  State 
Conference  of,  87 

Charities,  method  of  investigation  of, 
87;  table  of,  organized,  in  Iowa,  90 

Charity  Organization  Society  of  Des 
Mo  i  nes,  107 

Charity  organizations,  notes  on  char- 
acter of,  91;  records  of  work  done  by, 
94,  103 

Charity,  Organized,  in  Iowa,  by  CLAR- 
ENCE W.  WASSAM,  86 

Charles  City  (Iowa),  charity  work  in, 
97 

Chase,  Salmon  P.,  correspondence  of, 
with  James  W.  Grimes,  490,  493,  496 

Cherokee  County  (Iowa),  Swedes  in, 
269 

Chesapeake  and  Delaware  Canal  Com- 
pany, subscriptions  to,  by  Congress, 
8,  31;  memorials  from,  16;  shares 
taken  in,  36 

Chesapeake,  attack  upon,  345 

Chicago,  early  Danish  settlers  in,  230; 
Danish  settlement  in,  242;  a  meeting 
of  the  American  Historical  Associa- 


tion in,  245;  Newberry  Library  of, 
263;  library  of,  264;  conference  of 
historical  societies  at,  266 

Chicago  Historical  Society,  249,  263 

Chickasaw  County  (Iowa),  Norwegian 
settlement  in,  274 

Chillicothe  (Ohio),  troops  encamp  at, 
350;  references  to,  364,  389,  424;  Lu- 
cas prepares  to  return  to,  393;  express 
from,  393 

Chippeway  Indians,  councils  with,  360, 
372;  -address  to,  428;  chief  of,  432 

Christensen,  Chris.,  early  Danish  set- 
tler in  Shelby  County  (Iowa),  241 

Christensen,  Christen  B.,  early  Danish 
settler  in  Shelby  County  (Iowa),  241 

Christian  IV,  King,  ships  fitted  out  by, 
221 

Christiansen,  Chr.,  rural  settlement  in 
Wisconsin  founded  by,  232 

Christiansen,  E.  T.,  member  of  Danish 
colony  in  New  York,  230 

Christmas,  Mr.,  421 

Cincinnati  (Ohio),  263 

Cities,  list  of,  in  Iowa,  having  organi- 
zed charity,  90 

City  colonies,  Danish,  the  earliest,  229 

City  History  Club  of  New  York,  253 

Civil  engineering,  study  of,  35 

Civil  War,  internal  improvements  since 
outbreak  of,  51;  Scandinavian  regi- 
ment of  Wisconsin  in,  237;  Dane  who 
served  in,  243 

Clark,  Leander,  Special  Agent  of  Me- 
skwaki Indians,  185;  land  bought  by 
Indians  held  in  trust  by,  187 

Clark  County  (Iowa),  delegate  from,  to 
Republican  Convention,  522 

Clausen,  Claus  L.,  early  Danish  settler 
in  Racine  (Wisconsin),  232,  235; 
founder  of  Norwegian  settlement.  273 

Clay,  Henry,  suggestion  of,  relative  to 
internal  improvements,  16;  debate  on 
survey  bill  led  by,  32;  American  Sys- 
tem championed  by,  32;  objections 
of,  to  message  of  J.  Q.  Adams,  34; 
system  of  internal  improvements 
abandoned  by,  36;  death  of,  536 


640    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


Clay  Township  (Shelby  County,  Iowa), 
241,  242 

Clayton  County  (Iowa),  Norwegian  set- 
tlement in,  267;  Norwegian  immigra- 
tion to,  277;  delegate  from,  to  Repub- 
lican Convention,  509,  522 

Clear  Lake  (Iowa),  Danish  settlement 
of,  243 

Cleveland,  Grover,  river  and  harbor 
bill,  vetoed  by,  51 

Cleveland  (Ohio),  Western  Reserve 
Historical  Society  of,  249;  references 
to,  348,  421;  vessel  sails  for,  418; 
arrival  at,  419 

Clinton  County  (Iowa),  Danish  settle- 
ment in,  238,  242 

Clinton  (Iowa),  charity  work  in,  94, 
125;  a  gateway  of  immigration,  232 

Coast,  improvements  on,  3,  5,  7 

Cochran,  James,  crosses  Detroit  River, 
376;  behaviour  of,  in  skirmish  at  the 
bridge  over  Aux  Canards  River,  385 

Coffeyville  (Kansas),  son  of  Danish  set- 
tler residing  in,  234 

Coffin,  L.  S.,  a  chaplain  in  the  Civil 
War,  80 

Cohen,  Mrs.  J.  M.,  117 

Collections  of  historical  societies,  254, 
255 

College  of  the  City  of  New  York,  227 

Collins,  N.  B.,99 

Columbia  (Missouri),  263 

Columbia  Township  (Tama  County, 
Iowa),  land  in,  bought  by  Indians, 
188 

Columbia  University,  endowment  of, 
by  Congress,  11 

Columbus  (Kentucky),  78 

Columbus  (Ohio),  road  from,  35;  refer- 
ence to,  263 

Commerce,  effect  of  an  embargo  upon, 
15,  16;  interstate,  canals  for  the  pur- 
pose of,  26;  attitude  of  Jackson  rela- 
tive to  appropriations  for,  43;  opin- 
ion of  Polk  relative  to,  46;  by  water, 
47 

Commercial  Exchange  of  Des  Moines, 
110 


Compromise  of  1850,  reference  to,  548 

Compulsory  Education  law,  100 

Confederate  Memorial  Literary  Society, 
248 

Confederate  States  Army,  83 

Congress,  assent  of,  in  levying  tonnage 
duties,  3;  bill  introduced  into,  rela- 
tive to  federal  assumption  of  State 
debts,  4;  question  of  power  of,  rela- 
tive to  internal  improvements,  6,  8, 
12,  18,  20,  22,  23,  25,  26,  27,  29;  ef- 
forts of,  in  internal  improvements, 
7;  act  of,  relative  to  survey  of  har- 
bors, 8;  legislation  of,  relative  to 
aids  to  commerce,  8;  subscription  of, 
to  canal  companies,  8;  action  of,  rel- 
ative to  founding  a  national  univer- 
sity, 10,  11;  Jefferson's  attitude  rela- 
tive to  the  power  of,  12;  policy  of, 
relative  to  internal  improvements, 
15,  16;  committed  to  policy  of  road- 
making,  16;  attention  of,  called  to 
effectuating  a  system  of  roads  and 
canals,  21;  interest  of,  in  bill  rela- 
tive to  canal  project,  22;  canal  pro- 
jects patronized  by,  31;  veto  of  acts 
of,  38;  question  of  States  being  aided 
by,  in  internal  improvements,  39; 
communication  laid  before,  relative 
to  a  canal,  45;  opinion  of  Polk  rela- 
tive to  action  of,  in  internal  improve- 
ments, 46;  opinion  of  Pierce  relative 
to  public  works  by,  49,  50 

Connecticut,  election  in,  538;  bolt  of 
delegates  from,  543;  claims  of,  to 
western  land,  557 

Connell,  Sarah  C.,  land  purchased  from, 
by  Meskwaki  Indians,  189 

Connell,  William  M.,  land  purchased 
from,  by  Meskwaki  Indians,  189 

Consolidation,  tendency  toward,  shown 
in  federal  legislation,  3 

Constitution  of  the  United  States,  ar- 
ticle from,  relative  to  tonnage  duties, 
4;  Congress  authorized  by,  to  make 
internal  improvements,  6;  views  of 
Monroe  relative  to  powers  granted 
by,  29,  30 


INDEX 


641 


Constitutional  Convention  of  1857 
(Iowa),  509 

Convention  of  Republicans  in  Iowa  in 
1856,  504-521;  a  movement  of  the 
common  people,  520;  accredited  list 
of  delegates  to,  521;  committees  of 
the,  524 

Cooperation  of  historical  societies,  260 

Cook,  Captain,  left  at  Gowris,  400 

Copenhagen  (Denmark),  emigration 
from,  221;  references  to,  225,  227, 
228,  230,  234,  238,  239 

Coralville  (Iowa),  home  of  S.  J.  Kirk- 
wood,  511 

Corrections,  Iowa  State  Conference  of 
Charities  and,  87 

Council  Bluffs  (Iowa),  charity  work  in, 
87,  94,  97;  the  Associated  Charities 
of,  118;  references  to,  234,  235;  col- 
ony of  Danes  at,  237,  238,  240,  267 

Court-martial  of  General  William  Hull, 
344,  of  Captain  Rupe,  383 

Cuppy's  Grove  (Shelby  County,  Iowa), 
Danish  settlement  at,  241 

Craik,  Mr.,  support  of,  relative  to  found- 
ing a  national  university,  10 

Crane,  Wyandot  chief,  remonstrates 
with  General  Hull,  373 

Crawford,  Battle  ground  of  Colonel,  356 

Crawford,  Col.,  burned  by  Indians,  356 

Crawford,  Mr.,  a  friend  of  internal  im- 
provements, 29 

Crawfordsville  (Iowa),  Free  Soil  Con- 
vention held  at,  489 

Creche,  the,  organized  by  the  Associ- 
ated Charities  of  Council  Bluffs,  119 

Croskey,  Jacob,  land  purchased  from, 
by  Meskwaki  Indians,  187 

Croskey,  Joseph  L.,  land  purchased 
from,  by  Meskwaki  Indians,  187 

Croskey,  Wesley,  land  purchased  from, 
by  Meskwaki  Indians,  187 

Croskey, William,  land  purchased  from, 
by  Meskwaki  Indians,  187 

CROSS,  IRA,  The  Origin,  Principles,  and 
History  of  the  American  Party,  526 

Crown,  opinion  of  Monroe  relative 
to  the  power  of,  29,  30 


Cumberland  Bill,  veto  of,  28 

Cumberland  Road,  appropriations  for, 
7,  28,  31,  35,  45;  reference  to,  12; 
construction  of,  17;  question  of  con- 
stitutionality of  appropriations  for, 
19;  resolutions  relative  to,  28;  objec- 
tions to  bill  relative  to,  29;  support 
of,  by  government,  43;  neglect  of,  44 

Cumberland  (Maryland),  road  from,  17 

Cunningham,  Captain,  refuses  to  cross 
Detroit  River,  375;  reference  to  com- 
pany of,  386 

Curtis,  Samuel  R.,  a  General  in  com- 
mand of  the  Department  of  the  Mis- 
souri, 71,  73,  75,  78,  81 

Daliba,  Lieutenant  James,  artillery  in 
command  of,  372, 401;  battery  erected 
by,  408,  409 

Dallaby,  (see  Daliba) 

Dallas  County  (Iowa),  delegates  from, 
to  Republican  Convention,  524 

Dane  County  (Wisconsin),  Norwegian 
settlements  in,  270 

Danes,  religious  work  among,  in  Iowa, 
235;  church  congregations  of,  237; 
geographical  location  of,  in  Iowa, 
269;  table  showing  distribution  of,  in 
Iowa,  275 

Danish  Contingent  in  the  Population  of 
Early  Iowa,  The,  by  GEORGE  T. 
FLOM,  220 

Danish  factor  in  population  of  Iowa, 
table  showing  extent  of,  276 

Danish  immigration  to  Iowa,  267;  in- 
crease in,  278 

Danish  population  in  certain  counties 
of  Iowa,  273;  table  showing,  by 
counties,  280 

Danish  settlements,  relation  of,  to 
Norwegian  and  Swedish  settlements, 
267,  268 

Dano-Prussian  War,  immigration  of 
Danes  following  the,  242 

Darby  Creek,  Lucas  passes,  355 

Darnell,  Sara,  the  first  Norwegian  in 
Benton  County  (Iowa),  270 

Daughters  of  the  American  Revolu- 
tion, 247. 


642    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


Davenport  (Iowa),  Infantry  landed  at, 
72;  charity  organization  in,  87,  94, 
07;  record  kept  by  Ladies  Industrial 
Relief  Society  of,  96;  the  Associated 
Charities  of,  120;  a  gateway  of  immi- 
gration, 233;  Danes  in,  240,  242 

"  Davenport,"  a  boat  called,  77,  81 

Davenport  Gazette,  The,  Edward  Rus- 
sell  the  editor  of,  72;  reference  to,  506 

Davies,  Thomas  A.,  a  General  in  com- 
mand at  Columbus  (Kentucky),  78, 
81,  84;  action  of,  justified,  82 

Dayton,  W.  L.,  nomination  of,  547 

Dayton  (Ohio),  rendezvous  of  troops 
at,  346;  arrival  of  Lucas  at,  350;  let- 
ter dated  at,  422,  428;  Lucas  leaves, 
424;  references  to,  351,  353,  427 

Debts,  State,  4;  federal  assumption  of,  4 

Deed  of  land  to  Indians  at  Tama, 
Iowa,  first,  181 

D'lvernois,  College  of,  plan  to  trans- 
fer, 10 

Delandri,  (See  Dequindre) 

Delaware  (Ohio),  Lucas  passes  through, 
355,  356,  424,  427,  429;  reference  to, 
434 

Delaware  County  (Iowa),  delegates 
from,  to  Republican  Convention,  522 

Delaware,  canal  across,  recommended, 
15;  Swedes  in,  229;  reference  to,  531; 
elections  in,  537;  bolt  of  delegates  of , 
542 

Delaware  Indians,  blockhouse  of,  352; 
address  to,  428 

Delaware  River,  Swedish  colony  on, 
221 

Dell,  Captain,  Commandant  at  Fort 
McArthur,  363 

Democratic  Convention  of  1855,  492 

Democratic  Party,  references  to,  487, 
488,  489,  494,  495,  497,  500,  518,  atti- 
tude of,  toward  slavery,  503;  refer- 
ences to,  526,  527,  529,  530,  534,  535, 
537,  549,  550,  551,  552;  candidates  of, 
547 

Democratic  President,  attitude  of, 
toward  internal  improvements,  48 

Democrats,  issue  of  Whigs  and,  488 


Denmark,  emigration  from,  to  America, 
220;  number  of  immigrants  from, 
220,  229;  Moravianism  in,  224;  com- 
mercial treaty  between  the  United 
States  and,  228;  Consul  and  Acting 
Ambassador  from,  228 

Denny,  Major  James,  chosen  Major  of 
volunteers,  351;  proposal  to  detach 
part  of  battalion  of,  354;  Lucas  writes 
to,  357;  takes  detachment  to  bridge, 
390;  betrayal  of,  by  Captain  Bonty, 
391;  retreat  of,  to  Turkey  Creek 
bridge,  392;  troops  commended  by, 
392;  ordered  to  stay  at  Gowris,  400; 
Fort  Gowris  evacuated  by,  405;  posi- 
tion of,  at  time  of  surrender,  412;  de- 
tachment of,  to  be  sent  aboard  vessel, 
416,  425;  references  to,  417,  423 

Denny,  William,  Lucas  accompanied 
by,  355,  424,  429,  436;  horse  of,  gives 
out,  358;  references  to,  361,  390 

Dequindre,  Captain  Antoine,  401,  402 

Der  Democrat,  517 

Deserters,  French,  coming  in  from  Mai- 
den, 384 

Des  Moines  County  (Iowa),  Scandi- 
navians in,  268;  Swedish  immigra- 
tion to,  278;  delegates  from,  to  Re- 
publican Convention,  523 

Des  Moines  (Iowa),  residents  of,  72, 
73,  74,  82;  charity  organization  in, 
87,  94,  97,  118;  the  Associated  Chari- 
ties of,  106;  Danes  in  242;  Swedish 
settlers  in,  274,  275 

Des  Moines  Navigation  and  Railroad 
Company,  deed  of  land  to,  586 

Des  Moines  River  School  Lands,  dis- 
pute over,  586. 

Des  Moines  Valley  Whig,  502 

Detroit  (Michigan),  reference  to.  263; 
maneuvers  from,  in  Hull  campaign, 
343;  surrender  of,  to  British  by 
General  Hull,  344;  express  to,  353, 
354;  Lucas  arrives  at,  359,  431;  Hull's 
army  arrives  at,  370;  militia  of,  374; 
army  encamped  on  commons  at,  375; 
army  encamps  opposite,  376;  army 
recrosses  the  river  to,  400;  troops  ar- 


INDEX 


643 


rive  at,  405;  attack  on,  feared,  406; 
British  battery  fires  upon,  410;  Cass 
and  McArthur  ordered  to  return  to, 
411;  volunteers  of,  415;  effect  of  sur- 
render of,  422;  orders  to  march  to, 
423;  expedition  of  Lucas  to,  424; 
references  to,  348,  349,  355,  358,  360, 
301,  368,  370,  372,  373,  374,  385,  389, 
396,  399,  400,  401,  403,  404,  405,  407, 
410,  416,  419,  421,  424,  427,  433,  434, 
435,  436 

Detroit  River,  map  of,  371;  Hull's  army 
crosses,  375,  376;  retreat  of  army 
across,  400;  Indians  cross,  432 

Diet  Kitchen,  need  of,  in  Des  Moines, 
112 

Dingee,  Allen,  affidavit  of,  on  deed  of 
land  to  Indians,  183 

Dismal  Swamp  Canal  Company,  appro- 
priation for,  36;  shares  taken  in,  36 

Distribution  bill,  veto  of,  by  Jackson,41 

District  of  Columbia,  reference  to,  528 

Documentary  material,  importance  of 
publication  of,  257;  suggestions  for 
publication  of,  264 

Dodge,  Augustus  C.,  called  upon  to  re- 
quest appointment  of  agents  to  select 
land  under  University  Grant,  590, 
591 

Dodge,  William  W.,  agent  to  select 
land  under  University  Grant,  590 

Dog,  speech  of,  431;  on  his  way  to  Mai- 
den, 436 

Doldrup,  Gullerup  diocese  (Denmark), 
241 

Donelson,  A.  J.,  nomination  of,  543, 
545 

Douglas,  Stephen  A.,  opposition  to,  488, 
support  of,  by  Locofocos,  495;  de- 
nounced by  Republicans,  504 

Drake,  Francis  M.,  land  bought  by  In- 
dians held  in  trust  by,  189 

Drammen  (Norway),  235 

Dubuque  (Iowa),  Camp  Franklin  in, 
70;  measles  prevalent  in,  74;  refer- 
ence to,  85;  charity  work  in,  97; 
Charity  Organization  Society,  124; 
mass  meeting  in,  504 


Dubuque  Comity  (Iowa),  Swedish  set- 
tlement in,  274;  delegates  from,  to 
Republican  Convention,  522 

Dubuque  Daily  Tribune,  506,  507 

Dubuque  Express  and  Herald,  494 

Dubuque  Bepublican,  503,  506 

Due,  Jonas,  a  Norwegian  settler,  271 

Dunlap,  Colonel,  arrival  of  from  Chil- 
licothe  (Ohio),  364 

Dutch,  founding  of  New  Amsterdam  by, 
221 

Eastman,  Lieutenant,  artillery  com- 
manded by,  382,  401 

Eberhart,  Gustavus  A.,  Infantry  com- 
panies under  the  command  of,  73 

Eckstein,  John,  member  of  party  mak- 
ing trip  to  Island  No.  10,  76 

Education,  public,  question  of,  9;  Fed- 
eral aid  to,  in  Iowa,  556;  financial 
problems  of,  554;  Department  of,  at 
The  State  University  of  Iowa,  555 

Education  in  Iowa,  Federal  and  State 
Aid  to,  by  HUGH  S.  BUFFUM,  554 

Eichelberger,  Agnes,  117 

Eliot,  C.  W.,  idea  of  a  national  univer- 
sity criticized  by,  11 

Elk  Horn  (Iowa),  Danish  settlement 
at,  238,  239,  240,  243 

Elk  Horn  High  School  and  College,  244 

Ellingsen,  Elling,  early  Norwegian  set- 
tler, 270 

Elliot,  Mathew,  Indians  commanded 
by,  380;  message  of,  to  Indians,  432, 
433 

Embargo,  effect  of,  on  commerce,  15,  16 

Emmet  County  (Iowa),  Norwegian  set- 
tlements in,  277;  increase  in  Nor- 
wegian population  in,  277 

Employment  agencies  in  charitable 
work,  97,  106,  109 

England,  budget  system  of,  48 

Era  of  Good  Feeling,  end  of,  32;  opin- 
ion of  J.  Q.  Adams,  relative  to,  33 

Erickson,  John,  a  Norwegian  settler, 
272 

Erie  Canal,  effect  of,  on  policy  of  in- 
ternal improvements,  6;  an  act  rela- 
tive to,  25 


644     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


Erie,  Lake,  Ohio  volunteers  cross,  346 

Erlandsen,  N.,  member  of  Danish  col- 
ony in  New  York,  230 

Essex  County  (Massachusetts),  local  his- 
torical societies  in,  260 

Essex  Institute,  the,  249 

Europe,  revolts  in,  532 

Eustis,  Hon.  William,  letter  from  Lu- 
cas to,  423 

Ewers,  H.  P.,  103 

Executive  prerogative,  belief  of  Jack- 
son in,  37 

Express  and  Herald  (Dubuque),  494 

Faergerboken,  Ole,  early  Norwegian 
settler,  273 

Fairfield  (Iowa),  convention  of  Repub- 
licans at,  suggested,  499 

Fairfield  Ledger,  498,  520 

Fairview  Township  (Shelby  County, 
Iowa),  Danish  settlement  in,  242 

Falster,  232 

Fatland,  Ole,  early  Norwegian  settler, 
271 

Fayette  County  (Iowa),  Norwegian  set- 
tlement in,  268 

Federal  and  Slate  Aid  to  Education  in 
Iowa,  by  HUGH  S.  BUFFUM,  554 

Fendenthal,  Rabbi,  107 

Ferm,  0.  W.,  117 

Field,  Isaac,  president  of  Free  Soil 
Convention,  489 

Fife,  John,  land  purchased  from,  by 
Meskwaki  Indians,  189 

Fifty-second  Indiana  Infantry  at  Ft. 
Pillow,  78;  a  pro-slavery  regiment,  84 

Fillmore,  Mi  Hard,  attitude  of,  toward 
internal  improvements,  47,  48,  53; 
table  showing  appropriations  for  in- 
ternal improvements  during  admin- 
istration of,  64;  nomination  of,  543, 
545;  number  of  votes  cast  for,  550; 
reference  to,  552 

Financial  policy,  Hamilton's,  5 

Findlay,  Colonel  James,  expedition  of, 
to  bridge,  383;  orders  received  by, 
409;  expedition  of,  to  Spring  well, 
409;  position  of,  at  surrender,  412; 
references  to,  364,  401,  402,  412 


Finkbine,  Robert  S.,  509 

Fish,  Rev.  Mr  ,  510 

Fisher,  Dr.,  107 

Fisk,  Gen.,  at  Columbus  (Kentucky),  78 

Five  Hundred  Thousand  Acre  Land 
Grant,  562,  572,  575,  578;  selection 
of  land  under,  579,  580;  proceeds  of, 
devoted  to  education,  580;  table  show- 
ing situation  of  lands  selected  under, 
583;  sale  of  land  under,  584;  excess 
of  lands  selected  under,  582;  table 
showing  number  of  acres  patented 
under,  in  each  biennial  period,  587 

Five  Section  Grant,  562 

Fleming,  W.  H.,  107 

Flisher,  Ensign,  wounded,  403 

Flom,  George  T.,  supervision  by,  in 
making  list  of  Meskwaki  names,  194 

FLOM,  GEORGE  T.,  The  Danish  Con- 
tigent  in  the  Population  of  Early  Iowa, 
220;  The  Growth  of  the  Scandinavian 
Factor  in  the  Population  of  Iowa,  267 

Florence  (Nebraska),  239 

Florence  Township  (Benton  County, 
Iowa),  Norwegian  settlement  in,  270 

Florida,  proposed  road  to,  18,  survey 
for  railroad  route  across,  46;  grant  of 
land  to,  for  railroads,  50 

Flournoy,  Mr.,  defeat  of,  for  Governor- 
ship of  Virginia,  539 

Ft.  DeRussy,  capture  of,  85 

Fort  Des  Moines,  Locofocos  at,  495 

Fort  Des  Moines  Citizen,  506 

Fort  Detroit,  Hull's  markee  pitched 
near,  409;  surrender  of,  demanded, 
410;  shells  from  battery  reach,  410; 
firing  upon,  411;  surrender  of,  412 

Fort  Dodge  (Iowa),  76,  80;  charity  work 
at,  97,  125 

Fort  Findlay,  364,  424 

Fort  Finley,  (See  Fort  Findlay) 

Fort  Me  Arthur,  Lucas  arrives  at,  363; 
reference  to,  424 

Ft.  Madison  (Iowa),  100 

Fort  Madison  Argus,  506 

Ft.  Pillow  ( Tennessee  ),  companies 
ordered  to,  in  Civil  War,  78,  79;  camp 
at,  80;  houses  built  at,  82;  fire  at,  84 


INDEX 


645 


Fort  Wayne,  agent  at,  432 

Foster,  James,  letter  of  Robert  Lucas 

to,  427 
Fowler,   Edward,   references    to,  394, 

395;   death  of,  in  battle  under  Van 

Home,  398,  399 
Fowler,  H.,  390 
Fox  Indians,  an  act  giving  residence 

to,  181;  land  purchased  by,  187,  189; 

name  of,  190;  grant  of  land  to,  565 
Fox  River  (Illinois),  emigrants  from 

Norwegian  settlement  at,  270,  272 
Franklin  County  (Iowa),  71 
Frederikshavn  (Denmark),  241 
Free  Democrats,  489 
Free  Soil  Party,  references  to,  530,  536, 

550;  defeat  of,  536 
Free  Soilers,  references  to,  487,  489, 

498,  518;  convention  of,  489;  union 

of,  with  Republicans,  501 
Freie  Presse,  Die,  517 
Frelson,  early  Danish  settler  in  New 

Orleans,  231 
Fremad,  editor  of,  231 
Fremont,  John  C.,  endorsement  of,  546, 

547;  number  of  votes  cast  for,  550; 

reference  to,  552 
Fremont  County  (Iowa),  land  in,  washed 

away,  568 

Fribert,  Lauritz  J.,  early  Danish  set- 
tler in  Watertown  (Wisconsin),  231 
Fryatt,  Captain,  in  command  of  volun- 
teer company,  351;  reference  to,  386 
Fugitive  slave  law,  545,  548 
Fyen  (Denmark),  241 
Gabriel,  Captain,  Lucas  stops  at  house 

of,  355 

Galinsky,  A.  L.,  117 
Gallager,    Mary    A.,    land    purchased 

from,  by  Meskwaki  Indians,  189 
Gallatin,  Mr.,  report  of,  relative  to  in- 
ternal improvements,  14,  20,  21 
Garden,   Public    (Detroit),   battery 

erected  in,  408 

Garrison,  William  Lloyd,  502 
Genealogical  research,  257 
Gen.  Lane's  Brigade  in  Central  Mexico, 

by  Albert  G.  Brackett,  82 


Genesee  River,  proposed  canal  to,  28 

Gentry,  Mr. ,  498 

Georgetown  (Pennsylvania),  return  of 
troops  through,  420,  421 

Georgia,  appropriation  for  road  in,  12; 
turnpike  road  to,  15;  Moravian  col- 
onies in,  224;  references  to,  531,  538, 
542;  State  Convention  of,  546 

German-American  delegates  to  Repub- 
lican Convention,  511,  516,  517 

German  artillerists,  in  camp  of  Thirty- 
second  Iowa  Infantry,  75,  77 

Germans,  Danes  from  Sleswig  entered 
in  census  as,  242 

Germans  in  Maryland,  Society  for  the 
History  of  the,  253 

Germantown  (Pennsylvania),  Luther- 
ans in,  225;  meeting  of  native  Amer- 
cans  at,  528 

Germantown  Site  and  Relic  Society, 
253 

Germany,  budget  system  of,  48 

Gettysburg  (Pennsylvania),  226 

Giddings,  Joshua  R.,  letter  of,  to  Gov- 
ernor Grimes,  491;  reference  to,  496 

Gilchrane  (See  Gilchrist) 

Gilchrean  (See  Gilchrist) 

Gilchrist,  Captain  Robert,  references 
to,  397,  399 

Gildsig,  Peter,  member  of  Danish  col- 
ony in  New  York,  230 

Glascoff,  David  A.,  work  of,  as  General 
Secretary  of  Charity  Organization 
Society,  111 

Gloria  Dei  Church,  224 

Gloucester  (Massachusetts),  harbor,  8 

Godfrey,  Colonel,  Michigan  Militia 
commanded  by,  403 

Godfray,  Mr.,  Lucas  stops  at  house  of, 
361;  Lucas  receives  news  by,  436 

Godtfredsen,  Niels  H.,  earliest  Danish 
settler  in  New  Denmark  (Wisconsin), 
232 

Goff,  Charlotta,  work  of,  as  General 
Secretary  of  Charity  Organization 
Societies,  109,  110,  118 

Gowen  (Michigan),  early  Danish  set- 
tlement in,  232 


646     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


Gowris,  fort  built  at,  393;  detachment 
left  at,  400;  evacuation  and  burning 
of,  405 

Grant,  Ulysses  S.,  recommendation  of, 
relative  to  a  national  university,  11; 
river  and  harbor  bill  vetoed  by,  51; 
reference  to,  78 

Grantham,  J.  P.,  516 

Greeley,  Horace,  496,  498 

Greenville  (Ohio),  news  from,  of  mur- 
der by  Indians,  351;  expedition  of 
Robert  Lucas  to,  351,  352,  422,  423 

Greenville,  treaty  of,  356,  429,  431 

Gregg,  Asa,  delegate  to  Eepublican  Con- 
vention, 509 

Grimes,  James  W.,  appearance  of,  as 
party  leader,  488;  candidate  for  Gov- 
ernor, 489;  statement  of  political  is- 
sues by,  490;  election  of,  as  Governor, 
490;  letter  of,  to  Chase,  491;  inaug- 
ural of,  491;  correspondence  of,  493, 
496,  497;  opinions  of,  regarding  the 
Know  Nothings,  497,  503;  call  for  Re- 
publican Convention  written  by,  500; 
reference  to,  519;  land  bought  by  In- 
dians held  in  trust  by,  182,  187;  trus- 
tee powers  assumed  by,  in  purchase 
of  land  by  Indians,  181 

Grimes,  Mrs.,  letter  of  Governor  Grimes 
to,  497 

Grindem,  Lars,  early  Norwegian  set- 
tler, 272 

Grinnell,  J.  B.,  delegate  to  Republican 
Convention,  509;  reference  to,  516 

Grinnell  (Iowa),  charity  work  in,  94, 
125 

Griswould,  Mr.,  Lucas  lodges  at  house 
of,  420 

Grb'nhovd,  Narve,  early  Norwegian  set- 
tler, 274 

Grosse  Isle,  British  and  Indians  at,  367 

Grove,  Mons,  a  Norwegian  settler,  271 

Growth  of  the  Scandinavian  Factor  in 
the  Population  of  Iowa,  The,  by 
GEORGE  T.  FLOM,  267 

Gue,  Benjamin  F.,  509 

Guelich,  Th.,  protest  signed  by,  517 

Gullerup  diocese  (Denmark),  241 


Hadley,  Mrs.,  103 

Half -Breed  Tract,- grant  of,  564 

Hallebyore  (Denmark),  early  settler 
from,  232 

Hamilton,  Alexander,  financial  policy 
of,  5;  opinion  of,  relative  to  power 
of  Congress  in  case  of  canals,  18 

Hamilton  County  (Iowa),  71,  76;  Danes 
in,  244;  Norwegian  settlement  in,  273 

Hancock  County  (Iowa),  71 

Handbook  of  Learned  Societies,  246 

Hansen,  George  P.,  early  Danish  set- 
tler in  Chicago,  230 

Hansen,  Hans  J.,  member  of  Danish 
colony  in  New  York,  230 

Hansen,  Hans  P.  C.,  member  of  Danish 
colony  in  New  York,  230 

Ha  pa  ya  sha,  a  Meskwaki  Indian,  180 

Harbors,  duties  for  purpose  of  clearing, 
4;  act  of  Congress  relative  to,  8;  ap- 
propriations for  improvement  of,  31, 
36,  45,  50;  veto  of  bills  for  improve- 
ment of,  41,  45,  46,  50,  51;  attitude 
of  Jackson  relative  to  appropriations 
for,  43;  improvement  of,  not  aban- 
doned, 44;  attitude  of  Tyler  relative 
to  improvement  of,  45;  improvement 
of,  51 

Harden,  John  A.,  land  purchased  from, 
by  Meskwaki  Indians,  189 

Hardin  County  (Iowa),  71;  Norwegian 
settlement  in,  273;  delegates  from,  to 
Republican  Convention,  524 

Hardy,  D.  E.,  117 

Harlan,  James,  action  of,  relative  to 
payment  of  annuities  to  Indians,  184; 
reference  to,  507 

Harlan  (Iowa),  charity  organization  in, 
87;  Danes  in,  241 

Harlan  Township  (Shelby  County, 
Iowa),  Danish  settlement  in,  242 

Haring,  Harro  P.,  member  of  Danish 
colony  in  New  York,  230 

Harrisburg  (Pennsylvania),  Pennsyl- 
vania Federation  of  Historical  So- 
cieties organized  at,  261 

Harrison,  William  Henry,  table  show- 
ing appropriations  for  internal  im- 


INDEX 


647 


provements  during  administration  of, 
63;  reference  to,  374 

Hartland  (Wisconsin),  early  Danish 
settlement  in,  232 

Hartman,  John  J.,  death  of,  71 

Harvey,  J.  A.,  report  of,  quoted,  574 

Ha  she  ta  na  kwa  twa,  a  Meskwaki  In- 
dian, 194 

Hancks,  Lieutenant,  death  of,  411 

Hawkey e  (Burlington),  491,  508 

Haynes,  F.  E.,  117,  118 

Hedlund,  Thor.  O.,  early  Norwegian 
settler,  272 

Hemky,  Willy,  Lucas  accompanied  by, 
356 

Henry,  Geo.  C.,  107 

Henry  County  (Iowa),  Swedish  settle- 
ment in,  274;  Swedish  immigration 
to,  278;  Republican  meeting  in,  504; 
delegates  from,  to  Republican  Con- 
vention, 524 

Herd,  Samuel,  watch  by,  354;  conduct 
of,  in  battle  at  bridge,  379 

Hermky  (See  Hemky) 

Hickman,  Captain  and  Mrs.,  Lucas 
dines  with,  359 

Hindesholm  (Denmark),  241 

Hinegardner,  Daniel  S.,  land  purchased 
from,  by  Meskwaki  Indians,  189 

Historical  and  Philosophical  Society 
of  Ohio,  263 

Historical  societies,  diversity  of,  245; 
reports  from,  246;  statistics  relative 
to,  246;  organization  of,  250;  scope 
and  purpose  of,  253;  tendency  of,  to 
associate  themselves  with  State  uni- 
versities, 253;  publications  of,  256; 
means  used  by,  to  arouse  public  in- 
terest, 258;  work  of,  a  public  charge, 
259;  cooperation  of,  260;  cooperation 
between  libraries  and,  265 

Historical  Societies,  Stale  and  Local,  by 
REUBEN  GOLD  THWAITES,  245 

Historical  Societies,  State  and  Local, 
The  Best  Methods  of  Organization, 
and  Work  on  the  Part  of,  committee 
to  report  on,  245 

History  of  Scandinavia  from  the  Early 


Times  of  the  Northmen  and  Vikings, 
to  the  Present  Day,  by  Paul  C.  Sind- 
ing,  230 

History  of  the  United  States  Cavalry,  by 
Albert  G.  Brackett,  82 

History,  State  Department  of  Archives 
and,  appearance  of,  251 

Hobson,  J.  G.,  117 

Hog  Island,  hunting  on,  360;  army 
crosses  river  at  foot  of,  376 

Holbaek  (Denmark),  early  settlers 
from,  232 

Holm,  H.  P.,  first  Danish  settler  in  Des 
Moines,  242 

Holmes,  Mrs.  Jos.,  113 

Homestead  Bill,  490 

Horsens  (Denmark),  223 

How  to  Adapt  Charity  Organization 
Methods  to  Small  Communities,  a 
paper  on,  98 

Howard  County  (Iowa),  representative 
of,  in  Iowa  legislature,  237;  increase 
in  Norwegian  population  in,  277 

Hoyt,  Dr.,  efforts  of,  relative  to  a 
national  university,  11 

Hubbard,  N.  M.,  510 

Hudson  Bay,  explored  by  Jens  Munk, 
221 

Hudson  River,  recommendation  rela- 
tive to,  15 

Hull  campaign,  purpose  of,  343;  service 
of  Robert  Lucas  in,  344;  report  of, 
by  Colonel  Cass,  347 

Hull,  General  William,  campaign  under, 
343;  proclamation  of,  to  inhabitants 
of  Canada,  343,  376;  blamed  for  fail- 
ure of  campaign,  344;  court-martial 
and  death  of,  344;  taken  to  Canada 
as  prisoner  of  war,  347;  arrival  of,  at 
Dayton  (Ohio),  354;  Lucas  receives 
instructions  from,  354,  355,  424,  427; 
command  of  army  transferred  to,  355; 
address  of,  to  Indians,  356,  358,  427, 
428,  429,  431;  son-in-law  of,  359;  let- 
ter to  Lucas  from,  360,  434;  Lucas 
makes  report  to,  363,  377,  424,  437; 
Lucas  refuses  invitation  of,  363;  bag- 
gage of,  captured,  367,  370;  Lucas  re- 


648     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


ceives  orders  from,  368,  373,  377;  mis- 
take made  by,  369;  markee  of,  370, 
409;  Cass  sent  by,  to  Maiden,  372; 
offer  of  command  of  spies  by,  to  Lu- 
cas, 374;  crossing  of  river  postponed 
by,  375;  headquarters  of,  377;  assis- 
tance sent  by,  382;  detachment  to 
meet  Brush  refused  by,  393;  detach- 
ment to  meet  Brush  sent  by,  394;  re- 
treat from  Canada  ordered  by,  400; 
detachment  to  bury  dead  at  Browns- 
town  refused  by,  400;  flag  of  truce 
sent  by,  405;  capitulation  contem- 
plated by,  406,  407;  hints  of  treachery 
of,  407,  411,  424;  officers  opposed  by, 
408;  found  asleep,  409;  demand  for 
surrender  refused  by,  410;  request 
for  artillery  neglected  by,  410;  no  at- 
tempt made  by,  to  molest  British  bat- 
teries, 410;  Detroit  surrendered  by, 
412,  413;  retreat  into  fort  ordered 
by,  413;  disposition  of  Lucas  by,  414, 
425;  conversation  of,  with  British 
officer,  415;  opening  of  road  requested 
by,  431;  references  to,  357,  359,  366, 
367,  373,  376,  387,  389,  393,  394,  400, 
414,  424,  426,  437 

Hultman,  Frank,  early  Swedish  settler, 
274 

Humane  Society,  of  Sioux  CUy,  116;  of 
Dubuque,  124 

Hunkers,  slavery  favored  by,  489 

Hunter,  British  brig,  troops  fired  on 
by,  404 

Huntington,  Colonel,  departure  of,  for 
Washington  with  despatches,  419 

Huron  River,  Indian  encampment  on, 
358;  Indians  seen  on,  436;  references 
to,  361,  366,  368 

Illinois,  appropriation  for  roads  in,  18; 
canal  in,  35;  grant  of  land  to,  to  aid 
in  building  railroads,  47;  bolt  of  dele- 
gates from,  543;  reference  to,  551; 
Danes  in,  269,  272 

Illinois  Central  Railroad,  grant  of  land 
to  aid  in  building,  47 

Immigration,  individual,  from  Den- 
mark to  America,  220;  the  begin- 


nings of  organized,  228;  to  Story 
County  (Iowa),  character  of,  272;  in- 
crease of,  to  America,  526,  537 

Incidents  Connected  with  the  History  of 
the  Thirty-second  Iowa  Infantry,  by 
CHARLES  ALDRICH,  70 

Indian  Creek,  Shelby  County  (Iowa), 
settlement  of  Danes  near,  241 

Indian  residence,  a  law  permitting,  181 

Indian  Village  Township  (Tama  Coun- 
ty, Iowa),  land  in,  bought  by  In- 
dians, 186,  188 

Indiana,  canal  in,  35;  reference  to,  531 

Indianapolis,  Danes  in,  231,  232,  242 

Indians,  murder  of,  near  Greenville 
(Ohio),  351,  352;  heard  near  camp, 
354;  addresses  to,  355,  356,  358,  427,  • 
428,  429;  attack  of,  upon  Crawford, 
356;  deserting  Lower  Sandusky,  357; 
encampment  of,  on  Huron  River,  358; 
councils  with,  360,  372,  430,  431;  on 
the  way  to  Detroit,  361;  traces  of, 
near  camp,  362;  at  Wayne's  Battle, 
365;  at  Maiden,  366;  repairing  their 
houses,  367;  warning-  against,  367, 
368;  alarms  of,  372,  377,  389;  British 
soldier  scalped  by,  384;  Major  Denny 
attacked  by,  391;  trail  of,  seen,  395; 
Major  Van  Home  attacked  by,  396, 
398;  detachment  waylaid  by,  402, 
404;  at  Lake  St.  Clair,  409;  massacre 
threatened  by,  at  Fort  Detroit,  410; 
at  surrender  of  Fort  Detroit,  412,  414; 
plunder  by,  after  surrender  of  Fort 
Detroit,  415;  depredations  of,  423; 
grant  of  land  to,  565 

Ingersoll,  Mrs.  T.  S.,  117 

Internal  Improvements,  Presidential  In- 
fluence on  the  Policy  of,  by  E.  C.  NEL- 
SON, 3 

Iowa,  Organized  Charity  in,  by  CLAR- 
ENCE W.  WASSAM,  86 

Iowa,  The  Danish  Contingent  in  the  Pop- 
ulation of  Early,  by  GEORGE  T.  FLOM, 
220 

Iowa,  The  Growth  of  the  Scandinavian 
Factor  inthe Population o/,by  GEORGE 
T.  FLOM,  267 


INDEX 


649 


Iowa,  The  Origin  and  Organization  of 
the  Republican  Party  in,  by  Louis 
PELZER,  487 

Iowa,  grant  of  land  to,  for  railroads, 
50;  problem  of  poverty  in,  86;  table 
showing  organized  charities  in,  90; 
Governor  of,  Indian  lands  held  in 
trust  by,  179;  return  of  Meskwaki 
Indians  to,  180;  course  of  Danish 
migration  to,  232;  gateways  of  immi- 
gration to,  233;  the  first  Danes  in, 
233;  religious  work  among  Danes  and 
Norwegians  in,  235;  Danish  settle- 
ments in,  237;  representative  in  legis- 
lature of,  237;  western,  Mormons  in, 
240;  southern,  Danish  settlement  in, 
244,  267;  State  Historical  Society  of, 
248,  251,  257,  260,  263,  347;  Kobert 
Lucas,  Governor  of  Territory  of,  344; 
origin  of  Republican  Party  in,  487; 
affected  by  Kansas-Nebraska  Act,  488, 
bolt  of  delegates  from,  543 

Iowa  Capital  Reporter,  an  act  published 
in,  181 

Iowa  City  (Iowa),  meeting  of  Iowa 
State  Conference  of  Charities  and 
Corrections  at,  87;  money  taken  to, 
by  Indians,  181;  early  Danish  set- 
tlers in,  233,  234;  passing  of  Danes 
through,  239;  meeting  of  committee 
on  historical  societies  at,  246;  State 
Historical  Society  at,  263;  Conven- 
tion of  Republicans  at,  suggested, 
499;  call  for  convention  at,  500;  gath- 
ering of  delegates  at,  507;  Convention 
of  American  Party  at,  519 

Iowa  City  Republican,  an  act  published 
in,  181 

Iowa  Falls  (Iowa),  charity  organization 
in,  87 

Iowa  Historical  Department,  248 

Iowa  Railroad  Commissioners,  L.  S. 
Coffin  a  member  of  the  Board  of,  80 

Iowa  River,  Meskwaki  Indians  on,  180 

Iowa  State  Conference  of  Charities  and 
Corrections,  meeting  of,  87;  member- 
ship roll  of,  88 

Iowa  State  Register,  extract  from,  108 


Iowa  Township  (Jackson  County,  Iowa), 
Danish  settlement  in,  238 

Iowa  True  Democrat,  489 

Ireland,  famine  in,  531 

Irish,  attempts  of,  to  break  up  meetings 
of  the  American  Party,  529 

Irving,  Washington,  Journals,  of  Gen- 
eral Bonneville  re-written  by,  73 

Island  No.  10,  trip  to,  76 

Isthmus  of  Panama,  74 

Iverson,  John,  early  Norwegian  settler, 
274 

Jackson,  Andrew,  internal  improve- 
ment bills  vetoed  by,  9,  41;  adminis- 
tration of,  a  period  of  internal  im- 
provements, 35;  appropriations  for 
internal  improvements  during  admin- 
istration of,  36,  43;  attitude  of,  rela- 
tive to  internal  improvements,  36,  37, 
38,  47,  52;  belief  of,  in  executive 
prerogative,  37;  attitude  of,  relative 
to  the  Constitution,  38,  39;  objections 
of,  to  system  of  internal  improve- 
ments, 39;  Maysville  Road  Bill  ve- 
toed by,  40;  complaint  of,  48;  table 
showing  appropriations  for  internal 
improvements  during  administration 
of,  60 

Jackson,  Andrew,  land  purchased  from, 
by  Meskwaki  Indians,  ]87,  189 

Jackson,  Frank  D.,  quotation  from,  568 

Jackson  (Michigan),  meeting  held  at, 
487 

Jackson  (Mississippi),  pass  dated  at, 
83 

Jackson  Township  (Lee  County,  Iowa), 
Danes  in,  240 

Jackson  Township  (Shelby  County, 
Iowa),  Danish  settlement  in,  242 

Jackson  County  (Iowa),  Danish  settle- 
ment in,  238;  delegates  from,  to  Re- 
publican Convention,  523 

James  River,  recommendation  relative 
to,  15 

Jamestown  (New  York),  Danes  in,  231 

Jefferson,  Thos.,  financial  situation  in 
administration  of,  5;  question  of  pub- 
lic education  considered  by,  9,  11; 


650     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


reference  to  letter  to,  10;  attitude  of, 
toward  internal  improvements,  12, 
61;  report  of,  relative  to  internal 
improvements,  14;  policy  of  road- 
making  in  administration  of,  16;  the 
Cumberland  Road  a  measure  taken 
during  the  administration  of,  19;  ap- 
propriations for  internal  improve- 
ments during  administration  of,  36; 
table  showing  appropriations  for  in- 
ternal improvements  during  adminis- 
tration of,  54;  services  of  volunteer 
company  tendered  to,  345;  speech  of, 
to  Indians,  431;  scheme  of,  for  North- 
west Territory,  558 

Jefferson  County  (Iowa),  settlement  of 
Swedes  in,  267;  Scandinavians  in, 
268;  Swedish  immigration  to,  278; 
delegates  from,  to  Republican  Con- 
vention, 523 

Jefferson  Prairie  (Wisconsin),  Norwe- 
gian congregation  at,  236 

Jensen,  Anders,  early  Danish  settler  in 
Gowen  (Michigan),  232 

Jensen,  Christian,  early  Danish  settler 
in  Shelby  County  (Iowa),  241 

Jensen,  Ole,  early  Danish  settler  in 
Shelby  County  (Iowa),  241 

Jensen,  Peter,  early  Danish  settler  in 
Shelby  County  (Iowa),  241 

Jensen,  Rasmus,  early  Danish  settler 
in  Gowen  (Michigan),  232 

Jesuitism,  anti-,  548 

Jewish  Publication  Society  of  America, 
247 

Johnson,  Christoffer,  earliest  Danish 
settler  in  Chicago,  230 

Johnson,  John,  early  Norwegian  settler, 
274 

Johnson,  Osmund,  early  Norwegian  set- 
tler, 271 

Johnson,  W.  F.,  reference  to,  546 

Johnson  County  (Iowa),  delegates  from, 
to  Republican  Convention,  509,  521 

Jones,  an  ex-Confederate  Captain,  col- 
ored men  returned  to  slavery  by,  84 

Jones,  John  R.,  house  built  by,  at  Ft. 
Pillow,  83 


Jones  County  (Iowa),  delegates  from, 
to  Republican  Convention,  522 

Jonsen,  Laust,  early  Danish  settler  in 
Clear  Lake  (Iowa),  243 

Jonsen,  Louis,  early  Danish  settler  in 
Clear  Lake  (Iowa),  243 

Jonsen,  Peter,  earliest  Danish  settler 
in  Clear  Lake  (Iowa),  243 

Journal,  The  Robert  Lucas,  description 
of,  344;  contents  of,  346;  use  made 
of,  347;  record  of,  348;  editing  of, 
348;  references  to,  419,  437 

Journals  of  General  Bonneville,  73 

Judd,  F.  E.,  leader  of  Charity  Associa- 
tion in  Marshalltown,  113 

Juhler,  John,  early  Danish  settler  in 
Davenport,  240 

Jutland  (Denmark),  Danes  from,  243 

Kamtchatka,  coast  of,  explored,  223 

Kanawha  River,  recommendation  rela- 
tive to,  15 

Kane  Township  (Pottawattamie  Coun- 
ty, Iowa),  Danes  in,  237,  241 

Kanesville  (Iowa),  early  Danish  set- 
tlers in,  234,  235 

Kansas,  journey  of  Meskwaki  Indians 
to,  179;  return  of  Indians  from,  183, 
184;  Danes  in,  269;  anarchy  in  Terri- 
tory of,  487;  references  to,  488,  497 

Kansas  Bill,  reference  to,  545 

Kansas  Historical  Society,  249,  251 
263 

Kansas-Nebraska  Act,  Iowa  affected 
by,  488;  effect  of,  upon  Democrats, 
492 

Kansas-Nebraska  question,  491,  494 

Kellogg,  Elias  D.,  member  of  party 
making  trip  to  Island  No.  10,  76 

Kendall,  William,  Lucas  writes  to, 
363;  letter  of  Lucas  to,  regarding 
General  Hull,  407 

Kenosha  (Wisconsin),  Danes  in,  231 

Kentucky,  a  short  road  in,  40;  Turn- 
pike Company  chartered  by  the  legis- 
lature of,  40;  scare  in,  in  Civil  War, 
75;  local  organization  of  American 
Party  in,  529;  references  to,  531, 
538;  local  politics  in,  550 


INDEX 


651 


Keokuk  (Iowa)  charity  work  in,  87,  94, 
97;  work  of  the  Associated  Charities 
of,  98 

Keokuk  Gate  City,  506. 

Kerby,  J.  L.,  117,  118 

Kerteininde  (Denmark),  241 

Keys,  Captain,  reference  to,  417 

Keyser,  Captain,  in  command  of  a  vol- 
unteer company,  351 

Kickapoo  Indians,  at  River  Raisin,  373, 
camp  of,  374 

King,  Hannah,  land  purchased  from, 
by  Meskwaki  Indians,  187 

King's  Daughters,  charity  work  done 
by,  89;  in  Burlington  (Iowa),  104 

Kinny,  Colonel,  420 

Kirkwood,  Samuel  J.,  a  delegate  at  Re- 
publican Convention,  509;  speech  of, 
511;  reference  to,  516 

Knaggs,  Captain,  asked  in  company 
with  Lucas  to  attempt  capture  of  Te- 
cumseh,  393;  Michigan  Militia  com- 
manded by,  403;  house  of,  plundered 
by  Indians,  415 

Knaggs,  Mr.,  presence  of,  requested  in 
the  camp,  373;  opinion  of,  435;  can 
not  be  spared  from  camp,  436 

Knaggs,  Thos.,  Lucas  joined  by,  361, 
436 

Know-Nothing-Abolitionism,  name  ap- 
plied to  Republicanism,  518 

Know-Nothing Party  (American  Party), 
references  to,  489,  493;  convention 
of,  495,  519;  union  of,  with  Eepubli- 
cans,  496,  501;  county  convention  of, 
497;  references  to,  498,  503,  517;  re- 
lation of,  to  Republican  party,  503; 
the  origin  and  history  of,  526;  found- 
ing of,  528;  local  organization  of, 
529;  success  of,  in  elections,  530,  537; 
national  convention  of,  530;  platform 
of,  531,  543;  secret  organization  of, 
532,  552;  accessions  to,  536;  attitude 
of,  toward  slavery,  536;  fusion  of 
Whigs  with,  536,  537;  meeting  of 
National  Council  of,  539,  540,  550; 
secret  character  of,  abolished,  540; 
platform  of  National  Council  of,  541; 


meeting  of  bolters  from,  545;  defeat 
of,  549,  551;  last  expression  of,  550 

"  Know  Nothingism,"  551 

Knox  Township  (Pottawattamie  Coun- 
ty, Iowa),  Danish  settlement  in,  242 

Knudson,  Hans  I.,  early  Norwegian  set- 
tler, 274 

Kossuth  County  (Iowa),  Swedish  immi- 
gration to,  278 

Kuhnen,  N.,  120 

Ladies'  Industrial  Relief  Society,  of 
Davenport,  incorporated  in  Asso- 
ciated Charities,  121 

Lafarge,  John,  crosses  Detroit  River, 
376 

Laissez-faire,  Smithian  school  of,  6 

Lake  Erie,  proposed  canal  between 
Ohio  River  and,  28;  Ohio  volunteers 
cross,  346 

Lake  Michigan,  railroad  from,  47 

Lake  Ontario,  recommendation  relative 
to,  15 

Lake  St.  Clair,  Indians  seen  at,  409 

Lake  Superior,  226 

Lalor,  Mr.,  statistics  of,  relative  to  in- 
ternal improvements,  36,  43 

Lamp,  Lars,  early  Danish  settler  in 
Milwaukee,  231 

Land,  grant  of,  for  internal  improve- 
ments, 35,  47,  48,  50 

Land,  purchase  of,  by  Indians,  180,  185 

Land  Ordinance  of  1785,  560,  561 

Lane,  J.  F.,  510 

Langeland  (Denmark),  emigration  from, 
220,  232 

Larabee,  Lieutenant,  wounded,  403 

Larsen,  Aslak,  early  Norwegian  settler, 
273 

Larsen,  Lars,  son  of  Norwegian  settler, 
273 

Larson,  Colburn,  early  Norwegian  set- 
tler, 274 

Larson,  Hendrick,  early  Norwegian  set- 
tler, 274 

Larwell,  Lieutenant,  Lucas  overtaken 
by,  420 

La  Salle  County  (Illinois),  Norwegian 
settlement  in,  270 


652     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


La  Salle  (Illinois),  Norwegian  colony 
in,  271 

Lassen,  Peter,  Danish  pioneer  in  Cali- 
fornia, 227 

Lassen  County  (California),  227 

Lathrop,  Henry  W.,  letter  of  Harlan 
to,  507;  reference  to,  509 

La  Trenc  River,  (See  La  Trenche) 

La  Trenche  Kiver,  expedition  to,  378, 
383 

Lauritsen,  Michael,  early  Danish  set- 
tler in  Des  Moines  (Iowa),  242 

Lebacker,  Louis,  pass  issued  to,  83 

Lecompton,  Anti-,  Democrats,  550 

Lecroix,  Captain,  militia  under  com- 
mand of,  431 

Lee  County  (Iowa),  Danes  in,  240; 
Norwegian  settlement  in,  267,  268; 
Swedish  settlement  in,  274;  Swedish 
immigration  to,  278;  Republican 
meeting  in,  504;  delegates  from,  to 
Republican  Convention,  523;  selec- 
tion of  lands  in,  565 

Leland  (Illinois),  Norwegian  located 
at,  270 

Le  Mars  (Iowa),  charity  organization 
in,  87 

Leopard,  Chesapeake  attacked  by,  345 

Leps,  Johan  C.,  early  Danish  settler, 
225 

Letcher,  M.,  Maysville  Road  Bill  in- 
troduced by,  40 

Lexington  (Kentucky),  local  organiza- 
tion of  American  Party  in,  529 

Libraries,  of  historical  societies,  249, 
255;  public,  cooperation  between  his- 
torical societies  and,  265;  State,  co- 
operation between  historical  societies 
and,  265 

Library  of  Congress,  recipient  of  pub- 
lications, 258;  work  of,  in  securing 
transcripts  of  documents,  264 

Light  houses,  duties  for  purpose  of  erect- 
ing, 4;  legislation  relative  to,  8;  veto 
of  bill  for  the -building  of,  41,  42; 
building  of,  not  abandoned,  44;  at- 
titude of  Pierce  relative  to,  49;  es- 
tablishment of,  51 


Lincoln,  Abraham,  letter  of,  commend- 
ing Republicans  of  Iowa,  517 

Lind,  Hans,  early  Danish  settler  in 
Pocahontas  County  (Iowa),  243 

Lind,  Marcus,  first  Danish  settler  in 
Pocahontas  County  (Iowa),  243 

Linn  County  (Iowa),  early  Danish  set- 
tler in,  233;  delegates  from,  to  Re- 
publican Convention,  523 

Lisbon  (Illinois),  Norwegian  emigrants 
from,  271,  272 

Little  Bear,  speech  of,  432 

Liverpool,  239 

Lloyd,  Dr.  Frederick,  sketch  of  Robert 
Lucas  by,  347 

Loan  Department  of  Charity  work  in 
Davenport,  121 

Local  historical  societies,  249;  system 
of  reports  from,  to  State  societies, 
266 

Lockhart,  Captain,  in  the  battle  at  Ma- 
guawga,  401,  402 

Locofocos,  Convention  of,  at  Fort  Des 
Moines  (Iowa),  495 

Logum  Kloster,  Sleswig,  Dane  from, 
243 

"Log  rolling,"  opposition  of  Jackson 
to,  40 

Lolland  (Denmark),  emigration  from, 
220,  232,  233,  243 

Long  Island  Historical  Society,  249 

Lorenzen,  Jens,  120 

Los  Angeles  (California),  headquarters 
of  the  Southwest  Society  of  the 
Archaeological  Institute  of  America 
at,  261 

Louisa  County  (Iowa),  reference  to, 
509;  delegates  from,  to  Republican 
Convention,  523 

Louisiana,  appropriation  for  road  in, 
12;  grant  of  land  to,  for  railroads, 
50;  reference  to,  246;  anticipated  re- 
fusal of  Spain  to  surrender  possession 
of,  345;  American  Party  in,  528;  elec- 
tion in,  538;  anti-Catholic  plank  dis- 
carded by,  550 

Louisville  and  Portland  Canal  Com- 
pany, appropriation  for,  36;  shares 


INDEX 


653 


taken  in,  36;  veto  of  bill  for  subscrip- 
tion to,  41 

Louisville  (Kentucky),  proposed  canal 
at,  28;  meeting  of  American  Party 
at,  550 

Lowe,  Governor  Ralph,  deed  of  land  to 
Des  Moines  Navigation  and  Railroad 
Company  by,  586 

Lowndes,  Mr.,  national  policy  favored 
by,  34 

Lucas,  journal  of  Robert,  references  to, 
344,  346,  347,  348,  419,  437 

Lucas,  Captain  John,  company  of,  346, 
349,  351,  354,  363,  376,  385,  386,  404, 
417,  420;  detachment  under  com- 
mand of,  392;  trunk  of,  414,  416; 
comes  aboard  vessel,  417;  sickness  of, 
420;  Robert  Lucas  enrolled  in  com- 
pany of,  426 

Lucas,  Mrs.,  ill  health  of,  421 

Lucas,  Robert,  service  of,  in  Hull's 
campaign,  344;  journal  kept  by,  344, 
348;  migration  of,  to  Ohio,  345; 
early  military  record  of,  345;  enlist- 
ment of,  in  volunteer  company,  346; 
return  of,  to  Portsmouth,  346;  re- 
ligious poems  recorded  by,  347;  cam- 
paign of,  for  Governor,  347;  letters 
and  papers  of,  348,  422,  423,  427; 
letters  of,  to  William  Kendall,  407,  to 
William  Eustis,  Secretary  of  War, 
423,  to  James  Foster,  427 

Lucas,  William,  troops  assembled  at 
home  of,  349 

Lummis,  Charles  F.,  leadership  of,  in 
archaeological  work,  261 

Lundberg,  Gustav  A.,  leader  of  settle- 
ment in  Benton  County  (Iowa),  237 

Lundberg,  Vilhelm,  leader  of  settle- 
ment in  Benton  County  (Iowa),  237 

Lutheran  Church,  South  Carolina 
Synod  of,  226;  Theological  Seminary 
of,  227;  reference  to,  227;  first  Dan- 
ish, in  America  in  nineteenth  cen- 
tury, 231 

Lutheran  Encyclopedia,  227 

Lutheran  Seminary,  226 

Lutheran  Synod,  the  Norwegian  Evan- 


gelical, in  America,  first  president  of  > 
236 

Lutheran  Visitor,  226 

Lutherans,  German  and  Scandinavian, 
224 

Lutken,  P.  C.,  early  Danish  settler  in 
Racine  (Wisconsin),  232 

Luzerne  (Iowa),  Danish  settlement 
near,  237 

Lyon  County  (Iowa),  increase  in  Nor- 
wegian population  in,  277;  Swedish 
immigration  to,  278 

McArthur,  Colonel  Duncan,  orders 
issued  to  Robert  Lucas  by,  345,  388, 
423;  chosen  Colonel  of  volunteer  regi- 
ment, 351;  regiment  of,  353,  374, 375, 
417,  437;  Lucas  lodges  with,  363; 
takes  command  of  camp,  373;  expedi- 
tion of,  to  River  La  Trenche,  378, 
383;  arrival  of  detachment  of,  385; 
horse  of,  wounded,  387 ;  acts  as  com- 
mandant, 389;  asks  to  take  detach- 
ment to  rescue  Brush,  393;  asks  for 
detachment  to  go  to  Brownstown, 
400;  orders  of,  403;  care  of  wounded 
by,  404;  Lucas'  opinion  of,  405;  de- 
tachment to  River  Raisin  under  com- 
mand of,  409;  news  of  surrender  sent 
to,  411;  surrender  of,  as  prisoner, 
416;  landing  of,  at  Black  River,  419; 
provision  for  troops  drawn  by,  419; 
money  drawn  for  troops  by,  420; 
Lucas  refers  Secretary  of  War  to, 
426;  references  to,  375,  385,  386,  387, 
388,  400,  401,  405,  407,  411,  412,  416, 
•  417,  418,  437. 

McCall,  T.  C.,  Lieutenant  in  Thirty- 
second  Iowa  Infantry,  85 

McCormick,  Lieutenant,  party  of  rang- 
ers in  command  of,  ordered  to  Green- 
ville (Ohio),  422 

McCrory,  Samuel,  a  delegate  to  the  Re- 
publican Convention,  509 

McCull,  Montgomery,  reference  to,  394 

Me  Cullough,  Captain,  rangers  under, 
379;  goes  down  toward  Maiden;  382; 
references  to,  384,  389,  390;  Indian 
scalped  by,  392;  starts  for  River 


654    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


Raisin,  394;  in  engagement  at  Big- 
Appletree,  395;  death  of,  396,  399 

McDonald,  Colonel,  references  to,  384, 
403,  407 

McDougal,  Richard,  ensign  of  volun- 
teer company,  350;  crosses  Detroit 
River,  376 

McGill,  conduct  of,  during  skirmish, 
387 

McKee,  Andrew,  with  the  Indians  at 
the  Aux  Canards  River,  380 

Mackinaw,  vessel  taken  at,  392;  sur- 
render of,  393;  Indians  coming  from, 
409;  soldiers  from,  killed,  411 

McLaughlin,  P.  B.,  117 

McMaster,  J.  B.,  quotation  from,  545    - 

Macungie  (Pennsylvania),  225 

McVey,  Mr.,  107 

Mader,  L.,  protest  signed  by,  517 

Madison,  President,  question  of  public 
education  considered  by,  9,  10,  11; 
proposition  of,  relative  to  internal 
improvements,  15;  influence  of  Jef- 
ferson upon,  16,  19;  position  of,  rela- 
tive to  internal  improvements,  17; 
veto  of  Bonus  Bill  by,  19,  20;  making 
of  roads  during  administration  of, 
20;  Bonus  Bill  vetoed  by,  22;  objec- 
tions of,  to  Bonus  Bill,  23;  attitude 
of,  relative  to  internal  improvements, 
24,  51;  correspondence  of,  with  Mon- 
roe relative  to  roads  and  canals,  25; 
appropriation  for  internal  improve- 
ments during  administration  of,  36; 
table  showing  appropriations  for  in- 
ternal improvements  during  admin- 
istration of,  55;  spares  life  of  General 
Hull,  344 

Madison  County  (Iowa),  delegates  from, 
to  Republican  Convention,  522 

Mad  River,  reference  to,  363 

Magens,  Jockum  M.,  early  Danish  set- 
tler, 223 

Magrige,  Captain,  stock  captured  from, 
377 

Maguawga,  Lucas  passes  through,  358, 
361,  395,  431;  battle  at,  401-405;  In- 
dians from,  432,  437 


Mahaska  County  (Iowa),  delegates  from, 
to  Republican  Convention,  523 

Maine,  proposed  road  from,  15,  18; 
meeting  held  in,  488;  reference  to, 
542 

Maiden,  Lucas  views,  360,  434;  Brock 
leaves,  361;  Tecumseh  at,  366;  refer- 
ences to,  367,  368,  376,  377,  378,  379, 
382,  383,  390,  393,  407;  Cass  sent  to, 
372;  return  of  Cass  from,  373;  In- 
dians going  to,  374,  430,  432,  436; 
deserters  coming  from,  378;  search 
for  back  way  to,  389;  the  Prophet  ar- 
rives at,  390;  attack  on,  expected, 
400;  flag  of  truce  sent  to,  405;  attack 
on,  discussed,  406;  vessel  stops  at, 
417,  418;  garrison  at,  out  of  repair, 
434 

Malin,  William  G.,  aid  rendered  in 
ascertaining  Meskwaki  names,  194 

Ma  mi  nwa  ni  ka,  a  Meskwaki  Indian, 
180 

Manley,  W.  P.,  117,  118 

Mannheimer,  Eugene,  117 

Mansfield,  Captain,  references  to,  384, 
385 

Manuscript  collections,  publication  of 
list  of,  263 

Map  of  Detroit  River,  371 

Marengo  (Iowa),  Meskwaki  Indians  at, 
180;  money  brought  to,  by  Meskwaki 
Indians,  180 

Maria  of  Presque  Isle,  detachment 
boards,  416 

Marion  County  (Iowa),  reference  to, 
509;  delegates  from,  to  Republican 
Convention,  523 

Marion  Register,  506 

Markee,  conference  in  General  Hull's 
370;  General  Hull's,  pitched  south  of 
fort,  409;  consultation  with  British 
at,  413 

Marsh,  Mrs.  S.  P.,  117 

Marshall,  Mr.,  498 

Marshall  County  (Iowa),  delegates  from, 
to  Republican  Convention,  523;  refer- 
ence to,  71;  Danes  in,  244 

Marshalltown  (Iowa),  charity  organ iza- 


INDEX 


655 


tion   in,   87,   C4,   97;   the  Organized 
Charity  Association  of,  the  formation 
and  work  of,  113 
Martensen,  Ole,  early  Danish  settler  in 

Clear  Lake  (Iowa),  243 
Maryland,  assent  of  Congress  to,  in  levy- 
ing tonnage  duties,  3;   communica- 
tion from  Governor  of,  45;  elections 
in,  538,  549,  550;  attitude  of,  toward 
western  land  claims,  557 
Ma  shi  mi  sha  kwa,  a  Meskwaki  Indian, 

191,  194 

Mason,  Mr.,  Lucas  overtaken  by,  420 
Massachusetts,  historical  societies  in, 
250;  Bay  State  Historical  League  of, 
260;  federation  of  historical  societies 
in,  265;  references  to,  531,  540;  elec- 
tions, in,  537;  bolt  of  delegates  from, 
543;  State  Council  of,  546;  repudia- 
tion   of    slavery   platform   by,    550; 
claim  of,  to  Western  land,  557 
Massachusetts  Historical  Society,  248, 

249,  251 
Mat  au  a  quak,  land  bought  by,  182, 

187 

Math  a  Nuh,  land  bought  by,  182,  187 
Mathiesen,  Jens,  early  Danish  settler 

in  Davenport,  240 

May,  Mr.,  Lucas  stays  at  house  of,  374 
Mayflower,  the  coming  of  the,  221 
Maysville  Road  Bill,  veto  of,  40 
Maysville  Road  Company,  veto  of  bill 

for  subscription  to,  41,  43 
Maysville,  Washington,  Paris,  and  Lex- 
ington Turnpike  Company,  govern- 
ment subscription  for  stock  in,  40 
Mehus,  Torris,  a  Norwegian  settler,  272 
Meigs.  Governor  R.  J.,  in  command  of 
the  Ohio  Militia,  351;  report  of  Rob- 
ert Lucas  to,  353;  references  to,  354, 
357,  424;  transfers  command  of  army 
to  General   Hull,  355;   letter  of,  to 
David  Rupe,  422;   orders  from,  423 
Mellem,  Gudbrand  0.,  early  Norwegian 

settler,  273 

Mellon,  Mr.,  wounded  in  skirmish,  386 
Memphis    (Tennessee),    raft    destined 
for,  76 


Mercantile  Library  of  St.  Louis,  263 

Merrill,  J.  II.,  107 

Me  skwa  pu  swa,  a  Meskwaki  Indian, 
194 

Meskwaki,  name  of,  190 

Meskwaki  Indians,  account  of,  179; 
failure  of,  to  receive  annuities,  183; 
straitened  conditions  of,  183;  ex- 
pansion of,  184;  number  of,  190;  lan- 
guage of,  191;  alphabets  of,  191,  192; 
individual  names  of,  194,  195 

Meskwaki  Land  purchases,  table  of,  186 

Meskwaki  People  of  To-day,  The,  by 
DUREN  J.  H.  WARD,  190 

Meskwakia,  by  DUREN  J.  H.  WARD,  179 

Meskwakia,  map  of,  178;  not  a  Reser- 
vation, 179;  first  land  purchased  at, 
181;  population  of,  190;  visitors  in, 
190,  219 

Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents, 
29 

Methodist  Hospital  of  Des  Moines 
(Iowa),  112 

Methods  of  Organization  and  Work  on 
the  Part  of  State  and  Local  Histori- 
cal Societies,  The  Best,  committee  to 
report  on,  245 

Mexican  War,  530 

Miami  Indians,  blockhouse  of,  352;  de- 
sert Lower  Sandusky,  357;  address 
to,  428 

Miama  of  the  Lake,  Lucas  arrives  at, 
358;  Indians  on,  358,  433;  Lucas  en- 
camps on,  362;  headwaters  of,  424 

Michigan,  road  not  to  extend  beyond, 
38;  grant  of  land  to,  for  railroads, 
50;  election  in,  551 

Michigan,  Territory  of,  General  Hull, 
Governor  of,  343;  inhabitants  of,  359, 
434;  situation  of,  360;  Militia  of, 
402,  403,  412,  414,  435 

Michillimackinack,  vessel  taken  at, 
392;  Indians  coming  from,  409;  sol- 
diers from,  killed,  411 

Middlesex  County  (Massachusetts),  lo- 
cal historical  societies  in,  260 

Military  railroad,  attitude  of  Buchanan 
toward,  51 


656     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


Military  roads,  construction  of,  60; 
building  of,  51 

Mills,  Charles  H.,  land  purchased  from, 
by  Meskwaki  Indians,  189 

Miller,  Colonel  James,  expedition  of, 
to  River  Aux  Canards,  378,  380;  Lu- 
cas receives  orders  from,  389,  424, 
426;  detachment  under,  starts  for 
River  Raisin,  400;  engagement  of, 
with  Indians  at  Maguawga,  401-403; 
ordered  back  to  Detroit,  405;  return 
of,  with  detachment,  408;  surrender 
of  Detroit  opposed  by,  413 

Miller,  D.  F.,  candidate  for  Presidential 
Elector,  615 

Miller,  W.  E.,  616 

Mills  County  (Iowa),  Norwegian  set- 
tlement in,  274;  Swedish  immigra- 
tion to,  278 

Milwaukee  (Wisconsin),  early  Danish 
settlers  in,  230,  231 

Minnesota,  first  Dane  in,  226;  grant  of 
land  to,  for  railroads,  50;  Danish  col- 
onies in,  242 

Minnesota  Historical  Society,  248,  251, 
263 

Mirey  Creek,  reference  to,  397 

Mississippi,  grant  of  land  to,  to  aid  in 
building  railroads,  47;  grant  of  land 
to,  for  railroads,  50;  State  Depart- 
ment of  Archives  and  History  of, 
261;  references  to,  531,  538 

Mississippi  River,  appropriation  for 
improvement  of,  31;  veto  of  bill  to 
improve,  51;  sham  battle  near,  70; 
scare  along,  in  Civil  War,  75;  Sac 
and  Fox  Indians  of  the,  190;  en- 
croachments of,  568 

Mississippi  Valley,  cooperation  of  his- 
torical societies  in,  262 

Missouri,  scare  in  southeastern,  in  Civil 
War,  75;  State  historical  societies  in, 
253;  State  Historical  Society  of,  263; 
reference  to,  531 

Missouri  Compromise,  repeal  of,  487, 
497;  history  of  the,  reviewed  by 
Grimes,  490;  reference  to,  540 

Missouri,  Department  of  the,  71,  78 


Missouri  Historical  Society,  263 

Missouri  River,  Indian  Reservation  on, 
179;  reference  to,  239;  encroachments 
of,  568 

Missouri  State  Guard,  83 

Mitchell  County  (Iowa),  Norwegian  set- 
tlements in,  235,  236,  268;  represen- 
tative of,  in  Iowa  legislature,  237; 
Norwegians  from  settlement  in,  273; 
Norwegian  immigration  to,  277 

Mix,  Edward  H.,  Lieutenant  Colonel  in 
Thirty -second  Iowa  Infantry,  74,  75, 
79 

Mobile  and  Ohio  Railroad,  grant  of  land 
to  aid  in  building,  47 

Moccons,  speech  of,  432 

Moen  (Denmark),  220,  231,  232,  241 

Mogelbonder,  Sleswig,  Dane  from,  243 

Moller,  C.  H.  J.,  early  Danish  settler 
in  Milwaukee,  231 

Mohawk  Indians,  council  with,  372 

Molbaeck,  C.  H.,  early  Danish  settler 
in  Milwaukee,  230 

Moline  (Illinois),  Danes  in,  231;  Dane 
from,  241 

Monongahela  River,  recommendation 
relative  to,  15 

Monroe,  James,  influence  of  Jefferson 
upon,  16;  quotation  from  letter  to,  19; 
construction  of,  relative  to  power  of 
Congress  to  appropriate  money  for 
internal  improvements,  23;  attitude 
of,  toward  bills  of  Congress,  relative 
to  roads  and  canals,  25;  correspond- 
ence of,  with  Madison,  relative  to 
roads  and  canals,  25;  Cumberland 
Bill  vetoed  by,  28;  objections  of,  to 
bill  relative  to  the  Cumberland  Road, 
29;  views  of,  on  subject  of  internal 
improvements,  29;  reference  to  mes- 
sages of,  33;  appropriations  for  in- 
ternal improvements  during  adminis- 
tration of,  36;  change  of  opinion  of, 
relative  to  internal  improvements, 
37;  table  showing  appropriations  for 
internal  improvements  during  admin- 
istration of,  56 

Monroe    Township,   Shelby    County 


INDEX 


657 


(Iowa),  Danish  settlement  in,  241, 
242 

Monroe  County  (Iowa),  Swedish  set- 
tlement in,  274;  delegates  from,  to 
Republican  Convention,  522 

Montcalm  County  (Michigan),  232 

Montgomery,  Thomas  L.,  Pennsylvania 
State  Librarian,  261 

Montgomery  County  (Iowa),  Swedish 
immigration  to,  278 

Monticello  (Iowa),  charity  organiza- 
tion in,  87 

Moore,  Dr.,  107 

Moravianism,  224 

Moravians,  Danish,  224,  229;  German, 
224 

Mormon  converts,  Danish,  from  Copen- 
hagen, 238;  journey  of,  239 

Mormons,  claims  of,  234 

Morris,  M.  L. ,  candidate  for  Treasurer, 

'    515 

Morrison,  Major,  bravery  of,  402 

Mosbb'l,  Peder  A.,  a  merchant  in  New 
York,  226,  230 

Mt.  Pleasant  (Iowa),  charity  organiza- 
tion in,  87,  125 

Mt.  Pleasant  Observer,  499,  506 

Muddy  Creek,  exploration  of,  352 

Munich,  228 

Munk,  Jens,  expedition  under  command 
of,  221;  return  of,  to  Norway,  222 

Munsey  Indians,  blockhouse  of,  352; 
council  with,  357,  430;  council  not 
attended  by,  431 

Munson,  Major,  wounded,  375 

Murphy,  Dennis,  Lieutenant  of  a  vol- 
unteer company,  350;  reference  to, 
392 

Muscatine  (Iowa),  charity  organiza- 
tion in,  87;  convention  at,  497 

Muscatine  County  (Iowa),  early  Dan- 
ish settler  in,  233;  convention  of 
Democrats  in,  494;  meeting  of  Re- 
publicans in,  504;  delegates  from, 
to  Republican  Convention,  508,  509, 
523 

Museums  of  historical  societies,  255, 
258 


Muskego  settlement,  Racine  County 
(Wisconsin),  Norwegian  congregation 
in,  236 

Musquakie  Indians,  land  purchased  by, 
187,  189;  name  of,  190 

Mynster,  Christopher  O.,  early  Danish 
pioneer,  234 

Mynster,  Wm.  A.,  son  of  C.  O.  Myn- 
ster, 234 

Nannestad,  Lars,  early  Danish  settler, 
223 

Napoleon,  Louisiana  purchased  of,  345 

National  Bank,  proceeds  of,  to  be  used 
for  internal  improvements,  21,  27; 
issue  of,  535;  opposition  to,  547 

National  Educational  Association,  pro- 
ject of  a  national  university  discussed 

by,  11 

National  Whigs,  498 

Native  American  Party,  name  of,  used 
by  the  American  Party,  529,  535 

Native  Americanism,  name  applied  to 
Republicanism,  518 

Naturalization  laws,  reference  to,  512; 
violated,  527;  repeal  of,  advocated, 
528 

Nairn,  Carrie  B.,  103,  104 

Nebraska,  Mormons  in,  240;  Danish 
colonies  in,  242,  269;  anarchy  in 
Territory  of,  487;  references  to,  488, 
489;  Anti-,  element,  536,  551 

Neenah  (Wisconsin),  Danes  in,  231 

Negrotown  (Ohio),  Indian  council  at, 
356,  429 

Nelsen,  Hans,  early  Danish  settler  in 
Clear  Lake  (Iowa),  243 

NELSON,  E.  C.,  Presidential  Influence 
on  the  Policy  of  Internal  Improve- 
ments, 3 

Nelson,  Lewis,  early  Norwegian  settler, 
274 

New  Amsterdam,  founding  of,  221 

New  Denmark  (Wisconsin),  early  Dan- 
ish settlement  in,  232 

New  England  Historic  Genealogical  So- 
ciety, 248 

New  Hampshire,  reference  to,  531; 
election  in,  538 


658     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


New  Hampshire  Historical  Society,  249 
New  Jersey,  canal  across, recommended, 

15;  references  to,  531,  546 
New  Jersey  Historical  Society,  248 
New  Lisbon,  Lucas  passes  through,  420 
New  Madrid  (Missouri),  Infantry  com- 
panies taken  to,  73,  74;  condition  of 
camp  at,  74;  preparations  for  defense 
at,   77;  order  to   destroy  equipment 
at,  78;  references,  80,  81,  83 
New  Mexico,  archaeological  work  in, 

261 

New  Orleans,   proposed    road    to,   28; 
Danes  in,  231;  election  of  American 
Party  candidates  in,  529 
New    Sweden    (Iowa),    settlement    of 

Swedes  at,  267 

New  York,  College  of  the  City  of,  227 
New  York  City,  surveys  of  harbor  of, 
45;  references  to,  225,  228,  229;  Dan- 
ish Consul  in,  226;  first  city  colony 
established  in,  229,  239;  Scandinavian 
society  formed  in,  229;  prominent 
Danes  in  colony  in,  230;  Danish  set- 
tler in,  238.  American  Geographical 
Society  at,  247;  American  Numis- 
matic and  Archaeological  Society  of, 
247;  the  City  History  Club  of,  253; 
meeting  held  in,  528;  local  organiza- 
tion of  American  Party  in,  529; 
American  Party  candidates  elected 
in,  530;  secret  organizations  formed 
in,  532;  convention  of  bolters  from 
American  Party  in,  546 
New  York  (City)  Historical  Society, 

249 

New  York  (State),  20,  47;  an  act  of 
legislature  of,  relative  to  the  Erie 
Canal,  25;  references  to,  488,  531; 
elections  in,  537;  claim  of,  to  west- 
ern land,  557 

New  York  Commission,  memorial  of,  21 
New  York  Daily  Times,  quotation  from, 

549 

New  York  Express,  quotation  from,  539 
Newberry  Library  of  Chicago,  263 
Newton  (Iowa),  halt  of  immigrants  at, 
272 


Ni  ka  na  kwa  ha  ka,  a  Meskwaki  In- 
dian, 194 

Niagara  Falls,  recommendation  relative 
to,  15 

Nikolajsen,  Peter,  leader  of  settlement 
in  Benton  County  (Iowa),  237 

Noble,  Reuben,  candidate  for  Presiden- 
tial Elector,  515 

Nordland,  Jonas  P.,  founder  of  Nor- 
wegian settlement,  270 

Norfolk,  canal  from,  recommended,  15 

North  Carolina,  Moravian  colonies  in, 
224;  reference  to,  531 

Northwest  Territory,  becomes  part  of 
national  domain,  557;  survey  of,  558 

Northwestern  Army,  wreck  of,  423 

Northwood  (Iowa),  Norwegian  settle- 
ment at,  273 

Norway  Township,  Winnebago  County 
(Iowa),  early  Norwegian  settlement 
in,  274 

Norway  (Iowa),  Norwegian  settlement 
at,  270 

Norway,  emigration  from,  220 

Norwegians,  church  congregations  of, 
235,  236;  settlement  of,  at  St.  Ansgar 
(Iowa),  236;  Lutheran  congregation 
of,  237;  early  settlements  of,  in  Iowa, 
267,  268;  geographical  location  of,  in 
Iowa,  269;  first,  in  Story  County 
(Iowa),  272;  first,  in  Worth  County 
(Iowa),  273;  table  showing  distribu- 
tion of,  in  Iowa,  275 

Norwegian-Danish  Conference,  organi- 
zation of,  236 

Norwegian  Evangelical  Lutheran  Synod 
in  America,  The,  president  of,  236 

Norwegian  factor  in  population  of  Iowa, 
table  showing  extent  of,  276 

Norwegian  immigration,  to  Iowa,  267; 
increase  in,  276 

Norwegian  population,  in  certain  coun- 
ties, 273;  in  Winnebago  County 
(Iowa),  274;  decrease  in,  277;  table 
showing,  by  counties,  280 

Norwegian  settlements,  relation  of,  to 
Swedish  and  Danish  settlements,  267, 
268 


INDEX 


659 


Nourse,  C.  C.,  510 

Nova  Dania,  221 

Nybol  (Sleswig),  225 

Oakland  Township  (Audubon  County 
Iowa),  Danish  settlement  in,  242 

Oine,  Ola,  a  Norwegian  settler,  272 

Ostergotland  (Sweden),  emigrants  from, 
274 

O'Conner,  Henry,  delegate  to  Republi- 
can Convention,  509;  candidate  for 
Presidential  Elector,  515;  nomi- 
nated for  Attorney  General,  516;  let- 
ter to,  from  Abraham  Lincoln,  517 

Ohio,  Enabling  Act  admitting,  17;  ap- 
propriation for  roads  in,  18;  road 
surveyed  from,  40;  Historical  and 
Philosophical  Society  of,  263;  march 
of  Hull's  army  across,  343;  Robert 
Lucas,  Governor  of,  344;  migration  of 
Robert  Lucas  to,  345,  return  of 
troops  across,  346;  meeting  held  in, 
488;  reference  to,  531;  bolt  of  dele- 
gates from,  542,  543;  State  council 
of,  546 

Ohio  Militia,  promotion  of  Robert 
Lucas  in,  345;  Duncan  McArthur  an 
officer  in,  345;  reference  to,  403; 
casualties  in,  403;  surrender  of,  dis- 
cussed, 406 

Ohio  River,  recommendation  relative 
to  falls  in,  15;  proposed  canal  around 
falls  of,  16,  28;  proposed  canal  be- 
tween Lake  Erie  and,  28;  appropria- 
tion for  improvements  of,  31;  trip 
down,  421 

Old  Northwest  Genealogical  Society, 
263 

Oldtown  (Ohio)  encampment  of  troops 
at,  350 

Olney,  S.  B.,  work  of,  in  Civil  War,  80 

Olson,  N.  P.,  early  Danish  settler  in 
Indianapolis,  232 

Omaha  (Nebraska),  239 

"Order  of  the  Star  Spangled  Banner," 
532,  533 

Ordinance  of  1787,  enactment  of,  560 

Oregon,  State  Historical  Society  of, 
261 


Organized  charities  in  Iowa,  table  of, 
90 

Organized  Charity  in  Iowa,  by  CLAR- 
ENCE VV.  WASSAM,  86 

Organized  Charity  Association  of  Mar- 
shalltown,  formation  and  work  of  ,113 

Oskaloosa  (Iowa),  charity  organization 
in,  87;  charity  work  in,  97,  125 

Oskaloosa  Herald,  498,  506 

Ottawa  Indians,  desert  Lower  San- 
dusky,  357,  430;  councils  with,  360, 
372,  431;  on  their  way  to  Maiden, 
361;  drunk,  367;  address  to,  428; 
seen  on  Huron  River,  436 

Ottis,  Mr.,  107 

Pacific  Coast,  historical  societies  of, 
262 

Pacific  Coast  Branch  of  the  American 
Historical  Association,  248,  262 

Pacific  Ocean,  railroad  to,  47;  military 
railroad  to,  51 

Page  County  (Iowa),  Swedish  immigra- 
tion to,  278 

Palestine  Congregation,  formation  of, 
271 

Palo  Alto  County  (Iowa),  Norwegian 
settlements  in,  277 

Papistalism,  anti-,  548 

PARISH,  JOHN  C.,  The  Robert  Lucas 
Journal,  343 

Parvin,  John  A.,  leader  of  Republicans 
in  Muscatine  County  (Iowa),  504; 
delegate  to  Republican  Convention, 
509 

Pat  a  ca  to,  land  bought  by,  182,  187 

Pa  ta  go  to,  a  Meskwaki  Indian,  180, 
185 

Patten,  John,  candidate  for  Auditor, 
515 

Paulsbo  (Washington),  237 

Pe  Pee,  encampment  of  troops  at,  349 

Peck,  Mr.,  quotation  from,  545 

Pederson,  Peder,  early  Danish  minis- 
ter to  America,  228 

Pella  Gazette,  518 

PELZER,  Louis,  The  Origin  and  Organi- 
zation of  the  Republican  Party  in 
Iowa,  487 


660     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


Pennsylvania,  237;  Moravian  colonies 
in,  224;  first  high  school  founded  by 
Germans  in,  225;  elections  in,  530, 
637;  references  to,  531,  535,  551; 
bolt  of  delegates  from,  543 

Pennsylvania  Federation  of  Historical 
Societies,  261,  265 

Pennsylvania  Historical  Society,  248, 
249,  251 

Penny  Savings  Agency,  a  feature  of 
charity  work  in  Davenport  (Iowa), 
121 

Pentz,  Lieutenant,  killed  in  engage- 
ment under  Van  Home,  399 

Perth  Amboy  (New  Jersey),  231 

Peters,  Lieutenant,  wounded,  403 

Petersen,  Christian,  first  Dane  in  Black 
Hawk  County  (Iowa),  243 

Petersen,  Lorens,  early  Danish  settler 
in  Des  Moines  (Iowa),  242 

Peterson,  James,  founder  of  Scandi- 
navia, 230 

Philadelphia,  10;  convention  at,  18; 
references  to,  224,  225,  226,  228, 
233;  Gloria  Dei  Church  in,  224;  resi- 
dence of  Danish  Consulate  in,  229; 
Swedes  in,  229;  local  organization  of 
American  Party  in,  529;  national 
convention  of  American  Party  in, 
630;  meeting  of  American  Party  in, 
539,  540,  541 

Pierce,  Franklin,  attitude  of,  toward 
internal  improvements,  49,  53;  table 
showing  appropriations  for  internal 
improvements  during  administration 
of,  65;  endorsement  of  494;  de- 
nouncement of,  504 

Pinney,  Captain,  company  of,  354; 
troops  in  command  of,  386,  390 

Pittsburg  (Pennsylvania),  227;  mass 
meeting  of  Republicans  called  at, 
499;  convention  of  American  Party 
at,  531,  535 

Pleasant  Hill  (Louisiana),  battle  of,  85 

Plymouth  Beach,  appropriation  for  im- 
provement of,  31 

Pocahontas  County  (Iowa),  Danes  in, 
243 


Pocket  Vetoes,  report  on,  43 

Polk,  James  K.,  attitude  of,  relative  to 
internal  improvements,  46,  52;  dis- 
crimination of,  relative  to  public 
works,  49;  table  showing  appropria- 
tions for  internal  improvements  dur- 
ing administration  of,  64 

Polk  County  (Iowa),  Norwegian  settle- 
ment in,  271;  increase  in  Norwegian 
population  in,  277;  Swedish  immi- 
gration to,  278 

Porter,  P.  B.,  speech  of,  relative  to  in- 
ternal improvements,  20 

Portland  (Oregon),  conference  of  his- 
torical societies  at,  262 

Portsmouth,  troops  march  from,  349; 
return  to,  346,  421,  422;  letter  dated 
from,  423,  427 

Post  Roads,  recommendation  relative 
to,  9;  power  of  Congress  to  construct, 
26,  27 

Potomac  Canal  Company,  shares  of, 
presented  to  Washington,  10 

Potomac  River,  recommendation  rela- 
tive to,  15 

Pottawattamie  County  (Iowa),  early 
Danish  settlers  in,  234,  237,  238, 
268;  Danish  settlement  in,  242,  267; 
Danish  immigration  to,  278 

Pottawattamie  Indians,  councils  with 
360,  372,  431;  war  party  of,  362,  436; 
address  to,  428 

Poverty,  problem  of,  in  Iowa,  86 

Powers,  Avery,  accompanies  detach- 
ment to  bridge,  390;  death  of,  391; 
burial  of,  392 

Powers,  J.  D.  O.,  116,  117 

Poweshiek  County  (Iowa),  509 

Prague,  228 

Presidential  Influence  on  the  Policy  of 
Internal  Improvements,  by  E.  C.  NEL- 
SON, 3 

Presidential  vetoes  of  internal  im- 
provement bills,  67 

Preskial,  (See  Presque  Isle) 

Presque  Isle,  battle  ground  at,  365 

Presque  Isle  Harbor,  appropriation  for 
improvement  of,  8,  31 


INDEX 


661 


Preston,  C.  II.,  120 

Price,  C.  W.,  113 

Price  Hirain,  prohibitory  liquor  law 
favored  by,  508;  delegate  from  Scott 
County  (Iowa),  509,  512;  report  of, 
on  prohibitory  law,  513 

Proclamation,  by  General  Hull  to  in- 
habitants of  Canada,  343,  376 

Prohibitory  liquor  law,  508;  attitude 
of  Republican  convention  toward, 
512 

Prophet,  the,  arrives  at  Maiden,  390 

Prussia,  North  Sleswig  ceded  to,  242 

Public  lands,  funds  for  sale  of,  applied 
to  internal  improvements,  7 

Public  works,  periods  of  government 
activity  in,  7;  report  giving  state- 
ment of,  27 

Publications  of  historical  societies,  256 

Pu  she  to  ni  kwa,  an  Indian  chief,  181 

Puthuff,  Adjutant,  reference  to,  385, 
417 

Put-in-Bay,  vessel  lands  at,  418 

Pyatt,  Mr.,  Lucas  calls  at  house  of,  356 

Pye  pa  ha,  a  Meskwaki  Indian,  194 

Quebec,  United  States  troops  to  be  sent 
to,  414,  416,  418,  425 

Queen  Charlotte,  arrives  at  Maiden, 
360,  434;  coming  up  the  river,  383; 
Lucas  watches,  384;  firing  from,  387 

Racine  (Wisconsin),  Danish  settlement 
at,  232,  242 

Racine  County  (Wisconsin),  early 
Danish  settlement  in,  232;  Nor- 
wegian congregation  in,  236;  Nor- 
wegian settlements  in,  270 

Railroads,  canals  made  superfluous  by, 
44;  appropriation  for  promotion  of, 
45,  51;  resolutions  in  Congress  for 
promotion  of,  46;  across  Florida,  46; 
grants  of  land  to  aid  in  building,  47; 
acts  for  the  benefit  of,  48;  attitude  of 
Pierce  relative  to,  49,  50;  acts  grant- 
ing land  to,  60 

Railroad  enterprise,  legislation  for  the 
promotion  of,  68 

Raisin  River,  expedition  to,  under 
Cass  and  Me  Arthur,  348, 409;  instruc- 


tions to  Lucas  to  cross,  355,  424,  427; 
Lucas  stops  at,  358,  361;  army  en- 
camps on,  366;  Lucas  sent  to,  373; 
expedition  to,  under  Miller,  401; 
Lucas  arrives  at,  430,  436 

Rankin,  B.,  crosses  Detroit  river,  376 

Rapids  of  Miami  of  the  Lake,  on  route 
of  Lucas,  355,  357,  358,  361,  362, 
424,  427,  428,  430;  on  route  of  Hull's 
army,  365,  434 

Rasmussen,  August,  earliest  Danish 
settler  in  Gowen  (Michigan),  232 

Raymond  (Wisconsin),  Danes  in,  236 

Raymond  Township,  Racine  County 
(Wisconsin),  early  Danish  settlement 
in,  232 

Raynor,  Kenneth,  nomination  of,  546 

Razor  Mill,  351 

Rebok,  Horace  M.,  land  bought  by 
Indians  held  in  trust  by,  189 

Recruiting  service,  Lucas  ordered  to 
attend  to,  389 

Red  Oak  (Iowa),  charity  organization 
in,  87 

Red  River  expedition,  in  Civil  War, 
85 

Reed,  Major,  election  at  house  of,  351 

Reese,  C.  M.,  early  Danish  settler  in 
Racine  (Wisconsin),  232 

Relief  Society,  of  Burlington  (Iowa), 104 

Remey,  John  T.,  103 

Report  of  the  Associated  Charities  of 
DesMoines,  111 

Republican  Convention  at  Pittsburg, 
642 

Republican  Party,  origin  of,  in  Iowa, 
487;  conception  of,  490;  convention 
of,  discussed,  498,  499;  call  for  con- 
vention of,  500;  discussion  of  prin- 
ciples of,  501,  502;  Convention  of, 
504-521;  county  meetings  of,  504; 
unanimity  of,  505;  ticket  of,  506, 
615;  platform  of,  in  Iowa,  513;  pro- 
test against  action  of  Convention  of, 
517;  names  applied  to,  618;  career 
of,  520;  list  of  delegates,  etc.,  to  Con- 
vention of,  521;  campaign  committees 
of,  525;  Presidential  Electors  of,  in 


662    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF   HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


1856,  525;  delegates  to  National  Con- 
vention of,  in  1856,  525;  references 
to,  542,  549,  551;  platform  of,  547; 
members  of,  in  the  Thirty-sixth  Con- 
gress, 550 

Republican  Party  in  Iowa,  The  Origin 
and  Organization  of  the,  Louis  PEL- 
ZER,  487 

Republican  State  Convention,  suffrage 
to  colored  men  adopted  by,  72 

Republicanism,  discussion  of,  493 

Reynolds,  Captain,  company  of,  379 

Reynolds,  Doctor,  death  of,  411,  412 

Rhode  Island,  election  in,  538;  bolt  of 
delegates  from,  543;  local  politics  in, 
550 

Rice,  Samuel  A.,  candidate  for  At- 
torney General,  515;  resignation  of, 
516 

Richardson's  Messages  and  Papers  of 
the  Presidents,  29 

Richmond  (Virginia),  Confederate  Me- 
morial Literary  Society  of,  248 

"  Riders,"  internal  improvement  bills 
passed  in  form  of,  37 

Riley,  Franklin  L.,  member  of  com- 
mittee of  the  American  Historical 
Association,  245,  246 

Ripon  (Wisconsin),  call  for  meeting 
at,  487 

River  improvement,  appropriations  for, 
8,  31,  36,  45,  50;  land  granted  for 
promotion  of,  35;  veto  of  bills  for, 
41,  45,  46,. 50,  51;  attitude  of  Jackson 
relative  to,  43;  references  to,  44,  51; 
attitude  of  Tyler  relative  to,  45 

Road  making,  distribution  of  informa- 
tion on,  51 

Roads,  policy  of  making,  16;  power  of 
Congress  relative  to,  18;  question  of 
constitutionality  of  appropriations 
for,  19,  20;  speech  relative  to,  21; 
recommended  by  Madison,  25;  ques- 
tion of  appropriations  for,  25,  26; 
military,  power  of  Congress  to  con- 
struct, 26,  27;  power  of  Congress  to 
construct,  27;  report  of  committee  of 
House  of  Representatives  on,  28; 


power  of  Congress  to  make  appro- 
priations for,  30;  surveys  for,  31; 
poor  construction  of,  44;  abandon- 
ment of  policy  of  building,  51 

Roberts,  Mrs.  W.  J.,  99 

Robinson,  Captain,  company  of,  379, 
381,  397 

Roby,  Ensign,  reference  to,  397,  399 

Rock  County  (Wisconsin),  Norwegian 
settlements  in,  270;  Norwegian  set- 
tlers, from,  274 

Rock  Prairie  (Wisconsin),  Norwegian 
congregation  at,  236;  The  Norwegian 
Evangelical  Lutheran  Synod  in  Amer- 
ica, organized  at,  236 

Rolfe  (Iowa),  Dane  residing  in,  243 

Romanism,  548 

Rome,  roads  of,  33 

Rosdal,  Sigbjorn,  early  Norwegian  set- 
tler, 270 

Rose,  Captain,  accompanies  detach- 
ment to  bridge,  390 

Rosial,  (See  Grosse  Isle) 

Rouge  River,  Lucas  overtakes  detach- 
ment at,  395 

Roundheadstown,  Indians  from,  361, 
436;  Lucas  reaches,  362 

Rude,  Anton  R.,  a  Lutheran  minister, 
226 

Ruff,  Captain,  arrangements  of,  for  ves- 
sel, 418 

Rupe,  Captain  David,  Captain  of  rifle 
company,  350;  expedition  of,  to 
Greenville,  351,  422;  refuses  to  cross 
Detroit  River,  375;  part  of  company 
of,  crosses  river,  376;  court-martial 
of,  383;  references  to,  351,  352,  377, 
385,  392,  397,  420 

Rural  settlements,  Danish,  the  earliest, 
232 

Rush  River,  (See  Rouge  River) 

Russell,  Edward,  editor  of  The  Daven- 
port Gazette,  72;  suffrage  to  colored 
men  upheld  by,  72;  reference  to,  120 

Russia,  claim  laid  to  Alaska  by,  223 

Sac  Indians,  an  act  giving  residence  to, 
181;  land  purchased  by,  187,  189; 
name  of,  190;  grant  of  land  to,  565 


INDEX 


663 


Sacroix River,  (See  AuxEcorces  River) 

Sacross.  (See  Aux  Ecorces  River) 

Saeby  diocese  (Sjaelland,  Denmark), 
early  settlers  from,  232 

St.  Ansgar  (Iowa),  Norwegian  settle- 
ment at,  236;  Norwegians  from  set- 
tlement at,  273 

St.  Clair  Flats  (Michigan),  veto  of  bill 
to  improve,  51 

St.  Clair,  Lake,  Indians  seen  at,  409 

St.  Louis,  infantry  ordered  to  take 
river  transportation  to,  71;  Iowa  in- 
fantry at,  73;  references  to,  81,  83, 
263;  local  organization  of  American 
Party  in,  629 

St.  Mary,  canal  around  Falls  of,  48 

St.  Paul  ( Minnesota),  Associated  Chari- 
ties of,  116;  references  to,  226,  263 

St.  Petersburg,  228 

St.  Thomas,  223 

Salem  (Massachusetts),  Essex  Institute 
of,  249 

Saline  Land  Grant,  562,  597,  598 

Salt  Lake  City,  239;  Danes  in,  231 

"  Sam,"  name  applied  to  secret  organi- 
zation of  the  American  Party,  532 

Sanderson,  Captain,  company  of,  401; 
in  engagement  at  Maguawga,  402 

Saudusky  (Ohio),  road  to,  35 

Sandusky,  Lower,  on  route  of  Lucas, 
355,  356,  3*7,  424;  message  to  in- 
habitants at,  428;  party  of  men  on 
way  to,  429,  430 

Sandusky,  Upper,  on  route  of  Lucas, 
355,  356,  424;  council  at,  429;  Wyan- 
dots  talk  of  moving  to,  430 

Sandwich,  firing  upon,  370;  danger 
from,  373;  British  crossing  below, 
376;  merchant  at,  390;  re-enforce- 
ments from,  399;  evacuation  of,  400; 
flag  of  truce  from,  410;  vessels  in 
sight  below,  410 

Santee  River,  recommendation  relative 
to,  15 

Saukies,  an  Indian  tribe,  190 

Savannah  (Georgia),  Moravian  colony 
in,  224;  proposed  canal  to,  28 

Scandinavia,  a  society  called,  229 


Scandinavia,  History  of,  from  the  Early 
Times  of  the  Northmen  and  Vikings 
to  the  Present  Day,  by  Paul  C.  Sin- 
ding,  230 

Scandinavian  community,  large,  273 

Scandinavian  factor,  in  Iowa,  statis- 
tics relative  to,  278;  table  showing 
extent  of,  279 

Scandinavian  Factor,  The  Growth  of  the, 
inthe  Population  of  Iowa,  by  GEORGE 
T.  FLOM,  267 

Scandinavian  immigration  and  settle- 
ment, bibliography  of  literature  on, 
281 

Scandinavian  nationalities,  immigra- 
tion of  three,  267 

"Scandinavian  Northwest,"  269 

Scandinavian  population,  table  show- 
ing total,  281 

Scandinavian  regiment  of  Wisconsin  in 
Civil  War,  237 

Schley,  Captain,  Michigan  Militia  com- 
manded by,  403 

Schouler,  Mr.,  opinion  of,  relative  to 
views  of  Monroe,  29 

Schulien,  Mrs.  J.,  117 

Scioto  County  (Ohio),  home  of  Robert 
Lucas  in,  344;  settlement  of  Robert 
Lucas  in,  345;  references  to,  346,  349, 
351 

Scioto  River,  references  to,  349,  361, 
362,  363,  433,  436 

Scott,  Denton,  reference  to,  381 

Scott,  John,  Colonel  of  Thirty-second 
Iowa  Infantry,  70  71,  73,  77,  78,  79, 
84;  arrest  of,  81;  return  of,  to  com- 
mand, 82 

Scott  County  (Iowa),  delegates  from,  to 
Republican  Convention,  508,  509, 
622 

Secession,  feeling  against,  552 

Sectional  historical  societies,  247 

Sectionalism,  tendency  toward  develop- 
ment of,  5 

Sells,  Elijah,  candidate  for  Secretary 
of  State,  515 

Seminary  of  learning,  idea  of  establish- 
ment of,  9 


664    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


Seneca  Indians,  council  with,  372 

Seneca  River,  proposed  canal  to,  28 

Seward,  William  H.,  references  to,  496, 
498;  election  of,  538 

Seward  Whigs,  488 

"Sewardites,"  540 

Shambaugh,  Benj.  F.,  member  of  com- 
mittee of  the  American  Historical 
Association,  245,  246;  participation 
of,  in  conference  of  historical  so- 
cieties at  Portland  (Oregon),  262; 
assistance  of,  349,  556 

Shanklin,  H.  A.,  land  purchased  from, 
by  Meskwaki  Indians,  189 

Sharlotte,  (See  Queen  Charlotte) 

Sharon  Township  (Audubon  County, 
Iowa),  Danish  settlement  in,  242 

Shaw,  Leslie  M.,  land  bought  by  In- 
dians held  in  trust  by,  189 

Shaw,  William  T.,  Colonel  in  Four- 
teenth Iowa  Infantry,  85 

Shawnee  Indians,  council  with,  372; 
address  to,  428;  engaged  as  spies,  433 

Shelby  County  (Iowa),  nucleus  of  set- 
tlement in,  238;  Danes  in,  240,  243, 
268;  Danish  immigration  to,  278 

Sheldal,  Erik,  deacon  of  Palestine 
Congregation,  271 

Sheldal,  Lars,  a  Norwegian  settler,  272 

Sheldal,  Osmund,  early  Norwegian  set- 
tler, 271 

Sherman,  Buren  R.,  land  bought  by 
Indians  held  in  trust  by,  187,  189 

Sibly,  Ensign,  death  of,  in  Fort  De- 
troit, 411 

Silent  Ministry,  work  of,  87,  89 

Silly,  Lieutenant,  wounded,  403 

Silver  Greys,  489,  491 

Sinding,  Paul  C.,  first  appointee  to  a 
Scandinavian  professorship  in  an 
American  university,  230;  book 
written  by,  230 

Sioux  City  (Iowa),  charity  work  in, 
97;  the  Associated  Charities  of,  the 
formation  and  work  of,  116 

Sioux  Indians,  at  Brownstown,  366; 
cross  to  Maiden,  367;  horses  of,  taken, 
373 


Sixteenth  section  land  grant,  559,  562, 
563;  table  of,  by  counties,  566;  pur- 
chase and  settlement  of,  569;  pro- 
visions regarding,  571,  572,  573;  num- 
ber of  acres,  patented,  576 

Sjselland,  Island  of,  227;  early  settlers 
from,  232 

Skandinaven,  quotation  from,  272 

Slater  (Iowa),  Norwegian  settlement 
at,  271 

Slavery,  opposition  to,  487;  discussion 
of,  by  Governor  Grimes,  491;  atti- 
tude of  Republican  Party  toward, 
502,  503;  extension  of,  530,  issue  of, 
535,  536,  549;  discussion  of,  in  Ameri- 
can Party,  539;  interference  with, 
547 

Sleswig  (Denmark),  emigration  from, 
221,  242,  243 

Sloan,  Captain,  reference  to,  401;  re- 
fuses to  charge,  402 

Smith,  Ralph  P.,  117 

Smithian  School  of  laissez-faire,  6 

Snelling,  Captain,  company  of,  379, 
385;  giving  up  of  bridge  opposed  by, 
383;  references  to,  384.  401;  conduct 
of,  in  battle,  402;  sent  to  Springwell, 
410 

Sorensen,  Christian,  early  Danish  set- 
tler in  Des  Moines  (Iowa),  242 

Sorensen,  Jens,  early  Danish  settler  in 
Go  wen  (Michigan),  232 

Sorensen,  Jens  Peter,  first  Dane  in 
Harlan  (Iowa),  241 

Sorensen,  Martin  F.,  member  of  Dan- 
ish colony  in  New  York,  230 

Sogn  (Denmark),  diocese  of,  235 

Soldiers'  Relief  Fund,  amount  expend- 
ed for,  in  Iowa,  86 

Solomonstown,  references  to,  361,  362, 
436,  437 

Some  Facts,  a  circular  printed  by  the 
Organized  Charity  Association  of 
Marshalltown,  113 

"Sons  of  the  Sires  of  '76,"  reference  to, 
532 

Soro  (Denmark),  Danish  settlers  from, 
237 


INDEX 


665 


South  America,  74 

South  Carolina,  opposition  of,  to  sys- 
tem of  internal  improvements,  35; 
reference  to,  542 

Spain,  anticipated  refusal  of,  to  sur- 
render Louisiana,  345 

Spencer,  Captain,  company  of,  379,  397 

Spirit  Lake  Expedition,  commanded 
by  William  Williams,  76 

Spooner,  Mr.,  545 

Springer,  Francis,  delegate  to  Republi- 
can Convention,  509;  delegate  to 
National  Convention,  516 

Springwell,  army  encamps  at,  370,  372; 
detachment  sent  to,  409;  Captain 
Snelling  sent  to,  410 

Squam  (Massachusetts),  harbor  of,  8 

Staats-Zeitung,  Die,  517 

Starr,  Henry  W.,  519 

Starr,  Marion,  103 

State  and  Local  Historical  Societies,  by 
Reuben  Gold  Thwaites,  245 

State  and  Local  Historical  Societies, 
The  Best  Methods  of  Organization  and 
Work  on  the  Part  of,  committee  to 
report  on,  245 

State  Constitution,  amendment  of,  490, 
432 

State  Rights,  subversion  of  the  doc- 
trine of,  6;  exposition  of  the  theory 
of,  by  Monroe,  29 

State  Sovereignty,  sacredness  of,  dis- 
covered by  the  South,  34. 

States,  question  of  Congress  giving  aid 
to,  in  internal  improvements,  39 

Staunton  (Ohio),  letter  dated  at,  434 

Stephenson,  E.  E.,  117,  118 

Stevens,  A.  J.,516 

Stevenson,  S.  K.,  investigation  of 
charity  work  by,  87 

Stewart,  J.  B.,  510 

Stiger,  H.  J.,  land  purchased  from,  by 
Meskwaki  Indians,  189 

Stillwater  Creek,  expedition  up,  351, 
352 

Stockton,  R  F.,  nomination  of,  546 

Stockton,  William,  379,  390,  391,  394, 
395,  396,  398,  399 


Stone,  William  M.,  land  bought  by 
Indians  held  in  trust  by,  187;  dele- 
gate to  Republican  Convention,  509; 
candidate  for  Presidential  Elector, 
516;  reference  to,  516 

Stony  Creek  (Ohio),  references  to,  361, 
362,  436 

Story  County  (Iowa),  70,  71;  Nor- 
wegian settlements  in,  268,  270,  271, 
272;  halt  of  immigrants  in,  272;  Nor- 
wegian immigration  to,  277 

Strand,  Lars,  early  Norwegian  settler, 
270 

Strong,  William  K.,  president  of  a 
commission  to  investigate  the  re- 
sponsibility of  officers  in  the  Civil 
War,  81 

Suffrage,  to  colored  men,  72 

Sugar  Creek,  Lee  County  (Iowa),  Nor- 
wegian settlement  at,  267 

Sumner,  Charles,  496 

Supreme  Court,  law  library  of,  in  Wis- 
consin, 265 

Surrender  of  Fort  Detroit,  412,  413 

Survey  bill,  31 

Surveys,  comment  on,  34;  in  1825,  35; 
appropriation  for,  38 

Susquehanna  River,  recommendation 
relative  to,  15;  proposed  canal  from, 
28 

Svendberg  (Denmark),  228 

Svendsen,  Rasmus,  early  Danish  settler 
in  Indianapolis,  232 

Swamp  Land  Grant,  562 

Swan  Creek,  army  encamps  at,  367 

Sweden,  emigration  from,  220 

Swedes,  in  Delaware  and  Philadelphia, 
229;  settlement  of,  in  New  Sweden 
(Iowa),  267;  geographical  location 
of,  in  Iowa,  269;  table  showing  dis- 
tribution of,  in  Iowa,  275 

Swedish  factor  in  population  of  Iowa, 
table  showing  extent  of,  276 

Swedish  immigration  to  Iowa,  267;  in- 
crease in,  277 

Swedish  population  in  certain  counties, 
273;  table  showing,  by  counties,  280 

Swedish    settlements,    relation    of,    to 


606     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


Danish  and  Norwegian  settlements, 
267,  268 

Tama  (Iowa),  money  brought  to,  by  Me- 
skwaki  Indians,  180;  Indians  at,  190 

Tama  Township  (Tama  County,  Iowa), 
land  in,  purchased  by  Indians,  186, 
188 

Tama  County  (Iowa),  Indians  in,  179 
181;  land  in,  bought  by  Indians,  182; 
186,  188 

Tariff,  question  of,  mated  with  internal 
improvements,  32;  surplus  created 
by,  used  in  internal  improvements, 
46;  issue  of,  535 

Tarpestad,  John  N.,  a  Norwegian  set- 
tler, 272 

Taxes,  improvements  by  means  of,  3 

Taylor,  Miss,  aid  rendered  by,  in  ascer- 
taining Meskwaki  names,  194 

Taylor,  John,  Mormons  travelled  under 
direction  of,  239 

Taylor,  Zachary,  position  of,  relative 
to  internal  improvements,  47,  53; 
table  showing  appropriations  for  in- 
ternal improvements  during  admin- 
istration of,  64;  endorsed  by  Ameri- 
can Party,  531 

Tecumseh,  at  Maiden,  366;  at  Aux 
Canards  River,  380;  proposal  to  cap- 
ture, 393,  394 

Tennessee,  scare  in,  in  Civil  War,  75; 
local  politics  in,  550 

Tennessee  River,  recommendation  rel- 
ative to,  15;  proposed  canal  from,  28 

Texas,  246;  archaeological  work  in,  261; 
elections  in,  538 

Thirty-second  Iowa  Infantry,  division 
of,  73,  78,  84,  85;  protests  of,  against 
driving  negroes  back  into  slavery,  84 

Thirty-second  Iowa  Infantry,  Incidents 
Connected  with  the  History  of  the,  by 
CHARLES  ALDRICH,  70 

Thompson,  Christian,  early  Danish  set- 
tler in  Davenport,  240 

Thompson,  Jeff,  report  of  advance  of, 
in  Civil  War,  75;  anticipated  attack 
of,  77;  report  of  advance  of,  un- 
founded, 83;  pass  issued  by,  83 


Thompson,  Mr.,  accompanies  Lucas  to 
Detroit,  374 

Thompson,  Paul,  a  Norwegian  emi- 
grant, 271 

Thompson,  T.  Arthur,  117 

Thwaites,  Reuben  Gold,  member  of 
committee  of  the  American  Histori- 
cal Association,  245,  246;  participa- 
tion of,  in  conference  of  historical 
societies  at  Portland  (Oregon),  262 

THWAITES,  REUBEN  GOLD,  State  and 
Local  Historical  Societies,  245 

Tiedernan,  N.,  118 

"Tin-clad"  gunboats,  in  Civil  War, 
79 

Tipton  Advertiser,  506 

Toland,  David,  land  purchased  from, 
by  Meskwaki  Indians,  187 

Toledo  Township  (Tama  County,  Iowa), 
land  in,  bought  by  Indians,  186,  188 

Tombigbee  River,  proposed  canal  to, 
28 

Tonnage  duties,  improvements  by  means 
of,  3,  4;  paid  by  consumer,  5 

Tontoggas,  speech  of,  431;  on  his  way 
to  Maiden,  436 

Topeka  (Kansas),  263 

Tornen,  Ole,  early  Norwegian  settler, 
274 

Trenton  (New  Jersey),  11 

Trimble,  Mr.,  resolutions  relative  to 
roads  and  canals  submitted  by,  28 

Trimble,  William,  chosen  Major  of 
battalion  of  volunteers,  351;  proposal 
to  detach  part  of  battalion  of,  354; 
references  to,  388,  417 

Trinity  Cemetery,  monument  in,  223 

Trinity  Church,  property  bought  by, 
222 

Trinity  English-Lutheran  Church,  Chi- 
cago, 227 

Troy  (Ohio),  Indian  agent  at,  352 

Turkey  Creek,  bridge  at,  broken,  377; 
Major  Denny  retreats  to,  392;  Brit- 
ish and  Indians  cross,  394 

Turnpike  Company,  Maysville,  Wash- 
ington, Paris,  and  Lexington,  gov- 
ernment subscription  for  stock  in,  40 


INDEX 


667 


Tuttle,  General,  at  Columbus  (Ken- 
tucky), 78 

Tuttle,  Osmund,  early  Norwegian  set- 
tler, 270 

Tyler,  John,  attitude  of,  relative  to  in- 
ternal improvements,  45,  47,  52;  table 
showing  appropriations  for  internal 
improvements  during  administration 
of,  63 

Tymochtee  Creek,  Lucas  crosses,  356 

Tymokney,  (See  Tymochtee  Creek) 

Type,  invention  of  machine  for  the 
manufacture  of,  228 

Ullery,  Captain,  in  command  of  a  vol- 
unteer company,  351;  on  expedition 
to  River  Aux  Canards,  379;  company 
of,  377,  381,  397;  death  of,  399 

Union  Pacific  Railroad,  51 

United  States,  central  government  nec- 
essary in,  3;  interest  of,  in  the  Ches- 
apeake and  Ohio  Canal,  45;  refusal 
of  to  pay  Meskwaki  annuities,  183; 
no  supervision  of  Indians  by  agents 
of,  184;  the  commercial  treaty  be- 
tween Denmark  and,  228 

United  States  Army,  Robert  Lucas  ap- 
pointed Captain  in,  345 

Universities,  association  of  historical 
societies  with,  252,  259 

University,  a  national,  idea  of  estab- 
lishment of,  9;  desirability  of,  10; 
proposition  for,  15;  mentioned  by 
Madison,  24 

University  Land  Grant,  562,  588;  acts 
providing  for,  589;  acceptance  of, 
590;  table  showing  lands  selected 
under,  591;  number  of  acres  received 
under,  592;  table  showing  patenting 
of  lands  under,  595;  errors  in  reports 
of,  596;  sale  of  lands  under,  597 

University  of  New  York,  Paul  C.  Sin- 
ding  appointed  to  Scandinavian  pro- 
fessorship in,  230 

University  of  Iowa,  State,  law  estab- 
lishing, 592;  government  of ,  593,  594; 
commencement  address  of,  596;  table 
showing  income  of,  from  National 
endowment,  597 


Uran  River,  (See  Huron  River) 

Urbana,  Hull  to  come  from,  360;  Lucas 
starts  toward,  362;  Hull's  army  to 
pass,  434 

Urian  River,  (See  Huron  River) 

Van  Antwerp,  Dr.,  107 

Van  Buren,  Martin,  attitude  of,  to- 
ward internal  improvements,  45,  47, 
52;  table  showing  appropriations  for 
internal  improvements,  during  ad- 
ministration of,  62 

Van  Buren  County  (Iowa),  delegates 
from,  to  Republican  Convention, 
624 

Van  Home,  Major,  in  command  of  de- 
tachment to  join  Captain  Brush,  394; 
black  waiter  of,  396;  asks  assistance 
of  Lucas  in  transmitting  orders,  397; 
orders  a  retreat,  398;  conduct  in  bat- 
tle, 398,  402 

Van  Wagenen,  A.,  117 

Vandalia  (Illinois),  Cumberland  Road 
extended  to,  17,  43;  motion  to  extend 
road  beyond,  44 

Varnum,  Jacob  B.,  despatches  from, 
355,  427,  council  of,  with  Indians, 
357,  430 

Veien,  Lars,  early  Danish  settler  in 
Shelby  County  (Iowa),  241 

Vermont,  meeting  held  in,  488;  refer- 
ence to,  531 

Vetoes,  by  Jackson,  38,  50;  by  Pierce, 
60;  of  internal  improvement  bills,  67 

Viele,  Philip,  temporary  chairman  of 
Republican  Convention,  510 

Vienna,  228 

"Views  of  the  President  of  the  United 
States  on  the  subject  of  internal  im- 
provements," a  document  by  Mon- 
roe, 29 

Vig,  P.  S.,  information  given  by,  226, 
238 

Virginia,  opposition  of,  to  system  of 
internal  improvements,  35;  reference 
to,  237;  election  in,  538,  539;  defeat 
of  American  Party  in,  552;  claim  of, 
to  western  land,  557 

Virginia  State  Survey,  233 


668     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


Von  Hoist,  Mr.,   opinion  of,  relative 

to  Monroe's  views,  29 
Vor   Tids  Muhammed,   by  John  Ah- 

manson,  238 

Wabash  River,  veto  of  bill  for  improve- 
ment of,  41;  Indians  on,  432 
Walker,  Mr.,  at  Big  Rock,  367 
Walk-in-the-water,  speech  of,  432,  433, 
437 

Wapello  County  (Iowa),  Scandinavians 
in,  268;  Swedish  settlement  in,  274; 
Swedish  immigration  to,  278;  dele- 
gates from,  to  Republican  Conven- 
tion, 523 

War  of  1812,  effect  of,  on  federal 
policy  of  aid  in  internal  improve- 
ments, 6;  management  and  results  of, 
343;  The  Robert  Lucas  Journal  of  the 
Hull  campaign  during,  343 

WARD,  DUREN  J.  H  ,  Meskwakia,  179 

WARD,  DUREN  J.  H.,  The  Meskwaki 
People  of  To-day,  190 

Warren,  Fitz  Henry,  70;  president  of 
informal  Republican  gathering,  508 

Warren  County  (Iowa),  delegate  from, 
to  Republican  Convention,  522 

Washington,  George,  recommendation 
of,  relative  to  post  roads,  9;  question 
of  public  education  considered  by,  9; 
table  showing  appropriations  for  in- 
ternal improvements  during  adminis- 
tration of,  53 

Washington  (D.  C.)  idea  of  founding 
a  national  university  in,  10;  pro- 
posed road  from,  28;  references  to, 
82,  247;  Associated  Charities  of,  110, 
111,  118;  early  Danish  settler  in,  234; 
library  of,  264;  references  to,  343, 
344,  347,  419,  431 

Washington  County  (Iowa),  delegates 
from,  to  Republican  Convention,  522 

Washington  County  (Pennsylvania), 
troops  from,  421 

Washington  (State),  historical  societies 
in,  253;  Historical  Society  of,  261 

Washington  Turnpike  and  Road  Com- 
pany, veto  of  bill  for  subscription 
to,  41 


WASSAM,  CLARENCE  W.,  Organized 
Charity  in  Iowa,  86 

Water-courses,  appropriation  for  im- 
provement of,  27 

Waterloo  (Iowa),  attempt  to  coordi- 
nate charity  work  at,  125 

Waters,  Simeon,  nomination  of,  with- 
drawn, 489 

Watertown  (Wisconsin),  Danes  in,  231 

Watts,  J.  F.,  117 

Wau  ka  no,  land  bought  by,  182,  187 

Waukesha  County  (Wisconsin),  232 

Waupaca  (Wisconsin),  Danes  in,  231 

Wayne's  Battle,  365 

Weber,  Frank,  99 

Webster,  Daniel,  system  of  internal 
improvements  abandoned  by,  36; 
death  of,  536 

Webster  City  (Iowa),  71 

Webster  County  (Iowa),  71;  Scandina- 
vians in,  268;  Swedes  in,  269,  274; 
increase  in  Norwegian  population  in, 
277;  Swedish  immigration  to,  278 

Weis,  Peter,  first  Danish  settler  in  In- 
dianapolis, 231 

Welch,  Captain,  Lucas  accompanied 
by,  355,  434,  436;  returns  with  des- 
patches, 357;  arrives  at  Detroit,  360; 
descends  river  with  Lucas,  360;  let- 
ter brought  to  Lucas  by,  434 

West  Indies,  Danish  colonies  estab- 
lished in,  223 

Western  Reserve  Historical  Society,  249 

Western  Reserve  University,  245 

Wheeler,  Mr.,  statistics  of,  cited  by 

Lalor,  36 

Whig  Party,  references  to,  487,  488, 
498,    526,    527,    529,    534,    535,    537; 
fusion  of,  with  American  Party,  536 
Whig  Presidents,  encouragement  to  in- 
ternal improvements  given  by,  48 
Whig  State  convention  of  1854,  488 
Whistler,  Captain,  Lucas  dines  with, 

359 

Whistler,  Ensign,  wounded,  403 
Whitaker,  John  M.,  agent  for  selection 
of  lands  under  Five  Hundred  Thou- 
sand Acre  Grant,  582 


INDEX 


669 


White,  F.  Newhall,  117,  118 

White,  Mr.,  killed  at  Maguawga,  401 

Whitney,  Asa,  resolution  to  grant  land 
to,  for  building  a  railroad,  47 

Wicker  Park  English  Lutheran  Church, 
Chicago,  227 

Wiese,  M.  F.,  Lutheran  pastor  in  In- 
dianapolis, 231,  232 

Williams,  Mrs.  J.  L.,  113 

Williams,  James  B.,  member  of  party 
making  trip  to  Island  No.  10,  76 

Williams,  Judge,  509 

Williams,  Mr.,  home  of,  on  Stillwater, 
352 

Williams,  Mr.,  wounded  in  skirmish, 
386 

Williams,  William,  son  of,  76 

Wilmot  Proviso,  530 

Wilson,  Henry,  opposition  of,  to  slav- 
ery, 540 

Wilson,  J.  L.,  land  purchased  from,  by 
Meskwaki  Indians,  189 

Winneshiek  County  (Iowa),  represen- 
tative in  Iowa  legislature  from,  237; 
Norwegian  settlement  in,  268;  Nor- 
wegian immigration  to,  277;  dele- 
gate from,  to  Republican  Convention, 
522 

Winnebago  County  (Iowa),  71;  repre- 
sentative in  Iowa  legislature  from, 
237;  Norwegian  population  in,  274 

Wisconsin,.  11;  grant  of  land  to,  for 
railroads,  50;  first  Dane  in,  226;  re- 
ligious work  among  Norwegians  in, 
235;  Scandinavian  regiment  of,  237; 
University  of,  connection  of  Histori- 
cal Society  with,  252;  State  library 
of,  265 

Wisconsin  Historical  Society,  248,  249, 
251,  252,  260,  262;  auxiliaries  of,  266 


Wise,  Governor  of  Virginia,  election 
of,  639 

Witherall,  Major,  sword  broken  by, 
416 

Witter,  E.  F.,  107 

Wolfe,  E.  H.,  Fort  Pillow  under  com- 
mand of,  78,  81 

Woman's  Christian  Temperance  Union, 
89 

Woman's  Relief  Corps,  charity  work 
done  by,  89 

Wood  bury  County  (Iowa),  Swedes  in, 
269;  Swedish  immigration  to,  278 

Worcester  (Massachusetts),  American 
Antiquarian  Society  at,  247;  Society 
of  Antiquities,  249 

Work  of  American  Historical  Societies, 
The,  a  report  upon,  245 

Work  test,  application  of,  in  charit- 
able organizations,  97,  104,  120 

Workman,  Samuel,  509 

Worth  County  (Iowa),  representative 
of,  in  Iowa  legislature,  237 

Wright,  John  D.,  land  purchased  from, 
by  Meskwaki  Indians,  187 

Wright,  T.  S.,  107 

Wright  County  (Iowa),  71;  Norwegian 
settlements  in,  277 

Wyandot  Indians,  planting  no  corn, 
357;  council  with,  357,  360,  372;  ad- 
dress to,  428,  430;  references  to,  373, 
429,  432 

Y.  M.  C.  A.,  work  of,  as  an  employ- 
ment agency,  97 

Yellow  Bayou,  battle  of,  85 

Young,  Becky,  107 

Zanesville  (Ohio),  road  to,  31;  refer- 
ence to,  412 


INDEX   TO   PUBLICATIONS  NOTICED 


KOTE — The  titles  of  publications  noticed  are  printed  in  italics.     The  names  of 
persons  writing  the  notices  are  printed  in  SMALL  CAPITALS. 


Adams,  Thomas  S.,  Labor  Problems,  by 
ISAAC  A.  Loos,  135 

Agriculture  in  Dane  County,  Wisconsin, 
The  History  of,  by  Benjamin  H.  Hib- 
bard,  by  ISAAC  A.  Loos,  140 

American  Historical  Association  for  the 
year  1904,  Annual  Report  of  the,  by 
HARRY  G.  PLUM,  138 

American  Nation,  The,  a  series  of  his- 
tories edited  by  Albert  Bushnell  Hart, 
286,  289,  291,  293,  295 

American  Revolution,  The,  by  Claude 
H.  Van  Tyne,  by  F.  E.  HORACK,  291 

Benton,  Thomas  Hart,  Life  of,  by  Wil- 
liam M.  Meigs,  by  ALLEN  JOHNSON, 
131 

Collections  of  the  State  Historical  So- 
ciety of  Wisconsin,  by  Reuben  Gold 
Thwaites,  by  T.  J.  FTTZPATRICK,  438 

Confederation  and  the  Constitution,  The, 
by  Andrew  C.  McLaughlin,  by  JOHN 
C.  PARISH,  293 

Constitution,  The  Confederation  and 
the,  by  Andrew  C.  McLaughlin,  by 
JOHN  C.  PARISH,  293 

Cornell   College,  1853-1903,  by  T.  J. 

FlTZPATRICK,   599 

Early  Settlement  and  Growth  of  Western 
Iowa  or  Reminiscences,  by  John  Todd, 
by  T.  J.  FITZPATRICK,  446 

FITZPATRICK,  T.  J.,  Iowa  Geological 
Survey,  Annual  Report,  133;  Collec- 
tions of  the  State  Historical  Society  of 
Wisconsin,  by  Reuben  Gold  Thwaites, 
438;  Proceedings  of  the  Massachusetts 
Historical  Society,  441;  History  of 
Crescent  Lodge,  No.  25,  Ancient  Free 


and  Accepted  Masons,  Cedar  Rapids, 
Iowa,  from  its  Organization  in  1850 
to  the  Close  of  the  Year  1905,  by  Jos.  E. 
Morcombe,  444;  Early  Settlement  and 
Growth  of  Western  Iowa  or  Reminis- 
cences, by  John  Todd,  446;  Cornell 
College,  1853-1903,  599 

France  in  America,  by  Reuben  G, 
Thwaites,  by  LAENAS  G.  WELD,  295 

Gilfillan,  Joseph  A.,  The  Ojibway,  by 
O.  G.  LIBBY,  139 

Greene,  Evarts  B.,  Provincial  America, 
by  E.  C.  NELSON,  286 

Groseilliers  and  Radisson,  The  First 
White  Men  in  Minnesota,  by  Warren 
Upham,  by  LAENAS  G.  WELD,  126 

Hibbard,  Benjamin  H  ,  The  History  of 
Agriculture  in  Dane  County,  Wiscon- 
sin, by  ISAAC  A.  Loos,  140 

History  of  Crescent  Lodge  No.  25,  An- 
cient Free  and  Accepted  Masons, 
Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa,  from  its  Or- 
ganization in  1850,  to  the  Close  of  the 
Year,  1905,  by  Jos.  E.  Morcombe,  by 
T.  J.  FITZPATRICK,  444 

History  of  the  Pacific.  Northwest,  A,  by 
Joseph  Shafer,  by  JOHN  C.  PARISH, 
129 

HORACK,  F.  E.,  The  American  Revolu- 
tion, by  Claude  H.  Van  Tyne,  291; 
The  Mississippi  Territorial  Archives, 
by  Dunbar  Rowland,  443 

Howard,  George  E.,  Preliminaries  of 
the  Revolution,  by  JOHN  C.  PARISH, 
289 

Iowa  Geological  Survey,  Annual  Re- 
port, by  T.  J.  FITZPATRICK,  133 


INDEX 


671 


Iowa  Early  Settlement  and  Growth  of 
Western,  or  Reminiscences,  by  John 
Todd,  by  T.  J.  FITZPATRICK,  446 

JOHNSON,  ALLEN,  Life  of  Thomas  Hart 
Benton,  by  William  M.  Meigs,  131 

Labor  Problems,  by  Thomas  S.  Adams 
and  Helen  L.  Sumner,  by  ISAAC  A. 
Loos,  135 

LIBBY,  O.  G.,  The  Ojibway,  by  Joseph 
A.  Gilfillan,  131) 

Life  of  Thomas  Hart  Benton,  by  Wil- 
M.  Meigs,  by  ALLEN  JOHNSON,  131 

Loos.  ISAAC  A.,  Labor  Problems,  by 
Thomas  S.  Adams  and  Helen  L  Sum- 
ner, 135;  The  History  of  Agriculture 
in  Dane  County,  Wisconsin,  by  Ben- 
jamin H.  Hibbard,  140 

McLaughlin,  Andrew  0.,  The  Confed- 
eration and  the  Constitution,  by  JOHN 
C.  PARISH,  293 

Massachusetts  Historical  Society,  Pro- 
ceedings of  the,  by  T.  J.  FITZPATRICK, 
441 

Meigs,  William  M.,  Life  of  Thomas 
Hart  Benton,  by  ALLEN  JOHNSON,  131 

Mississippi  Territorial  Archives,  The, 
by  Dunbar  Rowland,  by  FRANK  E. 
HORACK, 443 

Morcombe,  Jos.  E.,  History  of  Crescent 
Lodge,  No.  25,  Ancient  Free  and  Ac- 
cepted Masons,  Cedar  Eapids,  Iowa, 
from  its  Organization  in  1850,  to  the 
Close  of  the  Year,  1905,  by  T.  J. 
FITZPATRICK,  444 

NELSON,  B.C.,  Provincial  America,  by 
Evarts  B.  Greene,  286 

Ojibway,  The,  by  Joseph  A.  Gilfillan, 
by  O.  G.  LIBBY,  139 

Pacific  Northwest,  A  History  of  the,  by 
Joseph  Schafer,  by  JOHN  C.  PARISH, 
129 

PARISH,  JOHN  C.,  A  History  of  the 
Pacific  Northwest,  by  Joseph  Schafer, 
129;  Preliminaries  of  the  Revolution, 
by  George  E.  Howard,  289;  The  Con- 
federation and  the  Constitution,  by 
Andrew  C.  McLaughlin,  293 

PLUM,  HARRY  G.,  Annual  Report  of  the 


American  Historical  Association  for 
the  Year  1904,  138 

Preliminaries  of  the  Revolution,  by 
George  E.  Howard,  by  JOHN  C.  PAR- 
ISH, 289 

Proceedings  of  the  Massachusetts  His- 
torical Society,  by  T.  J.  FITZPATRICK., 
441 

ProvincialA  merica,\)y  Evarts  B.Greene, 
by  E.  C.  NELSON,  283 

Rowland,  Dunbar,  The  Mississippi  Ter- 
ritorial Archives,  by  FRANK  E.  Hoa- 
ACK,  443 

Reminiscences,  Early  Settlement  and 
Growth  of  Western  Iowa,  or,  by  John 
Todd,  by  T.  J.  FITZPATRICK,  446 

Rhode  Island:  A  Study  in  Separatism, 
by  Irving  B.  Richman,  by  BENJAMIN 
F.  SHAMBAUGH,  136 

Richman,  Irving  B.,  Rhode  Island:  A 
Study  in  Separatism,  by  BENJAMIN 
F.  SHAMBAUGH,  136 

Schafer,  Joseph,  A  History  of  the 
Pacific  Northwest,  by  JOHN  C.  PAR- 
ISH, 129 

SHAMBAUGH,  BENJAMIN  F.,  Rhode  Isl- 
land:  A  Study  in  Separatism,  by 
Irving  B.  Richman,  136 

Sumner,  Helen  L.,  Labor  Problems,  by 
ISAAC  A.  Loos,  13d 

Thwaites,  Reuben  G.,  France  in  Amer- 
ica, by  LAENAS  G.  WELD,  295;  Coir- 
lections  of  the  State  Historical  Society 
of  Wisconsin,  by  T.  J.  FITZPATRICK, 
438 

Todd,  John,  Early  Settlement  and 
Growth  of  Western  Iowa,  or  Reminis- 
cences, by  T.  J.  FITZPATRICK,  446 

Upham,  Warren,  Wisconsin  in  Three 
Centuries,  440 

UPHAM,  WARREN,  Groseilliers  and  Rad- 
isson,  The  First  White  Men  in  Min- 
nesota, by  LAENAS  G.  WELD,  126 

Van  Tyne,  Claude  H.  The  American 
Revolution,  by  F.  E.  HORACK,  291 

Wisconsin,  Collections  of  the  State  His- 
torical Society  of,  by  Reuben  Gold 
Thwaites,  by  T.  J.  FITZPATRICK,  438 


672     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


Wisconsin  in  Three  Centuries.  1634- 
1905,  by  WARREN  UPHAM,  440 

Western  Iowa,  Early  Settlement  and 
Growth  of,  or  Reminiscences,  by  John 
Todd,  by  T.  J.  FITZPATRICK,  446 


WELD,  LAENAS  G.,  GroseiUiers  and 
Radisson,  The  First  White  Men  in 
Minnesota,  by  Warren  Upham,  126; 
France  in  America  by  Reuben  G. 
Thwaites,  295 


AMERICANA    AND    MISCELLANEOUS 


Proceedings  of  the  United  States  Na- 
tional Museum,  142 

Government  in  the  Philippines,  by  Wm. 
H.  Taft,  142 

The  University  Chronicle,  published  by 
the  University  of  California  (Sept. 
1905),  142 

The  Genealogical  Magazine  (April, 
1905),  142 

The  Annals  of  the  American  Academy 
of  Political  and  Social  Science  (Sep- 
tember, 1905),  142 

University  of  Missouri  Studies  (Vol.  I), 
142 

The  Clothing  Industry  in  New  York,  by 
J  E.  Pope,  142 

American  Statistical  Association,  pub- 
lication of  (September,  1905),  142 

Bulletin  of  the  American  Geographical 
Society  (November,  1905),  143 

Bulletin  28  of  the  Bureau  of  American 
Ethnology,  143 

The  American  Antiquarian  and  Orien- 
tal Journal  (September-October, 
1905),  143 

Bulletin  of  the  Bureau  of  Labor  (July- 
September,  1905),  143 

Wages  and  Hours  of  Labor  in  Manu- 
facturing Industries,  1890-1904,  143 

Retail  Prices  of  Food,  1890-1904,  143 

Governmental  Industrial  Arbitration, 
by  Leonard  W.  Hatch,  143 

Bulletin  of  the  American  Geographical 
Society  (October,  1905),  143 

Comprehensive  Index  to  the  Publications 
of  the  United  States  Government, 
1881-1893,  by  John  G.  Ames,  143, 
144 

The  Department  of  Anthropology  of  the 
University  of  California,  144 

The  Report  of  the  Eleventh  Annual  Meet- 


ing of  the  Mohonk  Lake  Conference 
on  Ititernational  Arbitration  (1905), 
by  Lillian  D.  Powers,  144 

Columbia  Law  Review  (November, 
1905),  144 

The  United  Service  (November,  1905), 
144 

The  Annals  of  the  American  Academy 
of  Political  and  Social  Science  (Novem- 
ber, 1905),  144 

The  American  Journal  of  Sociology 
(November,  1905),  145 

Journal  of  the  U.  S.  Cavalry  Associa- 
tion (October,  1905),  145 

The  Yellowstone  Expedition  of  1873,  by 
Charles  Braden,  145 

The  United  Service  (October,  1905),  145 

The  Typographical  Journal  (October, 
1905),  145 

The  Evolution  of  Modern  Liberty,  by 
George  L.  Scherger,  145 

The  Physician  in  the  History  and  Liter- 
ature of  Louisiana,  by  Professor 
Alce"e  Fortier,  145 

The  American  Historical  Review  (Octo- 
ber, 1905),  146 

The  Quarterly  Journal  of  Economics 
(November,  1905),  146 

American  Anthropologist  (July-Septem- 
ber, 1905),  146 

The  American  Antiquarian  and  Orien- 
tal Journal  (November  -  December, 
1905),  146 

Memoirs  of  the  American  Anthropo- 
logical and  Ethnological  Societies 
(Vol.  I,  Pt.  1),  147 

Materials  for  the  Physical  Anthropology 
of  the  Eastern  Jews,  by  Maurice  Fish- 
berg,  147 

Annals  of  the  New  York  Academy  of 
Sciences  (Vol.  XVI,  No.  6,  Pt  2),  147 


INDEX 


673 


Proceedings  of  the  North  Central  His- 
tory Teachers'  Association,  147 

American  Journal  of  Sociology  (Sep- 
tember, 1905),  147 

The  South  Atlantic  Quarterly  ( October, 
1905),  147 

The  First  Trade  Census  of  Massachu- 
setts, 295 

Massachusetts  Labor  Bulletin  (Decem- 
ber, 1905),  295 

Ethnological  Survey  Publications  of  the 
Philippine  Islands,  295 

The  Algonkin  Manitou,  by  Dr  Wil- 
liam Jones,  296 

The  Journal  of  the  American  Folk  Lore, 
296 

List  of  the  Benjamin  Franklin  Papers 
in  the  Library  of  Congress,  by  W.  C. 
Ford,  296 

Memorials  of  the  Days  before  1776. 
Erected  by  the  Daughters  of  the  Amer- 
ican Revolution,  296 

American  Monthly  Magazine  (January, 
1906),  296 

New  Hampshire's  Five  Provincial  Con- 
gresses (July  21,  1774-January  5, 
1776),  by  Joseph  B.  Walker,  296 

The  Philippine  Islands  (Vol.  XXXII), 
296 

Proceedings  of  the  American  Philosoph- 
ical Society  (  August  -  December, 
1905),  296 

Journals  of  the  Continental  Congress 
(Vol.  IV).  296 

Harvard  Law  Review  (January,  1906), 
296 

The  Quarterly  Journal  of  Economics 
(February,  1906),  296 

Proceedings,  Lake  Mohonk  Conference 
(1905),  297 

The  Army  and  Navy  Life,  The  United 
Service  combined  with  (February, 
1906),  297 

Martial  Law  and  the  Suspension  of  the 
Writ  of  Habeas  Corpus  in  the  United 
States,  by  L.  A.  I.  Chapman,  297 

Journal  of  the  U.  S.  Cavalry  Associa- 
tion (January,  1906),  297 


Proceedings  of  the  American  Associa- 
tion for  the  Advancement  of  Science 
(1904),  297 

The  Annals  of  the  American  Academy 
of  Political  and  Social  Science  (Janu- 
ary, 1906),  297 

Municipal  Ownership  and  Municipal 
Franchises,  297 

Harvard  Law  Review  (March,  1906), 
297 

James  Sprunt  Historical  Monograph 
(No.  6),  297 

Diary  of  a  Geological  Tour,  (by  Dr. 
Elisha  Mitchell  in  1827  and  1828 
with  introduction  and  notes  by  Dr. 
Kemp  P.  Battle,  297 

The  University  of  Colorado  Studies 
(Vol.  Ill,  No.  1),  297 

The  American  Antiquarian  and  Orien- 
tal Journal  (January  -  February, 
1906),  297 

Early  Western  Travel  (Vol.  XXI),  297 

Twenty -third  Annual  Report,  Indian 
Eights  Association  (1905),  298 

Bulletin  No.  29,  Bureau  of  American 
Ethnology,  298 

Haida  Texts  and  Myths  as  recorded  by 
John  K.  Swanton,  298 

Bulletin  of  the  Bureau  of  Labor  (Nov- 
ember, 1905),  298 

Governmental  Regulation  of  Freight 
Rates,  by  S.  W.  Gardiner,  298 

Harvard  Law  Review  (February,  1906), 
298 

Bulletin  of  the  American  Geographical 
Society  (January,  1906),  298 

The  United  Service  (December,  1905), 
298 

Political  Science  Quarterly  (December, 
1905),  299 

The  Twenty-third  Annual  Report  of  the 
Bureau  of  American  Ethnology  (1901- 
1902),  299 

The  Zuni  Indians,  Their  Mythology, 
Esoteric  Societies,  and  Ceremonies, 
by  Matilda  C.  Stevenson,  299 

The  South  Atlantic  Quarterly  (January, 
1906),  299 


674    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF   HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


Railway  Co.  Employment,  by  Margaret 
A.  Schaffner,  299 

Comparative  Legislative  Bulletin,  (No. 
1),  299 

American  Historical  Magazine,  (Janu- 
ary, 1906),  299 

The  University  Chronicle,  published  by 
the  University  of  California, (Decem- 
ber, 1905),  300 

Evolution,  Racial  and  Habitudinal,  by 
John  T.  Gulick,  300 

Auduboris  Western  Journal:  1849- 
1850,  300 

American  Anthropologist,  (October- 
December,  1905),  300 

Journal  of  the  U.  S.  Cavalry  Associa- 
tion (April,  1906),  447 

Massachusetts  Soldiers  and  Sailors  of 
the  Revolutionary  War  (Vol.  XIV), 
447 

Annual  Report  of  the  Massachusetts 
Bureau  of  Labor  (Ft.  1,  1906),  447 

A  League  of  Peace,  address  by  Andrew 
Carnegie,  447 

The  International  Union  (March,  1906), 
447 

Nation's  Monuments  on  Cuban  Battle- 
fields, by  S.  A.  Paxson,  447 

Army  and  Navy  Life  (April,  1906),  447 

Municipal  Ownership  in  Great  Britain, 
by  Frederic  C.  Howe,  447 

Bulletin  of  the  Bureau  of  Labor  (Janu- 
ary, 1906),  447 

The  Civil  War:  The  National  View,  by 
Francis  Newton  Thorpe,  447 

The  History  of  North  America  (Vol. 
XV),  447 

Railway  Rate  Legislation,  by  Adelbert 
Moot,  447 

Harvard  Law  Review  (May,  1906),  447 

The  Copper  Age  in  America,  by  S.  D 
Feet,  447 

The  American  Antiquarian  and  Orient- 
al Journal  (May-June,  1906),  447 

Bulletin  of  the  Bureau  of  Rolls  and 
Library  of  the  Department  of  State 
(No.  11,  pt.  2),  447 

Documentary  History  of  the  Constitution 


of   the    United    States    of  America: 

1786-1870  (Vol.  V),  447 
U,  S.  National  Museum  Report  (1904), 

448 

Jury  Trial  and  the  Federal   Constitu- 
tion, by  W.  C.  Dennis,  4J8 
Columbia  Law  Review  (June,  1906),  448 
Bulletin  of  the  American   Geographical 

Society  (April,  1906),  448 
The    Finances     of    American     Trade 

Unions,  by  A.  M.  Sakolski,  448 
Johns  Hopkins    University    Studies  in 

Historical    and    Political  Science 

( March-Apri  1 ,  1 906 ),  44 8 
The  Annals  of  the  American  Academy 

of  Political  and  Social  Science  (March, 

1906),  448 
Johns  Hopkins    University    Studies  in 

Historical  and  Political  Science  (Ser- 
ies XXIV),  448 
Spanish- American  Diplomatic  Relations 

Preceding  the  War  of  1898,  by  II.  E. 

Flack,  448 
Vested  Gifts  to  a   Class  and  the  Rule 

Against  Perpetuities,  by  A.  M.  Kales, 

448 

Harvard  Law  Review  (June,  1906),  448 
The  Mississippi  River  as  a  Trade  Route, 

by  R.  M.  Brown,  448 
Bulletin  of  the  American  Geographical 

Society  (June,  1906),  448 
Proceedings,  to  commemorate  services 

of  Mathew  Stanley  Quay,  448 
State  Board  of  Health  (Michigan),  449 
Public  Health  (January-March,  1906), 

449 
Early  Diplomatic  Negotiations  of  the 

United  States  with  Russia,  by  J.  C. 

Hildt,  449 
Johns  Hopkins   University   Studies  in 

Historical  and  Political  Science  (May- 
June,  1906),  449 
Association   of  American  Geographers 

(December  26-27,  1906),  449 
Bulletin  of  the  American  Geographical 

Society  (February,  1906),  449 
Proceedings  of  U.  S.  National  Museum 

(Vol.  XXIX),  449 


INDEX 


675 


Columbia  Law  Review  (May,  1906,)  449 

American  Men  of  Science,  by  J.  M. 
Cattell,  449 

Columbia  Law  Review  (March,  1906), 
449 

The  Quarterly  Journal  of  Economics 
(May,  1906).  450 

Harvard  Law  Review  (April,  1906),  450 

American  Historical  Magazine  (May, 
1906),  450 

The  General  Death-rate  of  Large  Amer- 
ican Cities,  1S71-1904,  by  F.  L. 
Hoffman,  450 

American,  Statistical  Association,  Pub- 
lication of,  (March,  1903),  450 

Journals  of  the  Continental  Congress 
(Vols.  V  and  VI),  450 

The  Earliest  Historical  Relations  be- 
tween Mexico  and  Japan,  by  Zelia 
Nuttall,  450 

The  Early  Exploration  of  Louisana, 
by  I.  J.  Cox,  450 

University  Studies,  of  the  University  of 
Cincinnati,  (March,  1906),  451 

The  Essex  Antiquarian  (January,  1906), 
451 

The  American  Journal  of  Sociology 
(May,  1906),  451 

The  American  Journal  of  Sociology 
(March,  1906),  451 

American  Historical  Magazine  (March, 
1906,  451) 

Bulletin  100,  of  New  York  State  Libra- 
ry (May,  1906),  451 

Index  of  New  York  Governors'  Messages 
1777-1901,  by  M.  G.  Wyer  and  C. 
E.  Graves,  451 

American  Anthropologist  (January- 
March,  1906),  452 

The  Journal  of  the  U.  S.  Cavalry  Asso- 
ciation (July,  1906),  600 

The  Reconstruction  of  Communications 
at  San  Francisco,  by  L.  D.  Wildman, 
600 

Army  and  Navy  Life  (July,  1906),  600 

The  Canadian  Year  Book  (1906),  600 

The  American  Antiquarian  and  Orient- 
al Journal  (July-August,  1906),  600 


McDonald  of  Oregon,  by  Mrs.  Eva 
Emery  Dye,  601 

Anthropology  at  the  Louisiana  Purchase 
Exposition,  by  Dr.  W.  J.  McGee,  601 

Science,  (No.  573),  601 

Army  and  Navy  Life  (September, 
1906),  601 

Salt  Deposits  and  Salt  Industry  in  Ohio, 
by  J.  A.  Bownocker,  601 

Deutsch-Amerikanisches  in  der  New 
York  Public  Library,  by  Kichard  E. 
Ilelbig,  601 

German-American  Annals,  601 

Science  Bulletin  (June,  1906),  601 

Bulletin  of  the  Bureau  of  Labor  (May, 
1906),  601 

The  Old  Northwest  Genealogical  Quar- 
terly, (July,  1906),  601 

The  Quarterly  Journal  of  Economics 
(August,  1906),  601 

The  Value  of  a  State  Library  Commis- 
sion, by  John  P.  Kennedy,  602 

The  South  Atlantic  Quarterly  (July, 
1906),  602 

Lincoln:  Master  of  Men,  by  E.  W. 
Sikes,  602 

Bulletin  of  the  Bureau  of  Labor,  (July, 
1906),  602 

American  Monthly  Magazine  (July, 
1906),  602 

The  Incorporation  of  Trade  Unions,  602 

Report  Massachusetts  Bureau  of  Sta- 
tistics of  Labor  (Pt.  3,  1906),  602 

Bulletin  32,  Bureau  of  American  Eth- 
nology, 602 

Antiquities  of  the  Jemez  Plateau,  New 
Mexico,  by  Edgar  L.  Hewett,  602 

Review  of  Historical  Publications  Relat- 
ing to  Canada,  602 

University  of  Toronto  Studies  (Vol.  10), 
602 

The  Annals  of  the  American  Academy 
of  Political  and  Social  Science  (May, 
1906),  602 

The  Pan -American  Conferences  and 
their  Significance,  602 

The  Business  Professions,  602 

Telegraphs  and  Telephones  for  1902,  603 


676     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


Labor  Bulletin  of  the  Commonwealth  of 
Massachusetts  (September,  1906),  603 

Journals  of  the  Continental  Congress 
(Vol.  VI),  603 

American  Statistical  Association,  Pub- 
lications of  (June,  1906),  603 

American  Historical  Magazine  (July, 
1906),  603 

Proceedings  of  the  American  Philosoph- 


ical Society  (Jan'y -April,  1906),  603 
Consular  Service  of  the  United  States, 

The  History  and  Activities  of,  by  0. 

L.  Jones,  604 
Early    Western    Travels  (Vols.    XXII, 

XXIII,  XXIV,  XXV,  XXVI,  XXVII, 

XXVIII,  XXIX),  604 
American  Anthropologist  (April-June, 

1906),  604 


IOWANA 


The  Iowa  Presbyterian  (November, 
1905),  148 

Autumn  Leaves  (December,  1905),  148 

The  Civil  and  the  Common  Law  in  the 
Louisiana  Purchase,  by  Ernlin  Mc- 
Clain,  148 

Proceedings  of  the  Missouri  Bar  Associ- 
ation (1905),  148 

Proceedings  of  the  Seventh  Iowa  State 
Conference  of  Charities  and  Correc- 
tion (1904),  148 

America's  Oldest  Editor,  148 

The  Tree  Book,  by  Julia  E.  Rogers,  148 

The  Reporter  (Winterset,  Iowa),  148 

The  Davenport  Democrat  and  Leader, 
148 

The  Execution  of  William  McCauley, 
by  E.  R.  Harlan,  148 

Van  Buren  County  Court  House,  by  E. 
R.  Harlan,  149 

Compulsory  Education  and  its  Relations 
to  the  Defective  Classes,  by  Henry  W. 
Rothert,  149 

The  Thirty-fourth  A  nnual  Report  of  the 
Assessed  Valuation  of  Railroad  Prop- 
erty in  the  State  of  Iowa  (1905),  149 

Census  Bulletin,  No.  1,  1905,  149 

The  Grinnell  Review,  149 

Annals  of  Iowa  (October,  1905),  149 

Report  of  the  Sixth  Annual  Assessment 
of  Telegraph  and  Telephone  Property 
in  the  State  of  Iowa,  149 

Eleventh  Biennial  Report  of  the  Bureau 
of  Labor  Statistics  for  the  State  of 
Iowa,  1903-1904,  by  Edward  D.  Brig- 
ham,  149 


Bulletin    of   Iowa    Institutions   (July, 

1905),  150 
Proceedings  of  the  Iowa  Academy  of 

Sciences  for  1904,  150 
Iowa  Educational  Directory,  1905-1906, 

301 
Dubuque    Trade  Journal  (January, 

1906),  301 
Census  of  Manufactures,   1905,   Iowa, 

301 
Congregational  Iowa  (January,   1906), 

301 
Iowa  Medical  Journal  (January,  1906), 

301 
Constitution  and  Proceedings  of  the  Iowa 

State  Federation  of  Labor  (1905),  301 
Supplement  to  Official  Labor  Directory 

(1905),  301 
David  Bremner  Henderson,  by  George 

D.  Perkins,  301 

Census  of  Iowa  for  the  Year  1905,  301 
The  Spread  and  Prevention  of  Tubercu- 
losis, by  Dr.  George  Minges,  302 
The  Monthly  Review  of  the  Iowa  Weath- 
er and  Crop  Service  (December,  1905), 

302 
The  American  Ivy  (part  second),  by 

Win.  J.  Haddock,  302 
Transactions  of  the  Iowa  State  Medical 

Society  (Vol.  XXIII),  302 
Written  and    Unwritten   Constitutions 

in  the  United  States,  by  Emlin  Mc- 

Clain,  302 
Columbia  Law  Review  (February,  1906), 

302 
Lands  of  Liberty,  by  B.  L.  Wick,  302 


INDEX 


677 


A  Shelf  in  my  Bookcase,  by  Alexander 
Smith,  302 

Samuel  Bacon  Barnitz,  by  Rev.  W.  E. 
Parson,  302 

The  Men  of  the  Past,  our  Predecessors 
and  Associates  in  the  Ministry  within 
the  Present  Bounds  of  Iowa  Presbyte- 
ry, by  Rev.  John  M.  McElroy,  302 

Report  of  Committee  of  the  Thirtieth 
General  Assembly,  302 

The  Iowa  Odd  Fellow  (January,  1906), 
303 

The  Northwestern  Banker  (January, 
1906),  303 

Amana  Meteorites  of  February  '12, 1875, 
by  G.  D.  Hinrichs,  303 

Cedar  Rapids  Republican,  303 

Sixth  Annual  Conference  of  the  Iowa 
Daughters  of  the  American  Revolu- 
tion, 303 

Proceedings  of  the  Iowa  Good  Roads 
Association  (1905),  303 

Iowa  Census  Bulletin  (No.  2),  303 

State  Publications,  Part  III,  Western 
States  and  Territories,  by  R.  R.  Bow- 
ker,  303 

Bjornson's  Synnove  Solbakken,  with  in- 
struction, notes,  and  vocabulary,  by 
George  T.  Flom,  303 

Red  and  White  (December,  1905),  304 

The  Proposed  Federal  Rate  Legislation. 
by  W.  W.  Baldwin,  304 

Proceedings  of  the  Iowa  State  Bar  As- 
sociation (1905),  304 

Augustana  Library  Publications  (No. 
5,  1905),  304 

Annals  of  Iowa  (January,  1906),  304 

Merchants  Trade  Journal  (January, 
1906),  304 

Iowa  Trade  Journal,  304 

The  Middletonian  (December,  1905), 
304 

Proceedings,  Pharmaceutical  Alumni 
Association  of  The  State  University 
of  Iowa  (1903-1905),  305 

Bulletin  of  Iowa  State  Institutions  (Oc- 
tober, 1905),  305 

Report  of  the  Iowa  Commission  to  the 


Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition,  com- 
piled and  edited  by  F.  R.  Conaway, 
305 

Quarterly  Bulletin  (February,  1906), 
452 

The  University  Lectures  on  Practical 
Ethics,  452 

The  Iowa  Alumnus  (May,  1906),  452 

Report  of  Iowa  State  Highway  Commis- 
sion, 452 

Quarterly  of  the  Iowa  Library  Commis- 
sion (January,  1906),  453 

County  and  City  Prisons  in  Iowa,  by 
F.  C.  Ensign,  453 

The  Teutonic  Order  and  its  Seculariza- 
tion, by  H.  G.  Plum,  453 

Iowa  Studies  in  Sociology,  Economics, 
Politics,  and  History,  453 

Proceedings  of  the  Iowa  Good  Roads  As- 
sociation (June  15-16,  1906),  453 

Work  of  the  Boardman  Library,  by 
Harvey  Reid,  453 

The  Excelsior  (Maquoketa,  Iowa),  453 

Memories  of  Frontier  Iowa,  by  George 
C.  Duffield,  453 

Souvenir  program  of  semi-centennial 
anniversary  celebration  (Emmets- 
burg,  Iowa),  453 

The  Norwegian  Pioneer,  by  Hon.  A. 
Jacobson,  454 

Souvenir  progranTof  Fiftieth  Anniver- 
sary Celebration  ( Cedar  Rapids, 
Iowa),  454 

200  Wild  Birds  of  Iowa,  by  B.  H. 
Bailey,  454 

Fourth  Biennial  Report  of  the  Board  of 
Control  of  State  Institutions  of  Iowa 
(1905),  454 

Bulletin  of  Iowa  Institutions  (January, 
1906),  455 

Proceedings  of  the  Iowa  Park  and  For- 
estry Association  (1905),  455 

Council  Bluffs  Nonpareil  (September  2, 
1906),  605 

The  Young  Citizen  (September,  1906), 
605 

Mound  Builders  of  the  Mississippi  Val- 
ley, by  Richard  Herrmann,  605 


678     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 

Records  of  the  Past  (August,  1906),  605  Memorial  volume,  by  Cornell  College, 

Proceedings  of  the  Iowa  Grand  Chapter  Mt.  Vernon,  Iowa,  606 

of  the  P.  E.  O.  Sisterhood,  605  Early    Rock    Island,    by  William  A. 

The  Middletonian  (May,  1906),  605  Meese,  606 

Scientific.  Work  in  Pathology  in  Iowa's  The  Transit  (Vol.  XI),  606 

State   Institutions,    by     Dr.    Henry  Proceedings,  Iowa  Engineering  Society 

Albert,  605.  (1906),  607 

Iowa  Ecclesiastical  Memoirs,  605        .  Historical  Items  in  Iowa  newspapers: 

Keokuk  Magazine  (August,  1906),  605  The  Register  and  Leader,  Des  Moines, 

Rhode  Island,   by  Irving  B.  Richman,  607,  608,  609 

606  The  Burlington  Hawkeye,  Burlington, 

The  Cedar  Rapids  Republican  (June  10,  609,  610 

1906),  606  The  Cedar  Rapids  Republican,  Cedar 

A  Tagalog-English  and  English- Tagal-  Rapids,  610,  611 

og  Dictionary,  by  Chas.  Nigg,  606  The  Telegraph-Herald,  Dubuque,  611 


INDEX   TO   HISTORICAL    SOCIETIES 


Alabama,  Department  of  Archives  and 
History,  456 

Alaska  District  Historical  Library  and 
Museum,  164 

American  Antiquarian  Society,  153, 
460 

American  Historical  Association,  152, 
307,  461,  613 

American  Jewish  Historical  Society, 
459 

Arkansas  Historical  Association,  161, 
463 

Baltimore  Conference  of  State  and  Lo- 
cal Historical  Societies,  325 

Bostonian  Society,  460 

Bunker  Hill  Monument  Association, 
153 

Chicago  Historical  Society,  311 

Connecticut  Historical  Society,  614 

Danish-American  Society,  315 

Dubuque  County  (Iowa)  Early  Set- 
tlers' Association,  614 

Essex  Institute,  153,  307,  459,  612 

Friends'  Historical  Society,  456 

German-American  Historical  Society 
of  Illinois,  307 

Holland  Society  of  New  York,  306 

Illinois  State  Historical  Society,  612, 
616 

Iowa  Historical  Department,  306,  462, 
613 

Iowa  State  Historical  Society,  165,  316, 
470,  624 

Jackson  County  (Iowa)  Historical  So- 
ciety, 306 

Kansas  State  Historical  Society,  163, 
468 

Kentucky  State  Historical  Society,  306, 
456,  612 

Linn  County  (Iowa)  Historical  Socie- 
ty, 309,  317 


Louisiana  Historical  Society,  458 

Lucas  County  (Iowa)  Historical  Socie- 
ty, 321 

Madison  County  (Iowa)  Historical  So- 
ciety, 456 

Madrid  Historical  Society,  464 

Maryland  Historical  Society,  152,  463, 
613 

Massachusetts  Historical  Society,  457 

Medford  Historical  Society,  152 

Minnesota  Historical  Society,  313,  614 

Mississippi  Historical  Society,  155, 
312,  463 

Missouri  Historical  Society,  157,  309, 
458,  467 

Missouri,  State  Historical  Society  of, 
457 

Nebraska  State  Historical  Society,  310, 
466 

New  England  Historic  Genealogical  So- 
ciety, 153,  457 

New  Hampshire  Historical  Society,  459 

New  Jersey  Historical  Society,  458, 
612 

New  London  County  (Connecticut)  His- 
torical Society,  613 

New  York  Genealogical  and  Biograph- 
ical Society,  457 

North  Dakota,  State  Historical  Society 
of,  155,  469 

Ohio  Archaeological  and  Historical  So- 
ciety, 153,  307,  461,  613 

Ohio,  Historical  and  Philosophical  So- 
ciety of,  306 

Oklahoma  Historical  Society,  169,  462 

Oneida  Historical  Society,  154 

Oregon  Historical  Society,  153, 156,  307, 
460,  461 

Pennsylvania  Historical  Society,  308, 
309 

Pennsylvania  Society,  460 


680    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


Poweshiek  County  (Iowa)   Historical 

Society,  155,  456 

Presbyterian  Historical  Society,  458 
Santa  Clara  County  (California)  His- 
torical Society,  152 
South  Carolina  Historical  Society,  457, 

459 
South  Dakota,  State  Historical  Society 

of,  154 
Southern  California,  Historical  Society 

of,  310 

Southern  Historical  Society,  458 
Southern  History  Association,  153,  308, 

458,  612 
Swedish-American  Historical  Society, 

152 


Texas  State  Historical  Association,  306, 
307,  458,  612 

United  States  Catholic  Historical  So- 
ciety, 307 

Virginia  Historical  Society,  154,  308, 
612 

Washington  University  State  Histori- 
cal Society,  152,  158 

Webster  County  (Iowa)  Historical  So- 
ciety, 617 

Wisconsin,  State  Historical  Society  of, 
152,  157,  306,  465,  614 

Wyoming  Commemorative  Association, 
307 

Wyoming  Historical  and  Geological 
Society,  462 


INDEX   TO   NOTES   AND    COMMENT 


NOTE — Titles  of  articles,  addresses,  and  publications  are  printed  in  italics 


Adams,  L.  M.,  330 

Alderman,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  T.  E.,  first 
home  in  Nevada  (Iowa)  occupied  by, 
627 

Aldrich,  Charles,  175;  importance  of 
hall  of  archives  urged  by,  329 

American  Historical  Beview,  167 

American  Lawyer,  The,  472 

American  Lawyers  and  Their  Making, 
an  address  before  the  Iowa  State  Bar 
Association,  by  Chas.  N.  Gregory, 
472 

American  Political  Science  Associa- 
tion, 329 

Anthropological  Association,  Iowa,  ad- 
dress of  Dr.  Alfred  M.  Tozzer  before, 
472 

Archaeological  Institute  of  America, 
Iowa  Society  of,  472 

Archaeological  Remains  in  Central  Amer- 
ica, an  address  by  Dr.  Alfred  M.  Toz- 
zer, 472 

Archives,  Hall  of,  329 

Archives,  The  Public,  in  Iowa,  act  con- 
cerning, 474 

Babb,  Hon.  W.  I.,  address  of,  472 

Bar  Association,  Iowa  State,  address 
of  Chas.  N.  Gregory  before,  472 

Black  Hawk,  Chief,  171 

Bingham,  Hiram,  The  Early  History 
of  the  Scots  Darien  Company,  625 

Blashfield  Painting,  brief  description 
of  the,  by  the  artist,  627 

Bolton,  Frederick  E.,  330 

Brigham,  Johnson,  169 

Brown,  P.  Hume,  an  essay  on  The  Scot- 
tish Nobility  and  Their  Part  in  the 
National  History  by,  329 


Bureau  of  Historical  Research,  Car- 
negie Institution,  167 

Burlington  (Iowa),  erection  of  tablet 
at,  331 

Cahokia  Mounds,  map  of  the,  issued 
by  Cyrus  A.  Peterson  and  Clark  Mc- 
Adams,  474 

Cardinal  and  the  King's  Will,  The,  by 
Andrew  Lang,  625 

Carnegie  Institution,  Department  of 
Historical  Research  of,  472 

Case  for  an  United  States  Historical 
Commission,  The,  by  Lothrop  With- 
ington,  168 

Caster,  J.  S.,  168 

Cedar  Rapids  public  library,  ninth  an- 
nual report  of,  473 

Census  of  Iowa  for  1905,  a  review  of,  335 

Census  of  Manufactures  in  Iowa  for 
1905,  333 

Charters,  Constitutions,  and  Organic 
Laws  of  the  States  and  Territories,  a 
new  edition  of,  473 

Clark,  General  William,  unveiling  of 
tablet  to  memory  of,  at  St.  Louis,  626 

Clark,  Rush,  331 

Clarke,  James,  letter  by,  relative  to  de- 
ficiency in  the  expenses  of  the  Ter- 
ritory of  Iowa,  173 

Clinton,  George,  Public  Papers  of,  pub- 
lication of,  330 

Colville,  James,  "  The  Diary"  of  Sir 
Thomas  Hope  (1633-1645)  Lord  Ad- 
vocate (1616-1646),  625 

Connexion  Between  Scotland  and  Man, 
The,  by  Arthur  W.  Moore,  625 

Civic  League  of  St.  Louis,  unveiling  of 
tablet  under  auspices  of,  626 


682     IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


Dal  ton,  John  F.,  330 

Daughters  of  the  American  Revolution, 
The  Stars  and  Stripes  Chapter  of  the, 
tablet  erected  by,  331;  monument  ded- 
icated under  auspices  of,  627;  flag  pole 
erected  by,  at  Fort  Dodge,  625 

Davenport  Academy  of  Sciences,  gift 
of  W.  C.  Putnam  to,  330 

Davenport  Public  Libary,  Third  Annu- 
al Report  of,  330 

"Diary"  of  Sir  Thomas  Hope  (1633- 
1645),  Lord  Advocate  (1616-46),  The, 
by  James  Colville,  625 

Early  History  of  the  Scots  Darien  Com- 
pany, The,  by  Hiram  Bingham,  625 

Ecclesiastical  Records  of  the  State  of 
New  York,  329 

Editorial  Association,  The  Upper  Des 
Moines,  meeting  of,  329 

Edward  II,  The  Reign  of,  as  Recorded 
in  1356,  by  Sir  Thomas  Gray  in  the 
'Scalacronica'1,  by  Herbert  Maxwell, 
625 

Edwards,  James  G.,  171,  172 

Farmers'  Institute,  meeting  of,  330 

Fellows,  Stephen  N.,  history  of  Upper 
Iowa  Conference  of  Methodist  Epis- 
copal Church  undertaken  by,  472 

Fitzpatrick,  T.  J.,  a  sketch  of  the  life 
of  William  J.  Haddock,  by,  331;  a 
sketch  of  the  life  of  David  Bremner 
Henderson,  by,  332 

Flom,  George  T.,  340 

Gearhart,  George  W.,  167 

Gray,  Sir  Thomas,  The  Reign  of  Ed- 
ward II  as  Recorded  in  1356,  by,  in 
the  lScalacronica\  by  Herbert  Max- 
well, 625 

Gregory,  Charles  N.,  address  of,  on 
American  Lawyers  and  their  Making, 
472 

Grimes,  James  W.,  170 

Haddock,  William  J.,  sketch  of  life  of, 
331 

Harlan,  James,  portrait  of,  presented 
to  Iowa  Wesleyan  University,  472 

Hastings,  Hugh,  Ecclesiastical  Records 
published  under  supervision  of,  329 


*'  Hawkey e,"  origin  of  the  cognomen, 
171 

Heckwelder  Narrative,  The,  168 

Henderson,  David  Bremner,  Sketch  of 
life  of,  332 

Hope,  The  '  Diary '  of  Sir  Thomas  (1633- 
1645),  Lord  Advocate  (1616-46),  by 
James  Colville,  625 

Iowa,  public  archives  in,  an  act  pro- 
viding for,  474 

Iowa  Alumnus,  The,  332 

Iowa  Anthropological  Association, 
third  annual  meeting  of,  330;  address 
of  Alfred  M.  Tozzer  before,  472 

Iowa  Association  of  Southern  Califor- 
nia, annual  meeting  of,  330 

Iowa  Engineering  Society,  eighteenth 
annual  meeting  of  the,  329 

Iowa  Equal  Suffrage  Association,  Thir- 
ty-fourth Annual  Meeting  of,  167 

lowaTederation  of  Women's  Clubs,  169 

Iowa  Historical  Department,  329 

Iowa  Library  Association,  proceedings 
of  meeting  of,  169;  annual  meeting 
of,  625 

Iowa  Library  School,  Society  of  the, 
annual  reunion  of,  625 

Iowa  Octogenarian  Association,  167 

Iowa  Park  and  Forestry  Association, 
Fifth  Annual  Meeting  of,  167;  meet- 
ing of,  330 

Iowa  Pharmaceutical  Association, 
twenty-sixth  annual  meeting  of,  329 

Iowa  Society  of  the  Archaeological  In- 
stitute of  America,  address  of  Dr. 
Alfred  M.  Tozzer  before,  472 

Iowa  State  Bar  Association,  twelfth 
annual  meeting  of  the,  329;  address 
of  Charles  N.  Gregory  before,  472 

Iowa  State  Horticultural  Society,  for- 
tieth session  of,  330 

Iowa  State  Teachers'  Association,  ses- 
sion of,  167 

Jameson,  J.  Franklin,  investigation  of 
European  sources  of  American  his- 
tory by,  472 

Jarnigan,  J.  W.,  330 

Jones,  I.  W.,  letter  to,  relative  to  the 


INDEX 


683 


deficiency  in  the  expenses  of  the 
Territory  of  Iowa,  173 

Lang,  Andrew,  The  Cardinal  and  the 
King's  Will,  625 

League  of  Iowa  Municipalities,  conven- 
tion of,  168 

Legislative  Reference  Department,  the 
Wisconsin,  discussion  of,  475 

Library  Association,  The  Iowa,  annual 
meeting  of,  625 

Library  Commission,  State,  169 

Library  School,  annual  reunion  of  the 
Society  of  the  Iowa,  625 

Lincoln,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  T.,  por- 
trait of  James  Harlan  presented  to 
Iowa  Wesleyan  University  by,  472 

Lodge,  Senator,  168 

McAdams,  Clark,  and  Cyrus  A.  Peter- 
son, map  of  mounds  in  Illinois  issued 
by,  474 

McCarthy,  Charles,  Wisconsin  Legisla- 
tive Reference  Department  in  charge 
of,  476 

McKinley,  William,  site  of  address  by, 
at  Boone  (Iowa)  marked,  626 

McLane,  Arthur  C.,  169 

McLaughlin,  Andrew  C.,  elected  to  the 
chair  of  American  history  in  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago,  472 

MacLean,  George  E.,  169 

McNutt,  R.  S.,  168 

Manufactures,  the  Iowa  Census  of,  1905, 
a  review  of,  333 

Maxwell,  Herbert,  The  Reign  of  Ed- 
ward II,  as  Recorded  in  1356,  by  Sir 
Thomas  Gray  in  the  ' Scalacronica' , 
625 

Medford,  Massachusetts,  167 

Meskwaki  Indians,  discussions  relative 
to,  330 

Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents, 
163 

Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  history 
of  Upper  Iowa  Conference  of,  under- 
taken by  Stephen  N.  Fellows,  472 

Midland  Municipalities,  168 

Missouri  Historical  Society,  unveiling 
of  tablet  under  auspices  of,  626 


Moore,  Arthur  W.,  The  Connexion  Be- 
tween Scotland  and  Man,  625 

Morgan,  John,  a  Revolutionary  soldier, 
monument  to,  dedicated,  627 

Municipal  Problems  in  Mediaeval  Switz- 
erland, an  article  by  John  M.  Vin- 
cent, 329 

Nelson,  E.  C.,  168,  175 

Nevada  (Iowa),  memorial  stone  erected 
on  site  of  first  home  at,  626 

Nevada  City  Federation  of  Women's 
Clubs,  donation  of  memorial  stone 
by,  627 

Newberry  Library,  report  of  Trustees 
of,  625 

Old  Northwest  Genealogical  Quarterly, 
The,  329 

Ottumwa  public  library,  third  annual 
report  of,  473 

Owen,  Thomas  M.,  library  and  collec- 

.    tions  of,  destroyed,  472 

Paarman,  J.  H.,  330 

Pardee,  Governor,  commission  appoint- 
ed by,  to  examine  into  earthquake 
phenomena  in  California,  625 

Parish,  John  C.,  169,  484;  an  article  on 
The  Messrs.  William  Henry  Starr, 
by,  170 

Patterson,  W.  R.,  Director  of  the  Cen- 
sus, 335,  336,  337 

Paxson,  Frederick  L.,  elected  Assistant 
Professor  of  American  History  in 
the  University  of  Michigan,  472 

Peterson,  Cyrus  A.,  and  Clark  McAd- 
ams, map  of  mounds  in  Illinois,  is- 
sued by,  474 

Perkins,  George  D.,  333 

Pierce,  F.  G.,  168 

Pike,  Zebulon  M.,  331 

Public  Papers  of  George  Clinton,  publi- 
cation of,  330 

Putnam,  W.  C.,  gift  of,  to  Davenport 
Academy  of  Sciences,  330 

Rathbun,  Don  S.,  167 

Reign  of  Edward  II,  as  Recorded  in 
1356,  by  Sir  Thomas  Gray  in  the 
'  Scalacronica ',  The,  by  Herbert  Max- 
well, 625 


684    IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


Rich,  J.  TV".,  a  report  of  the  sixteenth 
annual  meeting  of  the  Iowa  Library 
Association,  by,  169 

Riggs,  John  F.,  169 

Roosevelt,  President,  publication  of  the 
messages  of,  168 

Rorer,  D.,  170 

St.  Louis  (Missouri ),  tablet  to  the  mem- 
ory of  General  William  Clark  un- 
veiled at,  626 

Salter,  William,  170 

San  Francisco,  commission  appointed 
to  examine  into  causes  of  earthquake 
at,  625 

'  Scalacronica"1,  The  Eeign  of  Edward 
II,  as  Recorded  in  1356,  by  Sir  Thom- 
as Gray  in  the,  by  Herbert  Maxwell, 
625 

Scotland  and  Man,  The  Connexion  Be- 
tween, by  Arthur  W.  Moore,  625 

Scots  Darien  Company,  the  Early  His- 
tory of  the,  by  Hiram  Bingham,  625 

Scottish  Historical  Review,  contribu- 
tions in,  625 

Scottish  Nobility  and  Their  Part  in  the 
National  History,  The,  an  essay  by 
P.  Hume  Brown,  329 

Seerley,  Mrs.  J.  J.,  169 

Shaffner,  Margaret,  discussion  of  Wis- 
consin Legislative  Reference  Depart- 
ment by,  475 

Shambaugh,  Benjamin  F.,  an  article 
on  the  Origin  of  the  Cognomen 
(iHawkeye",  by,  171;  chosen  Presi- 
dent of  the  Iowa  Anthropological 
Association,  330;  and  Francis  New- 
ton Thorpe,  a  new  edition  of  the 
Charters  and  Constitutions  of  the 
States  and  Territories,  by,  473 

Southern  California,  Iowa  Association 
of,  330 

Springer,  John,  332 

Starr,  Messrs.  William  Henry,  170 

Suggestions  for  the  Printing  of  Docu- 


ments Relating  to  American  History, 
by  Edward  G.  Bourne,  Worthington 
C.  Ford,  and  J.  Franklin  Jameson, 
479 

Territory  of  Iowa,  letter  relative  to  de- 
ficiency in  the  expenses  of,  173 
Third    Annual    Report  of    Davenport 

Public  Library,  330 
Thorpe,  Francis  Newton,  and  Benj.  F. 
Shambaugh,  a  new  edition  of  Chart- 
ers and  Constitutions  of  the  States 
and  Territories  by,  473 
Thwaites,  Reuben  G.,  340;  address  of 
at  unveiling  of    tablet  to  General 
William  Clark,  626 

Tozzer,  Dr.  Alfred  M.,  lecture  by,  on 
Archaeological    Remains    in    Central 
America,  472 
Tyler,  Alice  S.,  169 
United  Brethren,  Mission  of  the,  168 
United  States  Historical   Commission, 

The  Case  for  an,  168 
Upper  Iowa  Conference  of  the  Method- 
ist Episcopal  Church,  history  of,  un- 
dertaken by  Stephen  N.  Fellows,  472 
Van  Tyne,  C.  H.,  elected  Professor  of 
American  History  in  the  University 
of  Michigan,  472 

Vincent,  John  M.,  an  article  on  Munic- 
ipal Problems  in  Mediaeval  Switzer- 
land, by,  329 

Ward,  Duren  J.  H.,  330,  340 
Wassam,  Clarence  W.,  168,  175,  a  re- 
view of  The  Iowa  Census  of  Manufac- 
tures, 1905,  by,  333;  a  review  of  the 
Census  for  Iowa,  1905,  by,  335 
Willoughby,  W.  W.,  managing  editor 
of  proposed  journal  of  Political  Sci- 
ence, 329 

Wisconsin  Legislative  Reference  De- 
partment, discussion  of,  475 
Withington,  Lothrop,  a  pamphlet  enti- 
tled The  Case  for  an  United  States 
Historical  Commission  by,  168 


F 

616 

175 


Iowa  journal  of  history 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY 


il